Department of

FORTHE FUTURES 75 Environment and Conservation

Our environment, our future

Front cover. Lichen on banded ironstone in the Diemals area, Coolgardie Bioregion.
Photograph: Adrienne Markey.

Back cover inset. Massive Banded Iron Formation outcrop on the flanks of Jasper Hill, Yalgoo Bioregion.
Photograph: Steve Dillon.

Nuytsi
WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM
VOLUME 17 2007

A special edition funded by the Western Australian Goverment’s
‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative.

Scientific Editors: Juliet A. Wege, Kelly A. Shepherd and
Ryonen Butcher
Editorial Assistant: Beng Siew Mahon

DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND CONSERVATION
WESTERN AUSTRALIA

NUYTSIA

Nuyrsia publishes original papers on systematic
botany with preference given to papers relating
to the flora of Western Australia.

Taxonomic revisions and systematic analyses of
native plant groups, papers describing new taxa,
potential new invasive species, orrelated topics,
and short communications of range extensions
and nomenclatural issues are all considered.

Further information for authors interested
in submitting their work for publication in
Nuyrsia4 is available on the journal’s website:
http://science.dec.wa.gov.au/nuytsia

All papers should be submitted to:

The Editor, Nuyrsz4

Western Australian Herbarium

Department of Environment and Conservation
Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre
Western Australia 6983

Telephone: +61 8 9334 0500
Facsimile: +61 8 9334 0515
Email: nuytsia@dec.wa.gov.au

Editorial Advisory Committee:

Alex R. Chapman
Terry D. Macfarlane
Barbara L. Rye
Kevin R. Thiele

Published by the Department of Environment and
Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery
Centre, Western Australia 6983.

© Copyright Department of Environment and
Conservation 2007. All material in this journal is
copyright and may not be reproduced except with
the written permission of the publishers.

ISSN 0085-4417

Enquiries regarding distribution and subscriptions
should be addressed to:

The Marketing Manager

Strategic Development and Corporate Affairs
Department of Environment and Conservation
Locked Bag 29, Bentley Delivery Centre
Western Australia 6983

Telephone: +61 8 9334 0296
Facsimile: +61 8 9334 0498
Email: customer.service@dec.wa.gov.au

Ree
ACT NOW! | ¢ Department of
FOR THE FUTURE AN de Environment and Conservation
. ®N AV?

Our environment, our future Z)

Preface

In 2006, the Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) implemented the ‘Saving
Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative—a two year programme targeting key biodiversity
conservation issues in Western Australia. Approximately 70 strategic projects were implemented in
its first year, one of which aimed to resolve the taxonomy and expedite the scientific description of
unnamed vascular plant taxa in Western Australia, especially those that may be vulnerable to future
mining activities. This special edition of Nuytsia is a major outcome of this taxonomy project.

The included papers focus on providing formal scientific descriptions for taxa endemic to, or
with distributions centred on, the Banded Iron Formation (BIF) ranges of the Yilgarn Craton, and the
Ravensthorpe Range and Bandalup Hill. These mineral-rich areas were selected because the current
resources boom in Western Australia has increased their prospectivity and hence there is a pressing
need for greater understanding of the biodiversity of these regions. As discussed by Gibson ef al. in
the introductory paper, the BIF ranges of the Yilgarn have been the focus of extensive DEC surveys
in recent years, with additional survey of these ranges and those in the Ravensthorpe area continuing
through 2007. In addition to this regional approach, taxa listed on DEC’s “Declared Rare and Priority
Flora list for Western Australia” were also targeted, regardless of where they occur in the State.

Ninety five taxa, representing 21 families and 33 genera, are newly described in this volume.
Thirty six of these occur on BIF ranges or in other ironstone habitats and six are largely confined to the
Ravensthorpe area. Seventy eight taxa are listed as being of conservation concern (eight as Declared
Rare Flora, 36 as Priority One, 18 as Priority Two, 15 as Priority Three and one as Priority Four), 39
of which are new additions to the “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia”.

This extraordinary taxonomic output has been delivered in the relatively short time frame of 13
months. It highlights what can be achieved with a strategic focus and demonstrates the taxonomic
productivity possible when appropriate resources are dedicated to the task. It should be noted that these
outcomes were only possible because of the generous input of time and botanical expertise from a
substantial number of research scientists. Over 70 Australian and international botanists prepared and
reviewed manuscripts—a unique, large-scale collaboration that has resulted in tangible conservation
outcomes for Western Australia.

Effective conservation and management of the State’s flora is reliant on a sound taxonomic
framework; however, the flora of Western Australia remains far from fully documented. There are
c. 1,700 known, undescribed vascular plant taxa in Western Australia, the majority of which lack
diagnostic information. Furthermore, new species continue to be discovered through the taxonomic
assessment of herbarium collections, floristic surveys and the botanical evaluation of mineral leases.
It is hoped that the success of this special edition will provide the impetus for further resourcing of
taxonomic research in Western Australia.

Juliet A. Wege, Kelly A. Shepherd and Ryonen Butcher

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation
email: Juliet. Wege@dec.wa.gov.au; Kelly.Shepherd@dec.wa.gov.au; Ryonen.Butcher@dec.wa.gov.au

Acknowledgements

Special thanks to all authors for their enthusiastic participation in this initiative and for adhering
to the strict time frame with such good grace.

The many staff at the Department of Environment and Conservation are thanked for their
tireless work, notably the BIF survey team (Ben Bayliss, Yvette Caruso, Steve Dillon,
Adrienne Markey, Rachel Meissner) for bringing many new taxa to light, and the curatorial
team and technical staff at the Western Australian Herbarium for their patience, efficiency and
support. The assistance of Ken Atkins in assessing conservation listings, Meriel Falconer in
validating specimen information, and Paul Wilson in checking Latin diagnoses and aspects
of nomenclature has been invaluable, as has the counsel of David Coates, Neil Gibson, Terry
Macfarlane, Kevin Thiele and Alex Chapman.

Particular thanks to Geoff Cockerton and the staff at Landcare Holdings Pty Ltd for their
extensive collections in the Ravensthorpe and Koolyanobbing areas and their helpful comments

and observations.

The following reviewers and a further three anonymous reviewers are acknowledged for their

valued contribution to this special edition.

David Albrecht
Gary Backhouse
Tony Bean
Elizabeth Brown
Ryonen Butcher
Bob Chinnock
Mike Crisp
Darren Crayn
Alex George
Gordon Guymer
Ailsa Holland
Surrey Jacobs

Kevin Kenneally

Philip Kodela
Pauline Ladiges
Thomas Lammers
Nicholas Lander
Peter de Lange
Stephen van Leeuwen
Ben Miller

Anna Monro

Lindy Orthia
Ahmad Abid Munir
Andrew Rozefelds
Barbara Rye

Andrew Slee

Kevin Thiele
Ian Thompson
Frank Udovicic
Juliet Wege
Judy West
Peter Weston
Carol Wilkins
Annette Wilson
Karen Wilson
Paul Wilson
Peter Wilson

Rob Wiltshire

Contents

Taxonomic research and the conservation status of flora in the Yilgarn Banded Iron

Formation ranges. N. Gibson, D.J. Coates & K.R. Thiele... teseseesesseseseseenesseseeneneeseneeneneanensenensaneneans 1
Two newly described species and a draft key to the species of Sida s. lat. from

Western Australia. R.M. Barker ....ccccccscscsscscssessesessesesecseesessescssssesecseesesessesesseeassenscsseasecssssssseesesseseesesseneesenseneenegg® 13
Corymbia cadophora subsp. polychroma (Myrtaceae): a new subspecies from the east

Kimberley region of Western Australia. R.L. Barrett .......:scesseseeeeseseeesseseseeseeseseesenseneeneneenenernenseneneenensanenennans 31
New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone in southern

Western Australia. R.L. Barrett ........ccccscsscscsscssesecesceeeserscsscssescssssessesessesssecseesesecseneeaseaessesseecsssssssessssessenesaeeseneens 37
Lepidosperma gahnioides, a new species of Cyperaceae from the Ravensthorpe region,

Western Australia. R.L. Barrett.........cccsccsscsscsccssssscsccsscesesssssscsscssssscsecsecssceecsecnsessessesasessessensonsonssssensecseeneensesseenes 61
Lasiopetalum ferraricollinum (Malvaceae s. lat.: Lasiopetaleae), a new species from the

ironstone hills near Forrestania, Western Australia. E.M. Bennett & K.A. Shepherd «0... :eceeseeseeseeeeeees 67
Caladenia petrensis and C. saxicola (Orchidaceae), two new ironstone endemics from

south-west Western Australia. A.P. Brown & G. Brockiman......c.ccccecsessesesseseeeetetseneesenseseeseeesesseseeseeeeneeseneceetaeaes 73
Eremophila densifolia subsp. erecta and E. grandiflora (Myoporaceae), two new taxa

from south-west Western Australia. A.P. Brown & B. Buirchell ......c.ccccseseseeeeeceteeeeeereneeersesenseessssesssesseaeseneees 81
Tetratheca erubescens (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and geographically restricted species from

the Coolgardie Biogeographic Region of south-western Australia. J.P. Bull .......eececessesseseeseeseeseeseeseeeeeeeeeees 87
Four new conservation-listed species of Synaphea (Proteaceae: Conospermineae) from

the Jarrah Forest region of south-west Western Australia. R. Butcher... eesseeseseeseseeessesseeessseseeeseeneesensneenens 97
Tetratheca exasperata and T. phoenix (Elaeocarpaceae), two new conservation-listed

species allied to 7: setigera, from south-west Western Australia. R. Butcher .........-cscssssseeseeseseseeseeeeeneeneenenees 117
Tetratheca pilata (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and apparently rare species from the Ongerup

area of south-west Western Australia. R. Butchet.........cccccccssesessesesesseseseeseeeeserscneeseeeesensesseaseseseeseessessersentens 127
Persoonia manotricha (Proteaceae: Persoonioideae), a new species associated with Banded

Iron Formation ranges in the Midwest region, Western Australia. R. Butcher & A.S. Markey 0.0... 135
Prostanthera ferricola (Lamiaceae), a new species from Western Australia.

B.J. Conn & K.A. Shepherd...ccccccsesssescssssssscsseessesesesssesesesesenenesensnssssssessessssesssssesesesesessseneseesncacnsnsnsnsssnsenss 147
A new species of Petrophile (Proteaceae) from south-western Australia.

R.J. Cranfield & T.D. Macfarlane....cccccccccccsssssssseccscsssssssesosssssetssesssscsevesssssssscnssssssescsssscscecsterensscssossneaseconensensegs 153
Hakea chromatropa (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae), an apparently rare new species from

Western Australia. A.S. George & R.M. Barker ....c.cccccccesssesesseeeseeeeteseceseenesssesesssssseesnessecseenensneenenensneneeenencacas 159
Three new and geographically restricted species of Leucopogon (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae:

Styphelieae) from south-west Western Australia. M. Hislop & A.R. Chapman .....c.sccscesseesseseeseesereeenreneens 165
Diamond gum (Eucalyptus rhomboidea: Myrtaceae), a new threatened species endemic to the

Bremer Range of the Southwest Australian Floristic Region. S.D. Hopper & D. Nicolle .......sessessseeseeeeeees 185
New species of Andersonia (Ericaceae) of conservation concern. K.L. LeMSOM........cesesseseeseseeeeteteeteeereeeiens 195
Anew species of Neurachne (Poaceae) from Western Australia. T.D. Macfarlane..........sssseecseceseeeeeeennen 215
Wurmbea inflata (Colchicaceae), a new species from the Gascoyne region of Western Australia.

T.D. Macfarlane 8& A.L. Case ....ccceccsssssssescsssscsssescssescssccsssessssssssscssesssrsnsssessensscenseasessosscesannensonsesssronsenenseeseneseees 223
Three new wattles (Acacia: Mimosoideac) from the Kalannie region, Western Australia.
BIRPiMaslinvrcireccsessestestesterreeresteevteseertitcrrerseribeiaiatpesacitettastoatsasteresttereetceesteccoitestetsetizersciatescttestervcrecesneneed tees 229

continued over

Contents (continued)

Acacia burrowsiana (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new arid zone species from near

MuMagnet;, Westem ‘Australia sB: Rs Maslin ta csic.1s,:1eeiets Pitts Miettteriae eee aE oe, are ee 241
Acacia cockertoniana (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new species from banded ironstone

ranges of the south-west arid zone, Western Australia. BLR. Maslin ......c.ccscccsccssessssessestesesessessescasessaresveresveseese 247
Two new species of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) from the Koolanooka Hills in the

northern wheatbelt region of south-west Western Australia. B.R. Maslin & C. BUSCUMD .....ccscsssesseesessseeseesses 253
Two new Acacia species (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) from banded ironstone ranges in the

Midwest region of south-west Western Australia. B.R. Maslin & C. BUSCUMD...ccccccessessseesseessecesecssecsseesseeose 263
Two new Western Australian species of Drummondita (Rutaceae: Boronieae) from banded

ironstone ranges of the Yilgarn Craton. R.A. Meissner & A.S. Markey...scsccssssssssscssssessssessseesssessssecsseeseseecess 273
A new geographically disjunct and apparently rare subspecies of Eucalyptus jutsonii

(Myrtaceae) from Western Australia. D. Nicolle & M.E. French ei...ccccsccssessesseesessessessessecsessessessestesseseesvesceseeses 281
A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis (Lamiaceae: Chloantheae) and four new
aridizone.species from) Western Australias B!LARYe, means nine, Taner: ee ee on 289
Micromyrtus trudgenii (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), a new species from the Blue Hill Range

area obsouth-westerm Australias Bele aRyea ai: tree tere eee nae aeemey on Menem ae Aipea iy 325
Five new conservation-listed species of Goodenia (Goodeniaceae) from southern Western

Australias LAW Sage, SKSAES hepherd ema aac rete ene ene ann Tee nnn UE aie ee 331
Pityrodia iphthima (Lamiaceae), a new species endemic to banded ironstone in Western

Australia, with notes on two informally recognised Pityrodia. K.A. Shepherd Sseter.enrrrr trite re 347

Three new species of Tecticornia (formerly Halosarcia) ( Chenopodiaceae: Salicornioideae)
from the Eremaean Botanical Province, Western Australia. K.A. Shepherd iv: eet eee rediry ate 353

Tecticornia indefessa (Chenopodiaceae: Salicornioideae), a new mat samphire (formerly
Tegicornia) from north of Esperance, Western Australia. K.A. Shepherd & /eaeeweceh eee yer ey 367

Two new Western Australian species of Dodonaea (Sapindaceae) from northern Yilgarn
ironstones. K.A. Shepherd, B.L. Rye, R.A. Meissner & J.G. Wet ...csccsscsssecsssseessssessssssesssssessssssssssescesseeccsseec. 375

Kunzea acicularis, K. strigosa and K. similis subsp. mediterranea (Myrtaceae) — new taxa
from near Ravensthorpe, Western Australia. H.R. Toelken & G.F. (Ch Pe ERENES Arcos fete iastrieey 385

Lobelia cleistogamoides (Campanulaceae, subfamily Lobelioideae, Lobelia sect, Holopogon),
a new species related to L. heterophylla from Western Australia and South Australia.

NiGe Walsh’ SAD EEA Ibrechts caf gaccnt hese Bee neat sare, fee ert eer an nn 397
Allocasuarina hystricosa (Casuarinaceae): a new species from south-west Western Australia,

with notes on relatedispectessI Ass Weres,itaist Memtestertiact, ulatbea-cceie mtr te ment merit 403
New species and new circumscriptions in Stylidium (Stylidiaceae). J.A. Were Siti Sesser Hitiris wrets omen 415

Observations on the rare triggerplant Stylidium coroniforme (Stylidiaceae) and the description
of two allied taxa of conservation concern. J.A. Wege & D.J. Coates ..sccccsssssssssssssssessssssstesssssssesssssssescessseeecce 433

Two new triggerplants (Stylidium; Stylidiaceae) from the eastern margin of the Swan Coastal Plain,
Western Australia. J.A. Wege, G.J. Keighery & B.J. Wei SheLy sree tetera, crevtier rita a nese etree reese

A new species of Arabidella (Brassicaceae) from Western Australia. J.A. Wege & B.J. Lepschi

Three new species of Aotus (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) from south-western Australia.
CFawalkins SJ :AS Ghapplll aie. fetal casi tan eee tlt cette tertice ae ay sir eneene icine ae 459

Five new species of Eutaxia (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) from south-western Australia.
Cre Walkine: Sa JiA® Ghappill en sitrtcasiictereeermeren nicest tieeeette ete ee ti ee ee 469

Three new species of Latrobea (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) from south-western Australia.
GPRS Wilkins Sh a4 Chappill creer. Attrs: ca.zesyts. ener titre cers ea ae aoe lel aR 483

Nuytsia 17: 1-12 (2007) 1

Taxonomic research and the conservation status of flora in the Yilgarn
Banded Iron Formation ranges

Neil Gibson’, David J. Coates? and Kevin R. Thiele*

'Science Division, Department of Environment and Conservation, PO Box 51, Wanneroo, Western Australia 6065
Science Division, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983
3Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Gibson, N., Coates, D.J. & Thiele, K.R. Taxonomic research and the conservation status of flora in
the Yilgarn Banded Iron Formation ranges. Nuytsia 17: 1-12 (2007). The Banded Iron Formation (BIF)
ranges are small, ancient ranges scattered across the Yilgarn Craton in southern Western Australia.
Increased exploration and mining of iron ore in Western Australia has resulted in a resurgence of
botanical survey on and around the BIF ranges, including the discovery of at least 20 unnamed taxa,
nine of which were new to science. Recent taxonomic work, published in this special edition of
Nuytsia, has concentrated on naming 17 taxa with distributions centred on these ranges and a further
62 taxa of conservation significance in the southern half of Western Australia. Despite this increase
in activity, the conservation status of the flora and vegetation remains poorly documented. Patterns
in distribution of threatened, rare and poorly known taxa (Declared Rare Flora and Priority Flora)
and patterns in endemism are examined on a subset of the 25 ranges most prospective for mining.
Preliminary analysis of endemism supports the hypotheses that these ranges represent both refugial
habitats of great antiquity and areas of recent speciation. Across Western Australia there are some
2,240 taxa under consideration for formal listing by the Department of Environment and Conservation

as threatened; of these, 475 are yet to be formally named. This situation significantly impedes their
conservation assessment.

Introduction

Current figures indicate that Western Australia’s vascular flora comprises 13,089 taxa, about half
of Australia’s known flowering plants, ferns and cycads. Of these, 11,554 are published taxa, leading
to the alarming statistic that 12% of known taxa are currently undescribed (1096 existing as phrase
names and 439 as manuscript names; Chapman 2007). These undescribed taxa currently have minimal
descriptive information and lack suitable guides to their identification. Many are poorly known,
under-collected or rare. Undescribed taxa present a major impediment to survey and assessment of
conservation status, given that the means for their recognition are usually minimal. Yet an accurate
assessment of conservation status is important if taxa are to be listed and recognised as rare and
threatened and accorded the appropriate conservation management.

Over the last 25 years there has been considerable effort by botanists to develop lists of rare and

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

threatened flora in Western Australia (see Marchant & Keighery 1979; Rye & Hopper 1981; Hopper
etal. 1990). The initial source of information for these lists is herbarium collections, and currently the
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) databases (Western Australian Herbarium 1998—) provide
much of the baseline data for Western Australia’s flora conservation list ina readily accessible format.
Field surveys have also provided data required to gain a better understanding of conservation status of
taxa, particularly if they are to be listed as threatened (Declared Rare Flora - DRF) under the Western

Australian Wildlife Conservation Act 1950.

Western Australia has 2,622 vascular plant taxa listed as threatened, rare or poorly known,
approximately eight per cent of the world’s total (Walter & Gillett 1998), making the State one of the
major international centres for threatened flora. The present listing system provides six categories of
flora: threatened, presumed extinct, and four Priority Flora groups (Atkins 2006). The Priority Flora

can be broadly defined as:

* those taxa which have been determined as being rare, but are currently not threatened (categorised
as ‘rare’ in international terminology; IUCN 2001); and

* those taxa which may be rare or threatened but for which there is insufficient survey data available
to accurately determine their true status (categorised as ‘data deficient’ or ‘poorly known’ in

international terminology).

Currently, 2,240 taxa are listed as Priority Flora, with 1,909 of these being poorly known. There
has been a substantial increase in listed conservation taxa since threatened flora were first listed in
1980 and Priority Flora in 1987 (Coates & Atkins 2001). This increase represents an improvement in
knowledge of the State’s flora through survey, taxonomic study, and the databasing of the herbarium
collections at PERTH. Even so, there is a critical need for further taxonomic research to resolve the
many issues of synonymy and identification within the Priority Flora. For example 520 Priority Flora
and DRF remain either as phrase names or manuscript names (Table 1).

Of particular interest and relevance in the last few years has been the need to survey and assess
the conservation status of flora in areas under consideration for significant developments such as
mining. One key area covers the Banded Iron Formation (BIF) ranges of the Yilgarn. Historically,
the greenstone ranges of the Yilgarn have been mined for base metals, while more recently the BIF
ranges have been targeted for exploration and mining for iron ore, driven by recent increased demand
for this commodity in China. Subsequently, there has been a surge in botanical surveys of these areas
by both mining companies and government agencies. Such surveys have led to the discovery of new
taxa, as well as identifying taxa already represented in herbarium collections but previously not

recognised as distinct.

The Yilgarn Craton covers much of the southern half of Western Australia and includes parts of
11 Bioregions (Figure 1) (Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007). The Craton
was formed between 2,630—2,780 Ma and comprises rocks which date back to 3,730 Ma (Myers
1993). It is one of the oldest and most stable parts of the earth’s surface, and has apparently never
been below sea level. The Craton comprises granitic basement interspersed by both mafic, ultramafic
(greenstone) and BIF ranges. The BIFs of the Yilgarn were deposited on the older rocks between 3,100
and 2,700 Ma and are particularly noteworthy as containing diamonds and detrital zircons dated back
to 4,252-4,270 Ma (respectively) — the oldest known fragments of terrestrial rocks on Earth (Myers
1993; Brox & Semeniuk 2007; Menneken et al. 2007).

N. Gibson, D.J. Coates & K.R. Thiele, Taxonomic research in the Yilgarn BIF ranges

Table 1. Total numbers of plant taxa, conservation taxa, undescribed taxa and undescribed conservation taxa
for Western Australia, and the subsets from the Yilgarn Craton and 25 BIF ranges, derived from all available
collections held in PERTH that were attributed with geocodes (516,394 sheets). Percentages refer to the total
State figure. Only currently accepted native vascular plants were included in the analysis. ' Data updated from

Chapman (2007).

Western :
NRTA Yilgarn 25 BIF ranges

Number % Number %

Total flora 13,089 8,037 61.4 1,703 13.0
Area (km?) 2,529,875 616,049 24.4 36,809 1.5
Declared Rare Flora 376 224 59.6 15 4.0
Presumed extinct 6 4 66.7 0 0.0
= Priority One 612 341 55.7 48 7.8
& Priority Two 635 295 46.5 24 3.8
2 Priority Three 662 396 59.8 505 e7:9
Priority Four 33] 215 65.0 Ch De
Total 2,622 1,475 56.3 148 5.6
Undescribed taxa! 1,743 947 54.3 172 9.9
Declared Rare Flora 45 26 57.8 0 0.0
g Presumed extinct 0 0 0.0 0 0.0
= Priority One 224 130 58.0 18 8.0
2 Priority Two 141 60 42.6 Ses 5
: Priority Three 84 44 52.4 TO SEELUIES
E Priority Four 26 16 61.5 0 0.0
Total 520 2767 25331 33 6.3

The ranges in the Yilgarn are generally of low topography resulting from weathering over a
very long period. Their subdued nature, however, belies their biodiversity values. Beard (1981) first
recognized the unique nature of the vegetation and flora of these ranges, with his identification of a
number of vegetation systems covering some of these ranges representing unique catenary sequences.
The results of more recent plot based surveys (e.g. Gibson ef al. 1997; ecologia Environmental 2002,
ATA Environmental 2006) has indicated that many of the individual BIF ranges are unique in terms

of species composition.

The evolutionary history of the flora of the Yilgarn, although not well known, appears complex
and is similar to that described for the South-West Botanical Province, which significantly overlaps
with the Yilgarn. A feature of the South-West flora, particularly of newly described species, is the
large number of taxa that are rare and geographically restricted. Although in part this is no doubt
due to recent widespread land clearing and habitat destruction, many taxa appear to be naturally rare
and restricted due to evolutionary and ecological processes that characterize the region. A range of
historical processes are thought to have contributed to both rarity and local endemism. The Province

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

— Robinson Range
Jack Hills e@ 4#~—-~“—
; :
Wiluna
°

Twin Peaks eeic Rade

Lake Austin Booylgoo Range
\ Tallering Peak °
. AS
Gull
ee @ Minjar area Cashmere Downs
oolanooka. °Wartiedar Hills ° Bulga Downs
Ae _Ngraraarea” “= Die Hardy Rg
*Mt Gibson ~~ Mt Manning
: Windarling © Hunt Range

i~p e
> Mt Jackson Helena & Aurora Range

f

e i i
i Hills? © WattHills ©
Hele Koolyanobbing Range

100 200
ES ee es ee ee |

Kilometres

Figure 1. Map showing the IBRA bioregions (Version 6.1, Department of Environment and Water Resources
2007) in Western Australia, the extent of the Yilgarn Craton (shaded) and the locations of the 25 BIF ranges
included in the study.

is characterized by a diverse array of evolutionary patterns significantly influenced by widespread
climatic and habitat instability experienced since the late Tertiary, leading to cyclic expansion and
contraction of mesic and arid zones (Hopper et al. 1996; Hopper & Gioia 2004).

There is also increasing palaeo-botanical evidence that a relatively high proportion of the flora
of the Province is ancient (McLoughlin & Hill 1996; McLoughlin er al. 2001). The post-Tertiary
climate cycling may have led to localised extinctions of many species throughout much of their range,
resulting in relictual, geographically restricted and fragmented or disjunct population remnants. The
BIF ranges, despite their limited topographic relief, may have provided refugia for many species
during these phases of localised extinction.

As yet the number of taxa occurring on BIF ranges in the Yilgarn is not known. Recent surveys
completed in the Midwest Region indicates a vascular flora of 633 taxa in six areas of BIF (Markey
& Dillon a,b, in review; Meissner & Caruso a-c, in review). Earlier surveys on BIF and greenstone

N. Gibson, D.J. Coates & K.R. Thiele, Taxonomic research in the Yilgarn BIF ranges 5

ranges in the Goldfields region suggested 240-350 taxa per range (Gibson 2004). These arid ranges
are clearly much richer than previously thought (Jessop 1981).

Despite the incomplete nature of the survey effort, a number of taxa are known to be restricted
or largely restricted to BIF and greenstone substrates, some with highly restricted distributions (Rye
2001; Gibson 2005; Wege 2005; Butcher 2007). The number of such taxa is continuing to increase,
with recent survey work on 12 BIF ranges identifying at least 20 new taxa (Markey & Dillon a, b, in
review; Meissner & Caruso a—c, in review). Of these, nine taxa were collected for the first time while
a further 11 were represented in herbarium collections but had not been recognized as distinct taxa.
Further survey work is currently underway, with another six ranges being investigated.

A recent research priority at the Western Australian Herbarium, funded by the Western Australian
Government’s ‘Saving Our Species’ program, has focused on resolving the taxonomy of undescribed
Priority and BIF taxa. The results of this work are described in the papers of this issue. The aim of
the present paper is to provide background information on the flora of the BIF ranges and outline
the dimensions of the task required to formally name the undescribed BIF taxa and other taxa of
conservation significance across the Yilgarn.

Methods

An analysis of the collections databased at PERTH was undertaken to provide statistics on the
total flora, the number of taxa currently undescribed (with accepted phrase names or manuscript
names) and the proportions of these groups considered rare, threatened, or under consideration for
listing as threatened, for both Western Australia as a whole and the Yilgarn Craton. Only native taxa
and collections with geographical coordinates were included. In total 516,394 collections fitted these

criteria. Specimen records including geocodes were analysed in a GIS environment using Areview
9.0 (data accessed 2 July 2007).

A second analysis was undertaken to estimate the flora and to identify taxa restricted to or largely
restricted to 25 BIF ranges. This subset of ranges are considered as amongst the most prospective for
iron ore mining. For each range a polygon was identified that fully encompassed the BIF geology,
including a buffer area around each range. These polygons were intersected with the specimen data
described above. A percentage endemism value was calculated by dividing the number of collections
for each taxon identified within each polygon by the total number of collections of each taxon held
in PERTH. This value was used to identify taxa with distributions restricted or largely restricted
to the BIF ranges. These data were then used to compile lists of (a) taxa that were endemic to BIF
and restricted to a single range; (b) taxa endemic to BIF with distributions covering several ranges;
and (c) taxa with distributions centred on BIF ranges. This final category is somewhat arbitrary but
included taxa which have only occasionally been collected or seen off BIF (e.g. Dryandra arborea
C.A.Gardner) and taxa that are restricted to BIF ranges but also grow on laterized BIF (e.g. Acacia
graciliformis Maslin & Buscumb and A. muriculata Maslin & Buscumb).

Results

The Yilgarn Craton occupies 24.4% of the area of Western Australia and has 61.4% of the flora
(Table 1). The proportion of DRF and Priority taxa associated with the Yilgarn showed similar values

SS LL aaa a Cn nee |

6 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

to the flora as a whole (56.3% of Western Australia’s conservation taxa occur on the Yilgarn) as did the
proportion of undescribed taxa (54.3%) and undescribed conservation taxa (53.1%). Twelve percent
of all DRF in the State are undescribed, and 11.6% of all Yilgarn DRF are undescribed.

While the area of the polygons covering the 25 BIF ranges was only 1.5% of Western Australia,
the ranges and buffer areas contained 13% of the flora of Western Australia and 5.6% of DRE and
Priority Flora. Three DRF taxa restricted to BIF are described in this volume (Barrett 2007; Bull 2007:
Hislop & Chapman 2007) and another three have been described very recently (Butcher 2007; Halford
& Henderson 2007). It is likely that several other BIF endemics will be proposed for listing as DRF
when sufficient survey has been undertaken to properly assess their status.

Just over 1,700 taxa were recorded from the 25 BIF ranges and the surrounding areas (Table 1),
indicating a rich flora. However, the ranges sampled extended over c. 650 km, from the Hunt Range
to the Jack Hills, and a high gamma diversity may be expected over such a wide area. This estimate is
likely to increase in future as the ranges remain poorly collected (median 209, minimum 19, maximum
1,030 collections per range). Survey results suggest that a flora of at least 300 taxa per range may be
expected (Markey & Dillon a, b, in review; Meissner & Caruso a-c, in review).

The analysis of the 25 BIF ranges identified 24 taxa as occurring on individual BIF ranges, a further
six taxa restricted to BIF but occurring across several ranges, and 14 that had their distributions centred
on BIF ranges (Table 2). Of these 44 taxa, 17 are described in this issue (Barrett 2007; Bull 2007; Conn
& Shepherd 2007; Hislop & Chapman 2007; Macfarlane 2007; Maslin 2007; Maslin & Buscumb 2007a,
2007b; Meissner & Markey 2007; Rye 2007; Shepherd 2007; Shepherd et al. 2007), however a further
13 require formal description.

Both the Helena and Aurora Range and Koolanooka Hill had the most single-range endemics (five
taxa on each) followed by Mt Jackson with four, Karara, Mt Gibson and Windarling Range with two
each, and the Jack Hills, Die Hardy, Koolyanobbing and Robinson Ranges with one each. None of
the remaining 16 ranges have any known locally endemic taxa.

Four of the six taxa that are endemic to BIF but occur across several ranges occurred in the Die
Hardy Range — Mt Jackson — Helena and Aurora Range — Koolyanobbing Range area (Table 2). No
taxa endemic to BIF or with distributions centred on BIF were recorded for eight of the 25 ranges
(Booylgoo Range, Cashmere Downs area, Gullewa area, Lake Austin area, Tallering Peak, Twin Peaks,
Warriedar Hill and Watt Hills).

Declared Rare and Priority Flora were concentrated in the Mt Gibson, Helena and Aurora Range
and Karara areas, although not all of these taxa were restricted to BIF. Three ranges appear to have
no DRF or Priority Flora (Table 3).

Discussion

There is an urgent need to formally name the many undescribed DRF and Priority One taxa in
Western Australia. The 269 taxa in these two categories encompass both threatened taxa and taxa
with restricted distributions that are in urgent need of threat assessments. Unambiguous descriptions
allowing identification of these taxa would assist both threatened taxon management and assessment
of conservation status of Priority One taxa.

N. Gibson, D.J. Coates & K.R. Thiele, Taxonomic research in the Yilgarn BIF ranges 7

Table 2. Distribution patterns of taxa restricted to BIF ranges or with their distributions centred on these ranges
and conservation status (at 11 September 2007), * indicates taxa named in this issue. A list of the 25 BIF ranges
is given in Table 3.

Taxa Distribution Status
BIF endemics restricted to single range
Acacia adinophylla Maslin Helena & Aurora Rg Pl
Acacia sp. Bungalbin Hill (J.J. Alford 1119) Helena & Aurora Rg Pil
Acacia sp. Jack Hills (R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 4) Jack Hills Pl

* = Acacia woodmaniorum Maslin & Buscumb Karara 1)
Baeckea sp. Mt Jackson (G.J. Keighery 4362) Mt Jackson
Caesia sp. Koolanooka Hills (R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 78) Koolanooka Hills
Caladenia sp. Muddaming Hill (S.D. Hopper 4013) Mt Jackson
Darwinia masonii C.A.Gardner Mt Gibson DRF

* Dodonaea scurra K.A.Sheph. & R.A.Meissn. Koolanooka Hills Pl

* = Drummondita rubroviridis R.A.Meissn. Koolanooka Hills Pl
Jacksonia jackson Chappill Mt Jackson Pl

* = Lepidosperma bungalbin R.L.Barrett Helena & Aurora Rg Pl

* ~Lepidosperma gibsonii R.L.Barrett Mt Gibson DRF
Lepidosperma sp. Koolanooka (K.R. Newbey 9336) Koolanooka Hills

* ~Leucopogon spectabilis Hislop & A.R.Chapm. Helena & Aurora Rg DRF
Micromyrtus acuta Rye Karara Pl

* — Pityrodia iphthima K.A.Sheph. Robinson Rg Pl
Ricinocarpos brevis R.J.F.Hend. & Mollemans Windarling Rg DRF
Sclerolaena sp. Koolanooka Hills (R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 437) Koolanooka Hills
Tetratheca aphylla F.Muell. subsp. aphylla Helena & Aurora Rg DRF

* = Tetratheca erubescens J.P.Bull Koolyanobbing Rg DRF
Tetratheca harperi F.Muell. Mt Jackson DRF
Tetratheca paynterae Alford subsp. cremnobata R.Butcher Die Hardy Rg DRF
Tetratheca paynterae subsp. paynterae Windarling Rg DRF
BIF endemics occurring across several ranges
Beyeria sp. Jackson Range (R. Cranfield & P. Spencer 7751) Mt Jackson to Koolyanobbing Rg Pl
Beyeria sp. Murchison (B. Jeanes s.n. 7/7/2005) Weld Rg to Bulga Downs p2

* ~Lepidosperma ferricola R.L.Barrett Die Hardy Rg to KoolyanobbingRg Pl
Millotia dimorpha P.S.Short Karara to Koolanooka Hills Pl

* ~=Neurachne annularis T.Macfarlane Die Hardy Rg to Koolyanobbing Rg — P3
Stenanthemum newbeyi Rye Die Hardy Rg to Koolyanobbing Rg —— P3
Taxa with distributions centered on BIF

* Acacia cockertoniana Maslin Weld Rg to Wiluna

* Acacia graciliformis Maslin & Buscumb Koolanooka Hills Pl

* = Acacia karina Maslin & Buscumb Karara to Mt Gibson P2

* = Acacia muriculata Maslin & Buscumb Koolanooka Hills Pl

* =Drummondita fulva A.S.Markey & R.A.Meissn. Karara to Yalgoo P3
Dryandra arborea C.A.Gardner Die Hardy Rg to Koolyanobbing Rg
Grevillea georgeana McGill. Die Hardy Rg to Kangaroo Hills P3
Grevillea zygoloba Olde & Marriott Mt Jackson to Koolyanobbing Rg
Hibbertia lepidocalyx J.R.Wheeler subsp. tuberculata J.R.Wheeler Helena & Aurora Rg to Hunt Rg Pil

* = Micromyrtus trudgenii Rye Karara to Yalgoo P3
Mirbelia sp. Helena & Aurora (B.J. Lepschi 2003) Koolanooka Hills to Bremer Rg P3
Polianthion collinum Rye Karara to Yalgoo P3

* —Prostanthera ferricola B.J.Conn & K.A.Sheph. Robinson Rg to Wiluna P3
Spartothamnella sp. Helena & Aurora Range (P.G. Armstrong Karara to Helena & Aurora Rg P3

a

155-109)

8 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Table 3. Distribution of Declared Rare Flora and Priority taxa recorded on the 25 ranges included in the analysig_
Also shown is the area of polygons used in the analysis, this includes both the BIF range and a buffer area. Noy
all DRF and Priority taxa are restricted to BIF.

EE

Range DRF Priority Area

Flora (km?)
Mt Gibson 3 13 1,511
Helena & Aurora Range 2 12 646
Mt Jackson 2 7 577
Windarling 2 2 408
Karara area ] 15 1,497
Koolyanobbing Range I 31 484
Koolanooka Hills 9 1,101
Die Hardy Range 7 1,048
Minjar area if, 1,360
Weld Range 7 4,671
Highclere Hills 6 1,562
Hunt Range 5 354
Mt Manning 5 270
Jack Hills Sy 7,785
Warriedar Hill 4 1,184
Gullewa area =) 1,395
Watt Hills al 822
Lake Austin area 2 3,491
Bulga Downs area 1 1,053
Robinson Range 1 2,103
Tallering Peak ] 363
Twin Peaks l 764
Booylgoo Range 1,228
Cashmere Downs area 773
Wiluna 1,148

Of the Yilgarn flora, the highest proportion of DRF and Priority taxa (44%) are found in the Avon-
Wheatbelt bioregion of the highly diverse South-West Botanical Province (Table 4). This is the bioregion
that has been most significantly impacted by clearing (84% cleared; Gibson et al. 2004), largely for
cereal crop production. Considerably fewer DRF and Priority Flora are known from the three adjoining
Yilgarn bioregions of the Eremaean Botanical Province (Coolgardie, Yalgoo and Murchison), primarily
as a result of vegetation in these mainly pastoral regions being largely intact.

Most of the BIF ranges studied to date occur in the Coolgardie, Yalgoo and Murchison bioregions.
While the numbers of DRF and Priority Flora do not reach the level found in the South-West, their
proportions in terms of the Yilgarn flora are comparable, despite the very much smaller area involved.

N. Gibson, D.J. Coates & K.R. Thiele, Taxonomic research in the Yilgarn BIF ranges 9

Table 4. Area and number of DRF and Priority taxa in four bioregions (IBRA Version 6.1, Department of
Environment and Water Resources 2007) in comparison with the 25 BIF ranges. Percentages calculated based
on 1,485 DRF and Priority taxa known from the Yilgarn.

DRF& %DRF&

hae Priority Priority
taxa taxa

Yilgarn 617,117 1,485
25 BIF ranges 36,609 149 10.0
Avon Wheatbelt 95,171 654 44.0
Coolgardie 129,122 269 18.1
Murchison 281,206 163 11.0
Yalgoo 50,872 96 6.5

These data support previous work on individual ranges suggesting that the BIF ranges are biodiversity
hotspots of the Eremaean (Butcher ef al. 2007).

The degree of endemism and number of DRF and Priority Flora vary considerably between the BIF
ranges (Tables 2 & 3). On current data some ranges (such as Helena and Aurora Range, Koolanooka
Hills, Mt Jackson, Mt Gibson and Karara) have much higher conservation significance than others in
terms of supporting high numbers of endemics and/or listed taxa. The numbers of DRF and Priority taxa
are correlated with the number of taxa recorded from the range (R? = 0.53, P< 0.01). However, no such
relationship is apparent for the restricted endemics, and the reasons for these patterns remains unclear.

Preliminary analysis also indicates that individual BIF ranges generally support compositionally
different vegetation units, even over short geographical distances. Some of these vegetation units have
very restricted distributions within individual ranges (eco/logia Environmental 2002; ATA Environmental
2006; Markey & Dillon a, b, in review; Meissner & Caruso a-—c, in review).

Recent detailed research on leafless Tetratheca Sm. species in the area around Mt Jackson has
illustrated the relictual nature of some of the endemics, with phylogenetically distinct taxa occurring on
adjacent ranges (Butcher et al. 2007). Other endemic taxa have closely related taxa in near proximity
(e.g. Lepidosperma spp., R.L. Barrett unpubl. data), indicating recent radiation has also contributed
to the endemics of the BIF ranges. Hence, the origin of the endemics of these ranges systems may be
ascribed to both recent evolutionary divergence and an ancient relictual component. Similar patterns
of relictual and recent taxa are seen in the Acacia Mill. centre of species richness along the eastern
margin of the Southwest Interzone (Hopper & Maslin 1978).

The overall pattern of endemism in the BIF ranges is similar to other ranges of the South-West
(Barrett 1996; Hopper & Gioia 2004), the Pilbara (van Leeuwen & Bromilow 2002) and central
Australia (Morton et al. 2004) across a range of geologies. These patterns are likely to have resulted
from the widespread climatic and habitat instability experienced since the late Tertiary (Hopper e/ al.
1996) and may also be related to the very long period of stability this region has undergone and the
opportunity for fine scale niche partitioning of very ancient soils, or a combination of both processes.
Recent surveys of analogous ranges in Brazil (Jacobi ef al. 2007) have likewise reported high levels
of alpha and beta diversity, endemism and the occurrence of unique ecosystems.

10 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

In conclusion, the flora of the BIF ranges show clumped patterns in distribution of both endemics
and threatened and Priority Flora. While the patterns in DRF and Priority flora generally reflect
richness of the local species pool, distribution of restricted endemics do not. Preliminary analysis of
the vegetation of the ranges confirms the unique catenary sequences first described by Beard (1981).
The irreplaceability (sensu Pressey 1999) of many of these ranges in terms of community, species

and genetic levels of diversity is likely to make the achievement of a comprehensive, adequate and
representative reserve network difficult.

There also remains an unacceptably high number of DRF and Priority Flora awaiting formal
description. The State-wide pattern is reflected in the Yilgarn flora, but is less evident in the BIF
flora due to the recent targeted taxonomic effort. Lack of formal descriptions inhibits both threatened
flora management and assessment of Priority taxa for listing as threatened flora. The 44 papers in this
volume, in which 95 taxa are newly described, 78 of which are listed as DRF or Priority Flora, make
a significant contribution to ameliorating this problem, however, much more work is needed.

Acknowledgements

Margaret Langley and Lisma Kukuls for assistance with the GIS analyses and map production.

References

ATA Environmental (2006). “Mt Gibson Iron Ore Mine and Infrastructure Project. Public Environmental Review.” (ATA:
Perth.)

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Perth.)

Barrett, R.L. (2007). New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone in southern Western
Australia. Nuytsia 17: 37-60.

Barrett, S. (1996). “Biological survey of mountains of southern Western Australia.” (Department of Conservation and Land
Management and the Australian Nature Conservation Agency. Project No. AW03.)

Beard, J.S. (1981). “Swan, vegetation survey of Western, scale 1:1,000,000.” (University of Western Australia Press: Nedlands.)

Brox, M. & Semeniuk, V. (2007). Geoheritage and geoconservation — history, definition, scope and scale. Journal of the Royal
Society of Western Australia 90(2): 53-87.

Bull, J.P. (2007). Tetratheca erubescens (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and geographically restricted species from the Coolgardie
Biogeographic Region of south-western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 87-96.

Butcher, R., Byrne, M. & Crayn, D.M. (2007). Evidence for convergent evolution among phylogenetically distant rare species

of Tetratheca (Eleocarpaceae, formerly Tremandraceae) from Western Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 20(2):
126-138.

Butcher, R. (2007). New taxa of ‘leafless’ Tetratheca (Eleocarpaceae, formerly Tremandraceae) from Western Australia.
Australian Systematic Botany 20(2): 139-160,

Chapman, A.R. (2007). “Western Australian flora Statistics” http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/statistics/ Updated 8 June 2007.
[accessed June 2007]

Coates, D.J. & Atkins, K.A. (2001). Priority setting and the conservation of Western Australia’s diverse and highly endemic
flora. Biological Conservation 97: 251-263.

Conn, B.J. & Shepherd, K.A. (2007). Prostanthera ferricola (Lamiaceae), a new species from Western Australia. Nuytsia 17:
147-152.

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/
version 6-1/. Updated 6" February, [accessed June 2007]

ecologia Environmental (2002). “Koolyanobbing Iron Ore Expansion Project. Public Environmental Review.” (Portman Iron
Ore Limited, Perth.)

N. Gibson, D.J. Coates & K.R. Thiele, Taxonomic research in the Yilgarn BIF ranges 11

Gibson, N. (2004). Flora and vegetation of the Eastern Goldfields Ranges: Part 7. Middle and South Ironcap, Digger Rock and
Hatter Hill. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 87(2): 49-62.

Gibson, N. (2005). A new species of /sopogon (Proteaceae) from southwest Western Australia. Muelleria 21: 97-99.

Gibson, N., Lyons, M.N., & Lepschi, B.J. (1997). Flora and vegetation of the eastern goldfields ranges, Part I: Helena and
Aurora Range. CAL MScience 2(3): 231-246.

Gibson, N., Keighery, G.J., Lyons, M.N. & Webb, A. (2004). Terrestrial flora and vegetation of the Western Australian wheatbelt.
Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement No. 67: 139-189.

Halford, D.A. & Henderson, R.J.F. (2007). A revision of Ricinocarpos Desf. (Euphorbiaceae: Ricinocarpeae, Ricinocarpinae).
Austrobaileya 7(3): 387-449.

Hislop, M. & Chapman, A.R. (2007). Three new and geographically restricted species of Leucopogon (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae:
Styphelieae) from south-west Australia. Nuytsia 17: 165-184.

Hopper, S.D. & Maslin, B.R. (1978). Phytogeography of Acacia in Western Australia. Australian Journal of Botany 26(1):
63-78.

Hopper, S.D., van Leeuwen, S., Brown, A., & Patrick, S. (1990). “Western Australia’s endangered flora and other plants under
consideration for declaration.” (Department of Conservation and Land Management: Perth, Western Australia.)

Hopper, S.D., Harvey, M.S., Chappill, J.A., Main, A.R. & Main, B.Y. (1996). The western Australian biota as Gondwanan
heritage —a review. In: S.D. Hopper, J.A. Chappill, M.S. Harvey & A.S. George (Eds.) ““Gondwanan Heritage: past, present,
and future of the western Australian biota”, pp. 1-46. (Surrey Beatty and Sons: Chipping Norton.)

Hopper, S.D. & Gioia, P. (2004). The southwest Australian floristic region: evolution and conservation of a global hot spot of
biodiversity. Annual review of ecology, evolution and systematics 35: 623-650.

IUCN (2001). “IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria: Version 3.1”. (IUCN Species Survival Commission. IUCN: Gland,
Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.)

Jessop, J. (1981). “Flora of central Australia.” (Reed: Frenchs Forest, NSW.)

Jacobi, C.M., do Carmo, F.F., Vincent, R.C. & Stehmann, J.R. (2007). Plant communities on ironstone outcrops: a diverse and
endangered Brazilian ecosystem. Biodiversity and Conservation 16: 2185-2200.

Macfarlane, T.D. (2007). A new species of Neurachne (Poaceae) from Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 215-222.

Marchant, N.G. & Keighery, G.J. (1979). Poorly collected and presumably rare vascular plants in Western Australia. Kings
Park Research Notes 5: 1-103.

Markey, A.S. & Dillon, S.J. (a, in review). Flora and vegetation the banded ironstone formation of the Yilgarn Craton: the
Central Tallering land system. Conservation Science Western Australia.

Markey, A.S. & Dillon, S.J. (b, in review). Flora and vegetation the banded ironstone formation of the Yilgarn Craton: Weld
Range. Conservation Science Western Australia.

Maslin, B.R. (2007). Acacia cockertoniana (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new species from banded ironstone ranges of the
south-west arid zone, Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 247-252.

Maslin, B.R. & Buscumb, C. (2007a). Two new species of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) from the Koolanooka Hills
in the northern wheatbelt region of south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 253-262.

Maslin, B.R. & Buscumb, C. (2007b). Two new Acacia species (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) from banded ironstone ranges
in the Midwest region of south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 263-272.

McLoughlin, S. & Hill, R.S. (1996). The succession of Western Australian Phanerozoic terrestrial floras. Jn: S.D. Hopper, J.A.
Chappill, M.S. Harvey & A.S. George (eds.) Gondwanan Heritage: past, present, and future of the western Australian
biota. pp. 61-80. (Surrey Beatty and Sons: Chipping Norton.)

McLoughlin, S., McNamara, K. & George, A.S. (2001). “Ancient Floras of Western Australia.” (Western Australian Museum:
Perth.)

Menneken, M., Nemchin, A.A., Geisler, T., Pidgeon, R.T. & Wilde, S.A. (2007). Hadean diamonds in zircon from Jack Hills,
Western Australia. Nature 448: 917-920

Meissner, R. & Caruso, Y. (a, in review). Flora and vegetation of the banded ironstone formation of the Yilgarn Craton: Jack
Hills. Conservation Science Western Australia.

Meissner, R. & Caruso, Y. (b, in review). Flora and vegetation of the banded ironstone formation of the Yilgarn Craton:
Koolanooka and Perenjori Hills. Conservation Science Western Australia.

Meissner, R. & Caruso, Y. (c, in review). Flora and vegetation of the banded ironstone formation of the Yilgarn Craton: Mt
Gibson. Conservation Science Western Australia.

Meissner, R.A. & Markey, A.S.(2007). Two new Western Australian species of Drummondita (Rutaceae: Boronieae) from
banded ironstone ranges of the Yilgarn Craton. Nuytsia 17: 273-280.

12 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Morton, S.R., Short, J. & Barker, R.D. (2004). “Refugia for Biological Diversity in Arid and Semi-arid Australia”. Biodiversity
Series, Paper No. 4. Updated 20" June 2004. http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/publications/series/paper4
[accessed June 2007]

Myers, J.S. (1993). Precambrian history of the West Australian craton and adjacent orogens. Annual Review Earth and Planetary
Sciences 21: 453-445.

Pressey, R.L. (1999). Applications of irreplaceability analysis to planning and management problems. Parks 9: 42-51.

Rye, B.L. (2001). A taxonomic update of Stenanthemum (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) in Western Australia. Nuytsia 13(3):
502-503.

Rye, B.L. (2007). Micromyrtus trudgenii (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), a new species from the Blue Hill Range area of south-
western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 325-330.

Rye, B.L. & Hopper, S.D. (1981). A guide to the gazetted rare flora of Western Australia. Department of Fisheries and Wildlife
Report 42: 1-211.

Shepherd, K.A. (2007). Pityrodia iphthima (Lamiaceae), a new species endemic to banded ironstone in Western Australia, with
notes on two informally recognised Pityrodia. Nuytsia 17: 347-352.

Shepherd, K.A., Rye, B.L., Meissner, R.A. & West, J.G. (2007). Two new Western Australian species of Dodonaea (Sapindaceae)
from northern Yilgarn ironstones. Nuytsia 17: 367-374.

van Leeuwen, S. & Bromilow, B. (2002). “Botanical survey of Hamersley Range Uplands.” (Department of Conservation and
Land Management: Perth.)

Walter, K.S. and Gillett, H.J. (Eds) (1998). “1997 IUCN Red List of Threatened Plants. Compiled by the World Conservation
Monitoring Centre. IUCN.” (The World Conservation Union, Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.)

Wege, J.A. (2005). Stylidium validum (Stylidiaceae): a new trigger plant from south-west Western Australia. Journal of the
Royal Society of Western Australia 88(1): 13-16.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). “FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation.”
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 13-30 (2007) 13

Two newly described species and a draft key to the species of Sida s. lat.
from Western Australia

Robyn M. Barker

State Herbarium of South Australia, Department of Environment and Heritage, PO Box 2732, Kent Town, South Australia 5071

Abstract

Barker, R.M. Two newly described species and a draft key to the species of Sida s. lat. from
Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 13-30 (2007). There are a number of new native species of Sida listed
in the Western Australian Herbarium’s FloraBase that have not yet been formally described. Of the
56 accepted species names presently listed, nearly half represent undescribed taxa. These are cited
as either manuscript or phrase names. Two of the species, Sida ectogama W.R.Barker & R.M.Barker
and Sida arsiniata R.M.Barker, previously known by phrase names, are here described and a draft
key is provided for the native species of Sida found in Western Australia.

Introduction

A request was made by the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) to formalise some known,
but as yet undescribed, species of Priority and Declared Rare Flora, with a specific emphasis on taxa
from areas of mining interest. The taxa known in FloraBase as Sida sp. Unisexual (N.H. Speck 574)
and Sida sp. Wittenoom (W.R. Barker 1962) were specifically targeted from the genus Sida L.,which
for some years has been under revision in Australia by the author. From annotations on herbarium
specimens botanists had been aware of both species since the 1960s; they have had a number of informal
names since that time. They are formally named herein as S. ectogama W.R.Barker & R.M.Barker and
S. arsiniata R.M.Barker, respectively.

Generic placement of the new species

Although the taxa have been known for some time their generic placement is still being resolved.
In the strict sense the genus Sida is confined to species of sect. Sida defined by a 10-ribbed calyx and
by mericarps in which the upper dehiscent portion is separated from the indehiscent lower portion
by a shoulder (Fryxell 1985; see R.M. Barker 1998 for an account of the Australian species); these
findings are supported by molecular work in progress by John Beck (pers. comm., 15 Dec. 2005) in
the laboratory of Randall Small at the University of Tennessee. Thus far, however, the placement of
the rest of the Australian Sida species remains problematic.

Their closest relationships appear to be with the American genus Sidastrum Baker f., as originally
suggested by Fryxell (1985), but the present author felt that more supporting evidence was needed

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

before this transfer was made, particularly as some of the morphological traits exhibited by Australian
species were found in other American genera such as Krapovickasia Fryxell and Meximalva
Fryxell. Earlier molecular studies (Fuertes Aguilar et a/. 2003; Tate et al. 2005) included only three
native Australian species, Sida fibulifera Lindl., S. platycalyx' F.Muell. ex Benth. and the atypical
S. hookeriana Migq., and so were unhelpful in determining placement; both of these studies placed
S. platycalyx and S. fibulifera as sister to the Sidastrum + Meximalva clade. However, molecular
studies undertaken by Beck have included samples of 13 Australian species. The results suggest that
they are a monophyletic group, sister to Sidastrum. Whether they eventually become a new genus or
are included within Sidastrum awaits the results of further work.

Relationships of the new species

Both of the species described below have distinctive morphologies and their relationships are
relatively clear-cut. Thus S. ectogama is most closely related to the Queensland species, S. asterocalyx
S.T.Reynolds & A.E.Holland, and S. arsiniata is most closely related to the Western Australian species,
S. echinocarpa F.Muell. and S. kingii F.Muell. Because there are only regional treatments for Sida in
Western Australia (Wheeler 1992; Grieve 1998) and no comprehensive treatment of all of the species,
the best way to present a context for them is by providing a draft key. For some years, a number of
collectors in Western Australia have had access to a draft annotated key by the author specifically for
the Pilbara region and a similar key has also recently been provided for the Kimberley region. This
latter area is a lot more problematic for distinguishing between taxa and an understanding of some
of the members of the Sida macropoda F.Muell. ex Benth. complex of the sandstone regions of the
“Top End” is still to be achieved.

Notes on the key to species of Sida in Western Australia

The key below contains both formally and informally named species. The latter have been referred
to by pre-existing standardised phrase names (W.R. Barker 2005), some of which been taken from
the latest Northern Territory census (Kerrigan & Albrecht 2007) rather than generating new phrase
names with a Western Australian voucher (e.g. S. sp. Petermann Ranges (B.G. Thomson 2340) and
S. sp. Wakaya Desert (P.K. Latz 11894)). Whilst S. sp. Marandoo (M.E. Trudgen 10976), S. sp. Pilbara
(S. van Leeuwen 4377) and S. sp. Shovelanna Hill (S. van Leeuwen 3842) are currently recognised
on FloraBase (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-), they are not included in the key since their
taxonomic status is uncertain. Sida petrophila F.Muell. is similarly omitted since its occurrence in
Western Australia requires validation. Broad distributions of the species are indicated in the key,
often with reference to their main IBRA region occurrence (Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation
for Australia: Thackway & Cresswell 1995; Western Australian Herbarium 1998-; Department of the
Environment and Water Resources 2007).

Vegetatively the species of Sida are often difficult to distinguish, particularly as the weather
conditions appear to influence the colour of the indumentum developed by a plant. For this reason the
key relies fairly heavily on floral and fruit characters, particularly those of the fruit. Mericarp number

' Listed as S. physocalyx in the cladograms of Fuertes Aguilar ef al. (2003) — this is presumably a mistake for S. platycalyx
since this species is listed in the voucher information.

* These molecular studies placed S. hookeriana near the Plagianthus group which supports this author’s observations, based on
morphology, that S. hookeriana is closer to Lawrencia berthae (F.Muell.) Melville than to native Australian species of Sida.

R.M. Barker, Two newly described species and a draft key to the species of Sida s. lat. 15

is frequently of great diagnostic importance and the absence of fruits on a collection may make it
impossible to achieve specific identification. In the absence of fruits it should be borne in mind that
the number of styles equals the number of carpels and in the majority of cases the style number can be
taken to equal the mericarp number. In a few cases where there are unisexual plants e.g. S. ectogama
and S. sp. spiciform panicles (E. Leyland s.n. 14/8/90), some of the carpels abort or are not fertilised
but they are usually still discernible in their squashed form in the schizocarp.

True glandular hairs do not occur in Sida. However, simple, curled, ?multicellular hairs which
appear to be of a glandular nature are often present on the mericarps (e.g. S. calyxhymenia J.Gay
ex DC., S. arsiniata, S. macropoda s. lat.), more rarely on the pedicels (S. trichopoda F.Muell. and
S. sp. Excedentifolia (J.L. Egan 1925)) and on the leaves (Sida sp. Excedentifolia (J.L. Egan 1925)).
When occurring on the mericarps these hairs are scattered and the mericarps are described as being
“pnuberulent” or “glandular puberulent”. The presence of these hairs is frequently diagnostic, but their
presence usually has to be confirmed using a low power microscope.

Most native Australian species of Sida have bisexual flowers on the one bush, i.e. flowers have
functional anthers on the staminal column and styles elongating with time up through the staminal
column, eventually exceeding it and then finally recurving to become mixed in with the stamens. A
few species, however, are dioecious, amongst them S. ectogama and S. asterocalyx. In these species
flowers produced ona bush are either functionally male or female; in male flowers the stamens develop
normally but there is no associated development of the styles, while in female flowers the styles extend
through a staminal column which bears depauperate anthers bereft of pollen (see Figure 1C).

Calyx lobe measurement refers only to the part which is free.

Key to species of Sida in Western Australia

1. Leaves deeply divided [mericarps 8-11, glabrous; SW WA).....--::::sseseseseeeeteeeeeeteeteees S. hookeriana Miq.
Lm eeavestentire mOtdiv1dcd mre merrermett eetcrittrerseres tnirsrteressttrttr sei Prctstyissscetteesstetece erpeertecefecteecesssassusccrez 2

2. Calyx 10-ribbed at base [S. acuta Burm.f., S. cordifolia L.,
S. pusilla Cav., S. rhombifolia L., S. rohlenae Domin,
SBSDinosailymSesubCOPdatasSpans|iercstsrerersevtieseestiegitstsesesesteedetertesetstsseettcersccactnsraretssncs Sida sect. Sida!

2: Calyx sometimes ribbed, but not 10-ribbed at base

3 Plants with lepidote SCales...cc...sc.-crecssseysecsonsseoncssEtbasesstencasoicacestseecnererstetcgeeccscsceccscesscecssessatescorssuceeesessesseaste 4
3: Plants lacking lepidote Scales ...::s..t;-...ssscscrssssssssossrsscecssccsesacesscsestvenssesszsegeerecscssscnesostasnsesssesasesnscerscscsessererat® 5
4.

Mericarps 13-15, glabrous [disjunct specimens of this Qld

species have been found in WA in the Sturt Creek area]... S. spenceriana F.Muell.
4: Mericarps 7-9, pubescent [the hairs on one of the forms of

S. trichopoda sometimes approach the lepidote condition; as

with S. spenceriana they usually occur in black cracking clay

ALCASTINIMOLtHeI NaS | seeereetrriteerrieesersti tater tetesresrtsrsstrrrerisreritrar sere eertesrs? S. trichopoda F.Muell. p.p.

5. Calyx 16-30-ribbed; mericarps 13-26, remaining fused
together in a ring and still present at the base of new

plants [widespread, central Australia] ..........:cccssesscessseseteeseeecesesereeeteesentees S. platycalyx F.Muell. ex Benth.
5: Calyx not ribbed; mericarps less than 13 or if more,
eventually dissociating from each other .........sescscssssssessseseeeseceecseereestetsereresssenescscacasseeseeenenesessseneesereeseeges 6

'See Barker (1998) for a key to the species of Sida sect. Sida.

|

16 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

6a Calyxtremaining closed aniflowenmand fiiteretscrerc.ceesccstesttteemtectesetrrsereereriere rari yrraetire nels rete eee 7
6: Calyx not closed over flower or fruit although
sometimesilonpersthani them taracnsrsetesivrietisceiascesereecaseg cate ge eree rect tether et sere eeeenee Te TEEN TST 8

7. Flowers lor 2 per axil; calyx very inflated in fruit, balloon-like;

mericarps 10-12, pubescent; stamens 10-20 [Kimberley] ...........:.c:c:esesccseeseeserseseee S. cleisocalyx F.Muell.
7: Flowers 4 or 5 per axil; calyx not markedly inflated in

fruit, mericarps 7—9, glabrous; stamens 10 [Kimberley].... S. sp. C Kimberley Flora (T.E.H. Aplin 4982)

8-35 Calyxcmuchunflatedtinitruitemembranous:onpaperyenncertecsttent ir tater meter eterna eenarts 9
8: Calyx often larger in fruit but not membranous OF Papery.........cscscecssessescseesescscescscsessessscscscsevevscneeavaceneeas 13
9. Calyx 15-25 mm long; mericarps 10-17, glabrous;

flowers bisexual [Hamersley Ranges to Meekatharra] .............cccsecessesessssssseseeeseeseeeses S. brownii Clement
9: Calyx 5—15 mm long; mericarps 6-8, glabrous or pubescent;

Howersjunisexualand/oybisexualion' one: plantiean aarti tetera aie 10
10. Fruits pubescent, mericarps not all equally developed;

flowerswusually;male-onfemalelontone bushivsssinet se ereieire retin ieee renee ree rere 11
10: Fruits glabrous or sparsely glandular puberulent, mericarps

alliequally;developedflowers:always) bisexual pareser-ntesecnteretntestereiniiet tiie ine ner are 12
11. Flowers 7-11 mm diameter; stamens and stigmas

exserted [mostly in the Murchison]............:cccsscssessssesseseeeeeees S. ectogama W.R.Barker & R.M.Barker p.p.
11: Flowers 20-28 mm diameter; stamens and stigmas

included|[S WiQId] htmrssemtetstr emesis ete eres S. asterocalyx S.T.Reynolds & A.E.Holland

12. Calyx lobes not yellow, dark in colour because of stellate hair

colour; mericarps 5, glandular puberulent; corolla lobes often

ciliate whole length [Pilbara through to Eyre Peninsula in SA]..............006+ S. calyxhymenia J.Gay ex DC.
12: Calyx lobes yellow; mericarps usually 5 and glabrous, rarely

7 or 8 and with glandular puberulence; corolla lobes ciliate

onlyontclawi[Bilbara ] ermtiercses-cire eres restr ne eneee rH Srey Eee ne eT eT ate S. clementii Clement

13 2e Mericarpsispinypetrs siesta tcccterrsartrecserstsetr teers rstarereaeTTP ets
13: Mericarps not spiny, but sometimes corrugated

14. Free part of calyx lobes 10-14 mm long in fruit, 5—7 mm in flower;
mericarps 11-14, glabrous [predominantly in Pilbara with occasional

specimens across to NT and one specimen from NT]..........cccesssesssssessseseeeseseseseees S. echinocarpa F.Muell.
14: Free part of calyx lobes up to 6 mm long in fruit, 3-4.5 mm in flower;

mericarps.o—12*pubescentionpuberulentieterens- eee te eet net te 15
15. Calyx lobes truncate; mericarps 9 or 10, puberulent; shrub [Pilbara].............000.. S. arsiniata R.M.Barker
15: Calyx lobes acute; mericarps 11 or 12, pubescent; prostrate creeper

to decumbent shrub [Cape Range to Geraldton] .........c.cccccsessesesesessesesssesessssesesesssecsesesesees S. kingii F.Muell.
1653 Mericarpmumiberg 0 (orm orecerercrenerec cerrersertrerts ers certrtete creme ere re ren ant fT ee eee 17
16:BMericarpnumberdess'thantl Omrriresteticscstrer teste tiecrscste tere teestrtt nretestererette eee rer Tener ee eee 20

17. Mericarps glabrous or with glandular puberulence [calyx lobes
with 3-5 longitudinal lines, far exceeding fruit, c. 15-18 mm long;
G@armarvontarea | Rais See ies ee lett ETT een, SET ener eae S. sp. Carnarvon (P.S. Short 2492)

17: Mericarps pubescent

18. Pedicel exceeding subtending leaf [mericarps 9-10;
NT, Qld and Nicholson Stn in WA]........:cccccsessesesseseeseees S. sp. Supplejack Station (T.S. Henshall 2345)
18: Pedicel less than subtending leaf

R.M. Barker, Two newly described species and a draft key to the species of Sida s. lat. 17

19. Mericarps 6-10, deeply corrugated; buds often 5-angled

[some specimens from Cape Range and Dirk Hartog Island have

been referred here in the past, but it is likely that true S. corrugata

does not occur in WA; it is widespread in SE Australia] .........ccesccesesesseereeeeseeneneeeeees S. corrugata Lindl.
19: Mericarps 9-13, coarsely wrinkled; buds

Notw-aneled|| Kimberley. |iurisstssssstricestsccssertsseesiscsaseestres

20. Mericarp number less than 5; flowers clustered
20: Mericarp number 5-9; flowers clustered or not

21. Venation obscure; basal branches lacking leaves,

black [Petermann Ranges].........:c:.:ccseesssseeteeeeeeses S. sp. Petermann Ranges (B.G. Thomson 2340) p.p.
21: Venation obvious; basal branches leafy,
not black [central Australia] .............:.ssssssssccsscssserescecssessssosesessacsccercccocsceroesssesonses S. cardiophylla F.Muell.

22. Mericarps glabrous or sparingly glandular puberulent...
22: Mericarps pubescent

23. Mericarp number always 5
23: Mericarp number 5-9, if 5 then variable on bush

24. Plant glabrescent, prostrate; fruit rounded, very

thin-walled, smooth [leaves tiny, 2-28 x 3—7 mm;

mericarps glabrous or puberulent]........... cesses S. sp. tiny glabrous fruit (A.A. Mitchell PRP 1152)
24: Plant not glabrescent, prostrate or not; fruit with

raised apex, not thin-walled, usually at least partly

with reticulate markings on dorsal SUrface.........cesescsesesseseseeteseeeesesetetsesesseesscseseescsssesesscsenesessenesesseneneeesgs 25

25. Corolla lobes ciliate over whole length; calyx lobes

thinner and inflated in fruit, appearing dark in colour because

of stellate hair colour; mericarps puberulent [Pilbara,

SitosByrejPeniinSulainiSA'] versessssseccsrecrseseristesetersrsisetisseretactccseasseecscsessecesere S. calyxhymenia J.Gay ex DC.
25: Corolla lobes ciliate only on claw; calyx lobes not thinner

although they may be larger in fruit, not dark-coloured;

mericarps glabrous or puberulent.........ccccsssssssesceseseseeteteneatsesesessseseenssesereesenensensnenenenerseacasessessceeeseesenesees 26
26. Pedicel very slender, exceeding subtending leaf; mericarps

puberulent [Kimberley] -............-.ccccesssssssssssssssssessssestscssascececesercerececcsceeersezsesss S. macropoda! complex p.p.
26: Pedicel not excessively slender, less than subtending leaf;

Mericarps Glabrous .......c.essesecesseseeseceesesesseeesvcsesscscsecsesecsescsecesnecesaessssssnssesscessvenssnessenesscnssegneneencnsenecuaneesenses 27
27. Calyx lobes not exceeding fruit... ceeesessessssssssssseseesesesessenstsnsseresessssesssesssessssesssessesesenenerecesacaceceneneasacects 28
27: Calyx lobes exceeding fruit... cceesessssssesssescssseseseeeerenssesestensseasseessessessesenenessenenensneensncasasenessscaceresetececss 29
28. Fruits dark green; mericarps not or hardly grooved at apex;

plants of limestone areas [southern Australia] .........::csseseseseeseseessseresesesenes S. spodochroma F.Muell. p.p.
28: Fruits dark brown; mericarps deeply grooved at apex; plants of

sandy areas [occurrence in WA in need of confirmation].........-...+++ S. ammophila F.Muell. ex J.H. Willis

29. Calyx lobes not 5-angled in bud; dense shrub to 80 cm high;

leaves obovate, broadly obovate or circular [Pilbara]................+. S. sp. Pilbara (A.A. Mitchell PRP1543)
29: Calyx lobes 5-angled in bud; spindly shrub up to 3 m high;

leaves narrowly oblong to ovate [southern Kimberley

tolRilbara |Mererstrrasetartirisssrstsrscccseserststtersrsitirettergeescecessccise?

30. Pedicel exceeding subtending leaf
30: Pedicel less than subtending leafs... ces eesesesseseseseseeteneseseeeenescseeeeneneseeeeneneseneeeenensasasentecnensscesesssesseseseneats

' The previous name for this species, S. virgata Hook., is predated by S. virgata Cav. The next available name seems to be
S. macropoda F.Muell. ex Benth. Elements of this complex have been referred to as Sida sp. A Kimberley Flora (P.A. Fryxell
& L.A. Craven 3900) in FloraBase.

31.

31:
328

oz:

33.

33:

34.

34:

2h}

35:

36.

36:

37.

37:

38

38:
39.

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Leaves with glandular puberulence mixed with rest of hair

covering [pedicels 15-25 mm long, also with some glandular

puberulence; drier areas, central WA] .....c.cc.scscssscsssesescessececseceesecseees S. sp. Excedentifolia (J.L. Egan 1925)
Veavesilacking:glandularpuberulencestsestras:terets rrttstestenterericieer ranean PnnT ert ehs Pre ree ray Ree env 32

Fruit dark green, often with glistening wart-like glands
on outer surface [plant prostrate or sprawling, with noticeably
black pedicels in WA populations; Pilbara to

ALICEASDLINL SS | Beceem Coeree renters tate van ner ee S. sp. verrucose glands (F.H. Mollemans 2423) p.p.
Fruit glabrous or with glandular puberulence,
Jacking;wart-likerplands:[planterect| mertstr tetris terrier ener terri aeterremeer mere TE 33

Shrub to 75 cm high; leaves 6-20 mm long;
pedicel 14-20 mm long in fruit [stony hills in

drier areas south of the Pilbara].......c.cccccseeeeeee: S. sp. Golden calyces glabrous fruit' (H.N. Foote 32)
Shrub to 200 cm high; leaves 50-90 mm long;
pedicel 20-40 mm long in fruit [Kimberley] ...0..0.cccccccssessessesseesessesseeseeseeneeeees S. macropoda complex p.p.

Petals 7-10 mm long; buds noticeably acute or acuminate

[mericarps 7 or 8, aging to dark-brown, glabrous; foliage with

a felted appearance; rounded shrubs in skeletal soils of cliff

faces of Barlee Range to Tom Price in Pilbara] ........c..c.c.0e0- S. sp. Barlee Range (S. van Leeuwen 1642)
Petals less than 7 mm long; buds not noticeably acute or

acuminate [mericarps not dark brown or if so, with

VETTUCOSE: 21 ands | ferrcemerccsatesscstegees ciel cert sersste cities Tees (a certae) ST ETRnTaveny er ees EL ano aL TOE Van 35

Fruits dark brown with verrucose glands on outer surface [erect

shrubs; mericarps 6 or 7; predominantly known from NT populations

but occasional specimens from Wiluna and Halls Creek regions

of WA suggesting a wider distribution] .........c.cccccsescssesesesseseeeeeeeee S. sp. Wakaya Desert (P.K. Latz 11894)
Fruits dark-coloured, usually dark-green, with or without

verrucose glands, but if these are present the plants are prostrate

andtwith veryslong:pedicelsmesveratncrstisshte init fetter 36
Fruits with 5 or 6 mericarps, glabrous; small blue-grey shrubs

[limestone:areassouthern:A ustralia | mrerscssesleeen eater aceon eee ere e meer TTT S. spodochroma F.Muell. p.p.
Fruits with 6-10 mericarps, glandular puberulent or with verrucose

glands*tplantsmot blucsoreyserctsrcyacscrtesece reesteeree rene teers es ee reeraeeme ete Ta) arf tt PT oeT STUNT PSE Tanto To peee® 37

Spreading shrub; leaves narrowly-oblong, dark green and velvety

above, apically truncate; mericarps 7 or 8(—10), sparingly

glandular puberulent [Pilbara, Murchison River,

Geraldton, inland to SA border] .........c.ccccecesessesssesseeeeeees S. sp. dark green fruits (S. van Leeuwen 2260)
Prostrate or sprawling plants; leaves ovate or oblong,

yellowish green above, apically rounded or acute;

mericarps 6 or 7, covered with rounded verrucose glands

[Pilbara south to Kalgoorlie, inland to SA border and

INITCOR ETI byes ees sreecatied ithe ter S. sp. verrucose glands (F.H. Mollemans 2423) p.p.

Mericarps always 5 per fruit...........cccccscsssesesesesssesesseeees
Mericarps variable, 5—10 per fruit

Calyx inflated in fruit; flowers unisexual; stamens and style

exserted; fruits with mericarps often developing unequally

[spindly shrubs always growing under other vegetation;

predominantly found in the Murchison]...........cccccccccseseeeeeeee S. ectogama W.R.Barker & R.M.Barker p.p.

'There are two taxa included within Sida sp. golden calyces and consequently two different vouchers; glabrous fruit has been
added to the phrase name here to distinguish between those specimens with glabrous fruits and those with pubescent fruits.

R.M. Barker, Two newly described species and a draft key to the species of Sida s. lat. 19

39:

40.
40:

41.

41:

42.

42:

43.

43:

44.

44:

45.

45:

46.

46:
47.

47:

48.
48:

49,
49:

50.

Calyx not markedly inflated in fruit; flowers in the main
bisexual; stamens and style included (if flowers unisexual
and style exserted, inflorescence paniculate); fruits with

mericarps developing Cqually......sccccsccscssecseeseeseeeeeeseeseenesneeateseeseeseeseesseseesecseeneenecnecneeneenetecensensanseseseesetees 40
Calyx lobes exceeding fruit [buds 5-angled abOVEC] .......ssessessecsesesesssseeseeseeneeneeneenenneenenneenseseseseeeseeseites 41
Calyx lobes not exceeding fruit......cccccccecceseceeeeceeseesessnesntesesseessssseessesseesecnecenseneceneeneeesencsaneassensesconees 43
Fruit very thin-walled, fragile mericarps; flowers solitary or

paired in axils; leaves up to 25 mm long [red sand, usually

associated with spinifex, also in pindan vegetation

of Dampierland; WA, NT, NSW] ....cseceesseeeeeeesseeeeeeesees S. sp. B Kimberley Flora (A.A. Mitchell 2745)
Fruit with robust mericarps; flowers clustered in axils;

leaves up to 65 MM LONG... eeeeessssecseseeseseeseeeeseeneceeneeesseseesnenceessescansnsseesssesseesesesernenececsegnscusacensnsoneatanseseegs® 42
Stipules with glandular puberulence; pedicel 9-15 mm long,

articulated in upper half; flower clusters erect

[rocky hills, central Australia] .......c..ccscccssesseseeteceeseseeeeeseseeseeesesseseesseneseenenteneeneneees S. phaeotricha F.Muell.
Stipules lacking glandular puberulence; pedicel 6-9 mm long,

articulated in lower half; flower clusters pendent [sand dunes

of central Australia, including deserts of WA] .........:::ccecee S. sp. sand dunes (A.A. Mitchell PRP1208)

Flowers in terminal leafless panicles; tall spindly shrubs
[watersheds of the Pilbara, Gascoyne and Great

Sandy Desert; there are at least 2 taxa]... S. sp. spiciform panicles (E. Leyland s.n. 14/8/90) p.p.
Flowers solitary, clustered, racemose or spicate,

not paniculate; tall spindly shrubs or small spreading Shrubs ........-scsssecseeseeseeeseeseeeneeseeeeeneeeeeeeeteeneenteens 44
Stipules glandular puberulent; pedicels 9-15 mm long;

flowers clustered [central Australia] .........c.cceeeeeseeeeeetees S. phaeotricha F.Muell. (cryphiopetala form)
Stipules not glandular puberulent; pedicels up to 8 mm long;

flowers solitary, raCeMOSE OF SPICALC.....ceeesceeseseesecteseeectenecesseeneeteneeeseeneeeesssessssesseesseeseereseenesereeeenneeatteetey 45

Fruit not raised in centre, usually very thin-walled; mericarps not

noticeably grooved apically, seed not EXPOSE .....seeceseeeeeseeeseeseeestesesseseesssessseseseenessesseessenseceneeteasesecseess 46
Fruit with a decided peak, robust; mericarps deeply grooved

apically and exposing top of seed [small grey shrubs with

MALLOWelEAVESMITNISATIC OAS VICSIN D |srrriteccertisgtitiirissstsseasseeretsntaeereet S. ammophila F.Muell. ex J.H.Willis
Flowers subsessile, crowded in spikes [tropical coastal and

TIVELALCAS AWA MINIT MOG | rrsrirsesirstsectenitiiepitistseterscestenerstgeerseererantetcseesesetces seas S. hackettiana’ W.V.Fitzg.
Flowers pedicellate, solitary Or raCCMOSE ....c.scesesecsestesesteseenecteseenesnenesestensssessseeseesssessssseseencenenecetneeecasensane® 47

Plants prostrate; leaves 10-25 mm long, narrowly ovate or oblong
[leaf apex usually truncate; sand deserts from Hamersleys through

toSimpson; WA, NT and SA) ....cccc.ccesecsssssscessececscesssctcecasersessssenstess S. sp. Rabbit Flat (B.J. Carter 626)
Plants erect; leaves 3-9 mm long, ovate to sub-circular

[southerniAustralia] .ccc.isssecsecsesscssscssssesesscsscssescetetstscsenescscsgeecsnsvescutogecssizacsezsrsrsscesesteest S. intricata F.Muell.
Pedicel exceeding subtending leaf [look for fruiting pedicels]... cesses esses eeeeseseeeenenereeeeneneneeens 49
Pedicel not exceeding subtending leaf... cccssecessseseesesesesneteseeseresernseeseesseeneasseenessseseesessssenenenereenenenenneaees 53

Pedicel glabrescent
Pedicel pubescent

Calyx, upper pedicel and mericarps lacking glandular puberulence;

fruit not reticulately marked on dorsal surface, apically rounded,

deeply grooved between mericarps; mericarps never winged

[black cracking clays, Kimberley].........ccccccssesesssecesseeseeeeteneseenensseeresssssseesssssesseseseeseneneeens S. laevis Domin

'The previous name for this species, S. subspicata F.Muell. ex Benth., was predated by S. subspicata Colla.

20

50:

51.

51:
52.

52:

53.

53:

54.

54:

55.
55:

56.
56:

57.

STs

58.

58:

59.

59:

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Calyx, upper pedicel and mericarps with glandular puberulence mixed
with stellate hairs; fruit with reticulate markings on dorsal surface,
flat-topped or with small central apex, not grooved between
mericarps; mericarps with lateral wings or not [widespread in

Australia; in WA associated with drainage lines of the Pilbara] ........c..ceccsesssseeesseeees S. trichopoda F.Muell.
Fruits with 8 or more mericarps [mericarps very corrugated and

very densely and evenly pubescent; NT, Qld, and 2 WA

collections from Nicholson and Karijini] .............cc000000-+ S. sp. Supplejack Station (T.S. Henshall 2345)
Hruitsywith olor smericarpsmanweten vette, ceric einteetir ieeci ieee eet 52

Fruit raised in centre, covered with non overlapping stellate hairs,

lacking glandular puberulence [sand dunes; near junction of WA,

SA and NT borders, occurring as far west as Newman and

Wiluna, as far east as the George Gill Range area] «0.0.00... S. sp. Golden calyces! (G.J. Leach 1966)

Fruit flat, rounded, covered with overlapping stellate

hairs mixed with glandular puberulence

(Sandstone; Kimberley andiNib|tescctemticerirret cit tertesscrte ste eter eee S. macropoda complex
Calyx larger than fruit, spreading and not enclosing fruit;

Howers unisex ual {fey \yermensetere nce eer trave yer iccicctscil Tek, Ao ee oe eter tee ESPEN ey Forney » irene 54
Calyx similar size to fruit, enclosing fruit, at least on base

andisides;sMowers:unisexualior bisexual men mrssentren rere tere ert ret eee ree enn nn enn ree 55
Stamens and stigmas exserted; flowers 7—11 mm diameter

[spindly shrubs always growing under other vegetation;

predominantly found in the Murchison]..........c.cccesessseseeeeeees S. ectogama W.R.Barker & R.M.Barker p.p.
Stamens and stigmas included; flowers 20-28 mm

diameter |[S.Wi@ld |Berecnnntneers it sci mel etree nen S. asterocalyx S.T.Reynolds & A.E.Holland
Blowers;clustereduni the, axilssyrn ene eee eter ‘

Flowers solitary, cymose or racemose

Teavestwiderthanlongior-e circulars senrnte nineteen Tee Eee
Leaves longer than wide

Flowers always bisexual, 1-9 per axil; pedicels

1.5-3.5 mm long [sand dunes; Carnarvon and Yalgoo] ......c.scscesseseseesseeees S. sp. Pindar (A.Mitchell 3585)
Flowers mostly unisexual, (1—)3-5 per axil; pedicels

2-8 mm long [older branches leafless and blackish;

Petermann Ranges only, but with some outliers

showing a tendency to this species] ........cscsseseeseeeeee S. sp. Petermann Ranges (B.G. Thomson 2340) p.p.
Fruits not raised in centre; mericarps 7 or 8;

leaves narrowly-ovate [Kimberley]...........cccceseeeee S. sp. Articulation below (A.A. Mitchell PRP1605)
Fruits raised in centre; mericarps 5,

om Glors7sleavestovatemnscrenttermaritt-tertayy tis trie Menten eats Tene nTy tenant ny ene en ET? 59

Flowers in terminal, almost leafless, panicles; fruit rounded;

corolla longer than calyx [watersheds of the Pilbara,

Gascoyne and Great Sandy Desert;

there are at least two taxa] ......c.csccscsscsessssesesssesseees S. sp. spiciform panicles (E. Leyland s.n. 14/8/90) p.p.
Flowers in clusters in axils, each cluster

subtended by a leaf; fruit conical; corolla shorter

or similar length to calyx [sand dunes, central Australia]....... S. sp. sand dunes (A.A. Mitchell PRP1208)

'There are two taxa included within Sida sp. golden calyces and consequently two different vouchers; the words ‘ glabrous fruit’

have been added to one of the phrase names to distinguish between taxa with glabrous fruits and those with pubescent fruits.

R.M. Barker, Two newly described species and a draft key to the species of Sida s. lat. 21

60. Flowers cymose or racemose [fruits smooth or somewhat corrugated,

3.5-6.5 mm diameter, deeply grooved between mericarps;

mericarps 7 or 8, + entire at apex; widespread and variable across

Australia, undoubtedly containing a number of entities]... ceceeeeeeseseseeeeeeseeeereeees S. fibulifera Lindl.
60: Flowers Solitary ...c.ccccscsssssssesssseseseeesessseseseesceseneeseecenenenerenenersnsnesssesssesesesessseeeersessvesenesenenenssiensrensntectees 61

61. Spreading woody shrub; calyx exceeding fruit; corolla similar

length to calyx; flowers often unisexual [Petermann

Ranges only but with some outliers

showing a tendency to this species] ..........ceeeeee S. sp. Petermann Ranges (B.G.Thomson 2340) p.p.
61: Herbs, often prostrate, sprawling, not markedly woody;

calyx enclosing fruit base and sides, not exceeding it;

corolla longer than calyx; flowers bisexual ........ccccceeeeseseeseeteseeseseeseeeseenesesseseenseeersseeneseseseeseeeneenensensentates 62

62. Stipules lanceolate, 0.3-1.4 mm wide; buds 5-angled; leaves
deeply crenate [some specimens from Cape Range and Dirk Hartog
Island have been referred here in the past, but it is likely that

true S. corrugata does Not OCCUF IM WA)....cccseseceseeeeeeteseseeseesesnenssteneessssneseasereenertenees S. corrugata Lindl.
62: Stipules filiform, to 0.2 mm wide; buds not
5-angled; leaves crenulate [Kimberley] ...........::se S. brachypoda A.E.Holland & S.T.Reynolds p.p.

Two new species of Sida in Western Australia

Sida ectogama W.R.Barker & R.M.Barker, sp. nov.

Species nova S. asterocalycis Queenslandicae affinissima matrimonio polygamo, calycibus
accrescentibus, in fructu lobis latis, deltoideis, breve acuminatis et schizocarpio modificato per
carpella radiata paene libera sed in toto exuta; differt stylis lobisque corollae brevioribus et staminibus
stylisque exsertis.

Typus: top of Von Treuer Tableland, Western Australia, 14 September 1979, H.R. Toelken 6149 (holo:
AD; iso: PERTH).

Sida calyxhymenia var. ferruginea Pritzel, in F.L.E. Diels & E. Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35: 362 (1904);
Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 389 (1928); Clement, Contrib. Gray Herb. Harvard 180: 42 (1957) p.p. (at
least with respect to Gardner 2263 and possibly other specimens in K not seen by the author). Zype:
pr. Murrinmurrin, 1902, W./. George s.n. [as 1902 in Clement] (not located); prope]. Cue, fl. m. Jun
D{iels] 3269 (PERTH).

Sida asterocalyx auct. non §.T. Reynolds & A.E.Holland, Austrobaileya 2(5): 463 (1988) p.p. (only
with respect to Wilson 7551).

Sida calyxhymenia auct. non J.Gay ex DC., in J.S. Beard, Descr. Cat. West. Austral. Plants, 2" ed.: 85
(1965) p.p.

Sida sp. Unisexual (N.H. Speck 574), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. Fl.: Descr.
Cat. p. 293 (2000).

Sida ciliata N.T.Burbidge ms, in sched.

Sida hirsutiflora Fryxell ms, in sched.

22 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Sida sp. I, W.R. Barker, unpublished revised treatment of Sida for Flora of Central Australia.

Twiggy perennial shrubs, 30-200 cm tall, usually dioecious, rarely hermaphrodite, covered with
dense yellowish-red-brown sessile or stalked stellate hairs when young, these sparser with age. Leaves
alternate, discolorous, petiolate with blade ovate or elliptic, 2.5—5 times petiole length, 8-25 x 4-13 mm,
base rounded, margin crenulate, apex truncate or rounded; upper surface dark olive green, pale green
below; indumentum above and below of dense colourless, sessile, stellate hairs; venation reticulate,
obscure above, raised below; petiole 1-5 mm long, indumentum similar to that on leaves. Stipules
narrowly triangular, 1.5—2.8 mm long, only present in very young parts. /nflorescence in upper leaf axils
or in axils of short shoots, | or 2-flowered; flowers usually unisexual, more rarely bisexual on any one
bush. Pedicel 5-13 mm long in flower and fruit, articulated in upper half, with dense, sessile, stellate
hairs above and below; upper part deciduous with calyx, lower part persistent. Bud globose, 5-winged
at apex, erect. Calyx widely and shallowly cup-shaped in open flower, larger and persistent in fruit,
becoming somewhat papery with age, remaining splayed out and not enclosing fruit, longitudinally
lined; lobes 5—6 mm long and 4—5 mm wide in flower, 9-10 mm long in fruit, depressed ovate, united
above half way but not for whole length, apex acute or acuminate; indumentum externally as on
pedicel, yellowish or yellow brown, internally glabrous but with a line of dense white curled simple
hairs along lobe margins, densely papillate about base of columella. Corolla yellow, just exceeding
calyx, 9-11 mm diam. in female and bisexual flowers, the male flower c. 7 mm diam. and apparently
not opening as widely; petals spathulate, 44.5 mm long for male and female flowers, bisexual flowers
to 6 mm long, 3.5-4 mm wide at widest part, ciliate at base, non-ciliate above, emarginate apically.
Staminal column c. 1 mm long in female and bisexual flowers, 4-5.5 mm long in male flowers, pubescent
with hairs similar to those on claw; stamens 18~20, sterile in female flowers, usually all fertile in
bisexual and male flowers, rarely some sterile; anthers 0.50.6 mm long when fertile, 0.3 mm long
when sterile. Styles in female flowers 3.5-4 mm long and longer than stamens at anthesis; in bisexual
flowers 1.5—3.5 mm long, variable in height and development, usually eventually longer than stamens;
in male flowers c. 1 mm long, much shorter than stamens; stigma discoid. Schizocarp 4.5—7.5 mm
diam., depressed ovoid, often irregularly so, finely wrinkled to almost echinate, covered with dense
sessile stellate hairs, deeply grooved between mericarps. Mericarps (4—)6-8, 2-3 mm high, often not
all fully developed and very irregularly developed in bisexual plants, remaining attached to each other
and falling as a whole with calyx attached; lateral wall (area of contact between adjacent mericarps)
faintly reticulate. Seed c. 1-2 mm high, red-brown with sparse filamentous hairs. (Figures 1, 2)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 27 miles W of Wiluna, 22 Aug. 1963,
TE.H. Aplin 2442 (PERTH); W of Wooleen HS which is c. 345 km SE of Carnarvon, 18 Aug. 1968,
A.M. Ashby 2520 (AD, PERTH); Gt Northern Highway, 9 km S of Bulloo Downs H.S. turnoff, 27 Aug.
1995, R.M. Barker 1074 (AD); 19 km S of Wiluna, 13 Sep. 1978, A.C. Beauglehole 59519 & Errey
3219 (MEL, NT); 32 km SSE of Agnew, Leonora Rd, 14 Sep. 1978, 4.C. Beauglehole 59742 & Errey
3442 (MEL, NT); Apus, Mileura Stn, Upper Murchison, 22 Aug. 1973, N.T. Burbidge 8119 & A. Kanis
(CANB, PERTH); Menzies, Aug. 1899, D.W. Campbell s.n. (PERTH); 21.3 km NE of Paroo HS on
Cunyu track, 16 Sep. 1986, R..J. Chinnock 7203 (AD); Mt Augustus, 22 July 1986, MG. Corrick
9864 (MEL); 4 km SE of Murdaleda Bluff, Murgoo Stn, 27 June 1985, R.J. Cranfield 5242 (PERTH);
Coolgubbin, c. 16 km S of Neale Junction, 21 May 1974, B.C. Crisp 54 (AD); Gascoyne River, 1882,
J. Forrest s.n. (MEL); foot of Mt Magnet, 11 July 1931, C.A. Gardner & W. Blackall 52 (PERTH);
Ganda, 63 miles SW of Warburton, 21 Aug. 1962, 4.S. George 3791 (PERTH); Gannda Waterhole,
Laverton Rd, 65 miles from Warburton Mission, 5 June 1973, U. Johnson 73/7 (NSW); Boundary
Ridge Flats, 18.3 km ESE of Mt Meharry, 18 July 2000, S. van Leeuwen 4693 (AD, PERTH);
Laverton, Sep. 1909, /.H. Maiden s.n. (NSW194364, NSW194365); 80 km N of Turee Creek HS,
13 June 1977, A.A. Mitchell 379 (PERTH); 3 km S of Meekatharra on S side of Sandstone Rd,

R.M. Barker, Two newly described species and a draft key to the species of Sida s. lat. 23

del: dastlorst.95

Figure 1. Sida ectogama. A — branch with male flowers; B — functionally female flower; C — staminal column with
sterile anthers and long styles of female flower; D — stamens and staminal column of functionally male flower;
E — opened staminal column of D to show styles which do not develop further on top of ovary; F — fruit and calyx, not all
mericarps developing; G — fruiting calyx, mericarps removed to show glandular area which presumably produces nectar in
flower; H — mericarp; I — seed. A from P.G. Wilson 7242 (PERTH); B-D from H.R. Toelken 6149 (AD); F-I from A.M. Ashby
3369 (AD). Scale bars: A= 25 mm; B = 5 mm; C-E, I= 2.5 mm; F, G = 17.5 mm; H=4mm.

24 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

16 Oct. 1984, 4.4. Mitchell 1292 (CANB, PERTH); South Barlee Range, 7 Sep. 1959, A. Robinson
s.n. (PERTH); 5 mls W of Meekatharra, 3 Sep. 1957, N.H. Speck 574 (CANB, PERTH); 165 km E
of Ajana, which is c. 90 km N of Geraldton, 20 May 1966, PG. Wilson 4153 (PERTH); Mt Leonora,
c. 200 km N of Kalgoorlie, 26 Aug. 1968, RG. Wilson 7242 (PERTH).

Distribution. Sida ectogama is found in drier areas south of the Pilbara region, mostly in an area bounded by
Wiluna, Geraldton and Kalgoorlie and therefore mostly within the Murchison IBRA region (Fi gure 2D).

Ecology. Sida ectogama has been recorded from within mulga vegetation, in sand, loam or clay, often in rocky
areas (including Banded Iron Formations), and almost invariably growing in the shade of taller bushes.

Phenology. Most flowering occurs from March to September, but it is dependent on rainfall; itis possible
that bisexual flowers occur later in the flowering period but this needs to be looked at in the field.

Conservation status. A widespread and common species; no conservation code warranted.

Etymology. From ecto-, Greek for exposed, and gamos, Greek for marriage or union, a reference to
the male and female flowers being on separate plants, a relatively unusual condition in the genus.

Notes. Earlier collections of S. ectogama were mainly identified as S. calyxhymenia. While this species
shares the shrub habit and has similar leaves anda similar fruiting calyx, the fruiting calyx usually encloses
the fruit rather than splaying open, the 5 enclosed mericarps are glabrous apart from some scattered
glandular puberulent hairs (see above) compared with the 6-8 exposed and densely and persistently
tomentose mericarps of S. ectogama. Furthermore the stamens and styles are included in S. calyxhymenia
rather than exserted as in S. ectogama and flowers are bisexual on a bush rather than unisexual.

Clement (1957) cited at least one specimen (Gardner 2263) of S. ectogama in his concept of
S. calyxhymenia var. ferruginea; the other specimens he listed under var. Jerruginea belong with
S. calyxhymenia and S. petrophila. Clement further noted that he had not seen any specimens of
var. ferruginea and his concept of the variety was based on the description only. There were two
type specimens cited in the protologue; the W./. George collection has not been located and only a
fragment of Die/s 3269 has been seen. Diels’ main collection in B was mostly destroyed in an air raid
in 1943. While duplicates of other collections of his have been recorded from BM, MEL, NSW and
PERTH, only a fragment in PERTH has been located to this time. This was sufficient to confirm its

identification with this species.

Sida ectogama had been recognised as distinct, probably at least since the 1960s judging by the
annotations S. ciliata N.T.Burbidge ms and S. hirsutiflora Fryxell ms on some PERTH specimens.
W.R. Barker prepared a manuscript in the 1980s for a revised “Flora of Central Australia” which
never eventuated. This manuscript was subsequently updated to a paper that has never been published
(W.R. Barker, unpubl.). Within it are recognised a number of new Sida species with alphabetical
designations; this species was referred to as sp. I and this annotation may be found on specimens,
particularly in the State Herbarium of South Australia.

Holland and Reynolds (1988) included some specimens of S. ectogama in their concept of
S. asterocalyx. However, S. ectogama differs from S. asterocalyx by its shorter styles (3.5—4 mm long
compared with 5—9 mm long in female flowers), its shorter corolla lobes (4-6 mm long compared with
10-12 mm) and its exserted stamens and styles in flowers of the appropriate sex.

R.M. Barker, Two newly described species and a draft key to the species of Sida s. lat.

Figure 2. Sida ectogama. A — typical habit at the base of a larger tree; B — male flowers; C — female
flower and fruits with persistent and enlarged calyx; D — distribution in Western Australia, based on
PERTH specimen data, version 6.1 IBRA regions (Department of the Environment and Water Resources
2007) are indicated in grey. Photographs: W.R. Barker.

25

26 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Sida arsiniata R.M.Barker, sp. nov.

Species nova, cum Sida echinocarpa et Sida kingii echinatibus fructibus et inflatibus calycibus
optime congruens, sed rotundatibus calycibus lobis differt.

Typus: c. 66 km by road south-south-west of turnoff to Wittenoom at Roy Hill on Great Northern Hwy,
Western Australia, 17 August 1977, W.R. Barker 1962 (holo: AD; iso: AD, CANB, PERTH).

Sida sp. Wittenoom (W.R. Barker 1962), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. F1.:
Descr. Cat. p. 293 (2000).

Sida raysmithii R.M.Barker ms, Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.
wa.gov.au [accessed 28 March 2007].

Sida echinocarpa auct. non F.Muell., J.S. Beard, Descr. Cat. West. Austral. Plants, 24 ed.: 85 (1965) p.p.

Small spreading shrub to 50 cm high; monoecious, indumentum of dense yellowish sessile or stalked
stellate hairs, these sparser with age. Leaves alternate, discolorous, petiolate with blade narrowly elliptic
to elliptic, usually S20 mm long but up to 45 mm long for older basal leaves, 3-10(—17) mm wide,
base broadly cuneate or rounded, margin almost entire in younger leaves, crenate in older leaves, apex
obtuse; upper surface olive green, reddish-brown or yellowish-brown, light greenish-white below;
indumentum dense above and below; venation reticulate, impressed visible above, prominent raised
below; petiole 5—10(—20) mm long, indumentum as on leaves. Stipules narrowly linear or narrowly
triangular, 34.5 mm long, 0.1 mm wide, indumentum similar to that on petiole but somewhat sparser.
Inflorescence terminal, racemose; flowers bisexual on any one bush. Pedice/ 9-10 mm long in flower,
8.5—15 mm long in fruit, articulated in lower half, with dense sessile and stalked stellate hairs above
and below but appearing sparser below by shorter hairs; upper part deciduous with calyx, lower part
persistent. Bud ovoid to urceolate, 5-winged, erect. Calyx widely cup-shaped in open flower, larger
and persistent in fruit, not membranous and partially enclosing fruit; lobes joined in lower half, free
part 3-4.5 mm long and 34.5 mm wide in flower, 5.5—6 mm long in fruit, transversely ovate, apices
rounded or obtuse but with tiny apiculum; indumentum externally yellowish-white, as on pedicel,
internally with moderately dense few-armed sessile stellate hairs in exposed part, otherwise glabrous
and without obvious papillae at base of columella. Corolla yellow throughout, similar length to
calyx, 7-9 mm diam.; petals obovate, 3-4 mm long, 2-3 mm wide at widest part, ciliate on narrowed
base, asymmetrically obcordate apically. Staminal column 0.5-1.5 mm long, glabrous; stamens
c. 16-17; anthers 0.2—0.3 mm long. Styles 8-10, longer than stamens; stigma discoid. Schizocarp
5.5—6 mm diam., transversely elliptic, echinate, glabrous except for sparse to moderately dense glandular
puberulence on spines, not or hardly grooved between mericarps. Mericarps 9 or 10, 1.5 mm high,
shallowly grooved apically, probably remaining attached to each other and falling as a whole with
calyx attached; lateral wall (area of contact of adjacent mericarps) rough with muricate surface. Seed
1.5 mm high, smooth, red-brown, glabrous. (Figures 3, 4)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 718.2 miles along North West Coastal Hwy,
31 July 1971, A.M. Ashby 3907 (AD, PERTH); c. 1210 km along North West Coastal Hwy, | Aug. 1971,
A.M. Ashby 3913 (AD); 757.8 miles along North West Coastal Hwy, 1 Aug. 1971, A.M. Ashby 3920
(AD, PERTH); near Dingo Bore on Boolgeeda Track, Lawloit Range, 4 km E of Duck Creek HS
(abandoned), W Hamersleys, 3 Aug. 1999, B. Backhouse, D. Edinger & G. Marsh BEM 225 (PERTH);
Newman — Marble Bar Rd, 63.6 km from Great Northern Hwy Turnoff, 28 Aug. 1995, R.M. Barker

R.M. Barker, Two newly described species and a draft key to the species of Sida s. lat. 27

1089A (AD); Tom Price — Mt Brockman Rd, 14.1 km N Hamersley turnoff, 67.7 km S of junction
with Millstream — Wittenoom Rd, 31 Aug. 1995, R.M. Barker 1135 (AD); NW Coastal Hwy, 14.5 km
SW of Yannarie River bridge, 34.4 km NE of Burkett Road turnoff, 4 Sep. 1995, R.M. Barker 1171
(AD); North West Coastal Hwy, c. 15km by road SSW of Fortescue River crossing, 27 Aug. 1977,
W.R. Barker 2129 (AD, duplicate to be distributed); 35 mls E of Wittenoom, 4 Sep. 1959, WH. Butlers.n.
(PERTH); near Nickol Bay, 1898, W. Cusack s.n. (MEL53692); near Soak Bore, Peedamulla Station
near Onslow, 15 Sep. 1996, 4.4. Mitchell PRP1656 (AD, PERTH).

Distribution and ecology. Found in the Pilbara region of Western Australia where it is usually associated
with red sand dunes and spinifex. It is probably more widespread than the collections listed here
indicate (Figure 4B).

Phenology. Flowering is usually August to September.

Conservation status. Previously listed by Atkins (2006) as Priority Three according to Department of
Environment and Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the
phrase name S. sp. Wittenoom (W.R. Barker 1962). No longer considered to be at risk.

del: dasforsk. 93

Figure 3. Sida arsiniata. A— fruiting branch; B — fruit and calyx with flower remnant present in middle of fruit; C — mericarp,
lateral view, note glandular puberulence on spines; D — buds, side and top view; E — petal. A-C from W.R. Barker 2129
(AD );D, E from A.M. Ashby 3907 (AD). Scale bars: A= 10 mm; B = 2.75 mm; C, D= 1.5 mm; E= 1 mm.

Se aaa a ea ae

28 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 4. Sida arsiniata. A — branches, showing bud with calyx and fruits surrounded by persistent calyx; B — distribution
in Western Australia, based on PERTH specimen data, version 6.1 IBRA regions (Department of the Environment and
Water Resources 2007) are indicated in grey. Photograph: W.R. Barker.

Etymology. Arsinium is Latin for a woman’s head-dress (Brown 1956); the addition of the suffix —ata
indicates a likeness (Stearn 1992). The epithet is a reference to the distinctive shape of the subtending
calyx about the fruit, mentioned above as being similar to a 17" or 18" Century woman’s mob-cap.

Distinguishing features and relationships. The species is easily confused with S. echinocarpa and
the two species may grow together; they both have echinate mericarps which may be glabrous or
puberulent, but S. echinocarpa has longer, acute calyx lobes. In contrast, the calyx lobes of S. arsiniata
are short and rounded so that the calyx surrounding the mature fruit resembles somewhat an old-
fashioned mob cap (Figure 7). Sida kingii shares the spiny fruits and inflated calyces of S. arsiniata
and S. echinocarpa, but differs from both species by its pubescent fruits; it also has distinct calyx
lobes as in S. echinocarpa.

Notes. Buds and flowers of S. arsiniata are held erect, the flowers being open in the morning to early
afternoon. Fruits are pendent and the expanded calyx is dispersed with the fruit, as with a number of
native Australian Sida species in which the calyx expands in fruit. While the young fruits are green
the calyx is also green but with aging of the fruit to brown, the calyx dries somewhat and also adopts
a brownish colour.

Ray Smith of the National Herbarium of Victoria recognized and annotated the Cusack specimen
in MEL as different in 1960. He annotated the specimen as “Sida sp. aff. S. echinocarpa F.Muell.” and
noted the difference of the Cusack specimen from the type of S. echinocarpa in the “shape of calyx
lobes, carpel number, leaf shape etc. Probably a related though undescribed species.” On this basis
Fryxell annotated this same sheet as “Sida smithii” and for some time the manuscript name “Sida

NN eee

Cee La

R.M. Barker, Two newly described species and a draft key to the species of Sida s. lat. 29

raysmithii” had been used. However, it was decided that the shape of the calyx lobes in relation to the
fruit was so characteristic that a name reflecting this distinction was more appropriate.

Acknowledgements

Much of the early work documenting the species of Sida s. lat. in Australia was supported by grants
from the Australian Biological Resources Study. Thanks to the Australian herbaria for their patience in
allowing extended loans of their Sida specimens to the State Herbarium of South Australia. Thanks to
the State Herbarium of South Australia for allowing access to artist, Gilbert Dashorst, who prepared
the line drawings. Both of the species described here were seen on a field trip to Western Australia
in 1995 with Philip Short, then of the National Herbarium of Victoria, and Bill Barker of the State
Herbarium of South Australia. Bill Barker’s revised manuscript for the Flora of Central Australia
(W.R. Barker unpubl.) drew attention to the many new taxa of Sida in Australia and the need for a
thorough treatment across Australia; the Latin diagnosis for S. ectogama is from that manuscript.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Barker, R.M. (1998). A revised key to Sida section Sida in Australia, including a newly introduced species and name changes for
Sida rohlenae var. mutica (Benth.) Fryxell and S. magnifica Domin. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Garden 18: 33—41.
Barker W.R. (unpubl.). A taxonomic review of Sida (Malvaceae) in central Australia.

Barker, W.R. (2005). Standardising informal names in Australian publications. Australian Systematic Botany Society Newsletter
122: 11-12.

Brown, R.W. (1956). “Composition of Scientific Words.” (Smithsonian Institution Press: Washington, D.C.)

Clement, I.D. (1957). Studies in Sida (Malvaceae). Contributions of the Gray Herbarium from Harvard University 180: 5—91.

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6th February 2007. [accessed August 2007]

Fryxell, P.A. (1985). Sidus Sidarum V — The north and central American species of Sida. Sida 11(1): 62—91.

Fuertes Aguilar, J., Fryxell, PA. & Jansen, R.K. (2003). Phylogenetic relationships and classification of the Sida generic alliance
based on nrDNA ITS evidence. Systematic Botany 28: 352-364.

Grieve, B.J. (1998). Sida. In: “How to know Western Australian Wildflowers. A Key to the Flora of the Extratropical Regions
of Western Australia.” Part II, Edn. 2, pp. 617-619. (University of Western Australia Press: Nedlands.)

Holland, A.E. & Reynolds, S.T. (1988). Five new species of Sida L. (Malvaceae) from Australia. Austrobaileya 2(5): 459-468.

Kerrigan, R.A. & Albrecht, D.E. (2007). Checklist of NT Vascular Plant Species. Downloadable from http://www.nt.gov.au/
nreta/wildlife/plants/pdf/family_checklist.pdf

Stearn, W. T. (1992). “Botanical Latin: history, grammar syntax, terminology and vocabulary.” 4" Ed. (David & Charles
Publishers: Newton Abbot, Devon.)

Tate, J.A., Fuertes Aguilar, J., Wagstaff, S.J., La Duke, J.C., Bodo Slotta, T.A. & Simpson, B.B. (2005). Phylogenetic relationships
within the tribe Malveae (Malvaceae, subfamily Malvoideaea) as inferred from ITS sequence data. American Journal of
Botany 92: 584-602.

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1995), “An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for setting priorities
in the National Reserves System Cooperative Program, version 4.” (Australian Nature Conservation Agency: Canberra.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase — The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 28th March 2007]

Wheeler, J.R. (1992). Sida. In: J. Wheeler (Ed.), B.L.Rye, B.L.Koch & A.J.G.Wilson. “Flora of the Kimberley Region.” pp.
225-232. (Department of Conservation and Land Management: Perth.)

30

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Nuytsia 17: 31-36 (2007) 31

Corymbia cadophora subsp. polychroma (Myrtaceae): a new subspecies
from the east Kimberley region of Western Australia

Russell L. Barrett

Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, West Perth, Western Australia 6005
School of Plant Biology, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawley, Western Australia 6009

Abstract

Barrett, R.L. Corymbia cadophora subsp. polychroma (Myrtaceae): a new subspecies from the
east Kimberley region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 31-36 (2007). Anew subspecies of Corymbia
cadophoraK.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson is described from the east Kimberley region of Western Australia.
The new subspecies, Corymbia cadophora subsp. polychroma R.L.Barrett, is only known froma single
location where it grows on sandstone adjacent to a banded ironstone deposit on the western side of
the Ragged Range. A key is provided to all three subspecies of C. cadophora.

Introduction

The genus Corymbia K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson was named and revised by Hill and Johnson
(1995), The name Corymbia cadophora K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson was published at the same time
and two subspecies recognised: C. cadophora subsp. cadophora and C. cadophora subsp. pliantha
K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson. Hill and Johnson placed C. cadophora in their informal series Ferrugineae
subseries Cadophorosae.

The two subspecies of C. cadophora recognised by Hill and Johnson (1995) were distinguished
by flower colour, inflorescence structure and the size of the fruits. A specimen of C. cadophora was
collected during flora surveys of a banded ironstone deposit in the Ragged Range by C. Slee in August
2004. The material, however, was infertile, so while recognised as a range extension for the species,
it could not be placed in either subspecies. Further surveys by B. Barnett, M. Menz and the author
in January and February 2005 located fertile material which could not be easily matched with either
subspecies recognised by Hill and Johnson (1995). Further fruiting material was collected in July 2006.
Morphological assessment of this material suggested that these collections represented a distinct taxon,
here recognised at subspecific rank as C. cadophora subsp. polychromaR.L.Barrett. All three subspecies
are endemic to the Kimberley region of Western Australia and have disjunct distributions.

Methods

All material of Corymbia cadophora at PERTH was examined (67 specimens of subsp.
cadophora, 10 specimens of subsp. pliantha). All measurements were taken from herbarium material.

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

32

Subspecies cadophora and polychroma have been observed in the field by the author. Precise localities
are withheld due to conservation concerns. The distribution maps are based on the Interim Biogeographic
Regionalisation for Australia Version 5.1 (Thackway & Cresswell 1995; Environment Australia 2000;
Western Australian Herbarium 1998-) and were created using DIVA-GIS Version 5.2.0.2. (http://www.
diva-gis.org) with coordinates from collections lodged at PERTH.

Taxonomy

Corymbia cadophora subsp. polychroma R.L. Barrett, subsp. nov.

Corymbiae cadophorae subsp. plianthae K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson affinis, sed trunco gracili;
fructu gracili cum collo distincto; filamentis staminum subroseis et eburneis, vel eburneis, differt.

Typus: west of the Ragged Range, east Kimberley, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for
conservation purposes], 30 January 2005, R.L. Barrett 3611 (holo: PERTH 07448945); iso: DNA,

PERTH 07448953, PERTH 07448961).

Corymbia cadophora subsp. Argyle (R.L. Barrett 3610), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed May 2007].

Straggling tree to 4(5) m, scarcely branching. Rhizomes not recorded. Bark persistent throughout,
grey-brown, thick, flaky, deeply tessellated and vertically fissured. Cotyledons not seen. Juvenile leaves
not seen. /ntermediate leaves not seen. Adult leaves opposite, weakly discolorous, bristle-free except for
mid-vein of young growth, grey-green, ovate to oblong, connate, 90-205 mm long, 49-102 mm wide,
sessile; venation not neotenous; intramarginal vein distinct, within 0.7 mm of margin, or confluent with
margin; oil glands sparse, superficial. Branchlets pruinose when mature, young growth with bristle
glands, otherwise glabrous. /nflorescence with 3—7 internodes on main axis. Umbellasters 3-17 per
inflorescence, 7—9-flowered; peduncles terete or slightly winged, 7.9-27.4 mm long; pedicels thick,
to 5 mm long. Mature buds bright pink or deep reddish pink, usually pyriform, occasionally ovoid,
not setose or scurfy, 18-26 mm long (including cap), 8.1-10.7 mm diameter; calyptra 4.3—7.2 mm
long, slightly shorter than the hypanthium, shallowly hemi-spherical with a conical apex. Staminal
filaments numerous, cream or pale pink at the base. Fruits ovoid, urceolate, usually distally narrowed
or constricted below top, neck to 6.0 mm long, smooth, 17.7—22.6 mm diameter, 30.1-38.3 mm long,
3- or 4-locular; disc 3.7-6.6 mm wide. Seeds not seen. (Figure 1)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [precise locality withheld] type locality,
13 July 2006, B. Barnett s.n.(CANB, DNA, NSW, PERTH); type locality, 2 Feb. 2005, B. Barnett &
M. Menz s.n. (PERTH); type locality, 2 Feb. 2005, R.L. Barrett 3610 (PERTH, CANB).

Distribution and habitat. Known only from the type locality over a distance of about 2 km, in the
Ragged Range, East Kimberley (Hall District), where it grows on gentle sandstone slopes over Triodia
spp. adjacent to an outcropping banded ironstone deposit (Figure 2).

Phenology. Flowering recorded for January, February and July. Seed fallen from fruit collected in
July.

RL. Barrett, Corymbia cadophora subsp. polychroma: a new subspecies from the east Kimberley 33

Figure 1. Corymbia cadophora subsp. polychroma. A — habit (R.L. Barrett 3610); B — cream and pink flowered form
(holotype: R.L. Barrett 3611); C — fruit (B. Barnett s.n., PERTH 07448937); D — cream flowered form (R.L. Barrett
3610). Scale = 1 cm (C).

34 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 2. Distribution of Corymbia cadophora subsp. cadophora(®), C. cadophorasubsp.
pliantha(«)and C. cadophorasubsp. polychroma(.) innorthern Western Australia, based
on PERTH specimen data.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Environmentand Conservation
(DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. Known only from a single location where it
may be impacted by proposed mining activities. Estimated population size of 500+ plants. Possibly
more widespread in the region, but further surveys are required.

Etymology. From the Greek poly- (many) and -chromus (coloured) in reference to the marked variation
in flower colouration.

Notes. This taxon was first observed at the type locality by Conrad Slee in August 2004, however no
fertile material could be found at that time. Levels of fruit set appear to be highly dependent on seasonal
conditions. Scattered flowering and very poor fruit-set was observed by the author in February 2005,
followed by improved fruit set in July 2006 (B. Barnett, pers. comm.). Individual plants had flowers
of consistent colour form, either with the staminal filaments cream and pink and buds pink (Figure
1B) or staminal filaments purely cream and buds deep reddish pink (Figure 1D).

Corymbia cadophora subsp. polychroma is in many respects intermediate between subsp. cadophora
and subsp. pliantha: in flower colour, showing variation relating to both subspecies; in fruit size being
closer to subsp. pliantha; in number of umbellasters per inflorescence, probably closer to subsp.
cadophora. In plant habit, it is more similar to subsp. pliantha. The fruits of subsp. polychroma are
narrower than both subspecies. The constricted neck on the fruit is far more prominent on subsp.
polychroma than subsp. pliantha and is sometimes entirely absent from subsp. cadophora. Leaves
are broader than subsp. pliantha, and generally broader than subsp. cadophora. The combination of
characteristics is however unique, and not strictly intermediate, and being geographically disjunct
from both subspecies (170 km to subsp. pliantha and 250 km to subsp. cadophora) and not known to
occur between the two (150 km between subsp. pliantha and subsp. cadophora) it is here considered
to be best recognised as a novel subspecies.

R.L. Barrett, Corymbia cadophora subsp. polychroma: a new subspecies from the east Kimberley 35

Other Corymbia species recorded in surrounding habitats are C. aspera (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill
& L.A.S.Johnson, C. bella K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, C. conjfertiflora (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill &
L.A.S.Johnson, C. dichromophloia (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, C. drysdalensis (D.J.Carr &
S.G.M.Carr) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, C. ferruginea subsp. stypophylla K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson
and C. polycarpa (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson. It is noted here that C. dichromophloia and
C. drysdalensis (both sensu Hill & Johnson 1995) occur in close proximity to each other and are readily
distinguished by their young crown growth; distinctly silvery in C. drysdalensis. This is in contrast to
the treatment of the two as forms of a single variable taxon by Slee ef al. (2006).

Key to subspecies of Corymbia cadophora

1. Staminal filaments entirely deep red or dark pink; umbellasters 7-23 per
inflorescence; fruit 25-36 x (15)22—26 mm, often lacking a distinct neck
1: Staminal filaments cream or cream and pink; umbellasters 3-17 per
IDHOTESCENCeAITUItE 042g] 8-33 OTIC ARTs tsar een ne Ene Oe Di:
2. Staminal filaments completely cream (?occasionally pink); umbellasters
usually < 10 per inflorescence; fruit 25-36 x 22-26(38) mm, usually lacking
a distinct neck; trunk robust, branches usually widely spreading,

Treetmostl yabroaderthanl ni Shimer sapecretirten terre te cre ane ae aan ae eee subsp. cadophora

2: Staminal filaments either pink at the base or cream; umbellasters
3-17 per inflorescence; fruit 30-38 x 18-23 mm, usually with a distinct
neck; trunk slender, tree usually as high or higher than broad.....cccccccccsscssssscscesseseesesseee subsp. polychroma

Notes on C. cadophora

The description of C. cadophora needs to be adapted to include the following character states
found in subsp. polychroma, that are not accounted for by Hill and Johnson (1995). Umbellasters
7-9-flowered; stamens variously cream, cream and pink, pink or red. The adult leaves are nearly, but
not completely bristle-free, with sparse bristle-hairs occurring on the midrib in all subspecies.

The flowers of C. cadophora subsp. pliantha are illustrated by Brooker and Kleinig (1994) as
Eucalyptus sp. LL, with the remaining photographs appearing to represent subsp. cadophora. Both
subsp. cadophora and subsp. pliantha are illustrated in the third edition of Euclid (Slee et al. 2006).

The description of Eucalyptus sp. J in Rye (1992) refers to specimens of both subsp. cadophora
and subsp. pliantha, but does not include any material of subsp. polychroma.

Notes on subspecies cadophora

The specimen P.R. Foulkes 341 (PERTH) has broader leaves than recorded by Hill & Johnson
(1995), to 135 mm wide. PG. Wilson 11428 (PERTH) has orbicular fruit to 38 mm wide. Most
collections lack hairs on the young (adult stage) growth, however K.F. Kenneally 11046 (PERTH) does
have dense hairs on the young stems and a few hairs on the midrib of the young (adult stage) leaves.
A collection from Koolan Island (GJ. Keighery & N. Gibson 95, PERTH) was recorded as having
smooth white bark and being locally common around the old townsite. The leaf and fruit material
collected is typical of subsp. cadophora and there are other collections from the island with normal
fibrous grey bark. Field observations at the location of the Keighery & Gibson collection by Conrad

= Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Slee (pers. comm.) have failed to relocate any white-barked plants and the bark type was probably
confused with a co-occurring white-barked eucalypt.

Notes on subspecies pliantha

Little good fertile material exists of this subspecies at PERTH, making observations of general
floral arrangement difficult, however it is noted that the number of umbellasters varies from 7 (M.LH.
Brooker 11581 and K. Coate s.n., PERTH 1395718) to about 23 (K. Menkhorst 1071). The collection
S.J. Forbes 2279 (PERTH) has smaller fruit than usual, to 26 mm long and 15 mm wide, witha distinct
neck and are possibly not fully developed but do appear to be mature. The duplicate of SJ. Forbes
2279 at CANB has slightly larger attached fruit (c. 28 mm long and 17 mm wide) with a short neck,
and young growth does have setose hairs present on the stems and a few on the midrib of the leaves
(A. Slee, pers. comm.).

Acknowledgments

I would like to thank Conrad Slee (ecologia) for first bringing subsp. polychroma to my attention,
for collection of material, and for observations of subsp. cadophora on Koolan Island, Belinda Barnett
and Myles Menz (ecologia) for collections and field observation of subsp. polychroma, Alex George
for correcting the Latin diagnosis, Andrew Slee for comments on specimens at CANB, Matt Barrett
for comments on the manuscript and Kelly Shepherd for assistance with producing the distribution
map.

References

Brooker, M.I.H. & Kleinig, D.A. (1994). “Field guide to eucalypts. Volume 3. Northern Australia.” (Inkata Press: Sydney.)

Environment Australia (2000). Revision of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) and development
of version 5.1 - summary report. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/version5-1/summary-report/index. html.
[accessed May 2007]

Hill, K.D. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1995). Systematic studies in the eucalypts 7. A revision of the bloodwoods, genus Corymbia
(Myrtaceae). Telopea 6(2-3): 185-504.

Rye, B.L. (1992). Myrtaceae. Jn: J. Wheeler (Ed.), B.L. Rye, B.L. Koch & A.J.G. Wilson. “Flora of the Kimberley Region.”
pp. 499-546 (Department of Conservation and Land Management: Perth.)

Slee, A.V., Brooker, M.LH., Duffy, S.M. & West, J.G. (2006) “Euclid: eucalypts of Australia.” 3 ed. (CSIRO: Canberra.)

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1 995). An interim biogeographic regionalisation forAustralia: a framework for setting priorities
in the National Reserves System Cooperative Program, version 4.” (Australian Nature Conservation Agency: Canberra.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed May 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 37-60 (2007) By

New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded
ironstone in southern Western Australia

Russell L. Barrett

Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, West Perth, Western Australia 6005
School of Plant Biology, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawley, Western Australia 6009

Abstract

Barrett, R.L. New species of Lepidosperma(Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone in southern
Western Australia. Nuytsia 17:37—60 (2007). Eightnew species in the Australasian genus Lepidosperma
Labill. are described from southern Western Australia. All of the taxa described here have restricted
distributions in association with Banded Iron Formation (BIF) ranges and are potentially threatened
by present or proposed mining activities. The following new species are described: L. amansiferrum
R.L.Barrett, L. bungalbin R.L.Barrett, L. diurnum R.L.Barrett, L. ferricola R.L.Barrett, L. ferriculmen
R.L.Barrett, L. gibsonii R.L.Barrett, L. jacksonense R.L.Barrett and L. lyonsii R.L.Barrett.

Introduction

The taxonomy of the genus Lepidosperma Labill. in Western Australia has been poorly resolved for
some time. Delimitation of species has been problematic, partly due to the high levels of homoplastic
characters and, significantly, due to a paucity of good collections of many taxa. A revision of the genus
is in preparation for the “Flora of Australia” treatment coordinated by K.L. Wilson. A number of new
taxa associated with Banded Iron Formation (BIF) ranges are formally named here in advance of a
full revision in order to highlight their conservation status and to promote further study of the group.
The species within this genus appear to exhibit high levels of local endemism and habitat specificity,
particularly in the arid-zone and South-western Interzone of Western Australia. All species described
here are of restricted geographic and ecological distribution.

The genus Lepidosperma was last revised by Kiikenthal (1941), with two additional species named
for Western Australia by Blake (1949). Rye (1987) suggested that a number of potentially undescribed
taxa could be recognised in the Perth region. This paper is the first in a series which will aim to review
all Western Australian taxa and focuses on species associated with BIF. A second paper in this volume
describes a new taxon from the Ravensthorpe region (Barrett 2007). It is anticipated that many more
new taxa will be recognised in the genus, particularly in south-west Western Australia. Provision of a
key to species must wait until sectional revisions can be completed. Comprehensive molecular studies

of the genus are currently being undertaken by the author and collaborators, and these studies can be
expected to greatly inform future classifications.

Conservation status in a poorly-known genus such as Lepidosperma can be difficult to accurately
assess, given the paucity of collections available; often with few notes on population size or extent.

38 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

However, based on species which are better known and searched for (e.g. L. gibsonii R.L.Barrett
and L. ferricola R.L.Barrett), and recent survey efforts on BIF ranges, it can be inferred that the few
available collections of many of the taxa described here are likely to be a true indication of restricted
distribution. Recent field observations of most taxa support this conclusion.

Materials and methods

Descriptions are primarily based on herbarium specimens. Only five of the taxa described here
have been observed in the field by the author and field observations of original collectors have been
obtained, where possible, to supplement notes on herbarium sheets. All type specimens of Lepidosperma
taxa at BM, CANB, K, MEL, NSW and PERTH have been examined. Herbarium acronyms follow
Holmgren & Holmgren (1998-) except for RAV. which represents the Western Australian regional
herbarium at Ravensthorpe. All specimens cited have been seen unless otherwise specified. Precise
localities are withheld for Declared Rare and Priority species due to conservation concerns.

The distribution maps were created in DIVA-GIS freeware Version 5.2.0.2. (http://www.diva-
gis.org) using coordinate data from PERTH collections. Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for
Australia (IBRA) Version 6.1 boundaries (Department of the Environment and Water Resources

2007) are shown.

Hodgon et al. (2006) have recently assessed the taxonomic utility of a large number of characters
for the L. /aterale R.Br. complex, many of which have been utilised in assessing the status of the new
taxa described here. Measurements were made in the following manner. Size measurements of less
than 15 cm were made using digital callipers certified accurate to 3/100" of a millimetre and rounded
where appropriate. Measurements less than, or spanning, 1.5 mm are given to two decimal places. It
is noted here that the number of available collections is relatively few for the taxa described herein
and measurements outside the current known range can be expected.

Culms and leaves are all isobilateral and descriptions of shape refer to cross-section. The widest
dimension (described as width but technically thickness) is given first, followed by the narrowest
(described as thickness but technically width), with measurements taken at the midpoint of their length.
Cross-section of the culms and leaves was also determined at the midpoint of their length. Culm and
leaf height was measured from the base of the sheath, and culm height includes the inflorescence. The
number of stomatal rows was counted by examination of epidermis patterns using a light microscope
at 40 x magnification. The characteristics of young growth are recorded only if noted to differ from
mature growth.

The angle of the spread of the culms and leaves (collectively grouped in ramets and often fan-like
in appearance) is given to provide an indication of the growth habit of the plants. Angle of ramet/fan
base was measured as the total angle between the two outermost leaves/culms on a single complete
ramet/fan. This can be particularly diagnostic in taxa with distichous culms and leaves, less so in
spirodistichous taxa. Distichous culms and leaves are arranged in two rows on opposite sides of the
stem on the same plane while spirodistichous culms and leaves are arranged in two rows which spiral
up the stem (Harden 1993), the latter often resulting in a more tightly clumping habit. Some species
are very resinous at the base of the culms and leaves, and the resins may have colours and scents which
are distinctive between different taxa. These characters have been included in descriptions where the
information has been available. Notes on these features should be made at the time of collection as

R.L. Barrett, New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone 39

scents generally change on drying and colour may intensify. When collecting specimens, entire ramets
should be collected (including culm bases) as there are important diagnostic characters in the structure
and arrangement of the bases of the ramets.

Inflorescence length was measured from the base of the involucral bract. Measurement of the lateral
branches of the inflorescence was of the lowest lateral branch only and was inclusive of any further
divisions of the lateral branch. As the glumes often tear and distort when flattened, glume width was
measured as the broadest point of the fertile fruiting glumes in the curled position (shape is maintained
in pressed material by the enclosed nut).

The style is either completely caducous, leaving only a scar, or with a short persistent basal portion
remaining on the nut. Distinction is made here between the ‘stylar cap’ (previously described as the
‘style base’ by authors such as Wilson 1993, 1994) and the filiform basal portion of the style, which is
persistent in some taxa. As recognised here, the stylar cap is an extension of the rib material described
below which forms a ring around the base of the style, a character which varies in prominence with
nut age. The stylar cap is variously a narrow band around the style (small) to a wide band covering
most of the top of the nut (large). Nut length is inclusive of the attached hypogynous scales and nut
width excludes the ribs (if present). The ribs appear as white bands overlaying the epidermis of the nut
and the degree of ribbing on the nuts varies with age, so observations of mature nuts should be made.
Ribs are usually very prominent on young nuts (unless absent). Hypogynous scales were described
from mature nuts, their appearance differing at anthesis. The outline shape of the epidermal cells of
the nut is potentially a useful taxonomic character and is to be explored further.

Taxonomy

Lepidosperma amansiferrum R.L.Barrett, sp. nov.

Lepidospermati brunoniano Nees similis, sed culmorum indumento pilis longioribus fasciculatis
reseniferis carenti; culmis tenuibus et complanatis, differt.

Typus: South Ironcap, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
7 September 1996, N. Gibson & K. Brown 2509 (holo: PERTH 05285321; iso: CANB, NSW).

Lepidosperma sp. Goldfields Ranges (N. Gibson & K. Brown 3175), Western Australian Herbarium,
in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 2 August 2007].

Tufted perennial with short rhizomes. Culms and leaves distichous; leaf to culm ratio 0.6-0.8:1; angle
of fan (ramet) spread 14-25°. Leaves rigid, erect, + flat to slightly biconvex, finely striate, yellow-green,
not glaucous, with 24-28 stomatal rows per face, 15.5—42.0 cm tall, 1.12-1.65 mm wide, 0.21-0.26 mm
thick; margins red, witha continuous band of short hairs and usually completely covered in reddish-brown
resin; sheath dark brown, glabrous, base somewhat fibrous, with small amounts of red resin. Culms as
for leaves but less prominently striate, with 14-22 stomatal rows per face, 25—54 cm tall, 0.99-1.42 mm
wide, 0.27-0.33 mm thick. Inflorescence loose-lanceolate in outline, 37-89 mm long, 5-10 mm wide,
with few lateral branches, 1 lateral branch per node; basal lateral branch 18-35 mm long with 6-13
spikelets; involucral bract 20-46 mm long. Spikelets 3.24.2 mm long, the upper flower bisexual, the
lower flower functionally male. Glumes 6, with opaque pale margins grading to a reddish-brown keel,
the surface with a few short hairs near the apex, which is acute to acuminate; 4 sterile glumes; fertile

on Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

glumes 2.8-3.8 mm long, c. 1.6 mm wide. Stamens 3; anthers 1.6-2.0 mm long including the apical
appendage, c. 0.21 mm wide; filaments 1.9-3.2 mm long. Style 3-fid, c. 1.6mm to branches which are
0.89-1.68 mm long; style base continuous with ovary, a short portion remaining on the nut; stylar cap
small. Nut brown, becoming white with age, smooth, with 3 ribs, ovate in outline, terete in section,
1.9-2.3 mm long, 1.05—1.08 mm wide; epidermal cells narrowly oblong to almost linear in outline,
Hypogynous scales 6, falling with the nut, narrowly triangular, white, 0.86—1.09 mm long; apex acuminate

with a tuft of bristle-like hairs. (Figures 1, 2A)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 1 July 2007, R.L. Barrett &
M. Wallace RLB 4112 (AD, BM, BRI, CANB, HO, K, MEL, NE, NSW, PERTH, RAV.); 7 Sept. 1996,
N. Gibson & K. Brown 3175 (PERTH); 7 Sept. 1996, N. Gibson & K. Brown 3 176 (NE, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Only known from a very discrete area on and around South Ironcap in the
southern Mallee District (Figure 3A). Grows on gentle lower slopes on yellow sandy loam soils with
banded ironstone gravel and rocks. Occurs in low mallee woodland of Eucalyptus livida, E. phaenophylla
subsp. interjacens and E. rugulata over Acacia heterochroa subsp. robertii, A. lasiocalyx, Adenanthos
argyreus, Allocasuarina campestris, Aluta appressa, Banksia sphaerocarpa vat. dolichostyla, Callitris
roei, Calothamnus quadrifidus, Dodonaea pinifolia, Drosera macrantha, Dryandra pallida, D. viscida,
Euryomyrtus leptospermoides, Grevillea insignis subsp. elliotii, Hakea multilineata, Hibbertiaaxillibarba,
H. exasperata, H. gracilipes, H. hemignosta, Isopogon gardneri, Lasiopetalum ferraricollinum, Leucopogon
conostephioides, Leucopogon sp. Ironcaps (N. Gibson & K. Brown 3070), Lysinema ciliatum, Melaleuca
cordata, Melaleuca pungens, Micromyrtus triptycha subsp. elatams, Mirbelia dilatata, Petrophile glauca
and P. stricta, over Boronia revoluta, Cryptandra intonsa, Dampiera angulata, Pterostylis sanguinea

and P. sargentii.

Phenology. Old flowers collected in July, fresh flowering not observed, expected to be late autumn.
Mature seed recorded for September.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Environment and
Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. Known only from a small
area on South Ironcap over a range of about three kilometres. The population is very clearly defined
by the outcropping of banded ironstone, resulting in a very restricted distribution. Recent surveys
by the author and M. Wallace of Middle Ironcap, North Ironcap and the Bremer Range area failed to

locate any further populations.

Etymology. From the Latin amans (loving) and ferrum (iron), in reference to this species occurring
on iron rich soils.

Notes. Similar in appearance to L. brunonianum Nees; differing in the indumentum of the culms lacking
clusters of longer resin-fused hairs, and in having slender, more compressed culms. There is at least
one, probably several, unnamed related taxa between Cape Arid and Fitzgerald River. These specimens
have a much more robust, lanceolate inflorescence with larger spikelets and thicker culms. A recently
discovered taxon (unnamed and unrelated) occurring with L. amansiferrum on South Ironcap may be
readily distinguished by the much taller culms (to 1.2 m), which are diamond-shaped in cross-section
and lack resin-coated hairs on the culm and leaf margins.

R.L. Barrett, New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone

Y
|

|

>
M\ ff Aes
Wi

’\

‘4

¥.

MSS

Western Austral ian Herbari

UH

PERTH 05285321

TNS \ | |
AY ay \"’i\“—Ai i; (

Nf v ty I

HovoTtyee

Lepides perma amansiterrum RLBarrett
DETERMINAVIT AL Barectt 17-090007
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)
e
Lepidosperma sp. Goldfields Ranges (N. Gibson
& K. Brown 3175)

DETERMINAVIT: R.L. Barrett 14 February 2007
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Lepidosperma aff. brunonianum
Cyperaceac
Gentle upper slope with a NE aspect, on yellow skeletal sandy

loam soils with Banded Ironstone gravel and rocks, Eucalyptus}
arg, phea open low woodland A, over Allocasuarina campestris

Calothamnus quadrifidus, Petrophile glauca thicket, over
Boronia revoluta, Acacia heterochroa subsp. robertii dwarf
scrub C,

Coll. N. Gibson & K. Brown 2509 Date: 07/09/1996

Voucher: Goldfields Ranges Survey
Ups. 10
PERTH 05285321

Figure 1. Holotype of Lepidosperma amansiferrum (N. Gibson & K. Brown 2509; PERTH). Scale = 3 cm.

Al

Figure 2. Macrophotograph of Lepidosperma culms. A — L. amansiferrum (R.L. Barrett & M. Wallace RLB 4112); B ~
L. bungalbin (N. Gibson & M. Lyons 3761); C, D — L. diurnum (R.L. Barrett & M. Wallace RLB 4124); E - L. ferricola
(C. MacPherson 205 CM 99); F — L. ferriculmen (R.L. Barrett & M. Wallace RLB 4131); G — L. gibsonii (R. Meissner &
Y. Caruso 3); H — L. jacksonense (E. Mattiske 180 - LM 373); 1—L. lyonsii (N. Gibson & M. Lyons 2506). All specimens at
PERTH. All scale bars = 1 mm.

R.L. Barrett, New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone 43

Lepidosperma bungalbin R.L.Barrett, sp. nov.

Ab omnibus speciebus Lepidospermum Labill., culmis complanatis, subtiliter corrugato-striatis,
nitidis, viridis, distinguiter.

Typus: Aurora Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes], 27 July 1995,
N. Gibson & M. Lyons 3761 (holo: PERTH 05286867; iso: NSW).

Lepidosperma sp. Aurora Range (N. Gibson & M. Lyons 3761), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 2 August 2007].

Tufted perennial with short rhizomes. Cu/ms and leaves distichous; leaf to culm ratio 0.6—1:1; angle
of fan (ramet) spread 14-30°. Leaves rigid, erect, almost flat, slightly convex-concave, finely ribbed
(faces appearing corrugated/undulate), bright green, becoming yellow-green at base, not glaucous, with
44-71 stomatal rows per face, 23-64 cm tall, 2.3-4.9 mm wide, 0.17—0.35(—0.48) mm thick; margins
green to cream, semi-transparent, smooth, not resinous; young leaves with small white hairs scattered
on margin, quickly becoming reduced to small scabrid projections and usually absent from mature
leaves, or reduced to a scar; sheath dark brown, glabrous, base entire to slightly fibrous, without resin
or with small quantities at base of new growth; resin recorded as being fragrant. Culms as for leaves,
with 41-49 stomatal rows per face, 40-65 cm tall, 3.14.5 mm wide, 0.36—0.56 mm thick. Inflorescence
loose-linear in outline, 110-250 mm long, 8—22 mm wide, with several long branches, one lateral branch
per node; basal lateral branch 48-125 mm long with 19-44 spikelets; involucral bract 24-84 mm long.
Spikelets 4.3-5.6 mm long, the upper flower bisexual, the lower flower functionally male. Glumes 6,
with opaque pale margins grading to rusty-brown keel, the surface with white hairs forming three lines
on surface, plus some scattered towards margin, the apex acute to acuminate; 4 sterile glumes; fertile
glumes 2.8-4.0 mm long, 0.89-1.31 mm wide. Stamens 3; anthers 3.1-3.4 mm long including the
apical appendage, 0.39-0.50 mm wide; filaments 4.0-5.7 mm long. Style 3-fid, 2.0-3.0 mm to branches
which are 2.0-3.2 mm long; style base continuous with ovary, caducous; stylar cap small. Nut pale
brown, smooth, with 3 ribs, obovate in outline, terete in section, 2.3—2.6 mm long, 1.12—1.30 mm wide;
epidermal cells ovate-oblong in outline. Hypogynous scales 6, falling with the nut, broadly triangular,
white, 0.55—0.76 mm long; apex acuminate, with hairs. (Figures 4, 2B)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 18 Nov. 2006, G. Cockerton
& S. McNee LCS 12847 (CANB, NE, PERTH); 20 Nov. 2006, G. Cockerton & S. McNee LCS 12848

(PERTH); 25 July 1995, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 3760 (NSW, PERTH); 15 Oct. 2006, S. McNee &
B. Eckermann LCS 12849 (MEL, NSW, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known only from the Helena and Aurora Range in the Coolgardie District
(Figure 3B). Steep mid-slopes on red loam soils with banded ironstone rock (massive in places) and
gravel. Recorded from Eucalyptus capillosasubsp. capillosaand E. horistes low woodland over Acacia sp.
Bungalbin Hill (J.J. Alford 1119), A//locasuarina acutivalvis, Alyxia buxifolia, Calycopeplus paucifolius,
Dryandra arborea, Eremophila oppositifolia, Exocarpos aphyllus, Grevillea zygoloba, Leucopogon sp.
Clyde Hill (M.A. Burgman 1207), Melaleuca hamata, M. leiocarpa, M. nematophylla, Mirbelia sp.
Helena & Aurora (B.J. Lepschi 2003), Olearia muelleri, Stenanthemum newbeyi, Trymalium myrtillus
and Westringia cephalantha over Austrodanthonia caespitosa, Blennospora drummondii, Caladenia
incrassata, Chamaexeros macranthera, Comesperma integerrimum, Conostylis argentea, Drosera

macrantha subsp. macrantha, Neurachne annularis, Plantago aff. hispida, Pterostylis aff. rufa and
Trachymene ornata.

Phenology. Flowering recorded for July. Mature seed recorded for November.

44

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Geraldton

Cro.
ms Re Southortizis

\, Cross
»S

Bag

Figure 3A. Distribution of Lepidosperma amansiferrum (@), L. diurnum (%), L. ferricola (*#) and L. gibsonii (@)
in south-west Western Australia.

IN
Geraldton

Figure 3B. Distribution of Lepidosperma bungalbin (@), L. ferriculmen (%), L. jacksonense (@) and L. lyonsii
(A) in south-west Western Australia.

R.L. Barrett, New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone 45

Conservationstatus. Recently listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian
Flora. Known only from a single range subject to mining interests.

Etymology. From the location of this species near Bungalbin Hill. Bungalbin is here used as a noun in
apposition.

Notes. Lepidosperma bungalbin grows near, but apparently not with, L. ferricola in the Helena and
Aurora Range.

Distinguished from all other species by the finely ribbed (appearing corrugated) flat, glossy green
culms (Figure 2B). A collection from a BIF hill near the Parker Range (NV. Gibson & M. Lyons 2094,
PERTH) is superficially similar to Lepidosperma bungalbin, though differing significantly in External
Transcribed Spacer (ETS) sequence (Barrett ef al. in prep.). The specimen, however, is infected with
a smut fungus, distorting the inflorescence features and making accurate placement impossible. This
taxon has recently been recollected by the author and is morphologically distinct from L. bungalbin,
lacking the ribbing characteristic of that species, and is currently only known to occur in the vicinity
of the Parker Range. A single collection from a BIF on Mt Finnerty, SE of Bungalbin Hill (S. McNee
MtPh 039, PERTH) probably represents a new related taxon distinguished by the scabrous margins on
the leaves and culms, however, further collections are required to determine the extent of variation in
this taxon before it can be formally named.

Lepidosperma diurnum R.L.Barrett, sp. nov.

Lepidospermati viscido R.Br. similis, sed culmorum pilis antrorsis ad patentibus, dispersis ad densis,
resina tectis, differt.

Typus: near Mount Day, west of Norseman, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation

purposes], 3 November 1979, K.R. Newbey 6246 (holo: PERTH 01200046; iso: AD, BRI, CBG, K,
MEL, PERTH).

Tufted perennial with short rhizomes. Culms and leaves distichous; leaf to culm ratio 0.5—0.7:1; angle
of fan (ramet) spread 20-25°. Leaves rigid, erect, compressed, + flat to slightly biconvex to convex-
concave, finely striate, green, not glaucous, with 12-36 stomatal rows, 32-52 cm tall, 2.6-5.8 mm
wide, 0.42—0.68 mm thick; margins red, with scattered to dense, white, antrorsely curved to spreading
hairs, often totally covered by pale orange resin forming a continuous margin covering a band of semi-
translucent marginal cells on the culms (the leaf margin can appear to be slightly scabrous if the resin
is interrupted along the culm, but is not strictly so as the margin is smooth, apart from hairs, below the
resin); sheath brown, glabrous, base not fibrous, with yellow resin which is pineapple-scented when
fresh. Culms as for leaves, with 41-46 stomatal rows, 57—71 cm tall, 3.9-5.0 mm wide, 0.91-0.94 mm
thick. Inflorescence narrowly lanceolate in outline, 155-215 mm long, 18-38 mm wide, with many
small lateral branches, | (appearing 2) lateral branch(es) per node; basal lateral branch 74-95 mm long
with 70-97 spikelets; involucral bract 42-67 mm long. Spikelets 3.83-4.5 mm long, the upper flower
bisexual, the lower flower functionally male. Glumes 4-6, with opaque pale margins grading to a rust
red keel, the surface with white hairs scattered around the keel, the apex acute; 2-4 sterile glumes;
fertile glumes 3.0-3.3 mm long, 0.81—1.05 mm wide. Stamens 3; anthers 1.39-1.94 mm long including
the apical appendage, 0.31—0.46 mm wide; filaments 2.4-2.7 mm long. Style 3-fid, 0.96-1.17 mm to
branches which are 1.22—1.43 mm long; style base continuous with ovary, a short portion remaining
on nut; stylar cap small. Nut pale brown, becoming pale brown to cream with age, smooth, obscurely
3-ribbed, oblong-obovate in outline, terete in section, 1.6—2.3 mm long, 0.85—1.03 mm wide; epidermal
cells narrowly oblong in outline. Hypogynous scales 6, falling with the nut, narrowly triangular, white,
0.75—1.03 mm long; apex acuminate, without hairs. (Figures 5, 2C, D)

46 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007) |

Other specimens examined. [localities withheld] 2 July 2007, R.L. Barrett & M. Wallace RLB 4124 (Ab, |
BM, BRI, CANB, HO, K, MEL, NE, NSW, PERTH, RAV.); 2 July 2007, R.L. Barrett & M. Wallaee |

RLB 4125 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known only from near Mt Day in the Bremer Range area, Mallee District

(Figure 3A). Growing in Al/locasuarina campestris thicket with mixed Acacia andrewsii, A. warramabg, |
Calothamnus quadrifidus, Calytrix leschenaultii, Cryptandra graniticola, Dodonaea ptarmicaefolig, —
Eremophila gibbosa, Leptospermum fastigiatum, Melaleuca hamata, Phebalium elegans, Pimeleg |
spiculigera var. thesioides, Scaevola oxyclona, and Senna artemisioides subsp. filifolia over Aristicqla —

contorta, Austrostipa sp., Triodia sp. and Drosera macrantha on well drained stony loam with moderately
exposed banded ironstone on hill-slopes. Relatively common in this habitat, but apparently specific to
it.

Phenology. Fresh flowers recorded for July. Mature seed recorded for November.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian

Flora. Known only from a single location over a distance of about ten kilometres. The area adjacent to |

Mt Day is subject to extensive active nickel mining and exploration activities.

Etymology. From the Latin diurnus, meaning ‘belonging to the day’ in reference to Mt Day, near the
type location, and here used as a noun in apposition.

Notes. Similar in appearance to Lepidosperma viscidum R.Br., differing in having scattered to denye
antrorse to spreading hairs on the culm margins; the hairs often being coated in resin. Distinctive from
all named taxa in the nature of the hairs on the culm and leaf margins which are unusually long and
fine, often with resin fusing groups of hairs into semi-discrete tufts, though not widely separated as in
L. tuberculatum Nees and L. viscidum (Figure 2C, D). Additional specimens recently collected from the
Ravensthorpe Range have a similar hair type, however further studies are required to determine whether
they belong to the same taxon. Interestingly, while L. diurnum occurs on BIF ranges, the Ravensthorpe
Range specimens occur on nickel-bearing rocky slopes.

Lepidosperma ferricola R.L.Barrett, sp. nov.

Lepidospermati gibsonii R.L. Barrett similis, sed culmis et foliis manifeste costato-subteretibus;
seminibus majoribus, 1.7—2.4 mm longis, 0.84—1.14 mm latis; inflorescentia deminutissima, differt.

Typus: Koolyanobbing Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
23 September 2006, G. O'Keefe, B. Eckermann & S. McNee LCS 13854 (holo: PERTH 07542356; iso:
CANB, NSW).

Lepidosperma sp. Mt Jackson (L. Mattiske 193-2/572), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 2 August 2007].

Tufted perennial with short rhizomes. Culms and leaves spirodistichous; leaf to culm ratio 1:1; angle
of fan (ramet) spread 5—10°. Leaves somewhat rigid, fully erect, somewhat angular and compressed
or subterete, with 8 (occasionally 10) fine ribs, pale green to glaucous, with 36-48 stomatal rows,
32-105 cm tall, 0.47-0.61 mm wide, 0.42—0.53 mm thick; margins pale green, smooth, glabrous, not
resinous; sheath pale tan with reddish tint, glabrous, base fibrous, not resinous. Culms as for leaves, but
subterete, with (occasionally 8) 10 fine ribs, with 36-48 stomatal rows, 36-93 cm tall, 0.73-0.89 mm
wide, 0.56-0.70 mm thick. /nflorescence loose-linear in outline, 24-93 mm long, 3.8-8.2 mm wide,

R.L. Barrett, New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone

Western ustral ian Herbariun

[
AAACN

PERTH 05286867

HoLoTyre
| | , ; . Lepedesperma bungalbin RU Barrett
; peTerminavit AL Barrett 1p-08 + 2007

Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

sp. Aurora Range (N. Gibson & M.

Lepidosperma
Lyons 3761)
DETERMINAVIT: R.L. Barrett 10 January 2007

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Lepidosperma aff. angustatum

Cyperaceac

Steep midslope with a SW aspect, on red loam soils with
Banded Ironstone rock, massive in places. Dryandra arborea,
Melaleuca nematophylla, Allocasuarina acutivalvis thicket, over
Calycopeplus paucifolius low scrub B, over Chamaexeros
macranthera open dwarf scrub C, over Neurachne sp. Helena &
Aurom open low grass.

Coll. N. Gibson & M, Lyons 3761 Dates 27/07/1995

Voucher: Goldfields Ranges Survey
pate
PERTH 05286867

Figure 4. Holotype of Lepidosperma bungalbin (N. Gibson & M. Lyons 3761; PERTH). Scale = 3 cm.

47

48 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

|

spicately condensed, occasionally with one small lateral branch in basal nodes; basal lateral brangy |
c. 5 mm long with 5—7 spikelets; involucral bract 9-118 mm long. Spikelets 3.6-5.2 mm long, the upper |

flower bisexual, the lower flower functionally male. G/umes 4-6, with opaque pale margins grading \o |
tusty red keel, the surface with a few short capitate hairs on the surface, the margins glabrous, the ap¢x

acuminate, glabrous; 2-4 sterile glumes; fertile glumes 2.5-3.7 mm long, 0.83-1.38 mm wide. Stamens
3; anthers c. 2.8-2.9 mm long including the apical appendage, 0.24—0.28 mm wide; filaments 2.6-4.3 mp
long. Style 3-fid, c. 2.1 mm to branches which are c. 3.4 mm long; style base continuous with ovary,
a short portion remaining on nut; stylar cap small. Nut cream to pale brown, smooth with three suture
lines (not obviously ribbed), unusually glossy, obovoid in outline, terete in section, 1.7-2.4 mm lony,
0.84-1.14 mm wide; epidermal cells oblong in outline. Hypogynous scales 6-7, falling with the nut,
narrowly triangular to almost linear, white, 0.82—1.31 mm long; apex acuminate, with minute bristly-
like hairs. (Figures 6, 2E)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 4 June 2003, J. Bull s.x,
(PERTH 07304307); June 2003, J. Bull s.n. (PERTH 07304315); G. Cockerton & S. McNee LCS 13852
(PERTH); 5 Oct. 2006, B. Eckermann & S. McNee LCS 13853 (MEL, NE, PERTH); 31 Oct. 2000,
C. MacPherson 205 CM 99 (PERTH); 6 Nov. 2000, L. Mattiske 193-2/572 (PERTH); 25 Sept. 1981,
K.R. Newbey 9025 (PERTH); 22 Sept. 1981, K.R. Newbey 9197 (PERTH; 2 sheets).

Distribution and habitat. As circumscribed here, occurring on the Mt Jackson Range, Helena and Aurota
Range and Koolyanobbing Range in the Coolgardie District where it is restricted to BIF (Figure 3A),
Collection notes describe the habitat of this species as being on rocky ledges, scree slopes, crevicas
and ravines on banded ironstone with ‘scrub’ or low woodland of Eucalyptus ravida over Acacla
quadrimarginea, Allocasuarina eriochlamys, A. acutivalvis subsp. acutivalvis, Calycopeplus paucifolius,
Dryandra arborea, Eremophila oppositifolia subsp. angustifoliaand Grevilleazygoloba over Enchylaena
tomentosa, Jacksonia jackson, Hibbertia exasperata, Melaleuca leiocarpa, Prostanthera althoferi subsp,
althoferi and Stenanthemum newbeyi.

Phenology. Fresh flowering not observed, expected to be late autumn. Mature seed recorded for September
and October.

Conservation status. Listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian
Flora as Lepidosperma sp. Mt Jackson (L. Mattiske 193-2/572) (Atkins 2006). Known from several
locations which are subject to active mining or exploration activities. Highly habitat specific and of
localised occurrence.

Etymology. From the Latin ferrum (iron) and -cola (dwelling) in reference to this taxon occurring only
on BIF ranges.

Notes. Similar in appearance to Lepidosperma gibsonii but differing in having distinctly ribbed subterete
culms and leaves, larger seeds (1.7—2.4 mm long, 0.84—1.14 mm wide) and a very reduced inflorescence.
Also similar in appearance to L. /eptophyllum Benth. which was described by Bentham (1878) as having a
recurved, reflexed or flexuose rachis above the first branch, and the hypogynous scales lacking bristle-like
hairs. Lectotypification of L. /eptophyllum is required, however, the primary specimen (Drummond 870,
K) on which the name is based has glumes that are much thicker than those of L. ferricola, and culms that
are not prominently ridged. Lepidosperma leptophyllum is probably more closely related to L. costale
Nees, both species belonging to a difficult complex characterised by culms which are usually diamond-
shaped in section and relatively slender inflorescences. Lepidosperma ferricolacan be distinguished from
all other taxa in the L. costale species complex by the prominently ridged culms and leaves (Figure 2E),
and much reduced inflorescence. Lepidosperma ferricola occurs near, but not with, L. bungalbin in the

R.L. Barrett, New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone

: il i ii

PERTH 01200046

Holoryee
Leprdesperma dinranm RL Barrett

DETERMINAVIT RC Barrett 1-08-2007
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Lepiwosperra RES/NOSUY, Se 5)

ENTA,
Spreading, mid-dense, perennial, tufted
sedge 35-50 x 59-70 cm.

Common in Casuarina campestris Thicket,
Well-drained stony loam,
Moderately exposed, stony B,I.F. hill.

DUPLICATES
Ant in Ae

oa Fos VOUCHE®
a | me yosapno a =S}q) | VEGETATION Wx st Coll. kK. Newbey 6246 3 November 19.79
a ke ase Ape * 81 | syeren “
a7 —--— --— =a

ppnsuatelonnneakeee end
See ee men

Figure 5. Holotype of Lepidosperma diurnum (K.R. Newbey 6246; PERTH), Scale = 3 cm.

49

50 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2017) —

Helena and Aurora Range, and may occur with L. jacksonense R.L.Barrett at Mt Jackson.

Populations from Mt Jackson, Bungalbin Hill and Koolyanobbing, here included in L. ferricola, shyw
small differences (14 bp) in ETS sequence from each other (Barrett ef al. in prep.). Population-leve|
morphological and molecular studies may show that infraspecific taxa should be recognised, corresponding —
with biogeography. Additional populations with similar (but unique) ETS sequences have been fouyd
on ‘Windarling Range’, north of Windarling Peak (G. O’Keefe, S. Regan & B. Eckermann LCS 1384 1,
PERTH), in the Die Hardy Range (R.L. Barrett & J. Ujetz RLB 2493 & RLB 2499, PERTH) and in the
Mt Manning Range (N. Gibson & B. Moyle 3230, PERTH), all locations to the north and north-east of
Mt Jackson. These populations are clearly recognisable by their thinner glumes, which are considerably
larger in the Mt Manning population, and further research is required to determine whether these should
be included within L. ferricola or recognised as discrete taxa.

Lepidosperma ferriculmen R.L.Barrett, sp. nov.

Lepidospermati viscido R.Br. similis, sed culmorum pilis seriebus continuis dispositis sine piljs
longioribus fasciculatis; culmis gracilioribus, differt.

Typus: Middle Ironcap, Western Australia, 8 July 1979, K.R. Newbey 5232 (holo: PERTH 02309939),

Lepidosperma sp. Ironcap (K.R. Newbey 5233), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 2 August 2007].

Tufted perennial with short rhizomes. Culms and leaves distichous; leaf to culm ratio 0.6-0.9:1;
angle of fan (ramet) spread 25-45°. Leaves rigid, erect, flat to convex-concave, finely striate, green, not
glaucous, with 72-95 stomatal rows, 16-38 cm tall, 3.6-7.4 mm wide, 0.32-0.73 mm thick; margin red,
with a continuous marginal row of short white hairs variously covered by, or exceeding reddish-brown
resin; sheath brown, becoming yellow above, glabrous, base not fibrous, not or slightly resinous. Culms
as for leaves, erect, slightly biconvex to slightly convex-concave or almost flat, with 56-67 stomatal
rows per face, 22-65 cm tall, 3.3-6.9 mm wide, 0.47—0.86 mm thick. /nflorescence lanceolate in outline,
80-175 mm long, 12-23 mm wide, with numerous short lateral branches, | lateral branch per node;
basal lateral branch 37-70 mm long with 47—75 spikelets; involucral bract 39-66 mm long. Spikelets
3.8-5.0 mm long, the upper flower bisexual, the lower flower functionally male. Glumes 6, with opaque
pale margins grading to red-brown keel, the surface with short white hairs in upper half towards centre,
the apex acuminate; 4 sterile glumes; fertile glumes 3.74.3 mm long, 1.01—1.28 mm wide. Stamens 3;
anthers 1.6—2.2 mm long including the apical appendage, 0.14—0.26 mm wide; filaments 2.9-3.2 mm
long. Style 3-fid, 1.8-2.2 mm to branches which are 1.25—1.29 mm long; style base continuous with
ovary, short portion remaining on nut; stylar cap large. Nut pale brown, smooth with 3 fine ribs, ovate
in outline, terete in section, 2.4-2.8 mm long, 1.25—1.27 mm wide; epidermal cells oblong-obovoid in
outline. Hypogynous scales 6, falling with the nut, broadly triangular, white, 0.88—1.16 mm long; apex
acuminate, with a few small bristle-like hairs. (Figures 7, 2F)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 3 July 2007, R.L. Barrett &
M. Wallace RLB 4131 (AD, BM, BRI, CANB, HO, K, MEL, NE, NSW, PERTH, RAV.); 9 Sept. 1996,
N. Gibson & K. Brown 3738 (PERTH); 9 Sept. 1996, N. Gibson & K. Brown 3739 (NSW, PERTH);
8 July 1979, K.R. Newbey 5233 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known only from a small area around Middle Ironcap in the Mallee District
(Figure 3B). Grows in low open woodland of Eucalyptus eremophila and E. phenax over Acacia
lasiocalyx, A. sulcata var. platyphylla, Allocasuarina campestris, Astartea ambigua, Beyeria brevifolia,

RL. Barrett, New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone 51

wi

oy. |
hi oe a

Vie i4Y

I) ‘
i i

ih

)
y yy

Uf W/L a \
Yi i} Wt
ZN i
i
Ali)

|

|

|

|

| : 1 | }

| | | i | \ WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
|

|

osperma sp. Mt Jackson (L. Mattiske 193-2/572)

of pass between two ironstone ridges. Among
pia foes men including Stenanthemum
arate, 2nchylaena tomentosa,

gel oredr en

Coll. G. O'Keeft, B. Eckermann & S, MeNee LCS 13854
1
PERTH 07542356

Figure 6, Holotype of Lepidosperma ferricola (G. O'Keefe, B. Eckermann & S. McNee LCS 13854; PERTH).
Scale = 3 cm.

52 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Billardiera coriacea, Calothamnus quadrifidus, Cryptandra intonsa, Dodonaea pinifolia, Dryandk.g |
viscida, Gastrolobium floribundum, Gompholobium viscidulum, Grevillea insignis subsp. elliotii, Hakyg
multilineata, Hemigenia westringioides, Hibbertia lepidocalyx subsp. lepidocalyx, H. pungens, Labicheg
stellata, Leucopogon fimbriatus, Melaleuca pentagona, M. uncinata, Olearia muelleri, Phebalittyy
filifolium and Phebalium tuberculosum over Caladenia paradoxa, Comesperma volubile, Cyanostegta
lanceolata, Dampiera haematotricha subsp. dura, Ericksonella saccarata, Glischyrocaryon auretyy
var. angustifolium, Goodenia pinifolia, Pterostylis aff. aspera and Pterostylis mutica on stony slopes, in
well-drained orange-red sandy loam soils with banded ironstone gravel and rocks.

Phenology. Flowering recorded for July. Mature seed recorded for September.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Westery
Australian Flora. Known only from Middle Ironcap where it is restricted to the upper slopes over g
distance of less than one kilometre.

Etymology. From the Latin ferrum (iron) and culmen (top, summit), in reference to the Ironcap Hill 04
which this species grows.

Notes. Superficially similar and possibly related to L. viscidum, differing in the continuous marginal ro\y
of short, even hairs and the slightly resinous culm margins (Figure 2F). The culms are very viscid and
resinous with resin clusters in L. viscidum s. str. Specimens similar to L. ferriculmen have been collected
from North Ironcap (e.g. K.R. Newbey 5212, PERTH) but genetic data (Barrett ef al. in prep.) suggests
that these collections represent a separate but related taxon, with further morphological studies being
required to confirm this. Two putatively new taxa which are unnamed have recently been collected around
the base of Middle Ironcap, but do not co-occur with L. ferriculmen. One taxon is easily distinguished
in having a large, openly branched inflorescence, and the other is easily distinguished by having much
narrower culms with relatively long hairs on the culm margins that are often coated in resin.

Lepidosperma gibsonii R.L.Barrett, sp. nov.

Lepidospermati costali Nees affinis, sed inflorescentiis gracilibus, culmis gracilibus teretibus, foliig
gracilibus; planta semidormienti veneta, differt.

Typus: Mount Gibson Range, Yalgoo District, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 19 May 2006, R.L. Barrett & M.D. Barrett RLB 3345 (holo: PERTH 07543867; iso: AD,
BM, CANB, K, MEL, NE, NSW).

Lepidosperma sp. Mt Gibson (R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 3), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 2 August 2007].

Tufted perennial with short rhizomes. Culms and leaves spirodistichous; leaf to culm ratio 0.6—1:1;
angle of fan (ramet) spread 5—10°. Leaves somewhat rigid, fully erect, angular, distinctly diamond-shaped
in section, scarcely finely striate, deep green when fresh, pale green to glaucous when semi-dormant,
with c. 30-34 stomatal rows, 35-45(—80) cm tall, 0.43-0.73 mm wide, 0.29-0.58 mm thick; margin pale
green, smooth, glabrous, not resinous; sheath pale tan to brown, glabrous, base fibrous to almost entire, not
resinous. Culms as for leaves but terete, scarcely finely striate, with c. 44 stomatal rows, 35—70(—140) cm
tall, 0.32—-0.72 mm wide, 0.32-0.63 mm thick. Jnflorescence loose-linear in outline, 32-51 mm long,
2.5—5 mm wide, with few short lateral branches, | branch per node; lateral branches small, in line with
main axis so as to appear simple, or basal lateral branch somewhat divergent, 10-18 mm long with
4-8 spikelets; involucral bract 10-39 mm long. Spikelets 2.6-3.2 mm long, the upper flower bisexual,

R.L. Barrett, New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone 53

Western hustral ian Herbariua
rT

|

PERTH 02309939

HototyPe
Lepides perma ferriculmen AL Barcett

DETERMINAVIT RL Barrett 08+
Western Australian Haters (PERTH) {7283 ite

Len tespermn 1: Trencap (KA Newbey $23

DETERMINAVIT 5
Wastern Australien Noreen pei 14 /oxf007.

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Lepidosperna Dewmmewe” Rewit
Upright-spreading, moderately-dense, tufted,
perennial sedge 40-55 x 50-120 cm,

Common in Heath A.

Well-drained small pockets of soil in Banded
Ironstone Formation.

Well-exposed summit.

Lat.

VOUCHER 232
ae eat ET Coll. K, Newbey 5232 8 July 19 79

Figure 7. Holotype of Lepidosperma ferriculmen (K.R. Newbey 5232; PERTH). Scale = 3 cm.

54 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

the lower flower functionally male. Glumes 4 with opaque pale margins grading to rusty red keel, the
surface with a few minute white hairs near the apex, the margins with scattered hairs, the apex acute to _
acuminate; 2 sterile glumes; fertile glumes 2.0-2.3 mm long, 0.94—1.24 mm wide. Stamens 3; anthers —
1.62.0 mm long including the apical appendage, 0.25-0.38 mm wide; filaments 2.0-2.4 mm long,
Style 3-fid, 1.29-1.33 mm to branches which are 1.30—1.56 mm long; style base continuous with ovary,
caducous; stylar cap large. Nut cream, becoming mottled brown with age, smooth, with 3 prominent
ribs, obovate in outline, terete in section, 1.25—1.40 mm long, 0.87-0.89 mm wide; epidermal cells —
ovate to sub-orbicular in outline. Hypogynous scales 6-8, falling with the nut, broadly triangular, white, |
0.45—0.47 mm long; apex acuminate, with hairs. (Figures 8, 2G)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 15 Sept. 2005, R. Meissney —
& Y¥. Caruso 2 (PERTH); 18 Sept. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 3 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known only from the Mt Gibson Range in the Yalgoo District, on BIF ranges
(Figure 3A). Grows in gullies and on slopes in shallow soil over massive banded ironstone, in shrub-
heath communities of Acacia acuaria, A. assimilis, A. stereophylla var. stereophylla, Allocasuarina
acutivalvis subsp. prinsepiana, Anthocercis anisantha, Calycopeplus paucifolius, Darwinia masonii,
Eremophila clarkei, Grevillea paradoxa, Hakea recurva, Hibbertia hypericoides, Melaleuca hamata,
M. nematophylla, M. radula, Micromyrtus trudgenii, Pimelea avonensis over Amphipogon caricints
var. caricinus, Austrostipa hemipogon, Bromus arenarius, Cheilanthes adiantoides, Drosera macrantha,
Erodium cygnorum, Lawrencella rosea, Schoenus nanus, Thysanotus manglesianus and Xanthosia
bungei.

Phenology. Flowering recorded for May and June. Mature seed recorded for September.

Conservation status. Listed as Declared Rare Flora under the Western Australian Wildlife Conservation
Act 1950 as Lepidosperma sp. Mt Gibson (R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 3) (Atkins 2006). Restricted to a
single range system, with a population size of about 25 000 plants; a proportion of these being threatened
by development of an iron ore mine.

Etymology. The specific epithet honours DEC research scientist Neil Gibson who has made a number
of important Lepidosperma collections while conducting extensive flora surveys in southern Western
Australia. The name also refers to the type locality, Mt Gibson.

Notes. Lepidosperma gibsonii is strongly supported as a member of the L. costale species complex based
on molecular data (Barrett er a/. in prep.). It is the only taxon known in the complex that has terete culms
(Figure 2G). The reduced inflorescence makes it superficially similar to L. ferricola, however it is easily
distinguished from that taxon by examination of the culms (see notes under L. ferricola).

Lepidosperma jacksonense R.L.Barrett, sp. nov.

Lepidospermati brunoniano Nees similis, sed culmorum pilis seriebus continuis dispositis sine pilis
longioribus fasciculatis; culmis longioribus, differt.

Typus: Mount Jackson, Western Australia, 4 November 2000, E. Mattiske 180 - LM 373 (holo: PERTH
06327893; iso: NSW).

Lepidospermasp. Jackson Range (E. Mattiske 180-LM 373), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 2 August 2007].

RL. Barrett, New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone

Western Australian Herbariun

ye |

— PERTHXO7543867

ii ny Wi
VA
WNT \|

N \ |)
VN

J
ERNQUSTIQLIAN HERBARIUM, a iu
mm ‘lora ofWestern Australia \
dosipeeyna $e Nt GibYby (R. Meissner & Y. Caruso P
: \

| ils over banded ironstone
| I] gullies: In shrub-heath with
uubsp. prinsepiana and Grevillea j
Frequency: locally comm@n,
N
Coll. R.L, & M.D. Barrett RYBY 3345. Date: 19/05/2006
N

Dups. to
PERTH 07543867

| Figure 8. Holotype of Lepidosperma gibsonii (R.L. Barrett & M.D. Barrett 3345; PERTH). Scale = 3 cm.

55

ee Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2097) |

Tufted perennial with short rhizomes. Culms and leaves distichous; leaf to culm ratio 0.6-1.]-;
angle of fan (ramet) spread 10—25°. Leaves rigid, erect, biconvex or convex to almost flat, finely striate,
yellow-green to green, paler at the base, not glaucous, with 18-21 stomatal rows per face, 23-67 em
tall, 1.2-2.3 mm wide, 0.43-0.66 mm thick; margin pale red, with fine white hairs coated in red Tesin
(hairs entirely covered, or at the base only); sheath brown, glabrous, base fibrous, somewhat resinoys,
Culms as for leaves, biconvex, with 20-24 stomatal rows per face, 44-67 cm tall, 1.5-2.9 mm Wide,
0.49-0.85 mm thick. /nflorescence lanceolate to ovate in outline, 69-195 mm long, 17-50 mm Wide,
with several spreading lateral branches which may be further divided, one lateral branch per node;
basal lateral branch 30-93 mm long with 25-95 spikelets; involucral bract 22-46 mm long. Spikelets
3.5-4.3 mm long, the upper two flowers bisexual, fertile, the lower flower functionally male. Glumes
8, with opaque pale margins grading to rusty brown keel, the surface with fine white hairs spreading jn
various directions, the apex acuminate; 6 sterile glumes; fertile glumes 3.3-4.0 mm long, c. 1.2 mm wide.
Stamens 3; anthers 1.7-1.9 mm long including the apical appendage, 0.25-0.36 mm wide; filaments
1.8-2.4 mm long. Style 3-fid, c. 2.5 mm to branches which are c. 2.0 mm long; style base continuoys
with ovary, a short portion remaining on nut; stylar cap small. Nut pale brown, smooth, with 3 fine tibs,
obovate in outline, terete in section, 1.7—1.9 mm long, 1.01—1.08 mm wide; epidermal cells ovate-oblong
in outline. Hypogynous scales 6-7, falling with the nut, narrowly triangular, with a broad base, white,
0.95—1.13 mm long; apex long-acuminate, with bristle-like hairs. (Figures 9, 2H)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 27 Oct. 2006, G. Cockertoy
LCS 12771 (PERTH); 13 Noy. 2006, G. Cockerton & S. McNee LCS 12846 (PERTH); 25 Jan. 2007,
G. Cockerton & S. McNee LCS 13843 (PERTH); 12 Feb. 2007, S. McNee & B. Eckermann LCS 13850
(PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Jackson Range area, north of Southern Cross in the Cool gardie District (Figure
3B). Occurs on mid-slopes in silty, sandy loam with chert outcrops. Recorded in open A/locasuarina
acutivalvis scrub in association with Acacia quadrimarginea, A. eriochlamys, Aluta appressa, Baeckea
elderiana, Hibbertia eatoniae, H. exasperata and Thryptomene kochii over Amphipogon caricinus.

Phenology. Fresh flowering not observed, expected to be late autumn. Mature seed recorded for
November. :

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian
Flora. Known only from the Jackson Range in sites subject to mining activities.

Etymology. The epithet is derived from the location of the type collection; the Jackson Range.

Notes. Similar in appearance to Lepidosperma brunonianum, differing in having a continuous row of
marginal hairs, without clusters of longer hairs, and taller culms. Also similar in appearance to L. lyonsti
R.L.Barrett (see notes under that species).

Lepidosperma lyonsii R.L.Barrett, sp. nov.

Lepidospermati jacksonensi R.L.Barrett affinis, sed culmis pilis antrorsis, albis, dispersis, resiniferis
tectis; glumis pilis clavatis, brevibus, differt.

Typus: north-east of Mount Finnerty, Jaurdi Station, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for
conservation purposes], 20 September 1995, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 2506 (holo: PERTH 05293758;
iso: NSW).

R.L. Barrett, New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone

WEDLETI AUSLTGL 1AM NEPOSP UN

PERTH 06327893

Hove tree
Leprdesperma jacksenense RUbarrell

DETERMINAVIT RUBarredt 17-03 :2007-
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

Lepidospermar sp. Tackson |
CE.Mathske 180 -LM 373)

DETERMINAVIT RL. Barrelt 1o.t 2007
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Lepidosperma sp.

Cyperaceae

Sedge.

Mid slope with silty, sandy loam, Open scrub of Allocasuarina
criochlamys, Lepidosperma sp(LM 180-373), Hibbertia
‘exasperata, Thryptomene Kochit and Amphipogon caricinus.

Coll. E, Mattiske 180 - LM 373 Date: 04/11/2000

Voucher: Mattiske Consulting - Portman
Dups. to
PERTH 06327893

Figure 9. Holotype of Lepidosperma jacksonense (E. Mattiske 180 — LM 373; PERTH). Scale = 3cm.

57

58 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2097)

Lepidosperma sp. Jaurdi (N. Gibson & M. Lyons 2506), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 2 August 2007].

Tufied perennial with short rhizomes. Culms and leaves distichous; leaf to culm ratio 0.7—0.9:1; ange
of fan (ramet) spread 15—20°. Leaves rigid, erect, biconvex, finely striate, green, becoming yellow at base,
not glaucous, with 22-35 stomatal rows per face, 3 1—53 cm tall, 1.19-2.75 mm wide, 0.37-0.68 mm thick;
margin red, with fine antrorsely curved white hairs, usually completely embedded in red resin, forming
an almost continuous margin; sheath brown, glabrous, the base very fibrous, somewhat resinous. Culms
as for leaves, with 21-33 stomatal rows per face, 43—60 cm tall, 1.6—2.4 mm wide, 0.53-0.68 mm thick,
Inflorescence lanceolate in outline, 69—115 mm long, 12-26 mm wide, with few branches, | lateral branch
per node; basal lateral branch 35-54 mm long with 33-67 spikelets; involucral bract 26-80 mm long,
Spikelets 3.34.3 mm long, the upper flower bisexual, the lower flower functionally male. Glumes 6, with
opaque pale margins grading to rusty red keel, the surface covered in very short (almost squamulose),
white hairs, the margins sometimes with longer hairs, the apex acute to acuminate; 4 sterile glumes;
fertile glumes 3.43.7 long, 0.72-1.35 mm wide. Stamens 3; anthers 1.8—2.1 mm long including the
apical appendage, 0.33—0.41 mm wide; filaments 2.5-3.1 mm long. Style 3-fid, 1.7—2.1 mm to branches
which are 1.4—1.9 mm long; style base continuous with ovary, a short portion remaining on nut; stylar
cap short. Nut pale brown, becoming darker with age, smooth, with 3 ribs, obovate in outline, terete
in section, 1.8-1.9 long, 1.14-1.21 mm wide; epidermal cells oblong-ovate in outline. Hypogynous
scales 6, falling with the nut, broadly triangular, white, 0.67-0.97 mm long; apex acuminate, with hairs.
(Figures 10, 21)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 14 Aug. 1981, K.R. Newbey
8516 (PERTH); 16 Sept. 1981, K.R. Newbey 9039 (PERTH); 6 Oct. 1999, L.W. Sage 1977 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known only from around Mt Finnerty, Mt Walter and Erayinia Hill near Karonie,
all in the Coolgardie District (Figure 3B). Near Mt Finnerty it occurs on a gentle slope on pale orange
sandy loam skeletal soils with banded ironstone gravel and rocks in Al/locasuarina acutivalvis shrubland
with Acacia resinimarginea, Baeckea elderiana, Malleostemon tuberculatus, Melaleuca hamata and
Mirbelia sp. Helena & Aurora (B.J. Lepschi 2003) over Lawrencella rosea, Sida atrovirens and Waitzia
acuminata. To the west of Mt Finnerty, it grows in Eucalyptus rigens and E. rigidula mallee woodland
with Acacia sibina, Amphipogon caricinus var. caricinus, Austrostipa scabra subsp. scabra, Baeckea
elderiana, Calocephalus multiflorus, Grevillea paradoxa, Melaleuca hamata, Persoonia coriacea and
Phebalium canaliculatum. At Mt Walter, it grows in well-drained, stony loamy sand on a moderately
exposed quartz hill in shrubland with Acacia steedmanii, Allocasuarina campestris, Calothamnus gilesii,
Dodonaea microzyga var. acrolobata, Granitites intangendus, Hibbertia glomerosa var. glomerosa,
Prostranthera grylloana, Rhyncharrhena linearis, Stypandra glauca and Trachymene pilosa. At Erayinia
Hill it grows in well-drained, shallow, stony loamy sand on the upper slopes of a large quartz hill.

Phenology. Fresh flowering not observed, expected to be late autumn. Mature seed recorded for September
and October.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Three under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. Poorly known, but possibly more widespread than current collections suggest. Further
surveys are required before an accurate conservation assessment can be made. Known only from a few
locations and potentially threatened by proposed mining activities at some of these locations.

Etymology. Named in honour of DEC research scientist Michael Lyons, co-collector of specimens of this
and other novel Lepidosperma species, and in recognition of his extensive flora conservation work.

Notes. Similar in appearance to Lepidosperma jacksonense but distinguished by the short clavate hairs

R.L. Barrett, New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone

Hc

PERTH 05293758

HOtoTYPE
Lepidose lgensit RLGarectt

DETERMINAVIT (RL Barrett 1}-0%-2007
Western Australia Herbarium (PERTH)

Lepidesperess$p.Toaurdi (N1-Gloser +M.- 5.)
DETERMINAVIT R.L- Barrett lo-1. 2007
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Lepidosperma sp.

Cyperaceae

Gentle upland slope with a E/SE aspect, on pale orange sandy
loam skeletal soils with banded ironstone gravel and rocks.
Allocasuarina acutivalvis open scrub, over Malleostemon,
tuberculatus, Bacckea elderiana, Melaleuca uncinata heath B,
over Lawrencella rosea, Waitzia acuminata very open herbs.

Coll. N. Gibson & M. Lyons 2506 Date: 20/09/1995

Voucher: Goldfields Ranges Survey
veer to
PERTH 05293758

Figure 10. Holotype of Lepidosperma lyonsii (N. Gibson & M. Lyons 2506; PERTH). Scale = 3 cm.

59

Pa Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2097)

on the glumes and by the antrorse white hairs on the culm margins (hairs also resin covered, Figure 101).
Both L. jacksonense and L. lyonsii can be distinguished from other taxa in the region by their relatively
tall and slender culms and leaves, combined with shortly hairy margins.

Acknowledgements

Aspects of this work have been supported by research funding from Mount Gibson Iron Ltd,
Worsley Alumina Pty Ltd, Alcoa World Alumina (Australia), Landcare Services and the Friends of
Kings Park.

Alex George is thanked for significant corrections to the Latin diagnoses. I would like to thank
the following people for their great assistance in many ways, from collecting material, to discussion
of species concepts and notes on the manuscript: Matt Barrett, Jerome Bull, Ryonen Butcher, Geoff
Cockerton, Yvette Caruso, Rob Davis, Kingsley Dixon, Neil Gibson, Cathy Godden, Mike Hislop,
Greg Keighery, Karina Knight, Adrienne Markey, Shapelle McNee, Rachel Meissner, Cate Tauss,
Kevin Thiele, Jacqui Ujetz, Mark Wallace, Karen Wilson, Paul Wilson, directors, curators and staff
at AD, BM, BRI, CANB, K, MEL, NSW and PERTH. Matt Barrett is particularly thanked for his
untiring efforts in the genetics lab to produce a preliminary molecular phylogeny of the genus and for
his comments and insight on my proposed taxonomy. The collections of the late Ken Newbey have
proved invaluable in assessing variation and speciation in the genus Lepidosperma.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Perth.)

Barrett, R.L. (2007). Lepidosperma gahnioides, a new species of Cyperaceae from the Ravensthorpe region, Western Australia.
Nuytsia 17: 61-66.

Bentham, G. (1878). “Flora Australiensis.” Vol. 7. (Lovell Reeve: London.)

Blake, S.T. (1949). Notes on Australian Cyperaceae, VII. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 60(5): 45-53.

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed 15 August 2007]

Harden, G.J. (Ed.) (1993). “Flora of New South Wales.” Vol. 4. (New South Wales University Press: Sydney.)

Hodgon, J., Bruhl, J.J. & Wilson, K.L. (2006). Systematic studies in Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae: Schoeneae) with particular
reference to L. /aterale. Australian Systematic Botany 19(3): 273-288.

Holmgren, P.K. & Holmgren, N.H. (1998-). Index Herbariorum: A global directory of public herbaria and associated staff. New
York Botanical Garden’s Virtual Herbarium. http://sweetgum.nybg.org/ih/ [accessed 2 August 2007]

Kiikenthal, G. (1941). Vorarbeiten zu einer monographie der Rhynchosporoideae. X. Repertorium Novarum Specierum Regni
Vegetabilis 50: 19-50, 112-128.

Rye, B.L. (1987). Cyperaceae. Jn: N.G. Marchant, J.R. Wheeler, B.L. Rye, E.M. Bennett, N.S. Lander & T.D. Macfarlane (Eds)
“Flora of the Perth Region.” Part 2, pp. 870-906. (Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. (Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 2 August 2007]

Wilson, K.L. (1993). Cyperaceae. Jn: G.J. Harden (Ed.) “Flora of New South Wales.” Vol. 4, pp. 293-396. (New South Wales
University Press: Sydney.)

Wilson, K.L. (1994). New taxa and combinations in the family Cyperaceae in eastern Australia. Telopea 5(4): 589-625.

Nuytsia 17: 61-66 (2007) 61

Lepidosperma gahnioides, a new species of Cyperaceae from the
Ravensthorpe region, Western Australia

Russell L. Barrett

Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, West Perth, Western Australia 6005
School of Plant Biology, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawley, Western Australia 6009

Abstract

Barrett, R.L. Lepidosperma gahnioides, a new species of Cyperaceae from the Ravensthorpe
region, Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 61-66 (2007). Lepidosperma gahnioides R.L.Barrett is here
described as a new species. This species has a restricted distribution from the Ravensthorpe Range

north to Lake Ace, in southern Western Australia, and is potentially threatened by present and proposed
mining activities.

Introduction

Recent surveys of the Ravensthorpe Range and surrounding areas, including Bandalup Hill and
Kundip, have revealed a great regional diversity of taxa within Lepidosperma Labill. Potentially more
than twenty species occur in this area, the majority of which are currently unnamed. The region is of
high geological and topographic complexity, resulting in a large number of adjacent habitat types,
many of which are occupied by Lepidosperma species with relatively specific habitat requirements; a
factor which limits their potential distribution. While taxonomic investigation is ongoing for most of
these putative taxa, one species is very clearly morphologically distinct, has a unique DNA sequence
(External Transcribed Spacer 1; Barrett ef a/. in prep.), appears to be locally restricted in distribution
and may be threatened by mining and exploration activities. Lepidosperma gahnioides R.L.Barrett is
therefore named here, prior to the taxonomic resolution of other regional congeners, to highlight its
conservation significance and to draw attention to the large number of unique taxa in the region.

Methods

All material cited has been examined. Several populations of this taxon have been examined in
the field. The description is based on dried herbarium material. One unusual term is explained here:
the angle of the spread of the culms and leaves (collectively grouped in ramets; often fan-shaped in
some species) from the base of the rhizome branch is given to provide an indication of the growth
habit of the plants. Additional information about descriptions of Lepidosperma species is provided in
Barrett (2007, this issue). Precise localities are withheld for Declared Rare and Priority species due
to conservation concerns. Herbarium acronyms follow Holmgren and Holmgren (1998—) except for
RAV. which represents the Western Australian regional herbarium at Ravensthorpe. The distribution
map was created in DIVA-GIS freeware Version 5.2.0.2. (http://www.diva-gis.org) using coordinate

Bs Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2097)

data from PERTH collections, and shows Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRa)
Version 6.1 boundaries (Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007).

Taxonomy
Lepidosperma gahnioides R.L.Barrett, sp. nov.

Habitus Gahniae lanigerae (R.Br.) Benth. similis; culmi tenuissimi, subteretes, glauci; inflorescentja
reducta, compacta.

Typus: Bandalup Hill, east of Ravensthorpe, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 26 October 2006, R.L. Barrett 3510 (holo: PERTH 07543875; iso: AD, BM, CANB, x,
MEL, NE, NSW).

Lepidosperma sp. Kundip (G.F. Craig 6011), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http;//
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 2 August 2007].

Tufted perennial with very short rhizomes. Culms and leaves spirodistichous; leaf to culm ratio
0.6—1.1:1; angle of fan (ramet) spread 5—10°. Leaves rigid, erect, subterete, finely ridged with 10~]4
stomatal rows, grey-green, somewhat glaucous, often with dry tips curling somewhat like Gahnja
spp., margin smooth to the touch, slightly rough under a dissecting microscope (40x), 10-38 cm
tall, 0.35-0.47 mm wide, 0.29-0.39 mm thick; sheath brown, glabrous, base fibrous, without resin.
Culms as for leaves but more ridged, with 14-18 stomatal rows, 17-34 cm tall, 0.40—-0.48 mm wide,
0.34—0.40 mm thick. Inflorescence ovate to broadly lanceolate in outline, 10-19 mm long, 4-8 mm
wide, with few very short lateral branches, | lateral branch per node; basal lateral branch 7.2—9.6 mm
long with 3-6 spikelets; involucral bract 13-86 mm long. Spikelets 3.3-4.2 mm long, the upper flower
bisexual, the lower flower functionally male. Glumes 5—7, rusty-brown with short, appressed hairs
scattered across the surface, the apex acute, apiculate; lowest 3 or 4 glumes sterile; fertile glumes
2.7-2.9 mm long, 0.8-1.1 mm wide. Stamens 3; anthers 1.08-1.54 mm long including the apical
appendage, 0.23-0.28 mm wide; filaments 1.4-1.6 mm long. Style 3-fid, c. 1.5 mm to branches which
are c. 0.6 mm long; style caducous, base not forming a cap. Nut pale brown, becoming white with age,
smooth, with 3 fine ribs, ovoid—obovoid in outline, terete in section, 1.8—2.0 mm long, 0.8—1.0 mm
wide; epidermal cells ovate in outline. Hypogynous scales 6, falling with the nut, broadly triangular,
white, 0.75—1.05 mm long; apex acuminate, lacking hairs. (Figure 1)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 23 Jan. 2005, L. Ang
10812 A (PERTH); 25 Oct. 2006, R.L. Barrett 3474 (NE, NSW, PERTH, RAV.); 25 Oct. 2006, R.L.
Barrett 3496 (NE, NSW, PERTH, RAV.); 11 Dec. 2003, G.F. Craig 6011 (PERTH); 2005, N. Evelegh
10801 (PERTH); 2 May 1985, K.R. Newbey 10929 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Only known from a small area between Kundip and Bandalup Hill, near
Ravensthorpe, and a single collection from near Lake Ace, c. 45 km to the north (Figure 2). Occurs
in open woodland with tall shrubs or mid-dense mallee and open low shrubs on rocky loam soils. On
Bandalup Hill, the loam soils are associated with mineral-rich rocks which are actively being mined
for their nickel content. Lepidosperma gahnioides shows a preference for mid-slope sites with high
gravel/rock content, suggesting it may have quite specific habitat requirements. Associated species
include mallee species Eucalyptus occidentalis and E. flocktoniae, shrub species Acacia glaucoptera,

RL. Barrett, Lepidosperma galnioides, a new species from the Ravensthorpe region

Vestern Australian Herbartun
| SMTP TEMAMERTIEY

TINUE

PERTH 07543875

SS

a an

‘

Lepidesperma gahnietdes RUBarrett

DETERMINAVIT RL Garectt 17-08- 2007
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN nee : hie HERBARIUM, PERTIL
Flora of Western Australia

Lepidosperma sp. Kundip (G.F. Craig 6011)

Cyperaceae

Sedge to 1S cm.

Small gully beside drainage line, Gentle gravel slope.
Tedermitxed with Gahnia lanigera under low mallee Eucalypts.
Frequency; narrow band.

Bandalup

Coll. RL. Barrett 3510 Date: 26/10/2006

Dups. to
PERTH 07543875

Figure 1. Holotype of Lepidosperma gahnioides (R.L. Barrett 3510; PERTH).

63

64 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Ms;

Zs
Ravensthorpe »2”
ES

Bremer Bay

kilometres

Figure 2. Distribution of Lepidosperma gahnioides (A) in south-west Western Australia.

Daviesia anceps, Hakea commutata, H. verrucosa, Melaleuca acuminata, M. hamata, M. lateriflora,
Rhagodia crassifolia, Santalum acuminatum and Templetonia retusa, with Austrostipa elegantissima,
Coopernookia polygalacea and Gahnia lanigera.

Phenology. Fresh flowering not observed, expected to be late autumn. Mature seed recorded for
October.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under the Department of Environment and
Conservation’s (DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. The Lake Ace population
is in a nature reserve, and is the only one known that is not subject to mining activities.

Etymology. The epithet refers to the high degree of morphological similarity of this species to Gahnia
lanigera (R.Br.) Benth. with which it often grows, regularly intermixed.

Notes. Plants are intensely clonal with clumps recorded as growing up to 2 m x 0.7 m in extent.

This species has no morphologically similar allies. Molecular data (Barrett et a/., in prep.) suggests
that it is most closely related to a group of species including L. amansiferrum R.L.Barrett, from which
it is highly morphologically distinct. Lepidosperma amansiferrum and allied taxa are distinguished
by having compressed, distichous culms and leaves with conspicuous hairs on the margins, the hairs
often coated in red resin. Other species it may be confused with in the Ravensthorpe region are
L. gracile R.Br. s. lat., L. tenue Benth. s. lat. and L. carphoides Benth., all of which have much thicker
culms, which are not finely ridged, and more robust inflorescences, which are usually more branched.
Lepidosperma gracile also has compressed rather than subterete culms. Lepidosperma gahnioides is

R.L. Barrett, Lepidosperma gahnioides, a new species from the Ravensthorpe region 65

most likely to be confused with Gahnia lanigera, which can be distinguished by the ciliate leaf nodes
and inflorescences with clusters of branchlets at the nodes subtended by a leaf-like bract.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Gillian Craig who first recognised the distinctiveness of this species and for
sharing her extensive field knowledge of the Ravensthorpe area. Sam Atkinson, Jonathon Austin, Kylie
Goldfinch and Anna McNamara at Landcare Services are particularly thanked for their assistance in
accessing sites on Bandalup Hill. Ravensthorpe Nickel Operations is thanked for permission to access
sites on Bandalup Hill. Alex George is thanked for correcting the Latin diagnosis. Kelly Shepherd
and Juliet Wege (‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative) are thanked for their
assistance with the mapping software. Kevin Thiele and Ryonen Butcher are thanked for comments
which significantly improved the manuscript.

References

Barrett, R.L. (2007). New species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) associated with banded ironstone in southern Western
Australia. Nuytsia 17: 37-60.

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed 2 August 2007]

Holmgren, P. K. & Holmgren, N.H. (1998-). Index Herbariorum: A global directory of public herbaria and associated staff.
New York Botanical Garden’s Virtual Herbarium. http://sweetgum.nybg.org/ih/ [accessed 2 August 2007]

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.goy.au/ [accessed 2 August 2007]

66 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2

Nuytsia 17: 67-72 (2007) 67

Lasiopetalum ferraricollinum (Malvaceae s. lat.: Lasiopetaleae), a new
species from the ironstone hills near Forrestania, Western Australia

Eleanor M. Bennett! and Kelly A. Shepherd?

'PO Box 341, Kalamunda, Western Australia 6926
* Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Bennett, E.M. & Shepherd, K.A. Lasiopetalum Jerraricollinum (Malvaceae s. lat.: Lasiopetaleae),
a new species from the ironstone hills near Forrestania, Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 67-72.
Lasiopetalum ferraricollinum E.M.Benn. & K.A.Sheph. is a new species restricted to a number of
ironstone outcrops in the Coolgardie (COO) and Mallee (MAL) IBRA regions. This species, while
morphologically allied to L. compactum Paust, is characterised by recurved leaf margins, white to
cream flowers and the presence of both scattered stellate hairs and glandular hairs on the outside of
the calyx. A description, distribution map, and images of the new species are provided.

Introduction

Charles Gardner made the first collection of Lasiopetalum ferraricollinum E.M.Benn. & K.A.Sheph.
in 1962 (C.A. Gardner 14013). Initially identified as L. indutum Steud., it was later included under
L. compactum Paust (Paust 1974). Paust (in sched.) noted, however, that this collection and another
(PG. Wilson 7024), were atypical on account of their non-woolly calyces. While undertaking taxonomic
research for the ongoing “Flora of Australia” revision of Lasiopetalum Sm., it became apparent that a
number of more recent collections at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) were this same taxon.
Subsequent examination of fresh material collected in the field confirmed that it warranted recognition
as a new species and the phrase name Lasiopetalum sp. Ironcaps (P.G. Wilson 7024) was applied.

This species is only known from five locations and is restricted to a narrow band of ironstone hills
to the north and south of Forrestania. One of these populations is located near a gold mine. As this

species is geographically restricted it was considered a priority to name and describe prior to the full
revision of the genus.

Methods

This study is based on the examination of collections at PERTH and fresh material. Floral characters
were scored from material stored in 70% ethanol or from rehydrated herbarium specimens. The species
distribution categories are based on the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA)
Version 5.1 as modified on FloraBase (Thackway & Cresswell 1995; Western Australian Herbarium

68 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (205

1998—; Environment Australia 2000). The distribution map was created using DIVA-GIS freewa,
Vartan’ 2.0.2 and is based on IBRA Version 6.1 (Department of the Environment and Water Rescue

-2007) with coordinates from collections lodged at PERTH.

Taxonomy

Lasiopetalum ferraricollinum E.M.Benn. & K.A.Sheph., sp. nov.

Folia anguste oblonga, discoloria; calyx albus vel cremeus, extus stellato-pilosus et glanduloass
pilosus; petala atro-rubra, extus glanduloso pilosa.

Typus: 3.8 km west along Carstairs Road from Forrestania Road, Western Australia, 13 Septem
2000, K. Kershaw & K. Kerrigan 2252 (holo: PERTH 06506763; iso: K, MEL).

Lasiopetalum sp. Ironcaps (P.G. Wilson 7024), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austra)_
Fl.: Deser. Cat. p. 544 (2000).

Upright shrub 0.25—-1 m high, 0.25—1 m wide. Stems covered with dense ferruginous stellate hairy
0.50.7 mm diam., mature stems brown, glabrescent. Stipules absent. Petioles 5-20 mm long with
tomentose meena stellate hairs 0.4-0.6 mm diam. Leaves reflexed, narrowly ovate to oblong,
25-70 mm long, 5—15 mm wide, apex obtuse, margin recurved, discolourous; adaxial surface with
scattered to dense white or ferruginous stellate hairs 0.3-0.4 mm diam., glabrescent; abaxial surface
with tomentose ferruginous stellate hairs 0.2—-0.3 mm diam., over white stellate hairs 0.3-0.5 mm diam,
and turning grey with age; midrib depressed on upper surface, raised on lower surface. /nflorescenCe
a compact dichasium of 5—9(—15) flowers. Peduncles 10-27 mm long, with tomentose ferruginows
stellate hairs 0.4—0.5 mm diam. Pedicels 0.7—1 mm long. Bract 1, at base of pedicel, oblong, 1.4—3 mn
long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide. Bracteoles 3, at base of calyx, oblong to narrowly ovate, sometimes fused
at the base, the central slighty longer than the laterals, 2-6 mm long, 1.3—1.6 mm wide, outer surface
with tomentose ferruginous stellate hairs 0.4-0.6 mm diam., inner surface with scattered stellate hairs
0.2-0.3 mm diam. and sessile glandular hairs. Ca/yx white to cream, almost divided to the base with
the tube 1.31.5 mm long; lobes 5—6.5 mm long, 2—3 mm wide; outer surface with dense stellate hairs
0.7-2 mm diam. and scattered glandular hairs; inner surface with scattered stellate hairs at the apex
and margin and scattered small glandular hairs at base. Petals present, 5, dark red, ovate to circular,
0.5—0.8 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm wide, outer surface with glandular hairs, inner surface with scattered,
marginal stellate hairs 0.4-0.5 mm diam. Anthers 5, red with a cream edge at the apex and base,
2-3 mm long, 0.7—1 mm wide. Filaments 1.5—2 mm long, glabrous or with scattered glandular hairs
at the base. Ovary 3-celled, 2 mm long, 2 mm wide, with white stellate hairs. Style 2-4 mm long,
glabrous. Ovules 2 per cell. Fruits and seeds not seen. (Figures 1; 2A, B)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: S side of Mount Holland, mid lower slopes
6 Sep. 1998, F. Alcock s.n. (PERTH); Bounty mine, N of Mount Holland, 7 Sep. 1994, G. Barrett s.2-
(PERTH); 14kmN of Mount Madden, 28 Aug. 1962, C.4. Gardner 14013 (PERTH); c.25mNE of South
Ironcap Trig., 7 Sep. 1996, N. Gibson & K. Brown 3106 (PERTH); onridge W of Forrestania— Southern
Cross road c. 9.6 — 10 km N of Bounty Mine turnoff, 9 July 1998, K. Kershaw s.n. (PERTH); on ridge
W of Forrestania— Southern Cross Road, 9.6 km N of Bounty Mine turnoff, 6 Sep. 1998, K. Kershaw
s.n. (PERTH); summitand E slopes of South Ironcap, 13 Sep. 2000, K. Kershaw & L. Kerrigan KK 2247
(PERTH); 100 m W along Carstairs Road from the intersection with the Forrestania — Southern Cross

E.M. Bennett & K.A. Shepherd, Lasiopetalum ferraricollinum, a new species from ironstone hills

Department of Environment and Conservation
© Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

Western Australian Herbariua

1] {|
|

| |
{|| |

PERTH 06506763

[folo Tyre

hasiopetalery fevladcolinunds Etrbenn.+ EAS

Lin A
DETERMINAVIT 2/7/2007

Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

hp NAL
. Patric! ‘Srcle(C dln AS
Western Australian pmomrled (PERT

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Lasiopetalum sp.Lroncaps(P.G.Wilson 7024)

Sterculiaceac

Height: 60 cm.

On Ridge. Underlying rock: laterite, Red/brown sandy loamy
gravel. Shrubland. Charact ic species: Schoenus calcatus,
Hibbertia exasperata, Allocasuarina acutivalvis, lsopogon sp.,
Melaleuca sp., Isopogon sp,

Frequency: abundant, 200+ plants.

Loc.: 3.8 km W along Carstairs Road from Forrestania Road
WA
Lat. 32°43/11,300°S_- Long. 119°45'32.700"E

Coll. K. Kershaw & L, Kerrigan KK 2252 Date:
13/09/2000

Dups. to
PERTH 06506763

Figure 1. Holotype of Lasiopetalum ferraricollinum (K. Kershaw & K. Kerigan 2252), scale = 3cm.

69

70 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 2. A — Lasiopetalum ferraricollinum, detail of the holotype (K. Kershaw & K. Kerigan 2252) showing the reflexed
leaves and compact inflorescence, scale = | cm; B — L. ferraricollinum (C.F. Wilkins CW 1427) an open flower with
scattered stellate and glandular hairs on the outside of the calyx; C — L. compactum (C.F. Wilkins et al. CW 408) an open
flower with tomentose stellate hairs on the outside of the calyx.

Figure 3. Distribution of Lasiopetalum ferraricollinum in southern Western Australia.

|

E.M. Bennett & K.A. Shepherd, Lasiopetalum ferraricollinum, a new species from ironstone hills 71

Road, 13 Sep. 2000, K. Kershaw & L. Kerrigan KK 2250 (PERTH); S of Lake Cronin crossroads,
30 Aug. 1986, S. Patrick SP 304 (PERTH); near Bounty Gold mine, Forrestania, c. 100 km E of Hyden,
9 Oct. 2002, V. Yeomans 4 (11400) (PERTH); South Ironcap summit, 7 Sep. 1999, J.R. Wheeler 3961
(PERTH); S side of Mt Holland, 6 Sep. 1998, C.F. Wilkins, F. & G. Alcock, C. & P. Taylor, G. &
M. Garth CW 1398 (PERTH); 12.6 km S along Forrestania— Southern Cross Road near South Ironcap,
27 Oct. 1999, C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill CW 1427 (PERTH); Baanga Hill, 16 km SE of Lake King
township, 11 Aug. 1968, P.G. Wilson 7024 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known from the Coolgardie (COO) and Mallee (MAL) regions of the Eremaean
and South-West Botanical Provinces respectively (Figure 3). This species occurs on ironstone and
lateritic hills near Forrestania in sandy or sandy-loam gravels associated with Mallee Shrubland.

Phenology. This species flowers from August to October.

Conservation status. This species was previously listed as Priority One under the Department of
Environment and Conservation’s (DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora but was
removed from the list in 2001 following the discovery of large populations. While this species is
relatively common in its habitat with populations ranging from upwards of 200 to 700 plants with
an estimated 10,000 plants at one site; it is restricted to only a few ironstone outcrops in southern
Western Australia. Moreover, one of these populations is located near a gold mine and therefore it
may be under threat from mining activity.

Etymology. From the Latin (ferrarius — pertaining to iron; collinus — living on low hills), in reference
to its occurrence on low ironstone hills.

Affinity. Lasiopetalum ferraricollinum is closely allied to L. compactum with which it shares the same
inflorescence structure —a dense dichasium. It is readily distinguished by its distinctly recurved leaves
and the inner surface of the calyx being white to cream, often with green colouration at the base.
In contrast, L. compactum has spreading or slighly recurved leaves and a pink inner surface of the
calyx. Both species have stellate hairs on the outer surface of the calyx, however, as Paust (in sched.)
noted, these hairs are less dense in L. ferraricollinum (Figures 2B, C). Furthermore, L. compactum has

only stellate hairs on the outside of the calyx whereas L. ferraricollinum also has scattered glandular
hairs.

Notes. When fresh material of this plant is pressed it leaves an oily smudge mark on the surrounding paper,
which can be observed to a lesser extent on the folders around individual specimens at PERTH.

Acknowledgements

This study was funded in part by the Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS). KAS was also
supported through the Western Australian Government's ‘Saving our Species’ biodiversity conservation
initiative. Thanks to Carol Wilkins for collecting fresh material, Paul Wilson for the Latin diagnosis
and review of the manuscript, Juliet Wege for editorial comments and the staff at PERTH for their
support, the use of facilities and for access to the herbarium collections.

1

” Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2097) |

References

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/y;</
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed June 2007]

Environment Australia (2000). Revision of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) and Development
of Version 5.1 — Summary Report. http://www.environment. gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/version5-1/summary-report/index. html
[accessed June 2007]

Paczkowska, G. & Chapman, A.R. (2000). “The Western Australian flora: a descriptive catalogue.” (Wildflower Society of |
Western Australia, Western Australian Herbarium, Botanic Gardens & Parks Authority: Nedlands, Western Australia.)

Paust, S. (1974). Taxonomic studies in Thomasia and Lasiopetalum (Sterculiaceae). Nuytsia 1(4): 348-366.
Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1995). “An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for setting priorities
in the National Reserves System Cooperative Program, version 4.” (Australian Nature Conservation Agency: Canberra )

Western Australian Herbarium (1998—). FloraBase —The Western Australian Flora. Department ofEnvironmentand Conservation,
http://florabase.dec.wa.goy.au [accessed June 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 73-80 (2007) 73

Caladenia petrensis and C. saxicola (Orchidaceae), two new ironstone
endemics from south-west Western Australia

Andrew P. Brown! and Garry Brockman?

‘Department of Environment and Conservation, Species and Communities Branch, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery
Centre, Western Australia 6983
241 Robinson Road, Roleystone, Western Australia 6111

Abstract

Brown, A.P. & Brockman, G. Caladenia petrensis and C. saxicola (Orchidaceae), two new
ironstone endemics from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 73-80 (2007). Caladenia petrensis
A.P.Br. & G.Brockman and C. saxicola A.P.Br. & G.Brockman are described and illustrated, their
relationship with the closely related C. incensa Hopper & A.P.Br. is discussed and a key provided.
Both species are placed in Caladenia R.Br. subg. Phlebochilus (Benth.) Hopper & A.P.Br. based on

the flowers having long filamentous tepals and the labellum with two rows of broadly anvil-shaped,
glossy calli.

Introduction

Following the taxonomic revision of Caladenia R.Br. by Hopper and Brown (2001) in which 69
new Western Australian taxa were described, additional study of herbarium material and plants in the
field has led the present authors to believe that a further 23 Western Australian taxa warrant recognition.
Two of these, Caladenia petrensis A.P.Br. & G.Brockman and C. saxicola A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, are
endemic to banded ironstone hills and gullies and are described here. Both were discovered during field
work north-west of Kalgoorlie and east of Perenjori in the 1980s and 90s but were at that time placed
in Caladenia incensa Hopper & A.P.Br. based on the flowers having long filamentous tepals and the
labellum with two rows of broadly anvil-shaped, glossy calli. They differ however in occurring on
Banded Iron Formations, rather than the granitic soils preferred by C. incensa and in usually having
a narrower leaf. Both have smaller, dull cream to pale yellow, rather than glistening white, flowers
and a labellum lacking irregular spots and blotches towards the apex. Caladenia petrensis also differs
from C. incensa in usually having pendulous rather than obliquely upcurved petals.

Caladenia petrensis and C. saxicola are in what is commonly termed the C. filamentosa R.Br.
complex, species of which are placed in Caladenia subg. Phlebochilus (Benth.) Hopper & A.P.Br.
These species have flowers with attenuate tepals lacking thickened osmophores, labellum lamina calli
in two well spaced rows and the column base with two inconspicuous, linear, opaque to very pale
yellow, gland-like structures (Hopper & Brown 2001).

Szlachetko (200 1a) erected the new genus Jonesiopsis Szlach. toaccommodate J. multiclavia(Rchb.)
Szlach. Jones and Clements (2003) transferred to Jonesiopsis species previously placed in Caladenia

q Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

subg. Phlebochilus and erected three subgenera —Jonesiopsis subg. Jonesiopsis, J. subg. Phlebochitus
(Benth.) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. and J. subg. Calonema (Lindl.) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. Following
their concepts, Caladenia petrensis and C. saxicola would be placed in Jonesopsis subg. Calonenza-
However, Jones and Clements persisted with the incorrect view of Jones (2001) and Jones e¢ al. (2001)
that Caladenia filifera Lindl. (a member of the C. filamentosa complex and in Hopper and Brown’s
subg. Phlebochilus) is the type of Caladenia sect. Calonema (Lindl.) Benth. Although they designated —
itas the lectotype according to the rules of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (McNeill _
et al. 2006), this was predated by the valid selection of Caladenia longicauda Lindl. as lectotype by
Hopper and Brown (2001), thus placing members of subgenus Calonema in the C. longicauda, rather
than the C. filamentosa complex as proposed by Jones and Clements. For a full explanation refer tO
Hopper and Brown (2004).

To add to this confusion, significant differences in generic and some species concepts between
Jones and Clements, and Szlachetko, has resulted in many conflicting names. The situation was
exacerbated when attempts by Szlachetko (2001b), Jones et al. (2002), Jones and Clements (2002.
2003) and Clements and Jones (2002) to rectify mistakes made in their earlier papers, introduced
greater complexity resulting in major nomenclatural confusion.

Given the incorrect type citations and nomenclatural upheaval that has followed their differing
generic concepts we see little merit in following the generic concepts proposed by Szlachetko of
Jones and Clements and there are no compelling phylogenetic reasons for such a split. Caladenia has
been affirmed in several DNA sequence studies as monophyletic (Kores ef al. in Hopper & Brown
2001; Jones er al. 2001) and we are retaining it in the broad sense with six subgenera, and have placed
C. petrensis and C. saxicola in Caladenia subg. Phlebochilus.

Key separating Caladenia petrensis and C. saxicola from C. incensa

1. Leaf usually 8-15 mm wide (rarely 6-9 mm wide); flowers 8—14 cm across,
bright white; labellum with maroon radiating lines, becoming irregular spots
and) blotches}towards the;apex:ofithellamina manent tareret tn saree merece ei greteicrsii errant C. incensa

1: Leaf usually 2-8 mm wide (rarely to 11 mm wide); flowers 5—8 cm across,
dull cream to pale yellow; labellum with maroon radiating lines, lacking
irregular spots and blotches towards the apex of the lamina
2. Flowers usually 5—6 cm across, petals spreading horizontally, then becoming
pendulous (when fresh) or more rarely obliquely upcurved; labellum lamina
calli creamy-white, sometimes with pale pink markings ..........ccccccscsssssseceeseseseeteseseetesssesteenees C. petrensis
2: Flowers usually 6-8 cm across, petals spreading horizontally, then obliquely
upcurved (when fresh) or more rarely downcurved; labellum lamina calli
Creamy=VyellOw, etre rsiiaiisssctte ecu eri nese tertte peters strreoeetertte cere tere revit cent toe eetnstt teeter ecient Te C. saxicola

Taxonomy
Caladenia petrensis A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, sp. nov.

Caladenia incensae Hopper & A.P.Br. affinis sed foliis plerumque angustioribus et maculis irregularibus
tubro-purpureis carentibus, floribus parvioribus sordide flavis vel cremeis-flavis, petalis angustioribus

A.P. Brown, & G. Brockman, Caladenia petrensis and C. saxicola, two new ironstone endemics 715

deorsum curvatis vel pendulis, et labello parviore marginibus integris limitatis ad basalis octavum differt.

Typus: north-west of Rothsay Mine and east-north-east of old Karara Station Homestead, north side
of road, Western Australia, 26 August 2003, G. Brockman 893 (holo: PERTH 06733964).

Caladenia sp. Rothsay (G. Brockman GBB404), in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed
June 2007].

Plant solitary or in small clumps. Leaf 3-9 cm x 6-8 (rarely to 11) mm, linear, incurved to
flattened, erect, pale green, basal third rarely irregularly blotched with red-purple. Scape 17-37 cm
tall. Flowers 1 or 2, c. 5—6 cm across, dull creamy-yellow with maroon lines, spots and blotches; floral
odour unknown. Sepals and petals \inear-lanceolate in basal third to half, then abruptly narrowing to a
brownish-black, densely glandular, long-acuminate, filamentous apex lacking a tumescent osmophore,
glandular hairs elongate, cylindrical. Dorsal sepal 4-7 cm x 2-3 mm, erect and slightly incurved.
Lateral sepals 5—7 cm x 3-4 mm, spreading obliquely outwards, then becoming pendulous (when fresh),
rarely obliquely upcurved. Petals 5—6 cm x 2—4 mm, spreading horizontally, then becoming pendulous.
Labellum with prominent pale to deep maroon radiating lines, stiffly articulated on a claw c. 1-2 mm
wide; lamina 12-15 x 8-10 mm, narrowly triangular to triangular (rarely rhomboidal) in outline when
flattened, obscurely 3-lobed, erect with entire margins in basal eighth, nearly horizontal in middle third,
apical third sharply recurved, transverse cross-section at widest point in front view scarcely curved
upwards and terminated by slightly ascending margins and calli, distal margins dentate with truncate,
forwardly uncinate, white, marginal calli decrescent towards the apex; lamina calli creamy-yellow or
creamy-white, sometimes with pale pink markings, glossy on top, broadly anvil-shaped, the longest
c. 1.5 mm tall, in 10-16 pairs in two rows extending about two-thirds to three-quarters the length of
the labellum, slightly decrescent distally. Column 11-14 x 3—5 mm, narrowly winged, opaque cream
with pale maroon stripes or more rarely blotches, sparsely hirsute with short glandular hairs on outer
surface. Anther c, 1.5 x 2.5 mm, greenish-yellow. Pollinia c. 1.5—2.5 mm long, kidney-shaped, flat,
yellow, mealy. Stigma c. 1.5—2.5 mm wide. Capsule not seen. (Figure 1A)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: N side of road to Rothsay minesite, 21 Aug.
1998, G. Brockman 404 (PERTH 05216176); 3 km WNW of Canna, 37 km NW of Morawa, 17 Aug.
1983, S.D. Hopper 3133 (PERTH 00267961); N side of Great Northern Hwy, 123.8 km NE of Wubin,
c. 13.4 km NNE of Warriedar Rd, 23 Aug. 1988, S.D. Hopper 6505 (PERTH 01669699); S side of
road from Warriedar to Wubin, 20 km SE of Warriedar, 27 Aug. 1988, S.D. Hopper 6552 (PERTH
01669680); on N side of Mungada Rd, 6.8 km W of Lochada Rd, Kadji Kadji Station, c. 29 km E of
Morawa, I1 Aug. 1999, G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 5803 (PERTH 06851088).

Distribution and habitat. Occurs from Perenjori northwards to Canna and eastwards to near Paynes Find
(Figure 2). Plants are commonly seen in moist soils on or around ironstone hills or along rocky creeks
and other seasonally moist habitats, usually under scattered Acacia amongst dense low annuals.

Phenology. Flowers from late July to September.

Conservation status. Not currently rare or under immediate threat but occurs in ironstone areas that
may be subject to future mining.

Etymology. Named from the Latin petrensis (stony), alluding to the rocky habitat of the species.

76 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 1. A — Caladenia petrensis from road to Rothsay minesite (G. Brockman 404); B — Caladenia saxicola
from Jaurdi Hills, NW of Coolgardie (G. Brockman 487).

Mullewao ” ~
>A ¥
Pérenjori © 2,
ts me
Jackson 9 °
1
* © . ?
. % oo ° Coolgardie

@ > Yellowdine

kilometers

Figure 2. Distribution of Caladenia petrensis (A) and C. saxicola (@) in south-west
Western Australia.

A.P. Brown, & G. Brockman, Caladenia petrensis and C. saxicola, two new ironstone endemics 77

Notes. Caladenia petrensis is locally common on hills and rocky creeklines east of Perenjori where
it often grows near to the closely related C. incensa. It differs from C. incensa, however, in usually
inhabiting ironstone rather than granitic soils and in having a generally narrower leaf, smaller, dull,
creamy to creamy-yellow flowers with narrower, down-curved to pendulous petals and lateral sepals
anda smaller labellum, with entire margins confined to basal eighth. Caladenia petrensis is also allied
to C. saxicola and like that species, inhabits rocky ironstone hills. It differs in having a more north-
westerly distribution and smaller flowers with down-curved to pendulous petals and creamy-white
labellum lamina calli, often with pale pink markings.

In seasons of good rainfall Caladenia petrensis is often locally abundant but is rare or absent in
drought years.

Caladenia petrensis occasionally hybridises with C. pachychila Hopper & A.P.Br. to produce
plants resembling C. x ericksoniae Nicholls.

Caladenia saxicola A.P.Br. & G.Brockman, sp. nov.

Caladenia incensae Hopper & A.P.Br. affinis sed foliis plerumque angustioribus, floribus parvioribus
sordide flavis vel pallide flavis, tepalis angustioribus, et labello parviore puncto atque maculo versus
apicem carenti differt.

Typus: Jaurdi Hills, 4 km from road to Mount Burges, Coolgardie District, Western Australia,
1 September 1999, K.J. Fitzgerald, A.P. Brown, G. Brockman, N. Evans & C.J. French KJF 177
(holo: PERTH 06274536; iso: CANB, BRI, MEL, NSW).

Caladenia jaurdiensis Hopper & A.P.Br. ms, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed
June 2007].

Plant solitary or in small clumps. Leaf'5—13 cm x 2—7 mm, linear, incurved, sometimes flattened,
erect, pale green. Scape 17-35 cm tall. Flowers 1 or 2, c. 6-8 cm across, cream to pale yellow with
maroon lines, spots and blotches; floral odour unknown. Sepals and petals stiffly held, linear-lanceolate
in basal fifth to quarter, then abruptly narrowing to a purplish-black, glandular, long-acuminate,
filamentous apex lacking a tumescent osmophore, glandular hairs elongate, cylindrical. Dorsal sepal
6-8 cm x 2-3 mm, erect and slightly incurved. Lateral sepals 7-9 cm x 2-4 mm, spreading outwards,
then obliquely downwards. Petals 4-8 cm x 1-4 mm, spreading horizontally, then obliquely upcurved
(when fresh) or more rarely downcurved. Labe//um with prominent pale maroon radiating lines, stiffly
articulated on a claw c. 1.5—2 mm wide; lamina 14-18 x 6-9 mm, narrowly triangular to triangular
(rarely rhomboidal) in outline when flattened, obscurely 3-lobed, erect with entire margins in basal
third, nearly horizontal in middle third, apical third sharply recurved, transverse cross-section at widest
point in front view scarcely curved upwards and terminated by slightly ascending margins and calli,
distal margins serrate with cream to pale yellow marginal calli decrescent towards the apex; lamina
calli creamy-yellow, glossy on top, broadly anvil-shaped, the longest c. 1.5 mm tall, in 10-16 pairs in
two rows extending about two-thirds to three-quarters the length of the labellum, slightly decrescent
distally. Column 10-12 x 4-6 mm, narrowly winged, opaque pale yellow with pale maroon blotches,
sparsely hirsute with short glandular hairs on outer surface near base. Anther c. 2 x 2 mm, greenish-
yellow. Pollinia c. 2-2 mm long, kidney-shaped, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma c. 2 mm wide. Capsule
not seen. (Figure 1B)

78 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: hill S of “saddle” (Bungalbin Hill), 8 Sep-
1988, J.J. Alford 1139 (PERTH 01668064); Jaurdi Hills, NW Coolgardie, 1 Sep. 1999, G. Brockmare
487 (PERTH 05533430); 10 km ENE of 13.5 Mile Well, 4 km N of Diemals track, W of Diemals-
5 Sep. 1999, G. Brockman 510 (PERTH 05533716); ENE of 13.5 Mile Gnamma Hole, 5 Sep. 1999.
G. Brockman 511 (PERTH 05533724); Ryans Find Rd, 15 km N of Great Eastern Hwy, 31 Aug-
2003, G. Brockman 923 (PERTH 06736122); Ryans Find Rd, SE of Mt Walter, 30 Aug. 2003,
G. Brockman 928 (PERTH 06734103); track from Ryans Find Rd along the E side of Mt Walter,
30 Aug. 2003, G. Brockman 929 (PERTH 06734030); Mt Walter, S of Jaurdi Station on Ryans Find
Rd, 30 Aug. 2003, G. Brockman 931 (PERTH 06734014); Koolyanobbing — Southern Cross road, W
of pull off, 30 Aug. 2003, G. Brockman 933 (PERTH 06734006); southern flank of Helena Range;
c. 6.5 km NW of Bungalbin Hill, 27 Jul. 1995, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 3370 (PERTH 05393280);
12 km NW of Bullfinch, 11 km S of Mt Colreavy, 1 Sep. 1984, S.D. Hopper 4002 (PERTH 00331325);
Muddarning Hill, 3 km SE of Mt Jackson, 69 km NNW of Koolyanobbing, | Sep. 1984, S.D. Hopper
4012 (PERTH 00268429); Muddarning Hill, 3 km SE of Mt Jackson, 69 km NNW of Koolyanobbing,
1 Sep. 1984, S.D. Hopper 4015 (PERTH 00268445); c. 500 m E of Marda Dam, 5 km NE of Mt Jackson,
70 km NNW of Koolyanobbing, 3 Sep. 1984, S.D. Hopper 4028 (PERTH 00268453); Bungalbin Hill
SW facing slope, 39 km ESE of Mt Jackson, 49 km N of Koolyanobbing, 3 Sep. 1984, S.D. Hopper
4029 (PERTH 00268410); Duladgin Rock Nature Reserve, 35 km ENE of Southern Cross, 4 Sep:
1984, S.D. Hopper 4041 (PERTH 00268887).

Distribution and habitat. Occurs from west of Diemals Station homestead, eastwards to the Jaurdi
Hills, north of Coolgardie and south-west to Southern Cross (Figure 2). Plants are commonly seen in
moist soils on the slopes of banded ironstone hills or along seasonal drainage lines and other seasonally
moist habitats nearby, usually under scattered Acacia, Allocasuarina and Eucalyptus species amongst
Alyxia buxifolia, Exocarpus sparteus and Hibbertia sp. over low sedges, annuals and perennials.

Phenology. Flowers from late July to early September.

Conservation status. Not currently rare or under immediate threat but is found on ironstone hills that
may be subject to future mining.

Etymology. Named from the Latin saxicola (rock growing), alluding to the rocky habitat of the
species.

Notes. Caladenia saxicola is a common species on ironstone hills between Coolgardie and Diemals
Station, in this area extending further north-east than all other Caladenia species found in Western

Australia.

The nearest relatives of Caladenia saxicola appear to be C. incensa and C. petrensis but C. saxicola
has a more easterly distribution and contains morphological characters that readily distinguishes
it from these species. From C. incensa, C. saxicola differs in its usually narrower leaf, smaller
flowers, dull cream to pale yellow, rather than glistening white, colouration and labellum with maroon
radiating lines, lacking irregular spots and blotches towards the apex. From C. petrensis, C. saxicola
differs in its larger flowers, horizontally spreading, obliquely upcurved petals and creamy-yellow
labellum lamina calli.

A.P. Brown, & G. Brockman, Caladenia petrensis and C. saxicola, two new ironstone endemics 719

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to many colleagues who have shared time in fieldwork, assisted in collections of
the species described herein and offered advice in the preparation of this paper. We are especially
grateful to many members of the WA Native Orchid Study and Conservation Group who have assisted
our research on Caladenia, to Virginia Bird, Justin Brown, Greg and Mary Bussell, Nye Evans, Karina
Fitzgerald, Chris French, Ian Greeve, Joan Greeve and Joff Start for their company in the field and
sharing their considerable knowledge with us, to Paul Wilson for the Latin diagnoses, to the Director
and staff of PERTH for access to specimens. The distribution map was compiled by Juliet Wege using
DIVA-GIS Version 5.2.0.2 and is based on PERTH specimen data.

References

Clements, M.A. & Jones, D.L. (2002). Nomenclatural notes arising from studies in the tribe Diurideae (Orchidaceae): additions
and a correction. The Orchadian 13(11): 502-503.

Hopper, S.D. & Brown, A.P. (2001). Contributions to Western Australian orchidology: 2. New taxa and circumscriptions in
Caladenia (Spider, Fairy and Dragon Orchids of Western Australia). Nuytsia 14 (1/2): 27-314.

Hopper, S.D. & Brown, A.P. (2004). Robert Brown’s Caladenia revisited, including a revision of its sister genera Cyanicula,
Ericksonella and Pheladenia (Caladeniinae: Orchidaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 17(2): 171-240.

Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K. & Mackenzie, A.M. (2001). A new classification of Caladenia R.Br. (Orchidaceae).
The Orchadian 13(9): 400-401.

Jones, D.L. (2001). Caladenia infrageneric treatment. Jn: A.M. Pridgeon, P.J. Cribb, M.W. Chase & F.N. Rasmussen (Eds)
“Genera Orchidacearum Volume | General Introduction, Apostasioideae, Cypripedioideae.” p. 91. (Oxford University
Press: Oxford.)

Jones, D.L. & Clements, M.A. (2002). Nomenclatural notes arising from studies in the tribe Diurideae (Orchidaceae):
Calonemorchis. The Orchadian 14(1): 33-42.

Jones, D.L. & Clements, M.A. (2003). Nomenclatural notes arising from studies into the tribe Diurideae (Orchidaceae):
Jonesiopsis. The Orchadian 14(4): 179-183.

Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K., Mackenzie, A.M. & Molloy, B.P.J. (2002). Nomenclatural notes arising from studies
into the tribe Diurideae (Orchidaceae). The Orchadian 13(10): 437-468.

McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Burdet, H.M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworth, D.L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D.H., Prado, J., Silva, P.C.,
Skog, J.E. & Wiersema, J.H. (Eds) (2006). “International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code).” Regnum
Vegetabile 146. (A.R.G. Gantner: Liechtenstein.)

Szlachetko, D.L. (2001a). Genera et species Orchidalium. 1. Polish Botanical Journal 46: 11-26.
Szlachetko, D.L. (2001b). Nomenclatural adjustments in the Thelymitroideae (Orchidaceae). Polish Botanical Journal 46: 137-144.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase —The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007]

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Nuytsia 17: 81-86 (2007) 81

Eremophila densifolia subsp. erecta and E. grandiflora (Myoporaceae),
two new taxa from south-west Western Australia

Andrew P. Brown! and Bevan Buirchell?

‘Department of Environment and Conservation, Species and Communities Branch, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery
Centre, Western Australia 6983
2Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia, Locked Bag 4, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Brown, A.P. & Buirchell, B. Eremophila densifolia subsp. erectaand E. grandiflora (Myoporaceae),
two new taxa from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 81-86 (2007). Eremophila densifolia
F.Muell. subsp. erecta A.P.Br. & B.Buirchell and £. grandiflora A.P.Br. & B.Buirchell are described
and illustrated, their relationships with closely related taxa are discussed and a key to the subspecies
of E. densifolia provided.

Introduction

The genus Eremophila R.Br. comprises some 215 named Australian species, 182 of which occur in
Western Australia where 81% (147 species) are endemic. Due to their remote nature and the difficulty
in obtaining adequate herbarium material, 114 of the 182 Western Australian taxa were not named
until 2007 (for formal descriptions of these see Chinnock 2007). Further new Western Australian
taxa are known to us, two of which, £. densifolia F.Muell. subsp. erecta A.P.Br. & B.Buirchell and
E. grandiflora A.P.Br. & B.Buirchell, are described here. Based on our examination of herbarium
material and plants in the field we believe subspecies level is most appropriate for E. densifolia subsp.
erecta and species level appropriate for E. grandiflora. Other new taxa will be formally described in
a series of forthcoming papers.

Taxonomy

Eremophila densifolia subsp. erecta A.P.Br. & B.Buirchell, subsp. nov.

Eremophilae densifoliae F.Muell. subsp. densifoliae affinis sed habito erecto aperto divaricato-
ramoso, sepalis plerumque glabris pilis marginibus ramosis versus apicem glandulosis differt.

Typus: 347 mile peg on Ravensthorpe — Esperance Road, Western Australia, 5 December 1966,
F, Lullfitz 5890 (holo: PERTH 03797171).

Eremophila densifolia subsp. Bandalup Hill (F. Lullfitz 5890), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

82 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

An erect, open, divaricately branched shrub 60 cm to 1.8 m high. Sepals mostly glabrous with
scarce branched hairs on the margins, becoming glandular towards the apex. (Figures 1A, B)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: near Ravensthorpe, 27 Nov. 1969, 4.M. Ashby 3134
(PERTH 03797090); Bandalup Hill, 30 km E of Ravensthorpe within mining tenement, 24 Mar. 2006.
G. Cockerton 12012 (PERTH 07518528); Bandalup Hill, 30 km E of Ravensthorpe, 24 Mar. 2006.
G. Cockerton 12017 (PERTH 075 18536); between Halleys and Hale-Bopp ore body areas, Bandalup yyjll,
c. 35 km E of Ravensthorpe, 3 Nov. 2001, G. Cockerton & N. Evelegh GC 5824 (PERTH 06926939);
19.5 km directly E of Ravensthorpe on E boundary of Oldfield Loc. 51, 200-500 m N of South @oast
Highway (turnoff 2.5 km E of Maydon Road), 4 Dec. 2001, G.F. Craig & K. Menandue GFC 5553
(PERTH 06331599); 45 miles E of Fitzgerald River crossing on Ravensthorpe to Jerramungup Road.
29 Oct. 1972, G.J. Keighery 2113 (PERTH 03797147); SE of Ravensthorpe, Mason Bay track, c. 4 km
N of Jerdacuttup Road, 15 Apr. 2000, A. Williams 170 (PERTH 05679184); 4 km E of Jerdacuttup
River, 18 Nov. 1976, E. Wittwer W 1892 (PERTH 03797155).

Distribution and habitat. Confined to a narrow geographic area near Ravensthorpe, Western Australia
(Figure 1C), growing in winter-moist red clay and red-brown clay-loam soil with Acacia glaucoptera,
Eucalyptus cernua, E. flocktoniae and Dodonaea species.

Phenology. Late October to April.

Conservation status. Eremophila densifolia subsp. erecta is known from 15 locations representing at
least 11,000 individuals in an area that is subject to intensive exploration and mining. No conservation
code is required.

Etymology. Named from the Latin, erectus (upright, elevated, lofty), alluding to the erect habit of the
plant.

Notes. Eremophila densifolia is a widespread species comprising four recognised subspecies distributed
from Yellowdine in the north to Ravensthorpe in the south. Three subspecies (subsp. capitata Chinnock,
subsp. densifolia and subsp. pubiflora Chinnock) were formally described by Chinnock (2007) while
the fourth (subsp. erecta) is described here. Although the distributions of several subspecies overlap.
morphology remains uniform and intergrades have not been reported.

Eremophila densifolia subsp. erecta was brought to our attention by Geoff Cockerton in 2001
when specimens were collected east of Ravensthorpe. Cockerton was familiar with the typical form
of Eremophila densifolia which grew in the Ravensthorpe area and noted that there were consistent
habit and morphological differences between the two taxa. The subspecies was alluded to in Chinnock
(2007: 263) when he stated that “Erect forms also appear to occasionally occur in subsp. densifolia’.
Chinnock (2007: 263) also noted that erect forms occur in subsp. pubiflora. However, we are yet to
see these in the field and do not have sufficient information to determine their taxonomic status,

Eremophila densifolia subsp. erecta is a distinct taxon, differing from subsp. densifolia, which
grows nearby, in its erect (to 1.8 m high) open, divaricately branched habit and its sepals with glandular
hairs towards the apex. The typical subspecies is a consistently low growing densely branched shrub
to 0.6m high by up to | m wide with sepals lacking glandular hairs towards the apex.

Eremophila densifolia subsp. erecta is a disturbance opportunist that appears in large numbers

A.P. Brown & B. Buirchell, Eremophila densifolia subsp. erecta and E. grandiflora, two new taxa 83

Lake King h

Jerramungup o e

Figure 1. Eremophila densifolia subsp. erecta. A — whole plant, showing an erect, open and divaricately branched habit;
B — flowers; C — distribution in south-west Western Australia. Photographs by N. Evelegh from east of Ravensthorpe
(G. Cockerton & N. Evelegh GC 5824).

following fire or light grading, rapidly matures and then gradually senesces. The taxon was particularly
prominent following the Lake Tay fire that burnt southwards into the Bandalup Corridor, east of
Ravensthorpe in January 2003. Plants found on firebreaks and road verges elsewhere have been noted
to senesce when reaching heights of between 1.2 and 1.8 m.

Eremophila densifolia subsp. erecta is placed in E. sect. Australophilae Chinnock (Chinnock 2007)
which comprises 32 species, all of which occur in Western Australia.

84 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (20:

Key to the subspecies of Eremophila densifolia, adapted from Chinnock (2007)

1. Leaves and sepals glabrous except for pubescent margins, especially in
the basal part; corolla glabrous outside
2. Plants prostrate, densely branched; sepals lacking glandular
hairsitowardsitNe apeXweternteecterescesstserstessretevestesesssesctraettarserttersresrectetsrarerscattrsscssstasacaanctert
2: Plants erect, divaricately branched; sepals with glandular
HairsitowardsitherapeX arsreeteeeercestresteceetetateenttnersnteteeratarervesterettsretestatersrectsetccsecccecctresetrsetastesrs
1: Leaves and sepals pubescent; corolla pubescent outside
3. Outside surface of sepals stellate-pubescent; hairs mostly branched ........::seseseseseseeeess

3: Outside surface of sepals glandular-pubescent; hairs simple..........:.:csceceseseeeeseteeteeteeseseees

subsp. densifol=

subsp. erect

subsp. pubitor:
subsp. capitals

Eremophila grandiflora A.P.Br. & B.Buirchell, sp. nov.

Eremophilae galeatae Chinnock affinis sed habito infero magis effuso, floribus grandioribus mage
polychromis, lobis calycis angustioribus post anthesin non amplificatis, sepalo postico tenui, ellipficc

et lobis corolla longioribus acutis plerumque effusis differt.

Zypus: north of Fields Find on Yalgoo Road, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservatioz
purposes], 12 September 1984, B.H. Smith 428 (holo: PERTH 03788989; iso: CANB, HO, MEL).

A large resinous shrub to 3 m high, 4 m wide. Branches terete, non tuberculate, completelS
covered in thick resin, prominently glandular-papillate; hairs simple on younger parts, obscured b¥
resin in older parts. Leaves alternate, scattered or clustered, spreading or reflexed; lamina lanceoJat€
to narrowly elliptic, 42-92 mm long, 8-14 mm wide, gradually tapering to petiole; apex acute t@
acuminate; margins entire, with obscure small incurved hairs but often covered by resin; petiol©
15—25 mm long, bases persistent. F/owers 1, rarely 2 per axil; pedicel flattened, winged in distal part
straight or curved, 25-35 mm long, covered in simple hairs. Sepals 5, imbricate, mucronate, unequval~
glabrous, pale reddish-pink; posterior sepal free, elliptical, 42-48 mm long, 14-18 mm wide; anterio>
sepals elliptical, 30-34 mm long, 8-10 mm wide; inner sepals narrowly elliptical, 26-30 mm Jong;
4—S5 mm wide when flowering, not enlarging after flowering or enlarging only slightly and becoming
prominently reticulate. Coro//a 52-68 mm long, outer surface glandular-pubescent, inner surface
glandular-pubescent or glabrous; tube brown with darker brown to purple maculate markings 1
upper half to third; lobes usually spreading, or more rarely reflexed back over tube, pale blue-lilac to
whitish, variously spotted brown or purple on the inside near throat. Stamens 4, exserted; filaments
with scattered glandular hairs; anthers glabrous. Ovary glandular pubescent near apex; style hirsute
with glandular hairs increasing towards base; stigma two-lobed. (Figures 2A, B)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [locality withheld] 28 Aug. 2003, J. Start &
M.J. Greeve MG 36 (PERTH 06586473).

Distribution and habitat. Confined to a small area north-west of Paynes Find (Figure 2C), growing

on slopes and along drainage lines in stony red-brown sandy-clay soil with Acacia, Senna, Grevillea
spp., Eremophila forrestii subsp. forrestii, E. glutinosa and E. oldfieldii subsp. oldfieldii.

Phenology. Late June to early September.

Conservation status. Although locally common, the species is confined to a narrow geographic range

A

\) A.P. Brown & B. Buirchell, Eremophila densifolia subsp. erecta and E. grandiflora, two new taxa

Yalgoo o

Figure 2. Eremophila grandiflora. A— whole plant, showing the low, domed habit; B — flower; C — distribution in south-west
Western Australia, Version 6.1 IBRA regions (Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007) are indicated in
grey. Photographs by J.A. Brown from north-west of Paynes Find (J. Start & MJ. Greeve MG 36).

in an area that is potentially threatened by pastoral activities and mining. Recently listed as Priority
Three under Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes for Western

| Australian Flora.

Etymology. Named from the Latin, grandis (great, large) and florus (flower), alluding to the attractive,
showy flowers that are the largest in the genus.

ii Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Notes. Eremophila grandiflora was encountered by the first author when conducting field work in the
Paynes Find area in August 1983. Upon examination of collections at the Western Australian Herbariu™
(PERTH), a specimen labelled by Chinnock as E. fraseri F.Muell. subsp. galeata Chinnock ms was
found to clearly match the Paynes Find taxon and has been selected here as the holotype. The speci¢S
was then not collected again until August 2003.

Although closely related to Eremophila fraseri, E. flaccida Chinnock and E. galeata Chinnock:
E. grandiflora is readily distinguished by its larger flowers and more south-westerly distribution. The
closest relative of E. grandiflora appears to be E. galeata and it shares with that species a similat
leaf shape and hairs on the style and ovary but differs in its lower growth habit, stems with scattered.
curved, rather than eglandular, pubescent hairs, much larger (to 5 cm across) more colourful flowesS
with narrower calyx lobes that do not enlarge following anthesis, a thin elliptical, rather than thickened.
ridged, ovate to broadly ovate posterior sepal and often spreading, rather than prominently deflexed
corolla lobes. Eremophila fraserialso has large colourful flowers with prominent calyx and corolla lobes
but is readily distinguished from E£. grandiflora by its glabrous stems, shorter, broader leaves, glabrous
peduncle, usually deeper coloured flowers with shorter, broader, ovate to broadly ovate calyx lobes
that enlarge following anthesis and shorter, usually reflexed, rather than spreading corolla lobes.

The more distantly related Eremophila flaccida is distinguished from E. grandiflora by its shortet
stature, longer pedicel that lacks wings, pendulous, rather than erect flowers, deeper floral colouration
and shorter, broader glandular pubescent calyx lobes and shorter, broader corolla lobes. In growth
habit, Eremophila grandiflora is intermediate in shape between E. flaccida and E. fraseri, being tallet
and more erect than E. flaccida and lower and more spreading than E. fraseri.

Eremophila grandiflora is the most southerly member of the E. fraseri complex and is not know8
to occur with related taxa. It is placed in Eremophila sect. Pulchrisepalae Chinnock (Chinnock 2007)
which comprises 13 species, 11 of which occur in Western Australia.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to colleagues who have shared time in fieldwork, assisted in collections of the
species described herein and offered advice in the preparation of this paper. We are grateful to Bob
Chinnock whose timely monograph of the Myoporaceae provided invaluable information towards the
preparation of this paper, to Geoff Cockerton and Nick Evelegh who brought Eremophila densifolia
subsp. erecta to our attention, and who made collections of the taxon and provided habitat and
biological information to us, to Joan Greeve and Joff Start for their company in the field and sharing
their considerable knowledge with us, to Paul Wilson for the Latin diagnoses, and to the Director and
staff of PERTH for access to specimens. The distribution maps were compiled by Juliet Wege usin&
DIVA-GIS freeware Version 5.2.0.2 and are based on PERTH specimen data.

References

Chinnock, R.J. (2007). “Eremophila and allied genera: a monograph of the plant family Myoporaceae.” (Rosenberg Publishing:
New South Wales.)

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http:/Avww.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/
version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed June 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 87-96 (2007) 87

Tetratheca erubescens (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and geographically
restricted species from the Coolgardie Biogeographic Region
of south-western Australia

Jerome P. Bull

c/- School of Earth and Geographical Sciences, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway,
Crawley, Western Australia 6009

Abstract

Bull, J.P. Zetratheca erubescens (Elaeocarpaceae), anew and geographically restricted species from
the Coolgardie Biogeographic Region of south-western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 87-96 (2007). Tetratheca
erubescens J.P.Bull, a rare species endemic to the remote and ironstone-rich Koolyanobbing Range,
is described and photographically represented. To facilitate recognition, a table comparing relevant
characters of morphologically and ecologically similar species of Tetratheca Sm. is provided.

Introduction

The genus Tetratheca Sm. (Elaeocarpaceae) comprises 45 species across southern temperate
Australia, of which 26 are restricted to Western Australia (Thompson 1976; Keighery 1979; Ross
& Walsh 2003; Western Australian Herbarium 1998-; Botanic Gardens Trust 2007; Butcher 2007).
Although most Western Australian Tetratheca species are confined to the mesic south-western corner
of the state, a number have isolated and highly restricted geographic distributions within the semi-
arid and arid inland regions. At present, four taxa are known from small, remote banded ironstone
ranges within the Coolgardie Biogeographic Region (Thackway & Cresswell 1995) some 350 km
east of Perth, with two more in similar habitats 600 km and 1000 km to the north in the Little Sandy
Desert and Pilbara Biogeographic Regions respectively (Thompson 1976; Alford 1995; Butcher &
Sage 2005; Butcher 2007).

With the exception of the relatively common and sandplain-dwelling 7. efoliata F.Muell., most
species in the Coolgardie Biogeographic Region are restricted to sheer cliff ridges and upper rocky
slopes on isolated ironstone ranges (Paczkowska & Chapman 2000). These “ironstone endemics’
appear to be biogeographic relics from the late Tertiary period when the climate was more temperate
and the genus probably had a more widespread distribution. Despite the apparent similarities in both
form and habitat type, recent molecular and morphological studies suggest that they have evolved
along separate lineages (Butcher et al. 2007). As such, their similar morphologies (e.g. having a
characteristic ‘leafless’ habit) and ecological preference for cliffs and steep slopes are most likely
the result of adaptive convergence derived from sharing a similar climatic and ecological history
(Thompson 1976; Butcher ef al. 2007).

% Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2997) |

Due to the inherent rarity of ironstone ranges and the recent and rapid growth of iron ore mining
interests in the Goldfields and Midwest regions, all Tetratheca species occupying this habitat type are
listed as either Declared Rare Flora (DRF) under the Western Australian Wildlife Conservation Act
1950, or Priority One under the Department of Environment and Conservation’s (DEC) Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora (Atkins 2006; Table 1). The species described in this paper js
the latest discovery for the area: it occurs on the Koolyanobbing Range, a similarly remote set of
small hills within the Coolgardie Biogeographic Region. As with other Tetratheca species in the area,
T. erubescens J.P.Bullis geographically restricted, ‘leafless’ and ecologically confined to cliffs and Steep
rocky slopes primarily composed of banded ironstone. Due to its isolation, low population numbers
and proximity to mining interests, it is also certified DRF (Atkins 2006) and will most likely attract
Vulnerable or Endangered status under national legislation once listed.

History of Discovery. Up until 1988, only two Tetratheca species were described for the Coolgardie
Biogeographic Region: T. aphylla F.Muell. from the Helena and Aurora Ranges and 7. harperi
F.Muell. from the Jackson Range (Thompson 1976). In that year, a new species was discovered by Ms _
Ray Paynter ona small undisclosed range (now known colloquially as ‘ Windarling’) 30 km north ofMt
Jackson. Tetratheca paynterae Alford was subsequently named and described, along with 7; chapmanii
Alford from the Carnarvon Range (Alford 1995). Due to the expansion of mining interests in the
wider Koolyanobbing region a number of environmental consultancies were commissioned by mining
companies to investigate the location of Declared Rare and Priority Flora on, and in the vicinity of, small
ironstone ranges (e.g. Mattiske Consulting Pty Ltd 2001; eco/ogia Environmental Consultants 2002a,
2002b). As a result of these searches a new subspecies, 7: paynterae subsp. cremnobata R.Butcher,
was discovered along cliff faces in the Die Hardy Range some 50 km north of Mt Jackson (Mattiske
Consulting Pty Ltd 2001). On August 26" 2002, ecologia Environmental Consultants (on behalf of
Portman Iron Ore Ltd) investigated a section of rocky outcrops and cliffs along the Koolyanobbing
Range (eco/ogia Environmental Consultants 2002c). Here the author recognised and collecteda species
of Tetratheca not known to science. Subsequent collections of 7. erubescens were made on June 4%
2003 and Western Botanical Ltd has since performed a number of unpublished surveys to determine
the geographical extent and total population size of the new species.

Methods

The description of Tetratheca erubescens is based on the examination of fresh material and associated
vouchers lodged at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH). Seed measurements were obtained from
eight seeds obtained from Western Botanical Ltd in 2004. For comparative purposes, the following six
specimens of T. harperi were also examined: J.R. Tonkinson s.n. (PERTH 1034898), A.P. Brown 702
(PERTH 07500874), J.J. Alford 1229 (PERTH 04610245), 7. Carlino D3 - TC23 (PERTH 06351506),
Landcare Services 9275 (PERTH 07270682), Landcare Services 9276 (PERTH 07270526).

Taxonomy

Tetratheca erubescens J.P.Bull, sp. nov.

Caules graciles, 1.2-1.7 mm lati, teretes, tuberculati; setae erectae, 0.05-0.3 mm longae. Folia
sparsa, caduca, 1.6-3.8 mm longa, 0.71.1 mm lata, marginibus revolutis. Pedicellus 5.5-12 mm
longus, retrorsus, leviter tuberculatus. Lobi calycis (4)5, 1.9-2.2 mm longi, 0.9-1.4 mm lati, ovati,

J.P. Bull, Tetratheca erubescens (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and geographically restricted species 89

pubescentes, marginibus crassis. Petala (4)5, 10-12 mm longa, 2.0-4.2 mm lata, obovata ad elliptica,
alba in maculis rubris sparsis vel ostrinis ornata. Stamina (8)10, 3.4-3.8 mm longa, rubri—purpurea,
tuberculis acutis obtecta; filamentum 0.24—0.32 mm longum; corpus antherarum 2.1—2.6 mm longus;
tubus antherarum 1.2—1.4 mm longus. Ovarium glabrum; ovula 4, in quoque loculo 2.

Typus: Koolyanobbing Range, north-east of Southern Cross, Western Australia [precise locality withheld
for conservation purposes], 4 June 2003, J.P. Bull 8 (holo: PERTH 06787797; iso: CANB).

Tetratheca sp. (J. Bull 1), R. Butcher, Australian Systematic Botany 20: 141 (2007).

Low, tangled shrub, 0.15-0.5 m in height, 0.1-1.5 m wide, glaucous to greyish-green in
overall appearance, decumbent to erect with a woody stock. Stems numerous with alternate-
divaricate branching, straight to slightly curved, erect, terete, 1.2-1.7 mm wide, 1.4-1.9 mm wide
in flowering region (generally 0.15—0.3 mm wider than non-flowering part of stem), apices
indeterminate but senescing to form a blunt, brown, slender point; main stems 30-50 cm long,
side stems 10-20 cm long, mature growth robust, grey to dull-green, irregularly and faintly
longitudinally striate with dense tubercle-based setae; tubercles translucent to cream coloured,
elliptic and arranged longitudinally along the stems, often protruding from striation ‘ridges’,
0.04-0.08 mm? in area, + 10-13 per 1 mm? stem surface area, 0.05—0.16 mm raised from stem surface,
terminating in broadly acuminate setae; sefae short, patent, 0.05—0.3 mm long, red to dark red onjuvenile
stems, dark red to black on mature stems, intact setae uncommon on mature and old stems, probably
deciduous with age; juvenile stems slender, green to dull green with scattered leaves. Leaves much
reduced, alternate, sparse, sessile, early deciduous and often absent on mature stems; leaf scars present,
+ erect; blade narrowly ovate, 1.6—3.8 mm long, 0.7—1.1 mm wide, light green to green, both surfaces
with scattered translucent hairs, prominent central vein on abaxial surface, margins flat to slightly
recurved, often appearing serrate due to scattered marginal hairs, acute apex; seedling and resprouting
leaves larger than mature stem leaves, elliptic to ovate. Flowers occurring singly in axils of leaf bases,
emerging along mid and upper sections of main stems, rarely near stem base; corolla openly splayed to
half closed when mature, pendulous. Bracts 2—S, clustered, thick, 0.5—1.2 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide,
ovate to narrow ovate, + scattered short clear hairs, + scattered tubercles, margin entire or minutely
serrated due to scattered hairs, reddish brown to translucent with black tips. Pedicel retrorse, light
green to green, 5.5-12 mm long, 0.3—-0.4 mm wide, terete, faintly longitudinally striate, glabrous to
sparsely tuberculate with scattered short simple hairs, gently fluted at apex; receptacle 1.2—1.5 mm
wide, thickened between each calyx segment. Calyx segments (4)5, deciduous, ovate, margins entire
but sometimes appearing serrate due to scattered marginal hairs, apex acute to acuminate, truncate at
receptacle attachment, inserted inside and appearing continuous with receptacle rim, slightly concave,
1.9-2.2 mm long, 0.9-1.4 mm wide, green to glossy green, scattered short clear patent hairs and tubercles
on abaxial surface, thickened midvein with prominent parallel veins. Petals (4)5, narrowly obovate
to elliptic, margins entire, apex obtuse, 10-12 mm long, 2.0-4.2 mm wide with the widest point near
the middle to 2/3 length, deciduous, white with pink flecks and speckles, more rarely white, pink or
mauve; if white, petals sometimes have a medium pink base with speckled pink bands radiating out
through the mid-line and along the petal margins; if mauve, these petal markings are a darker shade
of mauve. Stamens (8)10, free, 3.4-3.8 mm long; filaments continuous with anther body, dark red
to reddish brown, 0.24—0.32 mm long, 0.16-0.24 mm wide; anther body narrow oblongoid, gently
curved on outer edge, somewhat abruptly contracting into anther tube at apex, anther cells prominently
separated by longitudinal indentations along body, cream to light brown on white flowers, flecked with
pink to purplish-brown on white/pink flowers, red to purplish-brown on mauve flowers, 2.1—2.6 mm
long, 0.48—0.56 mm wide, densely covered with minute tubercles; anther tube with a prominent though
gently curved concave kink, smooth or with few tubercles at base, cream to white with reddish base,

(LOOT) 24a,
(S661) PLOY

P

+ sirey o[duuis osuap

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2001)

asojid-seynpurys Ajosieds

(Lo0z) 2949,

suey Jepnpurys posayeos

posny pasny
L0-+0 60-40
TI-L0 So 1-90
Pe-s'l ceri
[S-67 SP-le
aseq ie aseq ye

yods MmoyJo4 *yurd doap yods moyJa4 ‘yurd doap
SS-1T 9F-CT
oT-OT LI-0'1

suey Jeynpueys pasoyeos
; suey Je[Npueys passyyeos
+ surey o]dunts osuop 3

II-s'1 8-30

sirey IR[Npueys ;euois

soposoqn) ajnuiu asuap :
2990 + SoposJaqn) aynuru

(pososuepug) Aad (21qes9u[NA) AUG

oduey SurprepulA, osuey Apex oq

taded sw AEA
*(9L61) uosdwioy

aN

snoiqe|s
doy
L¢0-@7'0
61-41
TO
PP-Se

yuid yep

snoiqeya
CO-LE

(2) L1-r'0

anjas yuo
-jed nos ‘Suo] Suuesq
sajozaqny peosg ‘osuap

(a1qQe0u[NA) AUG

adury uosyorr

Joded sty ‘y]ng

¢

suey o]durts pazayyeos
WIM Aares JO snomqeys

dod}

ce'0-47'0

sere

daneul Ajomus
0} Sydoyy Yurd YA oPTYAn

tT 61

soposoqny
asieds = ‘surey o]duns

tI-s'¢

£0-S00
avjos yuajed

Hoys Suuwaq sojosoqny
ayeurUNde prog ‘susp

(e]qer9UNA) Ad

asury Suiqqourd<jooy

(S661) PIV

suey poddij-ursor
pasny
90-£0
L0-9'0

SI-L 1

yuid ory] doap
£761
O1-L0

suey
poddn-ursai posayyeos

PP-eT

suey paddy ursar +
soposaqn} aynurtu asueds

sug AWOUg

odury UoAIeWIRD

(L007) t9ysINg
(961) uosdwoy y dIANOS VIB

Z daquinu 3[nAQ

suey Je[npurys posayeos

‘ ‘ IANJYSIA AIBAG,
+ suey JpMs ‘Woys ‘asuop

doy uoIsny JUIWETL]
80-70 yjysug] JUOWIELL
81-80 yysuay aqn) ayUy
SSTSLI yysug] Apog zoqjuy

eS-Le Yysua] uawiES

YSIMO]]94 JO Joyed

aseq ‘yurd yuep ANOJOd BI[OI0D
TE-1T yysuay xAyeD
81-80 Ag}IUIvIp 9J9"}d999yy

suey Jepnpueys pas [pews
AIOA pasoyeas + pidsiy

SPOT

pidsiy
Suuvadde ‘sajosoqny
9ynoe “Jopuays ‘asusp

(ayqesoujnA) AAA

soduryy
rion pur eud]o}]

IANJISIA [9IIPIg
ysu9] [99!Pad
YySua] aes WI}S

9.1NjJSIA W9}S

(9007 SUP) sNAKIS UONeAIOSUOD

uoynqiysiq

avaajudod *dsqns
Paojpy avsajudod +7

AIyINg"y MIygouUasI
‘dsqns avsajudnd +7

NAY adiny +

IMg'f Suaasaqnaa *7

paojpy uunudyys 1

nydydo *dsqns
TPA Mytydo +

90

“WU UL are SJUDWOIMSLOU [[Y “VIPLASNY Wo}soA\ JO SUOITAI ple puk PLIe-IUdS UI SoBueL PUL[UL UO SULUNIIO exe] DIAYID.YA] SSOYeI|, IU} JOJ SIOJOvIeYO SOUseIP AD¥ *] AGVL

J.P. Bull, Tetratheca erubescens (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and geographically restricted species 91

1.2-1.4 mm long, 0.24 mm wide, orifice distinctly 2-lipped, with the inner lip longer than the outer.
Ovary, orbicular to broadly elliptic, tapered abruptly into the style, flattened in T.S., 1.5—-1.9 mm long,
0.9-1.1 mm wide, green, glabrous or rarely with scattered and unevenly spread short clear hairs; style
erect, gently tapering toward stigma, straight or occasionally gently kinked at apex, glabrous with faint
striations, 2.72.8 mm long, 0.15—0.20 mm wide; ovules 4, 2 per locule, the upper ovule attached to the
upper 1/4 of the septum, the lower ovule attached near the middle. Fruits not seen. Seeds cylindrical,
tapering at the base, sometimes into a small, obtuse point, slightly flattened on the adaxial side (where
compressed against the septum), gently curved on the abaxial side, 3.8-4.9 mm long, 1.5—2.0 mm
wide, pale to medium brown, shiny, moderately to densely pubescent with patent to antrorse clear hairs
c. 0.2 mm long; e/aiosome prominent, 1/4—1/5 of total seed length, compact, apparently coiled once,
1-1.2 mm long in coiled state, cream coloured, surface appearing somewhat reticulate due to numerous

small pits and small tubercles, sparsely to moderately pubescent with patent clear hairs, + terete at
point of attachment, becoming ellipsoid in coiled state. (Figures 1, 2)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 26 Aug. 2002, J. Bulls.n.
(PERTH 06589294); 4 June 2003, J. Bull 1 (PERTH 06789412); 4 June 2003, J. Bull 2 A (PERTH
06789404); 4 June 2003, J. Bull 2 B (MEL); 4 June 2003, J. Bull 4 A (CANB); 4 June 2003, J. Bull 4 B

(PERTH 06789463); 4 June 2003, J. Bull 7 (AD); 28 Nov. 2003, Landcare Services 11832 (PERTH
07313330).

Figure 1. Tetratheca erubescens. A — habitat along a rocky cliff line; B — growing out of cliffs composed of banded ironstone
(arrow indicates a plant); C — a sprawling individual at base of cliff line, with author pictured to the right; D — predominately
white flowers. Photographs: A, B & D by J. Bull, C by Brian Vincent; all taken on 4 June 2003.

-

92 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 2. Tetratheca erubescens. A— stem of mature plant with bracts subtending the retrorsely curved pedicel. Note the dense
cover of tubercles and patent short setae along the stem; B — side view of stamen arrangement around the ovary. Note the
tuberculate anther bodies connected to the glabrous and slightly kinked anther tubes; C — dissected ovary showing 4 ovules,
2 in each locule; D — seeds, abaxial (upper) and lateral (lower) views. Note the moderate pubescence of the testa and the coiled
elaiosome. Scale = 1 mm. Photographs from material collected on 4 June 2003.

1S°E 120°E 125°E

—— &
0 150 300 600 ‘= 48°S
1:13,000,000 7

PORT HEDLAND

eo NEWMAN

T. chapmanii
CARNARVON
25°S

T. paynterae
ssp.
paynterae SSp.

T. paynterae
cremnobata

GERALDTON T. aphylia
ssp. aphylla
ae 30°S

7°
T tiarperi & © KALGOORLIE

PERTH

erubescens

115°E 120°E 125°E

Figure 3. Distribution of ‘leafless’ Tetratheca species endemic to isolated disjunct
ranges in semi-arid and arid regions of Western Australia.

J.P. Bull, Tetratheca erubescens (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and geographically restricted species 93

Distribution. This species is endemic to the Koolyanobbing Range in the Coolgardie Biogeographic
Region of south-western Australia (Figure 3). Portman Iron Ore Ltd currently operates an iron ore
mine within the range and owns a number of exploration leases over the remaining parts as well as
throughout the surrounding region.

Habitat. Tetratheca erubescens inhabits rock crevices containing red sandy loam soils amongst hill
crests, steep slopes, cliffs and associated rocky monoliths within certain sections of the Koolyanobbing
Range. The main spine of the range is aligned north-west to south-east and is largely composed of
a geological unit called the Banded Iron Formation (BIF), a hard resistant rock type that is exposed
as cliff lines in the area (Chin & Smith 1983). Unlike other ironstone hills in the region, extensive
vertical cliff faces are rare within the Koolyanobbing Range (ecologia Environmental Consultants
2002c). Instead, cliff lines are comprised of small vertical faces (i.e. less than 5 m) interrupted by
rocky ledges, boulders and short steep slopes (Figures 1A, B). Since its distribution is determined by
the location of prominent exposed ridges, T. erubescens is confined to the upper reaches of the range
and thus reaches altitudes of 445-500 m AMSL.

Associated vegetation consists of scattered low trees or low open woodlands of Dryandra aborea over
scattered tall shrubs or tall open shrublands of Allocasuarina acutivalvis, Alyxia buxifolia, Calycopeplus
paucifolius and Acacia quadrimarginea. The shrub layer is generally open to scattered with common
species including Beyeria brevifolia, Dodonaea viscosa, Exocarpos aphyllus and Philotheca brucei
subsp. brucei while Xerolirion divaricata and Ptilotus obovatus subsp. obovatus are common low
shrubs. /sotoma petraea and Cheilanthes tenuifolia are scattered herb components.

Phenology. Tetratheca erubescens was flowering during both collection times in August 2002 and June
2003. This indicates that it is probably a winter and spring flowering species, which is consistent with
other Tetratheca species in the region (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). It is also likely that it
flowers opportunistically in response to erratic summer rainfall events, a common trait exhibited by
plants adapted to semi-arid and arid conditions in the Eremean Province.

Conservation status. Tetratheca erubescens has attracted Declared Rare Flora (DRF) status under the
Western Australian Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 due to a number of biogeographical, ecological
and social factors:

* It is geographically restricted to a small, isolated ironstone range, which are uncommon
landscape features in the Coolgardie Biogeographic Region and the southern half of Western
Australia in general.

* Itis ecologically restricted to steep cliffs and associated rocky slopes, which are rare habitat types
in the region and are generally confined to the upper slopes of prominent ironstone ranges.

* Asa result of the above two factors, the total population size is naturally low (approximately

4000-6000 individuals) and its distribution is limited to only a few kilometres (McNee &

Cockerton pers. comm.).

The total geographic distribution of the species is currently covered by a mining exploration

lease, and may therefore be impacted by future mining activities.

* None of the known populations are currently represented within a conservation reserve.

* Due to its habitat specificity, it is unlikely to survive elsewhere in the wild since similar habitats
are nonexistent or are occupied by other species of Tetratheca.

Etymology. The specific epithet erubescens (derived from the Latin erubesco) means ‘blushing’ or
‘becoming red’. The presence of pink flecks and speckles upon the predominantly white, nodding
flowers, give them the appearance of blushing.

94 Nuytsia Vol, I7(2

Spotting features. The following combination of morphological features distinguish 7. erubese
from other ‘leafless’ taxa within the genus: the predominantly white flower colour, the Profusioe
broad, translucent to cream coloured tubercles (10-13 per 1 mm?) and short (0.05—0.3 mm long) se
on the stems, a glabrous ovary (rarely with scattered and unevenly distributed hairs), two OVules |

locule and free stamens.

Affinities. Tetratheca erubescens appears most similar to T. harperi, a species endemic to the

Jackson area 70 km to the north. Both species have glaucous stems with stout patent setae arising fre
broad cream-coloured tubercles, free stamens, comparable stamen attributes (dimensions, colour a
vestiture), a glabrous ovary, slender and largely glabrous pedicels and a similar receptacle Morpholo!
(1-1.5 mm wide with calyces attached inside the rim). Although the flowers are predominantly wh }
in 7. erubescens and dark pink in T. harperi, both species possess distinctive darker markings tH
radiate out from the base of the petals along the major veins. In addition to flower colour, 7. harpe
differs from T. erubescens in having fewer (1—3 per 1 mm”) and broader tubercles along the stems, ma
prominent (0.4—2 mm long) stem setae (see Butcher 2007: Figure 1C), shorter pedicels (3.76.3 yx!
long) and only 1 ovule per locule.

Table 1 shows the distinguishing morphological characteristics of ‘leafless’ Tetratheca speci<
endemic to ironstone ranges of inland Western Australia. A taxonomic key for ‘leafless’ Tetrathec
species in Western Australia is given in Butcher (2007), with 7. erubescens represented by the inform =

name Tetratheca sp. (J. Bull 1).

Notes. The predominantly white colour of the petals of Tetratheca erubescens (Figure 1D) appear
to be unique in the genus, as most species display pink, deep pink or purple flowers (Thompso:
1976; Alford 1995; Paczkowska & Chapman 2000). White colour variants have been observed iy
both Western and eastern Australian species (i.e. 7. ciliata Lindl., T. confertifolia Steetz, T. efoliatca
I. halmaturina J.M.Black, T. nuda Lindl., T. pilosa Labill., T. pubescens Turcz. and T. thymifolia Sm.),
but it has never been recorded as a dominant trait (Thompson 1976; Botanic Gardens Trust 2007), Iz,
the Coolgardie Biogeographic Region, only T. efoliata exhibits a white flower variant (Paczkowsks
& Chapman 2000) and, on current knowledge, none of the other cliff dependant taxa in Westerr
Australia display white or partly white flowers (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Tetrathece
erubescens exhibits a remarkable array of flower colour within its known populations and this alsa
appears unique for the genus. Both white and mauve flowered plants were observed during June an@
August, as well as a range of plants with flowers of intermediate coloration. White flowers are more
common and the petals are generally pink speckled, with the degree of speckling varying between
different individuals. The adaptive significance of variable flower colour within this taxon remains
an intriguing avenue for further research.

The reproductive biology of the species is unknown, however, flower morphology and presentation
indicate that species of Tetratheca are likely to be ‘buzz’ pollinated by small native bees (e.g. Hingston
1999, Gross et al. 2003). Seed dispersal is likely to be myrmecochorous due to the presence of &
large elaiosome on the seed (see Berg 1975). Furthermore, the observation of many individual plants
growing out of narrow rock crevices on vertical cliff faces supports the hypothesis of seed dispersal
by a small biotic vector (see Jasper & Braimbridge 2002).

J.P. Bull, Tetratheca erubescens (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and geographically restricted species 9:

Acknowledgements

I wish to sincerely thank Ryonen Butcher and Juliet Wege (‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity
conservation initiative, DEC) for their continual encouragement, patience and advice regarding the
manuscript and preparation of specimens. A warm thank you is extended to Paul Wilson for his assistance
with the Latin transcription and specific epithet. Carol Macpherson offered invaluable advice at the
preliminary stages of the finding, and eco/ogia Environmental Consultants are thanked for providing
the resources and opportunity to work in the Koolyanobbing region. Thanks go to Ms Clare Auckland
for sharing in the initial discovery (2002) and Brian Vincent (2003) for his assistance and humour
in the field. Ron and Dot Budge and Joy and Herb (dec.) Budge are warmly remembered for their
hospitality at the Mt Jackson exploration camp. Portman Iron Ore Ltd are gratefully acknowledged
for providing logistical support and access to field sites and Western Botanical Ltd (a division of
Landcare Holdings Pty Ltd) for providing seed specimens. This paper was supported by the School
of Earth and Geographical Sciences which provided access to laboratory and computer facilities.
Special mentions must go to Bill Wilson for his assistance with the stereoscopic photography and to
Ben Radford for the mapping.

References

Alford, J.J. (1995). Two new species of Tetratheca (Tremandraceae), from the Coolgardie and Austin Botanical Districts,
Western Australia. Nuytsia 10(2):143-149.

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environmentand Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Australian Government (2007). EPBC Act (1999) List of Threatened Flora. Department of the Environment and Water Resources.
http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened /species.html [accessed 20 June 2007]

Beard, J.S. (1980). A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia. Western Australian Herbarium Research Notes 3: 37-58.

Berg, R.Y. (1975). Myrmecochorous plants in Australia and their dispersal by ants. Australian Journal of Botany 23: 475-508.

Botanic Gardens Trust (2007). PlantNET — The Plant Information Network System of Botanic Gardens Trust, Sydney, Australia
(version 2.0). http://plantnet.rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au [accessed 20 June 2007]

Butcher, R. (2007). New taxa of ‘leafless’ Tetratheca (Elaeocarpaceae, formerly Tremandraceae) from Western Australia.
Australian Systematic Botany 20(2): 139-160.

Butcher, R., Byrne, M. & Crayn, D. (2007). Evidence for convergent evolution among phylogenetically distant rare species of
Tetratheca (Elaeocarpaceae, formerly Tremandraceae) from Western Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 20(2): 126-138.

Butcher, R. & Sage, L.W. (2005). Tetratheca fordiana (Elaeocarpaceae), a new species from the Pilbara of Western Australia.
Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 88(2):; 73-76.

Chin, R.J. & Smith, R.A. (1983). Jackson, Western Australia. Geological Survey of Western Australia 1:250 000 Geological
Series — Explanatory Notes, pp 1-30, Sheet SH/ 50-12.

ecologia Environmental Consultants (2002a). Koolyanobbing Iron Ore Expansion Project — Public Environmental Review.
Commissioned by Portman Ltd.

ecologia Environmental Consultants (2002b). Biogeographical survey of Tetratheca sp. Die Hardy. Unpublished report
commissioned by Portman Ltd.

ecologia Environmental Consultants (2002c). Rocky outcrop and monolith landscape impact assessment — Koolyanobbing
Expansion Project. Unpublished report commissioned by Portman Ltd.

Gibson, N., Lyons, M.N. & Lepschi, B.J. (1997). Flora and vegetation of the eastern goldfields ranges. Part 1: Helena and
Aurora Range. CALM Science 2(3): 231-246.

Gross, C.L., Bartier, F.V. & Mulligan, D.R. (2003). Floral structure, breeding system and fruit-set in the threatened sub-shrub
Tetratheca juncea Smith (Tremandraceae). Annals of Botany 92: 771-777.

Hingston, A.B. (1999). Affinities between southern Tasmanian plants in native bee visitor profiles. Australian Journal of
Zoology 47: 361-384.

oF Nuytsia Vol. 17 (yg7)

Jasper, D.A. & Braimbridge, M. (2002). Soil characteristics in the area of occurrence of Tetratheca paynterae in the Winday; a
Range. Unpublished report commissioned by Portman Ltd. Centre for Land Rehabilitation, University of Western Australiy

Keighery, G.J. (1979). Notes on the biology and phytogeography of Western Australian Plants, Part 5: Tremandragy ge,
Unpublished report, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, West Perth, Western Australia.

Mattiske Consulting Pty Ltd (2001). Review of Flora on Portman Iron Ore proposed expansion areas. Unpublished Teport
commissioned by Portman Ltd.

Paczkowska, G. & Chapman, A.R. (2000). “The Western Australian flora: a descriptive catalogue.” (Wildflower Society, of
Western Australia Inc., Western Australian Herbarium, Botanic Gardens & Parks Authority: Perth, Western Australia.)

Ross, J.H. & Walsh, N.G. (2003). “A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria.” 7° Ed. (Royal Botanic Gardgys,
Melbourne.)

Thackway, R & Cresswell, I.D. (1995). “An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for Setting
priorities in the National Reserves System Cooperative Program.” Version 4.0 (Australian Nature Conservation Agency,
Reserve Systems Unit: Canberra.)

Thompson, J. (1976). A revision of the genus Tetratheca (Tremandraceae). Telopea 1(3): 139-215.

Western Australian Government (2006). Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice 2006 (2). Western Australian Government
Gazette 200: 5311-5317.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998--). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 20 June 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 97-116 (2007) 97

Four new conservation-listed species of Synaphea (Proteaceae:
Conospermineae) from the Jarrah Forest region of south-west
Western Australia

Ryonen Butcher

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104 Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983
School of Plant Biology, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawley, Western Australia 6009

Abstract

Butcher, R. Four new conservation-listed species of Synaphea (Proteaceae: Conospermineae) from
the Jarrah Forest region of south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 97-116 (2007). The new species
described here are a diverse assemblage of taxa, united in this paper by their geographical occurrence
within the Jarrah Forest region of south-west Western Australia and a pressing need to formalise the
description of conservation taxa in this State. The taxa have complex taxonomic associations within
the groups to which they belong, with intergradation in many characters evident between species. The
new species described herein are S. diabolica R.Butcher, S. pandurata R.Butcher, S. polypodioides
R.Butcher and_S. trinacriformis R.Butcher. A distribution map, image and discussion of affinities are
provided for each taxon.

Introduction

The Jarrah Forest region (Thackway & Cresswell 1995) lies on the south-western margin of the
Great Plateau of Western Australia, developed on the Archaean crystalline rocks of the Yilgarn Block
(Churchward & Dimmock 1989). Modern distribution of jarrah (Eucalyptus marginata D.Donn ex Smith)
forest is from near Toodyay to Albany, with the western edge of the forest clearly defined by the Darling
Scarp and the eastern edge roughly defined by the 750 mm isohyet and forming a dissected line from near
New Norcia to Cranbrook (Abbott & Loneragan 1986; Churchward & Dimmock 1989; Dell & Havel
1989). The distribution of jarrah forest is affected primarily by moisture availability and E. marginata
occurs in pure stands, or in combination or displacement series with other eucalypts across its range,
depending on this climatic factor. Although the Jarrah Forest region is clearly demarcated as an IBRA
region (Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia: Thackway & Cresswell 1995), £. marginata
also extends onto the Swan Coastal Plain, especially in the eastern part, on the foothills of the Darling
Scarp. All of the new species described in this paper are found in association with E. marginata.

Synaphea diabolica R.Butcher occurs towards the drier eastern edge of the Jarrah Forest region,
south-west of York, in mixed eucalypt woodlands comprising combinations of E. wandoo Blakely,
E. accedens W.Fitz., E. marginata and Corymbia calophylla Lindl., while S. pandurata R.Butcher
occurs in both mixed E. marginatalC. calophylla and E. marginata/E. patens Benth. woodlands, south-
east of Perth. By comparison, S. polypodioides R.Butcher occurs in mixed E. marginata/C. calophylla

98 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

woodland in a restricted area comprising the foothills and lower relief of the southern Darling Scarp,
along the western margin of the Jarrah Forest region, between Dardanup and Donnybrook. Synaplieq
trinacriformis R.Butcher occurs just south of the Northern Jarrah Forest region boundary (IBRA
Version 6.1; Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007) in mixed E. marginata)
C. calophylla woodland east-south-east of Collie (Figure 1).

The Jarrah Forest region occurs on the highly leached, nutrient depleted soils of the extensively
laterised landscape forming the Darling Plateau (Dell & Havel 1989). This region experiences a strong
west-east gradient of decreasing rainfall, ranging from nearly 1400 mm/annum just east of the Darling
Scarp to less than 600 mm/annum at the eastern boundary of the forest (Bell & Heddle 1989). The
undulating surface of the Darling Plateau consists of crests (280-320 m above sea level) interspersed
with swampy valley floors, interrupted by granite monadnocks (e.g. Mt Cooke, Mt Vincent, Mt Dale)
representing remnants of an older, higher plateau, and the landscape is increasingly dissected from
east to west, with shallow, swampy, drainage incisions in the eastern part of the plateau giving way to
steep-sided valleys on the Darling escarpment (Bell & Heddle 1989; Churchward & Dimmock 1989),
The combination of geographic, topographic and edaphic variation throughout the Jarrah Forest has
resulted in a complex mosaic of habitats which support a diverse array of floristic communities (Havel
1975a, 1975b; Bell & Heddle 1989; Markey 1997) and a large number of endemic and conservation
taxa (Markey 1997; Western Australian Herbarium 1998—; Hopper & Gioia 2004).

Historical, economy-driven threats to the Jarrah Forest and its associated species have included
extensive clearing for timber and fuel harvesting, the construction of dams to service the State capital
Perth, the development of agricultural land on the eastern and western margins and the mining Of
bauxite (Havel 1989). The continuing and devastating legacy of this previously unchecked clearing

A Cranbrook

Figure 1. Distribution of Synaphea diabolica (a), S. pandurata (Q), S. polypodioides (A) and
S. trinacriformis (@) in the Jarrah Forest region of south-west Western Australia.

R. Butcher, Four new conservation-listed species of Synaphea (Proteaceae) 99

is salinisation of the landscape and the spread of jarrah-dieback disease (Phytophthora cinnamomi
Rands). The clear correlations between clearing and salinity, and ground disturbance (especially
road and infrastructure construction) and dieback spread, combined with an increasing demand for
recreational access to the jarrah forest, led to comprehensive restrictions on clearing forest within the
water catchment area in 1976, followed by the implementation of vegetation surveys and the careful
planning and construction of large reserves to balance competing land-use demands and conservation
(Conservation Council of Western Australia 1980; Havel 1989).

Today, the area comprising the Northern Jarrah Forest includes large tracts of mixed-use State
Forest, much of which is incorporated into limited-access reserves comprising the metropolitan water
catchment area. Access to many of these areas is difficult due to issues of land tenure, disease-risk
status, infrequent, rough tracks and strict entry regulations, such that it has not been thoroughly explored
or exploited by plant collectors, despite its close proximity to Perth. Thus it is that S. diabolica was
collected for the first time in 1999 by Fred and Jean Hort during their voluntary efforts to survey
existing conservation taxa in the region’s reserves, and that their collections of S. pandurata in 1999
and 2000 allowed the taxonomic status of an anomalous specimen collected by Rob Davis in 1997,
to be clarified.

Following George’s (1995) treatment of Synaphea R.Br, which included a taxonomic key to the
50 species he recognised—greater than five times the number recognised by Bentham (1870)—there
has been renewed enthusiasm for collecting members of the genus. This increased collecting effort
has resulted in the discovery of many new and putatively new taxa in the last decade, including a
number with highly restricted distributions. Synaphea trinacriformis and S. polypodioides are two
such examples, collected for the first time in 1995 and 1996, respectively, with each known only from
a localised area within the Jarrah Forest region.

The four new species described here area diverse assemblage of taxa, exhibiting complex taxonomic
relationships with their allies. Systematic and taxonomic work is ongoing in this challenging genus
and these species are united in this publication for convenience, due to the pressing need to formalise
names and provide descriptions to facilitate effective management of these conservation taxa.

Methods

All Synaphea specimens at BM, CANB, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH and UWA have been examined,
including type material, or photographs of types, for all names. Measurements of habit, stems and
leaves were made from fresh material and herbarium specimens (PERTH & UWA), with floral features
measured from material preserved in 70% ethanol and reconstituted flowers. Herbarium acronyms
follow Holmgren & Holmgren (1998—) except for CFR. and DKN. which represent the Western
Australian regional herbaria at Bunbury (Central Forest Region) and Darkan, respectively.

Leaves of Synaphea can differ remarkably across their ontogenetic stages. They are generally entire
or fewer-lobed and larger in the juvenile stage or towards the bases of branches, and more highly
divided and smaller in the mature stage or towards the branch apices. For consistency of comparison,
measurements have been taken from the first three leaves subtending the inflorescences. Leaf length is
measured from the apex of the leaf (usually the central terminal lobe) to the start of the petiole, but it is
acknowledged here that it can be difficult to determine where the lamina ends and the petiole begins.
The petiole is terete to subterete along its length, and is usually channelled in the upper portion in the

100 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2097)

transition area between the petiole and the leaf lamina proper. In some species (e.g. S. pandurata and
S. polypodioides), the base of the lamina tapers gradually over a long distance before narrowing into
the petiole. Leaf length is therefore measured from the apex of the lamina to the point at which the
petiole width becomes constant; the channel may continue along the petiole further below this POint,
At its base, the petiole expands outward into a sheath, which clasps the stem, and the lower point of
the petiole length measurement is taken from the top of the sheath.

As the inflorescences elongate throughout their development, only the longest three spikes haye
been measured per specimen. Inflorescences at the termination of the growing season may therefore
be longer than recorded here. The spacing between flowers can be a useful diagnostic feature, but
this has previously been recorded using only qualitative terms such as ‘well spaced’ or ‘crowded’
(George 1995). Qualitative terms are retained here but an attempt has been made to quantify this
variation by measuring the distances between flowers. As the inflorescences elongate, the spacing
between the flowers changes and was therefore measured at two points. Firstly at the base, comprising
the distances between the four lowest flowers or empty bracts if flowers have fallen, and secondly at
the mid-region, comprising the distances between the upper-most open flower and the three flowers
(or empty bracts) below. The distances are presented as a proportion of flower length rather than
numerical value as the degree of spacing is relative and each species has different sized flowers and
different inflorescence lengths.

The distribution map was created in DIVA-GIS freeware Version 5.0.2.0 (http://www.diva-gis.org/)
using geocode data from PERTH and UWA specimens. The IBRA Version 6.1 boundaries (Department
of the Environment and Water Resources 2007) applicable to south-west Western Australia are shown. As
these taxa are conservation-listed, locality information has been withheld for all cited specimens.

Taxonomy

Synaphea diabolica R.Butcher, sp. nov.

Synapheae damopsis A.S.George et S. cuneatae A.S.George affinis, a quibus stigmate late transverse
oblongo ad perlate obovato, valde concavo et vaginis pedunculi rubris, glabriusculis differt.

Typus: east of The Lakes, [Shire of] Northam, Western Australia [precise locality withheld
forconservation purposes], 14 October 1999, F. Hort 666 (holo: PERTH 07293909; iso: AD, CANB,

K, MEL).

Synaphea sp. York (F. Hort 666), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.
wa.gov.au/ [accessed 16 June 2007].

Clumped, sprawling subshrub, 0.2-0.6 m tall, 0.5-0.9 m wide. Stems numerous from base,
7-120 mm long, woody; bark rough, brown, densely appressed-silky in patches beneath fallen leaf
sheaths; upper stems smooth, tomentose and pilose, pink to red-brown; young stems striate, tomentose
and pilose, pink-yellow, lightly glaucous. Leaves flabelliform, flat to undulate, divided more than
half-way into 3 primary lobes, each 1-3 x trilobed; ultimate lobes shortly triangular, 0.5—5 mm long,
1.2-4.3 mm wide; usually acute, pungent, the mucro 0.6-1.1 mm long; /amina 43-103 mm long,
36-101 mm wide, lightly to densely pubescent with patent, wavy hairs, glabrescent, concolorous,

R. Butcher, Four new conservation-listed species of Synaphea (Proteaceae) 101

dull, pale green, lightly glaucous; reticulation fine, shallow, prominent; main veins raised, slightly
more protuberant on abaxial than adaxial surface; juvenile leaves pubescent with moderate to very
dense, ascending to patent, wavy hairs, brown to red-brown, sometimes with a gradation in colour
from base to apex; petiole 25-150 mm long, pubescent with patent, wavy hairs, pilosulose and
pilose, glabrescent; basal sheath densely appressed pubescent to tomentose abaxially, usually also
pilosulose, glabrescent, sometimes lightly glaucous, adaxially densely appressed-silky along mid-line,
glabrescent; margins red, ciliate. Inflorescence 73-131 mm long at maturity, as long as or up to 1.5
times longer than leaves; flowers + crowded, the internodes at base of spike 1-5 x perianth length, in
mid-region 1/10-1/5 x perianth length; peduncle 93-215 mm long, commonly once-branched near
base, pubescent to densely pubescent with patent, wavy hairs and pilosulose to densely pilosulose,
green, yellow-green and red or red; basal sheath 6-12.5 mm long, abaxially appressed pubescent
along midline and at apex, soon glabrescent, with appressed apical hairs and ciliate margins, adaxially
densely appressed-silky, sometimes with scattered red hairs, glabrescent towards margins, pink-red,
orange-red or red; rachis pubescent with wavy hairs, yellow-green or red; bracts triangular to ovate,
spreading, acute to obtuse, 1.42.8 mm long, glabrous to pubescent, sometimes only in lower 1/2,
abaxially, glabrous adaxially, with prominently ciliate margins. Perianth + horizontal to ascending,
opening narrowly, glabrous, lightly puberulous with glabrous apex, or lightly pubescent; adaxial tepal
curved to strongly curved behind stigma, 5.3-5.8 mm long, 2.5—3 mm wide, the apex erect or angled
at c. 45°, the margins shortly reflexed towards apex, glabrous or lightly pubescent within concavity;
abaxial tepal flat or slightly incurved at base, 4.4—5.1 mm long, 1.5—1.8 mm wide, the apex strongly
curved forward over anthers then shortly erect for up to 0.1 mm, pubescent behind anthers; /ateral
tepals narrow, angled to side, 4.45.2 mm long, 1.7—2.8 mm wide, the apex twisted, sometimes
curved forward over anthers, then very shortly reflexed for 0.1—0.2 mm, pubescent behind anthers.
Stigma + transversely oblong to very broadly obovate, 1.2-1.3 mm long, 1.4-1.7 mm wide; apex
entire to broadly and shallowly emarginate, slightly incurved to incurved; dorsal surface thickened
above style attachment; ventral surface thickened and papillose in lower 1/3-1/2, strongly concave
above; style curved, shortly and strongly hooked at junction with ovary beak; ovary cylindrical with
adaxially curved puberulous beak to c. 0.2 mm long (after style separates), c. 0.8 mm long, c. 0.5 mm
wide, silky; enlarged apical trichomes 30-45, straight, narrow, usually terete, sometimes flattened,
translucent to subopaque, |.1—1.2 mm long. Fruit obovoid, smooth with raised venation, 4.5—5.2 mm
long, 2.3-3.1 mm wide including a neck 0.6—1.1 mm long, 0.9-1.3 mm wide, pilosulose, dark brown
at maturity; beak curved, 0.2—0.3 mm long, puberulous, surrounded by a short, raised apical rim. Seed
narrowly turbinate, 3-3.5 mm long, 1.7—1.9 mm wide; testa smooth, cream-white, the proximal end
covered by membranous pinkish-light brown tissue. (Figure 2)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 9 Oct. 2000, R. Butcher &
J. Mant RB 858 (UWA); 10 Oct. 2000, R. Butcher & J. Mant RB 859 (PERTH); 6 Oct. 1999, F Hort &
J. Hort 643 (PERTH 05481937); 14 Oct. 1999, F: Hort 665 (CANB, NSW, MEL, PERTH 07293917);
5 Nov. 1999, F. Hort 757 B (PERTH 05900468); 28 Aug. 2000, F Hort 1090 (PERTH 05694655);
28 Aug. 2000, F Hort 1091 (PERTH 05694663).

Distribution. Synaphea diabolica is apparently restricted to an area west and south-west of York
(Figure 1).

Habitat. Synaphea diabolica occurs in undulating topography in dry, yellow-brown laterite soil with
lateritic gravel in Eucalyptus wandoo or mixed E. accedens, E. marginata and Corymbia calophylla
open woodland over Proteaceae-rich tall and low shrubland. Associated species include Dryandra
sessilis, D. armata, D. lindleyana, Hakea trifurcata, H. ruscifolia, H. stenocarpa, H. incrassata,
H. undulata, Stirlingia latifolia, Synaphea decorticans, Grevillea tenuiflora, G. scabra, G. bipinnatifida,

102 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (97)

Allocasuarina humilis, Xanthorrhoea preissii, Daviesia rhombifolia, Lechenautltia biloba, Hemigeyjca
viscida, Hibbertia hypericoides, Acacia pulchella, Stenanthemum nanum and species of Petroppife.
Adenanthos, Gastrolobium, Verticordia and Calothamnus.

Phenology. This species flowers between late August and early November with fruits collected fro
October.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under Department of Environmentand Conservatigt
(DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. Synaphea diabolica is known from only
eight collections occurring across an area of less than 40 km, within the Flynn and Talbot State Foreg(s.
This species is not under immediate threat but requires further survey as the specific number and si
of populations is not known.

Etymology. The epithet is taken from the Greek word for the Devil (diabolus) in reference to th?
complex taxonomic associations between this taxon and similar species. The name was also inspired
by the collection number of the type specimen (F. Hort 666).

Affinities. Synaphea diabolica is very similar to regional congeners S. damopsis A.S.George and
S. cuneata A.S.George in its spreading habit and cuneate to flabelliform leaf outline, as well as in the
pubescent and pilose stems, pubescent leaves and pubescent to pilose peduncles and rachis. Thes?
three species also share a pubescent to silky ovary and have pilose, ellipsoidal to obovoid, shortly
necked fruits. A distinctive feature of S. diabolica is the pink-red colouration of the glabrescent sheaths
at the base of the peduncles. While S. damopsis and S. cuneata have sheaths of a similar colour, they
are more densely pubescent so that the colour is usually obscured. The differences between these
species lie primarily in the details of leaf morphology, the indumentum and shape of the flowers and
stigma morphology.

Typical specimens of Synaphea damopsis can be distinguished from S. diabolica in having the bast
of their flabelliform leaves tapering gradually into the petiole as well as in having the primary leal
division up to c. one third of the leaf length. By comparison the transition between the leaf lamina and
the petiole is more abrupt in S. diabolica and the primary leaf division is greater than half of the lea!
length. While both species are variable in the indumentum of the perianth, they can be differentiated
by the shape and curvature of their flowers and their stigma morphology: S. damopsis having a Moré
strongly curved adaxial tepal with strongly reflexed margins and the apex usually reflexed, as Well
as a trapeziform stigma which is constricted on the sides near the incurved apex. In the shape of its
leaves and stigma, S. damopsis more closely approximates S. decumbens A.S.George.

Synaphea diabolica resembles S. cuneata in its dull blue-green, pubescent leaves and leaf shape.
While the leaves of S. cuneata are typically cuneate with obtuse teeth on the upper margin and those
of S. diabolica are wider relative to length and have the primary division greater than half of the leaf
length, specimens of S. cuneata with deeply divided leaves (e.g. A.S. George s.n., PERTH 04868331;
F: Hort, J. Hort & R. Butcher 660, PERTH 06744893) have also been collected. These two species
can be distinguished, however, by the shape and indumentum of their flowers and their stigma
morphology: S. cuneata having more widely opening, pilosulose, flowers with greater reflexion 10
the tepal apices and a stigma which is transversely lunate with divergent lobes or short horns. Some
specimens of S. cuneata with a more prominently horned stigma and larger, more pubescent flowers
(e.g. F & B. Hort 2407, PERTH 06924719) approach S. floribunda A.S.George.

R. Butcher, Four new conservation-listed species of Synaphea (Proteaceae)

Figure 2. Holotype of Synaphea diabolica (F- Hort 666), scale = 5 cm.

Western Australi i
Way ENT

Heromee =F

Smyagiee siabclice FRY sy

DETERMINAVIT R -Rad<Wway =| &{ 202
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Synaphea sp. York (F. Hort 666)
Proteaceae

Smal! clumping shrub to 25 em high x 80 em wide, Lobed
leaves and yellow flowers.

NNE slope. Dry, yellow-brown lateriti¢ soil. Jarrah — Marri
open woodland with Hakea trifurcata, H. ruscifolia,
Leschenaultia biloba, Hibbertia hypericoides, Daviesia
rhombifolia.

Frequency: plentiful.

Loc: Northam, N from Great Southern
Highway ( Eof The Lakes) WA

Lat. S Long. E GDA94
Coll, F, Hort 666 Date: 14/10/1999

poker to
PERTH 07293909

103

104 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2907)

Synapheaxela R.Butcher, arecently-described taxon from the Jurien Bay to Eneabba area, has Some
similarity with S. diabolica in habit, gross leaf morphology and stigma shape (see Butcher 2006), but
can be distinguished by the folded, more deeply divided leaves with prominently mucronate aPices,
sparsely pubescent peduncle and rachis, consistently glabrous flowers with the adaxial tepal strongly
curved and with strongly flared margins, and the ovary glabrous or glabrescent at the apex.

Notes. The majority of spikes in F: Hort 665 have anomalous flowers comprised of four + equal-sizeq
tepals, each resembling a typical abaxial tepal in shape and in the possession of two fertile anther
locules. Many of these flowers are apparently cleistogamous, but developing and fully-formed fyyits
can be found towards the base of the spikes, indicating that self-fertilisation may be occurring.

Synaphea pandurata R.Butcher, sp. nov.

Ad speciebus aliis omnibus turma sequenti characterum distinguitur: folia glabra, veneta, profunde
lobata; petioli glabri; perianthium glabrum tepalo adaxiali valde curvato; stigma panduratum, concavym;
ovarium dimidio superiore glabriusculum.

Typus: south of Brookton Hwy [Beverley Shire], Western Australia [precise locality withheld for
conservation purposes], 23 October 1999, R. Butcher, F. Hort & J. Hort RB 800 (holo: PERTH

07482051; iso: CANB, K, MEL, NSW).

Synaphea sp. Perimeter Rd (R. Davis 4151A), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral.
Fl.: Descr. Cat. p. 505 (2000).

Clumped subshrub 0.20-0.55 m tall, 0.2-0.8 m wide. Stems numerous from base, 20-100 mm
long, with numerous branches arising at yearly growth increment nodes; older stems with brown bark,
glabrescent; younger stems striate, almost glabrous to appressed pubescent, yellowish-pink to pink-
red, + glaucous. Leaves rarely simple, usually broadly three-lobed to pinnatipartite, the base usually
gradually tapering into petiole, + flat to gently undulate at apex; lowest pair of lobes simple to twice
trilobed; ultimate lobes linear-oblanceolate to rounded, 5-18 mm long, 3-11 mm wide; obtuse to
rounded with a very short, blunt mucro 0.2—0.5 mm long; /amina 50-100 mm long, 45-95 mm wide,
glabrous, concolorous, dull, pale bluish-green, lightly glaucous; reticulation fine, shallow, subdued;
main veins raised, + equally protuberant on adaxial and abaxial surfaces; juvenile leaves red-brown
beneath white pubescence, soon glabrescent; petiole 50-155 mm long, glabrous to sub-glabrous,
appressed-pubescent at base just above sheath, lightly glaucous; basal sheath sparsely pubescent to
densely appressed-pubescent abaxially, densely appressed-silky adaxially; margins pink-red, ciliate.
Inflorescence 40-195 mm long at maturity, as long as or up to 2 times longer than leaves; flowers
crowded, the internodes at base of spike 2-10 x perianth length, in mid-region 1/7—1/2 x perianth
length; peduncle 85-320 mm long, twice- to thrice-branched, sparsely puberulous to pubescent with
hairs denser towards base, green infused with red to red; basal sheath 89.5 mm long, glabrous to finely
and densely appressed-pubescent abaxially, densely appressed-pubescent adaxially, light brown with
margins and apex reddish to red; rachis lightly pubescent, yellowish-green infused with red; bracts
ovate to broadly triangular, spreading, obtuse, 1—2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent in lower
1/2 and along midline abaxially, glabrous adaxially, with shortly ciliate margins. Perianth horizontal
to gently ascending, opening moderately to widely, glabrous, rarely sub-glabrous; adaxial tepal very
strongly curved behind stigma, 4.45.6 mm long, 22.8 mm wide, the apex erect to reflexed (angled
at 30—45°), the margins very shortly reflexed to reflexed, hairs present within concavity; abaxial tepal
+ flat, 3-4.2 mm long, 1.25—1.65 mm wide, the apex curved forwards over anthers then shortly and

R. Butcher, Four new conservation-listed species of Synaphea (Proteaceae) 105

strongly reflexed for 0.2-0.3 mm, hairs present behind filament and anthers; /ateral tepals + straight,
3.1-4.7 mm long, 1.5—2.2 mm wide, the apex angled to side then shortly and strongly reflexed for
0.3—-0.5 mm, hairs present behind filament and anthers. Stigma + quadrate, slightly expanded at base,
to pandurate, with sides constricted in mid-region to upper 1/3, 0.8—1.4 mm long, 0.91.3 mm wide;
apex entire to shallowly emarginate, incurved; dorsal surface with very thick longitudinal ridge in lower
2/3 or to apex; ventral surface thickened and papillose in lower 1/3-1/2, strongly concave above; style
geniculate; ovary broadly ellipsoid to spheroid with small, truncate mostly glabrous, adaxially angled
beak to c. 0.2 mm long (after style separates), 0.6—1 mm long, 0.5—0.7 mm wide, glabrous in upper
2/3—1/3 and appressed-finely silky below or pubescent throughout, hairs often sparser towards apex;
enlarged apical trichomes 15-30, broad, spathulate and flattened to narrow, straight and subterete,
frequently kinked at base, 0.5—0.9 mm long, translucent. Fruit cylindrical to obovoid, tapering into
short, thick neck, + smooth, 4.3—5.4 mm long, 2.3—2.6 mm wide including a neck 0.5—1.1 mm long,
1.1-1.2 mm wide, sparse, short hairs in lower 1/3—2/3, or throughout, golden brown to dark olive
green; beak erect, c. 0.2 mm long, mostly glabrous, puberulous at base, surrounded by a small apical
rim. Seed not seen. (Figure 3)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 23 Oct. 1999, R. Butcher, F Hort
& J. Hort RB 803 (AD, PERTH); 23 Oct. 1999, R. Butcher, F. Hort & J. Hort RB 804 (PERTH);
23 Oct. 1999, R. Butcher, F. Hort & J. Hort RB 806 (PERTH); 23 Oct. 1999, R. Butcher, F: Hort
& J. Hort RB 807 (PERTH); 23 Oct. 1999, R. Butcher, F. Hort & J. Hort RB 811 (CANB, MEL,
PERTH); 17 Sep. 1997, R. Davis 4151 A (NSW, PERTH 04938976); 23 Oct. 1999, F: Hort, J. Hort &
R. Butcher 658 (AD, BM, BRI, CANB, DNA, HO, K, MEL, NSW, NY, PERTH 05540186); 29 Oct.
1999, F. Hort, J. Hort & R. Butcher 711 (AD, CANB, DNA, K, KPBG, MEL, PERTH 05534275);
29 Oct. 1999, F. Hort, J. Hort & R. Butcher 713 (AD, BM, NY, PERTH 05534267); 23 Oct. 1999,
F. Hort, J. Hort & R. Butcher 714 (MEL, PERTH 05534283); 17 Apr. 2000, & Hort 995 (PERTH
05586577); 1 June 2000, F Hort 1039 (PERTH 05604958); 6 Sep. 2006, F: & B. Hort 2859 (CANB,
MEL, NSW, PERTH 07486146); 28 Oct. 1999, L. Robson s.n. (NSW, PERTH 05481910).

Distribution. Only recently collected from the east side of the Darling Range, west and south-west
of Brookton (Figure 1).

Habitat. Most collections have been made in mixed Eucalyptus marginatalCorymbia calophylla open
woodland from yellow-grey, yellow-brown or yellow-red sands and sandy loams, with some lateritic
gravel, over an undulating granite substrate. Associated species from jarrah-marri woodland sites
include Banksia grandis, Xanthorrhoea preissii, Sphaerolobium medium, Lechenaultia biloba, Bossiaea
ornata, Stirlingia latifolia, Hibbertia hypericoides, Tetratheca hirsuta, Dryandra sessilis, D. squarrosa,
Daviesiarhombifolia, D. decurrens, Hakeacyclocarpa, H. ruscifolia, Grevillea tenuiflora, Stenanthemum
nanum, Petrophile teretifolia, Pericalymma ellipticum and Pultenaea pauciflora. Synaphea pandurata
has also been collected from the edge of a granite sheet in open jarrah woodland abutting proteaceous
heath dominated by Grevillea bipinnatifida, Hakea trifurcata, H. undulata, H. incrassata, Persoonia
quinquenervis and Allocasuarina humilis. In addition, one collection has been made from open E.
marginata/E. patens woodland with scattered Melaleuca preissiana in a low-lying area near the base
of Mt Vincent, with mosaic soils of dark brown loam and yellow-brown loamy gravel. Associated
vegetation at this site included many species common to the jarrah-marri woodland and proteaceous
heath as well as Mesomelaena tetragona, Hypocalymma angustifolium and Grevillea wilsonii.

Phenology. Flowering material of Synaphea pandurata has been collected mostly in September and
October, but an anomalous early flowering collection was made in April 2000 after an unseasonably
wet summer (F) Hort 995). Fruits have been collected in October.

106

Figure 3. Holotype of Synaphea pandurata (R. Butcher, F. Hort & J. Hort RB 800), scale = 5 cm.

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

nti
i} iil
Hil

PERTH 07482051

r\ i) X

Wotersee of

Sainte Eowsey sts S-SArchey

STRALIANATERBARIUM, PERTH
ora of We Australia
pRd (R. Davis 4151A)

Ss. . ite and concave.
in population; shortly lobed with broad apex to

‘ided.
sand, slightly clayey. Gentle NW slope. Open
sland with Daviesia rhombifolia, sedge specics,

Stirlingia latifolia, Tetratheca hirsuta, Lechenaultia biloba,

ly red. Adaxial tepal apex shortly and strongly
damopsis). Stigma pandurat

Frequency: locally frequent.
Loc:
Lat. S Long. E GDA94

Coll. R. Butcher, F. Hort & J. Hort RB 800 Date:
23/10/1999

Dups. to CANB K MEL NSW
PERTH 07482051

S of Brookton Highway WA

R. Butcher, Four new conservation-listed species of Synaphea (Proteaceae) 107

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Three under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. Synaphea pandurata has a restricted geographic distribution and is poorly known,
although the majority of collections are from protected areas within the Water Authority’s metropolitan
catchment area (i.e. Flint State Forest, Wearne State Forest and Lupton Conservation Park).

Etymology. The epithet pandurata refers to the fiddle-shaped (pandurate) stigma.

Affinities. Synaphea pandurata has similarities to anumber of regional congeners including S. decorticans
Lindl., S. boyaginensis A.S.George, S. damopsis and S. polypodioides, as well as the more northern
species S. panhesya A.S.George and S. grandis A.S.George. Close relationships are hypothesised to
exist among these taxa.

Synaphea pandurata shares its dull, blue-green, deeply lobed leaves with S. decorticans and
S. boyaginensis, but can be differentiated from both of these species by the shape of its flowers and
stigma. Synaphea decorticans possesses large, widely opening flowers with a more or less quadrate to
transversely lunate stigma and a puberulous ovary which develops into an ellipsoidal fruit positioned
abruptly on a short neck. By comparison, S. pandurata has moderately opening flowers, a stigma with
constricted sides and an ovary which is glabrous towards the apex and develops into a cylindrical to
obovoid fruit which tapers into the neck. Synaphea boyaginensis can be distinguished by its large, very
swollen, narrowly opening flowers with a large, ovate stigma that has the ventral surface angled and
papillose in the lower half and strongly concave in the upper half with a strongly incurved apex, as well
as its silky ovary. The petioles of S. decorticans also distinguish it from S. pandurata, being pinkish
at the base above the leaf sheaths and having scattered pilose hairs, whereas those of S. pandurata
are uniformly dull green and lack pilose hairs.

Synaphea pandurata is similar to S. polypodioides, a close relative of S. boyaginensis, in its thin
textured, deeply divided leaves with usually broad ultimate lobes, as well as in its glabrous flowers and
the pubescence of its ovary. The two species can be distinguished by their leaf colour and the shape of
their flowers and stigma, and these features are discussed in detail under S. polypodioides. Synaphea
damopsis is a species growing in the same geographic area which has similar shaped flowers, similar
curvature to the adaxial tepal and similar stigma morphology (i.e. the stigma is concave ventrally
with a prominent longitudinal ridge on the dorsal surface and has constricted sides, although the
constriction is further towards the narrower apex in this species). In both taxa the leaf lamina may
taper gradually into the petiole, but this character is more pronounced in S. damopsis, which can be
easily distinguished by its darker green, frequently pilose leaves which are more or less flabelliform
in outline and undulate, with short, triangular ultimate lobes.

Leaf colour and form is also similar to S. panhesya, a Bindoon area endemic closely affiliated
with S. decorticans, and the stigmas of S. pandurata and S. panhesya are similar in size (0.8—1.4 x
0.9-1.3 mm compared with 0.7—1.2 x 0.8-1.3 mm in S. panhesya) and general appearance—S. panhesya
having a trapeziform to obtrapeziform, through transversely broad-oblong, stigma with a shallowly
emarginate and slightly incurved apex, the ventral surface slightly concave in the upper half and the
dorsal surface with a thickened ridge in the lower half to three quarter length. The strongly constricted
sides to the stigma and the more concave ventral surface distinguish S. pandurata, however. Synaphea
panhesya can be distinguished by its more horizontally oriented, narrowly opening flowers, which
have less curved adaxial tepals and a villous ovary. Synaphea grandis is similar in having flowers with
a curved adaxial tepal and concave stigma, but the flowers are much larger. Additional distinguishing
features of S. grandis are discussed under the affinities of S. polypodioides.

|

108 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Notes. Specimens collected from lateritic rises and upslope localities (e.g. R. Butcher RB 811;
R. Davis 4151 A) have more highly divided leaves with narrower ultimate lobes and slightly sma}jer
flowers, but match other collections in the shape and curvature of the flowers and stigma as Wel] as
in indumentum.

R. Butcher RB 804 has broader leaves with broader ultimate lobes and large flowers in which
the adaxial tepal is more rounded in outline than usual, the abaxial tepal is more elongate and the
stigma is more quadrate with less constricted sides. This collection may represent a hybrid with
S. decorticans.

Anomalous collections include R. Butcher RB 806 (PERTH) and RB 807 (PERTH) which have
their flowers scarcely opening to opening narrowly and which have additional, half- to fully-formed
anthers on the adaxial and lateral tepals. Although the flowers are anomalous, the leaves and fryjts
are the same as other specimens of S. pandurata and this variation is regarded as a developmental
mutation. These two collections were made from a granite sheet, just inside an area of proteacegys
shrubland surrounded by jarrah woodland.

Synaphea polypodioides R.Butcher, sp. nov.

Synapheae boyaginensis A.S.George affinis, sed foliis fusco-viridibus, texturis tenuibus, minus
divisis, lobatis minus profundis, lobis latioribus.

Typus: north-north-west of Donnybrook, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 20 October 1998, R. Butcher & B. Hartmann RB 573 (holo: PERTH 07482078; iso: CANB,
K, MEL).

Synaphea sp. Donnybrook (B.J. Lepschi & T.R. Lally BJL 3111), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 16 June 2007].

Clumped subshrub 0.35-0.4 m tall, 0.4-0.8 m wide; tap root very slender with smooth, dark
brown bark on main and lateral roots. Stems numerous from base, 5-90 mm long, often with distinct
internodes representing yearly growth increments on upper stems; older stems with brown bark, base
mostly concealed by overlapping remnant leaf bases, with some appressed hairs; younger stems striate,
glabrous with appressed hairs near junctions with sheaths, reddish brown. Leaves simple, three-lobed
or pinnatipartite, with + asymmetric divisions, the base usually gradually tapering into petiole, flat to
slightly undulate; lowest pair of lobes simple to trilobed, straight or curved downwards; ultimate lobes
linear, oblong or oblanceolate, (11—18)26-90 mm long, 4-16 mm wide; obtuse, scarcely mucronate;
lamina (54)75-175 mm long, 46-165 mm wide, thin textured, glabrous to sub-glabrous, sparsely
puberulous on main veins, concolorous to slightly discolorous, lightto mid green, + glaucous; reticulation
fine to moderately open, shallow, prominent, main veins raised, + equally protuberant on adaxial and
abaxial surfaces; juvenile leaves puberulous, soon glabrescent, red-brown; petiole 20-105 mm long,
sub-glabrous to sparsely appressed-puberulous, occasionally lightly glaucous; basal sheath + glabrous
with appressed hairs at apex and base abaxially, densely appressed-silky adaxially; margins orangey-
pink, ciliate, glabrescent. Inflorescence 45-250 mm long at maturity, 0.5—3 times longer than leaves;
flowers openly spaced with rachis elongating, the internodes at base of spike 5—10 x perianth length,
in mid-region 1-5 x perianth length; peduncle 100-410 mm long, broad, distinctly flattened and striate
at base, once- to thrice-branched, sub-glabrous to appressed-pubescent, pubescent at base, green, green
and red or red; basal sheath 5.58.5 mm long, pubescent at apex and along midline abaxially, densely

R. Butcher, Four new conservation-listed species of Synaphea (Proteaceae) 109

appressed-silky adaxially, pinkish light brown to red-brown; rachis sparsely to densely pubescent,
green, green and red or red; bracts triangular to broadly ovate, spreading, obtuse, 1.7—2.6(3.4) mm
long, glabrous to lightly pubescent abaxially, glabrous adaxially, with ciliate to densely ciliate margins,
cilia densest in upper 1/2. Perianth gently ascending to ascending, opening moderately to widely,
glabrous or sub-glabrous to sparsely pubescent; adaxial tepal very strongly curved behind stigma,
especially near base, 5.6-6.8 mm long, 2.6-3.2 mm wide, the apex + erect, slightly hooded forwards
or angled back at c. 45°, the margins gently and shortly reflexed, glabrous to sparsely puberulous in
lower 1/2 of concavity; abaxial tepal flat to slightly convex, 4.75—5.6 mm long, 1.8—2.1 mm wide,
the apex narrow, strongly curved forwards over anthers then reflexed for 0.3—-0.75 mm, hairs present
behind filament; /ateral tepals straight to angled to side, 4.55.4 mm long, 2.15—2.7 (3.1-3.7) mm wide,
the apex incurved then twisted and reflexed to side over 0.3-0.6 mm, hairs present behind filament.
Stigma ovate with sides constricted and narrowed towards apex, 2—2.65 mm long, 1.35—1.75 mm
wide; apex narrow, shallowly emarginate, incurved; dorsal surface with thick, narrow, longitudinal
ridge terminating just below incurved apex; ventral surface thickened and papillose in lower 1/3—2/3,
strongly concave above; style attached c. halfway along dorsal surface of stigmatic plate, straight,
arcuate adaxially or geniculate at attachment with ovary beak; ovary ovoid to cylindrical with a
+ conical, adaxially angled, puberulous at base but glabrous above, beak to 0.2—0.3 mm long (after
style separates), 1.6—-1.9 mm long, 1.3—-1.5 mm wide, glabrous with fine hairs just at base to lightly
pubescent with hairs sparser, glabrescent, in upper 1/2; enlarged apical trichomes 15-30, spathulate to
oblanceolate with thick walls, subterete, straight to strongly curved, 0.6—-0.9 mm long, translucent to
opaque. Fruit (not fully mature) cylindrical to obovoid, tapering into a slender to broad neck, + smooth,
5.45.8 mm long, 2.6—3.1 mm wide including a neck 0.7—1.5 mm long, c. 0.7 mm wide, glabrous with
fine hairs at base and apex to sparsely pubescent with hairs concentrated at base, golden brown; beak
scarcely protruding to shortly triangular, angled adaxially, 0.1-0.2 mm long, puberulous, surrounded
by a short apical rim. Seed not seen. (Figure 4)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 31 Oct. 2003, R. Butcher RB 920
(PERTH 07215428); 20 Oct. 1998, R. Butcher & B. Hartmann RB 574 (PERTH); 20 Oct. 1998,
R. Butcher & B. Hartmann RB 575 (HO, NSW, PERTH); 20 Oct. 1998, R. Butcher & B. Hartmann
RB 577 (PERTH); 29 Sep. 2000, R.J. Cranfield 15341 (CFR., PERTH 05350301); 29 Nov. 2001,
R.J. Cranfield 17623 (CFR., PERTH 06050689); 9 Oct. 2005, S.A. Fisher BNC 567 (CFR., PERTH
07418027); 31 Oct. 1998, RC. Jobson, PH. Weston & J.M. Wilson PCJ 6051 (PERTH 06784437,
NSW, NY); 13 Oct. 1996, G.J. Keighery 14538 (PERTH 04951336); 18 Oct. 1996, B.J. Lepschi &
TR. Lally BJL 3111 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH 04939883).

Distribution. This species is restricted to the Dardanup — Donnybrook region, c. 180 km south of
Perth (Figure 1).

Habitat. Synaphea polypodioides grows in light brown loam, red-brown sandy loam and gravelly,
brown, sandy clay soils over laterite in undulating topography. The species occurs in Corymbia
calophylla/Eucalyptus marginata open woodland and forest with a shrubby understorey comprising
Persoonia longifolia, Agonis flexuosa, Pteridium esculentum, Chorizema ilicifolia, Macrozamia
riedlei and species of Boronia, Adenanthos, Grevillea, Conostylis, Acacia, Hibbertia, Dampiera and
Xanthorrhoea. At one locality east of Dardanup S. polypodioides has been collected from white-grey
sand over colluvial sand in E. marginata woodland over Banksia attenuata low woodland.

Phenology. Synaphea polypodioides has been collected in flower in September and October, with
fruiting commencing in October.

—

110 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Western Australian Herbariua

HILOYUUAE A

TH 07482078
:

Wi
: | eS:

{ /}

i0-. Way

H/

iis
7 |
4, Yj ,

Frequency: occasional, favouring embankment at roadside.

Loc.:
NNW Donnybrook WA.

Lat. S Long. E GDA94

Coll. R. Butcher & B, Hartmann RB 573 Date: 20/10/1998

Dups. to CANB K MEL

PERTH 07482078

Figure 4. Holotype of Synaphea polypodioides (R. Butcher & B. Hartmann RB 573), scale = 5 cm.

R. Butcher, Four new conservation-listed species of Synaphea (Proteaceae) 111

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Three under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. Small populations of S. polypodioides have been found in remnant woodland
throughout the Boyanup — Donnybrook area and large populations exist in jarrah woodland south-west
of Donnybrook. The geographic extent of this species appears small.

Etymology. The epithet refers to the leaves of this species which are thin-textured and similarly divided
to some species of the fern genus Polypodium. The name also pays homage to the nomenclatural fame
of Synaphea spinulosa (Burm.f.) Merr. in being one of the first two Australian plants named under the
Linnaean binomial system; albeit as Polypodium spinulosum Burm.f.

Affinities. Synaphea polypodioides is most similar to S. boyaginensis and S. pandurata in its foliage,
floral and fruit characters, and a close relationship between them is hypothesised. In particular, all three
species have large numbers of branches arising at stem nodes, flowers which have a strongly curved
adaxial tepal anda stigma which is strongly concave ventrally. The stigma of S. pandurata is distinctive
in this group of species in being flatter ventrally, more quadrate in outline and prominently constricted
along the sides in the mid-region. Synaphea polypodioides is more similar to S. boyaginensis in both
floral and stigma morphology, differing primarily in leaf form, having less frequently, and less deeply,
divided, greener, thinner-textured leaves with usually broader, more or less oblong ultimate lobes.
By comparison the leaves of S. boyaginensis are highly dissected, pinnatipartite and blue-green, with
rigid, slender, linear to narrowly triangular ultimate lobes, and are rough to the touch due to the raised
reticulating veins. One specimen of S. polypodioides (R. Butcher RB 920), approaches S. boyaginensis
(especially collections from Gunapin State Forest) in the pale, glaucous appearance to the leaves and
the narrower width of the ultimate lobes, but the leaves were dark, dull green when fresh and are
thin-textured. R. Butcher RB 920 is an upland collection and this taxon may be exhibiting the same
patterns of environmental leaf variation noted for S. pandurata.

R.J. Cranfield 17623 differs from other specimens of S. polypodioides in being hairier throughout
and this specimen is recorded as being from a slightly different habitat (sandy clay soils near a
watercourse in Corymbia calophylla forest). Although the effect of habitat on morphology within this
species has not been investigated, it appears significant that S. polypodioides and S. boyaginensis are
biogeographically distinct and have different habitat preferences. While both taxa occur in lateritic
uplands, S. polypodioides is found further down slope in sandier and loamier soils than S. boyaginensis.
Additionally, where S. polypodioides is found in Eucalyptus marginata, C. calophylla and Banksia
grandis woodland, over a primarily herbaceous understorey, on the southern tail of the Darling Scarp,
S. boyaginensis is found in low woodland characterised by E. wandoo, E. accedens and E. drummondii,
over proteaceous shrubland and heath, in lower rainfall areas on the eastern edge of the Jarrah Forest
region, on the Darling Plateau.

Synaphea polypodioides is similar to S. pandurata in having the ovary more or less glabrous, with
hairs just at the base or in the lower third, and, like this species, has occasional individuals with a lightly
pubescent ovary (i.e. R.J. Cranfield 17623). Collections with a pubescent ovary are more likely to be
confused with S. boyaginensis as this latter species has a silky ovary. Although there is an overlap in
total leaf width and ultimate lobe width values between S. polypodioides and S. pandurata, and each
species has relatively thin-textured leaves, those of the former are more green than blue-green in colour
and more irregularly lobed. Synaphea polypodioides can also be distinguished by its less branched
habit with fewer branches arising from nodes, its larger flowers in which the apices and margins of
the tepals are not as strongly reflexed and its stigma, which is longer, broader and less constricted at
the sides, with a narrowed, incurved apex.

112 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Synaphea polypodioides also bears some similarity to S. grandis and S. whicherensis A.S.George
in flower and stigma morphology, but more closely resembles S. grandis in leaf morphology and
clumped habit. Although variable across its range, the divisions of the leaves of S. grandis usual}
diverge at greater angles and have triangular to narrowly triangular ultimate lobes with a longer apiggy
mucro. The flowers are usually larger, with a greater L:W ratio to each tepal, the adaxial tepal is leg.
curved dorsally and has margins that are more strongly reflexed, while the apex of the abaxial tepaj
is erect then gently incurved, rather than curved forwards then reflexed. Synaphea grandis can he
distinguished by its more or less oblong stigma which has a strongly incurved, shortly emarginate ape
and which is scarcely papillose in the lower half of the ventral surface, as well as by its puberuloyg
to pubescent ovary.

Synaphea whicherensis is similar in its floral shape, strongly curved adaxial tepal, concave stigma
and an ovary that is more or less glabrous except for fine hairs at the base, but is easily distinguisheg
by both leaf and stigma morphology. The flowers of S. whicherensis are described as being ‘swollen’
(George 1995) and have the apex of the abaxial tepal strongly recurved and more or less appresseg
to the dorsal surface of the tepal. While both species have a concave stigma, that of S. whicherensj;
is entire with a rounded apex that is not incurved. Synaphea whicherensis can also be distinguisheg
by its distinctly narrow-linear (2-4 mm wide) leaf lobes which are frequently curved downwards ang
have acuminate, pungent apices. Although S. whicherensis has long peduncles (140—185 mm long) the
spikes are distinctive in being short (20-48 mm long) with the flowers very crowded at the apex.

Synaphea trinacriformis R.Butcher, sp. nov.

Ab speciebus aliis omnibus turma sequenti characterum distinguitur: folia lanceolata vel obovata
vel anguste cuneata, crassa, foveata; perianthium pilosum tepalis lateralibus valde falcatis; stigma
manifeste cornutum projectura erecta apicali ex paginae ventrali orienti.

Typus: south-east of Bowelling, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
2 October 1999, R. Butcher, J.A. Wege & D.T. Wildy RB 780 (holo: PERTH 07482035; iso: CANB,
K, MEL, NSW).

Synaphea sp. Bowelling (R. Butcher & B. Hartmann RB 608), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 16 June 2007].

Prostrate subshrub 0.15—0.3 m tall, 0.2-1 m wide. Stems few, 50-140 mm long; older stems
with brown bark and scattered appressed hairs; younger stems densely pubescent and pilose. Leaves
lanceolate, obovate or narrowly cuneate, entire to shortly three-lobed at apex, the latter sometimes
shortly three-lobed again, + flat to gently concave, undulate towards apex; ultimate lobes triangular,
2-14 mm long, 3-6 mm wide; obtuse with an acute to obtuse, + sharp mucro 0.2-0.9 mm long;
lamina 60-145 mm long, 8-47 mm wide, puberulous to densely pubescent and sparsely to densely
pilose, concolorous to very slightly discolorous, pale green when fresh, drying yellowish-green,
not glaucous; reticulation fine and pitted, reticulum thickened; midvein and two marginal veins
raised and prominent, more protuberant on abaxial than adaxial surface; juvenile leaves with pitted
reticulation, densely pubescent and pilose, yellowish-green to pale green; petiole 25-150 mm long,
densely puberulous to pubescent and pilose throughout; basal sheath densely pubescent and pilose
abaxially, densely appressed-silky adaxially; margins pale pinkish-cream, ciliate, but mostly obscured
by vestiture. Inflorescence 30-135 mm long at maturity, just shorter than or up to 0.5 times longer than
leaves; flowers crowded, the internodes at base of spike 1-3 x perianth length, in mid-region 1/3—1/2

R. Butcher, Four new conservation-listed species of Synaphea (Proteaceae) 113

x perianth length; peduncles 10-110 mm long, simple or rarely once-branched, densely pubescent and
pilose throughout, with scattered red, resinous hairs, green when fresh, drying yellowish-green; basal
sheath 11-18 mm long, puberulous to appressed-pubescent with pilose hairs along margins and centre
line to appressed-silky throughout, with scattered red hairs abaxially, sparse to dense appressed hairs
along centre line and at apex, margins glabrous adaxially, cream infused with pink when fresh, light
reddish-brown when dried; rachis densely pubescent and pilose, green when fresh, yellowish-green
when dried; bracts ovate to broadly ovate, spreading horizontally with base sheathing flower, acute to
broadly obtuse, 2~3.2 mm long, densely pubescent and spreading pilosulose to pilose abaxially, glabrous
adaxially, with long ciliate margins. Perianth + horizontal to gently ascending, opening moderately
to widely, compressed dorsiventrally, patently pubescent; adaxial tepal curved at base below stigma,
+ flat towards apex, 4.8-6.5 mm long, 2.8-3.6 mm wide, the apex erect to gently curved forwards,
the margins flared backwards to shortly and strongly reflexed, glabrous or with scattered, short, white
and red hairs within shallow concavity; abaxial tepal + flat to strongly convex, 3.14.3 mm long,
1.2-1.7 mm wide, the apex shortly and strongly reflexed for 0.5-0.7 mm, few hairs present mostly
behind filament; /ateral tepals + falcate, 3-4.7 mm long, 2-3.4 mm wide, the apex strongly curved
to the side and reflexed for 0.50.7 mm, few hairs present mostly behind filament. Stigma broadly
ovate with erect to divergent horns, 1.2-1.6 mm long, 1.5—2 mm wide, including horns 0.6-1 mm
long; apical horns reflexed then erect to gently incurved; dorsal surface evenly thickened from base
to apex; ventral surface reclining, convex on the horizontal plane, with an erect, apical, triangular
projection 0.3-0.5 mm long held between the horns; ovary cylindrical with a broad, obtuse, sparsely
puberulous beak to 0.2-0.3 mm long (after style separates), 0.50.9 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide,
appressed-silky; enlarged apical trichomes 23-41, spathulate, flattened, 0.5—1.1 mm long, translucent.
Fruit obovoid, with a thickened ridge on the adaxial edge in the lower 2/3, almost sessile, smooth
with venation lightly rugulose to netted, 3.94 mm long, 2.6-2.7 mm wide, including a minute neck
0.2-0.3 mm long, 0.7 mm wide, pilosulose, light greenish-brown (not fully mature); beak broadly
conical, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.8—-1.2 mm wide, glabrous, apical rim of fruit scarcely discernable. Seed
not seen. (Figure 5)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 22 Oct. 1998, R. Butcher &
B. Hartmann RB 608 (PERTH 05300398); RB 609 (AD, PERTH 05300371); 12 May 1998, R. Davis
6202 (PERTH 05107423); 17 Nov. 1997, R. Davis 4480 (PERTH 04936159); 25 Sep. 1995, . Crowley
DKN 145 (DKN., PERTH 04726235).

Distribution. Synaphea trinacriformis has been collected from a single area near Bowelling, c. 35 km
east-south-east of Collie (Figure 1). Although its distribution appears restricted at this stage, populations
are large and healthy with plants from the type locality being abundant c. 5 years post-fire.

Habitat. This species has been collected from both roadside and undisturbed sites in soils comprising
bare white sand to grey-brown loamy sand and laterite gravel. Associated vegetation is low, open
woodland dominated by Eucalyptus marginata and Corymbia calophyllawith Allocasuarina sp., Banksia
attenuata and Banksia grandis as sub-dominant species. Understorey vegetation includes Xanthorrhoea
preissii and species of Lechenaultia, Persoonia, Gompholobium, Calytrix and Bossiaea.

Phenology. Flowering specimens have been collected in September and October, and fruits have been
seen in mid-November (R. Davis 4480).

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. Synaphea trinacriformis is known from only five collections within a small geographic
area, none of which is within a current conservation reserve.

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Vestern Australian Herbariun

TIE AUIANy

PERTH 07482035

Hoimet of

Sung hkes Avie Loos, ES 4B<\ey

DETERMINAVIT &-Gnr<ew wt |3[200>
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Synaphea sp. Bowelling (R. Butcher & B. Hartmann RB 608)
Proteaceae

Rachis and peduncle green. Leaves pale green and pitted,
narrowly cuneate and lobed at apex. Sheaths cream tinged pink
at apex, hairy throughout. Stigma with prominent horns.

Grey sandy . Burnt within last 5 years. Low open
Eucalyptus marginata forest with ia attenuata, B. grandis,
Allocasuarina over Calytrix, Bossiaea, Lechenaultia.

Frequency: locally abundant.
Loe.:

Lat. S Long. E GDA94

Coll. R. Butcher, J.A. Wege & D.T. Wildy RB 780. Date:
02/10/1999

to CANB K MEL NSW
TH 07482035

Figure 5. Holotype of Synaphea trinacriformis (R. Butcher, J.A. Wege & D.T. Wildy RB 780), scale = 5 cm.

R. Butcher, Four new conservation-listed species of Synaphea (Proteaceae) 115

Etymology. The epithet trinacriformis is Latin for ‘three-pronged’ and refers to the trident-like
appearance of the stigma.

Affinities. Synaphea trinacriformis is closely affiliated with S. brachyceras R.Butcher and S. favosa
R.Br.,, all these species being prostrate to domed sub-shrubs with pitted leaf reticulation, overlapping
flower sizes and prominent stigmatic horns. Of these, S. brachyceras is most similar as it also has a
shorter apical projection between the stigmatic horns, although this arises from the dorsal surface of
the stigma and is recurved, while it is an erect extension of the ventral surface in S. trinacriformis.
Although there is some overlap in leaf morphology when each of these species has entire leaves, those
of S. brachyceras are generally more divided, ranging from deeply tripartite to pinnatipartite (Butcher
2000), while those of S. trinacriformis are either entire or very narrowly cuneate in outline with short,
triangular lobes at the apex. Synaphea trinacriformis is also more pubescent throughout, with dense
short pubescence and pilose hairs on its petioles and peduncles, and more pubescence on bracts and
flowers. Synaphea favosa can be easily distinguished from both S. trinacriformis and S. brachyceras
by the absence of a projection between the stigmatic horns.

In its prostrate habit, leaf shape, dense pubescence on petioles and peduncles, and horned stigma,
Synaphea trinacriformis is also similar to S. hians A.S.George, S. floribunda and S. reticulata (Sm.)
Druce. The former two species can be distinguished by the shallow reticulation on their leaves, where
the reticulating veins are barely raised above the lamina, as well as their longer bracts (3-6 mm long
and 33.5 mm long respectively), larger flowers (adaxial tepal 6.5-7.5 mm long and 6—6.5 mm long
respectively) and the absence of an apical projection between the longer stigmatic horns. Synaphea
reticulata has more prominent reticulation on the leaves, and bract and adaxial tepal lengths overlap
with those of S. trinacriformis, but the lamina is distinctly pitted in this latter species, the abaxial
tepals are shorter (4.5—5.8 mm long compared with 3.1-4.1 mm long in S. trinacriformis) and the
stigmatic projection is distinctive.

Notes. Of the taxa discussed above, all but S. brachyceras are members of Synaphea sect. Bicornis
A.S.George (see Butcher 2000) and S. trinacriformis would also be placed here based on leaf and
stigma morphology. However, I regard the infrageneric classification of Synaphea as unstable and
do not formally place S. trinacriformis within sect. Bicornis, although it is undoubtedly closely
related to its members. Taxonomic relationships within this hypothesised section are complex and the
unambiguous distinction of S. floribunda and S. hians, S. hians and S. reticulata, and S. reticulata and
S. favosa can be difficult, due to similarities in habit and leaf, flower and stigma morphology, as well
as intergrades in leaf texture and reticulation, and flower and bract size and pubescence. Synaphea
floribunda s. str. is also very similar to the geographically disjunct taxon Synaphea sp. Darkin (F.
Hort et al. 586) but further field work, especially through intermediate areas, is required to clarify the
status of this phrase-named taxon.

Many specimens of Synaphea spinulosa have projections arising from the apex of the ventral
surface of the stigma and these take the form of either a simple or bifurcating projection of stigmatic
tissue. It is hypothesised that this structure may increase the effectiveness of pollen removal from the
under-surface of insect visitors.

Acknowledgements

Especial thanks to Fred and Jean Hort for their extensive field explorations and knowledge, their

116 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

abundant Synaphea collections and their boundless enthusiasm. The field companionship of Rob
Davis, Ben Hartmann, Jim Mant, Juliet Wege and Dan Wildy during the collection of material for
this project is greatly appreciated. Toby Whittington is thanked for graphics support and Alex George
for his assistance with the Latin diagnoses. Many thanks also to the Director of MEL for the loan of
Synaphea type material and to Juliet Wege and an anonymous reviewer for their comments towards
the improvement of this manuscript. Taxonomic work in Synaphea has been funded by an Australian
Postgraduate Award administered through The University of Western Australia, and the Western
Australian Government’s ‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative.

References

Abbott, I. & Loneragan, O. (1986). “Ecology of Jarrah (Eucalyptus marginata) in the northern jarrah forest of Western Australia.”
Bulletin No. 1 (Department of Conservation and Land Management: Perth.)

Bell, D.T. & Heddle, E.M. (1989). Floristic, morphologic and vegetational diversity. /n: B. Dell, J.J. Havel & N. Malajezuk
(Eds) “The Jarrah Forest: A complex Mediterranean ecosystem.” pp. 53-66. (Kluwer Academic Publishers: Dordrecht.)

Bentham, G. (1870). “Flora Australiensis: A description of the plants of the Australian territory.” Vol. 5. (Reeve & Co.:
London.)

Butcher, R. (2000). Synaphea brachyceras (Proteaceae: Conospermeae), a new species from the Arthur River area in south-west
Western Australia. Nuytsia 13(2): 265-271.

Butcher, R. (2006). Synaphea xela (Proteaceae: Conospermeae), a new species from the Jurien-Eneabba area of Western
Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 89(3): 123-127.

Churchward, H.M. & Dimmock, G.M. (1989). The soils and landforms of the northern jarrah forest. /n: B. Dell, J.J. Havel &
N. Malajczuk (Eds) “The Jarrah Forest: A complex Mediterranean ecosystem.” pp. 13-22. (Kluwer Academic Publishers:
Dordrecht.)

Conservation Council of Western Australia (1980). “Jarrah Reserve: A proposal for a major reserve in the Northern Jarrah
Forest of Western Australia.” (Conservation Council: Perth.)

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed 20 August 2007]

Dell, B. & Havel, J.J. (1989). The jarrah forest, an introduction. Jn: B. Dell, J.J. Havel & N. Malajezuk (Eds) “The Jarrah Forest:
A complex Mediterranean ecosystem.” pp. 1-10. (Kluwer Academic Publishers: Dordrecht.)

George, A.S. (1995). Synaphea. In: A.E. Orchard (Ed.) “Flora of Australia.” Vol. 16, pp. 271-306 (CSIRO: Melbourne.)

Havel, J.J. (1975a). Site vegetation mapping in the northern jarrah forest (Darling Range). 1. Definition of site-vegetation sites.
Forestry Department of Western Australia Bulletin 86.

Havel, J.J. (1975b). Site vegetation mapping in the northern jarrah forest (Darling Range). 2. Location and mapping of site-
vegetation sites. Forestry Department of Western Australia Bulletin 87.

Havel, J.J. (1989). Land use conflicts and the emergence of multiple land use. Jn: B. Dell, J.J. Havel & N. Malajczuk (Eds.)
“The Jarrah Forest: a complex Mediterranean ecosystem.” pp. 281-314. (Kluwer Academic Publishers: Dordrecht.)

Holmgren, P. K. & Holmgren, N. H. (1998-). Index Herbariorum: A global directory of public herbaria and associated staff.
New York Botanical Garden’s Virtual Herbarium. http://sweetgum.nybg.org/ih/ [accessed 2 August 2007]

Hopper, $.D. & Gioia, P. (2004). The southwest Australian floristic region: evolution and conservation of a global hot spot of
biodiversity. Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution and Systematics 35: 623-650.

Markey, A. (1997). “A Floristic Survey of the Northern Darling Scarp.” Unpublished report to the Department of Conservation
and Land Management, the Department of Environmental Protection and the Western Australian Conservation Council,
for the Australian Heritage Commission. 150 pp. (Department of Conservation and Land Management: Como, Wester
Australia.)

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1995). “An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for setting
priorities in the National Reserves System Cooperative Program.” (Australian Nature Conservation Agency, Reserve
Systems Unit: Canberra.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 18 June 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 117-126 (2007) 117

Tetratheca exasperata and T. phoenix (Elaeocarpaceae), two new
conservation-listed species allied to 7. setigera, from south-west
Western Australia

Ryonen Butcher

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Butcher, R. Tetratheca exasperata and T. phoenix (Elacocarpaceae), two new conservation-listed
species allied to 7; setigera, from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 117-126 (2007). The two
new species described here are similar to Tetratheca setigera Endl. in having the upper part of the
pedicel, the receptacle and the calyx segments densely ornamented with long, red, glandular setae.
Tetratheca exasperata R.Butcher differs most readily from 7. setigera in its almost glabrous leaves,
with strongly revolute margins, and very short, patent stem hairs. This taxon has been infrequently
collected from three areas in the Jarrah Forest and Avon Wheatbelt regions and has a Priority Three
conservation listing. Tetratheca phoenix R.Butcher differs from T. setigera in its almost glabrous, but
prominently tuberculate, stems and densely glandular-hairy ovary. This taxon is restricted to Mt Cooke,
c. 70 km south-east of Perth and has a Priority Two conservation listing. These two new species are
described and illustrated here, and their distributions are mapped.

Introduction

Tetratheca Sm. comprises 35 taxa in Western Australia, 22 of which are currently listed as Priority
or Declared Rare Flora under the Department of Environment and Conservation’s (DEC) Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-; Atkins 2006). One species
previously recorded from the Wheatbelt is now listed as Presumed Extinct. Thompson’s (1976)
revision of the genus recognised eight new Western Australian species, all with five or fewer cited
specimens, many with highly restricted distributions. Of these, one species is no longer considered
distinct, but six of the remaining seven have current conservation listing, with little or no expansion
of their geographic range recognised since their description. Recent taxonomic work (Alford 1995;
Butcher & Sage 2005; Bull 2007, this issue; Butcher 2007a; Butcher 2007b, this issue) has confirmed
that highly localised distributions and natural rarity are common features of many Western Australian
species. Coupled with habitat loss through agricultural land-clearing, mining and other past and current
threatening processes, it is sobering that all 11 new taxa described since 1995 are currently listed as
Priority or Declared Rare Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998—; Atkins 2006).

The two new species described here show closest morphological affinity to T. setigera Endl., a
widespread and variable species from south-west Western Australia that is the subject of ongoing
taxonomic investigation (T.D. Macfarlane pers. comm.). Tetratheca setigera varies in the pubescence

118 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

of stems and leaves, the presence or absence of glandular setae on the pedicel, receptacle and Calyx
segments, the degree of expansion of the pedicel apex into the receptacle, the width of the receptagjg
and stamen morphology, particularly, the degree of constriction between the anther body and tube and
the length of the anther tube. Some morphological variation appears to be geographically correlated,
with a ‘typical’ form widespread from Dwellingup to Augusta and Nornalup and divergent collections
occurring mainly in the Walpole-Nornalup and Albany regions.

Despite the wide variation in 7. setigera and the need for further work to fully resolve and clarify
this, two new, allied taxa can be clearly discriminated and are described here. Tetratheca exasperatg
R.Butcher has three disjunct areas of distribution in the Jarrah Forest and Avon Wheatbelt regions,
Tetratheca phoenix R.Butcher is known only from Mt Cooke, c. 70 km SE of Perth on the Darling
Scarp. Both species are relatively uniform and differ from 7. setigera in details of leaf morphology and
stem, leaf and flower indumentum. Both new species have a Priority ranking under the Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora.

Both of these new taxa are also allied to 7 fasciculata Joy Thomps., which is listed as Presumed
Extinct in Western Australia (Atkins 2006). Only two specimens (including the holotype) of T. fasciculata
have been collected and extensive searches have failed to relocate this taxon (S. Patrick pers. comm.).
Study of the holotype of 7. fasciculata (“sources of Blackwood River”, Miss Cronin 1889, MEL 1008329)
and the second specimen (‘near Lake Wagin”, Miss Cronin 1895, MEL 1008410) has confirmed the
distinctness of this species from T. setigera and the species described in this paper.

Methods

All specimens of Tetratheca housed at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) were examined
as well as selected specimens, including type material, on loan from the National Herbarium of Victoria
(MEL) and the Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney (NSW). Herbarium acronyms follow Holmgren &
Holmgren (1998-), except for ALB., DKN. and KJP. which represent the Western Australian regional
herbaria at Albany, Darkan and Kojonup, respectively. Habit, stem, foliage and colour characters were
taken from herbarium specimens, with floral characters measured from reconstituted flowers.

For ease and accuracy of comparison with previously described species (see Thompson 1976;
Alford 1995; Butcher & Sage 2005; Butcher 2007a), descriptive terminology follows Thompson (1976).
A notable exception is the use of pedicel, rather than peduncle, for the flower stalk. One important
diagnostic character requires clarification, however. Thompson’s descriptions of the stamens refer to
three visible parts; the filament, which varies from filiform to broad and greatly reduced in length;
the anther “body” (Thompson 1976: 149), which is enlarged and formed from the four fused anther
cells; and the anther tube, which is the unilocular terminal portion of the stamen from which pollen is
released from all four cells via a common aperture. The specific and relative sizes of these three parts,
as well as their vestiture and colour, and their respective connexions—which contribute to the overall
shape of the stamens—all have high taxonomic value. As such, Thompson’s distinction between the
three parts, and her terminology, is retained here. A range of stamen morphologies illustrating the
diversity of forms of each of these parts is shown in Thompson (1976: 150). Attention is also drawn
to Figure 1D where the distinction between the 4-celled anther body and the terminal anther tube is
evident.

The distribution map was created using DIVA-GIS freeware Version 5.2.0.2 (http://www.diva-gis.org/)

R. Butcher, Tetratheca exasperata and T. phoenix, two new conservation-listed species 119

and shows the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation of Australia (IBRA) Version 6.1 boundaries
(Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007) applicable to south-west Western Australia.
Precise localities have been withheld from all cited specimens due to conservation concerns.

Taxonomy
Tetratheca exasperata R.Butcher, sp. nov.

Tetrathecae setigerae Endl. similis sed caulibus pilis patentibus rigidibus brevissimis subter setis
rigidis sparsis, foliis + glabris marginibus valde revolutis differt.

Typus: south-south-east of Duranillin, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 5 October 2006, V. Crowley DKN 1104 (holo: PERTH 07477880!); iso: CANB!, K!, MEL!,
NSW!).

Tetratheca sp. Duranillin (V. Crowley 976), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 20 August 2007].

Sub-shrub, 0.10.35 m high, 0.05—0.4 m wide. Stems few, openly and alternately branched, slender,
leafy, terete, straight, apices indeterminate, terminal branchlets 40-201 mm long, 0.6—1.15 mm wide
in flowering region, olive green, tinged with pink, to red-brown below light pinkish-grey to grey wax
on younger stems, older stems dull, pale olive-green or green-brown to red-brown, longitudinally
rugulose, with a moderate to dense, even covering of short (0.01—0.1 mm long), white, patent, non-
tubercule-based, simple hairs and sparse to moderate, long (0.6—1.4 mm long), stiff, red to red-brown,
+ patent, tubercule-based glandular setae, these often concentrated at stem bases and below leaves,
setae falling with age to leave a white-cream tubercule remnant. Leaves alternate, persistent, moderately
to densely arranged, ascending to adpressed to stem, often with a single seta on, or at the base of, the
petiole and/or with two setae in a + stipular position; petiole fleshy, inserted above small raised area
of stem, 0.25-0.6 mm long, pink-red to red below pinkish-grey or grey wax, sometimes with short
simple hairs or acute tubercules along margins; blade linear, lanceolate or narrowly elliptic, 2.3-9.7 mm
long, 0.5—2.3 mm wide; apex acute to obtuse, often terminating in a short point; margins thickened to
strongly revolute, entire, sometimes appearing dentate due to scattered marginal glandular setae; adaxial
surface pale, dull green, glabrous or with a few very short, simple hairs or small, acute tubercules
towards apex or scattered throughout, glaucous, wrinkled; abaxial surface pale, dull green, glabrous or
with a few very short, simple hairs or small, acute tubercules towards apex, glaucous, midvein raised
at the base, becoming depressed into the lamina at the apex. Flowers single in leaf axils. Bracts 2 or
3, linear to lanceolate, 0.5—1.3 mm long, 0.1—0.3 mm wide, red to dark red, few simple hairs along
margins and at the apex on both surfaces. Pedicels straight at base and gently curved into receptacle,
occasionally strongly curved at base, 6.6-12.5 mm long, 0.25—0.8 mm wide, with thickened longitudinal
ridges in upper 1/3 to 1/4, golden-pink to red, light orange-brown to pink-red at apices of thickened
longitudinal ridges, sometimes paler or becoming green towards receptacle, glabrous in lower 2/3 to
3/4, upper portion with dense, stiff, red, glandular setae (0.75-0.95 mm long) arising at the apices of
ridges, sometimes glaucous, finely striate, tapering along length before expanding suddenly into a
receptacle 1-1.7 mm wide; receptacle densely covered with + decurrent ridges terminating in stiff, red,
glandular setae. Calyx segments 5, rarely 4, inserted at the apex of the receptacle, thickened and folded
at base, deciduous by early fruit formation, narrowly oblong-elliptic to narrowly ovate, 2.5-4.4 mm
long, 1.3-2 mm wide, slightly concave, apex usually acute, gently recurved; margins slightly thicker,

120 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

slightly recurved; outer surface pink to dark pink, + glabrous with occasional large, raised tubercules
or stiff setae, these usually concentrated at the base; inner surface + glabrous, with some very fine,
straight hairs towards margins, mid-vein prominent. Perals 5, rarely 4, deciduous, spathulate to obovate,
7.6-12.8 mm long, 4-6.7 mm wide with the widest point at c. 2/3 length, apex usually rounded with
a small triangular fold from centre, dark pink to pink-purple. Stamens usually 10, less commonly
8, rarely 11, 2.5-3.8 mm long, free; filaments thick, wedge-shaped, straight to angled, 0.1—0.2 mm
long, pink to red, glabrous; body gently curved from the filament on inner edge, then + straight and
with a smooth transition into the tube above, outer edge strongly curved and expanded at base above
filament then straight with a smooth transition into the tube, 1.6—2.6 mm long, pink to red, smooth
or with scattered small tubercules or short, simple hairs on margins of cells, mainly in the lower 2/3;
tube arising smoothly from the body on inner and outer edges, usually incurved, 0.7—1.25 mm long,
orifice narrow to moderately open, oblique, lower edge longer than the upper, pink to red, sometimes
paler towards apex, smooth. Ovary broadly ovate, compressed, with a thickened rim at base, tapering
into the style at apex, 1.4-1.85 mm long, 1.05—1.45 mm wide, pale pink to red, glabrous externally
and internally; sty/e straight, 1.4-2.1 mm long, yellowish pink to pink, paler at apex, glabrous; stigma
shortly papillose; ovules 2, 1 in each locule, attached near the apex of the septum, placentation not
prominent. Mature fruit not seen. Seed not seen. (Figure 1)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] Jarrah Forest: 22 Sep. 1995,
V. Crowley DKN 352 (PERTH 04743903); 25 Sep. 1995, V. Crowley DKN 351 (PERTH 04743911); 2
Oct. 1999, V. Crowley DKN 976 (DKN., PERTH 05779111); 22 Oct. 1985, E.J. Croxford 4555 (ALB.,
PERTH 04399668); 27 Sep. 2000, C.M. Lewis 485 (KJP., PERTH 05888867); 10 Oct. 2001, C.M. Lewis
534 (KJP., PERTH 06094708). Avon Wheatbelt: 24 Oct. 1986, E.J. Croxford s.n. (PERTH 02941813);
24 Oct. 1997, TD. Macfarlane TDM 2015 (PERTH 04724542); 26 Oct. 1982, K.H. Rechinger 59097
(PERTH 02962314), 59099 (PERTH 02818116).

Distribution. Tetratheca exasperata occurs between Bowelling and Kojonup, c. 200-300 km SSE of
Perth, in the Jarrah Forest region, and near Tincurrin, c. 200 km SE of Perth, in the Avon Wheatbelt
region (Figure 2).

Habitat. This taxon has been collected from white to grey sand and sandy loam with gravel, as well as
from orange-brown gravelly loam soils. In the Jarrah Forest region, 7: exasperata occurs in Eucalyptus
marginata and E. wandoo woodland with Dryandra sessilis, D. preissii, Billardiera sp. and Nemciasp.;
while in the Avon Wheatbelt it has been collected from dense heath comprising Dryandra proteoides
and species of Banksia, Adenanthos and Melaleuca, with scattered, emergent Nuytsia floribunda.

Phenology. Collected in flower from late September to late October, with fruits developing from late
October.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Three under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. Tetratheca exasperata is known from only 11 collections, none of which are from
conservation reserves. Plant numbers range from one to occasional at all sites where the abundance
of this species has been recorded.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the stem vestiture (L. exasperatus—covered with shott,
hard points).

Affinities. Tetratheca exasperata is most similar to T. setigera and these two species are evidently

R. Butcher, Tetratheca exasperata and T. phoenix, two new conservation-listed species 121

‘ester esata tetera

PERTH 07477880

Hororrt of

“Yebatranm exarperata, E:fivrever|
DETERIAHAMTT phen

‘Western Ae aan arearnee (PERTH

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Viera of Wenterm Austria

Trarasheca sp. Deranilin (V. Cromtey 976)

Frequency: scattered shine radide row colo 8 yt
‘she Baap firak Arr Ried.

Lees
SSH of Derandlan WA

La Lome, ODay

Coll, ¥.Cromley 1104 Date: 05/10/2000

Ww DKN
Tit O47

|

|

ft

| Figure 1. Tetratheca exasperata. A — holotype (V. Crowley DKN 1104); B — stem detail showing very short, simple hairs,
} long, stiff, tubercule-based setae and tubercular remnants clustered below the leaf scar; C — solitary, axillary flowers, with
] glabrous leaves observable; D — dissected, rehydrated flower showing stiff setae on the receptacle, stamen morphology,
| glabrous ovary and short, straight style. Ovary dissected on one half to show single ovule per locule. All images taken
from the holotype. Scale bar = 5 cm (A), 0.5 mm (B), 1.5 mm (C), 1 mm (D).

122 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Brookton
°

ae.
9 Kojonup

kilometers

Figure 2. Distribution of Tetratheca exasperata (m) and T. phoenix (+) in south-west Western Australia.

closely related. Shared characters include the stiff setae on the stems and the concentration of these
around the leaves and nodes, the glandular setae on the upper part of the pedicel and receptacle, the
shape and relative lengths of the staminal parts, and the glabrous ovary. Tetratheca exasperata can
be differentiated from 7. setigera by its leaves, which are densely arranged, pale, dull green, usually
glaucous and glabrous to glabrescent, with strongly revolute margins and a smooth to slightly wrinkled
adaxial surface. By comparison, the leaves of 7. setigera are openly spaced, prominently discolourous
with a paler abaxial surface, variable in indumentum, but usually prominently strigose, and lack
strongly revolute margins. The stems of 7: exasperata have sparser setae and these overlie very short,
patent, stiff, white hairs, rather than short, wavy, soft, white hairs, as seen in 7. setigera. The charactet
of different stem hairs in combination is also used to distinguish 7: hispidissima Steetz (red-brown
setae over short, straight, white hairs) from the variable and closely related species 7. hirsuta Lindl.
(dense, white, curled hairs (when present) below the setae).

Florally, 7: exasperata is very similar to the most widespread and common form of 7. sefigerd,
in having a setose pedicel and receptacle, and the outer edge of the stamens curved more or less
smoothly from the filament to the anther tube. Tetratheca exasperata differs from T. setigera by the
greater density of coarser setae at the apex of the pedicel and on the receptacle, and in having shorter,
usually incurved anther tubes and a greater frequency of hairs on the anther body. Both species have
a glabrous ovary with one ovule per locule, however, in 7. exasperata the inner surface of the ovary iS
glabrous and each ovule is attached near the apex of the axis with a small placenta, while in 7, setiger@
the inner surface of the ovary has hairs in the upper part and each ovule is attached c. 2/3 of the way
along the axis with a placenta that is usually enlarged.

R. Butcher, Tetratheca exasperata and T. phoenix, two new conservation-listed species 123

In the east of its distribution, 7. exasperata occurs close to the known range of the Presumed Extinct
species 7. fasciculata. Tetratheca fasciculata can be distinguished from T. exasperata by the very thick
rootstock and fascicled stems, which have more slender, antrorse setae as well as moderately long,
fine, wavy, white hairs, and hispid leaves. Additionally, in 7: fasciculata the pedicels are straight at
the base and strongly curved just below the flower with an abrupt transition into the receptacle, which
is almost circular in outline. The pedicel, receptacle and calyx segments bear red, glandular hairs,
rather than setae. The flowers are typically 4-merous and the ovary is densely pubescent externally,
with hairs extending along the style for c. 1/3—2/3 of its length.

Tetratheca phoenix R.Butcher, sp. nov.

Tetrathecae setigerae Endl. similis sed caulibus tuberculis papilliformibus et raro pilis glanduliferis
brevissimis (sine setis rigidis), calyce dense setoso glandulifero, ovario pilis glanduliferis differt.

Typus: Mt Cooke, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes], 13 October
2006, R. Butcher & N.D. Burrows RB 1157 (holo: PERTH 07220626; iso: CANB, MEL).

Tetratheca sp. Mt. Cooke (N.D. Burrows MC110), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 20 August 2007].

Sub-shrub, c. 0.25 m high, c. 0.05 m wide. Stems few, alternately branched, slender, leafy, terete,
straight, apices indeterminate, terminal branchlets 35-165 mm long, 0.6-0.9 mm wide in flowering
region, dull olive green, not glaucous, rugose to broadly striate when dry, covered in small, rounded to
papillose tubercules, with scattered short (0.15—0.2 mm), stout, tubercule-based, red-tipped glandular
hairs at stem bases and on younger stems. Leaves alternate to sub-whorled, sometimes apparently
opposite-decussate, persistent, moderately dense, ascending to adpressed to stem; petiole thickened,
0.1-0.35 mm long, pale yellow-cream, glabrous; blade linear to very narrowly elliptic, 3.9-12.4 mm
long, 0.6-1.3 mm wide; apex acute to obtuse, terminating in a short point or small glandular hair;
margins entire, strongly revolute; lower leaves sometimes crenate with short, stout, red-tipped glandular
hairs scattered along margins at projections; adaxial surface light green to light olive-green, glabrous
or with very short simple hairs or acute tubercules towards apex or scattered throughout, not glaucous,
smooth to slightly wrinkled; abaxial surface paler light green, glabrous, slightly glaucous, mid-vein
prominent. F/owers single in leaf axils. Bracts paired, linear, 0.4—0.8 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide, light
pink-brown becoming green, simple short hairs along margins and at apex on both surfaces. Pedicels
sharply curved at base then + straight, gently curved into receptacle, 4.5-6.4 mm long, 0.25—0.7 mm
wide, with thickened longitudinal ridges in upper 2/3 to 3/4, red with pale yellow-green areas at apices
of thickened longitudinal ridges, glabrous at base to lower 1/3, upper portion with dense, stiff, dark red,
glandular setae (0.53.5 mm long) arising at the apices of ridges, not glaucous, very finely striate at
base, expanding gradually along length and expanding into a receptacle 1.25—1.55 mm wide; receptacle
densely covered with + decurrent ridges terminating in stiff, dark red, glandular setae. Calyx segments
usually 5, less commonly 6, inserted at apex of receptacle, persistence not known, elliptic, 2—2.9 mm
long, 1.2-1.75 mm wide, slightly concave; apex acute; margins + flat; outer surface dark purple-red,
covered with long (1.7—2.3 mm), red, tapering, glandular setae and fine white spots; inner surface with
simple hairs along margins and at apex, mid-vein raised. Petals usually 5, less commonly 6, persistence
not known, broadly obovate, 10.8—11.4 mm long, 6.1—6.9 mm wide with the widest point in the upper
1/3, apex rounded with a small triangular fold from centre, dark pink-magenta. Stamens usually 10,
less commonly 12, 3.2-3.3 mm long, free; filaments thick, wedge-shaped, angled, 0.3-0.35 mm
long, pale pink-cream, glabrous; body gently curved from the filament on inner edge, + straight for
a short distance then incurved into the tube, outer edge broadly curved from filament then + straight,

oe Se cree el

124 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

passing smoothly into the tube, 1.9—2.1 mm long, dark red, glabrous but rough textured; tube arising
smoothly from the body on the inner and outer edges, + straight to gently curved on the outer edge,
gently curved on the inner edge, 0.9—1 mm long, orifice moderately open, oblique, lower edge longer
than the upper, dark red, glabrous but rough textured. Ovary = circular to ovate, compressed, with a
thickened rim at base, passing quickly into style at apex, 0.9—1.3 mm long, 0.8—1.1 mm wide, yellow
to pale pink, densely covered with ascending, long, glandular hairs, puberulous along margins anq at
apex, glabrous internally; sty/e straight, 2.1-2.3 mm long, dark pink, paler pink at apex, glabrous or
puberulous just at base; tapering into a shortly papillose stigma; ovules 2, | in each locule, attached
near the apex of the septum, placentation not prominent. Frwit not seen. Seed not seen (Figure 3),

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 2 Oct. 2004, N.D. Burrows
MC110 (PERTH 07017553); 13 Oct. 2006, R. Butcher & N.D. Burrows RB 1158 (K, NSW, PERTH
07220634); 23 Sep. 2005, R.J. Cranfield 21690 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH 07492227).

Distribution. Collected only from Mt Cooke, c. 70 km south-east of Perth on the Darling Scarp
(Figure 2).

Habitat. Tetratheca phoenix grows in a mid- to upper-slope position in brown gravelly loam soil over
granite, often near large outcrops. Occurs primarily in Eucalyptus marginata forest with a mid to low
understorey comprising Grevillea brevicuspis, Acacia urophylla, A. pulchella, Hibbertia hypericoides,
Xanthorrhoea preissii, Kennedia coccinea, Tetratheca hirsuta and species of Ricinocarpos and :
Gompholobium. Collections from near the hill ridge were found in outcrop associated herbland with
Stypandra glauca, Centrolepis polygyna and Drosera sp.

Mt Cooke was extensively burnt in a wildfire in summer 2000. The notes accompanying
N.D. Burrows MC110 record T. phoenix as resprouting after fire and portions of R.J. Cranfield 21690
clearly show a number of slender to coarse rootstocks, as well as thicker rhizomes with the remnants
of burnt vertical stems.

Phenology. Collected in flower in September and October.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under DEC Conservation Codes for Western |
Australian Flora. Tetratheca phoenix is known only from a single locality within the Monadnocks
Conservation Park.

Etymology. The epithet phoenix is used as a noun in apposition and refers to the discovery of this
species for the first time during post-wildfire monitoring at Mt Cooke.

Affinities. Tetratheca phoenix is morphologically similar to T: setigera, T. fasciculata and T. exasperata
in the shape of the stamens and the presence of glandular setae on the pedicels, receptacle and calyx
segments, but its phylogenetic position is not yet clear. Tetratheca phoenix can be easily distinguished
from these species by its prominently papillose-tuberculate stems, which lack setae and simple hairs,
but may have scattered small glandular hairs, as well as its linear, more or less glabrous leaves and the
long glandular hairs on the ovary. Small, truncate tubercules are seen on the stems of many species of
Tetratheca (e.g. T. setigera, T. pubescens Turcz., T: nuda Lindl.), especially after the simple hairs at
their apex have fallen, but in 7: phoenix the tubercules are larger, more dense and do not bear simple
hairs, even on young growth. In these respects they are most similar to those of 7. paynterae Alford
and T. pilata R.Butcher. The linear, more or less glabrous leaves are similar to those of species such

R. Butcher, Zetratheca exasperata and T. phoenix, two new conservation-listed species 125

wii

PERTH 07220626

T nee yooswix @ Rana
SeTEmmnNT © Mesa velafonr
Novcorcm renng
“Tatentnene gp. MAb: Cecio C40: Resrmess

Sarg RE I Tr eer ;

Deresamae Fd a\nee a fer[ ase
estes Aino ee (ERTINY

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Por of Western Auras

Tetrahecn p38 Cooke N.D.Harrows MC 110)
‘Tromandecese

Capito douse, 20 om ll Peas pak, cays sepmset
200 nk tpt pom fd Lenven incor Ste
‘stern Scmem Pres a etary ad

veep
Cpl pin tf graeme
nee wth me pane oer pre em

Progoerey: canon, Locally seater
Lincs Mowe Conte, Wa

Lan, Lone, ‘opAs
(CoA, R aachor AN Darmowe RB LIST Date LVK0000

Brier errmase

Figure 3. Zetratheca phoenix. A— holotype (R. Butcher & N.D. Burrows RB 1157); B — stem detail showing papillose
tubercules; C — solitary, axillary flower showing dense glandular setae at apex of pedicel, on receptacle and covering
calyx segments; D — dissected flower showing stamen morphology, dense glandular hairs on ovary and long, straight
style. Images B-D taken from R. Butcher & N.D. Burrows RB 1158. Scale bar = 5 cm (A), 0.25 mm (B), 2.5 mm (C),
1 mm (D).

; Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

as T. retrorsa Joy Thomps. and T. virgata Steetz and the dense, long, glandular hairs on the Ovary are
similar to those observed in 7. nuda and T. paucifolia Joy Thomps.

Notes. Of 59 T. phoenix flowers examined, 78% were 5-merous and 22% were 6-merous, with both
conditions occurring on the same plant. Floral mutations similar to those noted by Thompson (1976: 149)
have also been observed, with a dissected flower from the holotype having a split style and at Jeast
three locules in the ovary, each with a single ovule. The MEL isotype has a flower with eight Petals
and a double complement of reproductive parts, apparently the result of an anomalous incomplete
bifurcation of the receptacle.

Acknowledgements

Many thanks to Mike Hislop for bringing these collections to my attention, to Paul Wilson for
checking the Latin descriptions, to Val Crowley for collecting the type of Tetratheca exasperata, to Rob
Davis for liaising with regional herbarium personnel, to Neil Burrows for directing and accompanying
me to recollect Tetratheca phoenix, to Ken Atkins for his assistance in determining appropriate
conservation rankings, to Toby Whittington for graphics support and to Kevin Thiele, Kelly Shepherd
and an anonymous reviewer for their comments on an earlier draft. Many thanks also to the Directors
of MEL and NSW for access to loan material. This work was funded under the Western Australian
Goverment’s ‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative.

References

Alford, J.J. (1995). Two species of Tetratheca (Tremandraceae), from the Coolgardie and Austin Botanical Districts, Western
Australia. Nuytsia 10(2): 143-149.

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Bull, J.P. (2007). Tetratheca erubescens (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and geographically restricted species from the Coolgardie
Biogeographic Region of south-western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 87-96.

Butcher, R. (2007a). New taxa of ‘leafless’ Tetratheca (Elaeocarpaceae, formerly Tremandraceae) from Western Australia.
Australian Systematic Botany 20(2): 138-160. ,

Butcher, R. (2007b). Tetratheca pilata (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and apparently rare species from the Ongerup area of south-
west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 127-134.

Butcher, R. & Sage, L.W. (2005). Tetratheca fordiana (Elaeocarpaceae): a new species from the Pilbara, Western Australia.
Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 88(2): 73-76.

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed 20 August 2007]

Holmgren, P. K. & Holmgren, N. H. (1998-). Index Herbariorum: A global directory of public herbaria and associated staff.
New York Botanical Garden’s Virtual Herbarium. http://sweetgum.nybg.org/ih/ [accessed 21 June 2007]

Thompson, J. (1976). A revision of the genus Tetratheca (Tremandraceae). Telopea 1(3): 139-215.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase —The Western Australian Flora. Department ofEnvironment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 20 August 2007]

————— — Sh

— 7

Nuytsia 17: 127-134 (2007) 127

Tetratheca pilata (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and apparently rare species
from the Ongerup area of south-west Western Australia

Ryonen Butcher

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Butcher, R. Tetratheca pilata (Elaeocarpaceae), anew and apparently rare species from the Ongerup
area of south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 127-134 (2007). Tetratheca pilata R.Butcher is
described here as a new species and differentiated from similar taxa based on the prominent apical
seta on its linear leaves and its more or less opposite-decussate phyllotaxis. Tetratheca pilata is
an apparently rare, granite endemic from the Ongerup area and is listed as Priority One under the
Department of Environment and Conservation’s Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora.
Images of this taxon and a distribution map are provided.

Introduction

Tetratheca Sm. is an endemic Australian genus of 48 current, formally named species; 30 of which
occur in Western Australia (Thompson 1976; Western Australian Herbarium 1998-; Australian Plant
Names Index 2007; Bull 2007, this issue; Butcher 2007a, this issue; and described herein). Recent
systematic work has seen Tremandraceae synonymised under Elaeocarpaceae (Angiosperm Phylogeny
Group 2003; Crayn et al. 2006) and its members (Tetratheca, Tremandra DC. and Platytheca Steetz)
recognised as arapidly evolving, dry-adapted lineage within a family primarily characterised by rainforest
trees (Crayn et al. 2006). Ongoing generic level systematic work (McPherson 2006; Butcher et al.
2007; T. Downing pers. comm.; D. Crayn pers. comm.) is illuminating relationships between the species
and recent taxonomic investigations (Alford 1995; Butcher & Sage 2005; Bull 2007, this issue; Butcher
2007a, this issue; Butcher 2007b) have seen a number of new Western Australian taxa recognised, a
high proportion of which are geographically restricted and of high conservation value.

In this paper I describe a new species, Tetratheca pilata R.Butcher, an apparently rare, granite
endemic restricted to the Ongerup area of south-west Western Australia; a region that has been
extensively cleared for agriculture since the 1950s (Beard 1976). This distinctive new species was
identified during study of the Tetratheca collection at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)
from two separated sheets of K.R. Newbey 4505: one labelled as T. aff. harperi F.Muell., although
bearing no resemblance to this species; the second labelled as Tetratheca sp. This taxon was given the
phrase name Tetratheca sp. Ongerup (K.R. Newbey 4505) and was placed on the census of Western
Australian plant names in 2002.

128 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Until very recently, 7. pilata was known only from Newbey’s collection, made in 1974, and it was
feared that this species might be extinct in the wild. As the type locality and surrounds had not been
specifically surveyed, Lynda Strachan and Sue Oborne of the Ongerup Regional Herbarium were
contacted, notified of the existence of T. pilata and its habitat preferences, and requested to assist in
its relocation. Tetratheca pilata was subsequently rediscovered in late 2006 during a flora survey of
private bushland south of Ongerup. That 7. pilata has been collected only twice in 32 years, from a
highly localised area, highlights the apparent rarity of this species.

Methods

Allof the Tetratheca specimens at PERTH, as well as material on loan from the National Herbarium
of Victoria (MEL) and the Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney (NSW) have been examined. Herbarium
specimens of K.R. Newbey 4505 and S. Oborne 97 were used for observation and measurement of
stem and foliage characters, with K.R. Newbey 4505 used to assess floral characters (S. Oborne 97 is
sterile). Colour notes and some measurements of the pedicels, bracts and calyx segments were taken
from pressed material, with all other floral measurements made from reconstituted flowers.

The distribution map was produced using DIVA-GIS freeware Version 5.2.0.2 (http://www.diva-
gis.org/) and includes the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 6.1
boundaries (Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007) applicable to south-west
Western Australia. Due to the conservation status of this species, locality information has been withheld
from cited specimens.

Taxonomy
Tetratheca pilata R.Butcher, sp. nov.

Aspeciebus similibus foliis plus minusve oppositis decussatis linearibus, ad apicem seta longissima
instructa statim dignoscenda.

Typus: south-south-east of Ongerup, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 12 October 1974, K.R. Newbey 4505 (holo: PERTH 03137511!; iso: CANB n.v., MEL!).

Tetratheca sp. Ongerup (K.R. Newbey 4505), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 13 June 2007].

Sub-shrub, 0.2-0.3 m in height. Stems numerous, branches mostly opposite, occasionally alternate or
three of different ages arising from the same node, slender, leafy, terete, straight, apices indeterminate,
terminal branchlets 55-135 mm long, 0.45—0.6 mm wide in flowering region, pale orange to light golden-
brown when young, orange/red-brown, rarely light greyish-olive green, when mature, not glaucous, very
finely longitudinally rugulose, evenly covered with small (to 0.05 mm long), papillose tubercules, these
positioned on the subtly raised ridges of the stem, as well as sparse to openly spaced, long (0.95—2 mm
long), stiff, orange to red-brown, strongly antrorse to adpressed, setae, these arising from small, rounded,
cream tubercules, setae becoming grey and degrading with age, often leaving small tufts of fibres at
apices of tubercules after they fall away (observed on older stems). Leaves mostly opposite-decussate,
sometimes sub-opposite, persistent to tardily deciduous leaving lowest stems bare, moderately dense,

R. Butcher, Zetratheca pilata, a new and apparently rare species from the Ongerup area 129

sparser at base of stems, spreading to strongly ascending, curved along length in the dried state, younger
leaves tending adpressed to stem, usually with 2 strongly antrorse setae at base in a stipular position;
petiole flattened but fleshy, 0.15—0.4 mm long, orange-red to pink-red, colour continuing into base
of mid-vein; blade linear, 2.2-10.7 mm long, 0.55—1.2 mm wide, including a prominent, stiff, apical
seta (0.65—1.4 mm long), this orange to red-brown, becoming grey and degrading with age to leave
a small tuft of fibres on older leaves; apex sometimes slightly recurved, obtuse, prominently setose;
margins strongly revolute, touching edges of midvein, often obscuring midvein in upper 1/2, entire,
sometimes with 2 or 3 pairs of orange to red-brown, antrorse setae matching the apical seta; adaxial
surface mid-green to olive green, sparingly to moderately strigillose, not glaucous; abaxial surface
light olive-green, glabrous, midvein prominent. Flowers single in leaf axils. Bracts paired, linear to
elliptic, 0.3-0.9 mm long, 0.15—0.35 mm wide, pink to red, often paler at apex, mostly glabrous, few
simple hairs at apex and along margins. Pedicels straight from base, strongly hooked towards apex,
11.5-19.6 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, golden-brown becoming pink below receptacle, glabrous, very
finely striate, expanding gradually above hooked region, then suddenly into a receptacle 1-1.3 mm
wide; receptacle thickened, especially between or under calyx segments, appearing circular to lobed
when viewed from below, margin slightly undulate, with small, rounded tubercules often present
along edge and at junction with calyx segments. Calyx segments (3)4 or 5, inserted just inside top of
receptacle, witha thickened area just above base resting on and slightly overhanging receptacle margin,
deciduous, + triangular to ovate, 1.8-1.9 mm long, 0.95-1.25 mm wide, strongly concave, slightly
folded along mid-line; apex acute, incurved; margins thickened and inrolled; outer surface mauve to
dark pink, glabrous with sparse shining spots, some small, warty tubercules at base near junction with
receptacle and along midline; inner surface with straight, simple hairs along margins and near apex
of thickened mid-vein. Petals (3)4 or 5, deciduous, broadly spathulate to obovate, 6.2—7.2 mm long,
4.34.4 mm wide with the widest point in the distal 3/4, apex truncate with a small triangular fold from
centre, pale pink. Stamens (6)8 or 10, sometimes not double the number of petals and calyx segments,
2.25-2.35 mm long, free; filaments flattened, angled inwards, 0.1-0.15 mm long, orange-red, smooth,
body somewhat compressed, + straight to slightly curved on inner edge, broadly and shallowly curved
on outer edge, especially at base through transition into filament, tapering into tube smoothly on both
edges, 1.3-1.5 mm long, red, lower cells paler, becoming orange-red towards filament, smooth; tube
gently tapering from base to apex on both edges, angled inwards to gently incurved, 0.75—0.85 mm
long, orifice relatively broad with longer lower lip, orange-red to red, smooth. Ovary + circular to
ovate, compressed, with a slightly thicker rim at base and thicker region along midline near base,
passing quickly into style at apex, 1.35-1.7 mm long, 1—1.3 mm wide, pink to dark red glabrous; style
straight or slightly kinked in mid-region, 0.85—-1.1 mm long, pink, glabrous; stigma papillose; ovules
2, 1 in each locule, attached near the apex of septum with slightly enlarged placenta, smooth, yellow
with thick elaiosome at distal end, this broad at attachment with ovule, tapering and thinning then
strongly kinked at c. 3/4 length. Mature fruit not seen. Seed not seen. (Figure 1)

Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [locality withheld] 1 Dec. 2006, S. Oborne 97
(PERTH 07537107).

Distribution. Tetratheca pilata has only been collected from a small area to the south of Ongerup, in
the Esperance Sandplains region of Western Australia (Figure 2).

Habitat. Label details for K.R. Newbey 4505 record only that this species occurs in granitic loam or on
outcropping granite. Associated species can be deduced as including Pleurosorus rutifolius, Aphelia
cyperoides, Isolepis stellata and Pterostylis sargentii as Newbey collected specimens of these at the
same locality, on the same day (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). S. Oborne 97 was also collected
from near a rocky outcrop, with associated species recorded as Eucalyptus lehmannii, Beaufortia
schaueri, Xanthorrhoea sp. [X. platyphylla by deduction based on location] and Hakea sp.

130 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

esters astral ian lertarian
H|

PERTH 03137511

Coll KR Newbey 4505 Dates 12/00/1974

tape m crt
Fminscecloonn

Figure 1. Tetratheca pilata (K.R. Newbey 4505). A — holotype; B — portion of upper branch showing opposite-decussate
phyllotaxis, linear leaves and curvature of pedicel; C — mature stem with blunt tubercules and strongly antrorse setae;
D — younger stem and leaves showing strongly revolute margins, setae in a + stipular position, strongly antrorse marginal
setae and prominent apical seta; E — dissected flower showing glabrous ovary, single ovule per locule and stamen morphology;
F — juvenile fruit showing receptacle shape. Scale bars = 2 cm (A); 5 mm (B); 0.5 mm (C); 1 mm (D-F).

R. Butcher, Tetratheca pilata, a new and apparently rare species from the Ongerup area 131

Ravensthorpe

Ongerup ¢

Ih

kilometers

Figure 2. Distribution of Tetratheca pilata in south-west Western Australia.

Phenology. Collected in flower in early October with a few very young fruits evident. No fruits are
present on the specimen collected in December.

Conservation status. Listed in Atkins (2006) under 7. sp. Ongerup (K.R. Newbey 4505) as Priority

One (Department of Environment and Conservation’s Conservation Codes for Western Australian
Flora).

Etymology. The specific epithet is derived from the Latin word pilatus, meaning “armed with ajavelin”,
in reference to the long, stiff seta at the apex of each leaf.

Affinities. Tetratheca pilata appears to have close affinity to 7. parvifolia Joy Thomps., a taxon which
Thompson (1976: 176) noted was “very small in all its parts” and which “does not seem to bear a
close relationship to any other species”. Similarities between 7. pilata and T. parvifolia include the
combination of dense, small, blunt tubercules and sparser, tubercle-based, antrorse setae on the stems,
hispid vestiture on the adaxial surface of the leaves and their floral morphology. In particular, each
has flowers with long, slender pedicels which are strongly curved to hooked at the apex just below the
abrupt transition into the receptacle, which is rounded to lobed in outline. The flowers of both species
are small, with the petals broadest in the upper quarter, and have similarly shaped and proportioned
stamens, as well as a glabrous to glabrescent ovary with one ovule per locule. Tetratheca parvifolia
differs distinctly from 7. pilata, however, in also having short, curled, white hairs covering the stems,
and leaves that are spirally arranged, more densely pubescent on the abaxial surface and which lack
a prominent apiculus. Two specimens of 7: parvifolia collected from just west of Collie (ZR. Lally &
B. Fuhrer TRL 1497; TRL 1499) have larger leaves than usual, but pubescence and floral characters
are typical. These specimens are evidently post-fire resprouts, with larger leaves on primary stems
and noticeably smaller leaves on new season’s growth.

132 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Tetratheca deltoidea Joy Thomps. is also similar to T. pi/ata in having slender stems (0.35—0.75 mm
wide in the flowering region), more or less opposite-decussate leaves, long, glabrous pedicels
(10.5—22 mm long), small flowers (calyx segments 1.7—2.2 mm long; petals 3.8-9.7 mm long) anda
glabrous receptacle, calyx and ovary. Tetratheca deltoidea can be distinguished from T. pilata by its
deltoid leaves that lack a prominent apical process; the strongly retrorse orientation of the slender setae
on the stems, which lack tubercules; the apex of the pedicel expanding smoothly into the receptacle;
and distinctly different stamens, which have a very short, broad anther tube, similar to those of
T. pilifera Lindl.

There is some overlap in pedicel length and floral size between 7 pilata and T. confertifolia
Steetz, but this latter taxon can be easily distinguished by the absence of small, blunt tubercules on
the stems, narrower, more densely arranged leaves with longer, stiffer simple hairs, and a number of
floral characters. In particular, the pedicels and flowers of 7. confertifolia are generally longer (pedicels
17-36 mm long; petals 6-13 mm long), the petals have a dark spot and fine hairs at the base internally,
the ovary is densely pubescent and glandular hairy, and the stamens are larger throughout (filament
c. 0.5 mm; body 1.5—2.7 mm; tube 1.3—2.9 mm), with hairs on the filaments and the lower edge of
the body and a distinctly longer inner edge to the tube orifice.

Notes. The leaves of T. pilata are linear and bear between one and seven stiff, orange to orange-brown
setae: an erect apical seta that is c. 1/6—-1/5 total leaf length, and up to three pairs of openly-spaced,
prominently antrorse, marginal setae. The terminal seta is markedly different from the range of apical
projections seen on the leaves of other species and is regarded here as a highly significant diagnostic
character. Tetratheca hirsuta Lindl., T. hispidissima Steetz and T. setigera Endl. may have a seta
at the leaf apex, but this is usually red to red-brown, glandular and more slender than in 7 pilata.
These species, as well as 7. deltoidea, T. parvifolia, T. pilifera, T. pubescens Turcz. and T. similis Joy
Thomps., also have marginal setae, which may be restricted to the apices of small or large dentae. Of
these taxa, the setae of T. pilata most resemble those of 7: deltoidea and T. parvifolia. An apical point
is evident on the leaves of many species of Tetratheca and this is often the remnant base of a fallen,
terminal, glandular or eglandular hair (e.g. 7. bauerifolia F.Muell., T. chapmanii Alford, T. confertifolia,
T. filiformis Benth., T. gunnii Hook.f., T. nuda Lindl., T: paucifolia Joy Thoms., T: paynterae Alford,
T. rupicola Joy Thomps., T: subaphylla Benth.) or seta. In 7: pilata the terminal seta is prominent
on young to mature leaves and new growth, but has the tendency to degrade on older leaves and fall
away. Specimens therefore display a mix of setose and non-setose leaves but the prior existence of the
terminal seta is clearly indicated by an obvious scar or a short tuft of fibres at the leaf apex.

Acknowledgements

Thanks to Paul Wilson (PERTH) for provision of the Latin diagnosis, to Rob Davis and Mike
Hislop (PERTH) for taxonomic discussions, to Lynda Strahan and Sue Oborne (Ongerup Regional
Herbarium) for undertaking field searches for this species, and to the Directors of MEL and NSW for
the loan of Tetratheca specimens. The comments of Terry Macfarlane (DEC Manjimup) on an earlier
draft, and those of an anonymous reviewer, were also appreciated. This work was funded under the
Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative.

R. Butcher, Zetratheca pilata, a new and apparently rare species from the Ongerup area 133

References

Alford, J.J. (1995). Two new species of Tetratheca (Tremandraceae), from the Coolgardie and Austin Botanical Districts,
Western Australia. Nuytsia 10(2): 143-149.

Angiosperm Phylogeny Group (2003). An update of the Angiosperm Phylogeny Group classification for the orders and families
of flowering plants: APG II. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 141(4): 399-436.

Australian Plant Name Index (2007). IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Australian Government: Canberra.
http://www.cpbr. gov.au/cgi-bin/apni [accessed 13 June 2007]

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Beard, J.S. (1976). The vegetation of the Newdegate and Bremer Bay areas, WA: map and explanatory memoir. 2" Edn.
(Vegmap Publications: Perth.)

Bull, J.P. (2007). Tetratheca erubescens (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and geographically restricted species from the Coolgardie
Biogeographic Region of south-western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 87-96.

Butcher, R. (2007a). Tetratheca exasperata and T. phoenix (Elaeocarpaceac), two new conservation-listed species allied to
T. setigera, from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 117-126.

Butcher, R. (2007b). New taxa of ‘leafless’ Tetratheca (Elaeocarpaceae, formerly Tremandraceae) from Western Australia.
Australian Systematic Botany 20(2): 139-160.

Butcher, R., Byrne, M. & Crayn, D.M. (2007). Evidence for convergent evolution among phylogenetically distant rare species of
Tetratheca (Elaeocarpaceae, formerly Tremandraceae) from Western Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 20(2): 126-1 38.

Butcher, R. & Sage, L.W. (2005). Tetratheca fordiana (Elaeocarpaceae): a new species from the Pilbara, Western Australia.
Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 88(2): 73-76.

Crayn, D.M., Rossetto, M. & Maynard, D.M. (2006). Molecular phylogeny and dating reveals an Oligo-Miocene radiation of
dry-adapted shrubs (Tremandraceae) from rainforest tree progenitors (Elaeocarpaceae) in Australia. American Journal of
Botany 93(9): 1328-1342.

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6th February 2007. [accessed 13 June 2007]

McPherson, H. (2006). Molecular systematics of Tetratheca and allies. Australian Systematic Botany Society Newsletter 126:
20-21.

Thompson, J. (1976). A revision of the genus Tetratheca (Tremandraceae). Telopea 1(3): 139-215.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 13 June 2007]

ke

aah

; 3
AS]
Bon
3

Nuytsia 17: 135-146 (2007) , 135

Persoonia manotricha (Proteaceae: Persoonioideae), a new species
associated with Banded Iron Formation ranges in the Midwest region,
Western Australia

Ryonen Butcher! and Adrienne S. Markey’

'Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983
2Wildlife Research Centre, Science Division, Department of Environment and Conservation, PO Box 51, Wanneroo,
Western Australia 6946

Abstract

Butcher, R. & Markey, A.S. Persoonia manotricha (Proteaceae: Persoonioideae), a new species
associated with Banded Iron Formation ranges in the Midwest region, Western Australia. Nuytsia 17:
135-146 (2007). The new species, Persoonia manotrichaA.S.Markey & R.Butcher, is morphologically
similar to P bowgada P.H.Weston and 'P. hexagona P.H.Weston in its habit, in having six alternating
grooves and ridges on its subterete, pungent leaves and in its floral structure. While its leaf morphology
and anatomy closely ally P. manotricha with P. bowgada, the new species can be distinguished by its
longer pedicels and by its flowers being less pubescent with a glabrous to sparsely pubescent ovary,
similar to those of P. hexagona. Comparative leafanatomy confirms that P. hexagonais distinctly different
in having relatively broad longitudinal grooves in its leaves. The characteristic darkness of these broad
grooves, in dried specimens, is not exclusively the result of the stomatal guard cells blackening, as
previously thought, but also results from the greater visibility of the underlying mesophyll. Persoonia
manotricha is commonly found on the lower, rocky slopes of Banded Iron Formation (BIF) ranges
in tall Acacia dominated shrubland. A taxonomic description of the new species, including images
and a distribution map, is provided. The new species is integrated into the most recently published
key to Persoonia species.

Introduction

In recent revisions of Persoonia Sm., Weston (1994, 1995) referred to a specimen (L.A. Craven
7112) under P. bowgada P.H.Weston, commenting that it is morphologically intermediate between
P. bowgada and P. hexagona P.H.Weston, and that the collection locality is well south of the area
where one might find either hybrids or an intergradation zone between these taxa. Weston (1995:
113) noted that the specimen had “foliage typical of P bowgada and flowers resembling those of
typical P. hexagona’’. In the absence of corroborating specimens, he did not formally recognise it as a
described entity, but regarded it distinct enough to warrant special mention as “P. bowgada-P. hexagona
intermediate” (1994: 127), recommending that further fieldwork and collections were required to
resolve its taxonomic status.

Further collections between 1992 and 2003 led to this “intermediate” being recognised as a distinct

136 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

taxon and it was given the phrase name Persoonia sp. Paynes Find (D. Edinger et al. 313) in 2004
(Western Australian Herbarium 1998—). Additional collections were made during the Department of
Environment and Conservation’s (DEC) vegetation surveys of Banded Iron Formation (BIF) ranges in
the Midwest economic development region, in 2005, and there are now 13 morphologically consistent
specimens at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH). Weston (1994) suggested that additional
collections of this taxon, or similar, may result in P, bowgada and P. hexagona being regarded as
intergrading conspecific taxa, but investigation has shown that these three taxa are consistently
different. Consequently, Persoonia sp. Paynes Find (D. Edinger et al. 313) is formally described here
as the new species P. manotricha A.S.Markey & R.Butcher.

Persoonia manotricha is superficially similar to P. bowgada and P. hexagona in being a tall shrub
with long, narrow, subterete, pungent leaves with six, alternating, longitudinal grooves and ridges.
Its leaves are most similar to those of P bowgada in being almost terete with narrow grooves (Figure
1A, B), whereas those of P. hexagona have more prominent ridges due to the relatively broad grooves,
which are characteristically dark-coloured on dried specimens (Figure 1C). The flowers of all three
species are morphologically similar in having lateral flaps to the tepals, prominent, recurved anther
appendages, a sessile ovary which is not broader than the base of the style, a style which is straight
and has eight conspicuous longitudinal ribs, and one ovule. Whereas P. bowgada has moderately to
densely hairy pedicels and tepals, and a densely hairy ovary with hairs extending along the style to
c. two thirds its length, P manotricha has flowers with a lower density of hairs on the pedicels and
tepals, and a nearly glabrous ovary and style; like those of P. hexagona (Figure 1D-F).

Other regional congeners with subterete, pungent leaves include P. pentasticha P.H.Weston and
P. chapmanianaP.H.Weston, but these taxa are morphologically distinct; comprising Weston’s informal
Chapmanniana Group (see Weston 1995: 110). Like P. bowgada and P. manotricha, P. pentasticha
has narrow longitudinal grooves on its leaves (Figure 1G) while those of P. chapmaniana have broad,
shallow grooves (Figure 1H). Some sterile specimens of P. manotricha have been misidentified as
P. pentasticha in the past but these taxa can be distinguished, even when sterile, as P. pentasticha, like
P. chapmaniana, has five, rather than six, longitudinal grooves in its leaves.

Within the Midwest region, P. manotricha is allopatric to P. bowgada, which it replaces in the
south-east interior, and is sympatric with P. hexagona, which overlaps P. bowgada to the north-west
(Figure 2). Persoonia manotricha also has an overlapping distribution with P. pentasticha, while
P. chapmaniana occurs in saline habitats further to the south-west (Western Australian Herbarium
1998—). DEC vegetation surveys of BIF ranges in the Midwest Yalgoo IBRA (Interim Biogeographic
Regionalisation for Australia) region, recorded P. manotricha (as Persoonia sp. Paynes Find
(D. Edinger et al. 313)) as occurring near Yandhanoo Hill (Meissner & Caruso, in review) and in the
central Tallering Land System of Payne eal. (1998) (Markey & Dillon, inreview). Persoonia hexagona
and P. pentasticha were also recorded in these areas during these surveys (P. hexagona — Markey &
Dillon, in review; P. pentasticha— Markey & Dillon, inreview; Meissner & Caruso, in review). As part
of the specimen identification process, Markey performed leaf-sections so as to accurately distinguish
these subterete-leaved species, and the results of this comparative study are presented herein.

Methods

All subterete-leaved Persoonia specimens at PERTH were examined, including type material for
P. bowgada, P. chapmaniana, P. hexagona and P. pentasticha. Observations and measurements of

Figure 1. Leafand gynoecium morphology. A—-C—subterete leaves with grooves indicated with arrows; P. bowgada
(A) and P. manotricha (B) have very narrow grooves, P. hexagona (C) has grooves as broad as the ridges and
darker coloured; D-F — gynoecia with sessile ovaries and straight, longitudinally ridged styles; P bowgada
(D) has a densely pubescent ovary and hairs extending > half style length, P. manotricha (E) and P. hexagona
(F) have the ovary and style usually glabrous. The denser pubescence on the tepals of P. bowgada, relative to
P. manotricha, is evident on flowers behind and to the right of the exposed gynoecia; G-I — subterete leaves
with grooves indicated with arrows; P. pentasticha (G) has narrow grooves and a distinctly scabrous epidermis,
mature leaves of P. chapmaniana (H) have broader grooves, which are not darkened, and less prominent ridges
than P. hexagona, but the darker mesophyll is visible in the grooves of young leaves (I). Persoonia bowgada
(J.S. Beard 7142; holotype); P. manotricha (L.A. Craven 7112; holotype); P. hexagona (P. Weston 182; isotype);
P. pentasticha (J.S. Beard 2607; holotype); P. chapmaniana (C. Chapman s.n. PERTH 04583493; isotype). All
specimens at PERTH. Scale bars = 0.5 mm (A-C, G-I); 5 mm (D-F).

138 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

a Wannoo

© Kalgoorie

e
Hah Wa
A
A aA A
of A
oO. As
A
Dalwallinu
°

Figure 2. Distributions of Persoonia bowgada (@), P. hexagona (Q)) and P. manotricha (A) in the Midwest region of
Western Australia.

stems, leaves, pedicels, buds and fruit were made from herbarium specimens, with observations and
measurements of tepals, stamens and gynoecia made from rehydrated flowers. Where a character
was observed to present differently in the dried and rehydrated state, this has been noted. Descriptive
terminology, character state definition and taxonomic formatting follows Weston (1994). As there is
only a single fruit on one specimen of P. manotricha at PERTH, this structure was not dissected so as to
leave comparative material intact. The distribution map was created from herbarium records (PERTH)
using DIVA-GIS freeware Version 5.0.2.0 (http://www.diva-gis.org/) and shows IBRA Version 6.1
(Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007) regional boundaries. Herbarium acronyms
follow Holmgren & Holmgren (1998—), except EURARDY. and MUL. which represent the Western
Australian regional herbaria at Eurardy and Mullewa, respectively.

Leaves were taken from the following PERTH herbarium specimens for anatomical study:
P. manotricha — D. Edinger et al. 313, A. Markey & S. Dillon 3757, A. Markey & S. Dillon 4147;
P. bowgada—A.H. Burbidge 4548, G. Cassis, M. Wall, C. Symonds & C. Weirauch 11-92, T.F. Houston
1056-1; P. hexagona — P.G. Armstrong s.n. (PERTH 05967945), J. Docherty 122, G.J. Keighery &
N. Gibson 6013; P. pentasticha—A. Markey & S. Dillon 3334, S. Patrick 2479, A. Markey & S. Dillon
3333. Persoonia chapmaniana was not sectioned, as it did not occur within the Yalgoo survey region,
but a comparative tissue diagram appears in Weston (1994: 63; note that the colours demarcating the
tissue types are inverted). Five leaves were taken from each specimen, with three specimens selected
per species. Leaves were rehydrated in soapy, warm water for between 4 and 24 hours before hand-
sectioning. Sections were dropped onto glass microscope slides and mounted in mineral oil before
observing under a light microscope. Images were captured using an Orite 1.3M Mega PCCAM (MC
1300) microscope eyepiece camera, and tissue diagrams were traced from prints of these images.
Anatomical nomenclature follows Jordan et al. (2005).

R. Butcher & A.S. Markey, Persoonia manotricha, a new species from banded iron formation ranges 139

Leaf anatomy

Persoonia manotricha, P. bowgada, P. hexagona and P. pentasticha all possess more or less terete
to subterete, scleromorphic leaves (i.e. small, heavily lignified and with thick leaf cuticles) sensu Hill
(1998) and Jordan et al. (2005). In transverse section, the leaves of all three species are bilaterally
symmetric and include a prominent mid-vein located centrally within the leaf, bounded by an adaxial
and abaxial fibre cap (Figure 3). A significant proportion of the leaf volume is sclerenchyma, which
forms the fibre bundles and caps. Most of the remaining leaf volume is mesophyll, which is darkly
stained in dried leaves, possibly owing to the presence of tannins and/or degraded chlorophyll. All
species have two vertical bands of mesophyll on either side of the mid-vein from which several
spokes radiate outwards to subtend the epidermis lining the grooves (Figure 3). Elsewhere, five or six
longitudinally oriented fibre bundles and fibre caps interrupt the mesophyll. As P. pentasticha (Figure
3D) and P. chapmaniana (Weston 1994: 63) have only five leaf grooves, the two vertical bands of
mesophyll unite under the abaxial fibre cap of the mid-vein as they are associated with the abaxial
groove (which is absent in the other species). Usually two, and up to four, minor veins lie on either
side of the major vascular bundle, at the junction of the mesophyll and fibre bundles in all species
(Figure 3). Regular palisade mesophyll was not readily apparent from these crude sections, however,
cells were observed to be densely packed within the mesophyll and this is interpreted as palisade.

The alternating longitudinal grooves and ridges on the leaf surface mark the respective absence and
presence of the fibre bundles: grooves are formed by the invagination of the epidermis while ridges
are formed by fibre bundles evaginating the epidermis. The grooves are more or less the same depth in
all species sectioned here, but are distinctly broader in P. hexagona (Figure 3C) and P. chapmaniana
(Weston 1994: 63), while their aperture is closed by the adjacent, over-arching fibre bundles in the other
species (Figure 3A, B, D). The grooves terminate in a distinct cavity in P. pentasticha (Figure 3D). As
noted by Weston (1994, 1995) and observed in this study, stomata are restricted to the epidermis lining
the grooves. Stomata are subtended by a deep substomal cavity. Their position within the grooves may
minimise water loss, consistent with the xeromorphy of these species (cf. Hill 1998; Mast & Givnish
2002). The cuticle is moderately thick in all species, and overlies a uniseriate, tanniferous epidermis.
Simple, multicellular trichomes emerge from the epidermis in P. pentasticha, their persistent bases
imparting a scabrous texture to the epidermis (Figure 1G).

Discussion. The findings of this investigation agree with Weston (1994). Persoonia manotricha was
observed to have identical leaf anatomy to P. bowgada and neither of these species can be confused
with the anatomically dissimilar P hexagona, which has six relatively broad grooves, or P. pentasticha,
which has only five grooves.

Weston (1994, 1995) concluded that the dried guard cells accounted for the dark grooves in
P. hexagona, but while some herbarium specimens (e.g. A.C. Burns 19 (NSW, PERTH), R. Coveny &
B.R. Maslin RC 7962 (NSW, PERTH), Wildflower Society of WA EURA 282 (EURARDY., PERTH))
were observed to have the guard cells darker than surrounding tissue, both the guard cells and their
subsidiary cells are at too low a density to account for the deep, total discoloration of the grooves.
Similarly, the dark and presumably tanniniferous epidermis delineates the circumference of the leaf
section in all species, and also cannot account for the dark grooves characteristic of P hexagona. As
noted above, a darkly discoloured mesophyll lines the grooves in the dried leaves ofall species examined.
The colour of the groove appears to be simply a result of its degree of closure: in P. hexagona the
dark mesophyll is visible through the epidermis and hypodermis owing to the relatively open groove
(Figures 1C, 3C), while in the other species the grooves and their dark mesophyll are obscured by
over-arching ridges.

140 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 3. Line drawings of transverse leaf sections traced from photomicrographs. A — Persoonia bowgada; B — P. manotricha,
C — P. hexagona; D — P. pentasticha. The different tissue types are indicated for P. bowgada: vb = vascular bundle (white;
note the two smaller lateral veins evident in all four species); scl = sclerenchyma (light grey; forming six (A-C) or five
(D) distinct ridges); m = mesophyll (black); e = epidermis (dark band); c = cuticle (light band), with the united mesophyll
(um) indicated for P. pentasticha. Persoonia bowgada (T.F. Houston 1056-1); P. manotricha (A. Markey & S. Dillon 4147);

P. hexagona (P.G. Armstrong s.n., Oct. 1998); P. pentasticha (A. Markey & S. Dillon 3333). All specimens at PERTH.
Scale bars = 300 pum.

Examination of herbarium specimens of P. chapmaniana found that while the relatively broad
grooves are not dark-coloured when the leaves are mature (Figure.1H), and there is no evidence
of stomatal guard cell discoloration, young leaves have a distinctly striate appearance, similar t0
P. hexagona, due to the alternating pale-coloured ridges and darker-coloured grooves, through which
the underlying mesophyll is visible (Figure 11).

Of interest is that in each species pair or trio examined here (i.e. five-grooved leaves versus SiX-
grooved leaves), the taxon with the broader grooves in its leaves occurs in a slightly less arid area
than its narrow-grooved ally, or allies. This is what would be expected if the closure of the groove by
over-arching fibre bundles was a mechanism for reducing water-loss through transpiration.

R. Butcher & A.S. Markey, Persoonia manotricha, a new species from banded iron formation ranges 141

Taxonomy

Persoonia manotricha A.S.Markey & R.Butcher, sp. nov.

Persoonia bowgadae P.H.Westonet P. hexagonae P.H. Weston affinis sed sulcis sex longitudinalibus
in foliis subteretibus ornatis, perianthio modice piloso, et ovario glabro vel sparse piloso differt.

Typus: 7 km north of Pindar along the Boolardy Station road, Western Australia, 14 October 1981,
L.A. Craven 7112 (holo: PERTH 01921738; iso: CANB, NSW).

Persoonia sp. Paynes Find (D. Edinger et al. 313), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 August 2007].

Erect shrub, 1-4 m high, c. 2 m wide, with sub-opposite to sub-whorled branches curved at the
base then ascending; means of regeneration and underground parts not known. Bark smooth, mottled
pinkish-grey, usually fissured and excorticating towards base. Hairs of medium length, appressed to
antrorsely spreading, shorter and wavy on stems, white-grey to golden-ferruginous. Branchlets slightly
angular when immature becoming terete, light brown to reddish-brown and moderately to densely
hairy when young but glabrescent when mature with patches of wavy hairs persisting around leaf
scars. Leaves alternate to sub-opposite, linear, symmetric to slightly asymmetric, sometimes twisted
to 1/2 complete turn, subterete with 6 narrow longitudinal grooves, 34-94 mm long, 0.75—1.3 mm
wide, crowded at end of season’s growth, strongly ascending to erect, curved upwards to straight, rigid,
not glaucous, concolourous, pinkish at base, moderately hairy when immature, often densely hairy
near junction with stem, glabrescent when mature; venation parallelodromous; midvein prominent on
both surfaces; marginal veins prominent; intramarginal veins prominent on abaxial surfaces; obscure
on adaxial surface; other veins obscure; epidermis papillose or smooth; apex acuminate, senescent,
pungent. Scale leaves narrowly triangular to ovate, acute and shortly pungent, incurved, 1.7—2.7 mm
long, 0.85—1.2 mm wide, densely hairy. /nflorescences terminal or axillary, auxotelic or anauxotelic,
basitonic, 2-8 flowered; rachis 2.1—-15.2 mm long. Flowers subtended by scale leaves or leaves, regular,
held upright; bud apex sometimes twisted in dried state. Pedicels 4.2-17.4 mm long, often slightly
longer at base of inflorescence than at apex, moderately to densely hairy, the hairs denser just below
the perianth. Tepals + narrow-oblong but attenuate at apex, constricted below anthers, acuminate,
12.5-19.4 mm long, 1.85—2.4 mm wide, greenish-yellow, sparsely to moderately (rarely densely)
hairy outside, glabrous inside except for marginal rows of hispid papillae below anthers; lateral flaps
0.5—0.9 mm wide. Filaments adnate to tepals, 1.6-3.4 mm long, (1/10—)1/6—-1/4 as long as tepals.
Anthers yellow, introrse, held close together and close to gynoecium from their bases to tips of loculi,
+ straight but abruptly reflexed through 180° at appendage, adnate to tepals for c. lower 1/8—1/4 of
loculi; connective approximately as wide as loculi; loculi 6.1-9.1 mm long, glabrous; appendage
+ oblong to narrowly triangular, constricted just above base, 1-2 mm long, 1/7—1/4 of loculi length.
Gynoecium approximately as long as stamens, exserted, 10—-14.4 mm long; ovary glabrous or with
scattered appressed, greyish hairs, rarely moderately hairy, not contracted at base, not thicker than
base of style; style glabrous, with sparse hairs at base or rarely with hairs extending to c. 3/4 length,
straight, with 8 conspicuous longitudinal ridges, slightly capitate but otherwise + constant in thickness
or tapering slightly from base to tip; abscission zone basal; ovule 1, pendulous. Hypogynous glands
4, equal, longer than wide or length and width c. equal. Drupe oblique ellipsoid, smooth to wrinkled;

long axis slightly oblique to attachment point, + in line with style, 17 mm long, 6.6 mm wide; pyrene
not seen; seed not seen. (Figures 1B, 1E, 4)

i) Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Selectedspecimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA : site 32, 2.5 km WSW of Abbawardoo Pool (Greenough
River) on Burton Williams Rd, 1.4 km SW of Burton Rd, 28 Nov. 1997, P.G. Armstrong s.n. (PERTH);
Blue Hill, Karara Station, 21 Oct. 2003, E.M. Bennett BH 5/5 (PERTH); Pindabunna Station site 122],
2 Noy. 1992, D.A. Blood3341 (PERTH); B 10, Burnerbinmah Station, NW of Paynes Find, E boundary
South Coonthiago Paddock, 1.6 km S of track from Coonthiago Bore, 19 Oct. 1998, D. Edinger et al.
313 (MEL, NSW, PERTH); near Bonnie Venture disused mine site W of Yandhanoo Hill, Ninghan
Station, 3 Aug. 2000, M. Hislop 2087 (PERTH); Blue Hills Range, survey site WRHL 08, Warriedar
Station, c. 7.5 km NW of Warriedar Hill (SH 543) and 1 km E of Southern Cross Well, c. 60 km WNW
of Paynes Find, 11 Oct. 2005, 4. Markey & S. Dillon 3756 (PERTH); Blue Hills Range, Windaning
Hill, survey site WIND 12, Karara Station, c. 6.5 km NNE of Mulga Bore, 77 km W of Paynes Find,
17 Sep. 2005, A. Markey & S. Dillon 3757 (PERTH); Yandhanoo Hills, survey site YAND 04, c. 1 km
NW of Yandhanoo Hills, spot-height 473 m, 4 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 341 (PERTH);
Whitewells Station NE corner on high lateritic ridge, 8 Oct. 2003, S. Patrick 4880 (PERTH); 5-12
km E of Vermin Proof Fence, Bimbijy — Diemals road, 17 Nov. 1993, H. Pringle 30136 (PERTH);
(1727) Oudabunna Station, 16 Oct. 1993, S. Van Vreeswyk 30037 (PERTH).

Distribution. Persoonia manotricha occurs primarily in the Eremaean Botanical Province, in the
Yalgoo (YAL) and Murchison (MUR) IBRA regions of Western Australia, with some extension into the
Geraldton Sandplain (GSP) and Avon Wheatbelt (AW) regions of the South-West Botanical Province,
in the north-west of its range. The species is found between Pindar to c. 60 km west of Paynes Find,
an area of the Yilgarn Craton situated c. 100-300 km inland (Figure 2).

Habitat. This species has been found growing on sandy substrates, but has mostly been recorded from
gently inclined to moderately steep footslopes, hillslopes and crests of Archaean BIF and associated
metasedimentary bedrock, granite and laterite. In a few instances it has also been recorded from sand
ridges and a sand plain around a granite dome. It occurs on shallow soils over bedrock higher in the
landscape (300-400 m above mean sea level) or on colluvium and rocky ground on the lower slopes,
Soils associated with this species are typically acidic, skeletal-shallow red-brown loams/sandy-loams,
clayey sand and (occasionally) deeper red sands.

Persoonia manotricha usually occurs in tall, sparse to open Acacia shrublands (e.g. A. ramulosa,
A. quadrimarginea, A. aulacophylla, A. burkittii, A. aneura, A. sp. Murchison (B.R. Maslin 7331),
A. sibina) and co-occurs with Melaleuca nematophylla, Allocasuarina acutivalvis, Grevillea
obliquistigma, Callitris columellaris and Exocarpos aphyllus. More occasionally it occurs under
open Eucalyptus spp. woodland (e.g. E. loxophleba, E. petraea or E. kochii subsp. plenissima). It is
often a common component of the vegetation communities in which it occurs, occasionally becoming
dominant in the upper stratum (2-4 m shrubs). Understorey vegetation comprises mixed shrubland
and herbland including species such as Prostanthera patens, Eremophila glutinosa, E. latrobei subsp.
latrobei, Hibbertia arcuata, Acacia acanthoclada, Philotheca sericea, P. brucei, Ptilotus obovatus vat.
obovatus, Micromyrtus clavata, M. trudgenii, Mirbelia bursarioides ms, Aluta hesperia, Cephalipterum
drummondii, Waitzia acuminata, Lawrencella rosea, Brachyscome ciliocarpa, Erodium cygnorum,
Goodenia occidentalis and Cheilanthes adiantoides.

In the central Tallering Land System, P. manotricha was located within a variety of floristic
communities (Community Types 1b, 2, 3, 4b, 5a) while P. hexagona was found to be largely restricted
to, and an indicator species of, Community Type 2 (Markey & Dillon, in review). Ona fine scale, this
study found P. hexagona to be restricted to the south-west of the survey area, while P. manotricha
replaced P. hexagona in the eastern and northern parts of the survey area.

R. Butcher & A.S. Markey, Persoonia manotricha, a new species from banded iron formation ranges 143

iii

PERTH 01921729

IDENTIFICATION LABEL WA. Hevbariam (PERT!

Persoora. bowgada = fF, hexagona
in Fl. Austval. (6
ted by 7H. Weston macinas)

sent TRiLally feb. m%

f ren Benth.
Racroonin atl aapactithen B

eh Lf ora yt
petewwnavit Fy! 3

Westera Assia os (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM
Per

ATH, WA.

AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL MERDARIUM (CAN)
Commonwealth Solent ific & Industrial Research
Organization; Australia

wtralia + 7 ke X of Pindar along
dy Station road
ioc are a6:
Peeing snmnetanton AS. rfeteg
BE Rvarars ca verob wi
fremont %Fcheey 2 2{c4 (7009
Western Austrahan Herbarium (PERTH) ¥
IDENTIFICATION LABEL, WA. Yerbornee OI L.a.craven 1112 14 bot 3901

Rerseonia sp, Pagnes Find (0.edviger et al.
wb)

See Mtge Apr 90k

Figure 4. Persoonia manotricha. A —habit; B— holotype (L.A. Craven 7112); C — fresh flower; D — pressed flowers (in bud)
showing the pedicel length and the lightly pubescent perianth; E — fruit (arrow indicates oblique attachment point, relative
to the long axis). Images A, C taken by Steve Dillon at Windaning Hill survey site WIND03; B, D taken from L.A. Craven

7112; E taken from M. Hislop 2087. All specimens at PERTH. Scale bars = 5 cm (B), 5 mm (D, E).

ee Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Phenology. Flowering specimens have been collected in November, with buds initiated from early
August. A specimen collected in early August 2000 has a mature fruit, but this has probably been
retained from the previous year.

Conservation status. This taxon does not have a conservation listing. Although occurring overa relatively
large area, the banded ironstone landforms with which P. manotricha is commonly associated are
currently of specific interest for mining activities (Pringle 1998). The central Tallering Land System is
currently unreserved and extensively occupied by mining and exploration tenements (Markey & Dillon,
in review). As such there may be a substantial reduction in the available habitat for this species in the
future and its conservation status may require review. More immediate threats to the future viability
of this species include grazing by feral animals, especially goats (Markey & Dillon, in review).

Etymology. From the Greek manos (scanty, thin, rare) and trichos (hair), in reference to the very
sparse hairs on the ovary.

Affinities. Persoonia manotricha consistently differs from both taxa between which it was previously
regarded as intermediate, in the combination of a number of morphological characters. These include
the length of the pedicel, the moderate pubescence of the perianth and the glabrous to sparsely
pubescent ovary.

Persoonia bowgada is hypothesised here to be the sister taxon of P. manotricha: both are tall shrubs
with terete, more or less smooth, pungent, six-ribbed leaves in which the longitudinal grooves are
almost closed over, and, as previously outlined, their morphologically similar flowers are distinguished
primarily on pubescence characters. Both taxa have the pedicels at the base of inflorescences slightly
longer than at the apex, corresponding to the age of the flowers, and although this results in a slight
overlap in values, the pedicels of P manotrichaare usually considerably longer than those of P. bowgada
(4.2-17.4 mm long, compared with 2.4—7 mm long). In P. bowgada the central axis of the fruit is
in line with both the style and the point of attachment, whereas in the-one fruit of P. manotricha
observed, the central axis is slightly oblique with reference to the style and more so relative to the
point of attachment (Figure 4E). This fruit was similar to those of P. hexagona in this respect. More
subtly, P bowgada appears to have hypogynous glands that are broader relative to length and more
keeled on the abaxial surface.

Persoonia hexagona is similar to P. manotricha in habit and in the pubescence of its flowers, but
differs significantly in having leaves that are generally glossy in appearance and are relatively broadly
grooved; with the grooves in dried specimens frequently noticeably dark, due to the visible underlying
mesophyll blackening with desiccation.

The superficially similar species P. pentasticha can be easily distinguished by its habit, being a
low shrub 0.4-1 m in height, and by having only five grooves in its distinctly scabrous leaves (Figures
1G, 3D). The axillary, exclusively anauxotelic inflorescences of P. pentasticha also have more densely
pubescent peduncles, rachises and pedicels, a higher number (1—15) of smaller flowers (7—12 mm long),
which are strongly constricted near the base and which lack lateral flaps on the tepals. Additionally, the
anthers of P. pentasticha have smaller (to 0.6 mm long) appendages and the gynoecium comprises 4
glabrous, globose, stipitate ovary containing two ovules, and a style which is ribbed only in the lower
half and is distinctly curved near the apex.

Notes. One specimen of P. manotricha (P.G. Armstrong s.n. PERTH 05963494) has the perianth shortly

g. Butcher & A.S. Markey, Persoonia manotricha, a new species from banded iron formation ranges 145

and densely pubescent with a greater density of hairs on the ovary and style. As such it is similar to
P. bowgada, but there is variation in the density of the gynoecium pubescence between flowers on the
same specimen, with some almost glabrous. Pedicel lengths also place the collection in P. manotricha.

Taxonomic key

The key presented here is a revised portion of Weston’s key to the Western Australian species
of Persoonia possessing actinomorphic flowers and anther appendages (1995: 51-53). This key
commences at Weston’s lead 12: (1995: 52) and is to be inserted at that point. As one specimen of P.
manotricha has a more pubescent perianth and slightly more pubescent ovary than all the others, leads
to identify this taxon have been inserted into the key in two places to reduce potential misinterpretation
and misidentification. New leads have been marked with an asterisk (*). Numbering has been changed
throughout, where appropriate.

12: Leaves less than 2 mm wide
24. Ovary moderately to densely hairy
25, Tepals glabrous ........ccssccssssssecessecesscsesseessnccssesensenetteessrcocstoseesessavessessecessscescnecncescecesercenes P. chapmaniana
25: Tepals moderately to densely hairy
26. Leaves concave, with no other grooves or prominent parallel VEINS .........cceeseeseseseseseeeseetetees P. rudis

26: Leaves subterete to compressed but not concave, with 6 prominent
parallel veins
27. Leaves pungent
*28. Tepals moderately to densely hairy, ovary densely hairy, pedicels
PASHAN ONL MeeereeeeTe Tete Tmt eTt Tr rereretnn: Dreetrt at reettctemetesrtteterseesrrerterttrecntresteersverrs: P. bowgada
*28: Tepals sparsely to moderately hairy, ovary moderately hairy,
pedicels 42-17 -4 mim LON gs... ese stsetsscsscsstpecssccsrecescecteereqeecttecteseegeessessesesciseseseetese P. manotricha
27: Leaves not pungent

29. Inflorescences 1—4-flowered; flowers mostly subtended by scale
leaves; leaves smooth to slightly scaberulOus ........ccsecsssesessesessessseesesseseseeseeseneeeeees P. angustiflora

29: Inflorescences 1—20-flowered; flowers subtended by scale leaves
andileaves sleaVeS-SCADLOUSut rarer iietitsrstirtariectiretiricierrd pratt isnt caret, sreeerere P. papillosa

24: Ovary glabrous or, rarely, sparsely hairy
30. Anther appendage less than 1 mm long, either not recurved or
TECULVECiless than. OSeettemrerystretitestresrttttter tire: Follow Weston (1995: 53, includes P. pentasticha)
30: Anther appendage more than | mm long, recurved through 90—180°
37. Longest leaves more than 5 cm long; tepals sparsely to moderately hairy

*38. Leaves with 6 prominent parallel ridges, grooves broad and
blackenin otnsidesmammecrerreverte tirenterertetereerrittren tererstsrrttresti rere tresstsrsetery secrtart)ferta7 P. hexagona

*38: Leaves with 6 contiguous parallel ridges, grooves very narrow and
Noublackenincunsldeweweret i cecer rence tire ert ret risercinistertteertesttiserteest ss P. manotricha

37: Leaves less than 5 cm long; tepals glabrous
BOmmrAntherappendaperfiliformypiististinstsctssssteerercsserartrarncmerrtiecescibersttergerretrtreses P. filiformis
39: Anther appendage obtuse or acute

A) MamlecaVes pUnCcliiemrtemtetrterrmcterit tsi rtctietr errata crsttesctercs: P. sulcata

A malcavesi sharp DULNe Ver pUN Del beri itectiessrectsscrestysertesereserrerrtstteerineesst isctetrestaeyftstecnese P. striata

146 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Acknowledgements

Many thanks to Mike Hislop for his astute eye and taxonomic discussions, to Paul Wilson for
provision of the Latin description, to Steve Dillon for photographs of Persoonia manotricha and to
Jane McRae for assistance with figure scaling. Kevin Thiele, Peter Weston and Kelly Shepherd are
thanked for their comments towards the improvement of this manuscript. This work was funded under
the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative.

References

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed 28 August 2007]

Hill, R.S. (1998). Fossil evidence for the onset of xeromorphy and scleromorphy in Australian Proteaceae. Australian Systematic
Botany 11(3&4): 391-400.

Jordan, G.J., Dillon, R.A. & Weston, P.H. (2005). Solar radiation as a factor in the evolution of scleromorphic leaf anatomy
in Proteaceae. American Journal of Botany 92(5): 789-796.

Markey, A.S. & Dillon, S.J. (in review). Flora and vegetation of the Banded Ironstone Formations of the Yilgarn Craton: the
central Tallering Land System. Conservation Science Western Australia.

Meissner, R. & Caruso, Y. (in review). Flora and vegetation of Banded Ironstone Formations of the Yilgarn Craton: Mount
Gibson and surrounding area. Conservation Science Western Australia.

Mast, A.R. & Givnish,T.J. (2002). Historical biogeography and the origin of stomatal distributions in Banksia and Dryandra
(Proteaceae) based on their cpDNA phylogeny. American Journal of Botany 89(8): 1311-1323.

Payne, A.L., Van Vreeswyk, A.M.A. & Pringle, H.J.R. (1998). Land Systems. Jn: A.L. Payne, A.M.A. Van Vreeswyk, H.J.R.
Pringle, K.A. Leighton & P. Hennig (Eds) “An Inventory and Condition Survey of the Sandstone—Yalgoo—Paynes Find
Area, Western Australia.” Technical Bulletin No. 90, pp. 187-344. (Agriculture Western Australia: South Perth.)

Pringle, H.J.R. (1998). Vegetation. In: A.L. Payne, A.M.A. Van Vreeswyk, H.J.R. Pringle, K.A. Leighton & P. Hennig (Eds)
“An Inventory and Condition Survey of the Sandstone-Yalgoo—Paynes Find Area, Western Australia.” Technical Bulletin
No. 90, pp. 119-129. (Agriculture Western Australia: South Perth.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 August 2007]

Weston, P.H. (1994). The Western Australian species of subtribe Persooniinae (Proteaceae: Persoonioideae: Persoonieae).
Telopea 6(1): 51-165.

Weston, P.H. (1995). Persoonia. In: A.E. Orchard (Ed.) “Flora of Australia.” Vol. 16, pp. 50-125. (CSIRO Publishing:
Melbourne.) -

Nuytsia 17: 147-152 (2007) 147

Prostanthera ferricola (Lamiaceae), a new species from Western
Australia

Barry J. Conn! and Kelly A. Shepherd?

'National Herbarium of New South Wales, Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney, Mrs Macquaries Road, Sydney,
New South Wales 2000
2Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Conn, B.J. & Shepherd, K.A. Prostanthera ferricola (Lamiaceae), a new species from Western
Australia. Nuytsia 17: 147-152 (2007). ProstantheraferricolaB.J.Conn & K.A.Sheph.,a distinctive new
species endemic to ironstone and quartzite hills in the northern Yilgarn region of Western Australia, is
described. This species is readily distinguished from P. centralis B.J.Conn and P. magnifica C.A.Gardner
by its smaller leaves (5.5-10 mm long), purple-mauve adaxial surface of the calyx, a larger corolla
(18-20 mm long) with hairs and glands on the outer surface, an absence of trichomes on the dorsal
surface of the connective of the anthers and a longer pistil (20-21 mm long). Images of the holotype
and field photographs of the habit and inflorescence are included along with a distribution map.

Introduction

Taxonomic revisions of the species of Prostanthera Labill. occurring in Western Australia have
already been published (Conn 1984, 1988). A new species of Prostanthera, named here as P. ferricola
B.J.Conn & K.A.Sheph., was first collected by Geoff Byrne from near Meekatharra in 2003. Further
collections acquired during recent floristic surveys of Banded Iron Formation (BIF) ranges by the
Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) helped clarify the status of this taxon. Although
the similarity of these collections to P. centralis B.J.Conn was noted by Mike Hislop of the Western
Australian Herbarium (PERTH), he also recognised that they differed significantly from this species
on account of their smaller leaves and short, patent indumentum. This taxon was subsequently given
the informal name Prostanthera sp. Murchison (G. Byrne 239) and included on the census of Western
Australian plants database. This species is restricted to a number of ironstone and quartzite hills in
the Murchison and Gascoyne regions (Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA);
Thackway & Cresswell 1995; Environment Australia 2000) of Western Australia and, as it may be
threatened by future mining activities, it was considered a priority to be named. The recognition of
P. ferricola brings the total number of species of Prostanthera in Western Australia to 26 (Western
Australian Herbarium 1998). Ten of these species are listed as being of conservation concern in
Western Australia (Atkins 2006).

148 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Methods

Morphological characters were scored from herbarium specimens lodged at NSW and PERTH.
Herbarium abbreviations are as given in Holmgren ef al. (1990). In general, usage of terms follows
Porter etal. (1973) and Stearn (1973). Terminology for plane shapes follows the Systematics Association
Committee for Descriptive Biological Terminology (1962). Inflorescence terminology follows Briggs
and Johnson (1979), except as modified by Conn (1995). In the descriptions, those character states
which rarely occur, i.e. only once or a few times, in an otherwise typical individual specimen are
enclosed in parentheses. The habitat notes are taken from collectors’ notes on the labels of herbarium
sheets. The summary of the distribution of this species is based on IBRA Version 5.1 (Thackway &
Cresswell 1995; Environment Australia 2000) as modified on FloraBase (Western Australian Herbarium
1998_). Distribution maps were produced using DIVA-GIS freeware (Version 5.2.0.2) and are based
on IBRA version 6.1 (Department of Environment and Water Resources 2007). Precise localities are
withheld due to conservation concerns.

Taxonomy
Prostanthera ferricola B.J.Conn & K.A.Sheph., sp. nov.

Prostantherae centrali B.J.Conn affinis sed foliis minoribus (5.5—10 x 1.5—2.5 mm cf: 9—20(-27) x
4—9(—13) mm), calyce profunde purpureo-malvino (cf. purpureo-viride), corolla longiore (18-20 mm
longa, tubo 15-18 mm longo cf. 11-16 mm longa, tubo 8—10.5 mm longo), connectivo antherarum
trichomata deficienti, pistillo longiore (20-21 mm cf: 9-11 mm longo) differt.

Typus: Robinson Ranges, Western Austraia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
17 August 2006, R. Meissner & B. Bayliss 742 (holo: PERTH 07220618; iso: NSW 746276).

Prostanthera sp. Murchison (G. Byrne 239), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 30 May 2007].

Erect, openly branched shrub 0.3-1 m high. Branches + terete, densely hairy throughout [60-100
hairs/mm”]; hairs straight, +patent, short, 0.1—0.15(—0.2) mm long, white; moderately glandular [25—40
glands/mm?], with both subsessile (hemispherical) and distinctly podiate glands. Leaves flat, green to
pale green above and below, strongly aromatic when crushed; petiole 0.5—1 mm long; /amina ovate to
narrowly ovate, 5.5-10 mm long, 1.5—2.5 mm wide [length to width ratio 2.84.8, length of maximum
width from base to total lamina length ratio 0.25—0.3], densely hairy and moderately glandular (as for
branchlets); base shortly attenuate; margin entire; apex obtuse; venation not visible, midrib slightly
raised. Inflorescence a frondose racemiform conflorescence, uniflorescence monadic; 4—12-flowered
[per conflorescence], with basal lateral axes 2—4-flowered. Pherophylls not seen. Podium 0.7—1.5 mm
long, densely hairy and moderately glandular (as for branchlets). Prophylls persistent, inserted from
near midpoint to distal third of podium [a, axis to anthopodium ratio 0.5—1], opposite, narrowly elliptic,
2—4(—5) mm long, 2-3 mm wide [length to width ratio 1-1.7, length of maximum width from base to
total lamina length ratio c. 0.5], moderately hairy (hairs 0.06—-0.1 mm long), with occasional glands;
base tapering; margin entire; apex obtuse; venation not visible. Ca/yx with abaxial lobe green to faintly
purple-mauve; adaxial lobe and adaxial surface strongly purple-mauve; outer surface moderately hairy
(as for branchlets), especially on tube, distally slightly less densely hairy, except margin densely fringed
with white hairs, sparsely to moderately glandular (glands hemispherical); inner surface sparsely to

ps Conn, & K.A. Shepherd, Prostanthera ferricola, a new species from Western Australia 149

poderately hairy and glandular, sparser distally; tube 2.5-3 mm long; abaxial lobe broadly ovate,
5-6 mm long, 44.5 mm wide at base [length to width ratio 1.1-1.4], apex rounded, entire (sinus
absent) or slightly to distinctly emarginate, sinus 0.2—0.8 mm long, 1—1.2 mm wide distally; adaxial
Jobe ovate, 11-13 mm long, 7.5-9 mm wide at base [length to width ratio 1.4-1.7], apex slightly
ucronate, sometimes with two slightly mucronate apices, [adaxial lobe length to abaxial lobe length
ratio 22.4]. Corolla 18—20mm long, mauve-purple, apparently lacking marking on inner surface; outer
surface glabrous basally, distally sparsely to moderately hairy [16-25 hairs/mm7], hairs 0.1—0.2 mm
jong, + patent, moderately glandular; inner surface moderately hairy, especially near mouth and on
jobes, hairs 0.1—0.2 mm long; tube 15—18 mm long; abaxial median lobes depressed ovate, 5-6 mm
jong, 9-10 mm wide [length to width ratio 0.5—0.6], apex irregular and rounded, deeply bilobed,
sinus 44.5 mm long, 3-4 mm wide distally; /ateral lobes broadly ovate, 5.5-6 mm long, 44.5 mm
wide [length to width ratio 1.2-1.4], apex rounded and slightly irregular; adaxial median lobe-pair
yery broadly ovate, 6.56.8 mm long, 8-9 mm wide [length to width ratio 0.7-0.8], deeply divided
into 2 lobes, almost to base, sinus c. 6 mm long, apex of each lobe rounded to subtruncate, slightly
;sregular, median margin of lobes slightly overlapping near base. Stamens inserted 8-9 mm above base
of corolla; filaments 8.5-9.5 mm long; anthers 1.4—1.5 mm long, lobes with small acumen basally
(acumen (.2-0.3 mm long), trichomes absent on basal dorsal surface, connective extended to form a
pasal appendage 1.21.8 mm long, terminating in | or 2 narrowly triangular trichomes 0.2—0.3 mm
jong. Disc 0.4-0.5 mm long. Pisti! 20-21 mm long; ovary cylindrical obovoid, 0.4—-0.5 mm long,
diameter at base 0.6-0.8 mm, lobes 0.1—0.2 mm long, glands present; style 19-20 mm long; stigma
Jobes 0.3—-0.4 mm long. Fruiting calyx not or only slightly enlarged (abaxial lobe 5—6 mm long, 4-5 mm
wide [length to width ratio 1.2-1.3]; adaxial lobe 12-16 mm long, 9-10 mm wide [length to width
ratio 1.3-1.6]; [adaxial lobe length to abaxial lobe length ratio 2.4—2.7]). Mericarps 1.8—2 mm long,
distally c. 1.2 mm extended beyond base of style, distal diameter 2.52.8 mm; seeds slightly flattened,
ellipsoid-cylindrical, 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5—1.6 mm diameter; surface smooth. (Figure 1A—E)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 27 July 2003, G. Byrne 239
(PERTH 07167741); 6 Apr. 2006, 4. Capobianco AC 658-02 (PERTH 07458509); 25 Aug. 2004,
D.Edinger 4608 (PERTH 07056745); 1 Sep. 2005, 4. Markey & S. Dillon 3001 (PERTH 07372264);
15 Aug. 2006, A. Markey & S. Dillon 4115 (PERTH 07220308); 15 Aug. 2006, A. Markey & S. Dillon
4116 (PERTH 07220316); 15 Aug. 2006, A. Markey & S. Dillon 4117 (PERTH 07220324); 27 Aug. 2005,
R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 126 (PERTH 07357532); 9 Aug. 2006, R. Meissner & B. Bayliss 739
(PERTH 07220561); 17 Aug. 2006, R. Meissner & B. Bayliss 740 (PERTH 07220588); 20 June 2006,
J. Naaykens s.n. (PERTH 07528914); 29 June 2006, J. Naaykens s.n. (PERTH 07529139).

Distribution and habitat. Currently known from the Murchison (MUR) and Gascoyne (GAS) IBRA
regions of the Eremaean Botanical Province (Figure 1 F). Infrequent in sparse Acacia aneura shrubland
on gently inclined mid and upper slopes and crests of banded ironstone and basalt, in shallow red-
brown skeletal sandy loam soils (Figure 1B), occasionally found in gullies or on quartz.

Phenology. Flowering from July to September.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Three under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. This species may be vulnerable to impact from future mining activities as there are
only six known populations which are restricted to ironstone outcrops and lateritic hills.

Etymology. The specific epithet ferricola is derived from the Latin ferreum (iron) and -cola (dweller),
in reference to this species growing in banded ironstone-derived soils.

150

“Peonned PERTH
Owe viene, |

iecoryr’
Postarloua ferrtala” 41 fran © RA biphe
DETNMMOAIT GAYA Shaploted fed ony
Woven hora nara OT

WRSTHION AUSTIEALIAN IHERIMARIUM, PERTH
Viera Wester Auten

Prestaahern 9p. Mer bon (Berne 2%)
haminceae
‘Sed #0 om. own pron

(CoA, Mabaso & Bays 96) ay 1/08/9008

Veuchees Yager Ranges vey
Page
CTH anak

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 1. Prostanthera ferricola. A — holotype (R. Meissner & B. Bayliss 742, PERTH 07220618), scale = 3 cm;
B — habit; C — flower buds showing the strongly purple-mauve calyx; D — inflorescence; E — open flowers and buds
showing the larger adaxial calyx lobe; F — distribution in Western Australia. Field photographs: Geoff Byrne (B, C,

E), R.A. Meissner (D).

~~

BJ conn. & K.A. Shepherd, Prostanthera ferricola, a new species from Western Australia 151

Notes: The affinities of P. ferricola are unclear; however, morphologically it is similar to P. centralis.

tcat be distinguished from this species by its smaller leaves (5.5—10 mm long, 1.5—2.5 mm wide cf.
P centralis (9-20(-27) mm long, 4-9(—13) mm wide), strongly purple-mauve coloration of adaxial
surface of calyx (P. centralis purple-green distally), larger corolla (18-20 mm long cf. P. centralis
jj -16 mm long, including longer corolla tube (15-18 mm long cf. P. centralis 8-10.5 mm long),
trichomes absent on dorsal surface of the connective of the anthers (triangular trichomes present in
p centralis), and longer pistil (20-21 mm long ef. P. centralis 9-11 mm long). Itis also morphologically
similar to P. magnifica C.A.Gardner. However, P. magnifica has a glabrous calyx (on outer surface)
and anthers that are usually cristate (trichomes present).

Acknowledgements

We sincerely thank Geoff Byrne for the initial collection of this species and for providing
excellent field photographs, Mike Hislop (PERTH) for proposing this taxon as a possible new species
of Prostanthera and Rachel Meissner (DEC) for further collections and in situ photographs of the
species. Peter Wilson (NSW) kindly corrected the Latin diagnosis and Juliet Wege provided invaluable
comments on an earlier draft of this paper. The Director and curatorial staff at the Western Australian
Herbarium (PERTH) kindly facilitated the loan of material to NSW at extremely short-notice. This
research was funded in part through the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving our Species’
biodiversity conservation initiative.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environmentand Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Briggs, B.G. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae — Evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales 102(4): 157-256.

Conn, B.J. (1984). A taxonomic revision of Prostanthera Labill. Section Klanderia (F. v. Muell.) Benth. (Labiatae). Journal
of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 6: 207-348.

Conn, B.J. (1988). A taxonomic revision of Prostanthera Labill. Section Prostanthera (Labiatae). 1. The species of the Northern
Territory, South Australia and Western Australia. Nuytsia 6(3): 351-411.

Conn, B.J. (1995). Description of inflorescence axes in the genus Logania R.Br. (Loganiaceae). Kew Bulletin 50: 777-783.

Department of Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/
version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed 29 May 2007]

Environment Australia (2000). Revision of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) and development of
version 5.1 - Summary Report. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/version5-1/summary-report/index.html.

Holmgren, P.K., Holmgren, N.H. & Barnett, L.C. (Eds) (1990). “Index Herbariorum. Part 1. The herbaria of the world.” 8" Edn.
(International Association for Plant Taxonomy by New York Botanical Gardens: Bronx, NY.)

Porter, D.M., Kiger, R.W. & Monahan, J.E. (1973). “A guide for contributors to the Flora of North America. Part II. An outline
and glossary of terms for morphological and habitat description.” Provisional Edn. (Smithsonian Institution: Washington,
D.C.)

Stearn, W.T. (1992). “Botanical Latin: history, grammar, syntax, terminology and vocabulary.” 4" Edn. (Timber Press: Portland, Or.)

Systematics Association Committee for Descriptive Biological Terminology (1962). Terminology of simple symmetrical plane
shapes (chart 1). Jaxon 11: 145-156.

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1995). “An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for setting priorities
in the National Reserves System Cooperative Program, version 4.” (Australian Nature Conservation Agency: Canberra.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-), FloraBase —The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 30 May 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 153-158 (2007) 1s

A new species of Petrophile (Proteaceae) from south-western Australia

Ray J. Cranfield and Terry D. Macfarlane

Western Australian Herbarium. Postal address: Science Division, Department of Environment and Conservation,
Locked Bag 2, Manjimup, Western Australia 6258

Abstract

Cranfield, R.J. & Macfarlane, T.D. A new species of Petrophile (Proteaceae) from south-western
Australia. Nuytsia 17: 153-158 (2007). A new species, Petrophile vana Cranfield & T.Macfarlane, is
described from the Murchison and Yalgoo Bioregions of Western Australia. The new species is known
from only three localities where it grows on laterite breakaway ridges. It is illustrated and mapped,
and comparisons are made with P. pauciflora Foreman from the same region.

Introduction

A specimen of this new species (R.J. Cranfield 6191) was collected in 1987 during a survey of
rangelands in the Murchison region but it was not able to be identified as a known species of Petrophile
R.Br. ex Knight or the morphologically similar genus /sopogon R.Br. ex Knight. A revision of Petrophile
in the “Flora of Australia” series (Foreman 1995) did not include this specimen, either because it was
insufficiently known to describe as new or more likely because it was seen too late for inclusion.
The species Petrophile pauciflora Foreman, which is recorded for the same area as the new species
described here, was described as new in Foreman’s revision. R.J. Cranfield 6191 bears the following
annotation by D.B. Foreman: “/sopogon sp. nov. (check against P. pauciflora?). 9/8/1995” which
indicates that it is a presumed new species similar to P. pauciflora Foreman but also suggests doubt
about its generic placement (unless “/sopogon” was a slip of the pen). Subsequent collections made in
1996 and 2000 from additional localities supported the distinctness of this species from P. pauciflora in
leaf, inflorescence and floral features, which led to it being given the informal phrase name Petrophile
sp. Mt Magnet (R.J. Cranfield 6191) in December 2000 and to its formal description here as new.

Methods

All specimens of the new species described here are present in the Western Australian Herbarium
(PERTH) and were examined along with a selection of flowering specimens of P. pauciflora. All floral
characters were measured either by ruler, measuring lens or stereo microscope eye-piece graticule.
Several flowers were dissected to enable measurements of the floral parts and to investigate any
immature nut or cone characters, as no mature cones have been collected as yet. Species distributions
are based on the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 5.1 categories
as modified on FloraBase (Thackway & Cresswell 1995; Western Australian Herbarium 1998—;
Environment Australia 2000). The distribution map was created using DIVA-GIS freeware Version

154 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

5.2.0.2 based on IBRA Version 6.1. (Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007)
using coordinates from collections lodged at PERTH. The distribution of P. paucifiora is updated from
that shown by Foreman (1995) using records from PERTH, which were all checked for identification
accuracy. Precise locality statements are withheld for species of conservation concern.

Description
Petrophile vana Cranfield & T.Macfarlane, sp.nov.

Petrophile pauciflorae Foreman affinis sed foliis haud divisis, inflorescentiis axillaribus, sessilibus,
et stylo partialiter glabro differt.

Typus: Melangata Station, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
17 September 1987, R.J. Cranfield 6191 (holo: PERTH 04186753; iso: MEL).

Petrophile sp. Mt Magnet (R.J. Cranfield 6191), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed August 2007].

Shrub to 1.5 m but usually lower, branches smooth barked, juvenile branches with long white
hairs. Leaves alternate, sessile, erect and curving inwards towards branches, terete, 30-60 mm long,
1-1.5 mm diam., dorsal surface with a shallow groove which when dried appears as a line, sericeous
when young, becoming minutely scabrid; apex with a short brown pungent tip. /nflorescence axillary,
sessile, of globose to ovate heads, 10 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, 1—4-flowered. Jnvolucral bracts c. 4,
imbricate, ovate, c. 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous except for long white hairs on upper margin; apex acute.
Cone scales ovate to lanceolate becoming recurved, slightly thickened, 2-3 mm long, 2-3 mm wide
with dense white hairs at base and glabrescent towards apex; apex obtuse to acute with a naked point.
Tepals 7-10 mm long, with dense white to cream indumentum, separating from the base and falling
united or partly separated. Anthers 4, in cup-shaped recesses near tip of tepal, 3-4 mm long, c. 1 mm
wide. Style 8-9 mm long, erect, kinked below the middle, hirsute for a short distance above the ovary
sometimes extending to the kink, glabrous in the middle section up to and including the basal part
of the pollen presenter, pollen presenter 3.5-4.5 mm long, 0.5—0.75 mm wide, fusiform or narrowly
ovoid, terete or angular, yellow, with a brush of short rigid spreading 0.1-0.15 mm long hairs evenly
distributed over the surface, the whole brush being covered with pollen at flower opening, tapering to
a glabrous apical part bearing a small captitate terminal stigma. Cones ovoid with long tufts of white
hairs protruding between cone scales, mature cones not seen. Fruit a small nut (only immature ones
seen), c. 2 mm long, compressed obovoid, with very long erect or antrorse hairs on the basal half of
the nut mainly on either side, with a few at the centre on the adaxial surface, medium length appressed
hairs on the basal half of the abaxial surface, the remainder of the nut surface (the distal half and most
of the proximal half of the adaxial surface) is puberulent. (Figure 1)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 10 Sep. 1996, S. Patrick
2765 B (PERTH); 14 Sep. 2000, P. Smith & B. Murphy GC 5900 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known only from three localities over a range of c. 150 km within the
Murchison and Yalgoo IBRA Bioregions of Western Australia (Figure 2). Growing in shallow, white,
gritty clay-soil pockets on a laterite breakaway platform. In one location noted as occurring in an
open heath of Thryptomene spp.

R.J. Cranfield & T.D. Macfarlane, A new species of Petrophile (Proteaceae) 155

Figure 1. Petrophile vana. A — shoot showing axillary inflorescences (perianth shed); B — involucral
bracts and cone scales; C — inflorescence with flower buds; D — ovary and lower part of style; E— pollen

presenter. A, C, D— R.J. Cranfield 6191; B, E— P. Smith & B. Murphy GC 5900. Drawings by R.J.
Cranfield. Scale bars = 1 mm,

Flowering period. September.

Conservation status. Department of Environment and Conservation’s Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora: Priority One (Atkins 2006). This species is currently known from only three collections
from separate locations. One of these locations is threatened by mining-associated activities and
reported as degraded, another is affected by goat-grazing. A third collection is from land currently
managed for conservation. Further field surveys are required to better assess the conservation status
of this species and to determine whether active protection is required. As P. vana appears to be at risk
from disturbance and is readily grazed by feral stock, there may be some urgency in investigating its
conservation status in case grazing pressure is preventing recruitment of seedlings.

156 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

kilometres

Figure 2. Map of southern Western Australia showing the distributions of Perrophile
vana (A) and P. pauciflora (O), with IBRA Bioregion boundaries indicated.

Etymology. The specific epithet is from the Latin word vanus in the sense of trifling, referring to the
non-showy appearance of the plant.

Notes. There is some ambiguity in the generic placement of the new species, and the previously
mentioned specimen annotation by D.B. Foreman may indicate that he had the same uncertainty. The
available specimens of Petrophile vana have only immature fruits and there are no persistent fruits
visible from previous seasons. It is unknown whether the particular plants from which the specimens
were taken had conditions suitable for fruiting in recent seasons, or whether this lack is due to the cone
scales shedding after fruiting, a feature normally considered characteristic of Isopogon. The nuts of
P. vana accord better with Petrophile, being compressed and with a hair distribution not characteristic
of Isopogon. Although they have hairs over the whole surface, the very long, erect or antrorse hairs 00
the basal half of the nut are mainly on either side, with a few at the centre on the adaxial surface; 0”
the basal half of the abaxial surface the long hairs are considerably shorter than those elsewhere. The
upper half of the nut surface and most of the adaxial surface is puberulent. The nuts are very similar
to those of P. pauciflora as illustrated by Foreman (1995: 175), a species with inflorescences having
long-persistent cone scales, consistent with Petrophile. Other characters of P. vana which support 4
placement in Petrophile include the separation of the tepals from the base and the falling of the tepals
while still joined for part of their length, the simple fusiform shape of the pollen presenter, its uniform
coverage of hairs over which the pollen is spread at anthesis, and the presence of long, spreading
hairs on the basal part of the style. This set of characters is strongly contrary to the conditions found
in [sopogon, so the new species is considered well-placed in Petrophile.

R.J. Cranfield & T.D. Macfarlane, A new species of Petrophile (Proteaceae) 157

Petrophile vana seems to be most similar to P. pauciflora although there are several clear differences
(Table 1). Of these, the divided leaf and terminal, pedunculate inflorescences of P. pauciflora are
conspicuous. The two species grow in the same region, with P. pauciflora surrounding the known
distribution of 2. vana (Figure 2). These two species are the only two members of the Petrophile and
Isopogon group growing in the Yalgoo and Murchison Bioregions and, in fact, outside the northern
section of the South-West Botanical Province (with the possible exception of collections of other
species close to the Province boundary). Both species occur in a similar habitat, on Jateritic upland
surfaces. It is not known whether there are observable environmental features which could explain
the geographical separation of the two species.

Table 1. Characters distinguishing Petrophile vana and P. pauciflora.

Organ Character P. vana P. pauciflora
Leaf shape undivided trifid in distal 1/3
length (mm) 30-60 10-40
dorsal furrow present absent
surface (when mature) scabrid glabrous
Inflorescence position axillary terminal
peduncle length (mm) 0 10-25
flowers per cone 14 c.8
Style indumentum (below brush) glabrous in middle third hairy throughout
Acknowledgements

The authors thank Paul Wilson for translating the Latin diagnosis, Kelly Shepherd and Verna Tunsell
for help with the figures and the reviewer for useful suggestions. This paper is a contribution to the
Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed August 2007]

Environment Australia (2000). Revision of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) and Development
of Version 5.1 - Summary Report. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/versionS-1/summary-report/index.html
[accessed August 2007]

Foreman, D.B. (1995). Petrophile, Isopogon. In: P. McCarthy (Ed.) “Flora of Australia.” Vol. 16, pp. 149-223 (Australian
Biological Resources Study and CSIRO Australia: Melbourne.)

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D, (1995). An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for establishing
the national system of reserves. Version 4.0. (Australian Nature Conservation Agency, Canberra.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment & Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed August 2007]

ee ee

Nuytsia 17: 159-164 (2007) 159

Hakea chromatropa (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae), an apparently rare
new species from Western Australia

Alexander S. George! and Robyn M. Barker?

1School of Biological Sciences and Biotechnology, Murdoch University, Murdoch, Western Australia 6150
2State Herbarium of South Australia, Department for Environment and Heritage, PO Box 2732, Kent Town,
South Australia 5071

Abstract

George, A.S. & Barker, R.M. Hakea chromatropa (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae), an apparently rare
new species from Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 159-164 (2007). A new species from the agricultural
region of Western Australia, Hakea chromatropa A.S.George & R.M.Barker, is described. It is closely
related to H. ilicifolia R.Br.

Introduction

The genus Hakea Schrad. has been treated recently by Barker etal. (1999). Given the Australia-wide
distribution of the genus and continued botanical exploration, including in areas previously unexplored
or little-known, it is to be expected that new taxa will be found for some years yet. Such is the species
described here. Although first collected in 1969 and again in 1990, the specimens were in fruit only
and it was not until flowering material was found in 2006 that the distinction from related taxa became
evident. What is surprising, perhaps, is its discovery in a region settled within two decades of the
establishment of the colony of Western Australia in 1829, and no more than 50 kilometres from the
property where James Drummond, the State’s most prolific early plant collector, lived from 1838.

Methods
The description is based on dried herbarium specimens and field work by the first author. The
terminology follows that of Barker ef al. (1999). Specific localities have been withheld from cited
specimens due to conservation concerns. The distribution map was produced from PERTH specimen
locality data, using DIVA-GIS freeware Version 5.2.0.2.
Taxonomy

Hakea chromatropa A.S.George & R.M.Barker, sp. nov.

Ab Hakea ilicifolia R.Br. habitu non-lignotubero, non-corymboso; foliis concavis serratis; floribus
majoribus, cremeis deinde roseis, non-odoratis; et seminibus majoribus, differt.

160 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Typus: west of Wongan Hills, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
21 August 2006, 4.5. George 17742 (holo: PERTH 07418086; iso: AD, CANB, kK).

Hakea ilicifolia auct. non R.Br., Barker et al., Fl. Australia 17B: 119 (1999) p.p., only with respect
to H. Demarz 1338 from Bolgart.

Hakea serrata R.M.Barker & A.S.George ms, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed
July 2007].

Bushy shrub to 2.5 m tall and 2 m wide, without lignotuber. Bark finely fissured. Branchlets
tomentose with short, basally forked hairs and scattered longer simple hairs. Leaves rigid, obovate,
18-55 mm long, 8-20 mm wide (including teeth), markedly concave and recurved towards apex,
pungently acute, serrate with 1-5 teeth on each margin (occasionally entire), appressed-tomentose
with bifurcate hairs, glabrescent; lower leaves to 80 mm long with shorter teeth. /nflorescence axillary,
almost sessile; rachis 3-4 mm long, villous with white hairs; | or 2 vegetative shoots arising from
peduncle at flowering time with mainly white hairs and few rusty hairs. Bracts ovate, very concave,
appressed-hirsute, the outermost 1.5 mm long, grading to the innermost that are narrowed towards
base and c. 9 mm long, caducous. Flowers c. 20-26, glabrous, not scented. Pedicels 4-7 mm long.
Perianth 44.5 mm long, creamy white turning deep pink with age; limb recurved in bud, broadly
elliptic, 1.1-1.2 mm long. Pistil 6-7 mm long; pollen presenter conical, 0.6—0.7 mm long, the apex
glandular, base widely flared, very finely fringed; ovary sessile, papillose; gland absent. Fruit almost
sessile, broadly ovoid, somewhat gibbous on lower side, 20-24 mm long, 10-13 mm wide, with
scattered pustules or ridges, splitting fully to base; horns stout, turned upwards, 3-4 mm long. Seed
along upper side of follicle, obliquely obovate, 14-16 mm long, 4-5 mm wide; seed body 6-8 mm
long, very convex and rugose on inner face; wing extending down one side almost to base of seed
body. (Figures 1, 2)

Other collections examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2 July 1969, H. Demarz 1338 (KPBG); 2 Oct.
2006, A.S. George 17743 (PERTH); 14 Nov. 1990, E.A. Griffin 6143 (PERTH).

Distribution. Western Australia, recorded from four localities in the northern Jarrah Forest and north-
western Avon Wheatbelt regions (IBRA 6.1; Department of the Environment and Water Resources
2007), in the South-West Botanical Province of Western Australia (Figure 3).

Habitat. Grows in gravelly loam, in open shrubland with scattered mallee eucalypts, or in Eucalyptus
wandoo open woodland.

Flowering period. July to early October.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under the Department of Environment and
Conservation’s Flora Conservation Codes, as H. serrataR.M.Barker & A.S.George ms. The populations
near Bolgart and Mogumber are on private property; their current status is unknown.

Etymology. From the Greek chroma (colour) and trope (a turning), in reference to the flowers that
change colour as they age.

Affinities. Hakea chromatropa is closely related to H. ilicifolia R.Br., which occurs along and near
the south coast of Western Australia between Albany and Lucky Bay (east of Esperance) and inland

A.S. George & R.M. Barker, Hakea chromatropa (Proteaceae), an apparently rare new species 161

Figure 1. Hakea chromatropa. A — flowering branchlet; B — leaves; C — inflorescence; D — ovary and torus; E — one valve of
a follicle from side; F — one valve of a follicle, inner face. All from A.S. George 17742. Drawn by Lisa Waters. Scale bars =
50 mm (A); 9 mm (C); 1 mm (D) and 10 mm (B, E, F).

Figure 2. Hakea chromatropa at the type locality, 21 August 2006. A — habit; B — flowers. Photographs: A.S. George.

o Moora
e oWongan Hills
e e

° Bindoon

Figure 3. Distribution of Hakea chromatropa in south-west Western Australia.

A.S. George & R.M. Barker, Hakea chromatropa (Proteaceae), an apparently rare new species 163

to Lake Grace. It differs from that species in its non-lignotuberous habit (lignotuberous or suckering
with a corymbose habit in H. ilicifolia), wider floral bracts, slightly larger flowers and seeds, and
flowers that change colour as they age. The hairs on the rachis and the young shoots that arise from
the inflorescence at flowering are predominantly white, whereas in 7. ilicifolia they are predominantly
ust-coloured.

The distinctive leaf shape of this species is shared by specimens recorded by Barker ef al. (1999)
as having characteristics intermediate between H. ilicifolia and H. horrida R.M.Barker, e.g.
H. Demarz 482 from the Fitzgerald River, W.E. Blackall3089 from between Pingrup and Lake Magenta,
and A.S. George 10932 from the Fitzgerald River National Park (all at PERTH). It is also shown in
W. Hooker’s illustration (1842: t. 445) of H. intermedia Hook. from King George Sound.

Discussion. The recognition of this species highlights yet again the very localised nature of many
taxa in the flora of south-western Australia. At the type locality there is a population of 22 plants on
narrow road verges, with three more plants several hundred metres away, in a region that has been
Jargely cleared for agriculture. Just over a kilometre away is another population, of 19 plants, also
on narrow verges. The presence of these plants, which have a non-lignotuberous habit, indicates that
these verges have not been frequently burned or disturbed, showing that rare species can survive in
such a situation. Another collection appears to be from a population no longer extant, while another
population is on private property.

Acknowledgements

We thank Lisa Waters of the State Herbarium of South Australia for her illustration and Juliet Wege
of the Western Australian Herbarium for the distribution map.

References

Barker, R.M., Haegi, L. & Barker, W.R. (1999). Hakea. In: A.E. Orchard, H.S. Thompson & P.M. McCarthy (Eds) “Flora of
Australia.” Vol. 17B, pp. 31-170. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra, & CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.)

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. Department of the Environment and Water
Resources, Canberra. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007.
[accessed July 2007]

Hooker, W. (1842). Hakea intermedia. Icones Plantarum 5: t. 445.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed July 2007]

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

ee

=

Nuytsia 17: 165-184 (2007) 165

Three new and geographically restricted species of Leucopogon
(Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae) from south-west Western
Australia

Michael Hislop and Alex R. Chapman

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Hislop, M. & Chapman, A.R. Three new and geographically restricted species of Leucopogon
(Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae) from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 165-184 (2007).
Leucopogon borealis Hislop & A.R.Chapm., L. spectabilis Hislop & A.R.Chapm. and L. validus Hislop
& A.R.Chapm. are described, illustrated and their distributions mapped. All have conservation coding.
Five informal, subgeneric groups for Lewcopogon R.Br. s. str. in Western Australia are delineated. A
lectotype is also selected for Leucopogon apiculatus R.Br.

Introduction

Leucopogon R.Br. is a large, predominantly Australian genus first described by Robert Brown
(1810). It was reduced to sectional level under Styphelia by Mueller (1867). This revised classification
received support from Drude (1889), Maiden and Betche (1916) and then Sleumer (1964) who made
Leucopogon a subgenus of Styphelia. Bentham (1868), however, accepted Brown’s generic concept
and this remained the preferred classification throughout the twentieth century.

Bentham’s treatment is the last full revision of the genus in Australia. He recognised 118 species
including 82 from Western Australia. Bentham described three sections within Leucopogon (Perojoa
(Cay.) Benth., Heteranthesis Benth. and Pleuranthus Benth.) but no corresponding type species were
designated. Bentham recognised that Perojoa Cav. (Cavanilles 1797) was an earlier available name
for the genus Leucopogon that had not been taken up by Brown. His adoption of that name at the
sectional level implies that he considered it to be the type section. This was later confirmed when the
name Leucopogon was conserved over Perojoa (Sprague 1940), and L. /anceolatus (Sm.) R.Br. (a
member of section Perojoa) was conserved as its type species.

Bentham’s section Perojoa was defined by the presence of three morphological characters: a mainly
terminal inflorescence, anthers with sterile tips and a very short style. Sections Heteranthesis and
Pleuranthus lack the sterile anther tips and often have axillary inflorescences and long styles. Recent
cladistic studies into relationships within the tribe Styphelicae, using morphological data (e.g. Powell
et al. 1997), DNA sequence data (e.g. Quinn ef al. 2003), or a combination of the two (e.g. Taafe
et al. 2001), have compellingly demonstrated that Lewcopogon s. lat. is a polyphyletic assemblage
of species. This effectively means that most of the species in Bentham’s sections Heteranthesis and

A Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Pleuranthus will need to be transferred to other genera. The process has already begun, and in the
West Australian context, Leucopogon rubicundus Benth. and L. pleurandroides F.Muell. (section
Heteranthesis) have recently been placed in an expanded Lissanthe R.Br. (Crayn et al. 2003; Crayn
et al. 2005), and L. durus Benth. (section Pleuranthus) is now recognised as a species of Acrotriche
R.Br. (Quinn et al. 2005). As research continues, the boundaries of other long established genera within
the Styphelieae seem certain to be redefined and the installation of new genera to better accommodate
elements of Leucopogons. lat. is also probable. Although taxonomic difficulties still remain elsewhere
in the Styphelieae in circumscribing natural generic groupings, the aforementioned research has also
provided generally strong support for the monophyly of Lewcopogon s. str. (= section Perojoa). Even
within a considerably narrowed circumscription, Lewcopogon will probably remain the largest genus
in the Styphelieae.

In the last 10 years many unnamed Western Australian species of Lewcopogon s. str. have come
to light, some of which appear to be rare or at least geographically restricted. Most of these have
been allocated informal names in the Census of Western Australian Plants. This paper establishes a
taxonomic framework, comprising five informal subgeneric groups within the Western Australian
members of Leucopogon s. str., based on inflorescence, flower and especially fruiting morphology.
It describes three new species, all of conservation significance, from one of these subgeneric groups
as well as serving to lectotypify L. apiculatus R.Br. Further new taxa from this and other subgeneric
groups will be dealt with in subsequent papers.

Morphological attributes of Leucopogon s. str.

The characters used by Bentham (1868) still represent the core of the differences separating members
of Leucopogon s. str. from the other elements of Leucopogon s. lat., although as observed by Taafe
et al. (2001) there is no unique morphological feature by which the genus can be defined. All member
species, however, can be assigned to Leucopogon s. str. by referral to the following combination of
characters: sterile anther tips, terminal and upper axillary inflorescences, style included within the
corolla tube, and sepals as long as or longer than the corolla tube. Most species can be readily placed
on the basis of the co-occurrence of the first two of these characters, but if the anther tips are difficult
to interpret, the co-occurrence of the other three can be regarded as confirmatory.

While most species in Lewcopogon s. str. have terminal and upper axillary inflorescences, a few
are rather anomalous in this respect and may superficially resemble members of Leucopogon s. lat.
which are characterized in part by an axillary inflorescence. Leucopogon capitellatus DC., for example,
has short axillary inflorescences extending down the flowering branchlet for many nodes below the
terminal inflorescence. Inflorescences of L. oliganthus E.Pritz. may appear to be axillary, but in fact
comprise very reduced terminal inflorescences on numerous, short, lateral branchlets which are
overtopped by the subtending leaves.

The genus Lissanthe shares with Leucopogons. str. a terminal and upper axillary inflorescence but
can be separated by the following character combination: anthers lacking sterile tips, flowers usually
pedicellate above the bracteoles (note that some members of Lewcopogon s. str. are pedicellate below
the bracteoles), and in Western Australian species at least, by having leaves with revolute margins
abutting the midrib and so completely obscuring the abaxial surface.

The presence of sterile anther tips remains a primary attribute of Leucopogon s. str. These typically

M. Hislop & A.R. Chapman, Three new and geographically restricted species of Leucopogon 167

appear paler than the main body of the anther and are usually more or less recurved. Although this
character is often discernible to the naked eye, in some species the tips are very short and only observable
under high magnification. However, one western species, L. plumuliflorus F.Muell. apparently lacks
sterile anther tips altogether. This remarkable species is also anomalous in several other important
features such that a case could certainly be made, on morphological grounds, for its recognition as
a monotypic genus. Interestingly though, the recent cladistic analysis based on DNA sequence data
referred to above (Quinn et al. 2003), indicates strongly that it belongs in the well supported clade
containing all other members of Leucopogon s. str:

Ashort style included within the corolla tube was the third character used by Bentham as indicative
of his section Perojoa (= Leucopogon s. str.). While all members do indeed share an included style, it
does occur occasionally elsewhere in Leucopogons. lat., for instance in the species group ‘Gynoconus’
(sensu Powell et al. 1997).

Other very useful, although again not totally reliable, characters are the associated ones of
relative lengths of sepals to corolla tube and tube to corolla lobe. With few exceptions members of
Leucopogon s. str. have sepals as long as or longer than the corolla tubes and tubes shorter than the
lobes. Two conspicuously anomalous Western Australian species in regard to these character states are
L. verticillatus R.Br. and the taxon currently referred to at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)
by the informal name L. sp. Windy Harbour (A. Strid 21460).

While the corolla lobes of most species of Leucopogon s. str. have a characteristically dense, white
indumentum with only subtle variation between species groups, there are exceptions here too. The
remarkable L. verticillatus is again anomalous since it has a relatively sparse indumentum restricted
to the basal half of the lobes. Another unusual species, L. hirsutus Sond., has the basal portion of the
lobes glabrous, with a very sparse zone of hairs close to the apex.

Apart from the primary characters of flower and inflorescence which serve to distinguish
Leucopogon s. str., the complete absence of aristate leaf tips is also noteworthy. While many species
have acute leaf apices, none has the long pungent mucros common in members of Leucopogon s. lat.
and elsewhere in Styphelieae.

Infrageneric groupings

As discussed above, Bentham’s concept of Leucopogon s. str. (as section Perojoa) appears to
be generally well founded. Only the anomalous L. plumuliflorus was wrongly placed in section
Heteranthesis, while three other members of Leucopogon s. str. (L. atherolepis Stschegl., L. bossiaea
(F.Muell.) Benth., L. cryptanthus Benth.) are described under section Perojoa but appear in the
keys both for that section and for Heteranthesis. Only one species, L. cymbiformis DC., is listed
erroneously as a member of Perojoa, but clearly belongs elsewhere.

At the subsectional level, however, it now seems clear that Bentham placed too much emphasis
on aspects of foliar morphology which he combined with general observations of the inflorescence to
form the basis for his concepts. Bentham described seven series within Perojoa. With the exception
of ser. Striatae these appear most unlikely to represent natural groupings. Lewcopogon tamariscinus
R.Br. and L. tenuis DC. from ser. Concurvae for example have the same fruiting characteristics, a
2-locular ovary and a nectary of separate scales. However, L. glabellus R.Br. and L. elatior Sond.

168 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

from ser. Collinae also share these same characters, as do L. florulentus Benth. and L. striatus R.Br.
from ser. Striatae. Although these three species pairs certainly differ from one another in regard to
their foliar morphology, the floral and fruiting characteristics strongly suggest a close relationship. Ina
similar way, although there may be a superficial foliar likeness between L. tamariscinus and L. elegans
Sond., which were placed together in ser. Concurvae, or between L. glabellus and L. hirsutus Sond.
from ser. Collinae, in regard to critical floral and fruiting detail it seems very unlikely that they are
closely related. And despite sharing the unusual character of opposite leaves, there is little else to
suggest that the two species placed together in ser. Oppositifoliae, L. opponens (F.Muell.) Benth. and
L. oppositifolius Sond., are close to one another.

There are enough such fundamental discrepancies to conclude that Bentham’s taxonomic framework
is untenable. As a first step towards a revised classification, we propose new, informal infrageneric
groupings for the Western Australian members of Leucopogons. str. We believe that it would be premature
to formalise this classification until a full cladistic analysis based on morphology and DNA sequence
data is available. It is presented as a guide to further work and to help in sampling taxa for a more formal
analysis. The classification is largely based on fruiting characteristics, although inflorescence and floral
characters were also found to be useful supporting characters. By far the majority of western species
can be assigned to the five groups (Groups A—-E) outlined below. Full descriptions of the morphology
of these groups will be included in a proposed series of papers dealing with new taxa from each of
the five groups. While the morphological support for the integrity of Groups B-E appears relatively
strong, the status of Group A is more problematic. The drupe described below as characteristic of
that group is essentially the plesiomorphic fruit type for the tribe Styphelieae as a whole. By contrast
the fruit types of Groups C-E clearly represent apomorphies. It can be argued then that it is merely
the lack of obvious apomorphies, fruiting or otherwise, that unite the member species of Group A.
Nevertheless, although the group seems unlikely to be monophyletic, it can be readily defined by a
combination of morphological attributes and has clear utility in this interim classification.

Group A. The Leucopogon australis group

Distinguishing features. Drupes depressed-obovoid, depressed-globose, globose or ellipsoid, + terete in
transverse section (excluding L. alternifolius R.Br.), the apex rounded at the shoulders, with significant
mesocarp present. In dried specimens the fleshy mesocarp layer manifests as transverse wrinkles or
a raised irregular reticulum especially towards the fruit apex (Figure 1A).

The lowest flower-subtending bracts of the inflorescence are usually quite distinct morphologically
from the upper leaves. Occasionally the lowest flower ona primary inflorescence axis may be subtended
by a true leaf rather than a bract. Corolla lobes glabrous abaxially. The ovary is usually 5-locular, less
often with 2-4 locules. The nectary is annular and entire or variably lobed.

Members of Group A are robust, often lignotuberous shrubs, a characteristic that is uncommon
elsewhere in Leucopogon s. str. The type species for the genus Lewcopogon, the eastern Australian
L.lanceolatus (Sm.) R.Br., probably belongs here, as do all of those western species with the combination
of relatively large leaves and long inflorescence axes.

Leucopogon bossiaea, together with several unnamed taxa, appear to represent a discrete subgroup
differing in their generally shorter leaves and inflorescences. Although robust, long-lived shrubs, they
are all single-stemmed at ground level with an apparently fire sensitive rootstock. This subgroup will
be treated in a forthcoming paper.

M. Hislop & A.R. Chapman, Three new and geographically restricted species of Leucopogon 169

Figure 1. Examples of fruit types from each infrageneric group. A — Leucopogon australis (Group A); B — Leucopogon distans
(Group B); C — Leucopogon pulchellus (Group C); D — Leucopogon glabellus (Group D); E— Leucopogon elegans (Group E).
Scale = 1 mm. Drawn by Margaret Wilson from C. Godden, D. Bright & T. Annels SC 76-13 (A), S.W. Jackson s.n., NSW
153474 (B), R. Davis 6667 (C), R. Davis 1175 (D), R. Fairman 82 (E).

Fifteen published Western Australian taxa are here listed as members of Group A (Table 1), including
the three new species described below.

Group B. The Leucopogon distans group

Distinguishing features. Drupes usually depressed-obovoid, depressed-globose or globose, + terete in
transverse section, the apex rounded at the shoulders, + dry or with significant mesocarp (Figure 1B).

Two species, L. reflexus R.Br. and L. gibbosus Stschegl., have differently shaped fruit. The former
has an ellipsoid drupe with a + truncate apex and sunken style base and certainly resembles the fruit
of some members of Group C. In respect to all other aspects of its morphology, however, it clearly
belongs with Group B. Leucopogon gibbosus is remarkable in that apparently only a single ovule within
the three locular ovary develops and the resulting mature fruit is asymmetrically obovoid in shape.
While there are probably many species of Lewcopogon that occasionally produce abnormally shaped
fruit as a result of one or more ovules failing to develop, L. gibbosus appears to be alone in having
an asymmetrical fruit as the norm. As with L. reflexus, however, there are no other morphological
characters that would support its exclusion from this group.

170

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Table 1. Infrageneric groupings in Western Australian Leucopogon s. str.

Round brackets indicate species that are poorly known (if at all) in respect to their fruiting characteristics and
are somewhat tentatively placed on the basis of floral/inflorescence characters alone. Square brackets indicate
species that are anomalous in respect of one of the primary characters used to define the group, although other

critical features of their morphology suggest a close relationship.

ee

Group A

[Leucopogon alternifolius R.Br.]
Leucopogon apiculatus R.Br.
Leucopogon australis R.Br.

Leucopogon borealis Hislop & A.R.Chapm.
Leucopogon bossiaea (F.Muell.) Benth.
Leucopogon capitellatus DC.
[Leucopogon hirsutus Sond.]
Leucopogon interruptus R.Br.
Leucopogon obovatus (Labill.) R.Br.
Leucopogon parviflorus (Andrews) Lindl.
Leucopogon revolutus R.Br.

Leucopogon richei (Labill.) R.Br. var. acutifolius Benth.

Leucopogon spectabilis Hislop & A.R.Chapm.
Leucopogon validus Hislop & A.R.Chapm.
Leucopogon verticillatus R.Br.

Group B

Leucopogon atherolepis Stschegl.
Leucopogon corifolius Endl.
Leucopogon distans R.Br.
Leucopogon gibbosus Stschegl.
Leucopogon mollis E.Pritz.
Leucopogon penicellatus Stschegl.
Leucopogon reflexus R.Br.

Group C

Leucopogon assimilis R.Br.
Leucopogon cinereus E.Pritz.
Leucopogon cucullatus R.Br.
Leucopogon fimbriatus Stschegl.
Leucopogon gracillimus DC.
Leucopogon minutifolius W.Fitzg.
Leucopogon obtusatus Sond.
Leucopogon oldfieldii Benth.
Leucopogon ozothamnoides Benth.
Leucopogon polymorphus Sond.
[Leucopogon polystachyus Benth.]
(Leucopogon psammophilus E.Pritz.)
Leucopogon pulchellus Sond.
Leucopogon sprengelioides Sond.

Group D

Leucopogon acicularis Benth.
Leucopogon bracteolaris Benth.
Leucopogon carinatus R.Br.
Leucopogon compactus Stschegl.
Leucopogon cryptanthus Benth.
Leucopogon decussatus Stscheg].
Leucopogon denticulatus W.Fitzg.
Leucopogon elatior Sond.
Leucopogon florulentus Benth.
Leucopogon glabellus R.Br.
[Leucopogon infiuscatus Strid]
Leucopogon lasiostachyus Stschegl.
Leucopogon lloydiorum Strid
Leucopogon opponens (F.Muell.) Benth.
[Leucopogon phyllostachys Benth.]
[Leucopogon squarrosus Benth.]
Leucopogon striatus R.Br.
Leucopogon tamariscinus R.Br.
Leucopogon tenuis DC.
Leucopogon tetragonus Sond.

Group E

Leucopogon elegans Sond.
Leucopogon gnaphalioides Stschegl.
Leucopogon gracilis R.Br.
Leucopogon lasiophyllus Stschegl.
Leucopogon oppositifolius Sond.

Unplaced species

Leucopogon amplectans Ostenf.
Leucopogon cochlearifolius Strid
Leucopogon gilbertii Stschegl.
Leucopogon oliganthus E.Pritz.
Leucopogon plumuliflorus F.Muell.

M. Hislop & A.R. Chapman, Three new and geographically restricted species of Lewcopogon 171

Inflorescence as for Group A but usually shorter. Corolla lobes with an abaxial indumentum. The
ovary is 5- or 3-locular and the nectary of 5 separate scales.

Although close to Group A members of this group can always be separated by the following
character combination: nectary of separate scales (rather than annular) and corolla lobes with a distinct
abaxial indumentum (rather than glabrous). Elsewhere among the Western Australian members of
Leucopogon s. str., the latter character is apparently shared only with the morphologically isolated
species L. plumuliflorus. Plants from Group B are also relatively short lived with fire sensitive rootstocks
as opposed to long lived and frequently lignotuberous—the norm for Group A.

Seven published Western Australian species are here listed as members of Group B (Table 1).

Group C. The Leucopogon pulchellus group

Distinguishing features. Drupes usually oblongoid, less often narrowly ellipsoid, terete or occasionally
angular in transverse section, the apex relatively broad and truncate, sometimes produced into raised
lobes leaving the style in a pronounced depression. Unlike the members of Group A the mesocarp is
generally insignificant and does not form a raised reticulum, although sometimes regular, longitudinal
striations are present (Figure 1C).

Species in Group C lack the clear differentiation between the upper leaves and the lowest inflorescence
bracts that is characteristic of Groups A and B. Instead there is usually a gradual, upward transition
from the lowest bracts, which are indistinguishable from the upper leaves, to the upper bracts which
are significantly different in shape and texture (i.e. more ‘bract-like’). This character is generally
evident on at least the main axes but often throughout the conflorescence. In the case of those species
with few-flowered inflorescences and small leaves (i.e. L. obtusatus Sond. and allies) there is little
difference between the upper leaves and any of the subtending bracts. These species form a fairly
well differentiated subgroup whose members usually have a (2)3 rather than 5-locular ovary. Corolla
lobes glabrous abaxially. The ovary is either (4)5- or 3(4)-locular or very occasionally 2-locular. The
nectary is annular, entire or lobed.

Fourteen published Western Australian species are here listed as members of Group C (Table 1).

Group D. The Leucopogon carinatus group

Distinguishing features. Drupes narrowly ellipsoid or obovoid, + terete in transverse section, the apex
narrowed and with rounded shoulders, dry and without a significant mesocarp (Figure 1D).

Both of the inflorescence types described above, and which help to define Groups A, B and C,
occur in Group D where this character is apparently only useful at the species level. Corolla lobes are
glabrous abaxially. The ovary is 2-locular and the nectary always comprises 5 separate scales (with the
possible exception of L. infuscatus Strid,which is currently tentatively placed here). These fixed floral
characters make members of Group D easy to recognise even in the absence of fruit. No members of
this group are known to have a fire-resistant rootstock.

172 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

At the species level both Groups C and D contain areas of particular taxonomic difficulty that
await resolution such as the L. pulchellus—L. polymorphus and L. obtusatus—L. fimbriatus species
complexes (Group C), and the L. carinatus—L. striatus and L. glabellus—L. tamariscinus species
complexes (Group D).

Twenty published Western Australian species are here listed as members of Group D (Table 1),

Group E. The Leucopogon gracilis group

Distiguishing features. Drupes compressed, narrowly ellipsoid or narrowly obovoid, terminating in
a rather soft, often rugose appendage, dry and without significant mesocarp, and with a longitudinal
median groove (Figure 1E).

Both of the inflorescence types described under Groups A, B and D occur in Group E. Corolla
lobes are glabrous abaxially. The ovary is 2-locular and the nectary annular and lobed.

This very distinctive group is easily recognisable even in the absence of fruit by the presence ofa
flange at the ovary apex which clearly demarcates the style from the ovary. The group also contains
several species which have the corolla tube manifestly longer than the sepals—an unusual character
in Leucopogon s. str.

Five published Western Australian species are here listed as members of Group E (Table 1).

Methods

This study is based on an examination of specimens housed at PERTH. Relevant type collections
were obtained on loan from BM. Plant growth habit and proportions have been taken from collectors’
field notes together with personal observations.

Foliar measurements were taken from dried specimens. Leaf thickness was measured at the midrib,
half way up the lamina. Observations of leaf venation were made from mature leaves only. Across
the tribe Styphelieae it is common for the young leaves to show prominently raised venation on the
abaxial surface which is much less evident, if at all, at maturity. Similarly, the first leaves produced
at the beginning of a flush of vegetative growth should be ignored. The lowest of these are obviously
bract-like, but then undergo morphological transition through successive nodes before reaching the
form of the mature leaves.

Inflorescence length was measured from the insertion point of the lowest bract to the tip of the bud
rudiment. Floral measurements were taken from rehydrated flowers in natural posture, with the exception
ofthe corolla lobes. These were uncurled to their fullest length before measuring. Anthers with prominently
recurved tips were measured around the bend rather than in a straight line between the furthest points.
The length of the sterile tips was measured in late bud or very early flower, at or just prior to, anther
dehiscence. Corolla lobe hair length was measured at a point 0.5 mm below the apex.

The distribution map was compiled using DIVA-GIS freeware Version 5.2.0.2 and is based on
PERTH specimen data.

M. Hislop & A.R. Chapman, Three new and geographically restricted species of Leucopogon 173

Lectotypification of Leucopogon apiculatus

In his description of Leucopogon apiculatus Brown (1810) recognised two informal variants
which he referred to as (a) and (8) which were collected by him at Goose Island (BM 000929071,
BM 000929072) and Lucky Bay (BM 000929073), respectively. He distinguished between the two
on the basis of indumentum, with (a) having + glabrous leaves and shortly hairy branchlets and
(B) conspicuously hairy leaves and branchlets. The latter also has rather broader leaves and Brown
commented that it perhaps represented a distinct species.

Leucopogon apiculatus is now reasonably well known across its geographical range and it is
opportune to re-examine Brown’s conjecture that a second taxon might be present. Variant (a) is
characterized by + glabrous leaves and a very short, moderately dense, monomorphic indumentum
of patent hairs on the branchlets. Variant (B) on the other hand has a dimorphic indumentum on both
leaves and branchlets with a layer of short hairs (these being rather longer and denser than in variant
(a)), overlain by a second, relatively sparse layer of much longer hairs, which are also present on
the leaf margins. An examination of the collections at PERTH reveals that while the indumentum
character of variant (a) is common, the degree of hairiness displayed by variant () is not, with only
two specimens closely comparable (A.S. George 2226 from Mt Le Grand and J.H. Willis 139 from
Sandy Hook Island). A number of collections, however, exhibit an indumentum which is intermediate
in various ways. For instance, some have the indumentum of variant («) except for a very few scattered
longer hairs, which may occur with leaf cilia (e.g. J.M. Powell 3458) or without (e.g. A.S. Weston
9888). Other collections have the marked dimorphic branchlet indumentum of variant (B) but with
either glabrous or a mixture of glabrous and + hairy leaves (e.g. J.M. Powell 1868).

Moreover, these differences in the indumentum do not correlate with any floral or other characters
likely to be of taxonomic significance and it now seems reasonable to conclude that Brown’s two
variants merely represent the opposite ends of a continuum and should have no taxonomic status.

Leucopogon apiculatus R.Br., Prod.: 542 (1810). Styphelia apiculata (R.Br.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 1:
656 (1824). Type: Goose Island, Recherche Archipelago [Western Australia], 15—16 January 1802, R.
Brown s.n. (lecto, here designated: BM 000929071; isolecto: BM 000929072).

Leucopogon shuttleworthii Sond., In: C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 307 (1845). Type: New South Wales
[?King George Sound, Western Australia], s. dat., C. Fraser s.n. (holo: BM 000929074).

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 20 Sep. 1995,B. Archer 115
(MEL, PERTH); 24 Sep. 1985, M. Carter 231 (CANB, PERTH); 12 Dec. 1960, 4.S. George 2226
(PERTH); 18 Nov. 1998, M. Hislop 1236 (PERTH); 20 Sep. 1976, R. Hnatiuk 761159 (PERTH);
1 Sep. 2002, B. Moyle & M. Pieroni BM 02/01 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 18 July 1982, /.M. Powell 1855
(AUCK, BISH, BRI, CANB, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH, RSA); 19 July 1982, J.M. Powell 1868
(CANB, K, L, MEL, NSW, PERTH, RSA); 23 Nov 1985, J.M. Powell 3458 (HO, NSW, PERTH);
24 Nov. 1985, J.M. Powell 3468 (HO, NSW, PERTH); 14 Nov. 1974, 4.S. Weston 9888 (CANB,
PERTH); 10 Nov. 1950, J.H. Willis 139 (MEL, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Leucopogon apiculatus occurs in near coastal areas east of Esperance,
from Cape Le Grand in the west to beyond Cape Arid in the east, and on the islands of the Recherche
Archipelago (Figure 2). In this part of its range the species grows in deep coastal sands or shallow
sand over granite in heathland communities. There are also disjunct inland populations in Cape Arid

a Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

National Park, notably in the Russell Range, and at these localities it grows in sandy loam soils over
quartzite.

Conservation status. Leucopogon apiculatus has been assigned Priority Three status under Department
of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Atkins
2006). Most of the known populations are conserved in Cape Le Grand and Cape Arid National Parks
and the Recherche Archipelago Nature Reserve with another occurrence on a shire reserve (41097) at
Duke of Orleans Bay. It may well be significant that most of these are situated in well visited parts of
the region. There must be a strong chance that further populations exist in more remote, near coastal
areas at least as far east as Cape Pasley, as well as on other more inland hills in Cape Arid National
Park. For instance, as recently as 2002 a new and apparently sizable population was found on the
Diamonds Hill in the central part of Cape Arid National Park.

Although there seems reason to believe that L. apiculatus is relatively secure across its range, it may
be prudent to retain it on the Priority list until its susceptibility to the rootrot pathogen Phytophthora
cinnamomi can be established. Many styphelioid ericads are known to be vulnerable to this pathogen
which is now widespread in Cape Le Grand National Park and also present in at least one or two
places in Cape Arid National Park (E. Adams pers. comm.).

Typification. The selection of BM 000929071 as the lectotype of L. apiculatus follows the intention
of W.L. Chew and J.M. Powell, both of whom annotated the specimen to that effect but later retired

&

Southern Cross 0.

A

Esperance
oe

ty 200

kilometers

Figure 2. Distribution of Leucopogon apiculatus (W), L. borealis (@), L. spectabilis (A\), and L. validus (A) in south-
west Western Australia. Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation (Version 6.1, Department of the Environment and Water
Resources 2007) boundaries are indicated in grey.

M. Hislop & A.R. Chapman, Three new and geographically restricted species of Leucopogon 175

without publishing the lectotypification. It represents Brown’s variant (a).

The type locality provided for L. shuttleworthii is almost certainly an error, which Bentham (1868)
believed was due to ‘a mistake in the label’. The holotype itself has the original locality of “New South
Wales” crossed out and “King George Sound” pencilled in, but this too is very likely to be erroneous
as the species has never been otherwise recorded west of Esperance.

New species
Leucopogon borealis Hislop & A.R.Chapm., sp. nov.

Leucopogi revoluto R.Br. affinis sed pagina abaxiali folii manifeste sulcato, ovario biloculari
differt.

Typus: north of Geraldton, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
10 August 1993, A.S. George 17018 (holo: PERTH 04616073; iso: CANB, NSW).

Leucopogon oblongus J.M.Powell ms., in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. Fl.: Descr.
Cat. p. 238 (2000), nom. inval.

Erect, lignotuberous shrubs to c. 120 cm high and wide. Young branchlets chestnut brown,
with moderately dense or dense indumentum of patent, straight hairs to 0.1 mm long, which are
persistent to the second or third year but at length glabrescent; bark on older wood grey or greyish-
brown and usually distinctly fissured. Leaves spirally arranged, variously orientated from steeply
antrorse to distinctly retrorse often on the same branchlet, linear or very narrowly elliptic, 8-19 mm
long, 0.7-2.8 mm wide; apex obtuse with a broad, sometimes poorly defined, recurved mucro; base
cuneate; petiole well defined, greenish-yellow, 0.7—1.5 mm long, with a dense indumentum of patent
hairs throughout; lamina 0.25-0.4 mm thick, variably recurved or revolute so that the undersurface
may be clearly visible or totally concealed by the abutting leaf margins; surfaces + concolorous,
adaxial surface slightly shiny, with persistent, moderately dense indumentum of short patent hairs,
venation not or barely evident, abaxial surface with S—7 conspicuous, primary veins alternating with
distinct grooves, the midrib not differentiated, densely hairy with short, patent hairs throughout, the
margins scabrous with very short antrorse hairs. /nflorescence erect, terminal and upper axillary; axis
8-28 mm long, with 9-20 flowers, terminating in a bud-like rudiment or sometimes an attenuate point;
indumentum of dense, patent, straight hairs 0.1—0.4 mm long; flowers erect, sessile or pedicellate below
the bracteoles for up to 1.4 mm. Fertile bracts ovate, 1.3—-1.8 mm long, 0.8—1.1 mm wide, subacute;
abaxial surface with moderately conspicuous venation, moderately or densely hairy with mostly patent
hairs; adaxial surface usually glabrous or with a few hairs towards apex; margin ciliolate. Bracteoles
ovate, 1.8-2 mm long, 1—1.3 mm wide, subacute, sharply keeled; abaxial surface moderately or densely
hairy with patent or widely antrorse hairs on the central and upper portions becoming glabrous towards
margins, dark red-brown along keel, grey-green on either side and then with broad, light brown,
scarious, marginal bands; adaxial surface with short antrorse hairs in distal half; margins ciliolate.
Sepals ovate, 2.5-3.2 mm long, the outer usually distinctly shorter than the inner, by up to 0.5 mm,
1.2-1.4 mm wide, acute or subacute; abaxial surface with moderately dense or dense indumentum of
patent or shallowly antrorse hairs to c. 0.3 mm long, the venation usually rather inconspicuous and
only the midrib evident, less often with veins moderately conspicuous, the central portion grey-green
but usually suffused red-purple towards apex and with broad, light brown, scarious marginal bands,

176 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

the adaxial surface with short antrorse hairs in distal half although these sometimes very sparse:
margins ciliolate with hairs to 0.3 mm long. Corolla tube white, broadly campanulate, much shorter
than sepals (by up to 1.6 mm), I—-1.5 mm long, 1.3—1.8 mm wide, glabrous externally and internally,
Corolla lobes white, much longer than tube (ratio = (1.9—)2.5-3.5:1), widely spreading from base and
recurved, 2.5-3.6 mm long, 0.8—1 mm wide at base, glabrous externally, densely bearded internally,
indumentum white, 0.5—0.8 mm long near apex, the basal hairs reflexed into the top of the tube by up
to 0.3 mm, the glabrous tip to 0.2 mm long. Anthers exserted from tube for most of their length (by
c. 7/8 of length), 1.5-1.8 mm long, often abruptly recurved at apex; sterile tips rather inconspicuous,
0.4-0.6 mm long; filaments terete, attached c. 1/2 above anther base or a little below, 0.8-1 mm long,
adnate to tube just below the sinus. Ovary globose or broadly ellipsoid, 0.5—0.6 mm long, 0.5—0.6 mm
wide, glabrous, 2(3)-locular; sty/e 0.6—-0.7 mm long, tapering smoothly from a broad case (c. 0.4 mm
wide), included within corolla tube; stigma slightly to distinctly expanded; nectary annular 0.3—-0.4 mm
long, entire or very shallowly lobed, glabrous. Fruit ellipsoid, with smoothly rounded shoulders,
glabrous, 1.6-1.8 mm long, 1.2—1.4 mm wide, shorter than the calyx, surface with distinct transverse
and longitudinal ridges towards the apex, endocarp thin; style persistent. (Figure 3)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 25 Aug. 1983,
R.J. Cranfield 2897 (PERTH); 9 Sep. 1966, A.S. George 7941 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 25 Sep. 1977,
D. & N. McFarland s.n. (CANB, PERTH); 28 Aug. 1965, K.R. Newbey 2189 (PERTH); 4 July 1995,
S. Patrick SP 2302 (PERTH); 15 Aug. 1996, S. Patrick 2732 (PERTH); 7 July 1982, /.M. Powell 1707
(CANB, K, L, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 9 Sep. 1966, R.V. Smith 66/395 (MEL, PERTH); 7 Sep. 1962,
Dr. F.W. Went 26 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Leucopogon borealis is restricted to the Moresby Range between Geraldton
and Northampton (Figure 2), where it grows in rocky, sandy loam soils over sandstone, usually in
dense, low growing, heathland communities.

Phenology. The main flowering period is between July and October. Mature fruit as well as flowers
are present on some specimens collected in September.

Conservation status. This species has been assigned Priority Two status (DEC Conservation Codes
for Western Australian Flora) under the manuscript name Leucopogon oblongus ms (Atkins 2006).
Within the Moresby Range it is currently known from three nature reserves and from two or three
populations on private property. The species still requires further survey to fully assess the extent of
its distribution in the area but it does seem reasonable now to assume that it is restricted to this small
and scattered range of hills.

The Moresby Range is currently thought to be free from infection by Phytophthora spp. (A. Chant
pers. comm.) which causes fatal rootrot disease in many species of styphelioid ericads. With tight
land clearing restrictions also in force across the range, there do not appear to be any other immediate
threats to the known populations.

Etymology. The epithet is taken from the Latin (borealis —northern). Although a number of styphelioid
ericads grow to the north of the Moresby Range, including several species of Leucopogon s. lat.,
on the basis of current knowledge, this is the most northerly occurring true Lewcopogon in Western
Australia.

Affinities. Leucopogon borealis appears to be relatively isolated morphologically as well as geographically

M. Hislop & A.R. Chapman, Three new and geographically restricted species of Leucopogon 177

Figure 3. Leucopogon borealis. A — flowering branchlet; B — leaf detail, adaxial surface LHS, abaxial surface RHS;
C — leaf section; D — flower; E — flower, longitudinal section; F — fruit. Scale bars: A= 10 mm; B = 5 mm; C = 0.5 mm;
D, E= 1 mm; F = 0.5 mm. Drawn by Margaret Wilson from 4.S. George 17018.

178 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

within the Lewcopogon australis species group. It bears a superficial resemblance to L. revolutus R Br.
but is readily separated from that species by the abaxial leaf surface being distinctly grooved rather
than smooth or faintly striate, in having a 2- rather than 5-locular ovary and a greater corolla lobe to
tube ratio.

In its leafmorphology L. borealis is also quite similar to L. compactus Stschegl. from the south egast
of Western Australia and it was initially referred to by J.M. Powell on old labels as L. sp. affcompactys.
However, the floral and fruiting characters of that species indicate that it isa member of the L. caringpys
species group.

Notes. An isotype of L. revolutus (PERTH 02998165), the species with which L. borealis is compared
in the diagnosis, has been examined in the course of this study.

Leucopogon spectabilis Hislop & A.R.Chapm., sp. nov.

Leucopoge apiculato R.Br. affinis sed bracteis et bracteolis brevioribus, axibus inflorescentii
longioribus et stylo longiore differt.

Typus: Helena and Aurora Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
28 September 1995, B.J. Lepschi 2077 (holo: PERTH 04195868; iso: CANB, K, MEL, NSW).

Leucopogon sp. Helena & Aurora (B.J. Lepschi 2077), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West.
Austral. Fl.: Descr. Cat. p. 240 (2000).

Erect, narrow and sparingly branched shrubs to c. 100 cm high. Young branchlets light brown,
glabrous, with grey longitudinal bands developing on older wood, the bark at maturity uniformly
grey and rather fissured. Leaves spirally arranged, steeply antrorse, narrowly elliptic, 15—25 mm long,
2.9-5.2 mm wide; apex attenuate, sub-pungent; base attenuate; petiole moderately well defined, light
brown or yellowish, 1.5—2 mm long, glabrous; lamina 0.25—0.35 mm thick, adaxially concave or flat;
surfaces glabrous, discolorous, slightly shiny and dark green above, with rather indistinct venation or
with 3—5 grooves evident, paler below with 5—7 fairly inconspicuous, flat or slightly raised primary
veins, the midrib not differentiated; margins glabrous on mature leaves. /nflorescence erect, terminal
and upper axillary; axis (20-)25—65 mm long, with 14-32 flowers and often up to 3 sterile bracts
between the terminal flower and the bract like rudiment; indumentum of moderately dense, patent,
straight hairs, 0.05—0.07 mm long; flowers erect or spreading, pedicellate below the bracteoles for
0.4—2.1 mm and also sometimes above the bracteoles for up to 0.5 mm. Fertile bracts triangular or
ovate, 0.7—1.3 mm long, 0.6—0.7 mm wide, obtuse or subacute; abaxial surface glabrous, with distinct
venation; adaxial surface with appressed hairs; margins ciliolate. Bracteoles ovate, 1.1—1.6 mm long,
0.7-0.9 mm wide, acute, keeled; abaxial surface glabrous, green on either side of the keel, becoming
scarious towards the margins; adaxial surface with appressed hairs distally; margins ciliolate. Sepals
ovate or narrowly ovate, 2.5—3.3 mm long, 0.9-1.1 mm wide, acute or subacute; abaxial surface
glabrous, with moderately conspicuous venation, mostly greenish but often with pink interveinal
stripes distally; adaxial surface with appressed hairs in distal half; margins ciliolate and scarious
or scarious only towards base. Corolla tube white, broadly campanulate, as long as or shorter than
sepals (by up to 0.6 mm), (1.3—)1.5—2 mm long, 1.8—2.6 mm wide, glabrous externally and internally.
Corolla lobes white, much longer than tube (ratio = 2—2.3:1), widely spreading from base and usually
recurved, 3.14.4 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm wide at base, glabrous externally, densely bearded internally,
indumentum white, 0.6—1 mm long near apex, slightly shorter towards base and then with some longer

M. Hislop & A.R. Chapman, Three new and geographically restricted species of Leucopogon 179

reflexed basal hairs extending into the top of the tube by up to 0.9 mm, the glabrous tip 0.1-0.2 mm
long. Anthers partially exserted from tube (by 2/3-3/4 of length), (1.4-)1.6-2.2 mm long, usually
prominently recurved at apex; sterile tips with conspicuous pale apices, 0.5—0.7 mm long; filaments
terete, attached 1/3—1/2 above anther base, 0.5—0.9 mm long, adnate to the tube just below the sinus.
Ovary depressed-obovoid to depressed-globose, 0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.6—0.8 mm wide, glabrous,
5-locular; style 0.5—0.8 mm long, tapering smoothly from a broad base (0.3-0.4 mm wide) to a point
c. half way up the style and then cylindrical above, included within the corolla tube; stigma slightly
expanded and 5 lobed; nectary annular, 0.2-0.3 mm long, very shallowly lobed, glabrous. Mature
fruit not seen but the somewhat immature fruit present on the holotype is depressed obovoid in shape
with well defined transverse ridges and longitudinal grooves. (Figure 4)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 9 Sep. 2005, /- Clarke
VTC 558 (PERTH); 27 Sep. 1995, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 3339 (CANB, NSW, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Apparently restricted to the Helena and Aurora Range, c. 100 km NE of
Southern Cross (Figure 2), where it confined to exposed ironstone ridges. It grows in shallow red
brown loam in rock crevices, among open shrubland communities dominated by Dryandra arborea,
Calycopeplus helmsii and Melaleuca leiocarpa, often alongside another rare local endemic, Tetratheca
aphylla.

Phenology. The main flowering period is between August and October with the exact timing and
duration probably dependent on seasonal rainfall.

Etymology. The epithet is from the Latin (spectabilis — remarkable, spectacular) in reference to the
large flowers and long inflorescences which make this a particularly attractive species.

Conservation status. This species is listed as Declared Rare Flora under the Western Australian
Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, under the phrase name Leucopogon sp. Helena and Aurora (B.J.
Lepschi 2077) (Atkins 2006).

The ranges to which the species is apparently restricted are composed primarily of banded
ironstone. With iron ore mines already operational in the area, mining development must represent an
immediate threat to the species’ future. Recent botanic surveys of other ranges of banded ironstone in
this region have not located any new populations of L. spectabilis (V. Clarke pers. comm.). Another
potential threat could be posed by the arrival of goats in the area, currently thought to be absent
(V. Clarke pers. comm.).

Affinities. The closest relatives of L. spectabilis appear to be L. apiculatus and L. validus Hislop &
A.R.Chapm. It differs from the former in its shorter bracts and bracteoles and longer style, and from
the latter in its longer, thinner leaves and larger flowers. It differs from both in its pedicellate flowers
and longer inflorescence. The new species is also similar in foliar morphology to the widespread
L. australis R.Br. but is easily separated by its larger, pedicellate flowers.

Notes. Detailed observations of the rootstock of L. spectabilis have not been made because the basal parts
are invariably obscured by the sides of the deep, narrow rock fissures through which the plants grow.

180 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 4. Leucopogon spectabilis. A— flowering branchlet; B — leaf, adaxial surface; C — leaf section; D — flower; E — flower,
longitudinal section. Scale: A= 5 mm; B = 3 mm; C = 0.5 mm; D, E= 1 mm. Drawn by Margaret Wilson from N. Gibson &
M. Lyons 3339.

M. Hislop & A.R. Chapman, Three new and geographically restricted species of Leucopogon 181

Leucopogon validus Hislop & A.R.Chapm., sp. nov.

Leucopogi apiculato affinis sed foliis brevioribus crassioribus, bracteis brevioribus, et stylo
longiore differt.

Typus: Parker Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes], 2 August
2003, M. Hislop & F. Hort MH 2978 (holo: PERTH 06758827; iso: CANB, K, NSW).

Leucopogon sp. Parker Range (F.H. & M.P. Mollemans 2860), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed April 2007].

Robust, lignotuberous shrubs to c. 120 cm high and 120 cm wide. Young branchlets light brown,
smooth, glabrous, quickly becoming grey and slightly fissured at maturity. Leaves spirally arranged,
antrorse, usually steeply so, narrowly elliptic or occasionally narrowly ovate, 9-1 6mm long, 2-3.5 mm
wide; apex obtuse or subacute; base cuneate; petiole well defined, light brown or yellowish, 1.4-2.5 mm
long, sparsely and shortly hairy on adaxial surface, glabrous abaxially; lamina 0.4—0.55 mm thick, always
strongly concave adaxially; surfaces discolorous, adaxial surface slightly shiny and dark green with
sparse short hairs towards base, venation not evident, abaxial surface paler, glabrous, with 5—7 fairly
inconspicuous flat or slightly sunken primary veins, the midrib not differentiated; margins glabrous.
Inflorescence erect, terminal and upper axillary; axis S-15 mm long, with 6-12 flowers terminating
in a bud-like rudiment or sometimes an attenuate point; indumentum of dense, patent, straight hairs
(.08-0.1 mm long; flowers erect and sessile. Fertile bracts broadly ovate, 1-1.5 mm long, 1-1.4mm
wide, obtuse; abaxial surface with venation moderately conspicuous on upper bracts, less so on lower,
glabrous; adaxial surface usually appressed hairy although lower bracts may be + glabrous; margins
ciliolate. Bracteoles ovate, 1.8—2.2 mm long, |.1—1.4 mm wide, acute or subacute, sharply keeled; abaxial
surface with short, moderately dense, patent hairs along keel and more generally towards base, greenish
on basal portion, usually suffused reddish-purple distally, becoming scarious towards margins; adaxial
surface antrorse hairy in distal half; margins ciliolate. Sepals ovate or narrowly ovate, 2.5-3.4mm long,
1-1.6 mm wide, acute or subacute; abaxial surface glabrous, with conspicuous venation, basal central
portion and veins greenish, interveinal areas prominent reddish-purple distally; adaxial surface antrorse
hairy in distal half; margins ciliolate with hairs to c. 0.1 mm long, and scarious. Corolla tube white,
broadly campanulate, shorter than sepals (by up to 0.9mm), 1.6-2mm long, 1.7-2.2 mm wide, glabrous
externally and internally. Corolla lobes white, longer than tube (ratio = 1.6-2:1), widely spreading
from base and usually recurved, 2.8-4 mm long, 1—1.2 mm wide at base, glabrous externally, densely
bearded internally, indumentum white, 0.6-1.1 mm long near apex, the basal hairs reflexed into top
of the tube by up to 0.7 mm, the glabrous tip 0.2-0.3 mm long. Anthers partially exserted from tube
(by 2/3—3/4 of length), 1.5-2.2 mm long, prominently recurved at apex; sterile tips pale, conspicuous,
0.50.7 mm long; filaments terete, attached 1/3—1/2 above anther base, 0.8-1.2 mm long, adnate to tube
just below sinus. Ovary depressed-globose, 0.5—0.7 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, glabrous, 5-locular;
style 0.7-1 mm long, either tapering smoothly from a broad base (0.3-0.4 mm wide) to the stigma or
to a point along the distal half of the style and then cylindrical above that, included within the corolla
tube; stigma very slightly expanded; nectary annular, 0.4—0.5 mm long, shallowly lobed for up to 1/3
of length, glabrous. Fruit depressed-obovoid or depressed-globose, with smoothly rounded shoulders,
glabrous, 1.5—1.6 mm long, 1.9-2 mm wide, shorter than the calyx, the surface with minute transverse
wrinkles, style base sunken in central depression; style persistent. (Figure 5)

Other specimens examined. NESTERNAUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 10 Jan. 2002, A.D. Crawford
ADC 175 (PERTH); 2 Aug. 2003, M. Hislop & F: Hort MH 2977 (PERTH); 2 Aug. 2003, M. Hislop
& F. Hort MH 2979 (PERTH); 20 June 1990, FH. & M.P. Mollemans 2860 (PERTH), 31 Aug. 1990,
FH. & MP. Mollemans 3349 (PERTH).

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 5. Leucopogon validus. A — flowering branchlet; B — leaf, adaxial surface; C — leaf section; D — flower; E — flower,
longitudinal section. Scale: A= 3 mm; B = 2 mm; C-F = | mm. Drawn by Margaret Wilson from M. Hislop & F. Hort 2971.

M pislop & A.R. Chapman, Three new and geographically restricted species of Leucopogon 183

pjstribution and habitat. Currently known only from a small area of the Parker Range c. 50 km SE

southern Cross (Figure 2) where it grows on and around exposed, low, lateritic breakaways in

open shrubland which includes Callitris canescens, Melaleuca leiocarpa, Hakea pendens and

ie pogon robustus. The latter is a recently named, rare species which is also known only from this
immediate area.

Ph nology. Flowers between June and September. Mature fruit has been collected in January.

Et mology. Named from the Latin validus (strong, robust). A reference to the habit of this plant and

its smpressive toughness, thriving as it does in such an apparently hostile habitat.

C onservation status. This taxon has been assessed as Priority One (DEC Conservation Codes

Western Australian Flora) under the phrase name Leuwcopogon sp. Parker Range (F.H. & M.P.
Mollemans 2860) (Atkins 2006). Although currently known from only one large population, it occurs
in a remote part of Western Australia in an area that has not been subject to extensive land clearing.
it therefore seems quite possible that further, well targeted surveys could bring new populations to
jight- The known population seems relatively secure, although the potential spread of goats into the
area May pose a threat.

Affinities. The new species appears most closely related to Leucopogon apiculatus and L. spectabilis.
It can be separated from the former by its shorter bracts and longer style, from the latter by its shorter
inflorescence and from both in having shorter, thicker leaves.

Notes. Unaccountably, Leucopogon validus has been confused in the past with a very different taxon
of restricted distribution from the Geraldton area which is currently referred to at PERTH by the name
Leucopogon teretostylis J.M.Powell ms.

Acknowledgements

Weare grateful for the loan of type specimens from BM and scanned images of historical collections,
including many types, from K. In particular we thank the 2005-2006 Australian Botanical Liaison
Officer, Juliet Wege, for selecting the latter and facilitating their speedy processing through the GBIF
scanning project. We would also like to acknowledge the contributions of Paul Wilson, Barbara Rye,
Kevin Thiele and Juliet Wege in offering constructive criticism at various stages in the preparation of
this manuscript. Our thanks also go to Paul Wilson for the Latin diagnoses, to Margaret Wilson for
the fine illustrations, Skye Coffey for technical assistance, and to Department of Environment and
Conservation Flora Conservation Officers Alanna Chant (Geraldton), Vanessa Clarke (Kalgoorlie)
and Emma Adams (Esperance) for sharing their local knowledge. This paper was facilitated by the
Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Consevation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Bentham, G. (1868). “Flora Australiensis.” Vol. 4. (Reeve: London.)

Brown, R. (1810). “Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae.” Vol. 1. Johnson: London.)

184 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Cavanilles, A.J. (1797) “Icones et Descriptiones Plantarum.” Vol. 4. (L. Gayguer: Madrid.)

Crayn, D.M., Brown, E.A. & Powell, J.M. (2003). A revision of Lissanthe (Styphelioideae: Ericaceae). Australian Systematic
Botany 16: 595-619.

Crayn, D.M., Hislop, M. & Heslewood, M.M. (2005). Additions to Lissanthe (Styphelioideae: Ericaceae) in Western Australia:
L. synandra sp. nov. and L. pleurandroides comb. nov. Australian Systematic Botany 18(6): 555-561.

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. Updated 6" February 2007. http://www,
environment. gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/version6-1/index.html [accessed April 2007]

Drude, O.V. (1889). Epacridaceae. Jn: H.G.A. Engler & K.A.E. Prantl (Eds) “Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien.” T IV, Ab I,
pp. 66-79 (Englemann: Leipzig.)

Maiden, J.H. & Betche, E. (1916). “A census of New South Wales plants.” (Gullick, Govt. Printer: Sydney.)

Mueller, F. von (1867). “Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae.” Vol. 6. (Govt. Printer: Melbourne.)

Paczkowska, G. & Chapman, A.R. (2000). “The Western Australian flora: a descriptive catalogue.” (Wildflower Society of
Western Australia Inc., Western Australian Herbarium, Botanic Gardens & Parks Authority: Perth, Western Australia.)

Powell, J.M., Morrison, D.A., Gadek, PA. & Quinn, C.J. (1997). Relationships and generic concepts within Styphelieae
(Epacridaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 10(1): 15-29.

Quinn, C.J., Crayn, D.M., Heslewood, M.M., Brown, E.A. & Gadek, P.A. (2003). A molecular estimate of the phylogeny of
Styphelieae (Ericaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 16: 581-594.

Quinn, C.J., Brown, E.A., Heslewood, M.M. & Crayn, D.M. (2005). Generic concepts in Styphelieae (Ericaceae): the Cyathodes
group. Australian Systematic Botany 18(5): 439-454.

Sleumer, H. (1964). Epacridaceae. Jn: C.G.G.J. van Steenis (Ed.) “Flora Malesiana.” Ser. 1, Vol. 6, pp. 422-444. (Wolters-
Noordhoff: Groningen.)

Sprague, T.A. (1940). X11 Additional nomina generica conservanda (Pteridophyta and Phanerogamae). Bulletin of Miscellaneous
Information 3: 118.

Taafe, G., Brown, E.A., Crayn, D.M., Gadek, P.A. & Quinn, C.J. (2001). Generic concepts in Styphelieae: resolving the limits
of Leucopogon. Australian Journal of Botany 49: 107-120.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed April 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 185-194 (2007) 185

Diamond gum (Eucalyptus rhomboidea: Myrtaceae), a new threatened
species endemic to the Bremer Range of the Southwest Australian
Floristic Region

Stephen D. Hopper' and Dean Nicolle”

‘Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey, United Kingdom TW9 3AB
2Currency Creek Arboretum, 15 Rousillion Promenade, Old Reynella, South Australia 5161

Abstract

Hopper, S.D. & Nicolle, D. Diamond gum (Eucalyptus rhomboidea: Myrtaceae), a new threatened
species endemic to the Bremer Range of the Southwest Australian Floristic Region. Nuytsia 17:
185-194 (2007). Eucalyptus rhomboidea Hopper & D.Nicolle, first collected by the late Ken Newbey
in 1979, is described as new. The species is a member of Eucalyptus ser. Subulatae Blakely allied to
E. transcontinentalis Maiden. It is confined to the Bremer Range, and it is at risk from present and
proposed mining activities.

Introduction

The Southwest Australian Floristic Region (SWAFR, sensu Hopper & Gioia 2004) is rich in
c. 8000 species of native plants, some 50% of which are endemic, with about a third of the flora under
threat. Until recently, those endemics confined to scattered ironstone and mineralised hills on the semi-
arid margins of the SWAFR were rarely so threatened as to be of significant conservation concern.
However, recent economic circumstances have rendered several such hills and banded ironstone
inselbergs sufficiently attractive to fast-track mining. Almost overnight, ranges rich in localized mineral
prospectivity and exceptionally rich in plant endemics have become seriously threatened because
of the scale of mining proposed or underway (e.g. Bandalup Hill and the Ravensthorpe Range near
Ravensthorpe). The taxonomy of many of these threatened endemics needs further research, with
several undescribed species among them. Here, we describe one such example.

The Bremer Range is a series of mineralised low hills, largely of greenstone with some banded
ironstone, extending for 60 km along the south-eastern side of Lake Johnston and Lake Hope, to the
north of the Norseman — Lake King road. The Range and its highest peak, Mt Gordon, were named for
the naval officer Sir Gordon Bremer by Western Australia’s first Surveyor General John Septimus Roe on
his 1848-49 expedition from Albany to the Russell Range (How eral. | 988). Subsequently, the Bremer
Range was traversed by the explorer Frank Hann in September 1901, who almost circumnavigated
Lake Johnston and named it for the then Surveyor General H.F. Johnston (Donaldson & Elliot 1998).
Because the Range is located off and between the two major east-west roads linking Hyden and Lake
King to Norseman, it escaped detailed floristic survey until the past three decades.

Beard (1976) first described the major structural vegetation formations in the Bremer Range

186 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

area but did not complete sufficient field work to document the flora in detail nor collect the species
described as new herein.

Eucalyptus rhomboidea Hopper & D.Nicolle was encountered by one of us (SDH) in 1989 in the
course of a survey commissioned by the Environmental Protection Authority to delineate proposed
conservation reserves in the extensive goldfields eucalypt woodlands between the wheatbelt and
Nullarbor Plain of southern Western Australia (Henry-Hall et a/. 1990).

Subsequently, an earlier collection (K.R. Newbey 5603) made in 1979 was located in the Western
Australian Herbarium determined as “Eucalyptus aff. transcontinentalis”. The late Ken Newbey made
the collection when engaged as consultant survey botanist for the Biological Survey of the Eastern
Goldfields, an interagency project from 1977-1983 then involving the Western Australian Museum,
the Department of Fisheries and Wildlife’s Western Australian Wildlife Research Centre, the Western
Australian Herbarium and the National Parks Authority (How et al. 1988).

In the relevant published report, Eucalyptus rhomboidea is mentioned by Newbey and Hnatiuk
(1988) in their Table 4 listing important plant collections as “Eucalyptus sp. (KRN 5603)”. They
indicated that this was the first collection of a taxon considered to be undescribed and endemic to the
Lake Johnston — Hyden study area. Eucalypt taxonomist Ian Brooker is acknowledged by Newbey
and Hnatiuk (1988) for assistance with eucalypt identifications, so it is probable that Brooker was the
first to consider Newbey’s collection as sufficiently distinct to be a possible new taxon not matching
anything then named.

Newbey and Hnatiuk (1988: Table 3 and pp. 134-135) used Eucalyptus rhomboidea to characterise
a unique low woodland type (<15 m tall) on undulating greenstone plain country. They indicated that
this low woodland was “very rare” with the average size of individual areas encountered in their survey
being <1 ha. Newbey and Hnatiuk (1988: 33) provided the following brief description of associated
species in the Eucalyptus rhomboidea Low Woodland:

“Low trees of Eucalyptus eremophila occurred in Eucalyptus sp. (KRN 5603) Low
Woodland. Tall shrubs included Melaleuca lanceolata, and low shrubs included Acacia
poliochroa sens. lat., A. rendlei, Eremophila caerulea, M. cardiophylla var. cardiophylla
and Westringia cephalantha.”

Newbey and Hnatiuk (1988: 134-135) also provided a detailed ecological description of one
vegetation site named as a Eucalyptus sp. (KRN 5603) Low Woodland (reproduced herein as
Table 1).

Based on unpublished field notes of SDH, Henry-Hall et al. (1990: 102) provided a brief account
of species associated with E. rhomboidea in their submission for a proposed Bremer Range Nature
Reserve:

“The diverse eucalypt woodlands present on the Bremer Range uplands include the
endemic Eucalyptus “rhomboidea” (Diamond Gum) ... In the vicinity of Burmeister Hill,
Eucalyptus “rhomboidea’” occurs with E. salubris, E. flocktoniae [= E. urna in this vicinity,
Nicolle and Conran 1999], E. salmonophloia and E. cylindrocarpa over an understorey
of Melaleuca spp. In the Mt Glasse area, Eucalyptus “rhomboidea” was recorded with
E. salubris, E. gracilis. E. eremophila and E. densa subsp. densa over mallees of E. pileata,
E. cylindriflora and E. aff. leptophylla [SDH 7212, = E. olivina].”

S.D. Hopper & D. Nicolle, Diamond gum (Eucalyptus rhomboidea: Myrtaceae) 187

Table 1. Description of a Bremer Range vegetation site in which Eucalyptus rhomboidea dominates
a low woodland (from Newbey & Hnatiuk 1988: 134).

Eucalyptus sp. (KRN 5603) [= E. rhomboidea] Low Woodland
LOCATION: SE of Mt Glasse DATE: 16 August 1979

VEGETATION
Stratum 1: Trees 10-13 m, 3% canopy cover, Eucalyptus sp. (KRN 5603)

Stratum 2: Trees 8-10 m, 5% canopy cover, Eucalyptus eremophila
Stratum 3: Shrubs 2.1—2.7 m, 5% canopy cover, Melaleuca pauperiflora
Stratum 4: Shrubs 1.6—2.0 m, <1% canopy cover, Melaleuca eleuterostachya

Stratum 5: Shrubs 1.11.5 m, 0.2% canopy cover, Eremophila pachyphylla, Daviesia sp. (KRN 5598)
[= D. argillacea Crisp], Exocarpos aphyllus

Stratum 6; Shrubs 0.6-1.0 m, 3.6% canopy cover, Melaleuca cardiophylla var. parviflora, Phebalium
filifolium, Cryptandra nutans, Glischrocaryon aureum vat. angustifolium

Stratum 7a: Shrubs 0.0-0.5 m, 10% canopy cover, Eremophila caerulea, Westringia cephalantha,
Acacia poliochroa s. lat. [= A. quinquenervia Maslin], A. rendlei, A. erinacea, A. nodiflorus var. ferox,
Coopernookia strophiolata, Cryptandra sp. (KRN 6824) [= Cryptandra minutifolia Rye subsp. brevistyla
Rye], Daviesia aff: colletoides, Glycyrrhiza acanthocarpa, Grevillea acuaria, Olearia muelleri

Stratum 7b: Miscellaneous plants, <1% canopy cover, annuals (sic) Prasophyllum nigricans; parasitic
climbers Cassytha melantha.

No. of TAXA: 26 LAST BURNT: c. 60 years

LANDFORM SOIL PROFILE

BEDROCK: greenstone A 0-18 cm: dusky red clay loam;

UNIT: undulating plain, greenstone very friable; 30-60% subrounded ironstone
GEOLOGICAL SURFACE: mafic extrusive 5—15 mm across

rocks, fine to medium-grained B 18-68 cm: weak red medium clay; firm;
ELEMENT: low rise inclusions similar to above; slightly calcareous;

pH 9.0, too stony to auger deeper

SOIL

NORTHCOTE: A horizon with surface COMMENTS

crust: A2 horizon not bleached; soil reaction DISTRIBUTION: only patch seen, 0.8 ha.
trend alkaline PROFILE THICKNESS: 70-100 cm

MAIN ORIGIN: in situ weathering
MAIN ATTRIBUTE: stony

ROCK: nil

PAVEMENT: 30-60% cover of material
4-15 mm long, patchy

LITTER: Logs few; branches few; leaves
broad, deposits 2 cm thick, averaging

6 m apart

GROUP: shallow calcareous earths
DRAINAGE: good

SURFACE: hardsetting

STONE: nil

Ee

188 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

The proposal for a Bremer Range Nature Reserve by Henry-Hall ef al. (1990) was formally
adopted as a proposal by the Department of Conservation and Land Management in its South Coast
Region Regional Management Plan (Anon. 1992). Conservation of endemics such as E. rhomboideg
was included as part of the justification for the proposed nature reserve. Unfortunately, because of
mineral prospectivity, this proposal to create the Bremer Range Nature Reserve has yet to be enacted
by Government.

In the spring of 1994, a comprehensive floristic survey of the Bremer Range and hills to the north
was undertaken by Gibson and Lyons (1995, 1998) to define plant communities and contribute towards
their conservation. Eucalyptus rhomboidea was recorded in all seven sites clustered as community
type 1, with 40 associates (Table 2). These authors established further support for a low woodland
community characterised by E. rhomboidea (i.e. their Community Type 1).

In April 1998 the junior-author traversed the main Bremer Range track and made several more
collections of E. rhomboideaas part ofa PhD research program investigating the taxonomy and phylogeny
of Eucalyptus ser. Subulatae Blakely (Nicolle & Conran | 999; Nicolle et a/. 2006). Collectively, wehave
had the opportunity to conduct comparative herbarium, glasshouse and field studies of E . thomboidea
and other related taxa, as well as examination of types or their photos of all named taxa in Ewcalyptys
ser. Subulatae. It is clear that the species is indeed new. This paper, therefore, formally describes
E. rhomboidea, and briefly discusses its affinities, ecology and conservation status.

Table 2. The 40 associated species found with Eucalyptus rhomboidea (in order of cO-association) in
the seven quadrats clustered as community type 1 by Gibson and Lyons (1988). Note that these data
may, in part, include associates of E. sheathiana from near Round Top Hill, which was misidentified
as E. rhomboidea (cf. N. Gibson & M. Lyons 1975, PERTH 05306957).

_ SS —————————————

Melaleuca pauperiflora Turcz. (7 quadrats) Melaleuca lateriflora Benth. (2)

Eremophila clavata Chinnock (6) Melaleuca pentagona Labill. (2)

Eucalyptus eremophila (Diels) Maiden (6) Cassytha melantha R.Br. (2)

Acacia deficiens Maslin (4) Pultenaea arida E.Pritz. (2)

Grevillea acuaria Benth. (4) Melaleuca phoidophylla Craven (2)
Westringia cephalantha (4) Daviesia argillacea Crisp (2)

Melaleuca uncinata R.Br. (3) Dodonaea stenozyga F.Muell. (2)

Acacia hystrix Maslin (3) Eucalyptus flocktoniae (Maiden) Maiden (2)
Acacia erinacea Benth. (3) Microcybe multiflora Turcz. var. multiflora (2)
Daviesia benthamii Meisn. (3) Eremophila psilocalyx F.Muell. (2)

Wilsonia humilis R.Br. (3) Westringia rigida R.Br. (2)

Melaleuca eleuterostachya F.Muell. (3) Olearia muelleri (Sond.) Benth. (2)
Exocarpos aphyllus R.Br. (3) Dianella revoluta R.Br. (1)

Santalum acuminatum (R.Br.) A.DC. (3) Triodia scariosa N.T.Burb. (1)

Acacia camptoclada C.R.P.Andrews(2) Eucalyptus transcontinentalis Maiden (1)

Melaleuca acuminata F.Muell. (2)

S.D. Hopper & D. Nicolle, Diamond gum (Eucalyptus rhomboidea: Myrtaceae) 189

Taxonomy

Eucalyptus rhomboidea Hopper & D.Nicolle, sp. nov.

Affinis Eucalypto transcontinetali Maiden sed characteribus sequentibus distinguitur: foliis adultis
crassioribus et latioribus; alabastris fructibusque non-pendulis; pedunculis et pedicellis brevioribus;
alabastris rhombeis; operculis conicis; fructibus obconicis vel pyriformis differt.

Typus: Bremer Range track, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
21 April 1998, D. Nicolle 2274 (holo: PERTH 07618743; iso: AD, CANB).

Eucalyptus rhomboidea Hopper ms, in, in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. Fl.: Descr.
Cat. p. 381 (2000), nom. inval.

Tree, non-sprouter (mallet), 8-18 m tall. Bark smooth throughout, dull, grey to light grey over cream
to orange-brown or yellow-brown, decorticating in strips and short ribbons. Branchlets pruinose, pith
glands absent. Cotyledons bisected. Seedling leaves opposite for >20 pairs, linear at first, soon becoming
sessile and strongly decurrent, ovate to elliptic, undulate, to 40 mm long x 32 mm wide, more or less
concolorous, dull, blue-green, glaucous, especially on new growth. Adult leaves disjunct, pendulous,
petioles 23-30 mm long; lamina lanceolate, 110-155 mm long x 18-35 mm wide, concolorous, dull,
blue-green; reticulation moderately dense, oil glands abundant, mostly at intersections of veinlets.
Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, held erect, 7-flowered; peduncles somewhat angular, 7-12 mm
long; pedicels stout, 1.5—3.5 mm long. Buds pruinose, rhomboid (diamond-shaped), 9—11.5 mm long;
operculum conical, 6-7 mm long, smooth, scar present. Stamens irregularly flexed, all fertile; anthers
basifixed, ovoid, opening by slits. Flowers creamy-yellow. Ovules in 4 vertical rows. Fruits held
erect, usually pruinose, especially when young, shortly pedicellate, obconical although often slightly
contracted at rim, 7.5-8.5 mm long x 7.5-9 mm diam., smooth; disc + level and often prominent,
1-2 mm wide; valves (3)4; style tips exserted. Seed angular-ovoid, dull to slightly glossy, grey-brown,
finely reticulate. (Figures 1, 2)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 18 Sep. 2002,
R. Butler 176-55 (PERTH 06358985); 18 Sep. 2002, R. Butler 176-56 (PERTH 06358993, 06232108);
17 Mar. 2005, G.F. Craig 6381 (PERTH 07218605); 21 Apr. 1998, M. French 452 (PERTH 05202396);
10 May 1989, S.D. Hopper 7208 (PERTH 05229499); 10 May 1989, S.D. Hopper 7209 (PERTH
05229502); 10 May 1989, S.D. Hopper 7210 (PERTH 05229510); 10 May 1989, S.D. Hopper 7216
(PERTH 05229588); 11 May 1989, S.D. Hopper 7230 (PERTH 05229677); 12 May 1989, S.D. Hopper
7233 (PERTH 05231876); 11 May 1989, S.D. Hopper 7234 (PERTH 05231884); 13 Sep. 1994, N. Gibson
& M. Lyons 1716 (PERTH 05359708); 13 Sep. 1994, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 1724 (PERTH 05359694);
13 Sep. 1994, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 1725 (PERTH 05295130); 14 Sep. 1994, N. Gibson & M. Lyons
1833 (PERTH 05306914); 14 Sep. 1994, NV. Gibson & M. Lyons 1918 (PERTH 05306922); 15 Sep. 1994,
N. Gibson & M. Lyons 1761 (PERTH 05307007); 16 Sep. 1994, NV. Gibson & M. Lyons 1561 (PERTH
05306930, 05307090); 16 Sep. 1994, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 1586 (PERTH 05306949);16 Sep. 1994,
N. Gibson & M. Lyons 1597 (PERTH 05306973); 18 Sep. 1994, NV. Gibson & M. Lyons 1706 (PERTH
05307082, 05306981); 16 Aug. 1979, K.R. Newbey 5603 (PERTH 1448196, 2520621); 21 Apr. 1998,
D. Nicolle 2271 (PERTH); 21 Apr. 1998, D. Nicolle 2272 (PERTH); 21 Apr. 1998, D. Nicolle 2273 (AD,
CANB, PERTH); 30 Oct. 2000, A.V. Slee & J. Connors AVS 4310 (PERTH 05998336); 30 Oct. 2000,
A.V. Slee & J. Connors AVS 4315 (PERTH 05998328).

_— —_—

190 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

stratvan Her

mH

PERTH 07618743

—

| Desicalle
zy

E shautoigns,

Hotomee of
Evcal ss Vromboideg bo a
pate

DETERMINAVIT T-aico\le st(o1( 2004
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM
PERTH, W.A.
SSS
©<~ STATE HERBARIUM OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA (AD)
Myrtaceae / AD196153
Eucalyptus “rhomboidea" Hopper & D.Nicolle
det. D. Nicolle, 21 Apr 1998
Western Australia.

woodland ion in slightly undulating area on red clay with
urna and E.

Tree 9 m tall by 3.5 m wide. smooth throughout, grey over yellow-tan,
Leaves dull, blue-green.

D. Nicolle 2274 21 Apr 1998
Duplicates to: CANB PERTH

nen Datab.sed in: ADHERB (cjoyce; gooc.OK) ON
2.

= Department or environment and Lonservation
¥-.«" © Westom Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

Figure 1. Holotype of Eucalyptus rhomboidea (D. Nicolle 2274), scale = 3cm.

S.D. Hopper & D. Nicolle, Diamond gum (Eucalyptus rhomboidea: Myrtaceae) 191

Figure 2. Eucalyptus rhomboidea (S.D. Hopper 7209, PERTH 05229502). A — habit and habitat;
B — base of trunk; C — buds. Photographs: S.D. Hopper.

Distribution and habitat. Known only from level and slightly undulating areas in the Mt Gordon to Mt
Glasse area of the Bremer Range between Lake King and Norseman, overa linear range of approximately
15 km (Figure 3). It occurs in low open woodland or tall shrubland vegetation on red clay-loams.
Detailed ecological data anda list of associated taxa are included in Tables 1 and 2. Associated eucalypt
species include E. cylindriflora Maiden & Blakely, E. eremophila (Diels) Maiden, E. densa Brooker &
Hopper subsp. densa, E. olivina Brooker & Hopper, E. pileata Blakely, E. salmonophloia F. Muell.,
E. tortilis L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill and E. urna D.Nicolle. Acacia deficiens Maslin and Grevillea
acuaria Benth. are largely restricted to E. rhomboidea woodlands in the Bremer Range area.

Flowering period. Buds begin to form in April, some specimens collected in May have both buds and
fruits present, (no collections from June, July or August), numerous specimens with both buds and
fruits in September, two specimens with buds, flowers and fruits collected on September 16" and 18",
two specimens with buds, flowers and fruits collected on October 30".

192 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

114°E 116°E 118°E 120°E 122°E

Geraldton |

© ‘Norseman

‘Esperance

N12°E 114°E 116°E 118°E 120°E 122°E

Figure 3. Distribution of Eucalyptus rhomboidea (ig) in the Southwest Australian Floristic Region.

Conservation status. From 1998, E. rhomboidea has had a Priority Four conservation status, as defined
by the Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Atkins 2006; Western Australian Herbarium
1998_). The species is at risk from present and future mining activity in the Bremer Range and requires
ongoing monitoring.

Etymology. From the Latin rhombus (diamond-shaped), referring to the diamond-shaped buds, distinctive
and unique within E. ser. Subulatae and unique in the E. transcontinentalis complex.

Notes. Eucalyptus rhomboidea is a member of E. ser. Subulatae (Nicolle et al. 2006), distinguished
by the combination of deeply bisected cotyledons, lack of pith glands in the branchlets, 7+ flowered
inflorescences, fused, fragile, persistent, style remnants and greyish seed witha fine surface reticulation.
Within the series, E. rhomboidea is part of the E. flocktoniae (Maiden) Maiden — E. transcontinentalis
Maiden complex (Z. subser. Decurrentes Brooker on the basis of the strongly decurrent and opposite
juvenile leaves (Brooker 2000)). Eucalyptus rhomboideais most closely related to E. transcontinentalis
(especially subsp. transcontinentalis), differing from that species by the broader, thicker adult leaves;
the erect inflorescences (+ pendulous in E. franscontinentalis) on short peduncles and pedicels;
the diamond-shaped buds with a conical operculum (elongated buds due to a long, horn-shaped
operculum in £. transcontinentalis); and the obconical to pyriform fruit (urceolate to barrel-shaped
in E. transcontinentalis).

Eucalyptus rhomboidea occurs within the distribution of E. transcontinentalis, although the two
species are not sympatric. Eucalyptus transcontinentalis has not been recorded for the southern part
of the Bremer Range, but occurs to the north (south of the Hyden — Norseman road) and to the south
(Peak Charles area) of E. rhomboidea without apparent hybrids or intergrades.

Eucalyptus rhomboidea, E. transcontinentalis, E. optima L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill and E. urna
are the only non-sprouter species known in the series (Nicolle et a/. 2006), regenerating from fire by
seedlings only.

a

S.D. Hopper & D. Nicolle, Diamond gum (Eucalyptus rhomboidea: Myrtaceae) 193

Eucalyptus sheathiana Maiden has been confused with E. rhomboidea because of its similar
habit, bark, leaf and fruit morphology and branchlet glaucescence. However, it belongs to a different
section (E. sect. Dumaria L.D.Pryor & L.A.S.Johnson ex Brooker). Eucalyptus rhomboidea can be
readily distinguished by its bisected cotyledons, sessile, opposite, decurrent seedling leaves, lack of
pith glands, diamond-shaped buds and dull, grey seeds.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Nick Henry-Hall and Malcolm French for assistance in the field, to Rhian Smith,
Justin Moat, Susana Baena and Roger Joiner for assistance with figures, and to Ryonen Butcher and Kelly
Shepherd (‘Saving our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative) for facilitating publication.

References

Anon. (1992). “South Coast Region Regional Management Plan 1992-2002. Management Plan 24.” (Departmentof' Conservation
and Land Management: Perth.)

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Beard, J.S. (1976). “The vegetation of the Boorabbin and Lake Johnston areas, Western Australia.” (Vegmap: Perth.)

Brooker, M.I.H. (2000). A new classification of the genus Eucalyptus L’Her. (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 13(1):
79-148.

Donaldson, M. & Elliot, I. (1998). “Do Not Yield to Despair: Frank Hugh Hann’s Exploration Diaries in the Arid Interior of
Australia 1895-1908.” (Hesperian Press: Carlisle, Western Australia.)

Gibson, N. & Lyons, M.N. (1995). “Floristic Survey of the Bremer and Parker Ranges of the Eastern Goldfields of Western Australia.
Report for the Australian Heritage Commission.” (Department of Conservation and Land Management: Perth.)

Gibson, N. & Lyons, M.N. (1998). Flora and vegetation of the Eastern Goldfields Ranges: Part 2— Bremer Range. Journal of
the Royal Society of Western Australia 81(2): 107-117.

Henry-Hall, N.J., with assistance from Hopper, S.D., McKenzie, N.L. & Keighery, G.J. (1990). “Nature Conservation Reserves
in the Eastern Goldfields, Western Australia.” Report to the EPA Red Book Task Force, pp. 264.

Hopper, S.D. & Gioia, P. (2004). The southwest Australian floristic region: evolution and conservation of a global hot spot of
biodiversity. Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution and Systematics 35: 623-650.

How, R.A., Newbey, K.R., Dell, J., Muir, B.G. & Hnatiuk, R.J. (1988). “The Biological Survey of the Eastern Goldfields of
Western Australia. Part 4. Lake Johnston — Hyden Study Area.” Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement
No. 30.

Newbey, K.R. & Hnatiuk, R.J. (1988). Vegetation and Flora. In: R.A. How, K.R. Newbey, J. Dell, B.G. Muir & R.J. Hnatiuk
(Eds). The Biological Survey of the Eastern Goldfields of Western Australia. Part 4. Lake Johnston — Hyden Study Area.
Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement No. 30: 17-43.

Nicolle, D., & Conran, J.G. (1999). Variation in the Eucalyptus flocktoniae complex (Myrtaceae) and the description of four
new taxa from southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 12(2): 207-239.

Nicolle, D., Whalen, M.A. & Mackay, D.A. (2006). Morphological variation and phylogenetic relationships within Eucalyptus
series Subulatae (Myrtaceae) of southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 19(1): 59-86.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007].

Nuytsia 17: 195-214 (2007) 68

New species of Andersonia (Ericaceae) of conservation concern

Kristina L. Lemson

Centre for Ecosystem Management, Edith Cowan University, 100 Joondalup Drive, Joondalup, Western Australia 6027

Abstract

Lemson, K.L. New species of Andersonia (Ericaceae) of conservation concern. Nuytsia 17:
195-214 (2007). Six new species of Andersonia R.Br. — A. annelsii Lemson, A. ferricola Lemson,
A. geniculata Lemson, A. redolens Lemson, A. hammersleyana Lemson and A. pinaster Lemson — are
described, mapped and illustrated.

Introduction

Andersonia R.Br. (Ericaceae subfamily Styphelioideae) is endemic to the South-West Botanical
Province of Western Australia, and currently consists of 22 recognised taxa (Watson 1962) and
approximately 16 undescribed species (Western Australian Herbarium 1998—; Lemson 2001). Species
of Andersonia occur throughout the south-west of Western Australia in open habitats on sandy soils,
although a number are found on granite outcrops, in laterite derived clays and loams, and in sandy
peat soils at the margins of swamps. A significant number of recognised species are included on the
Declared Rare and Priority Flora List of the Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC),
and this is also true of the undescribed taxa (Atkins 2006).The inadequacy of the alpha taxonomy of
Andersonia has been known for some time (Lemson 1996, 2001), and is highlighted by assessment
of the susceptibility of epacrids to species of Phytophthora and ongoing management actions by the
DEC. Since the last published revision (Watson 1962) almost 1700 specimens have been collected and
lodged at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH), some of which represent new taxa. This paper
describes six of these new species, which are of particular concern from a conservation perspective.

Methods

All collections available at PERTH were consulted. Floral features were studied in three to five
flowers from each specimen of the new taxa and in five flowers from selected specimens of known
species. Measurements were made using hand-held digital calipers. Measurements of leaf length were
complicated by the fact that leaves in a number of species twist longitudinally through 90 to 360 (or
more) degrees, sometimes also twist laterally, and are sometimes undulate at the margins and arch to
various degrees from the stem. Given the toughness of the leaves, it was not possible to flatten them
or to straighten bent or twisted leaves, even in rehydrated materials. Length was therefore measured
from the point of insertion along the longest straight axis to the apex; thus, measurements of strongly
undulate or twisted leaves represent an estimate of size.

« Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Distribution maps were created using DIVA-GIS freeware and are based on PERTH specimen data.
They include Version 6.1 Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) boundaries
(Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007).

Terminology. General botanical terms follow Stearn (1992) and, particularly for the indumentum,
Harris and Harris-Woolf (1994). Andersonia has a number of distinctive features (Brown 1810;
Bentham 1868; Watson 1962; Lemson 1996, 2001). All species have spirally arranged sessile leaves
with a distinctive, decurrent sheathing base. The tissue of the leaf base is continuous with the stem
cortex and this layer is lost when the leaf abscises, leaving the stem surface smooth and without scars.
The lengths and proportions of sheath and blade vary among species. The sheath and lamina were
distinguished by removing leaves from the stem and locating the point at which the torn adaxial tissue
was replaced by intact epidermis.

I have previously addressed the difficulties caused by the mixture of terms that have been used
to describe inflorescences and the leaves associated with them in Andersonia (Lemson 1996, 2001).
Terminology used herein is drawn from the application of terms and characterisations devised by
Briggs and Johnson (1979) and Grimes (1992, 1995, 1996, 1999). Flowers are non-pedicellate and
may be axillary or terminal on woody stems. In the former case, the flowers occur in the axils of
pherophylls (bracts of Watson (1962), floral leaves of Bentham (1868)), which may or may not be
modified in shape and size. Each flower is subtended by paired, keeled and often folded floral prophylls
(bracteoles of both Bentham (1868) and Watson (1962)). Terminal flowers are preceded on the stem by
a series of small, modified leaves with sterile axils termed metaxyphylls (also referred to as bracteoles
by Watson (1962), but not by Bentham (1868)), which grade in shape from leaf-like to sepal-like
acropetally. Where the stem terminates in a flower, the apex is referred to as anthotelic, while an apex
that has no terminal flower is termed blastotelic. In the current context blastotelic implies that the apex
ceases growth (anauxotelic sensu Briggs & Johnson (1979)) as this condition obtains in all species of
Andersonia (Lemson (2001), contra Watson (1962)).

The flowers of all Andersonia species have free sepals which are usually petaloid but may resemble
the metaxyphylls. The corolla is sympetalous, forming a cylindrical, campanulate or urceolate tube
which separates into five lobes in the upper part, but the proportions formed by tube and lobes vary
among species. The adaxial surface is usually hairy on either or both of the tube and lobes, but the
abaxial surface is glabrous. The androecial filaments are apopetalous, with the anthers versatile and
positioned at various heights within or above the corolla tube. In some species, the filaments elongate
at anthesis. To avoid confusion caused by the various combinations of stamen length, corolla length
and revolution of the corolla lobes, the following descriptions are used: inc/uded refers to stamens that
are positioned entirely within the corolla tube, lying below the point at which the corolla separates
into lobes; manifest (Hermann & Palser 2000) refers to stamens in which the tips of the anthers are
positioned above the bases of the lobes (i.e. above the tube proper), but which remain shorter than
the total length of the corolla; and exserted refers to stamens that have a length greater than that of
the corolla. Manifest anthers are almost always only partially visible in intact flowers after anthesis.
A distinction is made between manifest anthers that are obscured or hidden by the erect bases of the
corolla lobes and those which are exposed by the spreading of the corolla lobes, and this is indicated
in the species description. Elongation of filaments at anthesis is also indicated. The same terms are
also applied to the gynoecium.

K.L. Lemson, New species of Andersonia (Ericaceae) 197

Taxonomy
Andersonia annelsii Lemson, sp. nov.

Andersoniae aristatae Lindl. adsimilis, a qua differt foliis ovatis vel circularibus et acuminatis
non-aristatis et glaucis, corollae lobis tubo brevioribus villosi vel lanatis, staminum filamentis corolla
brevioribus non exertis.

Typus: Manjimup area, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
12 October 1990, G.J. Keighery 11902 (holo: PERTH 1713914).

Andersonia annelsii Lemson ms, in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI.: Descr. Cat.
p. 232 (2000), nom. inval.

A low shrub, 15-25 cm high, 15-25 cm wide. Stems decumbent, blastotelic. Leaves squarrose,

not twisted, widely ovate to circular, 2-5 mm long, adaxial surface shortly velutinous, rarely minutely
strigillose, usually glaucescent, abaxially strigillose, usually glaucous, margins entire, not hyaline; apex
acuminate, mucronate; sheath up to 1/4 of the lamina length, glabrous, usually glaucescent. Flowers
axillary, in clusters of 3-8. Pherophylls leaf-like, erect, not twisted, widely ovate to almost circular, up to
1/4 calyx length, 2.0-5.0 mm long, adaxial surface shortly strigillose, abaxial surface shortly papillate or
glabrous, margins erose, ciliate and hyaline near the base, apex shortly acuminate. F/oral prophylls green
in the upper half, cream in the lower half and on the marginal flanges, erect, folded and keeled, ovate,
often almost as long as the pherophyll, 2.0-4.0 mm long, glabrous throughout or papillate abaxially,
margins entire, glabrous, apex acuminate, mucronate, trigonous. Calyx yellow to pink in bud, white to
cream at anthesis; sepals linear, 10.0-12.0 mm long, apex broadly acute, glabrous, margins entire. Corolla
white, exceeding the calyx in open flowers, 11.0-14.0 mm long; tube cylindrical, sparsely hairy above
the ovary; /obes recurved to revolute after anthesis, shorter than the tube, 4.0-5.0 mm long, lanate almost
to the apex, apex acute. Stamens 9.0-11.0 mm in open flowers, elongating at anthesis; anthers white or
yellow, manifest and exposed by the spreading corolla lobes, linear, 3.0-4.0 mm long, pollen yellow;
filaments white, straight, linear at first but becoming filiform with elongation, 3-4 times the length of
the anther after anthesis, cylindrical, glabrous. Hypogynous disc 5-lobed, the lobes rounded and often
retuse, 0.2—0.5 mm long. Gynoecium 10.0-12.0 mm long, not elongating at anthesis; ovary usually pink,
globular to napiform, 0.9-1.0 mm long, 1.0—1.2 mm wide, locules rounded, papillate; style white, linear
to filiform, often coiled or bent near the base, scabrous or strigillose below the stigma; stigma manifest
and exposed, truncate; ovules 12-15 per locule. (Figure 1!A—D)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 14 Oct. 1982, A.R. Annels 1687
(PERTH 01735829); 12 Oct. 1990, A.R. Annels 1244 (PERTH 04572041); 21 Oct. 1994, A.R. Annels
& R.W. Hearn ARA 4718 (PERTH 04251822); 18 Oct. 2004, S. Clark 146 (PERTH 06935796);
18 Oct. 2004, S. Clark 147 (PERTH 06935788); 18 Oct. 2004, S. Clark 148 (PERTH 06935826);
18 Oct. 2004, S. Clark 150 (PERTH 06935818); 29 Nov. 2004, S. Clark 181 (PERTH 06874231).

Distribution. Known from a single locality in Tone-Perup Nature Reserve, east of Manjimup (Figure 1).

Habitat. Andersonia annelsii grows in white or grey sandy loam associated with granite monadnocks
and boulders. It occurs in low heath in open patches of mixed Eucalyptus marginata and Corymbia
calophylla forest, associated with Kunzea micrantha, Pericalymma ellipticum, Allocasuarina huegelii
and Bossiaea aquifolium.

ni Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

ian

PERTH 01713914

Ander seHia. aanelsy
.s Sanbonw ro ihre
‘WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australis XK
Andesonia annelii K
he ee rete
how spteadin woody shitub, to 25ae ¥
Orpered cane
2éem. Fle while; in Lull Slower

Lecally common. On low pane

ridge how open Neath, whe
sandy clay

¢

Long.

heyli02 12 /iofrvao

Figure 1. Andersonia annelsii. A—holotype; B—whole flower; C—flower with three sepals and two corolla sections removed, showing
the morphology and relative positions of the gynoecium and androecium; D — morphology of leaves; E — distribution in south-west
Western Australia. Scale bars: A= 5 cm; B, C=4 mm; D =5 mm. Photographs from 4.R. Annels and R.W. Hearn ARA 4718.

K.L. Lemson, New species of Andersonia (Ericaceae) 199

Flowering period. All flowering collections have been made in October.

Conservation status. Declared Rare Flora under the Western Australian Wildlife Conservation Act
1950 (Atkins 2006). All collections have been made from a single population of approximately 300
mature plants. Further survey is required to establish the distribution, population size and phenology
of this species.

Etymology. The specific epithet is given in honour of Mr A. R. (Tony) Annels, whose contribution to
knowledge of the flora of the southern forests of Western Australia has been substantial.

Affinities. Andersonia annelsii is morphologically similar to A. aristata Lindl., but differs in a number
of vegetative and floral features. In contrast to A. annelsii, the leaves of A. aristata are terete-subulate
froma short, pubescent sheath, and are not glaucous. The floral prophylls are strongly naviculate rather
than folded as in A. annelsii. Major floral differences lie in the proportional lengths of the corolla tube
and lobes and the extent of filament and style elongation at anthesis. The margins of the sepals of both
species become inrolled as the sepals age and dry, a feature noted by Watson (1962) to be characteristic
of A. aristata. The sepals of A. annelsii turn purple as fruit set begins, but this has not been observed
in A. aristata. In A. aristata the corolla lobes more or less equal the tube in length, and the filaments
and style both elongate considerably as anthesis occurs, so that the anthers and stigma are exserted
some distance beyond the corolla and calyx. This differs from A. annelsii, wherein the corolla lobes
are shorter than the tube, the filaments elongate only slightly at anthesis so that the anthers remain
manifest, and the style does not elongate at all when the flower opens. The corolla of A. aristata is
more densely hairy than in A. annelsii, the anthers are oblong, and there is a larger number of ovules
in each loculus (12—15 as opposed to 8-10 in A. annelsii). While some populations of A. aristata occur
in similar soils and habitats to A. annelsii, A. aristata is also found on ironstone gravel and in damp
clays and winter-wet depressions. The differences in floral morphology may be related to pollination
and the relationship between the two species is worthy of further study.

Andersonia ferricola Lemson, sp. nov.

Andersoniae involucratae Sond. affinis, sed floribus malvinis, sepalis 8.0 vel 9.0 mm longis, corolla
7.8 vel 9.00 mm longa calycem subaequitanti vel longiore, limbi lobis arcte revolutis, corollae tubo
sparsim lanuloso non glabro.

Typus: base of Whicher Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
11 November 1993, B.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 227B (holo: PERTH 04305671, upper centre fragment
with the collectors’ tag attached; iso: PERTH 04305671, upper left, lower left and centre right

fragments).

Andersonia ferricola Lemson ms, in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. Fl.: Descr. Cat.
p. 233 (2000); J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Lewington, Fl. South West 2: 591 (2002), nom. inval.

Andersonia sp. Ironstone (B.J. Keighery and N. Gibson 227), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Illustration. Wheeler et al. (2002), p. 591.

200 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Astraggling shrub to 50 cm high. Stems blastotelic. Leaves spreading to recurved, undulate, strongly
twisted, narrowly ovate, the largest 8.0-15.0 mm long, adaxial surface glabrous or very sparsely
lanulose, abaxial surface sparsely lanulose, margins minutely dentate to ciliate, not hyaline; apex
acute to broadly attenuate; sheath short, up to 1/5 lamina length, sparsely lanulose. Flowers axillary,
aggregated into compact, globular groups of up to 30. Pherophylls leaf-like, erect with recurved tips,
twisted, circular, shorter than the calyx, 5.0-7.5 mm long, sparsely lanulose throughout, sometimes
glabrous adaxially, margins ciliate, not hyaline, apex attenuate. Floral prophylls green in the upper
half, cream below, narrowly ovate with wide hyaline flanges, folded and flattened, keeled, up to 3/4
length of the sepals, 6.0-7.0 mm long, adaxial surface glabrous, abaxially lanulose or villous, keel
ciliate, margins usually ciliate, apex attenuate, trigonous. Calyx pale lilac, sometimes green in the lower
half, turning white with age or drying; sepals arched outwards from the corolla, very narrowly ovate
to linear, 8.0—9.0 mm long, adaxial surface glabrous, abaxially sparsely lanulose or rarely glabrous,
apex broadly acute, margins ciliate and with a broad hyaline flange below the middle. Corolla pale
lilac, white with age or drying, elongating slightly at anthesis to equal or slightly exceed the calyx,
7.8-9.0 mm long; tube cylindrical, sparsely lanulose in the upper 1/5 to 1/4; /obes spreading, with
tightly revolute tips in fresh materials, curled or erect in dry specimens, much shorter than the tube,
2.2-3.0 mm long, sparsely lanulose over the lower 3/4 to 7/8, apex broadly acute. Stamens 6.6-8.0 mm
long, not elongating at anthesis; filaments straight, oblong with the apex tapering sharply behind the
anther, 2.5—3 times longer than the anther, flattened, adaxial surface lanate, abaxially glabrous; anthers
white, manifest, fusiform to linear, usually arched laterally and almost falcate, 2.0-2.5 mm long,
pollen white. Hypogynous disc 5-lobed, the lobes rounded; + 0.5 mm long. Gynoecium 7.9-9.0 mm,
not elongating at anthesis, usually equal with the corolla; ovary globular to oblongoid, 1.0-1.3 mm
long, 1.0-1.2 mm wide, glabrous; style white, linear, usually not coiled near the base, glabrous; stigma
manifest and exposed, truncate; ovules 3-5 per locule. (Figure 2A—E) ;

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 12 Dec. 1995, J.A. Cochrane
JAC 1847 (PERTH 04210492); 16 May 1992, B.J. Keighery & G.J. Keighery 3 (PERTH 04282132);
15 Oct. 1992, B.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 251 (PERTH 04305701); 16 Oct. 1992, B.J. Keighery &
N. Gibson 669 (PERTH 04305698).

Distribution. All collections have been made in a small area south-east of Busselton (Figure 2F).

Habitat. Grows in dense low heath on winter wet ironstone flats, in skeletal white sand over massive
ironstone (ferricrete),

Flowering period. October and November.

Conservation status. DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority One (Atkins
2006). The species occurs in a restricted and threatened community considered to be among the most
threatened in Western Australia (Gibson et al. 2000).

Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Latin ferreus (iron) and -ico/a (dweller) and refers to the
species’ ironstone habitat.

Affinities. Specimens of A. ferricola have variously been included within A. /atiflora (F.Muell.) Benth.
and A. involucrata Sond., which latter shares with A. ferricola a noticeable musky ‘rodent’ odour
when in flower. However, A. involucrata has white flowers which are much smaller, with the calyx
3-3.5 mm long and noticeably longer than the corolla (2.5—3 mm long). The corolla lobes are usually

K.L. Lemson, New species of Andersonia (Ericaceae)

TYPE COLLECTION PERTH

Westere hestral tan Serban ioe

MAT

PERTH 04305671

HOLOTYPE
WESTERN AUSTRALIANHERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Wester Australia

Andervonia sp. tronstowe( MJ. Keighery & N.Gibson 227)
Fpscridaceae

‘Stropgling shrub w 40 ern, Mowers pale lilac, no sine

‘Seasonally wet Nut, Red clayey sana over ironstone (exposed)
Kunzea aff, micrantha and Pericalymana elliptica Dense Heath
Hover Horya seirperidea Open Herbs and Laxocarya magna
‘Very Open Tall Sedge.

Aburtaiee. gommen

Coll, BJ, Keighory AN. Gitom 227 ater 11/11/1903

Voucher: Swan Coastal Main Survey
Depa te
PERTH OS305671

201

Figure 2. Andersonia ferricola. A — type gathering, the holotype is indicated with a black arrow; B — whole flower with floral
prophylls; C — stamen, adaxial view; D — ovary, lateral view; E — prophyll, adaxial view; F, distribution in south-west Western

Australia. Scale bars: A= 5 cm; B-E = | mm. Drawings from J.A. Cochrane JAC 1847.

ind Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

erect to incurved, and hairless or sparsely hairy in the lower third. The stamens of A. involucratg are
also much smaller (1.04.0 mm long), with linear anthers that do not arch laterally. The species also
has a pubescent ovary. Andersonia ferricola and A. latiflora differ in flower colour, with the latter
having a creamy white calyx and corolla. In A. /atiflora the corolla has spreading to recurved lobes
that are densely hairy below the middle, the staminal filaments are very narrowly cylindrical, the style
is scabrous and the ovary surface papillate to minutely puberulent.

Notes. Two of the specimens examined have hairless, shiny leaves, but there is insufficient material
at PERTH to adequately assess the level of within-population variation in this and other features of
the species. The flowers usually have a strong musky mouse-like odour when fresh. The biology and
relationships of A. ferricola are worthy of further study, as the community type in which it js found
is of very limited distribution and known to include a number of restricted endemics with disjunct
distributions.

Andersonia geniculata Lemson, sp. nov.
Ob filamentis geniculatis bipartitis hirsuti inter omnes species Andersoniae peculiaris.

Typus: east of Thompson Road, 150 m, 4.2 km north of Beardmore Road, 21 km due north of Walpole,
Western Australia, 14 September 1994, 4.R. Annels & R.W. Hearn ARA 4409 (holo: PERTH 0425174 1,
iso: MEL).

Andersonia geniculata Lemson ms, in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. Fl.: Deser. Cat.
p. 233 (2000); J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Lewington, FI. South West 2: 591 (2002), nom. inval.

Andersonia sp. Beardmore Rd (Annels and Hearn 4409), Western Australian Herbarium, in F loraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Illustration. Wheeler et al. (2002) p. 591.

A low domed or cushion-like shrub, 5—20 cm high x 20 cm wide. Stems blastotelic. Leaves widely
spreading, twisted, arched laterally, linear or very narrowly ovate, the longest 7-11 mm long; lamina
concave below, flattened in the upper half, glabrous, margins entire or minutely erose, not hyaline; apex
acuminate; sheath very short, glabrous. F/owers axillary, in clusters of 5-10. Pherophylls leaf-like,
widely spreading, twisted, narrowly ovate, equal to or longer than the calyx, 8.0-11.0 mm, glabrous,
margins minutely ciliate, hyaline, apex attenuate. F/oral prophylls cream to white, erect, ovate, concave
and keeled, 6.08.0 mm long, adaxially hairy, abaxial surface and keel glabrous, margins ciliate, Calyx
creamy white, sometimes suffused with green; sepals narrowly ovate, 8.0-10.5 mm, glabrous, margins
entire, hyaline, apex acute. Corolla white, equal to or only just shorter than the calyx, 7.5-10.5 mm
long; tube ovoid to cyathiform, glabrous; /obes erect with only the tips widely spreading, linear, longer
than the tube, 4.6-5.8 mm long, adaxial hairs forming a dense band at the lobe base and sparse or absent
above, tips glabrous, apex narrowly acute, margins revolute. Stamens 5.5-8.5 mm long, not elongating
at anthesis; filaments white, articulated below the middle, bent inwards sharply at the articulation,
with the upper half erect or curving outwards from the style and the lower part slightly incurved and
appressed to the ovary, with the margins of adjacent filaments often touching or overlapping, the
upper section narrowly ovate and the lower a short cylindrical stalk, about 3 times the length of the
anther, the upper portion more or less flattened in TS and the lower cylindrical, adaxial surface of the
upper section densely lanate in a tuft just above the articulation, abaxial surface and lower portion

K.L. Lemson, New species of Andersonia (Ericaceae) 203

glabrous; anthers yellow, manifest, exposed by the revolute corolla lobe margins, oblong, 1.6—3 mm
long, emarginate, pollen yellow. Hypogynous disc 5-lobed, the lobes rounded; 0.3—-1.1 mm long.
Gynoecium 8.2—11.0 mm long, elongating slightly at anthesis, equal with or marginally longer than
the corolla; ovary green or cream, globular to slightly oblate, 1.0—2.5 long, 1.0-2.6 mm wide, locule
apices rounded, glabrous; sty/e pink, linear, not coiled or bent, smooth; stigma manifest, clavate,
separating into very short erect lobes; ovules 9-11 per locule. (Figure 3A—E)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 26 km NW of Walpole, 50 m along Beardmore
Road from Southwest Highway, JO 9389, 29 Aug. 1989, 4.R. Annels 795 (PERTH 02299178); South
West Highway, 500 m N of Beardmore Road, 16 Sep. 1994, 4.R. Annels & R.W. Hearn 4443 (PERTH
04251814); Nicol Road, about 100 m S of firebreak, 3.9 km W of Thompson Road, 12 km NW of
Mount Frankland, 7 Oct. 1996, 4.R. Annels & R.W. Hearn ARA 5797 (PERTH 04299310); Centre
Road, 1.7 km W of Angove Road (c. 2 km E of Deep River), 9 Oct. 1996, M.D. Carter 611 (PERTH
04620984); 20 km S of Mount Burnside, 8 Sep. 1995 R.J. Cranfield 10372 (PERTH 04439090);
Sharpe Block, on track constructed around Thelymitra jacksonii exclusion for WCP 08 burn, Oct. 2002,
G. Freebury 82 (PERTH 06463797); Beardmore Road, 0.60 km E of South West Highway, 30 Sep. 1996,
M.S. Graham & M.D. Carter MSG 613 (PERTH 04606191); Pingerup Road, 3.80 km N of Chesapeake
Road, 10 Nov. 1996 M.S. Graham 752 (PERTH 04606477); Pingerup Road, 5.35 km NE of Marron
Road, 10 Nov. 1996 M.S. Graham 753 (PERTH 04606485); extension Beardmore Road and South-
Western Highway, 25 km N of Walpole, 13 Sep. 1990 G.J. Keighery 11484 (PERTH 01203533); road
(closed) to Granite Peak, about | hour’s walk from closure point, 15 Sep. 1994, K.L. Lemson 597
(PERTH 06329136); NW of Walpole on South Western Highway, 500 m N from the Beardmore Road
intersection in drain by the side of the road, 19 Sep. 1994, K.L. Lemson 623 (PERTH 06328628);
500 m W from Beardmore Road on South Western Highway, 16 Sep. 1994; K.L. Lemson 625 (PERTH
06329209); Angove Rd, S of Quinn Road Keystone Block, | Nov. 2004, 77M. Llorens 4 (PERTH
07153783); Walpole-Nornalup National Park, junction of Circular Pool Road and Creek Road to
Sapper Bridge, 29 Oct. 1992, .R. Wheeler 3479 (PERTH 05214793).

Distribution. Occurs in several populations between Manjimup and Walpole (Figure 3F).

Habitat. Found in open low sedgeland on the margins of swamps, winter wet grey sands or peaty flats,
with Agonis parviceps and mixed sedges; low rises in winter wet swamps on peaty sands over granite;
and open areas in the understorey of open mixed forest of Eucalyptus megacarpa and E. marginata
over Kingia australis, Agonis parviceps, Eutaxia spp. and mixed sedges.

Flowering period. Late August to early November.

Conservation status. Andersonia geniculata is not currently considered rare or threatened, but continued
monitoring is recommended. The species occurs in habitats known to be susceptible to infection by
Phytophthora spp.

Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Latin geniculatus (with bended knee) and refers to the
articulation and posture of the staminal filaments.

Affinities. Andersonia geniculata is superficially similar to A. setifolia Benth. in habit but is easily
distinguished in having white flowers, bright yellow anthers and by its unique staminal filaments. The
leaves form a windmill pattern when viewed from the apex of the stem, due to the unusual arched

leaves.

==

hy Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

TYPE COLLECTION PERTH wil HAI

PERTH 04251741

, .
picersoue yeni acho.
Leonsard coet
DETERMINAVIT 4 aX Peseery AL TIPS
‘Westorn Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
‘Flora of Western Australia

Andervonla 9p,
Vipacridaceae

Law spreaiing owen We pa, 10m high »20¢m whe,
flowers creamy

Hla wet andy: Renonaceonsopcie, Banka queria,
‘Agomnis sp, Callistemon plavea.

Abundance Occoional,

Coll, ALR, Annein, RW. Hearn 4409 Daten 4/00/1994

Pek 4281741

Figure 3. Andersonia geniculata. A— holotype; B — inflorescence just before anthesis; C — corolla, intact, showing the positions of
the lobe margins and anthers; D — corolla just before anthesis, with two segments removed to show the gynoecium and androecium;
E—stamen; F — distribution in south-west Western Australia. C-E scale bars = 1 mm, drawn from Beardmore Road population.

K.L. Lemson, New species of Andersonia (Ericaceae) 205

Andersonia redolens Lemson, sp. nov.

Andersoniae sprengelioides R.Br. affinis sed floribus redolentibus eburneis, corollae lobis tubis
longiore, filamentis anguste ovatis paginis abaxialis papillosis.

Typus: Frankland National Park, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
14 September 1994, 4.R. Annels & R.W. Hearn ARA 4408 (holo: PERTH 04251776; iso: PERTH
06329012, PERTH 06328385).

Andersonia redolens Lemson ms, in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. Fl.: Descr. Cat.
p. 233 (2000); J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Lewington, Fl. South West 2: 592 (2002), nom. inval.

Andersonia sp. Collis Rd (GWJ 5A), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.
dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Illustration. Wheeler et al. (2002) p. 592.

An open shrub 30 cm high, up to 50 cm wide. Stems decumbent, blastotelic. Leaves spreading,
twisted, narrowly ovate to almost linear, the longest 6.9-15.0 mm long, 1.0-3.0 mm wide, adaxial
surface glabrous or minutely scabrous, glossy in fresh materials, abaxial surface shortly and sparsely
pubescent, glossy, margins ciliate, not hyaline; apex acute; sheath to 1/2 the lamina length, sparsely
pubescent. Flowers axillary, in oblong groups of 3-10, the groups usually pendant. Pherophylls leaf-
like, erect to spreading, twisted, ovate, 6.0-8.0 mm long, glabrous, margins ciliate, apex attenuate.
Floral prophylls green with cream hyaline flanges, ovate, folded and keeled, up to 1/3 the length of
the calyx, 4.5-5.5 mm long, surfaces sparsely pubescent, the abaxial surface sometimes glabrous, keel
sparsely ciliate, margins sparsely ciliate, apex trigonous, mucronate. Calyx pink in bud, pale pink or
creamy-white suffused with pink in open flowers; sepals narrowly ovate, 8.0-11.5 mm long, glabrous,
or with the abaxial surface very sparsely hairy near the middle, margins ciliate, not hyaline, apex
narrowly acute to narrowly acuminate. Corolla white or cream, often suffused with pink, just shorter
than the calyx, 7.0—10.6 mm long; tube cylindrical or very narrowly urceolate, pilose above the ovary;
lobes erect at the base and widely spreading to recurved above, longer than the tube, 4.5—6.6 mm long,
pilose over the lower 3/4—7/8 with the hairs forming a distinct tuft, apex acute. Stamens 6.5-8.0 mm
long, not elongating at anthesis; filaments white, straight, lanceolate or narrowly ovate, 2—3 times the
length of the anther, flattened, adaxial surface pilose, abaxial surface glabrous or minutely papillate,
margins ciliate; anthers white or violet, manifest, narrowly oblong, 2.2-3.2 mm long, pollen red or
purple. Hypogynous disc 5-lobed, the lobe apices acuminate, 0.65—0.85 mm long, almost as high as
the ovary. Gynoecium 6.9-10.2 mm long, not elongating at anthesis, about equal to or only slightly
less than the corolla; ovary cream, globular, the apex rounded or somewhat depressed, 0.9—1.1 mm
long, papillate; sty/e white, linear, not usually coiled near the base, minutely setulose-strigillose;
stigma manifest, exposed by the spreading corolla lobes, truncate, the lobes hardly separating; ovules
4-6 per locule. (Figure 4A—D)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 17 Nov. 2003, G. Freebury 83
(PERTH 06463754); 25 Sep. 2002, G. Freebury 67 (PERTH 06463843); 8 Sep. 1996, B.G. Hammersley
1623 (PERTH 04627229); 2 Feb. 2003, E.D. Middleton EDM 573 (PERTH 06905633); 7 Dec. 1989,
G. Wardell-Johnson GWJSA (PERTH 02299151).

Distribution. Known only from the type locality north of Walpole and one other site nearby (Figure 4E).

206 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

HUNAN

PERTH 06328385

Andersonis redolene Lemson 70S.
Plat description

Cumped ptare 20 on rag 40 em wide wit Sowers sone brows
pre wrbus stooy

Abundance Average 2-) parts 1 squire mewe over outance
2.150 m wong road eakersding 20 amet the bua

Vegetation

Cucsiyphc mangruna £ calcghyta, Doses inophy i

Lomancra 999

‘Ste description
troogary

sot

AR Ane AW Hea 4408

Figure 4. Andersonia redolens. A — holotype; B — whole flower, with pherophyll and floral prophylls; C — corolla, with two

segments removed to show the gynoecium and androecium; D — stamen; E — distribution in south-west Western Australia.
Scale bars: A= 5 cm; B-D = 2 mm.

SD

K.L. Lemson, New species of Andersonia (Ericaceae) 207

Habitat. Occurs on the margins of swamps and in sands and coarse loamy sands with laterite-derived
gravel, in open Eucalyptus marginata - Corymbia calophylla woodland over Agonis linearifolia,
Bossiaea linifolia and Lomandra spp.

Flowering period. September and October.

Conservation status. DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority One (Atkins
2006). Further survey is required to establish the geographical distribution of this species.

Etymology. The species epithet is from the Latin redo/ens (scented) and refers to the sweet, honey
like fragrance of the flowers.

Affinities. Specimens of A. redolens have variously been included in A. lehmanniana Sond.,
A. sprengelioides R.Br. and A. longifolia (Benth.) L.Watson but can be distinguished from all three
by several characteristics. In fresh material, differences in calyx and corolla colour are most obvious,
with A. sprengelioides having concolorous mauve calyx and corolla and A. /ehmanniana a bright
blue corolla and pink calyx. There have been no confirmed fresh collections of A. longifolia for
many years, however, collecting notes state that the flowers were cream at the time of collection.
In A. lehmanniana the fresh corolla is strongly urceolate, with short, densely pubescent lobes that
close the corolla around the protruding stigma and which are initially revolute, becoming deflexed.
Andersonia sprengelioides also has corolla lobes that are shorter than the tube, and linear staminal
filaments. Most specimens of A. sprengelioides have flowers smaller than A. redolens, with the exception
of a few collections from Esperance and further east, at the limit of the range of A. sprengelioides
and far outside that of A. redolens. Stamen features also separate A. redolens from A. lehmanniana
and A. longifolia. Short, spatulate stamens with hairs on the broadened upper portion and small
(c. 1 mm), ellipsoid anthers characterise A. /ehmanniana, while A. longifolia has linear anthers that
are almost as long as the fusiform filaments. Watson (1962) notes that the filaments of A. /ongifolia
are canaliculate in transverse section. Less obvious differences exist in stigma morphology (truncate
in A. redolens, capitate in A. lehmanniana and clavate in A. longifolia and A. sprengelioides) and
ovary shape (globular in A. redolens and A. longifolia, somewhat angular in A. lehmanniana and
A. sprengelioides), while differences in vegetative characters exist mainly in maximum leaf length
(9-10 mm in A. /ehmanniana and A. sprengelioides, and 15-17 mm in A. redolens and A. longifolia).
The habit of A. redolens is generally more open than any of these other species, and the aggregations
of flowers are commonly pendant.

Notes. The flowers emit a sweet honey-like perfume that is especially noticeable at dawn and dusk.
Andersonia hammersleyana Lemson, sp. nov.

Andersoniae caeruleae R.Br. adsimilis, sed foliis linearibus vel aristatis floribus longioribus,
sepalis albis vel chloro-albis glabris, corolla cylindrica vel anguste urceolata caelicolore sine rosea,

limbi lobis tubo brevioribus.

Typus: Mount Lindesay National Park, north of Denmark, Western Australia [precise locality withheld
for conservation purposes], 3 September 1990, B.G. Hammersley 335 (holo: PERTH 04102711).

Andersonia hammersleyana Lemson ms, in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI.:
Descr. Cat. p. 233 (2000); J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Lewington, Fl. South West 2: 590 (2002),

nom. inval.

208 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Andersoniasp. MtLindesay (B.G. Hammersley 335), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Illustration. Wheeler et al. (2002) p. 590.

Erect or decumbent shrub, 50-100 cm high. Stems anthotelic. Leaves erect to slightly spreading,
twisted, linear to narrowly ovate, the longest 12.0-20.0 mm long, adaxial surface pubescent or papillate,
abaxially pilose, pubescent or papillate, margins ciliate, hyaline near the base; apex attenuate; sheath
pubescent. Flowers terminal, not aggregated into dense conflorescences, each preceded by 8-12
metaxyphylls. Metaxyphyils erect, twisted, narrowly ovate grading to linear acropetally, the uppermost
equal to or even exceeding the sepals, 8.0-16.0 mm long, margins hyaline near the base, apex acute to
acuminate. Calyx greenish-white, turning pink on aging or drying, the sepals resembling the uppermost
metaxyphylls in shape and texture; sepals narrowly or very narrowly ovate to linear, 12—16.5 mm
long, glabrous, margins entire or sparsely ciliate, hyaline over most of their length, apex narrowly
acute. Corolla bright blue, 12-16 mm long; tube narrowly urceolate to almost cylindrical, sparsely
pilose above the ovary; /obes erect at the base and spreading above, narrowly triangular to linear,
shorter than or just equal to the tube, 6-8 mm long, thickly pubescent, the hairs forming a distinct tuft
or beard at the arch of the lobe, tips glabrous, apices narrowly acute or narrowly acuminate. Stamens
7.0-10.0 mm long, not elongating at anthesis; filaments straight or slightly sinuous, white, linear,
4-5 times the length of the anther, flattened, adaxial surface sparsely hairy on the upper half, abaxial
surface glabrous or with a few scattered hairs; anthers red or violet, manifest, oblong, 1.5—2.5 mm
long, pollen yellow. Hypogynous disc of 5 free scales, oblong to ovate with the apex retuse or cleft,
c. 1 mm long. Gynoecium 12.0-16.0 mm long, not elongating at anthesis, about equal to the corolla;
ovary cream-green, turbinate, 1.5-2 mm long, 1.6-2.1 mm wide, the apex slightly flattened, pilose to
hispid on the upper surface and sides of the locules; sty/e white, often purplish near the apex, narrowly
linear to filiform, often curved or coiled near the base, sparsely sericeous over the lower 4/5; stigma
manifest and exposed by the spreading corolla lobes, lobulate, the lobes short and spreading; ovules
7-9 per locule. (Figure SA—E)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] Oct. 1936, Anonymous
s.n. (PERTH 02120348); 19 June 1991, 4.8. Annels 1607 (PERTH 03176037); 13 Nov. 1977,4.R. Annels
1928 (PERTH 03131491); 20 Aug. 1993, J.A. Cochrane 405 (PERTH 03199800); 15 Feb. 1994,
J.A. Cochrane 985 (PERTH 03481069); 2 Aug. 1990, B.G. Hammersley 307 (PERTH 01214519);
3 Sep. 1990, B.G. Hammersley 334 (PERTH 04102681); 3 Sep. 1990, B.G. Hammersley 339 (PERTH
04102762); 1 Aug. 1999, B.G. Hammersley 2221 (PERTH 05503167); 21 Oct. 2002, E.D. Middleton
539 (PERTH 06905943); 21 Oct. 2002, E.D. Middleton 541 (PERTH 06905927); 29 Sep. 2005,
E.F. Shedley 054 (PERTH 07310587); 20 Oct. 2005, E.F: Shedley 059 (PERTH 07310730); 19 Oct. 2005,
E.F. Shedley 060 (PERTH 07310722); 20 Oct. 2005, E.F Shedley 061 (PERTH 07310714).

Distribution. Near Mount Lindesay, north of Denmark (Figure 5F).

Habitat. Occurs in open jarrah woodland in laterite-derived gravelly loam and metagranitic soils over
outcropping granite.

Flowering period. Flowering specimens have been collected from August to October.

Conservation status. DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority Two (Atkins
2006).

K.L. Lemson, New species of Andersonia (Ericaceae) 209

eu

PERTH 04102711

Andurronia hammersleyana
K hemor NSS
Hea 99

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Andersonia sp.
Hpacridacene

Giamitie sal, pranive. W fosing steep slope sburve river
Wont, She tuealyprun arpa, Hensea imopty
Agim yperiitola

Abundance: kaally frnyuomt. Each specimen from a diffevent
plant, over adintance of 6, 20m, *

Coll, BG. Munmersiey 35 Date: OVO

Dp
PERTH Sheet po. O410271 1

Figure 5. Andersonia hammersleyana. A— holotype; B — whole flower; C — section of the corolla, showing the distribution of

hairs; D — stamen; E — ovary; F — distribution in south-west Western Australia. Scale bars: A= 5 cm; B = 5 mm; C-E= 1 mm.
Photograph from K.L. Lemson 686; drawings from B.G. Hammersley 2221.

. Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Etymology. The species epithet honours the late Dr Brenda Hammersley who made a significant
contribution to our knowledge of the flora of the Denmark Shire.

Affinities. Specimens of A. hammersleyana have previously been included within A. caerulea (Watson
1962), which is widely distributed and highly variable in habit. However, the flowers of A. caeryleg
are smaller than those of A. hammersleyana, with a pink, pubescent calyx and a strongly urceolate
corolla that is usually blue, but which may grade into pink or white at the base. The metaxyphylls of
A. caerulea are usually spreading and shorter than the calyx of the flower above. The corolla lobes
of A. caerulea are equal with the tube in length, the staminal filaments are adaxially pubescent and
ciliate and the style has stiff, erect hairs. Andersonia hammersleyana is also similar to A. auriculata
L.Watson, from which it differs in having plants that are generally larger and more upright in habit,
corolla lobes that are shorter than the tube and staminal filaments which lack the distinctive lobes
that define 4. auriculata.

Notes. Andersonia hammersleyana appears to be part of a suite of taxa that are intermediate between
A. caerulea and A. auriculata, the taxonomic boundaries of which are yet to be fully resolved.

Andersonia pinaster Lemson, sp. nov.

Andersoniae auriculatae L.Watson affinis sed staminum filamentis valde convexis, non auriculatis
et glabris.

Typus: near Betty’s Beach, c. 30 km E of Albany, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for
conservation purposes], 7 August 1986, G.J. Keighery 8229 (holo: PERTH 01026046, left hand
fragment; iso: PERTH 01026046, right hand fragment).

Andersonia pinaster Lemson ms, in A. Brown, C. Thomson-Dans & N. Marchant, West. Austral.
Threatened FI.: 188 (1998); G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. Fl.: Descr. Cat. p. 233
(2000), nom. inval.

Andersonia sp. Two Peoples Bay (G.J. Keighery 8229), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Illustration. Brown et al. (1998) p. 188.

Erect, stiff pine-like shrub with extremely dense foliage, 50-100 cm high. Stems anthotelic. Leaves
erect to spreading, twisted, narrowly ovate to almost linear, the longest 10-20 mm long, papillate,
margins minutely denticulate, ciliate near the base, not hyaline, apex attenuate, sheath glabrous.
Flowers terminal, hidden among long metaxyphylls, and often not visible until anthesis; subtended
by 10-12 long metaxyphylls. Metaxyphylls leaf-like, erect, the uppermost appressed to the calyx
before anthesis, spreading slightly after anthesis, narrowly ovate, 9.5—15.0 mm long, decreasing in
size acropetally, the last about equal to or slightly shorter than the sepals, scabrous to papillate or
sparsely pubescent, margins erose, hyaline, apex narrowly acute. Ca/yx green, of a similar texture to
the uppermost metaxyphylls; sepals narrowly ovate, 9.5—14.0 mm long, glabrous, margins entire or
minutely serrulate, not hyaline, apex narrowly acute. Corolla bright blue, about equal to the calyx,
9.5-14.0 mm long; tube narrowly urceolate, sparsely pubescent in the upper 1/3; /obes erect at the base
with widely spreading tips, much longer than the tube, 5.8-8 mm long, thickly hairy over the lower
3/4, the hairs forming a distinct tuft about 1/4 of the length below the tip, tip glabrous, apex acute.

211

Wess nar nn tee

PERTH 01026046

raw ing souks,

: Witure neemchc NTRE
rom Andecsonia ? auriculata
robe eek pene like shrub
Hog Zo— (Ou Head le
Power CotowrCabyy cece, tovella blac, wh)
Abendance V Landoat

Teenaachy
Sed ~ sortace

HOLOTYPE

WA. HERBARIUM — DATABASE —
This specimen has been coded as

Airber seni sy tian Teapins Bay & Hashery 4221) Cotiector Ge T Keighar7 me B224
Sion Ste oy OH oy pare 7/8 [1b inn

Figure 6. Andersonia pinaster. A—type gathering, the holotype is indicated with a black arrow; B — whole flower surrounded
by metaxyphylls, note that the sepals are almost indistinguishable from the uppermost metaxyphylls; C — corolla, with 2.5
segments removed, showing the gynoecium and androecium; D — distribution in south-west Western Australia. Scale bars:
A=5cm;B=2 mm; C= 1 mm. Photograph from K.L. Lemson s.n.; drawing from the holotype.

212 Nuytsia Vol, 17 (2007)

Stamens 6.2-10.0 mm long, not elongating at anthesis; filaments white, curved outwards near the bas

and inwards in the upper half, linear, sometimes slightly flared near the base but without lobes, 3
times the anther length, flattened, glabrous or rarely with a very few scattered adaxial hairs; anthers
white, manifest but hidden by the erect lobe bases and thick corolla hairs, oblong, 1.3—2.0 mm lon

pollen yellow, often adhering in a large clump around the style. Hypogynous disc of 5 free Scales, ia
scales oblong with acute, acuminate or cusped apices, 0.5—0.8 mm long. Gynoecium 9.0-12.0 mm lon

not elongating at anthesis, shorter than the corolla; ovary green, globular, 1.5—2 long, 1.52 mm wine
the apex rounded, glabrous to very shortly papillate; sty/e white, linear, sometimes slightly Widene d
in the middle and often coiled or bent near the base, sparsely sericeous or pilose; stigma manifes,
exposed by the spreading corolla lobes, lobulate; ovules 5 per locule. (Figure 6A—C) y

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 15 Feb. 1994, /.4, Cochrane 973
(PERTH 3481050); 25 Jan. 2005, J.A. Cochrane 5289 (PERTH 7042531); 18 Jul. 1987, Ev. Croxford
5888 (PERTH 3229092); 20 April 1996, EJ. Croxford 7398 (PERTH 5634059); 28 Aug. 1986
G.J. Keighery 8339 (PERTH 1112295); 27 Nov. 1986, G.J. Keighery 8701 (PERTH 1112309).
13 Dec. 1992, M. MacDonald 1484 (PERTH 3125831); 2 Nov.1967, K.R. Newbey 2659 (PERTH
2120313); 21 Jan. 1995, D. Papenfis 022 (PERTH 4077431); 6 Oct. 1992, G. Wardell-Johnson &
A.R. Annels ARA 2547 (PERTH 4437225); 20 Aug. 1992, R.T. Wills s.n. (PERTH 6532365).

Distribution. Known only from Two Peoples Bay Nature Reserve east of Albany (Figure 6D).
Habitat. Coastal low heath in grey metagranitic peaty sand over granite.
Flowering period. July to September

Conservation status. Declared Rare Flora under the Western Australian Wildlife Conservation Act
1950 (Atkins 2006). Andersonia pinaster occurs within a single nature reserve and is threatened by
Phytophthora cinnamomi.

Etymology. The species epithet refers to the habit of mature plants, which resembles a small, dense
pine tree.

Affinities. This species resembles A. auriculata and larger forms of A. caerulea, but can be distin guished
on both vegetative and floral characteristics. The major difference with A. auriculata is the presence of
lobed staminal filaments in that species, but plants of A. auriculata are also smaller than A. Pinaster,
and the flowers are generally not hidden by long metaxyphylls before anthesis. Andersonia caerulea
can be differentiated by its much smaller flowers with a pink, pubescent calyx and blue to pink, strongly
urceolate corolla, ciliate staminal filaments and dark red or purple anthers.

Acknowledgements

I extend my thanks to the Director and staff at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) for
access to collections, equipment and assistance; Roger Hearn, Tony Annels and the late Dr Brenda
Hammersley for assistance in the field and for collecting on my behalf; Alex George and the Latin
Lesson team for assistance with diagnoses; and Juliet Wege for her patience and assistance with the
preparation of the manuscript and figures. This work was supported at various times by the Australian
Biological Resources Study, a PhD scholarship from The University of Western Australia and the
Centre for Ecosystem Management at Edith Cowan University.

K.L. Lemson, New species of Andersonia (Ericaceae) 213

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Bentham, G. (1868). Andersonia. In: “Flora Australiensis.” pp. 249-257. (Reeve and co.: London.)

Briggs, B. & Johnson, L. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae: evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of the Linnean
Society of New South Wales 102: 157-256.

Brown, A., Thomson-Dans, C. & Marchant, N. (1998). “Western Australia’s Threatened Flora.” (Department of Conservation
and Land Management: Como, Western Australia.)

Brown, R. (1810). “Prodromus Florae Nova Hollandiae et Insulae van Dieman.” (Johnson: London.)

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.goy.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed June 2007]

Gibson, N., Keighery, G.J. & Keighery, B. (2000). Threatened plant communities of Western Australia 1. The ironstone
communities of the Swan Coastal Plain. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 83: \-12.

Grimes, J. (1992). Metamerism, heterochrony and inflorescence morphology of the Pithecellobium complex (Leguminosae).
Brittonia 44: 140-159.

Grimes, J. (1995). Generic relationships of Mimosoideae tribe Ingeae, with emphasis on the New World Pithecellobium
complex. Jn: M.D. Crisp & J.J. Doyle (Eds) “Advances in Legume Systematics” Part 7, pp. 101-121. (Royal Botanic

Gardens Kew: London.)

Grimes, J. (1996). Branch apices, heterochrony and inflorescence morphology in some Mimosoid legumes (Leguminosae).
Telopea 5: 729-748.

Grimes, J. (1999). Inflorescence morphology, heterochrony and phylogeny in the Mimosoid tribes Ingeae and Acacieae
(Leguminosae). The Botanical Review 65: 317-347.

Harris, J. & Harris-Woolf, M. (1994). “Plant Identification Terminology. An Illustrated Glossary.” (Spring Lake Publishing:
Spring Late, Utah.)

Hermann, P.M. & Palser, B. (2000). Stamen and anther development in the Ericaceae I. Anther wall, microsporogenesis,
inversion and appendages. American Journal of Botany 87: 934-957.

Lemson, K.L. (1996). Current problems in the taxonomy of Andersonia R.Br. Annals of Botany 77: 323-326.

Lemson, K.L. (2001). “The phylogeny and taxonomy of Andersonia R.Br. (Ericaceae/Epacridaceae).” Ph.D. Thesis. The
University of Western Australia.

Paczkowska, G. & Chapman, A.R. (2000). “The Western Australian Flora: a descriptive catalogue.” (Wildflower Society of
Western Australia Inc., Western Australian Herbarium, Botanic Parks and Gardens Authority: Perth, Western Australia.)

Stearn, W. (1992). “Botanical Latin: history, grammar, syntax, terminology and vocabulary.” 4" Edn. (David & Charles:
Newton Abbot, Devon.)

Watson, L. (1962). A taxonomic revision of the genus Andersonia R.Br. (Epacridaceae). Kew Bulletin 16: 85-127.

Western Australian Herbarium. (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007]

Wheeler, J., Marchant, N., & Lewington, M. (2002). “Flora of the South West. Bunbury, Augusta, Denmark.” Vol. 2. (Australian
Biological Resources Study, Canberra; Western Australian Herbarium, Bentley, Western Australia.)

Nuytsia 17: 215-222 (2007) x2

A new species of Neurachne (Poaceae) from Western Australia

Terry D. Macfarlane

Western Australian Herbarium. Postal address: Science Division, Department of Environment and Conservation,
Locked Bag 2, Manjimup, Western Australia 6258

Abstract

Macfarlane, T.D. A new species of Neurachne (Poaceae) from Western Australia. Nuytsia 17:
215-222 (2007). Neurachne annularis T.Macfarlane is described and illustrated with photographs and
a distribution map. The new species forms Triodia-like hummocks and grows on and around banded
ironstone ranges in the Yilgarn region of Western Australia where it is often dominant in the understorey.
The species has the C, photosynthetic pathway and is diploid with n = 9, one of three species with that
combination in a genus now of seven species. It is morphologically closest to N. tenuifolia S.T.Blake,
from ranges in Central Australia.

Introduction

The Neurachne group of grasses, the tribe Neurachneae S.T.Blake (Poaceae subfam. Panicoideae)
(Kellogg 2002), is endemic to Australia. There are 10 currently recognised species in three genera:
Neurachne R.Br. with six species, Paraneurachne S.T.Blake with one species and Thyridolepis S.T.Blake
with three species (Blake 1972). These grasses are characterised by compact spicate or racemose
inflorescences representing reduced panicles, the spikelets lacking an involucre or associated bristles or
spines, the glumes as long as the spikelet, at least partially strongly nerved and with conspicuous bands
of long hairs or stout bristles, the fertile floret usually of softer texture than the glumes and with an
un-awned lemma (Watson & Dallwitz 1992-; Kellogg 2002).

The Neurachneae are of considerable biological interest because there is variation between species as
to whether they exhibit the C, or C, photosynthetic pathways. Whilst Paraneurachne and Thyridolepis
each have only one pathway, C, and C, respectively, Newrachne has both C, and C, species and one
species, N. minor S.T.Blake, which has intermediate photosynthetic characteristics as expressed both
anatomically and physiologically (Hattersley etal. 1986). Genera known to have the two pathways among
their species are rare, and species showing intermediacy are extremely rare. This photosynthetic variation
is of interest because it may help throw light on how the major changes in anatomy and physiology
necessary for transition from one photosynthetic pathway to the other can occur. It also suggests that
much of the evolutionary history of the genus Newrachne is still extant.

The Neurachneae have been relatively well-studied. The taxonomy was comprehensively revised by
Blake (1972) and no changes or additions have been made until now. Studies have been conducted on
anatomy (Hattersley et a/. 1982), photosynthetic physiology (e.g. Hattersley e¢ al. 1986), and cytology
and detailed species distribution (including predicted distributions) in relation to climate and ecological
factors (Prendergast & Hattersley 1985).

= = a — Ll ee a at cto

rie Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Most Neurachne species occur in inland parts of the Australian arid zone but one SPCCigg
(N. alopecuroidea R.Br.) grows in the cooler and wetter Mediterranean climatic zone of souther,
Australia, from south-western Western Australia to south-eastern South Australia and western Victoria.
In Western Australia the distribution of N. alopecuroidea coincides closely with the South Western
Botanical Province of Beard (1980). This species is one of only a few species of the usually tropica]
subfamily Panicoideae native to south-western Western Australia. There is a broad gap between thegg
two general distribution zones for Newrachne species coinciding with the shrublands and woodlands of
the South Western Interzone of Beard (1980), where Neurachne species have scarcely been collecteg.
In that gap region, a previously undescribed species informally named Neurachne sp. Helena & Aurora
(K.R. Newbey 8972) has been collected a number of times in recent years. Its area of distribution jg
relatively limited so that it forms a discrete area separated from the other two zones of Neurachne
distribution, except for a couple of outlying records of N. alopecuroidea growing at granite rockg
which also lie in the gap (Figure 1). This species is described below as the new species N. annulariy

T.Macfarlane, the seventh species for the genus.

Superficially NV. annularis looks like a species of Triodia R.Br., with its needle-like (though rathe;
soft) leaves and tussock-forming habit which often develop a ring formation with age. The species wag
apparently first collected by K.R. Newbey in 1979 during field surveys for System 11 (Environmenta|
Protection Authority 1975) but the specimen was sterile and identified as Plectrachne Henrard (now g
synonym of Triodia). A collection by R.J. Cranfield in the 1980s, initially identified as Triodia, was the
first of this species to be recognised as belonging to Neurachne. A third early collection, K.R. Newbey
8972 gathered in 1981, was initially identified as Eriachne R.Br. The misidentifications can be attributed
to the unusual habit and the different appearance of this new species compared with the common
south-western species N. alopecuroidea which differs in its distinctive grey capitate inflorescence and
flat leaves. The species was also collected at the Mount Manning Range by G. Keighery and J. Alford
in 1988, where it was described as common (Keighery ef al. 1995; Gibson 2004).

°9
outhern Cross

Figure 1. Distribution of Newrachne annularis (@) in relation to N. alopecuroidea (O)
and the Arid Zone species collectively (N. minor, N. lanigera, N. munroi) (A). Western
Australian localities only, based on PERTH herbarium records.

T.D. Macfarlane, A new species of Newrachne (Poaceae) from Western Australia 217

Methods

Measurements in the description were taken from dried herbarium material for overall dimensions
including leaves, and re-hydrated material for spikelets. Leaf anatomical observations for determining the
photosynthetic pathway type were carried out with re-hydrated leaf material from a herbarium specimen
(TD. Macfarlane & R.J. Cranfield TDM 1940), hand-sectioned, mounted in glycerine and examined
with a high- power microscope. The chromosome number was obtained from pollen mother cell meiosis
(metaphase 1, anaphase 1) from a plant transplanted from the field and maintained in pot culture. The
chromosome spreads were adequate to obtain clear number counts but inadequate for photography. Records
from the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) were mapped using the software DIVA-GIS freeware
Version 5.2.0.2.

Description
Neurachne annularis T.Macfarlane, sp. nov.

N. tenuifoliae S.T.Blake affinis sed inflorescentia non squarrosa, gluma inferiore in centro dorsi
hirsuta; apicibus glumarum brevioribus et minus induratis; palea superiore laciniis auriculatis basalibus
plus evolutis differt.

Typus: south-east of Allens Find toward Bungalbin Hill, south-east of Mt Jackson and c. 100 km north-
north-east of Southern Cross, Western Australia, 3 October 1991, 7.D. Macfarlane & R.J. Cranfield
TDM 1940 (holo: PERTH 07636512 [sheet 1], PERTH 07636504 [sheet 2]; iso: BRI, CANB, DNA,
K, NSW, PERTH, US).

Neurachne sp. (GJK & JA 1951): G.J. Keighery et al., Records W. Australian Mus. Suppl. 49: 183-207
(1995); N. Gibson, J. Roy. Soc. W. Austral. 87: 35-47 (2004).

Neurachne sp. Helena & Aurora (K.R. Newbey 8972), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West.
Austral. Fl.: Descr. Cat. p. 111 (2000).

Plants forming tussocks, c. 30 cm diameter when young, later growing outward from a dying centre
to form large ring formations. Culms c. 35-75 cm long, erect or usually decumbent and rooting for the
first 10-20 cm before becoming erect, much-branched; lower internodes woolly hairy, largely concealed
by cataphylls and leaf sheaths; upper internodes partially, often extensively, exposed, glabrous, striate
with fine longitudinal grooves between numerous flattened ridges; nodes conspicuously woolly hairy.
Cataphylls densely hirsute. Lower leaf sheaths with surface moderately ridged, the ridges separated
by broad grooves, woolly for a short distance at the base and often concealed by overlapping sheaths,
otherwise glabrous or occasionally sparsely hirsute, the exposed margin glabrous except densely ciliate
just below the ligule; glabrous internally. Upper sheaths similar but lacking the woolly base. Ligule
a dense row of cilia c. 0.5 mm long. Leaf blades 10-24 cm long, stiff, straight to somewhat flexuose,
pointed, not pungent, tightly folded so that the blade is terete, 0.4—0.8 mm in diameter; abaxial surface
sparsely long-hairy when young, the hairs stiff, erect, bulbous-based, usually soon lost, the bases
remaining to make the leaf sparsely scabrous-tuberculate, the surface otherwise glabrous, striate with
narrow grooves between low flattened ridges; adaxial surface villous for a short distance above the
ligule, then becoming sparsely pubescent; margins glabrous except with long stiff spreading bulbous-
based hairs sparsely distributed from the ligule for c. 1 cm, the hairs to 3 mm long, sometimes lost with

a Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

the base remaining as a tubercle. Inflorescence a compact linear spike 2.5—4 cm long, well exserted
above the basal tuft of leaves by 10-30 cm, with | or 2 upper leaves below an elongated peduncle
10-30 cm long, or occasionally with an uppermost leaf just below the inflorescence. Spikelets 15709
per inflorescence, 7-9 mm long, green or pinkish green, all fertile or 1 or 2 basal ones reduced and
sterile. Glumes usually subequal with the lower one slightly longer, occasionally equal. Lowe; glume
as long as the spikelet, 7-9 mm long, ovate but somewhat constricted at about 2/3 from the base, the
apex acuminate, in the lower part more or less triangular and flattened, then with a short to elongated
terete, scabrous mucro, the back flattened to slightly concave and with two lateral rounded shoulders
or keels, with 5 visible ribs including the keels, 6 or 7 veins visible inside; the back witha submarginal
band of hairs in the lower 2/3 or the middle 1/3, the hairs long, appressed to spreading with Maturity,
the hairs in tufts from bulbous bases, an additional band of hairs on either side of the midvein in the
lower half, the hairs long, appressed to semi-erect, individual, the bases inconspicuously bulbous,
sometimes the whole lower back appearing hairy, and a basal beard of hairs forming part of the ring
of callus hairs, the back otherwise scabrous; margins ciliate from 1/4 of the length of the glume to the
base of the scabrous awnlet. Upper glume more or less elliptical but widest slightly above the middle,
acuminate, with a short to slightly elongated apical mucro up to 2 mm long, the back flattened to
rounded, with rounded shoulders or keels, c. 7 visible ribs, 8 or 9 veins visible on the inside, with a
submarginal band of hairs in the lower 1/2—3/4 on each side, the hairs long, appressed to Spreading,
the bases conspicuously bulbous, additional lines of hairs in the shallow furrows between ribs either
side of the midvein or occasionally the whole lower back appearing hairy, the hairs long, appressed
to semi-erect, the bases inconspicuously thickened, margins ciliate in upper half as far as the base of
the scabrous apical point. Lower floret male, considerably shorter than the glumes; lemma 5.5-6 mm
long, ovate, softer in texture than the glumes, translucent but not delicate, rounded to somewhat keeled
on the back, strongly 6 or 7-veined with wide membranous sides, the back puberulous between the
nerves, especially in the lower half, and pubescent or minutely puberulous near the margins in the upper
third, otherwise glabrous, the apex narrow, truncate, ciliate, the margins ciliate in upper half; palea
reduced to a very small membranous, irregularly toothed structure 0.8—1.5 mm long, slightly longer
to twice as long as the lodicules; anthers 3, 2.5 mm long, a little shorter and narrower than those of
the upper floret, greyish yellow. Upper floret bisexual, slightly shorter to subequal to the lower floret;
lemma 4.7—5.7 mm long, ovate to lanceolate in outline, membranous, rounded on the back, 3-veined,
the back puberulous at the margin or all over the upper third, otherwise glabrous, the apex acute or
narrowly truncate; palea slightly shorter than the lemma, membranous, flat on the back, 2-veined, with
two conspicuous auriculate side flaps near the base which are folded inward, glabrous or scabrous
in upper 1/4, the apex notched or narrowly truncate; lodicules 2, 0.4-0.6 mm long, fleshy, veined;
anthers 3, c. 3.5 mm long, pointed, not penicillate, greyish green to greyish yellow; ovary 2-lobed,
with 2 styles free to the base. Chromosome number n = 9 (voucher 7.D. Macfarlane & R..J. Cranfield
TDM 1940). (Figure 2)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 19 Nov. 2004, V. Clarke
VC 500 (PERTH); 23 July 1995, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 3323 (PERTH); 23 Sep. 1995, N. Gibson &
M. Lyons 3709 (PERTH); 10 Aug. 1988, G.J. Keighery & J.J. Alford 1951 (PERTH); 25 Sep. 1995,
B.J. Lepschi 1995 (PERTH); 15 Sep. 1979, K.R. Newbey 5925 (PERTH); 23 Sep. 1981, K.R. Newbey
8972 (PERTH); 3 Oct. 1991, 7.D. Macfarlane & R.J. Cranfield TDM 1941 (PERTH); 3 Oct. 1991,
T.D. Macfarlane & R..J. Cranfield TDM 1942 (PERTH); 3 Oct. 1991, 7.D. Macfarlane & R.J. Cranfield
TDM 1944 (NSW, PERTH); 3 Oct. 1991, 7.D. Macfarlane & R..J. Cranfield TDM 1945 (PERTH);
3 Oct. 1991, T.D. Macfarlane & R.J. Cranfield TDM 1946 (PERTH); 4 Oct. 1991, 7.D. Macfarlane
& R.J. Cranfield TDM 1962 (PERTH); 4 Oct. 1991, 7.D. Macfarlane & R.J. Cranfield TDM 1957
(AD, MEL, PERTH).

T.D. Macfarlane, A new species of Neurachne (Poaceae) from Western Australia 219

Figure 2. Neurachne annularis. A— habitat on hill site, N. annularis in foreground among broken rocks; B — habitat on lowland
site, Eucalyptus woodland with ironstone gravel, N. annularis in foreground and middle-ground; C — habit; D — inflorescence.
Photographs by T.D. Macfarlane: A, 7D. Macfarlane & R.J. Cranfield TDM 1945, Bungalbin Hill; B-D, 7D. Macfarlane &
R.J. Cranfield TDM 1940, type locality, SE of Allens Find.

Distribution and habitat. The Yilgarn region of south-western Western Australia, extending for
c. 55 km west to east from east of Mt Jackson eastward to the Hunt Range and north to Mt Manning
Range, and including the banded ironstone ranges of Bungalbin Hill and Helena and Aurora Range
(Figure 1). Grows among rocks in shallow red to brown sandy to loamy soils on the tops, sides and
bases of banded ironstone ranges and on brown to red or yellowish red loamy soils, often with abundant
ironstone gravel or stones which are often banded ironstone fragments, on low rises and outwash plains
in the close vicinity or some distance away from banded ironstone ranges (Figure 2 A, B). Neurachne
annularis is patchily distributed but often dominates the understorey, forming a hummock grassland,
sometimes in association with the grass Amphipogon caricinus F.Muell. var. caricinus. The overstorey
is usually an open woodland of various Eucalyptus trees and mallees of which E. ebbanoensis is most
often cited, and medium to tall shrubs of various genera including Acacia, Allocasuarina, Eremophila
and Grevillea.

220 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Phenology. Flowering in September and October, but the occurrence and timing of flowering are
affected by local seasonal conditions.

Conservation status. Listed by Atkins (2006) as Priority Three under Department of Environment and
Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name N. sp. Helena &
Aurora (K.R. Newbey 8972). Although it can occur in very large populations, the range of distribution is
relatively restricted, and it grows on (but is not restricted to) ironstone outcrops where it will be affected
by any mining. It is known to occur in a conservation reserve, Mt Manning Nature Reserve.

Etymology. The specific epithet is from the Latin adjective annularis (ring-shaped, arranged ina circle)
and refers to the distinctive habit of this species where older plants die out in the centre and clonal
daughter plants grow outwards in a ring formation.

Relationships. Neurachne annularis is the second known species in the genus after N. tenuifolia
S.T.Blake with a Triodia-like habit, forming dense rounded tufts with stiff terete pointed leaves. In
N. annularis the tufts or hammocks develop with age into rings as the centre of the plant dies, another
point of resemblance to Triodia which, however, is not exhibited by N. tenuifolia. From N. tenuifolia
it differs by being less robust, possessing conspicuously hairy culm nodes instead of glabrous nodes,
having spikelets that are generally smaller although overlapping in measurements, lower glumes
that are broader and more clearly 5-ribbed rather than 3 (although both have more veins visible from
the inside), shorter and less rigid glume awnlets so that the inflorescence lacks the squarrose look of
N. tenuifolia, glumes with bands of long hairs which are lacking in N. tenuifolia, and better developed
basal auriculate flaps on the upper palea. Newrachne tenuifolia occurs in a limited area of the Northern
Territory, from Alice Springs to Mt Liebig in the Macdonnell Ranges. Another shared feature of these
two species is their association with rocky hills, although not exclusively in the case of Neurachne
annularis. Rocky sites and stony or skeletal soils are also sometimes mentioned by collectors for
other species such as N. minor and N. queenslandica S.T.Blake, but less consistently (Prendergast
& Hattersley 1985). The other species sharing the same combination of chromosome number and
photosynthetic pathway, N. /anigera S.T.Blake, differs from N. annularis by having a tufted rather
than hummock-forming habit, densely woolly leaf sheaths, hirsute leaf blades at maturity, and more
conspicuously hairy spikelets with a continuous marginal fringe of hairs and a complete puberulous
surface covering on the glumes.

Photosynthetic pathway. Neurachne annularis has leaf anatomy which is consistent with C,
photosynthetic pathway rather than C,. The leaf in transection resembles that of N. tenuifolia as
illustrated by Hattersley et al. (1982). Features bearing on the photosynthetic characterisation exhibited
by N. annularis include: vascular bundles with two distinct and complete bundle sheaths, the inner
one of small thickened cells without visible chloroplasts, the outer of larger thinner walled cells, also
without visible chloroplasts. Outer bundle sheaths usually separated by up to three mesophyll cells
(the maximum lateral cell count), and the maximum number of mesophyll cells separating individual
mesophyll cells from the nearest outer bundle sheath cell (the maximum cells distant count) is four
or more. No minor vascular bundles located right against major ones, as observed in N. tenuifolia by
Hattersley et al. (1982), were seen in the limited material examined for N. annularis. The chlorenchyma
was not radiate. These features indicate that NV. annularis is C,, the only exception being the maximum
lateral cell count of three, which is low for a C, species (a value of four or less is characteristic of C,
grass species).

T.D. Macfarlane, A new species of Neurachne (Poaceae) from Western Australia 221

Discussion

The chromosome number is known for all species of Neurachne (Prendergast & Hattersley 1985;
this paper). The new count of n= 9 reported here for N. annularis is the diploid number in this genus,
acount which has also been found in its presumed closest relative N. tenuifolia and also in N. lanigera
and N. munroi (F.Muell.) F.Muell. The latter two species are also known to exhibit polyploidy. Of the
four species with n = 9, all but NV. munroi are C, The two presumed closely related diploid species
N. tenuifolia and N. annularis are both of restricted range and occur in or near ranges of hills, which
might suggest that they have undergone a period of restriction to refugia on the hills.

Neurachne alopecuroidea is geographically the most unusual species in the genus because of its
occurrence in the higher and more regular rainfall Mediterranean climatic region whereas the rest
of the Neurachneae occur in the Arid Zone, and because it is one of the few panicoid grasses in that
climatic region and the only native C, panicoid in south western Australia. For these reasons it is
reasonable to assume that N. alopecuroidea represents a dispersal from the Arid Zone (Prendergast
& Hattersley 1985). It might also be assumed on geographical grounds that V. annularis represents
an evolutionary link between N. alopecuroidea and the arid zone species. However, morphological
appearances do not support this, with N. alopecuroidea having a greater resemblance to the inland
N. minor, and N. annularis most closely resembling the central Australian N. tenuifolia.

The tribe Neurachneae has been comparatively well investigated, with much known about the
characteristics of the various component taxa. However, detailed knowledge of generic and species
inter-relationships are lacking, especially in Newrachne. As pointed out by Prendergast & Hattersley
(1985) this group of grasses is small enough in number of taxa and has a sufficiently restricted and
well defined geographic distribution that it may be readily understandable in evolutionary terms. It is
therefore an excellent candidate for a molecular phylogenetic study.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Ray Cranfield for sharing a field trip to see the new Neurachne, Helen M.
Stace for providing the chromosome data and for valuable discussion, Paul Hattersley for discussion
on Neurachneae, Neil Gibson for drawing my attention to the Mt Manning Range record, Paul Wilson
for translating the diagnosis into Latin and Juliet Wege for comments and for preparing the figures.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environmentand Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Beard, J.S. (1980). A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia. Western Australian Herbarium Research Notes 3: 37-58.

Blake, S.T. (1972). Neurachne and its allies (Gramineae). Contributions from the Queensland Herbarium 13: 1-53.

Environmental Protection Authority (1975). “Conservation Reserves for Western Australia. Systems 4, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12.”
(Environmental Protection Authority, Western Australia. Perth.)

Gibson, N. (2004). Flora and vegetation of the Eastern Goldfields ranges : Part 6. Mt Manning Range. Journal of the Royal
Society of Western Australia 87: 35-47.

Hattersley, P.W., Watson, L. & Johnston, C.R. (1982). Remarkable leaf anatomical variations in Newrachne and its allies
(Poaceae) in relation to C, and C, photosynthesis. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 84: 265-272.

009 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Hattersley, P.W., Wong, S-C., Perry, S. & Roksandic, Z. (1986). Comparative ultrastructure and gas exchange characteristics
of the C,-C, intermediate Neurachne minor S.T.Blake (Poaceae). Plant, Cell and Environment 9: 217-233.

Keighery, G.J., Milewski, A.V. & Hall, N.J. (1995). Vegetation and flora. Jn: The Biological Survey of the Eastern Goldfields of
Western Australia. Part 12. Barlee - Menzies Study Area. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement No. 49,
pp. 183-207.

Kellogg, E.A. (2002). Synoptic classification of Australian grasses. “Flora of Australia” Vol. 43, pp. 245-248. (Australian
Biological Resources Study and CSIRO, Canberra.)

Prendergast, H.D.V. & Hattersley, P.W. (1985). Distribution and cytology of Australian Neurachne and its allies (Poaceae), a
group containing C,, C, and C,-C, intermediate species. Australian Journal of Botany 33(3): 317-336.

Watson, L., & Dallwitz, M.J. (1992-). “The grass genera of the world: descriptions, illustrations, identification, and information

retrieval; including synonyms, morphology, anatomy, physiology, phytochemistry, cytology, classification, pathogens, world
and local distribution, and references.” http://delta-intkey.com [Version: 28 November 2005] [accessed August 2007]

Nuytsia 17; 223-228 (2007) oe

Wurmbea inflata (Colchicaceae), a new species from the Gascoyne region
of Western Australia

Terry D. Macfarlane! and Andrea L. Case?

\Western Australian Herbarium. Postal address: Science Division, Department of Environment and Conservation,
Locked Bag 2, Manjimup, Western Australia 6258
*Department of Biological Sciences, Kent State University, Kent OH 44242, USA

Abstract

Macfarlane, T.D. & Case, A.L. Wurmbea inflata (Colchicaceae), a new species from the Gascoyne
region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 223-228 (2007). A new species of Wurmbea, W. inflata
T.Macfarlane & A.Case, is described and illustrated with photographs and a distribution map. The
new species is known from a number of populations from the Kennedy Range to east of Mt Augustus,
where it grows on rocky hillsides. It is notable for the enlarged fruits composed of four carpels.

Introduction

Wurmbea Thunb. (Colchicaceae) has been extensively studied taxonomically, with modern
revisions having been published for Australia (Macfarlane 1980, 1987) and South Australia (Bates
1995, 2007) and occasional additional species described (e.g. Macfarlane 1993, Macfarlane & van
Leeuwen 1996). The genus also occurs in Africa (Nordenstam 1978, 1986; Vinnersten & Manning
2007). Because of variation within the genus for sexual reproductive strategies, there has also been
research on reproductive biology and phylogeny, as reviewed by Barrett and Case (2006).

The new species described here was unknown at the time of the earlier revisions covering Western
Australian species. It was first collected by Ken Newbey in August 1987, in almost mature fruit. Because
of the remoteness of its distribution and the earliness of its flowering, it has taken some time to see
an adequate sample of flowering plants and to determine which populations belong to this species.
Recent field work has documented a larger number of populations than was previously suspected and
allowed variation and habitat characteristics to be investigated.

Description

Wurmbea inflata T.Macfarlane & A.Case, sp. nov.

Folia duo, lata, basalia. Flores 1-3 (plerumque 1 vel 2), vulgo rosei, plerumque tepalis 8 et carpellis
4; nectarium singulare, saccatum, concolorum vel pallidius quam tepala; styli ad basim conjuncti.
Fructus grandis, inflatus; pedunculi fructiferi plerumque decumbentes.

224 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Typus: Cobra Station, Cobra— Gifford Creek Road, 3.8 km NW of junction with Cobra — Dairy Creek Road,
c.40 km W of Mt Augustus, Western Australia, 29 May 2007, 7D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. Fi rench
TDM 4022 (holo: PERTH 07636180; iso: CANB, MEL).

Wurmbea sp. Kennedy Range (K.R. Newbey 11582), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West.
Austral. Fl.: Descr. Cat. p. 40 (2000).

Plants 5-15 cm to top of inflorescence. Corm c. 1.3-2.2 cm long, 1—1.8 cm diam., globular,
7-14 cm below soil surface. Plants 5—9 cm tall to top of inflorescence. Leaves 2, both basal or the second
slightly higher but without a naked internode between them, similar but the second narrower, erect to
somewhat spreading, rather stiff, relatively short, about equal to the inflorescence or exceeding it by
c. 1 cm, lamina approximately linear, 4-5(—16) mm wide at the middle, wider basally but not abruptly
dilated, the base of the lowest wrapped around the base of the second leaf, and the second wrapped around
the stem for a short distance, tapering gradually to the apex, the sides curved upward to form a U-shaped
channel above, dark glossy green. Peduncle erect in flower, the flowers upward-facing, well-spaced,
the axis zigzagged. Flowers 1 or 2(3), pale to medium pink or occasionally white, sweet scented, all
hermaphrodite or occasionally the uppermost one male. Perianth 8-9.5 mm long, forming a cup-shaped
tube for c. 1-1.2 mm, the segments erect until near the apex where they become spreading, or spreading
evenly from near the base. Tepals usually 8, sometimes 6 or 7, occasionally higher or lower numbers but
then usually showing abnormalities, varying in width within populations, narrowly elliptical to narrowly
obovate, acute. Nectary | per tepal, inconspicuous, concolorous or paler than the rest of the tepal, located
c. 2 mm from base of perianth, just above the filament insertion and well below the middle of the tepal,
somewhat concealed by the filament, consisting of a shallow pouch-like glandular depression across
the full width of the tepal, wider than long, the lower and lateral margins thickened and also glandular,
the lower margin slightly overhanging the depression to give the pouch-like appearance which is more
pronounced when dried, the upper margin not raised. Stamens attached just above the top of the perianth
tube; filament slightly broader basally, the rest more or less uniform in diam., held stiffly erect so that the
anthers form a fairly narrow ring around the anthers; anthers relatively long, c. 1.6-1.9 mm long, more
or less exserted from the flower, elongated oblong, versatile, attached below the middle, yellow or dark
red. Ovary usually with 4 carpels, occasionally 3, rarely 5, obloid, the carpel wings contiguous, connate
only at the axis, the carpel shoulders rounded; styles the same number as the carpels, sharply delimited
from the ovary, relatively long, c. 6 mm long, reaching or slightly exceeding the anthers, connate for a
short but distinct distance at the base (c. 0.6 mm), erect and scarcely spreading, each tapering gradually
to a fine apex with a minute terminal stigma, not recurving in fruit. Ovu/es 20-30 per locule. Fruiting
peduncles erect, leaning or decumbent. Capsules greatly enlarged compared with the ovary, c. 23 mm
long, spheroidal to obloid in outline, angled on locule midlines. (Figure 1)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [arranged east to west and north to south, some
localities obfuscated] 17.5 km W of Lyons River homestead, 19 Aug. 1987, K.R. Newbey 11582 (PERTH);
Kennedy Range, gorge on E side, 26 June 2006, 7D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. French TDM 3872
(PERTH); same location as preceding specimen, 28 May 2007, 7:D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. French
TDM 4019 (PERTH); c.300mS of Mt Sandiman Homestead turnoff, N of Gascoyne Junction, 26 June 2006,
T.D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. French TDM 3873 (AD, PERTH); same location as preceding
specimen, 28 May 2007, 7D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. French TDM 4018 (K, PERTH); 15 km SE
of Lyndon Homestead on Lyndon— Mangaroon Road, 6 July 2002, R. Davis 10309 (PERTH); 29 km along
Lyndon — Minnie Creek Road from Lyndon—Towera Road, 28 May 2007, 7:D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown &
C.J. French TDM 4017 (PERTH); type locality, 28 June 2006, 7D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. French
TDM 3884 (PERTH); 2.6 km from Cobra — Gifford Creek Road along Cobra — Mt Augustus Road, W of
MtAugustus, 28 June 2006, 7D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. FrenchTDM 3885 (PERTH); same location

T.D. Macfarlane & A.L. Case, Wurmbea inflata, a new species from the Gascoyne 225

Figure 1. TE ae A-habit, a single ene plant, 7D. Macfarlane et al. TDM 4019;
B — habit, a group of plants with leaves wrapped around base of stem, 7.D. Macfarlane et al.
TDM 4018; C — flower, with pale nectaries visible at base of perianth lobes, 2D. Macfarlane
et al. TDM 4018; D — fruiting plant with decumbent peduncle, 2D. Macfarlane et al. TDM
3887; E—habitat, among broken rocks in the foreground, with Mt Augustus (the site of another
population) in the background, 7D. Macfarlane et al. TDM 4027. Photographs: A-D, Terry D.
Macfarlane; E, Andrew P. Brown.

as preceding specimen, 29 May 2007, 7D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. French TDM 4023 (PERTH);
9 km from Cobra — Gifford Creek Road along Cobra - Mt Augustus Road, W of Mt Augustus, 28 June 2006,
T.D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. French TDM 3886 (CANB, PERTH); same location as preceding
specimen, 29 May 2007, TD. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. French TDM 4025 (PERTH); Mt Augustus,
27 July 1996, A. Case & B. Cole 59 (PERTH); Mount Augustus, 2 July 2003, G. Byrne 85 (PERTH);
Mount Augustus, 21 June 1999, TD. Macfarlane & R. Davis TDM 3306 (BRI, NSW, PERTH);
Mount Augustus, 28 June 2006, 7D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. French TDM 3887 (PERTH);
8.8 km Ealong Mt Augustus— Woodlands Road from the Mt Augustus — Landor Road turnoff, 29 June 2006,
T.D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. French TDM 3890 (CANB, PERTH); same location as preceding
specimen, 30 May 2007, 7D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. French TDM 4027 (AD, PERTH);
28.6 km E of Gum Creek, 45 km E along Mt Augustus — Woodlands Road from the Mt Augustus — Landor
Road turnoff, 30 May 2007, 7D. Macfarlane, A.P. Brown & C.J. French TDM 4030 (PERTH).

226 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Distribution and habitat. Western Australia, Carnarvon and Gascoyne IBRA Bioregions (Thackway
& Cresswell 1995), extending from the Kennedy Range and Lyndon River Station to 50 km E of Mt
Augustus, and including Mt Augustus itself (Figures 1E, 2). This represents a west to east range of 220 km,
Wurmbea inflata grows in shallow or sparse red loam between broken rocks on the slopes of rocky hills
on the southerly aspect, occasionally also on the top or around the base of the hills, exceptionally around
the northern base of Mt Augustus where it is watered by runoff. The hills range from small knolls to
high ranges such as the Kennedy Range and Mt Augustus. The rocks are of various kinds including
banded ironstone, and in different places the pieces range from the size of tennis balls to 0.5 m diameter,
and may be angular, rounded or sharp and plate-like. Associated vegetation is a very open shrubland of
various species from the genera Acacia, Eremophila, Senna and Solanum, with a sparse ground layer
of subshrubs, herbs and grasses. Depending on the amount and season of preceding rainfall, some Sites
may have a relatively dense covering of species of Aristida, Calandrinia and Ptilotus or Asteraceae,

Phenology. Flowers in May to early June of years when there has been sufficient rainfall.

Conservation status. Currently without a conservation priority category. Approximately 11 populations
are known over more than 200 km and including two national parks. Some populations are large,
consisting of thousands of plants, others have relatively few plants. The association of the species
with rocky hills including ironstones may represent a vulnerability of some populations to future
exploitation of those hills.

Etymology. The specific epithet inflata is from a Latin adjective meaning bladdery, i.e. thin and swollen,
alluding to the exceptional enlargement of the fruits.

soap >

°
Wiluna

Figure 2. Distribution of Wurmbea inflata in Western Australia. Version 6.1
IBRA regions (Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007)
are indicated in grey.

T.D. Macfarlane & A.L. Case, Wurmbea inflata, a new species from the Gascoyne 227

Notes. Wurmbea inflata has a unique nectary form among Australian species, with its pouch-like
form. The exceptionally enlarged fruit is a striking feature, and the usually 4-carpelled gynoecium
is uncommon in the genus, although not unique (e.g. it is the normal condition in W. tenella (Endl.)
Benth.). Characteristic of W. inflata is the broad but relatively short leaves which are wrapped around
the lower part of the stem rather than curving away from the base of the lamina. The lack ofa third leaf
is unusual within the genus but not unique, being also found among the Western Australian species
W. odorata T.Macfarlane and inconsistently in W. pygmaea (Endl.) Benth.

Wurmbea inflata is one of a group of species with pink flowers occurring mainly in the arid zone
of the Gascoyne and Murchison regions of Western Australia, most of which are undescribed or only
recently described. The most widespread of the group is the long-described W. densiflora (Benth.)
T.Macfarlane which has a dense group of several flowers, notable for its long yellow anthers which
are exserted; it differs from WV. inflata by its nectaries, which are concealed at the base of the tepals and
are poorly differentiated, by having three leaves, and by the basal leaves which do not wrap around the
stem for a distance above their bases. North of the distribution of W. inflata is the recently described
W. saccataT.Macfarlane & S.J.van Leeuwen from the Barlee Range (Macfarlane & van Leeuwen 1996),
which also has a compact spike of several flowers, but differs from all other species by having the
basal, concealed and poorly differentiated nectaries each located at the base of a funnel or tube formed
from the fused edges of the adjacent tepal and staminal filament. A recently discovered undescribed
species known informally as Wurmbea sp. Denham Pool (F. Hort et al. 2216) differs in several ways
from VW. inflata including having more flowers and concealed nectaries.

Within populations of Wurmbea inflata there is considerable variation in flower size, tepal width
and number, and perianth colour, which ranges from pale to medium pink and occasionally white.
The plants are often in groups, and usually these flower variations are characteristic of a group, which
may represent occasional vegetative propagation from the secondary bud on the corm or from limited
seed dispersal. Variation also occurs in whether the fruiting peduncle is erect, leaning or decumbent,
and this tends to vary between populations.

No other Wurmbea species have been seen growing with W. inflata although at the Kennedy Range
W. inframediana T.Macfarlane grows on sand dunes on top of the range including within metres of
the top of the cliffs, on the slopes and base of which WV, inflata grows. Similarly at Mt Augustus where
W. inflata grows around the base in certain places, W. deserticola T. Macfarlane and W. inframediana
have been collected on the upper slopes.

Little is known about the flower visitors and pollinators of Wurmbea species (Vaughton & Ramsey
1998; Case & Barrett 2004), especially in the arid zone, although it has been assumed that flies are the
usual pollinators because of the relatively unspecialised flower structure and the abundant exposed
nectar, as well as some observations of flies visiting flowers. Wurmbea inflata has exposed nectaries,
which might suggest fly (Dipteran) pollination, although they are not contrastingly coloured as is the
case in a number of species. Our field observations showed that flies are indeed avid visitors to the
flowers of W. inflata and have been observed to probe the nectaries. They are large enough to make
contact with the anthers and stigmas and their behaviour is such that pollen transfer is likely. At least
two species were observed to visit flowers. However, other visitors were also frequently seen which
also are likely pollinators, including two daytime species of Lepidoptera, and two species of bee
(Hymenoptera), suggesting that this and perhaps other species of Wurmbea do not have specialised
pollinator relationships. A similar spectrum of insect visitors to W. dioica (R.Br.) F.Muell. was
observed by Vaughton and Ramsey (1998). Ants were also seen on the flowers but are not usually
regarded as pollinators, and do not seem to exhibit pollinator behaviour such as contacting anthers.

r Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Wurmbea saccata, which has nectaries located at the base of tubular structures resembling neetar
spurs, has been suggested to be specialised for pollination by Lepidoptera although detaileq field
observations are lacking (Macfarlane & van Leeuwen 1996).

Acknowledgements

TM thanks the people who have helped to investigate Wurmbea inflata through company and help
with field trips: Greg Simpson, Helen Coleman, Robert Davis, Andrew Brown, Chris French and Frazer
Macfarlane. Particular appreciation is due to the late Ken Newbey for bringing attention to his original
collection, and providing detailed directions to the location, and to Andrew Brown and Chris French
for discussions on Wurmbea. Thanks to Juliet Wege for preparing the figures and Paul Wilson for the
Latin translation. This work was partly funded by the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving Our
Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative.

References

Barrett, S.C.H. & Case, A.L. (2006). The ecology and evolution of gender strategies in plants: the example of Australian
Wurmbea (Colchicaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 54(4): 417-433.

Bates, R.J. (1995). The species of Wurmbea (Liliaceae) in South Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 16: 33-53.

Bates, R.J. (2007). A review of South Australian Wurmbea (Colchicaceae~Liliaceae): keys, new taxa and combinations, and
notes. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 21: 75-81.

Case, A.L. & Barrett, S.C.H. (2004). Floral biology of gender monomorphism and dimorphism in Wurmbea dioica (Colchicaceae)
in Western Australia. International Journal of Plant Sciences 165: 289-301.

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6” February 2007. [accessed June 2007]

Macfarlane, T.D. (1980). A revision of Wurmbea (Liliaceae) in Australia. Brunonia 3: 145-208.

Macfarlane, T.D. (1987). Wurmbea. In: A.S. George (Ed.). “Flora of Australia.” Vol. 45. (Australian Government Publishing
Service: Canberra.)

Macfarlane, T.D. (1993). Wurmbea calcicola (Colchicaceae), a new species from Cape Naturaliste, south western Australia.
Nuytsia 9: 233-236.

Macfarlane, T.D. and van Leeuwen, S.J. (1996). Wurmbea saccata (Colchicaceae), a lepidopteran-pollinated new species from
Western Australia. Nuytsia 10(3): 429-435. :

Nordenstam, B. (1978). The genus Wurmbea in Africa except the Cape region. Notes from the Royal Botanic Gardens Edinburgh
36(2): 211-233.

Nordenstam, B. (1986). The genus Wurmbea (Colchicaceae) in the Cape Region. Opera Botanica 87: 1-41.

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1995). “An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for establishing
the national system of reserves.” Version 4.0. (Australian Nature Conservation Agency: Canberra.)

Vaughton, G. & Ramsey, M. (1998). Floral display, pollinator visitation, and reproductive success in the dioecious perennial
herb Wurmbea dioica (Liliaceae). Oecologia 115: 93-101.

Vinnersten, A. & Manning, J. (2007). A new classification of Colchicaceae. Taxon 56(1): 171-178.

Nuytsia 17: 229-240 (2007) 229

Three new wattles (Acacia: Mimosoideae) from the Kalannie region,
Western Australia

Bruce R. Maslin

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Maslin, B.R. Three new wattles (Acacia: Mimosoideae) from the Kalannie region, Western Australia.
Nuytsia 17: 229-240 (2007). The following new taxa are described: Acacia inceana Domin. subsp.
latifolia Maslin, A. stanleyi Maslin and A. synoria Maslin. The first two taxa are listed as Priority
One and the last as Priority Two according to the Department of Environment and Conservation’s
Conservation Codes for the Western Australian Flora.

Introduction

The Kalannie region is located largely within the Shire of Dalwallinu, in the north-central wheatbelt
region of Western Australia c. 250 km due north-east of Perth, on the boundary between the South-
West Botanical Province and the arid zone. The region extends from just south of Kalannie township
north to the southern end of Mongers Lake, with Lake Moore and the Rabbit Proof Fence forming the
approximate eastern and western boundaries, respectively. The region comprises a gently undulating
landscape with broad valley floors, occasional well-defined creek lines, many salt lakes (the remnants
of ancient drainage systems) and few granite outcrops. Typical of much of the wheatbelt the Kalannie
region is edaphically very complex and biologically very diverse.

The Kalannie region has been extensively cleared for agriculture and as a result it experiences
environmental problems such as increasing salinity and water-logging due to rising water tables, soil
erosion and loss of remnant vegetation. Control of soil salinisation in the wheatbelt is a significant
environmental challenge facing the community today, and in recent years there has been increasing
interest in identifying deep-rooted perennial species which might be suited to ameliorating or reversing
this and associated problems of land degradation (Bartle et al. 2002). Species of Acacia Mill. are
particularly common in the wheatbelt, including much of the Kalannie region, and as discussed in Bartle
et al. (loc. cit.) and Maslin and McDonald (2004) they have the potential for contributing solutions
to the environmental problems of the region through the selection of appropriate species for strategic
planting in both recharge and discharge areas. Acacias may be planted for soil stabilisation, incorporated
into mixed revegetation programs, used in conservation corridors or as visual screens, windbreaks and
shelterbelts; they also have the ability to improve soil nutrient levels by fixing atmospheric nitrogen
through rhizobial symbiosis. The AcaciaSearch project (see Maslin & McDonald Joc. cit.) recently
assessed the Acacia flora of the southern Australian agricultural region and identified 35 species that
may be prospective for large-scale commercial planting as a treatment and control for salinity in these
areas; a number of these species occur in the Kalannie region.

ee

a Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Acacia is the dominant woody land-cover plant group in many parts of the Kalannie region and
70 taxa of this genus are currently recorded for the area. An 18 month project aimed at exploring the
potential of these taxa in conservation and landscape amelioration work of the area was commenced in
late 1996. This study resulted in the production of a CD ROM titled “Wattles of the Kalannie region”
(Maslin 1998). The three new taxa of Acacia described below arose from this project. Because of
the regrettable delay in formally publishing these taxa their names have been included as manuscript
names in some works over the past decade, most notably, the WATTLE CD (Maslin 2001a) and the
Department of Environment and Conservation’s (DEC) “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for
Western Australia” (Atkins 2006); however, these taxa were not included in the “Flora of Australia”

treatment of Acacia (Maslin 2001b).

New taxa

Acacia inceana Domin subsp. latifolia Maslin, subsp. nov.

Ab subspeciebus aliis Acaciae inceanae Domin phyllodiis planis, 3-6 mm latis, differt. Phyllodia
+ linearia, versus basin angustata, 3-4(—6) mm lata, plana, recta ad vadose curvata, obscure multi-
nervosa, glabra, apice curvato-acuminato; g/ans (obscura) 4-13 mm supra pulvinum inserta. Capitula
+ globosa, floribus 15-25; pedunculi 3—7 mm longi. F/ores 4-meri; sepala libera. Legumen chartaceum
ad tenuiter coriaceum, 5—10 cm longum, 3-4 mm latum, glabrum, pallide brunneum. Habitationem
salinam incolens.

Typus: east of Wubin, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
5 September 1997, B.R. Maslin 7741 (holo: PERTH 04852575; iso: CANB, K, MEL, NSW),

Acacia inceana Domin subsp. /atifolia ms, in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. Fl.
Descr. Cat. p. 311 (2000), nom. inval.

Photographs. WorldWideWattle [online at www.worldwidewattle.com].

Spreading, rounded, multi-stemmed shrubs, maturing to obconic, single-stemmed trees 2-4 m tall,
the main stems slightly crooked and much-branched especially towards their extremities, the crown
sub-dense and spreading to 2-5 m across. Bark grey, fibrous on main stems, smooth on upper branches.
Branchlets glabrous or sometimes + sparsely appressed-hairy at extremities or in axils of phyllodes.
Phyllodes linear to linear-oblanceolate or linear-elliptic, narrowed towards the base, flat, mostly
4-7 cm long, 3-4(—6) mm wide, ascending to erect, straight to very shallowly incurved or recurved,
glabrous (except sparsely appressed hairy when young), dull to slightly shiny, green; /ongitudinal
nerves numerous, indistinct and close together; apices narrowed to delicately curved-acuminate,
hard, non-pungent to coarsely pungent, brown tipped; gland inconspicuous, normally 1 (2 on a few
phyllodes) on upper margin of phyllode 4-13 mm above the pulvinus. Inflorescences simple, single or
paired (rarely 3) in axil of phyllodes; heads globular to slightly obloid, 7-8 mm long and 7 mm wide
when fresh, bright light- to mid-golden, 15—25-flowered; peduncles 3-5 mm long when in flower,
reaching 7 mm in fruit, glabrous. Flowers 4-merous; sepals free. Pods linear, 5—10 cm long, 3-4 mm
wide, firmly chartaceous to thinly coriaceous, shallowly curved, light brown. Seeds longitudinal in
pods, 4-6 mm long, 2—2.5 mm wide, sub-shiny, dark brown; aril white. (Figure 1)

Characteristic features. Phyllodes linear to linear-oblanceolate or linear-elliptic, narrowed towards the

B.R. Maslin, Three new wattles (Acacia: Mimosoideae) from the Kalannie region 231

| j
| ti |
PERTH 04852575

PF Or

yo ‘
| Acacia (nc3wana aulyp. conbor ms Compact Fe
Cittale fbeyllede caved)

DETERMINAVIT B. A. Mastin—2- gles 97
‘Wester Australian Herbariunn (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Acacia inceana subsp. conformis R.S.Cowan & Maslin

brown and , =
slightly obloid 7-8 x 7 mm.
In red earth adjacent to samphire salt lake.

Coll. B.R, Maslin 7741 Date: 05/09/1997

PERTH 04882575

Figure 1. Holotype of Acacia inceana subsp. latifolia (B.R. Maslin 7741), scale = 5 cm.

232 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

base, 3-4(-6) mm wide, straight to very shallowly curved, glabrous (except sparsely appressed-hairy
when young), longitudinal nerves numerous, indistinct and close together; apices narrowed to delicately
curved-acuminate, hard, non-pungent to coarsely pungent, with brown tips; g/and inconspicuous,
4-13 mm above pulvinus; heads globular to slightly obloid, 15—25-flowered; peduncles 3—5 mm
long when in flower, reaching 7 mm in fruit, glabrous. F/owers 4-merous; sepals free. Pods linear,
5—10 cm long, 3-4 mm wide, firmly chartaceous to thinly coriaceous, light brown, glabrous. Seeds
longitudinal in pod, aril white.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERNAUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 28 Aug. 1976, B.R. Maslin
4210 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); 11 Dec. 1996, B.R. Maslin 7593 (MEL, PERTH).

Distribution. Acacia inceana var. latifolia occurs in a restricted area east of Wubin, Western Australia
(Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Further field studies are needed to determine if it is more
widely distributed.

Habitat. Grows in red-brown sandy loam on slight rises around the margins of saline areas dominated
by samphires.

Phenology. Flowers in August and September. Pods with mature seeds have been collected in early
December.

Conservation status. DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority One (Atkins
2006).

Etymology. The subspecific name is derived from the Latin /atus (broad) and folium (a leaf) and
refers to the wide phyllodes that serve to distinguish this subspecies from the other two subspecies
of A. inceana.

Subspecies. With the description of this new subspecies A. inceana Domin now comprises three
subspecies, namely, subsp. inceana, subsp. conformis R.S.Cowan & Maslin and subsp. latifolia Maslin.
These subspecies are most readily distinguished from one another by their phyllodes: quite terete in
subsp. inceana, flat to sub-terete and 1-2 mm wide in subsp. conformis, flat and 3-6 mm wide in
subsp. /atifolia. Both subsp. conformis and subsp. /atifolia occur in the Kalannie region.

Affinities. Acacia inceana is a member of Acacia sect. Plurinerves (Benth.) Maiden & Betche, and
together with A. /ineolata Benth. (not represented in the Kalannie region) and A. enervia Maiden &
Blakely (represented in the Kalannie region by subsp. explicata R.S.Cowan & Maslin), constitute
the “A. enervia group” (see Cowan & Maslin 1995 for discussion). Acacia enervia subsp. explicata
is distinguished most reliably from A. inceana subsp. latifolia by its phyllode glands which, when
present, are situated at the distal end of the pulvinus, and by its S-merous flowers; it also has slightly
narrower pods (2—2.5 mm wide) than those found on subsp. /atifolia.

Acacia stanleyi Maslin, sp. nov.

Frutex 2-3.5 m alta. Ramulis extremitatibus flavis. Phyllodia secus ramulos continua, teretia,
15-30 cm longa, 1-1.5 mm diam., nervis longitudinalibus 8, inter nervos sulcata, glabra; apex acuta
ad acuminata, vadose curvata ad uncinata; pulvinus nullus. Spicae 1 vel 2 per axillum, 25-35 mm
longae, 6-7 mm diam., floribus dense dispositis; pedunculi 1-2 mm longi, appresso-pilosi. Flores

B.R. Maslin, Three new wattles (Acacia: Mimosoideae) from the Kalannie region 233

4-meri; sepala unita, petalis c. dimidia parte breviora. Legumen + moniliforme, (5—)7—14(-16.5) cm
longum, 3—5 mm latum, tenuiter coriaceum, glabrum, atro-brunneum. Semina longitudinalia, elliptica
ad oblongo-elliptica, c. 3-4 mm longa, 2—2.5 mm lata, atra, minute rugosa et foveata. Graniticola.

Typus: north-east of Kalannie, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
10 September 1997, B.R. Maslin 7766 (holo: PERTH 04852869; iso: CANB, K, MEL, NSW, NY).

Acacia stanleyi Maslin ms, in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. Fl.: Descr. Cat. p. 325
(2000), nom. inval.

Photographs. WorldWideWattle [online at www.worldwidewattle.com].

Obconic or sometimes + rounded shrubs 23.5 m tall, dividing at ground level into 3-5, rather
slender, ascending to erect main stems commonly 1.5—3 cm diam. at their base (to 7 cm diam. on
oldest plants), the crown dense or sub-dense and 1.5—3 m wide, the dead (grey) phyllodes remain
attached to the branches below the living (green) crown for a considerable period of time. Bark dark
grey, flaky and longitudinally fissured at base of oldest stems, smooth on upper branches. Branchlets
ascending to erect, sub-glabrous to very sparsely appressed-hairy especially when young, the hairs
confined to axils of phyllodes on mature branchlets, red-brown except yellow towards extremities
where inflorescences are produced. Phyllodes continuous with branchlets (not easily separated from
them), terete, 15-30 cm long, 1-1.5 mm diam., sub-rigid, ascending to erect, mostly shallowly
incurved, sometimes shallowly sinuous or sub-straight, glabrous (except + sparsely hairy on young
shoots and sometimes on upper surface of mature phyllodes at their base), pale green to mid-green
(but upon dying turning first yellow, then pale orange, finally grey); Jongitudinal nerves 8, the nerves
raised (each nerve separated by a distinct, longitudinal furrow); apices acute to acuminate, straight
to shallowly curved, not pungent (although tips sometimes coarsely pungent once the points have
broken off as frequently occurs); pulvinus absent. Inflorescences simple, single or paired in axil of
phyllodes; spikes 25-35 mm long and 6-7 mm in diam. when fresh (5—6 mm when dry), the flowers
densely arranged, golden; peduncles 1-2 mm long (sometimes obscured by stamens at anthesis and
then the spikes appear sessile), appressed-hairy; receptacle sparsely appressed or sub-appressed hairy.
Bracteoles spathulate to sub-peltate, c. 1 mm long, claw c. as long as the inflexed, acute to sub-acute
laminae. Flowers 4-merous, c. 1.8 mm long; calyx c. ¥% length of the petals, divided for c. 4 its length
into + oblong or broadly triangular lobes, sparsely hairy; petals glabrous, nerveless, free. Pods sub-
moniliform, (5—)7—14(—16.5) cm long, 3-5 mm wide, thinly coriaceous, pendulous to sub-pendulous,
glabrous, dark brown over seeds, paler coloured between seeds. Seeds longitudinal in pods, ellipsoid
to obloid-ellipsoid, 3-4 mm long, 2—2.5 mm wide, black, slightly shiny but surface minutely rugose
and pitted (observe at x10 magnification); aril waxy, white to pale brownish cream, darker brown at
hilum. (Figure 2)

Characteristic features. Shrub with growth form reminiscent of Calycopeplus paucifolius
(Euphorbiaceae), the dead (grey) phyllodes remaining attached to the branches below the living (green)
crown for a considerable period of time. Branchlets red-brown except yellow towards extremities
where inflorescences are produced. Phyllodes continuous with branchlets (not easily separated from
them), terete, 15-30 cm long, 1-1.5 mm diam., sub-rigid, mostly shallowly incurved and glabrous,
longitudinal nerves 8, the nerves raised (each separated by a distinct, longitudinal furrow), pulvinus
absent; spikes 25-35 mm long and 6-7 mm in diam. when fresh, the flowers densely arranged, golden;
peduncles 1-2 mm long (sometimes obscured by stamens at anthesis and then the spikes appear
sessile). Flowers 4-merous; calyx c. 2 length of the petals, shortly dissected into + oblong or broadly
triangular lobes. Pods sub-moniliform, mostly 7-14 cm long, 3-5 mm wide, thinly coriaceous, glabrous.

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

234

Seeds longitudinal in pod, black, slightly shiny but surface minutely rugose and pitted (observe at
x10 magnification).

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 3 Dec. 1996, B.R. Maslin
7501 and 7503 (both PERTH); July 1959, B. Rosier 61 (PERTH); 15 May 2000, J. Wege MMV 126

(PERTH).

Distribution.Anuncommon species endemic to the north-central wheatbelt region of south-west Western
Australia where it is known from only three localities that span a distance of c. 100 km along a north-
south axis (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-—). Recent collections show the species as existing
in the Goodlands area c. 40 km north-east of Kalannie (where it is localized but reasonably common
in a single population where it occurs with A. synoria, which is described as new below) and the Mt
Marshall area (near Beacon). A 1959 collection from Mollerin (which is located between Kalannie
and Beacon) was not relocated during a recent, relatively quick search of granite rocks in that area,

Habitat. Grows in association with granite outcrops in hard, light brown, gritty, sandy and clayey loam
in shallow soil pockets and on the fringing soil apron, in tall shrubland dominated by Allocasuarina
campestris. Other associates in the Goodlands population include Acacia assimilis subsp. assimilis,
A. duriuscula, A. jibberdingensis and A. synoria, and at Mt Marshall, Calothamnus asper and Melaleuca

uncinata.

Phenology. Flowers from late July to September and pods with mature seed have been collected
in early December. The little fruiting material that has been seen was gathered in 1996 from the
Goodlands population where most of the plants were sterile; only a few shrubs which grew along
a diffuse drainage line produced pods but these frequently contained aborted seeds, perhaps due to
unfavourable seasonal conditions that year. This same reduction of seed set occurred in many other

species of Acacia in the Kalannie region that same year.

Conservation status. DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority One (Atkins
2006).

Etymology. The botanical name commemorates the late Don Stanley in recognition of his significant
contribution to landcare in the Kalannie region.

Common name. Stanley’s Rock Wattle

Affinities. Acacia stanleyi is amember of Acacia sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche and is most
closely related to A. karina Maslin & Buscumb (2007, this issue), which occurs only c. 50 km north
of the northernmost occurrence of A. stanleyi. Acacia karina resembles A. stanleyi in having the same
distinctive 8-nerved, long, terete phyllodes which are continuous with the branchlets, and 4-merous
_flowers in spicate inflorescences, but differs in that the phyllodes are more slender (0.6—1 mm in diam.),
less rigid and do not persist on the branchlets for very long upon dying, the upper branchlets (where
the inflorescences are produced) are reddish brown (yellow in A. stan/eyi), the spikes are much more
loosely flowered (with distinct spaces between adjacent flowers so that the receptacle is clearly visible),
the peduncles are longer (3.5—7.5 mm compared with 1-2 mm in A. stan/leyi) and the bracteoles are
shorter (c. 0.5 mm long compared with 1 mm in 4. stanleyi). The carpological features of the two
species are very similar. Acacia karina grows mainly on banded ironstone hills (4. stanleyi grows on
granite outcrops) and flowers slightly earlier in the season (May—July compared with July-September

B.R. Maslin, Three new wattles (Acacia: Mimosoideae) from the Kalannie region

Figure 2. Holotype of Acacia stanleyi (B.R. Maslin 7766), scale = 5 cm.

Western Australian Rerbariue

PERTH 04852869 ©

i Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

in A. stanleyi). Acacia stanleyi and A. karina are closely allied to A. Jibberdingensis Maiden & Blakely
which differs most obviously from both in having (commonly flat) phyllodes with a distinct pulvinus at
their base. Acacia jibberdingensis further differs from A. stanleyiin having longer peduncles (6-11 mm)
and larger seeds (4.5-5.5 mm long) with only the central area slightly roughened by minute pits (the
rest of the seed is smooth: observe at x10 mag.). Both these species occur in the Kalannie region, are
associated with granite rocks and at one site they are sympatric.

Acacia longiphyllodinea Maiden superficially resembles A. stanleyiin having long, terete phyllodes
which are continuous with the branchlets, long, spicate inflorescences and long, narrow pods. However,
the relationship is not especially close, with A. longiphyllodinea being readily recognized by its
5-merous flowers, often pruinose branchlets, longer (3-20 mm), glabrous peduncles, and flat pods
with smooth seeds.

Acacia synoria Maslin, sp. nov.

Phyllodia teretia, (5—)6-9(—10.5) cm longa, 0.7—1 mm diam., gracilia, nervis 8, longitudinalibus,
inter nervos sulcata, apice acuminato-caudato. Capitula subglobosa ad obloidea; pedunculi2—S(—6) mm
longi; gemmae resinosae. Legumen teres, 5—9(—10) cm longum, 1—2 mm latum, tenuiter coriaceo-
crustaceum, glabrum, pallide brunneum, subtiliter longitudinaliter nervosum. Semina obscure maculata;
arillus citrinus. Graniticola. Florescentia aestivalis.

Typus: north-east of Kalannie, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
3 December 1996, B.R. Maslin 7502 (holo: PERTH 04538978; iso: CANB, G, K, MEL, NSW, NY,

PERTH 07220677).

Acacia synoria Maslin ms, in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. Fl.: Descr. Cat. p. 326
(2000), nom. inval.

Photographs. WorldWideWattle [online at www.worldwidewattle.com].

Rounded or obconic shrubs 2-4 m tall, divided at ground level into 2—7 fairly straight, ascending
to erect main stems, maturing to ¢rees 5 m tall, single-stemmed or sparingly divided at ground level,
the trunks commonly curved or slightly crooked and reaching 25 cm in diam. at their base, the crowns
dense and 2-4 m wide. Bark grey, smooth on stems and branches but with age becoming longitudinally
fissured and + fibrous on trunks. Branchlets glabrous, red-brown at extremities. New shoots resinous
but (at least when dry), not viscid. Phyllodes terete, (5—)6—9(—10.5) cm long, 0.7—1 mm diam., slender,
sub-rigid, erect, mostly shallowly incurved, sometimes resinous (but not viscid), glabrous (except
pulvinus), light green; /ongitudinal nerves 8, the nerves raised (each nerve separated by a distinct,
longitudinal furrow) and coated with a thin, shiny layer of resin especially on the young phyllodes;
apices narrowed to acuminate, delicate, straight, curved, or sub-uncinate, with innocuous to sub-
pungent point; pulvinus 0.5-1 mm long, orange, resinous (at least on young phyllodes), indistinctly
appressed-hairy on upper surface; gland minute, situated on upper surface of phyllode 0-4 mm
above distal end of pulvinus. /nflorescences simple, 1 or 2 in axil of phyllodes; heads sub-globular to
obloid or very shortly cylindrical, 5-6 mm long and 4-5 mm wide when fresh, light golden; young
buds resinous; peduncles 2—5(—6) mm long, glabrous; basal peduncular bract single, sub-persistent;
receptacle 1.5—3 mm long, glabrous. Bracteoles linear-spathulate, c. 0.7 mm long, similar to sepals
except the laminae a little larger. Flowers 5-merous, c. 1.5 mm long; sepals free, c. 4 the length of
the petals, linear-spathulate, the lobes ciliolate otherwise glabrous; pe/als joined for c. their length,

B.R. Maslin, Three new wattles (Acacia: Mimosoideae) from the Kalannie region 237

glabrous, 1-nerved. Pods terete, scarcely to shallowly constricted between the seeds, 5—9(—10) cm
long, 1-2 mm wide, straight to shallowly curved, thinly coriaceous-crustaceous, pendulous, glabrous,
light brown, finely longitudinally nerved (the nerves yellowish or light brown). Seeds longitudinal
in the pods, obloid to ellipsoid, 2.5—3 mm long, 1—1.5 mm wide, shiny to sub-shiny, light brown but
obscurely mottled greyish or pale yellowish; areole ‘u’-shaped, open towards the hilum, very small
(0.2-0.3 mm x c. 0.1 mm); ari/ terminal, folded beneath the seed and almost as long as seed, lemon
yellow. (Figure 3)

Characteristic features. Trees to 5 m tall, the trunks commonly curved or slightly crooked. Branchlets
glabrous. Phyllodes terete, long (normally 6-9 cm) and slender, sub-rigid, erect, mostly shallowly
incurved, glabrous (except obscurely appressed-hairy on upper surface of pulvinus), light green, with
8 raised longitudinal nerves (each separated by a distinct, longitudinal furrow). Heads sub-globular to
obloid or very shortly cylindrical, light golden; young buds resinous; peduncles short (mostly 2-5 mm
long), glabrous. Flowers 5-merous, sepals free, linear-spathulate. Pods terete, scarcely to shallowly
constricted between the seeds, long and narrow (1-2 mm wide), thinly coriaceous-crustaceous, glabrous,
light brown, finely longitudinally nerved. Seeds longitudinal in the pods, light brown but obscurely
mottled greyish or pale yellowish; areole very small; aril almost as long as seed, lemon yellow.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 4 Dec. 1996, B.R. Maslin
7518 (PERTH); 31 Oct. 1993, S. Webster s.n. (PERTH 03286916); 21 Nov. 1992, R.J. Cranfield 8558
(PERTH).

Distribution. Of restricted occurrence in south-west Western Australia where it is locally abundant in
two populations (c. 10 km apart; it is sympatric with A. stanleyi in one of these populations) north-east
of Kalannie and also near Mt Gibson, c. 30 km to the north (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-).

Habitat. Grows in light brown sandy loam (NE of Kalannie) or red sandy clay (Mt Gibson) in
association with granite rocks. In the Kalannie region it has also been found in yellow-brown gravelly
sand on the edge of a gravel pit, but it is probable that these plants are the result of seed that had been
washed down-slope from an adjacent granite rock; these plants had not established in the surrounding
vegetation.

Phenology. Flowers from late October to December with plants flowering from an early age (when
c. | m tall). Few pods were collected from some plants in December 1996 and it is assumed that these
were the result of the previous year’s flowering event; much of the seed, however, was aborted. Further
study is needed to properly understand the fruiting phenology of this species.

Conservation status. DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority Two (Atkins
2006).

Etymology. The specific epithet is from the Greek synoria (borderland), in reference to the species’
occurrence on the boundary between the wheatbelt region and the arid zone.

Common name. Goodland’s Wattle.

Affinities. Acacia synoria does not appear to have any particularly close relatives. In having long, terete,
strongly 8-nerved phyllodes (deeply furrowed between each nerve) A. synoria is similar to a number
of other Western Australian acacias, especially the more southerly distributed, granite rock species,

238 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Vestern Austral fan Herbariua

PERTH 04538978

/ f, “eh Hi |
Nal

| JP) MU }
YG Wy)

2 6

\ “WOE
“4 yf

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Acacia ? isoneura A.R.Chapman & Maslin
Mimosaceae

Figure 3. Holotype of Acacia synoria (B.R. Maslin 7502), scale = 5 cm.

B.R. Maslin, Three new wattles (Acacia: Mimosoideae) from the Kalannie region 239

A. sessilispica Maiden & Blakely, which is readily distinguished by its sessile, spicate inflorescences,
4-merous flowers, broader pods (mostly 34.5 mm wide) and white seed arils. Species possessing
superficially similar phyllodes, and which grow in the general vicinity of where A. synoria is found,
include A. aulacophylla R.S.Cowan & Maslin (distinguished by phyllodes having plumose tips, heads
globular on peduncles 5—8 mm long, pods linear and 5—6 mm wide, and seed arils white), 4. speckii
R.S.Cowan & Maslin (distinguished by heads globular, peduncles 5—10 mm long, pods moniliform and
4-6 mm wide, and phyllodes generally longer, thicker and more rigid, ie. mostly 8-12 cm x 1—-1.5 mm)
and A. stanleyi Maslin (readily distinguished by phyllodes longer and continuous with the branchlets,
inflorescences spicate and larger, flowers 4-merous and pods broader: see description above).

Variant. There is a variant represented by a few specimens from near Burakin (c. 20 km south of
Kalannie) and Moorine Rock (c. 200 km south-east of Kalannie) that is remarkably similar-looking to
A. synoria in its phyllodes and inflorescences but which differs significantly in the following ways: bark
exfoliating ina Minni Ritchi fashion, branchlets + appressed-hairy around base of phyllodes otherwise
glabrous, phyllodes + glaucous, petals hairy, pods sub-moniliform and very obscurely longitudinally
nerved, seeds uniformly mid-brown (not mottled), arils white and shorter than the length of the seed
(see B.R. Maslin 4440, 4474 and 6707; all PERTH). Further study of this entity is needed to ascertain
the taxonomic status of this variant, however, it is not referable to 4. synoria; the Minni Ritchi bark

suggests affinities to 4. ephedroides Benth. This variant is housed at PERTH under the phrase name
Acacia sp. Moorine Rock (B.R. Maslin 4474).

Acknowledgements

Members of the Kalannie Landcare District are thanked for their assistance throughout this project
in 1996-97. Paul Wilson is thanked for providing the Latin descriptions.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Bartle, J.R., Olsen, G., Carslake, J. & Cooper, D. (2002). Acacia species as large-scale crops in the Western Australian wheatbelt.
Conservation Science Western Australia 4(3): 96-108.

Cowan, R.S. & Maslin, B.R. (1995). Acacia miscellany 15. Five groups of microneurous species of Acacia, mostly from Western
Australia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae: section Plurinerves). Nuytsia 10(2): 205-254.

Maslin, B.R. (1998). “Wattles of the Kalannie region: their identification, characteristics and utilisation.” CD ROM publication.
(Kalannie Land Care District and Department of Conservation and Land Management: Perth.)

Maslin, B.R. (coordinator) (2001a). WATTLE Acacias of Australia. CD ROM publication. (Australian Biological Resources
Study: Canberra and the Department of Conservation and Land Management: Perth.)

Maslin, B.R. (2001b). Acacia. In: A.E. Orchard & A.J.G. Wilson (Eds) “Flora of Australia.” Vol. 11A and 11B. (Australian
Biological Resources Study: Canberra and CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.)

Maslin, B.R. & Buscumb, C. (2007). Two new species of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) from banded ironstone ranges
in the Midwest region of south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 263-272.

Maslin, B.R. & McDonald, M.W. (2004). AcaciaSearch: Evaluation of Acacia as a woody crop option for southern Australia.
267 pp. (Rural Industries Research and Development Corporation: Canberra.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase — The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 16/08/2007]

Nuytsia Vol

17 (2007)

Nuytsia 17: 241-246 (2007) 241

Acacia burrowsiana (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new arid zone
species from near Mt Magnet, Western Australia

Bruce R. Maslin

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Maslin, B.R. Acacia burrowsiana (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new arid zone species from near
Mt Magnet, Western Australia. Nuytsia 17:241—-246 (2007). Acacia burrowsiana Maslin, anew species
of Acacia Mill. referable to sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche is described. It occurs in the
south-west arid zone of Western Australia where it is known from only near Mt Magnet and Sandstone.
Acacia burrowsiana was listed under its phrase name, Acacia sp. Mt Magnet (T. McKenzie 5), as a
Priority One species under the Department of Environment and Conservation’s Conservation Codes
for Western Australian Flora.

Introduction

The new species described below as Acacia burrowsiana Maslin was first brought to my attention
in 1992 by Trevor McKenzie who collected specimens from the lease area of an active gold mine on
the outskirts of Mt Magnet township, Western Australia. Geoff Cockerton subsequently surveyed the
area and showed that less than 1000 plants of the species exist on the lease, and that there was very
little seedling recruitment. The general region in which the species occurs is not especially remote, but
it is relatively poorly collected. Although 4. burrowsiana favours calcareous soils there is insufficient
knowledge of its habitat requirements to determine with certainty what factors might be controlling its
distribution. It is not known if future studies will show the species to be more common than current
collections indicate. Acacia burrowsiana is listed under its phrase name, Acacia sp. Mt Magnet
(T. McKenzie 5), as a Priority One species on the Department of Environment and Conservation’s
“Declared Rare and Priority Flora List” (Atkins 2006).

Taxonomy
Acacia burrowsiana Maslin, sp. nov.

Fruticuli et arbores divaricatae 2—5(—6) maltae, truncis etramis leviter contortis. Surculinovelli dense
adpresse-pilosi, pilis initio flavis mox deinde albis. Phyllodia anguste linearia, linearia-oblanceolata,
vel linearia-elliptica, ad basim angustata, acuta vel brevi-acuminata, 7-13 cm longa, (2-)3-5(—7) mm
lata, coriacea, sub-rigida, recta vel leviter incurva, erecta; nervi parralleli longitudinales indistinct,
numerosi, conferti, non anastomosantia. Glandes 3-4 secus marginem superiorem phyllodii ornatae,

242 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

non prominentes. Spicae interruptae, 10-20 mm longae; pedunculi 2-7 mm longi, glabri. Flores
4-meri; calyx cupulatus, longitudine c. % partes petalorum aequantius vel minus quam. Legumina
moniliformia, (5—)6-8(—13) cm longa, 5—7 mm lata, tenuiter crustacea vel leviter sub-lignosa, glabra.
Semina in legumentes longitudinaliter disposita, 4-6(—7) mm longa, 3.54.5 mm lata; ari/lus parvus,
pileiformis.

Typus: near Mt Magnet township, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 18 October 1994, G. Cockerton 275 (holo: PERTH 04106075; iso: AD, CANB, K, MEL,
NSW, NY).

Acacia sp. Mt Magnet (T. McKenzie 5), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.
dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Photographs. WorldWideWattle [online at www.worldwidewattle.com].

Spreading shrubs or trees 2-5(—-6) m tall, growth form with 24 slightly contorted main trunks
(the largest to c. 30 cm in diam.), the upper branches similarly contorted with some tending to spread
horizontally, crowns dense and 3—7 m wide. Bark grey, fibrous and longitudinally fissured on trunks
and main branches, smooth on upper branches. New shoots densely appressed-hairy, the hairs yellow at
first but soon aging white. Branchlets terete, very finely ribbed (ribs most evident immediately below
insertion of phyllodes), glabrous except often with minute, straight, closely appressed, silvery white hairs
towards the extremities and in axil of phyllodes (hairs difficult to see in the absence of magnification).
Phyllodes narrowly linear to linear-oblanceolate or linear-elliptic, narrowed towards the base, 7-13 cm
long, (2-)3-5(-7) mm wide, coriaceous, sub-rigid, straight to shallowly incurved, erect, glabrous or
with minute, obscure hair as on branchlets, pale green to sub-glaucous; parallel /ongitudinal nerves
indistinct, numerous, close together, of uniform prominence or a few (1-3) slightly more pronounced
than the rest, none anastomosing; narrowed at apices to an acute or short-acuminate hard point that is
innocuous or more commonly coarsely pungent; pu/vinus 1—-2.5 mm long, transversely wrinkled and
brown when dry. Glands 3-4 along upper margin of phyllode, the lowermost (0—)2—10 mm above the
pulvinus, indistinct (small and not, or only slightly, raised above the margin). /nflorescences mostly
simple, | or 2 (rarely 3) within axil of phyllodes, very rarely rudimentary racemes with axes less than
0.5 mm long; spikes interrupted, 10-20 mm long; peduncles 2—7 mm long, glabrous; receptacle glabrous.
Flowers 4—merous; calyx gamosepalous, cupular, about 4 or less the length of the petals, truncate to
very shallowly dissected with broadly triangular, non-thickened, glabrous or minutely ciliolate lobes,
calyx tube nerveless and glabrous; perals nerveless, glabrous, strongly recurved following anthesis. Pods
moniliform with distinct but narrow constrictions between the seeds, (5—)6—8(—13) cm long, 5—7 mm
wide, curved to irregularly sigmoid or twisted, thinly crustaceous or (just prior to maturity) slightly
sub-woody, glabrous, brown; margins yellow to light brown and not thickened. Seeds longitudinal in
the pods, irregularly ellipsoid to widely ellipsoid or+ depressed-globose (2.5—3 mm thick), (4—)6-7 mm
long, 3.5—4.5 mm wide, brown to almost blackish, with a satin lustre; p/eurogram ‘w’- or ‘v’-shaped
with a wide opening towards the hilum; areo/e 1.5—2.5 long, 1-1.5 mm wide; funicle short, filiform,
abruptly expanded into a small, pileiform ari/. (Figure 1)

Characteristic features. Shrubs or trees with growth form similar to Snakewood (A. xiphophylla
E.Pritz.), the main trunks and branches slightly contorted. New shoots densely appressed-hairy, hairs
yellow at first but soon aging white. Phyllodes narrowly linear to linear-oblanceolate or linear-elliptic,
narrowed towards the base, 7-13 cm long, (2—)3—5(—7) mm wide, coriaceous, sub-rigid, straight to
shallowly incurved, erect, pale green to sub-glaucous; parallel /ongitudinal nerves numerous and
indistinct; apices acute or short-acuminate and often coarsely pungent. Glands 34 along upper margin

B.R. Maslin, Acacia burrowsiana a new species from near Mt Magnet 243

i

PERTH 04106075

iy, \/
poacta Laerrrowsiona Mas/in

Halaty fre
DETERMINAVIT: B.A. masin 27 o/s foo7
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

Acaua sp. Mt Magnet (7, méKenzie 5)
(gizzard wattle]

DETERMINAVIT B.R. Maslin ihe] 1998
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Acacia sp.
Mimosaceae

"Gizzard Wattle".

Loc.: Mount Magnet WA

Lat. Long.

Coll. G. Cockerton GC 275 Date: 18/10/1994

ee to
TH Sheet no, 04106075

Figure 1. Holotype of Acacia burrowsiana (G. Cockerton 275), scale = 5 cm.

a Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

of phyllode, indistinct. Inflorescences mostly simple; spikes interrupted, 10-20 mm long; receptacle
glabrous; peduncles 2-7 mm long, glabrous. Flowers 4-merous; calyx cupular, c. % or less the length of
the petals, truncate to very shortly triangular-lobed. Pods moniliform, (5—)6—8(—13) cm long, 5—7 mm
wide, thinly crustaceous or (just prior to maturity) slightly sub-woody. Seeds longitudinal in the pods,
Junicle filiform and abruptly expanded into a small, pileiform aril.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] North of Mt Magnet
township: 20 Apr. 1997, B. Crespi P32 (PERTH); 2 June 1994, B.R. Maslin 7337 (K, MEL, PERTH),
7338 (K, MEL, PERTH); 14 Oct. 1999, B.R. Maslin, J. Miller, L. Sweedman & B. Cole BRM 7896
(PERTH); Nov. 1992, T. McKenzie 5 (PERTH). North of Sandstone: 4 Sep. 2006, B.R. Maslin 8968
(NSW, PERTH), 8969 (NSW, PERTH).

Distribution. Based on current knowledge A. burrowsiana is known from only two general areas,
near Mt Magnet township and about 150 km to the east from near Sandstone (Western Australian
Herbarium 1998). It is most common immediately to the north of Mt Magnet where it extends over a
distance of 12 km ina north-south direction and 5 km east-west; a smaller population is located about
5 km further north from near the now-abandoned ‘Baxters Welcome’ minesite. Population surveys
conducted by Geoff Cockerton (pers. comm.) to the north of Mt Magnet (but excluding the “Baxter
Welcome’ population) show that there are less than 1000 plants scattered over the area; these occur
either as single plants or in small populations of 50-100 plants. This area has been extensively mined
for many years and an operational mine exists in the immediate vicinity. Acacia burrowsiana may
once have been more common in this region than it is today because it is possible that plants were
felled for firewood or used as mine props. Scarcely any seedling recruitment has been observed in
these populations. It is not known how many plants occurred in the ‘Baxters Welcome’ population or
in the small population to the north of Sandstone.

Habitat. North of Mt Magnet A. burrowsiana grows in red-brown loam on plains with quartz and
ironstone rubble on the surface and a weathered gypsum duricrust (lateritic in nature) at shallow
depth. Although it grows along seasonally dry water courses in this region, it is not confined to these
situations. The population north of Sandstone occurred immediately below the summit of a low rocky
rise (? in calcareous soil).

Flowering and fruiting period. The paucity of collections makes it difficult to accurately determine
the phenology of this species. Also, it is probable that of 4. burrowsiana flowers and fruits in response
to the timing and intensity of rainfall, which in the area where it grows is somewhat erratic but with
peak falls tending to occur in both summer and winter. Inflorescence buds are present in mid-October
and flowers at anthesis have been collected in early November and early January (buds are often also
present during this period). Pods with mature seeds have been collected in October and November
(during which time buds and flowers at anthesis may also be present on the plants), April and in June
(at which time most pods have dropped their seed).

Conservation status. Acacia burrowsiana is listed, under the phrase name of Acacia sp. Mt Magnet
(T. McKenzie 5), as a Priority One species by Atkins (2006).

Etymology. It is very fitting that this new species be named for Dr Neil Burrows, Director of Science
Division, Department of Environment and Conservation. Neil, whose ancestors were early European
settlers/pioneers in Mt Magnet (arriving there around 1890), has been most supportive of my Acacia
research since assuming his role as Director in 1996.

B.R. Maslin, Acacia burrowsiana a new species from near Mt Magnet 245

In the local Aboriginal dialect of Mt Magnet A. burrowsiana is known as Waarda (a generic term
for a tree or shrub).

Variation. Some plants of A. burrowsiana display a somewhat surprisingly wide range of variation
in phyllode width. For example, in the ‘Baxters Welcome’ population the phyllodes from adjacent
plants were 5—6 mm wide (B.R. Maslin 7337) and 2-3 mm wide (B.R. Maslin 7338), while in the
population north of Sandstone (150 km east of “Baxters Welcome’) the phyllodes on adjacent plants
measured 3—5 mm wide (B.R. Maslin 8968) and about 2 mm wide (B.R. Maslin 8969). The reason for
this variation is unknown, but it does not seem to be related to the age of the plants.

Affinities. Acacia burrowsiana belongs to Acacia sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche and is
seemingly most closely related to the more northerly distributed A. xiphophylla E.Pritz. (Snakewood),
which has a similar growth form, spicate inflorescences with somewhat loosely arranged flowers,
cupular calyces that are very shortly divided into broadly triangular lobes, and phyllodes that have
a more or less similar shape, length, texture, colour, nervature and coarsely pungent apices. Acacia
xiphophylla, which ranges from Shark Bay northeast through the Ashburton district to the Pilbara
region, with an outlier near Wiluna, is distinguished from A. burrowsiana in the following ways:
phyllodes broader (mostly 6-13 mm wide), peduncles and receptacles appressed-hairy, spikes longer
(25-55 mm), flowers mostly 5-merous, calyx often golden hairy, pods flat and normally wider (mostly
9-15 mm) and seeds clearly flattened and generally larger (6-11 mm long). Acacia intorta Maslin
(1983: 398-402), a close relative of A. xiphophylla and with a similar Snakewood growth form, is
normally recognized by its + terete, needle-sharp phyllodes. However, on Tangadee Station (about
400 km north of Mt Magnet) and in the Pilbara region, there are some individuals with flat phyllodes
that may superficially resemble 4. burrowsiana; however, these variants of A. intorta are recognized
by their slightly narrow phyllodes (2-4 mm wide) that are very sharply pointed, and their flat pods,
which are 5—8 mm wide.

Two other species growing in the vicinity of A. burrowsiana at Mt Magnet and which have a
more or less similar growth form are A. eremaea C.Andrews (recognized by its round flower heads
on peduncles 5-17 mm long, and mostly narrowly elliptic, broader phyllodes 6-17 mm wide) and A.
oswaldii F.Muell. (recognized by its sharply pungent, narrow phyllodes about | mm wide, sessile,
globular, few-flowered heads and long, linear, thick-textured pods with seeds having a conspicuous
yellow-orange aril). Taxonomically A. eremaeais related to A. xiphophylla, A. intorta and A. burrowsiana
but A. oswaldii is very distant.

In general phyllode characters such as shape, size, colour, apex, and multiple marginal glands,
A, burrowsiana is superficially very similar to an entity of uncertain taxonomic status that occurs on
Earaheedy Station, 170 km due north-east of Mt Magnet. This entity is lodged at the Western Australian
Herbarium (PERTH) under its phrase name, Acacia sp. Earaheedy (I. Kealley IEK 019), and is known
from just two fruiting collections, /. Kealley IEK 019 and 020 (both PERTH). Judging from its pods
(hard-textured, coarsely wrinkled, about | cm wide) and phyllode nervature (nerves widely spaced)
this entity is more closely related to A. cuthbertsonii Luehm. and these characters readily distinguish
it from A. burrowsiana.

Acknowledgements

Trevor Mc Kenzie, Environmental Officer with Western Mining Corporation’s Hill 50 GoldN.L. (this

246 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

company now operates as BHP Billiton Nickel West) is thanked for drawing my attention to this new
species and for collecting both flowering and fruiting specimens of it. These specimens were gathered
from a mining lease which is currently owned by Mt Magnet Gold N.L. and this company is thanked for
their efforts in helping to protect the surviving plants. Geoff Cockerton (Managing Director, Landcare
Holdings Pty Ltd) is gratefully acknowledged for providing specimens and invaluable ecological and
other information concerning the plants on this lease. Paul Wilson is thanked for preparing the Latin
description and Carrie Buscumb for technical assistance.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Maslin, B.R. (1983). Studies in the genus Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) - 14. New taxa from north-west Western
Australia. Nuytsia 4(3): 383-410.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-), FloraBase —The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 247-252 (2007) 247

Acacia cockertoniana (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new species from
banded ironstone ranges of the south-west arid zone, Western Australia

Bruce R. Maslin

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Maslin, B.R. Acacia cockertoniana (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new species from banded
ironstone ranges of the south-west arid zone, Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 247-252 (2007). Acacia
cockertoniana Maslin, a new species with a restricted distribution in the south-west arid zone of
Western Australia is described. The species is restricted to banded ironstone ranges which accounts
for its discontinuous distribution between Mt Jackson (130 km north of Southern Cross) and near
Mt Magnet (c. 270 km north-west of Mt Jackson). Sterile specimens from north of Mt Magnet require
confirmation as being this species. Acacia cockertoniana is often abundant in the places where it occurs
and current evidence suggests that it is most common in the vicinity of the Windarling Range. Acacia
cockertoniana appears to be most closely related to 4. balsamea Cowan & Maslin.

Introduction

This new species was first drawn to my attention by Geoff Cockerton, after whom it is named.
Botanical surveys in 2003 and 2004 in the Windarling Range (160 km north of Southern Cross) by
Cockerton ef al. (see Western Botanical 2004) had shown that the species was a conspicuous element
of the vegetation in an area covered by a mining lease (an iron ore mine is now operational in this
area). Following an inspection of these populations in 2004, I was able to locate additional specimens
of the species at the Western Australian (WA) Herbarium (PERTH), mostly filed under Acacia aff.
coolgardiensis Maiden. These specimens had mostly been gathered by Hugh Pringle (WA Department
of Agriculture) in 1993 from the vicinity of Lake Barlee, about 100 km to the north of the Windarling
Range.

The species is now known to occur on the Die Hardy Range and Mt Jackson, which are located
immediately to the south of the Windarling Range; it also occurs in the Mt Magnet region about
200 km to the north-west. The first collection of the species appears to have been by Alan Payne (WA
Department of Agriculture) from Meka Station (about 120 km north-west of Mt Magnet), however,
this specimen is sterile and flowering or fruiting material is needed to confirm its identity. The new
species is habitat specific, being restricted to areas of Banded Iron Formation (BIF).

248 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Species description

Acacia cockertoniana Maslin, sp. nov.

Frutices vel arbores, 3-6(—7) m altae. Phyllodia anguste linearia vel lineari-elliptica vel lineare-
oblanceolata, ad basim angustata, 5—15(—17) cm longa, (1—)2.5-5(-6) mm lata, plana, non rigida,
resinosa; nervi /ongitudinali paralleli numerosi, relative lati (0.1-0.2 mm lati); apices curvati vel
uncinati, acuti. Capitula globularia vel obloidea, c. 4-5 mm longa (in sicco); gemmae resinosae;
pedunculi 4-6 mm longi in statu florenti, usque ad 12 mm in statu fructifero, glabri vel sub-glabri.
Flores 5-meri; sepala libra vel ad basim breviter connata, oblonga vel anguste oblonga. Legumina
linearia, (4-)6-12 cm longa, 3-5 mm lata, + plana, plerumque inter semina non constricta, tenuiter
crustacea, nervis longitudinalibus paucis, parce anastomosis, inter nervos sericea. Semina in legumine

longitudinaliter disposita, 44.5 mm longa, 1.5—2 mm lata.

Typus: Windarling Range (160 km north of Southern Cross) south of the west end of Portman Iron Ore
deposit W3, Western Australia, 14 December 2003, S.A. McNee, G.O’Keefe & J. Lester LCS 8815

(holo: PERTH 07125690; iso: K, MEL).

Acacia sp. Diemals (H.J.R. Pringle 3924A), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 16 August 2007].

Photographs. WorldWideWattle [online at www.worldwidewattle.com].

Obconic, multi-stemmed or infrequently single-stemmed shrubs or trees 3-6(—7) m tall, main stems
8-10 cm dbh and together with the upper branches typically slightly crooked, young plants rounded
and to 4 m across; crowns sub-dense, greyish green (new growth light green) with a silvery sheen.
Bark grey, rough, rather deeply longitudinally fissured on main stems, smoother on upper branches.
Branchlets terete, reddish brown (often partially covered with a light grey, + flaking epidermis), angled
at extremities due to yellow resin ribs, sericeous between ribs (the hairs short, straight, appressed, silvery
and difficult to see without magnification), indumentum sparse to moderate, the ribs not prominent with
age. New shoots bright light green (tinged yellowish), resinous, slightly viscid. Phyllodes narrowly linear
to linear-elliptic or linear-oblanceolate, narrowed at the base, 5—15(—17) cm long, (1—)2.5-5(—6) mm
wide, flat, not rigid, mostly erect but some spreading at wide angles, straight to shallowly incurved,
shallow recurved or sometimes shallowly sigmoid, resinous (resin often confined to nerves), with a
slight unpleasant musky odour, mid-green to dark greyish green (often drying darkish green tinged
yellowish brown), minutely sericeous producing a silvery sheen in sunlight, the hairs mostly confined
to between nerves; longitudinal nerves numerous, parallel, of uniform prominence or more commonly
3-5 more pronounced (visible to unaided eye) than the rest, relatively broad (0.1—-0.2 mm wide),
covered with a discernible layer of translucent shiny resin (observe at x10 mag. or higher); apices
curved to uncinate, acute; pu/vinus 0.5—1.5 mm long, not prominent. G/and situated on upper margin
on phyllode 0-2 mm above the pulvinus, not prominent, submerged within lamina which is slightly
swollen about the gland. /nflorescences simple, | or 2 per axil; heads globular (especially in bud) or
more commonly obloid, about 4-5 mm long (when dry), light golden, buds resinous; peduncles 4-6 mm
long when in flower, up to 12 mm long when in fruit, glabrous to sub-glabrous (hairs minute, straight,
appressed and silvery white); single basal peduncular bract persistent to anthesis, c. | mm long, brown,
resinous. Bracteoles spathulate, 0.6-0.8 mm long, glabrous or sub-glabrous, claws linear, the laminae
ovate-elliptic, c. 0.3 mm wide, + inflexed and brown. Flowers 5-merous, small (1.3—1.5 mm long);
sepals free or very shortly united at base, /4—'4 length of petals, oblong to narrowly oblong but often

B.R. Maslin, Acacia cockertoniana, a new species from banded ironstone ranges 249

slightly expanded at apex; petals 1.6—-1.8 mm long, glabrous, nerveless or very obscurely 1-nerved.
Pods linear, (4-)6-12 cm long, 3—5 mm wide, + flat (not obviously raised over the seeds), straight-
edged or sometimes very slightly constricted between the seeds, pendulous, straight to shallowly
curved, thinly crustaceous, light red-brown, marked with few, + prominent, sparingly anastomosing
longitudinal nerves, sericeous between the nerves, marginal nerve scarcely evident. Seeds longitudinal
in pods, obloid to narrowly obloid, 44.5 mm long, 1.5—2 mm wide, compressed (1 mm thick), mid-
brown, shiny; pleurogram ‘u’-shaped, not prominent, open towards the hilum, bordered by a diffuse
band of dull yellow tissue; areole 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide; funicle filiform, folded below
a fleshy, terminal, pale coloured (cream) aril. (Figure 1)

Characteristic features. Shrubs or trees 3-6(—7) m tall, main stems and upper branches typically
slightly crooked, crowns greyish green (light green when making new growth) with a silvery sheen.
Phyllodes narrowly linear to linear-elliptic or linear-oblanceolate, narrowed at the base, 5—15(—1 7)cm
long, (1—)2.5—5(—6) mm wide, flat, not rigid, resinous, mid-green to dark greyish green (often drying
darkish green tinged yellowish brown), minutely sericeous (hairs mostly confined to between nerves);
parallel /ongitudinal nerves numerous, relatively broad (0.1—0.2 mm wide), covered with a discernible
layer of translucent shiny resin; apices curved to uncinate, acute. Heads globular or obloid, about
4-5 mm long (when dry), buds resinous; peduncles 4-6 mm long when in flower, up to 12 mm long
when in fruit, glabrous to sub-glabrous. F/owers 5-merous; sepals free or very shortly united at base,
oblong to narrowly oblong. Pods linear, (4-)6-12 cm long, 3-5 mm wide, + flat, mostly not constricted
between seeds, straight to shallowly curved, thinly crustaceous, marked with few, + prominent, sparingly
anastomosing longitudinal nerves, sericeous between the nerves. Seeds longitudinal in pods.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mt Magnet, Harmony Gold Minesite,
13 Oct. 2006, S. Kern & D. True 12036 (NSW, PERTH); eastern extremity of Windarling Range
(between Southern Cross and Menzies), foothills on N side of Portman Iron Ore deposit, 1 Oct. 2004,
B.R. Maslin 8617 (AD, PERTH); Windarling Range (160 km N of Southern Cross) on lower slope of
southern side of Portman Iron Ore deposit W2, 14 Dec. 2003, S.A. McNee, G. O'Keefe & J. Lester
LCS 8817 (AD, CANB, PERTH); Windarling Range (160 km N of Southern Cross) southern slope of
Portman Iron Ore deposit W3, 21 Oct. 2004, S. McNee & G. O'Keefe LCS 9632 (CANB, K, PERTH,
NSW); Bulga Downs Station, 7 Jan. 2005, C. Payne s.n. (PERTH 06949347); Cashmere Downs Station,
17 Sep. 1993, H. Pringle 3924A (MEL, PERTH); Coolwater paddock, Lake Barlee, 28 Sep. 1993,
H. Pringle 3984 (NSW, PERTH); Mt Elvire Station, 20 Nov. 1993, H. Pringle 30188 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Acacia cockertonianahas a disjunct distribution in the south-western extremity
of the arid zone in Western Australia (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). It occurs in the vicinity of
Lake Barlee (e.g. Bulga Downs Station, Cashmere Downs Station, Diemals Station and Mount Elvire
Station) and on the Die Hardy Range, Windarling Range and Mt Jackson, immediately to the south.
It also occurs near Mt Magnet township (c. 270 km north-west of Mt Jackson); two sterile specimens
from c.120 km north-west of Mt Magnet (Hitchcock SH718-08 from Weld Range and Payne 36 from
Meka Station; both at PERTH) are provisionally referred to 4. cockertoniana but flowering or fruiting
material is needed to confirm these identifications. A variant from the Jack Hills (c. 200 km north
of Mt Magnet) is discussed below under Variation; this variant is currently not included within the
circumscription of A. cockertoniana. Acacia cockertoniana is often abundant in the places where it
occurs and current evidence suggests that it is most common in the vicinity of the Windarling Range.
The discontinuous nature of the distribution of this species relates to its habitat specificity. Acacia
cockertoniana is restricted to BIF hills and ranges and grows in iron-rich, red-brown sandy loam or
silty clay. It grows in dense Acacia shrubland with scattered eucalypts.

. Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Western Austral ian Herbariua
ii

Acacia cockesfonamne Lari

-ecoT res
DETERMINAVIT: B.A. mast 21 Y/ 2007
Western Australian Herbariufff (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Acacia cockertoniana Maslin ms

Mimosaceac

Small tree,

Growing with Acacia cockertoniana (LCS 8816),
Frequency: locally common.

Loc.: Windarling Range (160 km N of Southern Cross) S of the
W end of Portman Iron Ore deposit W3 WA

Lat. 30°0'S0,200°S— Long. 119°16'53.600"E GDA94

Coll. S.A. MeNee, G. O'Keefe & J. Lester LOS 8815 Date:
14/12/2003

Dups. to
PERTH 07125690

Figure 1. Holotype of Acacia cockertonia Maslin (S.A. McNee, G.O'’Keefe & J. Lester LCS 8815), scale = Sem.

B.R. Maslin, Acacia cockertoniana, a new species from banded ironstone ranges ; 251

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowers have been collected from October to December and judging
from these specimens it is likely that the flowering period would extend to January. Pods with mature
seed have been collected from late October to late November and judging from these specimens it is
likely that mature seed would also occur in December and possibly January. Although the flowering
and fruiting periods coincide it is rare to find specimens with both flowers and mature pods (most
specimens are either in flower or in fruit). From available information it is possible that it takes about
a year from flowering for seed to mature, however, such a lengthy seed maturation period would be
unusual for Acacia. The possibility also exists that an as-yet unrecorded flowering event occurs around
mid-year (associated with winter rainfall), in which case the seed maturation time would be reduced
to a few months. There are many arid zone Acacia species that flower opportunistically in response
to both summer and winter rains.

Conservation status. Acacia cockertoniana was formerly included on the Department of Environment
and Conservation’s Declared Rare and Priority Flora List as a Priority Three species (Atkins 2006),
however, it has recently been removed from the List because it is now known to be more common
than first thought.

Etymology. This new species is named for Geoff Cockerton (Managing Director, Landcare Holdings Pty
Ltd) who first brought it to my attention and who facilitated my October 2004 visit to the Windarling
Range to inspect plants in the field. Over the past decade Geoff and his staff have made a valuable
contribution to science, and to the collections of the Western Australian Herbarium, by the information
and specimens they have provided, especially of rangeland species of Acacia.

Affinities. Because the heads of A. cockertoniana vary from globular to obloid it does not fit well into
either Acacia sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche (phyllodes plurinerved, flowers in cylindrical
spikes) or Acacia sect. Plurinerves (Benth.) Maiden & Betche (phyllodes plurinerved, flowers in globular
heads). The new species appears to be most closely related to A. balsamea Cowan & Maslin (1999)
on the basis of phyllode nervature and general floral and carpological features. Like A. cockertonia,
A. balsamea has obloid heads, thus is not robustly placed in either Acacia sect. Juliflorae or Acacia
sect. Plurinerves. Acacia balsamea is normally readily distinguished from A. cockertoniana by having
terete phyllodes, however, a rare flat phyllode variant occurs in the Gibson Desert (Clutterbuck Hills,
S.D. Hopper 2833, PERTH; specimen sterile) and Little Sandy Desert (Rudall River, R.P. Hort 993,
PERTH; specimen in flower); over 1000 km to the north of where A. cockertoniana occurs. These
plants are shrubs 1-3 m tall and while their phyllodes and branchlets are very similar to those of
A. cockertoniana the flowering peduncles are 8-10 mm long and the sepals are linear-spathulate.
Better material of this variant is needed to further investigate its relationship to 4. cockertoniana.
The closest known populations of typical 4. balsamea to those of A. cockertoniana are at Leinster,
c. 150 km due north-east of Lake Barlee.

Acacia thoma Maslin (Western Australian Herbarium 1998—; Maslin & van Leeuwen in press)
appears to have some affinities with A. cockertoniana but is readily distinguished by its cylindrical
inflorescence spikes (10-25 mm long), sub-moniliform pods (i.e. clearly raised over and constricted
between the seeds) and by its phyllode nerves, which are more numerous, narrower and not covered
by an obvious, translucent layer of resin. Furthermore, 4. thoma is a smaller shrub (mostly 2-3.5 m
tall), its phyllodes normally dry a pale greyish green colour (dark green often with a yellowish
brown tinge in A. cockertoniana) and it is distributed to the north and east of the geographic range of
A. cockertoniana (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-; Maslin & van Leeuwen in press).

In the Windarling Range area A. cockertoniana is sympatric with A. ramulosa W.V. Fitzg.

252 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

var. ramulosa and grows in close proximity to A. coolgardiensis subsp. effiisa R.S. Cowan & Maslin
(but is not sympatric with it). Narrow phyllode forms of A. cockertoniana may superficially resemble
either of these two taxa, which are distinguished by their terete pods (thick in A. ramulosa var. ramulosa
and very narrow in A. coolgardiensis subsp. effusa) and their phyllode nerves, which are not covered
with a translucent layer or resin. Acacia ramulosa is further recognized by its cylindrical flower spikes
and A. coolgardiensis subsp. effusa by its normally sessile, obloid heads.

Variation. The phyllode width varies to some extent. For example, on plants at Windarling Range the
phyllodes are mostly 2-5 mm wide (only occasionally do a few reach 6 mm) but scattered throughout
the populations are some plants with consistently very narrow phyllodes (1 mm wide). The reason
for this variation is unknown. Also, judging from the relatively few collections at hand, the phyllodes
on plants from the western extremity of the geographic range (i.e. Mt Magnet and northwards) are
consistently narrower (2-3 mm wide) than elsewhere.

An entity of uncertain taxonomic status, and known from only a few flowering specimens, occurs
on banded ironstone ranges at Jack Hills, c. 200 km north of Mt Magnet. This entity appears to be
related to A. cockertoniana on account of the general features of its phyllodes (especially nervature and
colour) and flowers (especially the sepals), but it differs significantly from the new species in having
elongated flowering spikes (1-2 cm long) and less resinous phyllodes. Fruiting material is needed to
further investigate the taxonomic status of this entity. This entity has been provided with the informal
name A. sp. Jack Hills (R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 4) and is represented at PERTH by the following
specimens: A. Capobianco AC 658-11; R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 4,5,6 and 141.

Acknowledgements

Shapelle McNee (Landcare Holdings Pty Ltd) is thanked for her good company and sharing her
knowledge of 4. cockertoniana and other species during my October 2004 visit to Windarling Range.
Portman Iron Ore Ltd is thanked for the provision of distribution data on the species, and for travel and
accommodation associated with this field review at Windarling Range. Rachel Meissner and Yvette
Caruso (Department of Environment and Conservation) are thanked for providing specimens and
information regarding the Jack Hills variant. Paul Wilson is gratefully acknowledged for providing
the Latin description and Carrie Buscumb for technical assistance.

References

Cowan, R.S. & Maslin, B.R. (1999). Acacia miscellany 17. Miscellaneous new taxa and lectotypifications in Western Australian
Acacia, mostly section Plurinerves (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae). Nuytsia 12(3): 413-452.

Maslin, B.R. & van Leeuwen, S. (in press). New taxa of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) and notes on other species from
the Pilbara and adjacent desert regions of Western Australia. Nuytsia.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase — The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 16 August 2007]

Western Botanical (2004). Flora and vegetation assessments, baseline data collection. (Consultants Report (WB 238) to Portman
Iron Ore Ltd: Mundaring.) [This unpublished Report by Western Botanical involved flora and vegetation assessments at
Windarling Range and Mt Jackson]

Nuytsia 17: 253-262 (2007) 253

Two new species of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) from the
Koolanooka Hills in the northern wheatbelt region of south-west
Western Australia

Bruce R. Maslin! and Carrie Buscumb

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104,
Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
‘Corresponding author

Abstract

Maslin, B.R. & Buscumb, C. Two new species of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) from
the Koolanooka Hills in the northern wheatbelt region of south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17:
253-262 (2007). The following two new species of Acacia from the Koolanooka Hills, a low banded
ironstone range in the northern wheatbelt region of south-west Western Australia (east of Morawa),
are described: Acacia graciliformis Maslin & Buscumb and Acacia muriculata Maslin & Buscumb.
Both are listed as Priority One species according to the Department of Environment and Conservation’s
Conservation Codes for Western Australia Flora.

Introduction

The Koolanooka Hills are located east of Morawa in the northern wheatbelt region of south-
west Western Australia, within the species-rich Transitional Rainfall Zone (Hopper 1979), close
to the border of the agricultural and pastoral zones. They occupy an area of about 3500 hectares of
relatively undisturbed vegetation but are surrounded by a landscape that has been extensively cleared
for agriculture. The Koolanooka Hills comprise a series of low, steep-sided, linear ridges of Banded
Iron Formation (BIF) and form part of the larger Koolanooka synform (Baxter & Lipple 1985; Beard
1976). The Perenjori Hills located 10 km further south are part of this same geological structure but
their vegetation communities are more degraded than those of the Koolanooka Hills. As noted by
Maslin & Buscumb (2007, this issue), many BIF ranges have potential conservation value as they
may contain a range of geographically restricted plant taxa and communities.

The Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) recently initiated a Biodiversity
Conservation Initiative (now called ‘Saving Our Species’) project aimed at researching the flora
and vegetation of BIF ranges. The first phase of this project was a three year study of the flora and
vegetation of BIF ranges on the Yilgarn Craton, one of which is the Koolanooka Hills and the nearby
Perenjori Hills (Meissner & Caruso, in review). This survey identified a number of endemic species
and species of special interest, including the two new species of Acacia Mill. that are described below,
both of which have been recently listed as Priority One species on DEC’s Declared Rare and Priority
Flora List. The first of these, 4. graciliformis Maslin & Buscumb (referred to as ‘A. aff. declinata’ in
Meissner & Caruso, in review) had previously been collected only once and the second, A. muriculata

254 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Maslin & Buscumb (called ‘Acacia sp. Koolanooka falcate’ in Meissner & Caruso, in review) was
collected for the first time during the survey. Historically, the northern area of the Koolanooka Hills
was mined for iron ore (Baxter & Lipple 1985) and there is current interest in exploring the future
mining potential of the area. Currently none of the area is reserved (Meissner & Caruso, in review),
however, the plant assemblages of the Koolanooka Hills (Beard 1976) have been formally endorsed

as a threatened ecological community.

New taxa

Acacia graciliformis Maslin & Buscumb, sp. nov.

Fruticuli 1-2 m alti. Ramuli ad extremitates subtiliter adpresse-puberuli, mox glabri. Phyllodia
brevia, gracilia (7-25 mm longa, 0.7—1 mm lata), teretia sed in sicco sub-teretia vel compressa,
vadose vel moderate recurva, rigida, pungentia, + glabra, nervis longitudinalibus 9-10. Inflorescentiae
simplices; pedunculus brevis (3-5 mm ubi florens, ad 9 mm in fructu), glaber; capitula globularia,
parva (3-4 mm diam. in sicco), pallido aurea, 11-1 8 -flora. Flores 5-meri; sepala libra vel fere libra.
Legumina (valvae dehiscentia et legumina immatura observata) 3—3.5 mm lata, firme chartacea,
moderate ad valde curvata, glabra. Semina in legumentes longitudinalia disposita.

Typus: Koolanooka Hills, east of Morawa, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 13 September 2006, B.R. Maslin 9100 (holo: PERTH 07523882; iso: CANB, K, MEL,

NSW, NY, PERTH 07489315).
Acacia aff. declinata (Meissner & Caruso 52), Meissner & Caruso (in review).
Photographs. WorldWideWattle [online at www.worldwidewattle.com].

Openly branched, spreading shrubs 1—2 m tall, main stems slender and somewhat contorted. Bark
grey, finely longitudinally fissured on main stems, smooth or sub-smooth on upper branches. Branchlets
terete, obscurely ribbed (ribs almost evident immediately below insertion of phyllodes on young
branchlets but not evident on mature branches), finely appressed-puberulous at extremities (the hairs
small, appressed, straight to shallowly incurved and densest at new shoots), soon glabrous. Stipules
caducous or sub-persistent, inconspicuous, triangular, c. 0.5 mm long. Phyllodes inserted on raised
stem projections (which persist on branchlets after phyllodes have fallen off), terete when fresh but
sub-terete to compressed when dry, 7—25 mm long, 0.7—1 mm wide, shallowly to moderately recurved,
rigid, glabrous or sometimes very sparsely appressed-hairy especially at the base near pulvinus,
stomata evident (at x10 mag.) between the nerves; with 9 or 10 distant longitudinal nerves, when
phyllodes are compressed there are 3 nerves on each face, 1 along the lower margin and 2 along the
upper margin flanking the gland (often an additional nerve is located between the two flanking nerves
that extends from the gland to the pulvinus and sometimes also above the gland toward the phyllode
apex but not quite reaching it), nerves yellowish and slightly raised when dry; apices gradually or
+ abruptly narrowed to a straight, brown, rigid, pungent point to 1 mm long; abruptly contracted at
base to a short, finely wrinkled (when dry), yellowish pu/vinus which is slightly flared at base and often
appressed-hairy adaxially. G/and situated on upper edge of phyllode near the middle (4-10 mm above
the pulvinus), rarely a second gland present on few phyllodes, not prominent, yellowish. Inflorescences
1 or 2 per axil, simple; peduncles 3-5 mm when in flower, longer when in fruit (to 9 mm), glabrous;
basal peduncular bract single, early caducous, cucullate and + obtuse, c. 1.5 mm long, brown; heads

B.R. Maslin & C. Buscumb, Two new species of Acacia from the Koolanooka Hills 255

globular, 3-4 mm in diam. when dry, light golden, 11—18-flowered. Bracteoles narrowly spathulate,
1.5 mm long, claws linear, the laminae about equal in length to claw, light brown, shallowly concave
and puberulous abaxially and along margins. Flowers 5-merous; sepals 2/5—1/2 the length of petals,
free or almost so, narrowly oblong, sparsely hairy; petals 1.3 mm long, nerveless, glabrous. Pods
(dehisced valves and immature pods seen), narrowly oblong to linear, slightly raised above seeds
and not constricted between them, 3.5—6.5 cm long, 3—3.5 mm wide, firmly chartaceous, moderately
to strongly curved (sometimes into an open circle or coil), + twisted following dehiscence, glabrous
(except sometimes very sparsely appressed-hairy on immature pods), brown, apex acuminate, slightly
rounded; marginal nerve discreet and yellowish. Seed (1 only attached to dehisced valve), longitudinal
in pod, obloid-ellipsoid, compressed, 3 mm long, 1.7 mm wide, glossy, dark brown; pluerogram
‘u’-shaped with opening toward the hilum; areole c. 0.3 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide; funicle expanding
into a well developed membranous white aril. (Figure 1)

Characteristic features. Openly branched, spreading shrubs 1-2 m tall, the main stems slender and
somewhat contorted. Branchlets finely appressed-puberulous at extremities, soon glabrous. Phyllodes
short and slender (7-25 mm long, 0.7—1 mm wide), terete but drying sub-terete to compressed,
shallowly to moderately recurved, rigid, pungent, + glabrous, with 9 or 10 distant /ongitudinal nerves
(stomata evident between nerves at x10 mag.), 3-nerved per face when compressed, 2 nerves flanking
the gland on upper surface (often an additional nerve between the two flanking nerves). Inflorescences
simple; peduncles short (3—5 mm long when in flower, to 9 mm in fruit), glabrous; basal peduncular
bract caducous, cucullate, obtuse; Heads globular, small (3-4 mm diam. when dry), light golden,
11-18-flowered. Flowers 5-merous; sepals free or almost so. Pods linear, 3-3.5 mm wide, firmly
chartaceous, moderately to strongly curved (sometimes into an open circle or coil), glabrous. Seed
longitudinal in pod.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] s. dat., P Armstrong s.n. (PERTH
05942497); 11 Nov. 2006, S. Kern & A. Harris 12064 (PERTH); 5 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso
52 (PERTH); 8 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 53 (PERTH); 11 Nov. 2005, R. Meissner &
Y. Caruso 54 (PERTH); 10 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 55 (PERTH).

Distribution. Acacia graciliformis is endemic in the northern wheatbelt region of south-west Western
Australia (Western Australian Herbarium 1998—). Most collections are from the Koolanooka Hills,
east of Morawa, where it occurs as scattered individual plants in moderately dense populations. The
species also occurs at the Perenjori Hills located 10 km south-east of the Koolanooka Hills, and part
of the same geological structure. There is uncertainty about where the P. Armstrong specimen (cited
above) was collected: it was gathered either from the Perenjori Hills or from Wanara Station located
about 70 km to the east.

Habitat. Grows in reddish brown clay-loam on the slopes and crests of low banded ironstone and laterised
banded ironstone hills. The species grows in Woodland and Mallee Shrublands of Eucalyptus species
(e.g. E. horistes, E. obtusiflora, E. salubris and E. ebbanoensis), Acacia acuminata and Allocasuarina
acutivalvis; the understorey vegetation comprises mainly Open Shrubland of Acacia species
(A. andrewsii, A. acuaria and A. erinacea), Melaleuca species (M. cordifolia, M. eleuterostachya
and M. nematophylla), Eremophila clarkei, Dianella revoluta and Waitzia acuminata var. acuminata
(Meissner & Caruso, in review).

Flowering and fruiting period. The paucity of collections makes it difficult to accurately assess the
phenology of this species, however, flowering specimens have been collected in mid-September.
Judging from these specimens it seems probable that the flowering period would extend from about

256 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

esters Australian fertarina

UOT

PERTH 07523882

Acacia gredlipormis Gila rd
“scum gs or a:

2.buscumb
DETERMINAVIEB A <2
Western Adetakar joer im (PERTH) joe.
HO, (=

HM AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

dfOgnis Maslin & Buscumb ms

pial, openly branched, single stem dividing at ca 0,2
hunt; ind into 2 main contorted branches, subsequent
Offesp:rooked. Bark grey, lonitudinally fissured on main
oth on branches. Phyllodes concentrated towards
ends offbranchlets, wide~spreading, shallowly recurved, terete,
ip brown and pungent, stomata evident (at x 10 mag)
ween the non=raised nerves, Peduncles short, Heads light

tony reddish brown ¢lay~loam at base of rocky hill. In dense
Mallee thicket.

Frequency: scattered,
Loe.: Koolanooka Hills Bof Morawa WA

Lat. Long.
Coll. B.R. Maslin 9100 Date: 13/09/2006

PERTH 07523882

Figure 1. Holotype of Acacia graciliformis (B.R. Maslin 9100), scale = 5 cm.

B.R. Maslin & C. Buscumb, Two new species of Acacia from the Koolanooka Hills 257

August to October. Immature pods occur in early October and it is probable that mature seed would
be present around mid-November.

Conservation status. Acacia graciliformis has recently been listed as a Priority One species according
to DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora.

Etymology. The botanical name is derived from the Latin gracilis (slender, thin) and forma (shape)
in reference to the species’ characteristically slender phyllodes.

Common name. Koolanooka Delicate Wattle (suggested new common name). For derivation of the
name ‘Koolanooka’ see Common name under Acacia muriculata below.

Affinities. Acacia graciliformis is referable to Acacia sect. Plurinerves (Benth.) Maiden & Betche and is
amember of the “Acacia densiflora Group” (Cowan & Maslin 1995: 206-221). It appears most closely
related to the two widespread wheatbelt species, 4. mackeyana Ewart & Jean White and A. dissona
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, which differ significantly from the new species in their phyllode nervature
(nerves closely-spaced and 20 or more per phyllode). Acacia dissona is further distinguished by its
straight, generally longer (20-40 mm long) phyllodes, more densely hairy branchlets (at least toward
their apices) and narrower pods (to 2.5 mm wide). Acacia mackeyana is further distinguished from
A. graciliformis by its densely tomentulose branchlets, thicker (1—1.5 mm) phyllodes with raised stomata
between the nerves and narrower (2—2.5 mm wide) pods which are more thickly textured (crustaceous)
and less prominently curved. Acacia graciliformis is more distantly related to A. declinata R.S.Cowan
& Maslin which differs most obviously in having wide-spreading to retrorse branchlet hairs, straight,
8-nerved phyllodes and undulate pods; A. declinata is restricted to a small area on the south coast of
Western Australia near Albany, some 750 km to the south of the Koolanooka Hills.

Acacia muriculata Maslin & Buscumb, sp. nov.

Fruticuli 1-2 m alti. Ramuli in costas verruculosi, pilis longis saepe caducis ad basim tuberculatis.
Stipula 2-4 mm longa, saepe tantum basis induratis incrassatis persistentibus. Phyllodia plerumque
anguste oblonga vel oblongo-elliptica, (20—)25—45 mm longa, (4—)6—10 mm lata, coriacea, plerumque
vadose ad valde recurva; costa prominens, sparse pilosa; nervus marginalis prominens, verruculus pilis
saepe caducis ad basim tuberculatis. /nflorescentiae in surculos novos mobiliter crescentes initiatae,
racemis simplices vel rudimentalibus 1—2-capitatis; pedunculi 10-18 mm longi, glabri, rubri; capitula
globularia, pallido aurea, dense 26-50 flora, grandia (5-9 mm diam. in sicco). Flores 5-meri; sepala
brevissima, longitudine c. 1/5 petalii partes aequantia, + libra; petala ad apicum atro-brunnea suffusa
(in alabastro plerumque manifesta), enervata, glabra.

Typus: Koolanooka Hills, east of Morawa, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 13 September 2006, B.R. Maslin 9104 (holo: PERTH 07489374; iso: CANB, K, MEL,
NSW, NY, PERTH 07489366).

Acacia sp. Koolanooka falcate (R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 84), Meissner and Caruso (in review).
Photographs. WorldWideWattle [online at www.worldwidewattle.com].

Intricately-branched, multi-stemmed spreading shrubs 1—2 m tall with rigid branches. Branchlets
terete except often slightly angled at extremities, verruculose-ribbed by tubercle-based, often caducous

258 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

hairs (the ribs yellow but aging brown), pilose mainly on the ribs, becoming glabrous with age, stomata
evident between ribs (at x10 mag.), marked with raised stem projections where phyllodes have fallen.
New shoots maroon-red or dull brown tinged maroon (drying dark brownish), shiny but aging dull,
sparsely pilose. Stipules narrowly triangular, 2-4 mm long, dark brown, variably hairy on margins,
often only the thickened, indurate bases persisting (as innocuous or sub-pungent projections) at mature
nodes. Phyllodes mostly narrowly oblong to oblong-elliptic, (20—)25—45 mm long, (4—)6—10 mm wide
(larger onjuvenile plants), coriaceous, rather wide-spreading, normally shallowly to markedly recurved
but sometimes interspersed with a few that are straight and dimidiate (i.e. lower margin + straight and
upper margin shallowly convex), stomata visible (at x10 mag.), dull, sub-glaucous (? aging green);
prominently 1-nerved by a raised, yellowish midrib which is + sparsely pilose (hairs tubercle-based),
normally becoming glabrous with age; lateral nerves somewhat obscure and diverging from midrib at
a very wide angle; marginal nerve prominent, yellow, verruculose by tubercle-based, often caducous
hairs as on branchlet ribs; apices obtuse, sometimes (on the smaller phyllodes) + acute, eccentrically
mucronate with the innocuous or coarsely pungent brown tip, straight or slightly up-turned; pu/vinus
not well developed (c. 0.5 mm long), yellowish. Gland seemingly absent. Inflorescences initiated
on actively expanding new shoots, sparse on plant, simple or rudimentary 1—2-headed racemes,
1-2(-6) mm long; peduncles 10-18 mm long, glabrous, red; basal peduncular bract single and
persistent; heads globular, large (S—9 mm diam. when dry), light golden, densely 26-50 flowered.
Bracteoles \inear-spathulate, c. 0.6 mm long, laminae dark brown (when dry) and sparsely ciliolate.
Flowers 5-merous; sepals 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 1/5 the length of petals, + free, narrowly oblong to
linear-spathulate, brown; petals oblanceolate, 2.5—3.2 mm long, c. 2/3-3/4 united, the free portions not
recurved following anthesis, tinged dark brown at apex (most obvious in buds), nerveless, glabrous;
ovary glabrous, c. 1.2 mm long. Pods and seeds not seen. (Figure 2)

Characteristic features. Intricately-branched, multi-stemmed shrubs 1—2 m tall. Branchlets verruculose-
ribbed by tubercle-based, often caducous hairs, pilose mainly on the ribs. New shoots maroon-red or
dull brown tinged maroon. Stipule 2-4 mm long, often only the thickened, indurate bases persisting
at mature nodes. Phyllodes mostly narrowly oblong to oblong-elliptic, (20—)25—45 mm long, (4—)6-
10mm wide, coriaceous, mostly shallowly to markedly recurved, sub-glaucous (? aging green); midrib
prominent, + sparsely pilose (hairs tubercle-based) but normally becoming glabrous with age; marginal
nerve prominent and yellow, verruculose by tubercle-based, often caducous hairs as on branchlet ribs.
Inflorescences initiated on actively expanding new shoots, simple or rudimentary |—2-headed racemes;
peduncles 10-18 mm long, glabrous, red; heads globular, light golden, densely 26-50 flowered, large
(5-9 mm diam. when dry). Flowers 5-merous; sepals 0.5—0.7 mm long, c. 1/5 the length of petals,
+ free; petals tinged dark brown at apex (most obvious in buds), nerveless, glabrous.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 13 Sep. 2006, B.R. Maslin
9105 (PERTH); 12 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 84 (PERTH); 12 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner &
Y. Caruso 85 (PERTH); 10 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 86 (PERTH); 9 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner
& Y. Caruso 88 (PERTH).

Distribution. Acacia muriculata is endemic in the northern wheatbelt region of south-west Western
Australia where it is known only from the Koolanooka Hills east of Morawa (Western Australian
Herbarium 1998-). It has a scattered, discontinuous distribution within the Hills and occurs at relatively
low frequencies in the places where it is found (Meissner & Caruso, in review).

Habitat. Grows in skeletal gravelly loam on the middle to upper slopes (occasionally lower slopes)
of low hills of banded ironstone and laterised banded ironstone (Meissner & Caruso, in review). It
occurs in Mallee Shrublands of Eucalyptus ebbanoensis, Allocasaurina acutivalis subsp. prinsepiana

B.R. Maslin & C. Buscumb, Two new species of Acacia from the Koolanooka Hills 259

il ING

H 07489

Acacia ur /CuUlaea ONGY and
US

é
Cbs <
verona slr

Howto TPE

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Acacia sp.
aaa

multi-stemmed, more ot less obconic shrub
1s ‘m tall. Branchlets with raised reddish ribs, brown slightly
shiny, marked with raised stem projections where Lot Laat)
per fallen. New shoots dull brown tinged maroon, shiny but
soon dull. Phyllodes coriaceous, asperulate, with more or less
wide- spreading, recurved, dull sub-glaucous with prominent
yellowish margins and raised midrib.
Laterite just below crest of low hill.

Loc.: Koolanooka Hills, E of Morawa WA
Lat. Long.
Coll. B.R. Maslin 9104 Date: 13/09/2006

Dups. to
PERTH 07489374

Figure 2. Holotype of Acacia muriculata (B.R. Maslin 9104), scale = 5 cm.

260 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

and Melaleuca atroviridis with an understorey of Open Shrubland comprising of Acacia nigripilosa
subsp. nigripilosa, Hibbertia exasperata and Waitzia acuminata var. acuminata (Meissner & Caruso,
in review).

Flowering and fruiting period. Flowers in September and October may possibly extend to November.
Fruiting specimens have not been seen but mature pods may possibly occur between December and
January.

Conservation status. Acacia muriculata has recently been listed as a Priority One species according
to DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora.

Etymology. The botanical name is derived from the Latin muriculatus (roughened by very short, hard
tubercular excrescences) in allusion to the characteristic verruculose margins of the phyllodes.

Common name. Koolanooka Wattle (suggested new common name). This common name refers to
the hills to which the species is confined. The name ‘ Koolanooka’ means ‘hill of wild turkeys’ in the
local aboriginal dialect (Rogers 1996).

Affinities. Acacia muriculata is referable to Acacia sect. Acacia and is very distinctive on account
of its verruculose-ribbed branchlets (ribs often pilose), strongly 1-nerved, relatively wide, recurved,
coriaceous phyllodes with prominently verruculose margins, sub-persistent stipules (indurate at
base), large flower heads, very small + free sepals and united petals which are tinged dark brown at
their apices. In the absence of pods it is difficult to be certain of its affinities, however, judging from
vegetative and inflorescence characters A. muriculata may be allied to A. aculeiformis Maslin and
A. botrydion Maslin, both of which are readily distinguished by their differently shaped phyllodes
which are much shorter (10-25 mm long in A. aculeiformis, 9-15 mm long in A. botrydion). Acacia
aculeiformis (whose northern-most occurrence is at Three Springs, 55 km SW of Koolanooka Hills)
is further distinguished by its spinose, recurved stipules and its sepals which are about half the length
of the scarlet-tinged petals. Acacia botrydion (endemic to the Wongan Hills, 160 km SSE of the
Koolanooka Hills) is further distinguished by its coarsely pungent branchlets which are often devoid
of phyllodes, denser heads, consistently racemose inflorescences (racemes 5—20 mm long) and sepals
which are two thirds the length of the petals.

Variation. The phyllodes are somewhat variable in size. On mature plants they are normally 25-45 mm
long and 6-10 mm wide, however, it is not uncommon to find these interspersed with a few smaller ones
(c. 20 mm long and 4-6 mm wide), especially towards the ends of branchlets where the inflorescences
are formed. The phyllodes of juvenile plants are considerably larger than those of the adults, reaching
65-70 mm long and 12-20 mm wide.

Notes. A little regeneration on recently cleared survey lines was observed by the first author in late 2006.

Acknowledgements

We wish to thank Rachel Meissner and Yvette Caruso for their valuable site information and
specimens concerning the two new species that are described here. Paul Wilson is thanked for providing
the Latin descriptions.

B.R. Maslin & C. Buscumb, Two new species of Acacia from the Koolanooka Hills 261

References

Baxter, J.L. & Lipple, S.L. (1985). “1:250000 Geological Series — Explanatory Notes. Perenjori, Western Australia.” (Geological
Survey of Western Australia: Perth.)

Beard, J.S. (1976). “Vegetation Survey of Western Australia. The Vegetation of the Perenjori area, Western Australia. Map and
explanatory memoir 1:250000 series.” (Vegmap Publications: Perth.)

Cowan, R.S. & Maslin, B.R. (1995). Acacia miscellany 15. Five groups of microneurous species of Acacia (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae: section Plurinerves), mostly from Western Australia. Nuytsia 10(2): 205-254.

Hopper, S.D. (1979). Biogeographical aspects of speciation in the southwest Australian flora. Annual Review of Ecology and
Systematics 10; 399-422,

Maslin, B.R. & Buscumb, C. (2007). Two new Acacia species (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) from banded ironstone ranges in
the Midwest region of south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 263-272.

Meissner, R. & Caruso, Y. (in review). Flora and vegetation of banded ironstone formations of the Yilgarn Craton: Koolanooka
and Perenjori Hills. Conservation Science Western Australia.

Rogers, L.G. (1996). “Geraldton Region Land Resources Survey. Land Resources Series 13.” (Department of Agriculture:
Perth, Western Australia.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase — The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 16 August 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 263-272 (2007) 263

Two new Acacia species (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) from banded
ironstone ranges in the Midwest region of south-west Western Australia

Bruce R. Maslin! and Carrie Buscumb

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104,
Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983
‘Corresponding author

Abstract

Maslin, B.R. & Buscumb, C. Two new Acacia species (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) from banded
ironstone ranges in the Midwest region of south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 263-272 (2007).
The following two new species of Acacia Mill. from an area of banded ironstone in the Midwest region
of south-west Western Australia (between Morawa and Paynes Find) area are described: Acacia karina
Maslin & Buscumb and A. woodmaniorum Maslin & Buscumb. Both species are listed as a Priority
Two species according to the Department of Environment and Conservation’s Conservation Codes
for Western Australian Flora.

Introduction

The two new species described here are confined to Banded Iron Formation (BIF) ranges in the
Midwest region of Western Australia (Department of Conservation and Land Management 2006), on
the border of the species-rich Transitional Rainfall Zone (Hopper 1979) and the arid zone. This area
is especially rich in terms of Acacia Mill. species numbers (Hnatiuk & Maslin 1988). BIF ranges are
located on the Yilgarn Craton (Payne ef al. 1998), an ancient land system that has not been glaciated
or inundated since the mid-tertiary, but has undergone extensive weathering resulting in a relatively
subdued landscape containing a series of discontinuous, low ranges (N. Gibson, pers. comm.). Some
BIF ranges contain significant deposits of hematite and magnetite and as such may be of potential high
economic value. BIF ranges are believed to have acted as refugia during arid phases of the Tertiary
Period (Hopper 1979). In addition to supporting widespread Eremaean taxa they may also contain
a range of plant taxa and communities, which appear highly restricted, and as such many have high
conservation value.

The Western Australian Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) recently initiated a
Biodiversity Conservation Initiative (now called ‘Saving Our Species’) aimed at researching the flora
and vegetation of BIF ranges. The first phase of this 3 year project comprised surveys of six BIF ranges
in the Midwest region, including those in which the two new Acacia species described here are found,
namely, the Blue Hill Range and Mt Gibson (fide Markey & Dillon, in review, and references cited
therein). Considerable work has also been done in the Blue Hill Ranges by Woodman Environmental
Consulting as part of a mining proposal for that area (Woodman Environmental Consulting 2007).

Py Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2097)

Asused here the name Blue Hill Range comprises a series of BIF ranges that extend from Mt Karara
in the south-west to Windaning Hill in the east and encompasses the following geomorphological units:
‘Karara Range’ is an informal name used for the discrete range that incorporates Mt Karara, ‘Mungada
Ridge’ (an informal name used for the high crescent-shaped range with Windaning Hill at its southern
extremity) and Jasper Hill which is located about 5 km to the north of ‘Mungada Ridge’.

The two new species described below are Acacia karina Maslin & Buscumb and A. woodmaniorum
Maslin & Buscumb formerly known as 4. sp. Karara (C. Godden 14) and A. sp. Blue Hill Range
(R.J. Cranfield 8582) respectively. Both these taxa are listed as Priority Two species on DEC’s
“Declared Rare and Priority Flora List” (Atkins 2006), but a submission has been made to Gazette
A. woodmaniorum as a Declared Rare Flora.

Taxonomy

Acacia karina Maslin & Buscumb, sp. nov.

Frutices 1-3 malti. Ramuli glabri vel sparse appresse-pilosi, plerumque pallide brunnea vel rubella-
brunnei. Phyllodia ad ramulos continua, filiformia, teretia, (8—)1 0—28(—32) cm longa, 0.6—1 mm diam.,
non rigida, glabra, viridia, 8-nervata, inter nervos profunde sulcata, acuta ad acuminata, innocua;
pulvinus absens vel aliquando rudimentissimi. Spicae 15-60 mm longae, floribus laxe dispositae,
pallide aureae; pedunculi 3—7.5 mm longi, + sparse apresse pilosi. Flores 4-meri; calyx cupulatus,
breviter dissectus, longitudine “4 corrolla aequantius. Legumina sub-moniliformia, 4-20 cm longa,
4-5 mm lata, tenuiter coriacea-crustacea ad firme chartacea, ad maturitatem glabrum; nervus marginalis
flavus, non vel vix incrassatus. Semina longitudinaliter disposita, obloidea, ellipsoidea vel leviter
ovoidea, 3-3.5(—4) mm longa, 2.5(—3) mm lata, plerumque in centro minute foveata; pleurogramma
obscurissimum; arillus conspicuus.

Typus: east of Morawa, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
27 June 2006, B.R. Maslin 8791 (holo: PERTH 07414951; iso: AD, CANB, K, MEL, NSW, NY,
PERTH 07481497).

Acacia sp. Karara (C. Godden 14), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.
wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Photographs. WorldWideWattle [online at www.worldwidewattle.com].

Openly branched, spreading shrubs 1-3 m tall, single-stemmed or dividing just above ground level
into a number of slender, much-branched stems, the crowns not dense, confined to ends of branchlets the
dead phyllodes do not remain attached to the branchlets for very long. Bark grey and smooth. Branchlets
terete, finely ribbed, ascending to erect, straight to slightly flexuose, glabrous or (especially at extremities)
sparsely appressed-hairy, light brown or reddish brown except sometimes light green towards the tips.
Phyllodes continuous with branchlets, filiform, terete, (8—)10—28(—32) cm long, 0.6-1 mm diam., not
rigid, ascending to erect, sub-straight to moderately incurved with few irregularly sinuous, glabrous
except sparsely appressed-hairy towards apex of juvenile phyllodes, green; /ongitudinal nerves 8, deeply
longitudinally grooved between nerves; apices acute to acuminate, straight to uncinate, not pungent;
pulvinus absent or occasionally very rudimentary. G/and situated on upper surface of phyllode 0-7 mm
above the base. Inflorescences simple or rudimentary racemes with axis to c. 1 mm long; spikes one or two

.

B.R. Maslin & C. Buscumb, Two new Acacia species from banded ironstone ranges 265

paired in axil of phyllodes, 15-60 mm long and 3.5—5 mm wide when dry, the flowers loosely arranged
(receptacle clearly visible between flowers, best observed in mature buds), light golden, peduncles
3-7.5 mm long, + sparsely appressed-hairy; receptacle + sparely appressed hairy. Bracteoles spathulate,
0.5 mm long, the short claw about equal in length to the calyx. Flowers 4-merous; calyx cupular and 4
to % the length of corolla, shortly dissected (for c. % its length) into broadly triangular lobes, calyx tube
nerveless and sparsely appressed-hairy; petals 1.5 mm long, nerveless or very obscurely 1-nerved, free
almostto base, glabrous; ovary densely white short-tomentose. Pods sub-moniliform, shallowly to deeply
constricted between the seeds and rounded over them, 4-20 cm long (including base of stipe c. | cm long),
4-5 mm wide, thinly coriaceous-crustaceous to firmly chartaceous, sub-straight to shallowly curved,
sparsely appressed-hairy when young but glabrous when mature, light brown; marginal nerve yellow,
not or scarcely thickened. Seeds longitudinal in pods, obloid to ellipsoid or slightly ovoid, 3—3.5(-4) mm
long, 2.5(—3) mm wide, compressed (2—2.5 mm thick), normally minutely pitted at centre, normally with
satin lustre, dark brown to black; pleurogram very obscure; areole ‘u’-shaped, open towards the hilum,
0.5-0.7 x 0.4-0.5 mm; finicle expanded into a conspicuous terminal aril which is creamy white near
the funicle and brown near attachment to seed. (Figure 1)

Characteristic features. Openly branched shrubs 1-3 m, crown not dense, the dead phyllodes not
remaining attached to branchlets for very long. Phyllodes continuous with branchlets, filiform, terete,
innocuous, (8—)10—28(-32) cm long, 0.6—-1 mm diam., not rigid, mostly sub-straight to moderately
incurved; longitudinal nerves 8, deeply grooved between nerves; pulvinus absent or occasionally
rudimentary. Inflorescences simple or rudimentary racemes; spikes 15—60 mm long, the flowers loosely
arranged; peduncles 3—-7.5 mm long. Flowers 4-merous; calyx cupular, % to % length of corolla, shortly
dissected. Pods sub-moniliform, 4-20 cm long, 4-5 mm wide, thinly coriaceous-crustaceous to firmly
chartaceous, glabrous at maturity, light brown; marginal nerve yellow, not or scarcely thickened. Seeds
longitudinal in pods, normally minutely pitted at centre; p/eurogram very obscure; areole very small;
funicle expanded into a conspicuous terminal aril.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] E_of Morawa:
19 May 2006, D. Coultas s.n. (PERTH 07299478); 18 May 2006, C. Godden 14 (PERTH); 27 Sep. 2005,
A. Markey & S. Dillon3329 (PERTH); 27 June 2006, B.R. Maslin 8791 A(G, NT, PERTH); 16 Nov. 2005,
G. Woodman M 41.2 (PERTH). Mt Gibson area: 4 June 1984, D.G. Fell 0216 (PERTH).

Distribution. Of restricted occurrence in the Midwest region of south-west Western Australia where
it is known from only two general areas (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Most collections
are from the Blue Hill Range (about 80 km east of Morawa) and some low ranges located about
6 km to the east and south of Windaning Hill; there is also a single gathering from Mt Gibson (about
120 km south-east of Morawa). Within the Blue Hill Range it is most common on ‘Karara Range’
but it also occurs, in smaller numbers, on a few other hills and ranges within the area. The Mt Gibson
occurrence is described as having a scattered distribution, but forming groups of individuals.

Habitat. Acacia karina is located in a semi-arid region which receives an annual rainfall of
250-300 mm, most of which falls during the winter months (June to August). In the Blue Hill Range
it is mainly associated with BIF in a variety of topographical situations, namely, the crest and upper
slopes, the mid to lower slopes and the flatter surrounding terrain (Markey & Dillon, in review). It
grows in shallow, acidic, orange to red-brown soils comprising silty clay loam, hard clay and silty
stoney clay over BIF, or occasionally granite (Markey & Dillon, in review; Woodman Environmental
Consulting 2007). The Mt Gibson specimen is recorded as having been found ona moderate breakaway
slope of outcropping shalestone. Associated vegetation includes thickets and shrubland dominated by
Allocasuarina species (A. acutivalvis, A. campestris and A. dielsiana), Grevillea paradoxa, Melaleuca

* 266

TYPE COLLECTION PERTH

V/

a;
]

.
P:

Figure 1. Holotype of Acacia karina (B.R. Maslin 8791), scale = Scm.

vy

4j

‘

7

-

t/a

HH |
HAD |
RTH 0741495

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

II
Ii

Loc.: Karara Station (between Perenjori and Paynes Find)
WA

Lat.

Coll. BR. Maslin 8791 Date: 27/06/2006

Dups.

to
PERTH 07414951

B.R. Maslin & C. Buscumb, Two new Acacia species from banded ironstone ranges 267

species (M. hamata and M. nematophylla) and a range of Acacia species (e.g. A. sibina, A. burkittii
and A. aneura) in Community Types la, 1b and 2 of Markey & Dillon (in review) and Floristic
Community Types 3, 5b, 8, 10b, 12, 13 and 15 of Woodman Environmental Consulting (2007). There
is no vegetation information available for the Mt Gibson occurrence.

Flowering and fruiting period. Extant collections show the species as flowering from about early May
to the end of June, and judging from this material it is likely that flowering would extend to about late
July. Pods with mature seeds have been collected between mid-November and late March.

Conservation status. Acacia karina is listed by Atkins (2006) as a Priority Two taxon, under Acacia
sp. Karara (C. Godden 14).

Etymology. The botanical name honours Karina Knight who has been employed since 1984 as a
technician at the Western Australian Herbarium where she currently holds the position of Collections
Manager. Over the past 23 years Karina has provided excellent technical support to the first author on
many projects, in particular, the “Flora of Australia” treatment of Acacia (Maslin 2001), the WATTLE
identification key (Maslin 2001a) and numerous taxonomic publications (often co-authored by Richard
Cowan, e.g. Cowan & Maslin 1993, 1995).

Common name. Karina’s Wattle.

Variation. Acacia karina shows little variation over its restricted geographic range, however, phyllodes on
some juvenile plants are slightly longer (to 32 cm) and are more sinuous than those found on the adults.

Affinities. Acacia karina is a member of Acacia sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche and is
most closely related to A. stanleyi Maslin (2007 this issue) which occurs only about 50 km south
of the southernmost occurrence of 4. karina. Acacia karina resembles A. stan/eyi in that it has the
same distinctive 8-nerved, terete phyllodes which are continuous with the branchlets and 4-merous
flowers that are arranged in spicate inflorescences. However, A. stanleyi differs in having phyllodes
that are thicker (1—-1.5 mm in diameter), more rigid and which persist on the branchlets for a long
period upon dying. Also, the upper branchlets (where the inflorescences are produced) of A. stanleyi
are yellow (reddish brown in A. karina), the flowers are densely arranged in the spikes (receptacle is
not visible between adjacent flowers), the peduncles are shorter (1-2 mm compared with 3.5—7.5 mm
in A. karina) and the bracteoles are about twice as long. The carpological features of the two species
are very similar. Acacia stanleyi is confined to granite outcrops whereas A. karina grows mainly on
BIF (only rarely found on granite) and flowers slightly later in the season (July-September compared
with May-July in A. karina). Both these species are closely allied to A. jibberdingensis Maiden &
Blakely which differs most obviously in having (commonly flat) phyllodes with a distinct pulvinus at
their base (pulvinus absent or very rudimentary in A. karina and A. stanleyi).

Discovery. Judging from herbarium records A. karina was first discovered in June 1984 on Mt Gibson
Station by D.G. Fell who lodged a flowering specimen at the Western Australian Herbarium; the species
has not since been found at this locality. This specimen was judged to be taxonomically atypical but
remained unnamed for many years. Twenty years later, in 2004, Greg Woodman collected the species
from the Blue Hill Range to the east of Morawa (about 60 km to the northwest of Mt Gibson Station)
and further gatherings were subsequently made from this same general area by staff from Woodman
Environmental Consulting (namely, David Coultas, Cathy Godden and Greg Woodman) and by
Adrienne Markey, Steve Dillon and the present authors from DEC.

268 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Acacia woodmaniorum Maslin & Buscumb, sp. nov.

Frutices intricate ramulosi, effusi, aculeati, (0.5—)1—2 m alti. Surculi novi primum rubri. Ramuli
leviter flexuosi, glabri. Phyl/odia continuosa, bifariam decurrentia, alae oppositae (2-10 mm latae)
secus ramulos facientia, coriacea, glabra, glauca; nervus marginalis flavus (ruber ubi juvenia);
phyllodia parte libera 2—3 spinis rigidis acutis 3—-6(—8) mm longis ornata. Glans sessilis. Inflorescentiae
racemorum simplicium vel rudimentariorum; capitula globulosa, floribus 27—-28, pallide aurea; pedunculi
8-15 mm longi, in fructu ad 20 mm longi. Flores 5-meri; sepala libera. Legumina anguste oblonga,
10-45 mm longa, 5—7 mm lata, recta vel varie curvata glabra. Semina plerumque transversa, aliquantum
irregulariter formata, ad centrum elevata, versus margines angustata.

Typus: east of Morawa, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
27 June 2006, B.R. Maslin 8796 (holo: PERTH 07414897; iso: CANB, G, K, MEL, NSW, NY).

Acacia sp. Blue Hill Range (R.J. Cranfield 8582), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Photographs. WorldWideWattle [online at www.worldwidewattle.com].

Intricately branched, sprawling, harsh, prickly shrubs (0.5—)1—2 m tall and up to 2 macross, the dead
(grey) phyllodes persisting on lower branches below the living crown. Bark grey, slightly roughened. New
shoots glabrous, red when first initiated. Branchlets shallowly flexuose, glabrous. Phyllodes continuous
and bifariously decurrent to form opposite wings along the branchlets, each wing continued to the next
below and notched at the nodes between adjacent phyllodes, the wings 2-10 mm broad, coriaceous,
glabrous, glaucous to sub-glaucous, + lightly pruinose and dull but aging green and + shiny, the marginal
nerve yellow (except red when young); free portion of phyllodes bearing 2 or 3 very prominent, rigid,
straight, sharp, brown spines 3-6(—8) mm long, sinus between spines concave; with | or 2 main nerves
extending from the branchlet to the lowermost point of the sinuses or to near the base of the uppermost
spine, minor nerves (sub-parallel to the main nerves, or branching from main nerves) often sparingly
bifurcating. Gland situated on upper margin of free portion of phyllode 1-6 mm above the base (often
about half-way between the branchletand the first spine), circular to elliptic, about 0.4 mm long, sessile and
plane (i.e. flush with the margin, not situated on a triangular spur). /nflorescences simple or rudimentary
racemes with axis less than 1 mm long, | or 2 per node; heads globular, 27—28-flowered, light golden;
peduncles 8-15 mm long when in flower, to 20 mm long in fruit; basal peduncular bracts sub-persistent,
c. 1 mm long, scarious, concave, obscurely striate, brown, fimbriolate otherwise glabrous. Bracteoles
c. equal to sepals in length, spathulate, claws linear to narrowly oblong and glabrous or sparsely hairy;
laminae dark brown and fimbriolate. Flowers 5-merous; sepals free, c. /2 length of petals, narrowly oblong
to linear, fimbriolate at the often brown apices; petals 2.2 mm long, nerveless, glabrous. Pods narrowly
oblong, fiat but slightly rounded over seeds along the midline, + thinly coriaceous-crustaceous, straight
edged or very slightly constricted between seeds, 10-45 mm long, 5—7 mm wide, straight to shallowly
or moderately curved, sometimes strongly recurved or twisted upon dehiscence, glabrous, dark brown,
marginal nerve indistinct. Seeds mostly transverse in pods, some occasionally longitudinal, somewhat
irregularly shaped, obloid to ellipsoid or + globose, cubic or rhomboidal, obliquely truncate along
edge adjacent to aril, 3-4 mm long, 33.5 mm wide, raised at centre and narrowed toward the margins,
glossy, dark greyish brown to black; pleurogram very obscure; areole ‘u’ shaped, open toward hilum,
c. 0.5-0.7 mm long; finicle folded beneath an expanded sometimes = flattened white aril. (Figure 2)

Characteristic features. Sprawling, prickly shrubs (0.5—)1—2 m, up to 2 macross, the senescent phyllodes

B.R. Maslin & C. Buscumb, Two new Acacia species from banded ironstone ranges 269

persisting on lower branches below the living crown. New shoots red when initiated. Phyllodes continuous
and bifariously decurrent to form opposite wings along branchlets, the wings 2-10 mm broad, glaucous
to sub-glaucous and dull but aging green and + shiny, coriaceous; free portion of phyllodes bearing 2 or
3 very prominent, rigid, straight, sharp, brown spines 3—6(—8) mm long; marginal nerve yellow (except
red when young). G/and situated on upper margin of free portion of phyllode 1-6 mm above the base,
sessile. Heads globular; sepals free, c. % length of petals. Pods narrowly oblong, straight to variously
curved, + thinly coriaceous-crustaceous. Seeds somewhat irregularly shaped, 3-4 mm long, raised at
centre and narrowed toward the margins.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] E_of Morawa:
22 Apr. 2006, D. Coultas 1 & 2 (both PERTH); 22 Nov. 1992, RJ. Cranfield 8582 (PERTH);
24 June 2004, C. Godden & G. Woodman C 78.1 (PERTH); 5 July 2004, G.J. Keighery 16628 (AD,
PERTH); 14 Sep. 2005, A. Markey & S. Dillon 3322 (DNA, PERTH).

Distribution. Of very restricted occurrence in the Midwest region of south-west Western Australia
where it is known from just three populations (in close proximity to one another, i.e. about 1-5 km
apart) in the Blue Hill Range about 80 km east of Morawa (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-).
See under Conservation status below for further details.

Habitat. Acacia woodmanorium is located in a semi-arid region which receives an annual rainfall of
250-300 mm, most of which falls during the winter months (June to August). It occurs on banded
ironstone ridges of hematite and magnetite and appears to be highly substrate-specific to this rock
type (Markey & Dillon, in review). The soils are skeletal, acidic, red-brown loam, sandy loam or silt.
Typically the species is found relatively high in the landscape (over 400 m), often growing in rock
crevices on exposed, steep slopes. It grows in tall shrubland or thickets dominated by Acacia species,
Allocasuarina acutivalvis and/or Eucalyptus petraea, in Community Types 2 and 4a of Markey & Dillon
(in review) and Floristic Community Types 9-14 of Woodman Environmental Consulting (2007).

Flowering and fruiting period. Flowering commences in late June with some flowers persisting until
August; the main flowering flush is in July. Pods with mature seeds have been collected between late
November and late March.

Conservation status. This species is listed by Atkins (2006) under its phrase name, Acacia sp. Blue
Hill Range (R.J. Cranfield 8582), as a Priority Two taxon. However, a submission has been made
to Gazette this species as a Declared Rare Flora. Acacia woodmaniorum is known from just three
populations over an area of about 40 km’. The main population comprises several to many thousand
individuals while the other two populations contain much smaller numbers. All three populations
occur in an area covered by mining exploration leases.

Etymology. The botanical name honours the Woodman brothers, Simon, Richard and Greg, who have
rendered great technical and professional help to the first author over a number of years: Simon for
assistance with computing matters, including his role as ‘web master’ for the WorldWide Wattle website
(www.worldwidewattle.com), Richard for assistance with photography and the use of Photoshop, and Greg
for field collections and unpublished information concerning the two new species described here.

Common name. Woodman’s Wattle.

Affinities. Acacia woodmaniorum is a member of Acacia sect. Alatae (Benth.) Pedley. It is a very

———_ ae

270 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Vestern fustralian Herbariue

TNO

PERTH 07414897

4 good mani ayiem last
role Aye Buscumb

A PETERMINAVIT: BR. Maslin 2 12002
tern Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

_ Acacia sp.
Mimosaceae
Intricately branched prickly harsh shrub 1-15 (-2) m tall. Bark
grey, slightly rough. New shoots red when first initiated.
Branchlets light green or yellow at extremities, the decurregnt
phyllodes glaucous and more or less lightly pruinose. Marginal
nerve of phyllodes red (young), aging yellow. Spines (on angles
of free portion of phyllodes) three, pale red when young, aging
brown. Dead decurrent phyllodes grey and persisting on
branches below living crown, Peduncles often ringed red.
Scattered among rock, Banded Ironstone Formation
(Hacmatite), on crest of range.

Loe.: Karara Station (between Perenjori and pevecs Find)
A

Lat. Long.
Coll. B.R. Maslin 8796 Date: 27/06/2006

PERTH 07414897

Figure 2. Holotype of Acacia woodmaniorum (B.R. Maslin 8796), scale = 5cm.

Py

B.R. Maslin & C. Buscumb, Two new Acacia species from banded ironstone ranges 271

distinctive species on account ofits phyllodes, which are continuous and decurrent along the branchlets
to form bifarious wings, and with the free portion of the phyllodes bearing three prominent spines.
It is most closely allied to A. alata R.Br. and in particular, to the most northerly distributed variety
of that species, var. biglandulosa Benth. (which occurs in the general vicinity of Geraldton, about
200 km to the north-east of where A. woodmaniorum is found). However A. alata var. biglandulosa
differs significantly from the new species in a number of ways: its sepals are united and very short
(about % the length of the petals), there are 4-7 flowers per head and these are white in colour, and
the free portion of the phyllodes bear only a single spinose point and have 2 or 3 prominent stipitate
glands (situated on short but distinct triangular projections) along the margin; the pods are densely
hairy and the phyllodes are normally also hairy to some degree. Very occasionally the stipitate glands of
var. biglandulosa are replaced by rudimentary spinose structures but these are distinct from the long,
rigid spines that characterize A. woodmaniorum. In the new species a single, sessile gland occurs on
the upper margin of the free portion of the phyllode.

Discovery. Judging from herbarium records A. woodmaniorum was discovered in 1992 by Western
Australian Herbarium botanist, Ray Cranfield, during a reconnaissance rangeland survey of the
Sandstone-Yalgoo-Paynes Find area with staff from the Western Australian Department of Agriculture.
The results of the survey are published in Payne et al. (1998) but A. woodmaniorum is not listed in
this work because its taxonomic status was unknown at the time. The most significant collections of
the species were made between 2004 and 2006 by two independent groups who undertook work in the
area where the new species occurs, namely, staff from Woodman Environmental Consulting (David
Coultas, Cathy Godden and Greg Woodman) and DEC (Adrienne Markey and Steve Dillon).

Notes. Recent observations of undisturbed sites within its native area ofoccurrence show A. woodmaniorum
as having good seedling recruitment (regeneration is from seed).

Acknowledgements

We wish to thank Gindalbie Metals Ltd for their generous financial and other support of this study.
Wealso thank the staff of Woodman Environmental Consulting (namely, David Coultas, Cathy Godden
and Greg Woodman) for providing specimens and information concerning the two new species and the
environment in which they occur. Thanks also to Steve Dillon and Adrienne Markey (DEC) for their
helpful site information, botanical knowledge and collections of the two new species. Paul Wilson is
thanked for providing the Latin descriptions.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australian Flora.” (Department of Environment and
Conservation: Kensington, Western Australia.)

Cowan, R.S. & Maslin, B.R. (1993). Acacia miscellany 7. Acacia sulcata and related taxa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in
Western Australia. Nuytsia 9(1): 69-78.

Cowan, R.S. & Maslin, B.R. (1995). Acacia miscellany 15. Five groups of microneurous species of Acacia (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae: section P/urinerves), mostly from Western Australia. Nuytsia 10(2): 205-254.

Department of Conservation and Land Management (2006). “Annual Report 2005-2006.” (Department of Conservation and
Land Management: Perth.)

Hnatiuk, R.J. & Maslin, B.R. (1988). Phytogeography of Acacia in Australia in relation to climate and species-richness.
Australian Journal of Botany 36: 361-383.

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007
272 ly ( )

Hopper, S.D. (1979). Biogeographical aspects of speciation in the southwest Australian flora. Annual Review of Ecology and

Systematics 10: 399-422. ;
Maslin, B.R. (2001). Acacia. In: A.E. Orchard & A.J.G. Wilson (Eds) “Flora of Australia.

Publishing: Melbourne.) iy) - ,
Maslin, B.R. (coordinator) (2001a). “WATTLE 4 cacias of Australia.” CD ROM publication. (Australian Biological Resources

Study, Canberra and the Department of Conservation and Land Management, Pay | . .
Maslin, B.R. (2007). Three new wattles (Acacia: Mimosoideae) from the Kalannie region, Western Australia. Nuytsia

17: 229-240.
Markey, A.S. & Dillon, S. (in review). Flora and vegetation of the Band
central Tallering Land System. Conservation Science Western Australia.
i i ing, P. (1998). “An inventory and condition survey
Payne, A.L., Van Vreeswyk, A.M.E., Pringle, H.J.R, Leighton, K.A. & Henning, i
: of the SER GUe Valco Payaes Find area.” Technical Bulletin no. 90, pp. 372 (Agriculture Western Australia: Perth.)
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase _—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation.

http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007] ; )
onsulting (2007). “Flora and Vegetation of the Karara-Mungada project survey area.” Unpublished

” Vols. LA & 11B. (ABRS/CSIRO

ed Ironstone Formations of the Yilgarn Craton: the

Woodman Environmental C
report prepared for Gindalbie Metals Ltd.

Nuytsia 17: 273-280 (2007) ; 273

Two new Western Australian species of Drummondita (Rutaceae:
Boronieae) from banded ironstone ranges of the Yilgarn Craton

Rachel A. Meissner and Adrienne S. Markey

Science Division, Department of Environment and Conservation, PO Box 51, Wanneroo, Western Australia 6946

Abstract

Meissner, R.A. & Markey, A.S. Two new Western Australian species of Drummondita (Rutaceae:
Boronieae) from banded ironstone ranges of the Yilgarn Craton. Nuytsia 17: 273-280 (2007). Two new
species of Drummondita Harv. are described, both of which occur on rocky hillsides on the Yilgarn
Craton of Western Australia. One of these, D. fulva A.S.Markey & R.A.Meissn., has close affinities
to D. microphylla Paul G.Wilson but differs in having a reddish apiculus on the leaf apex, tawny new
growth, and sub-orbicular, flattened sepals. The other, D. rubroviridis R.A.Meissn, is closely allied
to D. wilsonii F.H.Mollemans, from which it is distinguished by a combination of spreading leaves,
solitary, larger red flowers with green petal lobes, and a pointed apical leaf gland. Drummondita fulva,
is relatively widespread, occurring on both Banded Iron Formation and associated metasedimentary
rocks in the Yalgoo region, while D. rubroviridis has a restricted distribution and appears to be endemic
to a single banded ironstone range in the Koolanooka Hills. A taxonomic description of these two new
species, images and maps of their respective distributions are provided.

Introduction

Drummondita Harv. (Rutaceae: Boronieae) is a genus of seven species endemic to Australia, many
of which are rare and geographically restricted. The number of taxa in this genus has been expanding
since Wilson (1971) reinstated Drummondita as a genus distinct from Philotheca Rudge. This paper
describes two new species collected during Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)
flora surveys of greenstone and Banded Iron Formation (BIF) ranges in the Yilgarn Craton of Western
Australia (Figure 1).

In a paper describing new taxa in Drummondita, Wilson (1998) referred to a collection from the
Blue Hill Range (R.J. Cranfield 8586A, PERTH) as similar to D. microphylla Paul G. Wilson (note: in
an editorial error D. microphylla was mistakenly referred to as D. microcephala in the notes section).
This collection differed from the typical D. microphylla in leaf and floral characters. Wilson (1998)
suggested that this variant may warrant recognition as a new taxon but did not describe it due to
insufficient material being available. Recent flora surveys on the Blue Hills Range and adjacent BIF
ranges in the Yalgoo-Paynes Find area (Markey & Dillon, in review) and in the Sandstone region
(Meissner & Bayliss, unpublished data) have produced sufficient flowering and fruiting material to
confirm that this taxon is distinct from D. microphylla. It is named here as D. fulva A.S.Markey &
R.A.Meissn.

274 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

112°0'0"E 114°0'0"E 116°0'0"E 118°0'0"E 120°0'0"E

26°0'0"S:

28°0'0"S:

32°0'0"S

32°0'0"S:

34°0'0"S:

36°0'0"S

112°0'0"E 114°0'0"E 116°0'0"E 118°0'0"E 120°0'0"E

Figure 1. Distribution of Drummondita fulva (A) and D. rubroviridis (@) in Western
Australia.

During a concurrent survey of the Koolanooka Hills, a nearby ironstone range east of Morawa, a
distinct new species of Drummondita was also discovered. Notably, this taxon has distinct red petals
tipped with green and is named here as D. rubroviridis R.A.Meissn.

Methods

This study was based on the examination of Drummondita fulva, D. microcephala, D. rubroviridis,
and D. wilsonii Mollemans specimens lodged at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH). Vegetative,
floral and seed measurements were made from dried herbarium specimens. Field observations were
collated during DEC floristic surveys of BIF landforms. Descriptive terminology follows that of
Wilson (1998). Precise localities are withheld due to conservation concerns. Distribution maps are
based on the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 6.1 (Thackway
& Cresswell 1995; Western Australian Herbarium 1998-; Environment Australia 2000; Department
of Environment and Water Resources 2007) and were generated from records held at PERTH using
ARCGIS v 9.0 (ESRI 2004).

R.A. Meissner & A.S. Markey, Two new species of Drummondita from banded ironstone ranges 275

Taxonomy
Drummondita fulva A.S.Markey & R.A.Meissn., sp. nov.

Drummonditae microphyllae Paul G.Wilson affinis sed ramulis nitido ligno-brunneis, apiculis
foliorum rubro.

Typus: Karara Station, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
16 September 2005, A. Markey & S. Dillon 3359 (holo: PERTH 07349734).

Shrubs 0.5—1.5 m tall, erect, branching, ericoid. Branchlets glabrous, cuticle glossy and tawny
when young, with short, raised, rounded, glandular-verrucose ridges decurrent from leaf bases.
Leaves fleshy, green, clavate, crowded, with marginal ciliate hairs, sulcate above, glandular below,
(1.6—-)2-3.2(-3.6) mm long, 0.8-1.1 mm wide, with a terminal reddish brown apiculus; petiole to
0.5 mm. Flowers terminal, solitary, 10-17 mm long. Pedice/ to 1.5 mm. Sepals unequal, sub-orbicular,
(2.6-)3.2-4.5(—5.2) mm long; sparsely ciliate, otherwise glabrous, green, turning red with age; margin
chartaceous. Corolla tubular; petals narrowly oblong-ovate, 9-14 mm, red. Staminal tube c. 10 mm
long, with dense white silky hairs on the upper third, the hairs and tube turning red with age; anthers
(1.2-)1.5-2.5 mm long. Seeds reniform, glossy, dark brown to black, with a white aril, 3-4 mm long,
1.5—2.4 mm wide. (Figures 2, 3)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 22 Nov. 1992, R.J. Cranfield
8586A (PERTH 03024342); 18 Oct. 2005, A. Markey &S. Dillon 3356 (PERTH 07349769); 15 Oct. 2005,
A. Markey & S. Dillon 3357 (PERTH 07349750); 11 Oct. 2005 4. Markey & S. Dillon 3358 (PERTH
07349742); 16 Sep. 2005, A. Markey & S. Dillon 3360 (PERTH 07349890); 18 Sep. 2005 A. Markey
& S. Dillon 3361 (PERTH 07349882); 21 Oct. 2005, A. Markey & S. Dillon 3362 (PERTH 07349874);
19 Sep. 2005, A. Markey & S. Dillon 3363 (PERTH 07349866); 19 Aug. 1993, A.L. Payne 3804
(PERTH 4535693).

Distribution and habitat. This species is located in the Yalgoo Region of the Eremaean Botanical
Province (Figure 3). Drummondita fulva generally occurs on the footslopes, lower slopes to upper
slopes and hill crests of BIF and associated metasedimentary bedrock. It has been recorded on skeletal,
shallow, acidic soils of orange-red or red-brown sandy loams and clayey silts. There is one record of
D. fulva from the footslopes of a granite outcrop (4.L. Payne 3804).

Drummondita fulva is found in sparse to open tall shrublands dominated by Acacia (A. sibina,
A. ramulosavar.ramulosa, A. burkittii, A. aneura, A. sp. Murchison (B.R. Maslin 1331), A. auilacophylla),
Allocasuarina acutivalvis, Melaleuca nematophylla and Calycopeplus paucifolius. The lower shrub
layer typically includes Hibbertia arcuata, Philotheca spp. (P. sericea or P. brucei), Aluta aspera
subsp. hesperia and Eremophila latrobei.

Phenology. Flowers and fruits from September to October.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Three under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. Results from recent DEC flora surveys on the ironstone and greenstone ranges
throughout the northern Yilgarn region (Markey & Dillon, in review; Markey, pers. obs.) suggest that
this species is restricted to BIF hills between Perenjori, Paynes Find and Yalgoo (Figure 1). It is locally

+ Department of Environment and Conservation
CO _© Wester Australian Herbanum (PERTH)

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Western Australian Herbariun

WET

PERTH 07349734

Dronmendita folva A-SMeskey »

RA-Meissm, HolLoryre

pererumant 2. Mode 30 HAY 2907
‘Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Drummondita aff. microphylla (tCranftcttesttey-

Rutaceae

Shrub fo 1 m.in flower and fruit.

West south-west facing moderately inclined midslope of
banded ironstone and laterised banded ironstone. Very slightly
rocky banded ironstone and laterised banded ironstone outcrop:
with red brown soils. Emergent Eucalyptus 4 ee subsp.
arctata over open shrubland of Acacia ancura and Acacia sp,
Marchison over open shrubland of Eremophila latrobei subsp.
latrobei, Philotheca sericea, Acacia ramulosa var. ramulosa,
Acacia assimilts subsp, assimilis, Eremophila clarkei and
Calycopeplus paucifolius over shrubland of Olearia humilis,
Hibbertia arcuata, Philotheca sericea and Hemigenia sp. Cue
over forbland of Waitzia acuminata var, acuminata, Cheilanthes

Frequency: isolated plants,”

Coll. A. Markey & S_ Dillon 3359 Date: 160092005,

Voucher: Yilgarn Ranges Survey

Dups. to
PERTH 07349734

Figure 2. Drummondita fulva holotype (A. Markey & S. Dillon 3359), scale = 3 cm.

a = EEE

R.A. Meissner & A.S. Markey, Two new species of Drummondita from banded ironstone ranges 277

Figure 3. Drummondita fulva. A— flower, photograph by S. Dillon; B — scanned image of a portion of the
holotype (A. Markey & S. Dillon 3359) showing a dried flower and the tawny branchlets, scale = 5 mm.

abundant within its range, but restricted to rocky hills and breakaways within a relatively small area.
Many of these landforms are under mining and exploration tenements.

Etymology. The epithet is from the Latin fu/vus (tawny), in reference to the tawny brown colour of
the branchlets which distinguishes this taxon from D. microphylla.

Affinities. Closely related to D. microphylla, sharing the same leaf arrangement, size and shape as well
as floral size and colour, but differs by the presence of glossy tawny branchlets, ciliate young leaves,
reddish-brown leaf apiculus and sub-orbicular, flattened sepals.

Notes. The reddish brown colour of the leaf apiculus is not always evident on dried specimens but the
combination of other distinguishing characters are consistent in their co-occurrence.

Drummondita rubroviridis R.A.Meissn., sp. nov.

Drummonditae wilsonii Paul G.Wilson affinis sed foliis patentibus latioribus glande apicali acuta,
floribus solitariis, calyce parviore, tubo florali longiore, et lobis petalorum viridibus differt.

Typus: Koolanooka Hills, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
12 October 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 67 (holo: PERTH 07356285).

Drummondita sp. Koolanooka Hills (R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 69), in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.
wa.gov.au [accessed 31 May 2007].

278 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Shrubs 1.5m tall, erect, branching, straggly. Branchlets sparsely hairy when young, with long,
raised, rounded, glandular-verrucose ridges decurrent from leaf bases, becoming prominent With
age. Leaves green, linear-clavate, spreading, with marginal hairs, sulcate above, verrucose glandular
below, 4.0-6.5(-9) mm long, 1.0—1.5 mm wide, mucronate with an apical gland; petiole to 0.5 mm,
Flowers terminal, solitary, subsessile, 13-17 mm long. Pedicel to 1 mm long, fleshy. Sepals equal,
ovate, 2.43.8 mm long, sparsely ciliate, otherwise glabrous, green, glandular, turning red with age;
margin chartaceous. Corolla tubular; petals oblong-ovate, 11-15 mm long, red with green lobes,
shortly ciliate. Staminal tube c. 15 mm long, with dense silky hairs on the upper third, the hairs anq
tube turning red with age; anthers 2.43.2 mm long. Seeds reniform with an end flattened, glossy, dark
brown, with a white aril, 2.7-3.4 mm long, c. 1.6 mm wide. (Figures 4, 5)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 12 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner &
Y¥. Caruso 66 (PERTH 07356277); 9 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 68 (PERTH 07356269):
9 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 69 (PERTH 07356293); 9 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso
70 (PERTH 07356250).

Distribution and habitat. This species is known only from the Koolanooka Hills, east of Morawa in the
Avon Wheatbelt of the South West Botanical Province. The species is found in very low numbers on the
slopes and crests of banded ironstone. It grows in sandy loam soil, in open mallee forests of Eucalyptus
ebbanoensis, Allocasuarina acutivalvis and Melaleuca spp. over shrublands of Acacia nigripilosa subsp,
nigripilosa, Hibbertia aff. exasperata, Dodonaea scurra and Aluta aspera subsp. hesperia.

Phenology. Flowers in September to October, with fruit recorded in October.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. Currently, this species is known only from the Koolanooka Hills (Figure 1), an area
of approximately 3500 ha, that is under several mining and exploration tenements. Further targeted
surveys are required to determine the endemicity and population size of D. rubroviridis, owing to its
low abundance and restricted distribution.

Etymology. The epithet is from the Latin ruber (red) and viridis (green), referring to the flower colour,
which is predominantly red with the petal apices being green.

Affinities. Drummondita rubroviridis is allied to two restricted species: D. wilsonii, a Priority One
species endemic to the Parker Range, c. 600 km southeast of Koolanooka; and D. ericoides Harv., a
Declared Rare species found only on the Moresby Range north of Geraldton. These two species belong
to the D. ericoides group along with D. miniata (C.A.Gardner) Paul G.Wilson. All of these species
are found in similar habitats of rocky terrain and skeletal soils (Mollemans 1993).

Drummondita rubroviridis appears most similar to D. wilsonii, in having the same leaf shape,
gland characters and floral colour, but differs in its spreading, wider leaves, pointed apical leaf gland,
solitary flowers, smaller calyx, longer floral tube and green petal apices. Drummondita ericoides is
also similar to D. rubroviridis in having solitary flowers and similar sized leaves that have terminal
mucronate glands, but is distinguished by its crowded leaves, scattered leaf glands and yellow flower
colour.

Notes. The green petal apices of D. rubroviridis can vary in intensity in the field. Colour can also fade
on dried specimens (Figure 5B). Drummondita rubroviridis can be a cryptic plant due to the straggly
habit and can be easily overlooked even when flowering.

| R.A. Meissner & A.S. Markey, Two new species of Drummondita from banded ironstone ranges 279

Vestern Australian Herbariua

TANIA

PERTH 07356285

Drummondite rubrovividis
RA.Meissn, HoLonre

perenunavit 2. Mebiwad 30441 2007
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Drummondita sp. Koolanooka Hills (R. Meissner and
Y.Caruso 69)

Rutaceae

tocky laterise: ded ironstone and haematite outcroy

yellow brown soils. Shrubland of Melaleuca atroviridi

Allocasuarina acutivalvis subsp. prinsepiana and Eucalyptus

ebbanoensis subsp. iramula over open shrubland of Acacia

nigripilosa subsp. nigripilosa over open shrubland of Hibbertia
1, Dodonaea sp. Koolanooka Hills and Acacia sp.

Koolanooka (falcate).

Frequency: isolated plants,

Coll. R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 67 Date: 12/10/2005
ey Voucher: Yilgarn Ranges Survey
e &
+ = Department of Environment and Conservation Dups. to
ae f © Wester Australian Herbarium (PERTH) PERTH 07356285

Pars

Figure 4. Drummondita rubroviridis holotype (R. Meissner & ¥. Caruso 67), scale = 3 cm.

280 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 5. Drummondita rubroviridis. A— flower, photograph by R. A. Meissner; B — scanned image from a portion of the
holotype (R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 67) showing a dried flower and the pointed apical leaf gland, scale = 5 mm.

Acknowledgments

The authors would like to thank Steve Dillon and Yvette Caruso for their hard work during the
flora surveys and Kelly Shepherd for her advice and help during the preparation of this paper. Also, we
would like to thank Paul Wilson for providing the Latin translation. The DEC floristic surveys of the
Banded Iron Formations of the Yilgarn Craton was funded by the Western Australian Government's
‘Saving our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative.

References

Department of Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http:/vww.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/
version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed 29 May 2007]

Environment Australia (2000). Revision of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) and development
of version 5.1 - summary report. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/version5-1/summary-report/index.htm|

[accessed on 31 May 2007] ;

ESRI (2004). “ArcGIS v. 9.0. Computer software and documentation.” (Redlands: California.) [Additional information at
http://www.esri.com/]

Markey, A.S. & Dillon, S.J. (in review). Flora and vegetation surveys of the Yilgarn Craton: the central Tallering System.
Conservation Science Western Australia.

Mollemans, F.H. (1993). Drummondita wilsonii, Philotheca langei and P. basistyla (Rutaceae), new species from south-west
Western Australia, Nuytsia 9(1): 95-109.

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1995). “An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for setting priorities
in the National Reserves System Cooperative Program.” Version 4. (Australian Nature Conservation Agency: Canberra.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase —The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 31 May 2007]

Wilson, P. (1971). Taxonomic notes on the family Rutaceae, principally of Western Australia. Nuytsia 1(2): 197-207.

Wilson, P. (1998). Nomenclatural notes and new taxa in the genera Asterolasia, Drummondita and Microcybe (Rutaceae:
Boronieae). Nuytsia 12(1): 83-88.

Nuytsia 17: 281-288 (2007) 281

A new geographically disjunct and apparently rare subspecies of
Eucalyptus jutsonii (Myrtaceae) from Western Australia

Dean Nicolle! and Malcolm E. French?

' Currency Creek Arboretum, 15 Rousillion Promenade, Old Reynella, South Australia 5161
229 Stonesfield Court, Padbury, Western Australia 6025

Abstract

Nicolle, D. & French, M.E. A new geographically disjunct and apparently rare subspecies of
Eucalyptus jutsonii (Myrtaceae) from Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 281-288 (2007). The newly
discovered subspecies E. jutsonii Maiden subsp. kobela D.Nicolle & M.E.French is described, differing
from the typical subspecies in the narrower adult leaves, the generally more slender flower buds with
a more pointed operculum and the slightly smaller fruits. The new subspecies is disjunct from the
typical subspecies by over 400 kilometres and is known from a single site spanning approximately
five kilometres. Eucalyptus jutsonii subsp. kobela may be under threat from mining-related activity
and the subspecies meets the criteria for listing as Priority One under the Conservation Codes for
Western Australian Flora. A key to E. ser. Micrantherae is included.

Introduction

The new taxon described here was first brought to our attention in 2002, as a result of specimens
collected from Lochada Station by Mr Pat Ryan of the Department of Environment and Conservation
(DEC; formerly Department of Conservation and Land Management) in Geraldton. Initial field
examination of the populations from Lochada and adjacent Karara Stations (east of Morawa) by the
authors in 2002 indicated that they were similar to typical Eucalyptus jutsonii Maiden, but were distinct
from other populations of that species (which are well-known in the Goongarrie area, about 400 km to
the east) due to the conspicuous needle-like foliage. Subsequent field and herbarium studies indicated
that the Lochada/Karara populations were sufficiently distinct to warrant taxonomic recognition, and
that the new taxon may be under threat from future mining activities in the area. Seedlings grown
from field-collected seed confirmed the affinity of the Lochada/Karara populations to E. jutsonii,
with both having similar seedling morphology, and also indicated that the populations are fertile and
produce non-segregating seedlots, so are not likely to be hybrids. Taxonomic recognition of the two
variants of E. jutsonii is considered appropriate due to the morphological distinction between the
two geographically disjunct variants. Subspecific recognition of the two variants is considered most
appropriate due to the relatively minor morphological differences between the two variants. This is
consistent with subspecific recognition within other Eucalyptus L’ Hér. species where leaf shape or
size is the primary or only distinguishing character.

The recent discovery of this new taxon is partly due to its apparent natural rarity, in combination
with the inconspicuous nature of the plants in the field, which resemble some Acacia Sm. or Melaleuca
L. species, the former with which it is associated.

282 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Eucalyptus jutsonii belongs to E. ser. Micrantherae Benth, which is distinguished within the genus
by the combination of the following characteristics (amended from Brooker 2000):

E. subg. Symphyomyrtus (Schauer) Brooker — Cotyledons folded in seeds; buds bi-operculate; seeds
with ventral or terminal hilum; seed coat formed from both integuments.

E. sect. Bisectae Maiden ex Brooker — Cotyledons bisected; inflorescences axillary.
E. subsect. Destitutae Brooker — Pith of branchlets without glands.

E. ser. Micrantherae — Mallees; leaf venation closely pinnate; oil glands numerous & intersectional;
roof of ovary 3-lobed.

Six taxa are here recognized in E. ser. Micrantherae. The series has a very widespread but scattered
distribution from Shark Bay on the west coast of Western Australia, eastwards through central Australia
to south-eastern Queensland and northern New South Wales.

Brooker (2000) recognized two subseries within E. ser. Micrantherae, viz. the monotypic E. subser.
Micrantherae Brooker (E. micranthera F.Muell. ex Benth.) and E. subser. Bakerianae (Chippendale)
Brooker, containing the other five taxa. Brooker (2000) distinguishes the monotypic E. subser.
Micrantherae from E. subser. Bakerianae on the basis of unique characters present in E. micranthera,
namely the smooth bark (rough bark in £. subser. Bakerianae), the broader adult leaves (generally
narrower in E. subser. Bakerianae) and the presence of the essential oil 4-methyl-2-pentyl acetate
(MPA) in the adult leaves (MPA absent in the leaves of E. subser. Bakerianae).

Key to the taxa of Eucalyptus ser. Micrantherae

PB Barkesmoolnitbroughoutsmmmsn tive mesrettertrtertentr nee teeters ristcieet tater eer eerr ey erin ere ie E. micranthera
1: Bark rough on lower stem
2. Umbellasters 7—13-flowered; fruit 4-5 mm wide; Qld, NSW ......ccccccesesscsscsscsssescessesessceseesecnscecees E. bakeri
2: Umbellasters 7—9(—-11)-flowered; fruit 5-9 mm wide; WA, SA, NT
3. Adult leaves lanceolate, 8-20 mm wide
4. Adult leaves dull and bluish at first, maturing glossy and green......... E. mannensis subsp. mannensis
4: Adult leaves glossy and green at all stages... eeteeeeees E. mannensis subsp. vespertina
3: Adult leaves linear, 1-7 mm wide

5. Adult leaves 3-6(—7) mm wide; fruits 4-8 mm long KE, jutsonii subsp. jutsonii

5: Adult leaves 1.2-2.5(-3) mm wide; fruits 3-5 mm long.......eccceeeeseeseeeeees E. jutsonii subsp. kobela

Taxonomy

Eucalyptus jutsonii Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 53: 61 (1919). Type: Comet Vale,
Western Australia, December 1916, J.T. Jutson 216 (holo: NSW; iso: CANB, MEL).

Mallee 4-7 m tall; lignotuber present; lignotuber sprouter. Bark rough over lower stems (up
to branches 30-100 mm diam.), moderately coarsely fissured, stringy, grey to light grey-brown.
Branchtets lacking pith glands. Seedling leaves sessile, elliptical at first but soon becoming linear, to
110 mm long, to 12 mm wide, slightly discolorous, dull to slightly glossy, blue-green to green. Adult

D. Nicolle & M.E. French, A new and apparently rare subspecies of Eucalyptus justonii 283

leaves held conspicuously erect with petiole tapering indistinctly to lamina; lamina linear, 75-150 mm
long, 1.2-7 mm wide, glossy, dark green; vein reticulation dense; oil glands dense, intersectional.
Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, 7(—9)-flowered; peduncles terete to angular, 2-9 mm long; pedicels
terete to angular, 1-3 mm long. Flower buds 7-11 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide; hypanthia cupular;
opercula bluntly conical to sharply conical to slightly beaked, 4—7.5 mm long. F/owers white; stamens
variously flexed in bud; anthers all fertile. Ovules in 4 vertical rows. Fruits cupular, 3-8 mm long,
5—9 mm wide; disc thick, level to slightly descending; valves 3, slightly exserted. Seeds brown to
grey-brown, compressed-ovoid, with fine reticulation.

The species is most closely related to the much more widespread E. mannensis Boomsma, which
occurs from Shark Bay (Western Australia) eastwards to near Alice Springs (Northern Territory) and
the Everard Ranges (South Australia), differing from the latter most notably in the narrower and linear
adult leaves. The flower buds of E£. jutsonii also tend to be longer and with more sharply pointed
opercula compared to E. mannensis.

Two geographically disjunct subspecies are recognised in E. jutsonii, differing most conspicuously
in the adult leaf width and also in flower bud morphology and fruit size.

Eucalyptus jutsonii Maiden subsp. jutsonii

Mallee 4—7 m tall. Bark rough over most of stems (down to branches 30—100 mm diam.), grey to
light grey-brown. Seedling leaves to 120 mm long, to 7 mm wide, dull to slightly glossy, blue-green
to green. Adult leaves 80-125 mm long, 3-6(—7) mm wide. Jnflorescences 7(—9)-flowered; peduncles
2-9 mm long; pedicels 1-3 mm long. Flower buds 7-10 mm long, 2.5—4 mm wide; opercula bluntly
to sharply conical, 4—6(—7.5) mm long. Fruits 4-8 mm long, 5-9 mm wide.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation purposes]

12 Feb. 1970, M.H. Brooker 2455 (CANB, PERTH); 6 May 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9616 (CANB,
PERTH); 24 Jul. 1999, .R. Connors 1055 & D. Nicolle (CANB, PERTH); 16 Jun. 1988, R.J. Cranfield
7020 (PERTH); 26 Sep. 1999, M. French 1012 (PERTH); 17 Sep. 1927, C.A. Gardner 2163 (PERTH);
4 Nov. 1983, K. Hill 541, L. Johnson, D. Blaxell & MI.H. Brooker (NSW, PERTH); 6 Oct. 1993,
D. Nicolle 548 (PERTH); 27 Jul. 1999, D. Nicolle 2778 & J.R. Connors (CANB, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Distributed north of Kalgoorlie in Western Australia, where it is known to
occur over a maximum linear range of c. 100 km, from Comet Vale in the west, eastwards to near
Binti Binti Rocks (Kelly et al. 1995; Figure 1). The subspecies grows in open mallee scrub in red to
pale orange deep sands, often in undulating topography and on dunes. Associated eucalypts include
E. concinna Maiden & Blakely, E. ebbanoensis Maiden subsp. glauciramulaK.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson,
E. leptopoda Benth. subsp. sublutaL.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill, E. moderataL.A.S. Johnson & K.D.Hill,
E. oldfieldii F.Muell. and E. rigidula Maiden s. lat.

Conservation status. Not widespread but relatively common throughout its distribution, which is in
a relatively remote region. Recorded from Goongarrie National Park. DEC Conservation Codes for
Western Australian Flora: Priority Two (Atkins 2006).

Notes. Distinguished from the new subspecies described below in the broader (but still linear) adult
leaves. The flower buds also tend to be fatter and with a less pointed (but still conical) operculum,
and the fruits slightly larger.

284 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Geraldton Q

44
A

he Kalgoorlie

kilometers

Figure 1. Distribution of Eucalyptus jutsonii subsp. jutsonii (A) and subsp. kobela (@) in south-
west Western Australia.

Chippendale (1988) describes E. jutsonii as occurring near Cundeelee and cited a specimen
from north-west [sic — actually north-east] of Cundeelee (MJ.H. Brooker 2621). This specimen js
here considered to represent E. mannensis subsp. mannensis which is known to be scattered in the
Cundeelee area (Hill & Johnson 1992). The authors of this paper do not know of any confirmed records
of E. jutsonii from the Cundeelee area.

Eucalyptus jutsonii subsp. kobela D.Nicolle & M.E.French, subsp. nov.

A subspecie typica foliis adultis constanter angustioribus, alabastris leviter tenuioribus operculo
acutiore et fructibus leviter minoribus differt.

Typus: Karara Station [sic - actually Lochada Station], north-east of Perenjori, Western Australia
[precise locality withheld for conservation purposes], 28 May 2006, M.E. French 1794 (holo: PERTH
07376626; iso: AD, CANB).

Mallee 4-6 m tall. Bark rough over most of stems (down to branches 30 mm diam.), grey. Seedling
leaves to 110 mm long, to 4 mm wide, dull, blue-green. Adult leaves 75-150 mm long, 1.2-2.5(-3) mm
wide. Inflorescences 7-flowered; peduncles 2.5-3.5 mm long; pedicels 1-2 mm long. Flower buds
7.5-11 mm long, 2.5—3 mm wide; opercula long-conical to slightly beaked, 5-6 mm long. Fruits
3-5 mm long, 5—6 mm wide. (Figures 2, 3)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 3 Aug. 2002, D. Nicolle
4448 & M. French (AD, CANB, PERTH,); 3 Aug. 2002, D. Nicolle 4449 & M. French (CANB,
PERTH); 2 Jun. 2002, P. Ryan s.n. (PERTH).

D. Nicolle & M.E. French, A new and apparently rare subspecies of Eucalyptus justonii

Heorormet of

Soestags Sesowstt Maiden SSeRP-
= Ne Pricolle A ME French

DETERMINAVIT T>- Pico ze{er [2007
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Myrtaceae

Malice 3 m high. Rough grey bark to mid. Branches linear (2
mm) long (150 mm). Glossy green leaves. Double — conic buds.
jutsonii x E. kochii subsp. amaryssia.

Loc.: Karara Station, NE of Perenjori WA.

Lat. “S Long. “E GDA94
Coll. MLE. French 1794 Date: 28/05/2006

PERTH 07376626

Figure 2. Holotype of Eucalyptus jutsonii subsp. kobela (M. French 1794) [Lat. and Long. masked]. Scale = 5 cm.

286 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 3. Habit and habitat of Eucalyptus jutsonii subsp. kobela (Lochada Station, NE of Perenjori, D. Nicolle 4448
& M. French).

Distribution and habitat. Eucalyptus jutsonii subsp. kobela is known only from Lochada and Karara
Stations, about 70 km east of Morawa in Western Australia (Figure 1). Itis known from two subpopulations
approximately five kilometres apart, with an estimated 50 individuals scattered over approximately
one kilometre at the northern subpopulation (within Lochada Station) and only a handful of scattered
individuals known at the southern subpopulation (within Karara Station).

At both sites the subspecies grows on very broad and subdued rises high in the landscape in deep
yellow to orange sand. The vegetation is Acacia-dominated shrubland, with scattered associated
eucalypts including Eucalyptus kochii Maiden & Blakely subsp. amaryssia D.Nicolle, E. leptopoda
subsp. arctata L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill and E. loxophleba Benth. subsp. supralaevis L.A.S.Johnson
& K.D.Hill.

Conservation status. The subspecies is known from a single locality spanning approximately five
kilometres in an area undergoing active mining exploration and development. Further survey is
required to establish the number of individuals present and the extent of the known subpopulations.
_ The subspecies is not conserved and may be under threat from mining-related activity such as roadway
construction and overburden storage. Recently listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes
for Western Australian Flora.

Phenology. Poorly known. Likely to be associated with heavy rainfall events.

= {

D. Nicolle & M.E. French, A new and apparently rare subspecies of Eucalyptus justonii 287

Etymology. From the Greek kobele (needle), referring to the needle-like adult leaves of the
subspecies.

Notes. The two subspecies are distinguished most readily by adult leaf width, but there are also evident
differences in flower bud morphology and fruit size, although bud shape and fruit size between the
two subspecies slightly overlap. Subspecific recognition of E. jutsonii subsp. kobela is consistent with
the relatively minor (albeit conspicuous) morphological distinction of the subspecies, and the slight
overlap in bud shape and fruit size between the two variants.

The new subspecies is highly disjunct from the typical subspecies, with the nearest populations of
the latter occurring over 400 km to the east-south-east and centred in the Goongarrie area.

Eucalyptus jutsonii subsp. kobela is distinctive in its extremely narrow and needle-like adult leaves,
which are on average half the width of adult leaves in subsp. jutsonii. Along with E. angustissima
FE.Muell. (Z. ser. Angustissimae Brooker) and E. perangusta Brooker s. str. (E. ser. Porantherae
Benth.), the adult leaves of E. jutsonii subsp. kobela are probably the narrowest in the genus. Despite
the distinctiveness of the subspecies for a eucalypt, due to its erect, needle-like leaves, plants are
inconspicuous in the field due to the superficial resemblance of the crown to that of some Acacia or
Melaleuca species (Figure 3).

A single individual of the putative hybrid £. jutsonii subsp. kobela x E. kochii subsp. amaryssia
is known, growing with both the putative parental taxa (Karara Station [actually Lochada Station],
NE of Perenjori, 26 May 2006, M. French 1795; PERTH).

Acknowledgements

The authors wish to thank staff at the Western Australian Herbarium for their help in preparing this
paper. We are particularly grateful to Juliet Wege for compiling the distribution map for the species,
and to Ryonen Butcher for her significant assistance, which has accelerated the publication of this
paper. Ian Brooker (ensis, Canberra) has been most helpful in assisting with the Latin diagnosis, in
discussions with the senior author regarding the status of the new taxon, and for providing comments
onthe manuscript. Mike Hislop (Western Australian Herbarium) is thanked for bringing to our attention
the first collected specimens of the new taxon.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Brooker, M.L.H. (2000). A new classification of the genus Eucalyptus L’ Hér. (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 13(1):
79-148.

Chippendale, G.M. (1988). Eucalyptus, Angophora. In: A.S. George (Ed.) “Flora of Australia.” Vol. 19. ESS Government
Publishing Service: Canberra.)

Hill, K.D. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1992). Systematic studies in the eucalypts. 5. New taxa and combinations in Eucalyptus
(Myrtaceae) in Western Australia. Telopea 4(4): 561-634.

Kelly, A.E., Napier, A.C. & Hopper, S.D. (1995). Survey of rare and poorly known eucalypts of Western Australia. CAL MScience
Supplement 2: 1-207.

17 (200

ia Vol

Nuyts

Nuytsia 17: 289-324 (2007) 289

A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis (Lamiaceae: Chloantheae)
and four new arid zone species from Western Australia

Barbara L. Rye

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Rye, B.L. A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis (Lamiaceae: Chloantheae) and
four new arid zone species from Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 289-324 (2007). A new delimitation
is proposed for three of the sections (Pyramidatae Munir, Spicatae Munir and Verticillatae Munir)
of the genus Dicrastylis Drumm. ex Harv. Keys are given to the five sections of the genus and to
the 15 Western Australian species of sections Pyramidatae and Spicatae. Four new species from
the arid and semi-arid zones of Western Australia are described as Dicrastylis cundeeleensis Rye,
D. kumarinensis Rye, D. mitchellii Rye and D. subterminalis Rye. Dicrastylis petermannensis Munir
is reduced to a synonym of D. gilesii F.Muell., D. microphyllum Munir to a synonym of D. flexuosa
(W.R.Price) C.A.Gardner, and D. georgei Munir is tentatively treated as a synonym of D. cordifolia
Munir. None of the previously published subspecies, varieties and forms for any members of the genus
is recognised formally here. However, further study of several species complexes occurring in the arid
zone is needed as they are extremely variable and taxonomically difficult.

Introduction

Dicrastylis Drumm. ex Harv. is an endemic Australian genus of more than 30 species. The genus
was divided by Munir (1978) into five sections that were distinguished primarily by inflorescence and
corolla characters. Recent revisions have dealt with two sections that are restricted to the south-west
of Western Australia—sect. Dicrastylis (Rye & Trudgen 1998) and sect. Corymbosae Munir (Rye
2005)—with the latter section redefined to include two species previously placed in Mallophora Endl.
The other three sections are examined here, and four new species of Dicrastylis from the arid and
semi-arid zones of Western Australia are described.

Molecular studies of members of the Lamiaceae tribe Chloantheae (Olmstead et al. 1999; Streiber
2004) have indicated that Dicrastylis s. lat. (i.e. with the inclusion of Mallophora) is a monophyletic
genus. The question now for such studies is whether or not the five sections currently recognised
within Dicrastylis are natural. Streiber’s molecular work (2004, pers. comm.), sampling 11 species
of Dicrastylis s. lat., has been the first to include sufficient species to give some indications of how
the genus should be subdivided. It was already clear that there were a few problems with the original
delimitation of some of the sections or with the placement of some of the species within them. For
example, the arid zone species Dicrastylis nicholasii F.Muell. clearly didnot belong in sect. Corymbosae
where it was originally placed and so was excluded by Rye (2005).

— —— —————— = = a

290 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

A new circumscription of sections Pyramidatae, Spicatae and Verticillatae is proposed here, and
the 15 Western Australian members of these sections are reviewed. The redefined sections are easier to
recognise than they were previously, but whether this simplification of their morphological parameters
will be supported by more extensive molecular studies remains to be seen.

Methods

Descriptions are based entirely on dried herbarium material. Dendritic hairs are described here
as peltate if the branched upper part of the axis forms a horizontal structure as illustrated in Rye &
Trudgen (1998: Figure 1D) or as erect if the branched part of the axis continues upwards, remaining
more or less perpendicular to the surface (Rye & Trudgen 1998: Figure 1C). Leaf measurements were
taken from the largest leaves on each specimen. Photographs were taken to illustrate the corolla lobe
characters used in the keys using a Nikon Digital Camera Head (DS-5M) mounted on a dissecting
microscope and controlled by a DS Camera Control Unit (DS-L1).

Holotypes of all of the new taxa have been lodged at PERTH. Specimens cited from previously
named species are selected, where possible, mainly from among the recently collected specimens not
seen by Munir (1978).

The biogeographic regions and the abbreviations used for them are based on Version 5.1 of the
interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) categories as modified on FloraBase
(Thackway & Cresswell 1995; Western Australian Herbarium 1998—; Environment Australia 2000).
The distribution maps were compiled using DIVA-GIS freeware Version 5.2.0.2 and are based on
PERTH specimen data.

For most of the species, especially those with far inland distributions, flowering probably occurs
opportunistically throughout the year. Those species occurring near the borders of the South-West
Botanical Province may have more regular flowering times.

Conservation status has only been included for taxa that are currently regarded as Priority Taxa
according to the guidelines explained in Atkins (2006). All other taxa are known from at least 15
localities, usually including nature reserves of various kinds, and do not appear to be at risk at present.
For species with conservation priority, precise locality data have been withheld.

Sectional classification

The five sections originally delimited by Munir (1978) are all maintained here and are still
distinguished primarily by inflorescence and corolla characters. However, a redefinition of three of
them and transfer of species between them is proposed below. One significant change has been the
reduction of sect. Verticillatae to a single eastern Australian species. For the two sections that occur
- primarily in the western and central Australian arid zone, sect. Pyramidatae and sect. Spicatae, the new
defining character is whether the corolla lobes have thickening of the margin or veins (Figure 1A, B,
D) or not (Figure 1C, E). Sometimes this character is not obvious in all of the flowers of a particular
specimen so it is best to examine several flower clusters when keying Dicrastylis specimens.

Two sections that are restricted to the south-west of Western Australia, sect. Dicrastylis and sect.

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 291

Corymbosae, appear from their morphology and molecular data to be very closely related. The most
consistent difference between them, as they are currently defined, is in the lengths of the corolla lobes
relative to the corolla tube, with sect. Dicrastylis also tending to have larger looser inflorescences.
Streiber’s data (2004, pers. comm.), based on a sample of less than a third of the species in the two
sections, suggest the possibility that these sections should either be combined or redefined, but a more
complete sampling of the taxa is needed to test this.

Key to sections of Dicrastylis

1. Cymes 3-flowered. Corolla strongly zygomorphic with abaxial lobe far
larger (c. 5 times larger in area) than the other lobes. Occurring in
the south-east of SA and western NSW.......:.cssscscsssssssssesssscesereescessssessensentseceecsecenscssesssees sect. Verticillatae
1: Cymes not regularly 3-flowered, all or most with 5 to numerous flowers.
Corolla actinomorphic or somewhat zygomorphic, with the abaxial lobe
equalling to distinctly exceeding the other lobes. Occurring mainly in
western and central Australia and southern Qld
2. Corolla lobes with a crenate glabrous margin, which has thickened ridges
corresponding with the veins (Figure 1B, D) or a thickened rim (Figure 1A)........-:eeeee sect. Spicatae

2: Corolla lobes with a smooth (Figure 1E) or somewhat crinkled (Figure 1B)
but not thickened margin, sometimes hairy right to the margin, the veins
often deeply coloured but fine, not thickened
3. Inflorescence with head-like cymes arranged in a panicle, more or less
pyramidal or spike-like (or spike-like with basal branches), usually
with discrete 7-flowered cymes. Corolla white or coloured; hairs
often coloured. Widespread in the arid zone, extending slightly
into adjacent areas including one species (D. capitellata) in saline
habitats in the South-West Botanical ProvinCe..........cescceesceessesssecesseessecenseeeseeesseeeeeen sect. Pyramidatae
3: Inflorescence loosely to densely corymbose, sometimes head-like,
with cymes or combined cymes commonly more than 7-flowered.
Corolla white (including hairs). Endemic to the south-west of WA,
not extending far into the arid zone, not in saline habitats
4. Cymes condensed into dense head-like or spike-like clusters, which
are usually further arranged in a corymb. Corolla lobes distinctly
shorter than the! corollattubesersa merrarisrret retsrirettetiersttecteestscesertersssesressstitsses:fecsest7 sect. Corymbosae
4: Cymes usually in a loosely corymbose arrangement, sometimes
more condensed but the individual cymes usually obvious. Corolla
lobes about as long as or longer than the corolla tube........c.ceeccccesssetseseeeseteteteesesteeeees sect. Dicrastylis

Species groups within the sections

Groups of species considered to have the greatest affinities to one another are shown below under
their sections. Within the two largest groups of species, there are also some pairs of very closely
related species, such as Dicrastylis flexuosa and D. nicholasii. Molecular data (Streiber 2004 and
unpub.), taken from a sample of six of the species listed below, indicate a close relationship between
D. flexuosa. lat. and D. lewellinii (F.Muell.) F.Muell., and also a close relationship between the other
three species sampled, D. cordifolia s. lat., D. exsuccosa and D. gilesii. The last species sampled,
D. cundeeleensis, did not associate closely with either of those two groups.

292 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 1. Photographs showing corolla lobe characters. A—Atypical variant of Dicrastylis beveridgei
flowerand pedicel, from S. van Leeuwen 2937 (PERTH 06810950); B—Dicrastylis cundeeleensis whole
flower with pedicel largely hidden, from holotype (PERTH 06755607); C —Dicrastylis kumarinensis
flower with two corolla lobes removed, from holotype (PERTH 01869175); D—Dicrastylis mitchellii
fruit and pedicel, from holotype (PERTH 03668525); E — Dicrastylis subterminalis upper half of
flower, from holotype (PERTH 05696771). Scale bars are | mm long.

1. Section Pyramidatae

Dicrastylis brunnea Munir

Dicrastylis capitellata Munir, D. flexuosa (W.R.Price) C.A.Gardner, D. lewellinii (F.Muell.) F.Muell. and
D. nicholasii F.Muell.

Dicrastylis cordifolia Munir, D. exsuccosa (F.Muell.) Druce, D. gilesii F.Muell. and D. kumarinensis Rye
Dicrastylis subterminalis Rye
2. Section Spicatae

Dicrastylis beveridgei F.Muell. and D. costelloi F.M.Bailey
Dicrastylis cundeeleensis Rye and D. doranii F.Muell.
Dicrastylis mitchellii Rye and D. sessilifolia Munir

3. Section Verticillatae

Dicrastylis verticillata J.M.Black

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 293

Dicrastylis sect. Pyramidatae Munir, Brunonia 1: 525 (1978). Type: Dicrastylis exsuccosa (F. Muell.)
Druce.

Leaves mostly opposite and decussate or (in D. /ewellinii) mostly in whorls of three. Cymes head-
like, commonly 7-flowered, subsessile or on peduncles much shorter than the leaves, usually borne
in distant axils, either forming an interrupted spike, which may be one-sided, or a more pyramidal
inflorescence with the basal branches prominently pedunculate. Calyx lobes 4—7, usually 4 or a}
shorter than to greatly exceeding the tube. Corolla pale mauve or pink to deep violet-blue or white
inside, often with a coloured indumentum outside; lobes smooth or crinkled on the margin but not
crenate, veins thin.

Size and distribution. Currently 10 species, as listed above, but there are some difficult species
complexes in this section which need further study. Possibly, additional species or infraspecific taxa
should be recognised in three particularly variable groups, the D. cordifolia complex, D. exsuccosa
complex and D. gilesii complex.

Sect. Pyramidatae is the most widespread of the sections, occurring in Western Australia, Northern
Territory, South Australia, Queensland and New South Wales. It is concentrated in Western Australia,
where it extends from the far south of the Northern Botanical Province to near the central west coast
and almost reaches the south coast. It is predominantly an arid zone group but one species, Dicrastylis
capitellata, occurs in the south-eastern part of the South-West Botanical Province, close to its border
with the Southwestern Interzone. As D. capitellata has an unusual habitat, being apparently the only
member of the genus to be associated with salt lakes, it is probably in an environment with comparable
water stress to that of species occurring in lower rainfall zones.

Notes. Previously this section was based on an inflorescence character, that of having cymes arranged
in a more or less pyramidal panicle, and consisted of Dicrastylis brunnea, D. doranii, D. exsuccosa,
D. gilesii (including its synonym D. petermannensis) and D. sessilifolia. Inflorescence shape is,
however, commonly inconsistent within species. Munir (1978: 525, 529) must have realised that his
inclusion of Dicrastylis doranii in this section was unnatural, because he considered D. doranii to be
most closely related to two species he had placed in sect. Spicatae, D. beveridgei and D. costelloi, one
of which is the type species of sect. Spicatae. He also suggested that his D. beveridgei subsp. revoluta
might be a hybrid between D. doranii and D. costelloi. Like D. doranii, D. sessilifolia differs from
the other taxa placed in sect. Pyramidatae in having thickenings associated with the veins or on the
margin of the corolla lobes; both species appear not to belong in the section.

The transfer made here of D. doranii and D. sessilifolia from sect. Pyramidatae to sect. Spicatae
is more than balanced by the incorporation of four species from other sections, and two of the newly
named species also belong here. Consequently, sect. Pyramidatae is now twice as large as it was
initially.

Dicrastylis sect. Spicatae Munir, Brunonia 1: 508 (1978). Type: Dicrastylis beveridgei F.Muell.

Leaves in whorls of three or more, or opposite and decussate. Cymes head-like, commonly 7-flowered,
subsessile or distinctly pedunculate, arranged in spike-like or pyramidal inflorescences. Flowers
5-merous. Calyx lobes about as long as to distinctly longer than the tube. Corolla white, with white
indumentum; lobes shorter than the corolla tube; margin crenate, glabrous, with thickened veins.

294 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Size and distribution. This section currently consists of six species and is primarily Eremaean in
distribution. It extends from the far south of the Northern Botanical Province south to, but barely
penetrating, the Southwestern Interzone of Western Australia, and inland to southern Northern Territory
and northern South Australia.

Notes, Sect. Spicatae shows a similar range of inflorescences to sect. Pyramidatae and is distinguished
primarily by its distinctive corolla lobes. Munir (1978) described the corolla lobes of the taxa included
here as crenate. The apex of the corolla lobes is broad and rounded, with thickened veins and/or margin,
the surface undulating to give the crenate appearance. The distal thickened part of the corolla lobes
tends to be almost circular and the basal unthickened part tends to be narrowed slightly or distinctly
pinched in so that the distal crenate part seems to form a lamina. This is evident from a comparison of
Figure | parts A, B and D with the non-crenate corolla lobes illustrated in parts C and E, which have
broad-based corolla lobes with thin, darkly coloured veins and no thickening.

The shape of flower clusters when the terminal flower opens is possibly also distinctive in
sect. Spicatae. Including their attached indumentum and unopened basal flowers, the clusters are
predominantly broadly ovoid or bulging in the lower half. Individual flowers (see Figure 1B) also
tend to be of this shape.

Previously, three species were included here, Dicrastylis beveridgei, D. costelloi and D. lewellinii.
In order to redefine the section to consist of all the species that have crenate corolla lobes, D. lewellinii
was removed to sect. Pyramidatae while two species formerly placed in sect. Pyramidatae were added.
Two new species belonging to sect. Spicatae are named, bringing the total number of species now
placed in the section to double the original number.

Dicrastylis sect. Verticillatae Munir, Brunonia 1: 447 (1978). Type: Dicrastylis verticillata J.M.Black.

Leaves mostly in whorls of three. Cymes 3-flowered, arranged in verticillate clusters each of 3
cymes in an interrupted spike-like arrangement along each branch. Calyx lobes 5, much longer than
the tube. Corolla white; lobes 5, the abaxial lobe far larger (c. 5 times larger in area) than the other
lobes and as long as or shorter than the corolla tube, the other lobes shorter than the tube; lobes smooth
on the margin, veins thin.

Size and distribution. A monotypic section extending from south-eastern South Australia to the far
north of New South Wales. Dicrastylis verticillata has apparently not been recorded in Victoria
although it occurs very close to the border of the north-west corner of that State. Sect. Verticillata is
geographically separated from all other sections of the genus except in the far north of its range where
it probably overlaps slightly with the range of Dicrastylis lewellinii.

Notes. Originally three species were included in this section, D. cordifolia (including its synonym
D. georgei), D. flexuosa (including its synonym D. microphylla) and the type species D. verticillata.
The type species is unique in two respects, in having uniformly 3-flowered cymes and in its strongly
zygomorphic flowers. The affinities of this very distinctive species are unclear and it is therefore now
- placed on its own in sect. Verticillatae. The species most likely to be confused with it, at least in non-
flowering material, is probably Dicrastylis lewellinii as the two species are similar in the arrangement
and shape of their leaves, but D. /ewellinii is readily distinguished by its one-sided inflorescence.

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 295

Key to Western Australian members of Dicrastylis sections Pyramidatae and Spicatae

1. Leaves more or less linear, mostly 1-2 mm wide, with revolute margins
more or less meeting below at midrib or revealing very little of the
undersurface. Inflorescence atypical either in being subterminal below
a leafy apex or in being somewhat one-sided

2. Inflorescence long, terminal, somewhat one-sided; cymes many, those
in upper part of inflorescence sessile or subsessile. Calyx lobes densely
dendritic-hairy outside. Corolla lobes 4 or 5, densely hairy outside

except on margin (Mt Holland area to Mt Heywood area) «0... sess essences eeseeseesenees D. capitellata

2: Inflorescence short, subterminal below a leafy apex, sometimes one-sided;
cymes few, long-pedunculate. Calyx lobes with scattered dendritic hairs
outside. Corolla lobes 5, more or less glabrous (far inland WA).......:.:cccscsssseseeseeeseseserees D. subterminalis

1: Leaves very narrowly ovate to narrowly obovate to almost circular or
cordate, usually 2-30 mm wide; margins flat or recurved, usually widely
separated. Inflorescence terminal, raceme-like, spike-like or pyramidal,
not one-sided, the branches or cymes paired or whorled at each level

3. Corolla lobes with a crenate glabrous margin, which has thickened
ridges corresponding with the veins (Figure 1B, D) or a thickened rim
(Figure 1A) or both

4, Calyx lobes more than twice as long as the calyx tube
5. Flower heads with bases of individual flowers hidden by the dense
white indumentum. Calyx lobes densely hairy, not obvious below

the hairs (Montague Range to Lake Carnegie)........ccccccccsssesesesssssseceseseseseseenseenenseeeeeseaenees D. sessilifolia
5: Flower heads with bases of individual flowers visible. Calyx lobes
sparsely to moderately hairy, obvious (Turee Creek to Killara Station) .......0. sess D. mitchellii

4: Calyx lobes about as long as the calyx tube or up to twice as long

6. Inflorescence resembling a simple or compound spike with few or
no long basal peduncles. Bracts narrowly ovate or rarely ovate.
Corolla lobes usually with margin thickened into a rim (Figure 1A)
but not obviously thickened along the veins. Occurring in central
Australia, more commonly in NT & SA than WA

7. Calyx indumentum bright yellow, rarely with some reddish hairs
present (Little Sandy Desert to far inland WA, south-western NT

Andmorth-castermito CentrallsA) Metrics ttiiietsttsccttsittinicssersettertrstteetees D. beveridgei

7: Calyx indumentum white, off-white or violet (near Neale Junction,
WA, to central and southern NT and northern SA) .....cccscessesssessssesscsssesseseseeseseeeerenseeesees D. costelloi

6: Inflorescence pyramidal or with multiple long basal peduncles.
Bracts ovate. Corolla lobes usually with the rim not thickened or
with the thickened veins below more obvious than the rim
(Figure 1B, D). Occurring in WA and far west of NT

8. Inflorescences 12—35(65) mm long, all or mostly broader than
long; axes with yellowish or red-tinged peltate-dendritic hairs,
i.e. hairs with the branched summit flat (see Rye & Trudgen
1998: Figure 1D) (Cundeelee area to Plumridge Lakes) ........cccsssseesecesteteeteneeeeeens D. cundeeleensis

8: Inflorescences usually much longer than wide, up to 170 mm
long; axes with white or cream, usually erect dendritic hairs
(see Rye & Trudgen 1998: Figure 1C) (southern Kimberley
Region to far north of Nullarbor Plain and to western NT)....c.sscssecsseeseeteessersseesesteeeseseenees D. doranii

3: Corolla lobes with a smooth (Figure 1E) or somewhat crinkled (Figure 1C)
but not thickened margin, sometimes hairy right to the margin, the veins
often deeply coloured but fine, not thickened

296 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

9. Leaves sessile. Flowers with medium to deep violet-blue corolla
and white hairs not obscuring the green calyx

10. Leaves and cymes opposite and decussate. Peduncles mostly
less than 2 mm long, rarely peduncles of lowest axils up to 8 mm
longi(WilunaitoZanthus) mereeetrhematee hire T eit atria caterer nen tet D. flexuosa

10: Leaves partially opposite and partially whorled; cymes
often whorled or solitary. Peduncles of lowest axils 15-35 mm
long. (Queen Victoria Spring to Kanandah Station).........cccccccccesescsssscssesesessscecsesvsveseeeee D. nicholasii

9: Leaves with a petiole 1.5—20 mm long. Flowers white or pale blue
to mauve inside corolla, often appearing pale to deep pink or
yellow outside because of the presence of coloured hairs

11. Plants with cordate, broadly ovate or + ovate leaves and pink to ~
deep purple indumentum on the flowers. (Edgar Ranges to
Exmouth Gulf to Carnarvon Range to Canning Stock Route) .....ccccsccsssssesesesessssesessseseees D. cordifolia

11: Plants either with narrowly ovate to long narrow leaves or, if leaves
ovate to circular then flowers with yellow indumentum outside

12. Calyx indumentum white or pale yellow or purplish; lobes
almost linear to narrowly ovate

13. Leaves green with yellow-brown and red-brown
indumentum; petiole 1.5—5 mm long; blade
17-45 x 5-13 mm. Occurring mainly on red sandplains
and other sandy habitats. (Kumarina Station to Barrow
RangejtoiGundeelec) May sneeuaten sai carssctitse, state fedetrertsteeestresee ess setety ee ears TT Tey D. brunnea
13: Leaves grey-green on flowering stems, sometimes
becoming green with age; petiole 4-13 mm long; blade
35-85 x 12-32 mm. Occurring in rocky habitats on the
central Australian ranges. (Rawlinson Range area, also
INNE Gs SYA) epee cfrereie eventos Ye rs perro fon roy riveree verona irs YAS ee eesgee aati D. gilesii
12: Calyx indumentum usually medium to bright yellow,
sometimes also purplish; lobes + ovate or broadly ovate
14. Leaves very narrowly ovate to almost linear-elliptic,
50-70 x 6-11 mm. Corolla lobes broadly triangular to
very broadly ovate, margin very crinkled, with
prominent glands outside. (Newman to Collier Range
tO ake isappOimnunent) mememeretetsssatstatersetsateieityeeeieelestisie eee eet ty Peeerr D. kumarinensis
14: Leaves very narrowly ovate to almost circular,
40-90 x 11-23 mm. Corolla lobes ovate to triangular,
margin smooth, outer surface without obvious glands.
(Sturt Creek to near Cosmo Newbery, also NT & SA)..........: etm tiststteninhrints: D. exsuccosa

Western Australian species recognised

Dicrastylis beveridgei F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 50 (1873). Zype: between Mt Udor and Giles Range,
Northern Territory, E. Giles s.n. (MEL 40805 n.v.).

Dicrastylis beveridgei var. lanata Munir, Brunonia 1: 523-524 (1978). Type: 37 miles [60 km] east-
south-east of Coffin Hill, South Australia, 20 October 1960, N. Forde 1512 (holo: CANB n.v.; iso:
DNA (previously numbered NT 25114)).

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 297

Dicrastylis beveridgei subsp. revoluta Munir, Brunonia 1:524—525 (1978). Type: 25 miles [40 km] north
of Sandy Blight/Docker River road junction, Western Australia, 23 September 1969, J.R. Maconochie
825 (holo: AD n.v.; iso: NT 25114, PERTH 01602608).

Description as given in Munir (1978: 521).

Selectedspecimens examined. WESTERNAUSTRALIA: 131 kmby road SSE of Giles Meteorological
Station Wingellina road, Great Victoria Desert, 20 Sep. 1978, A.C. Beauglehole 60363 &
E.G. Errey (PERTH); Little Sandy Desert, 22.3 km SE of Burranbar Pool on Savory Creek, 42.9 km
E of Weelarrana Homestead, 28.1 km NE of Cooma Well, 56.6 km N of Yanneri Lake, 18 Oct. 1996,
S. van Leeuwen 2937 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. In Western Australia Dicrastylis beveridgei extends from Walter James
Range south to near Mt Fanny (east of Blackstone Range), recorded in red sand with spinifex, with
an isolated record from the Little Sandy Desert on a red sand dune in a very open low woodland of
Corymbia over Aluta maisonneuvei and Grevillea scrub: CR, LSD. The species is mainly distributed
in Northern Territory and South Australia.

Phenology. Flowering probably occurs opportunistically through all or most of the year.

Affinities. Munir (1978: 517) apparently separated Dicrastylis beveridgei and D. costelloi solely on
the colour of their indumentum. Use of a single character difference to separate two species is of
concern, especially when it is a relatively minor character, and this raises the possibility that only
the first-named species, D. beveridgei, should be recognised. In D. beveridgei, the inflorescence has
golden yellow hairs on the calyces and axes, and sometimes also some reddish hairs. On its axes
the large hairs are fairly erect — this and their bright yellow colour distinguish D. beveridgei from
D. costelloi, which (apart from D. costelloi var. eriantha) has the hairs more peltate-dendritic.

Both species occur mainly in Northern Territory and South Australia but Dicrastylis beveridgei
is largely separated geographically from D. costelloi, being displaced to the south-west but with an
area of overlap on its eastern side. Both species show a north-south trend in morphology (see notes
under D. costelloi) but in D. beveridgei this trend is displaced southwards, with most specimens
from Northern Territory having narrow leaves and small flowers with a short indumentum while
most of the South Australian specimens have broader leaves and larger flowers with a longer, more
spreading indumentum. Interestingly, two quite distinct groups, the D. cordifolia complex and the
D. exsuccosa complex, show a similar north-south trend in indumentum.

Notes. Subspecies and varieties are not recognised here but the status of all variants within the Dicrastylis
beveridgei complex needs further assessment. The typical variety appears to be small-flowered,
with the indumentum on the calyx not spreading. Var. Janata appears to have larger flowers, partly
because the indumentum on the calyx is longer and spreading, and there is also a longer indumentum
on the axes. As these two main variants greatly overlap in range and seem to intergrade completely
in morphology, they are not maintained as formal entities here.

Western Australian specimens of Dicrastylis beveridgei are mainly housed at AD and were not
seen for this study. Those lodged at PERTH that have been collected from near Walter James Range
south to near Wingelline Hills, have broad leaves and large flowers with a long spreading indumentum.
They therefore match the variant Munir named var. /anata.

298 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Typical D. beveridgei possibly does not occur in Western Australia. However, there may be Cithera
new variant of D. beveridgei, or a closely related new species, in the Little Sandy Desert. A specimen
collected there in 1996 (S. van Leeuwen 2937) does not match any of the material currently houseg at
PERTH as it has less densely hairy flowers in dense inflorescences that are mostly narrowly Pyramidal.
One of its flowers is shown in Figure 1A. Further collections are needed of this taxon.

Dicrastylis brunnea Munir, Brunonia 1:546—549 (1978). Dicrastylis brunnea var. brunnea (established
by Munir Joc. cit.). Type: Anketell, east of Mount Magnet, Western Australia, 13 September 1968,
A.M. Ashby 2619 (holo: AD n.v.; iso: PERTH 01602616).

Dicrastylis brunnea var. pedunculata Munir, Brunonia 1: 549-551 (1978). Type: 12 miles [19 km]
north-east of Millrose, Western Australia, 8 September 1958, N.H. Speck 1385 (holo: AD ny;

iso: CANB n.v., NSW n.v., PERTH 01602624).
Illustrations. Munir (1978) p. 548, Figure 26; p. 550, Figure 27.

Description as given in Munir (1978: 546-547) except for the following characters. Shrub 0.3-1.5 m
high, usually spreading and often wider than high. Leaves with a petiole 1.5—5 mm long; lamina
narrowly obovate to ovate, often tapering at base to petiole, 17-44 x 5-13 mm. Corolla white,

sometimes with purplish hairs.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 4 km W of Walling Rock Homestead, 16 Sep.
1988, R.J. Cranfield 7503 (PERTH); 93 km N of Leonora towards Leinster, 8 Oct. 1985, C./. Stacey 79]

(PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. A Western Australian endemic, extending from Kumarina Station south-
east to Cundeelee Mission: COO, GAS, GVD, MUR. Occurs in sandy soils, the sand usually red but
sometimes yellow, apparently mainly on sandplains but occasionally in rocky soil, with one record
from the base of a breakaway. Recorded with spinifex and sometimes with scattered eucalypts.

A Helms specimen is doubtfully recorded as being from near Barrow Range but there is a note
attached stating that the original label was lost. This specimen was probably collected closer to
Cundeelee where Helms collected many specimens on the same expedition.

Phenology. Flowers recorded from July to October.

Affinities. The affinities of Dicrastylis brunnea are uncertain but it comes out next to D. gilesii in sect.
Pyramidatae in the key to species given above. Apart from the characters given in the key, D. brunnea
differs from D. gilesii in its leaves usually being more obtuse and in its calyx lobes tending to be
narrower and more prominently dotted inside with sessile glands.

Since this species appears to be capable of hybridising with D. cundeeleensis (see notes under that
species), the possibility that its affinities lie outside sect. Pyramidatae needs to be investigated.

Notes. In the Wiluna area, some specimens of Dicrastylis brunnea have the lower flower clusters
or branches on longer peduncles than specimens in other areas. This variant has been named as
D. brunnea var. pedunculata but it appears to intergrade with the typical variant and does not seem to
be worth recognising formally. In view of the large degree of inflorescence variability in other species

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 299

(see discussion under D. gilesii and D. flexuosa), this variation does not appear to be significant.

Dicrastylis capitellata Munir, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 14: 89-91 (1991). Type: north-north-east of Mt
Heywood, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes], 1 December 1990,
W.R. Archer 112904 (holo: AD n.v., illustration seen; iso: AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, S, K, MEL, NSW
[previous duplicates 7.v.], PERTH 02504839).

Illustration. Munir (1991), Figure 2.

Description as in Munir (1991: 89-90) except for the following characters. Shrub 0.2-0.35 m
high, up to 0.4 m wide, erect or spreading at base, with the flowering branches tending to spread
horizontally. Leaves opposite and decussate but often crowded, sessile or with a petiole up to 0.5 mm
long; lamina linear or long-linear, 10-25 x 1-2 mm, of uniform width or slightly broader above the
middle. /nflorescence resembling a 1-sided spike of dense clusters (cymes) with the upward orientation
of the clusters brought about by a curving of some of the peduncles; clusters solitary or sometimes
paired, usually 7-flowered, depressed globular, 5—7(8) mm diam., with imbricate basal bracts persistent
for a while after the fruits drop. Bracts usually 7 (one bract subtending each flower), ovate or broadly
ovate, with dendritic and simple hairs outside and on the margins, glabrous inside. Calyx 2-3 mm
long, glabrous inside. Corolla reportedly pale mauve or bluish, c. 4 mm long.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 22 Aug. 1995,
G. Barrett s.n. (PERTH); 20 May 1993, G.F. Craig 2768 & B. Haberley (PERTH); 9 Apr. 1997,
R.J. Cranfield 11269 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Endemic to Western Australia, extending from near the wildlife sanctuary
north of Mt Holland south-east to near Mt Heywood (east of Grass Patch): MAL. The species occurs
in low-lying ground with open mallee woodlands, on white sandy clay on slightly raised ground close
to salt lakes.

Phenology. Flowers apparently from November to March. Fruits recorded in early April.

Conservation status. Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes for
Western Australian Flora: Priority One (Atkins 2006). Reported to be locally abundant at two sites.

Affinities. This species may be closest to the eastern Australian species Dicrastylis lewellinii as the
two species have similar leaves and inflorescences, but D. capitellata is readily distinguished by its
leaves being glabrous and green on the upper surface and by its shorter flowers.

Notes. The original description given by Munir (1991) was based just on the type collection. A new
description is given above because several new collections have significantly increased the range
of variation known for this species. Unfortunately the new collections have only the remains of old
inflorescences without any attached flowers or fruits so characters such as the frequency of 4-merous
floral whorls cannot be examined. The type collection often has different numbers of calyx and corolla
lobes on the same flowers.

i Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Dicrastylis cordifolia Munir, Brunonia 1: 461-464 (1978). Type: about 200 miles [320 km] south-
south-west of Broome, Western Australia, 4 August 1962, H.A. Johnson s.n. (holo: NT n.v.; iso: K
n.v., NSW n.v., PERTH 01602632).

Dicrastylis cordifolia var. barnettii Munir, Brunonia 1: 464 (1978). Type: Carnarvon, Western Australia
[probably collected north of Carnarvon, 1936-1938], G.B. Barnett s.n. (holo: PERTH 01602640),

Dicrastylis cordifolia var. purpurea Munir, Brunonia 1: 464-465 (1 978). Type: between Oakover River
and Canning Stock Route, Western Australia, 1954, J.N. Casey s.n. (holo: PERTH 01603043).

Dicrastylis georgei Munir, Brunonia 1: 457-461 (1978). Type: south of Roy Hill, Western Australia,
23 August 1960, A.S. George 1007 (holo: PERTH 01603116).

Dicrastylis georgei var. cuneata Munir, Brunonia 1: 459-461 ( 1978). Type: 22 miles [35 km] from
Roy Hill on Wittenoom road, Western Australia, 7 August 1970, R. Carolin 7717 (holo: SYD n.y,,
illustration seen).

Description as given in Munir (1978: 457-462) except for the following characters. Shrub usually
broader than tall, 0.2-0.7(1) m high, up to 2.5 m wide. Leaves cordate or more or less ovate, petiole
4-10(15) mm long. Inflorescence sometimes reddish or purplish in bud. Flowers 3.5—5 mm long. Calyx
densely hairy outside with a mixture of large dendritic hairs 0.7-3 mm long and minute hairs; lobes
with minute simple glandular hairs inside, occasionally also with some long non-glandular dendritic
hairs present. Corolla white or pale blue inside, often appearing pink or purple outside because of
its hairs, the coloured hairs sometimes covering the outer surface or combined with white hairs, but
sometimes only white hairs present.

Distribution. The Dicrastylis cordifolia complex, i.e. D. cordifolia s. lat., extends from Edgar Ranges
south-west to Exmouth Gulf, south to Carnarvon Range and south-east to Canning Stock Route, and
has a significant disjunction in its distribution to where it occurs in the western part of the Pilbara
south of Onslow: CAR, DL, GAS, GSD, LSD, PIL.

Phenology. Flowering probably occurs opportunistically.

Affinities. This species is related to Dicrastylis exsuccosa and D. gilesii but can usually be distinguished
by its cordate or almost cordate leaves. It occurs mainly in the Pilbara region and is geographically
separated from most other species of Dicrastylis but shows some overlap in range with D. exsuccosa
and D. kumarinensis, differing from both those species in having pink to deep purple indumentum on
the flowers rather than a bright yellow indumentum. Dicrastylis gilesii is well separated geographically
from D. cordifolia and has longer, usually more greyish leaves.

Notes. The distinction between Dicrastylis cordifolia and Dicrastylis georgei was originally based on
a combination of leaf shape and size, inflorescence shape and calyx hair length, as given in the couplet
numbered 7 of the key in Munir (1978: 444). Each species was also divided into two or three varieties,
based again on leaf morphology, and in some cases also based on hair colour and calyx hair length or
inflorescence form. The complexity of this classification reflects the extreme variability of the complex, but
identification of specimens to the level of species or variety is difficult as there appears to be continuous
variation between each of the characters being used to distinguish these taxa. Many specimens key out
to different taxa depending upon which of the characters is given pre-eminence in identifying them.

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 301

The type specimen of Dicrastylis cordifolia var. purpurea seems somewhat intermediate between
D. cordifolia var. cordifolia and Dicrastylis georgei. Its leaf shape is ovate rather than cordate and
it has a longer, denser, finer indumentum on the calyx than in var. cordifolia. Its young shoots and
peduncles are more purplish than those on the type of var. cordifolia, but this character difference is
not consistent and the lack of obvious colour on the type of var. cordifolia may be due to its advanced
fruiting stage. Recent collections certainly indicate that these two varieties intergrade and that var.
purpurea also intergrades with D. georgei.

The presence of different hair colour variants within species of Dicrastylis is very common.
Dicrastylis georgei is similar to D. cordifolia in having a mixture of very noticeably purple-haired
specimens and apparently completely white-haired specimens, with a range of intermediate specimens
showing different frequencies of purple hairs. This variation frequently occurs within populations
and even on the same plants there may be colour differences between branchlets. Another practical
problem in distinguishing purple-haired specimens is that the colour is often difficult to assess on old
specimens that may have faded and also on specimens in advanced fruit. There seems no justification
for formally recognising the colour variants of any of these taxa unless they show a definite geographic
separation, which is certainly not the case here.

As a result of these problems in separating the taxa, only one species, Dicrastylis cordifolia, 1s
recognised here, but variants from different areas, including one that is completely geographically
separated, are described briefly below. Not surprisingly, there is a general trend for specimens to appear
less lush, with smaller leaves, flowers and calyx hairs, as they extend into more arid areas. Specimens
from the western or north-western part of the range show a greater tendency to have cordate leaves
than the south-eastern ones. Combining these two tendencies, the type specimen of D. cordifolia from
the western desert area has small cordate leaves and small flowers with short calyx hairs, whereas
the type specimen of D. georgei from near Roy Hill in the Pilbara has large leaves that are mostly
broadly ovate and large flowers with long calyx hairs. Differences in inflorescence structure between
these two type specimens are not so marked, the main difference being that D. cordifolia has more
branches, with the lower branches tending to be more widely spreading.

The three main geographic variants listed below are not treated formally as no practical method of
separating them reliably on morphological characters could be found. No clear geographic boundary
exists between the two main areas of distribution but the third region is geographically isolated by a
disjunction of more than 200 km.

a. northern specimens
Illustration. Munir (1978) p. 462, Figure 5; reproduced in Rye (1992) p. 799, Figure 244A.

Leaf blades cordate to broadly ovate, 10-30 x 8-17 mm. Calyx with coarse or fine dendritic hairs
outside; longest hairs 0.7—1.3 mm long.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Nifty Mine site, 26 Oct. 1997, N.D. Burrows
MTR 39 (PERTH); Well 45, Canning Stock Route, 950 km NE of Wiluna, 9 July 1991, G.C. Cornwall
497 (PERTH); 12 km SE of Tanguin Hill, c. 130 km SE of Shay Gap, 13 July 1984, K.R. Newbey
10458 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Occurring in the far south of the Northern Botanical Province and in the

302 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

northern part of the Eremaean Botanical Province of Western Australia: DL, GSD, LSD, PIL. Extend,
from the Edgar Ranges south to Mt Divide Station (upper Oakover River) and from near Cape
Keraudren (beyond southern end of Eighty Mile Beach) east to Well 45 on the Canning Stock Route.
The type specimen was recorded from “near stony outcrops amongst firmer sandy loamy soil” ang
there are some other records from high or low stony sites but most habitat records are from between
red sand dunes.

Notes. Munir examined only about half the specimens now known from this area and treated mogt
of them as Dicrastylis cordifolia var. cordifolia. On G.C. Cornwall 497 the collection notes record
“minute blue or white flowers, red hairy buds” while several other specimens give the corolla colour
as white.

b. south-eastern specimens

Illustrations. Munir (1978) p. 458, Figure 4, p. 460, Figure 4a.

Leaf blades narrowly to broadly ovate or cordate, 10—40(55) x 7-30 mm. Calyx with fine dendritic
hairs outside; longest hairs 1-3 mm long.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2.5 kmS of Mt Methwin at base of Carnarvon
Range, Little Sandy Desert, 28 Aug. 1998, B. & B. Backhouse, D. Edinger, G. Marsh, B. & R. Johnson
BEMJ 114 (PERTH); 14.3 km from Jigalong Community on a bearing of 205 degrees and c. 200 km
E of Newman, 21 June 1996, 4.4. Mitchell PRP1173 (PERTH); Mt Windell Rd corridor, 5.9 km NE
of Mt Windell, 15.5 km ESE of Karijini National Park Headquarters, 2 Aug. 1991, S. van Leeuwen
901 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Occurring in the northern part of the Eremaean Botanical Province of Western
Australia: CAR, GAS, GSD, LSD, PIL. Extends from Turee Creek (Karijini National Park area) east
to the Rudall River area and south-east to Carnarvon Range. Occurs commonly on red sand in low-
lying sites with spinifex, sometimes recorded with Acacia.

Notes. Most of the material from this region was treated by Munir (1978) as Dicrastylis georgei and
divided into two varieties, var. georgei and var. cuneata. These two varieties appear to completely
intergrade. The species as defined by Munir (1978) showed great variation of leaf shape, with the kind
of leaf base that defines var. cuneata often coexisting with the ‘typical’ leaf base on a single specimen
and both leaf types occurring throughout the range of the taxon. Some specimens also have cordate
leaves although less frequently than in the other regions listed above and below. Particularly atypical
in its overall leaf shape is P.K. Latz 17790, which has narrowly ovate-elliptic leaves.

A variant with particularly large leaves, up to 55 mm long, occurs in the Karijini National Park
area. A variant occurring in the far south-east of the range of the complex, in the Little Sandy Desert,
has rather small flowers with long fine hairs. This is possibly a distinct variant but other variants also
occur in the same general area.

c. western specimens

Leaf blades cordate, ovate or broadly ovate, 22-30 x 22-25 mm. Calyx with fine dendritic hairs
outside; longest hairs 1.2—-2.5 mm long.

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 303

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: S of Yanrey Station, turnoff North West
Coastal Highway, 26 June 1975, A.M. Ashby 5175 (PERTH); 4 km S of Barradale Roadhouse, off the
Yanrey turnoff, 10 Aug. 1990, S. Barker s.n. (PERTH); 16 miles [26 km] NE of Giralia Homestead,
S of Exmouth, 4 Aug. 1967, .4.S. George 9169 (PERTH); 40 km W of Nyang Homestead, 15 Nov. 1977,
A.A. Mitchell 512 (PERTH); 30 km E of Onslow, 17 Apr. 1978, 4.4. Mitchell 544 (PERTH); Giralia
Homestead, 3 May 1978, A.A. Mitchell 560 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Extending about 125 km from near Onslow south-west to Giralia Station
and south to near Barradale Roadhouse, in the western part of the Pilbara region in the Eremaean
Botanical Province of Western Australia: CAR, PIL. The habitat is commonly recorded as red sand
in low-lying sites with spinifex, sometimes with Acacia.

Notes. Munir (1978) chose one of the specimens from this region to be the type of Dicrastylis cordifolia
var, barnettii. The type of var. barnettii was probably collected in the period from 1936 to 1938. The
locality for this and many other collections of other plant species made by Barnett are only given
vaguely as ‘Carnarvon’. This Dicrastylis specimen was presumably collected north of Carnarvon, in
the area south of Onslow where several specimens matching it occur. Munir did not examine any of the
other specimens listed above except A.S. George 9169, a specimen he cited under typical of D. georgei,
but he did cite one additional specimen, 4.S. George 10818, under var. barnettii. A.S. George 10818
was from a different area, however, coming from the upper Rudall River in the south-eastern area of
the D. cordifolia complex.

The western specimens are geographically separated from all other material of the complex and
have a much smaller geographic range than the northern and south-eastern specimens. Despite this
restricted distribution, they vary in leaf shape, inflorescence structure and calyx indumentum between
the typical features of D. cordifolia and the typical features of D. georgei, although they are consistent
in having moderately large leaves and flowers.

Dicrastylis costelloi F.M.Bailey, Queensland Dept. Agric. Stock Bot. Bull. 4: 14 (1891). Type: near Lake
Nash on the border between Queensland and Northern Territory, 4. Costello s.n. (holo: BRI n.v.).

Dicrastylis costelloi var. globulifera Munir, Brunonia 1: 519 (1978). Type: Macumba Station, South
Australia, 3 September 1931, £.H. Ising s.n. (holo: AD 966050523 n.v.).

Dicrastylis costelloi var. violacea Munir, Brunonia 1: 519-520 (1978). Type: 61 km east of Dalhousie
Springs, South Australia, 2 August 1963, 7.R.N. Lothian 1722 (holo: AD n.v.; iso: DNA (ex AD,
previously numbered NT65309)).

Dicrastylis doranii var. eriantha F.Muell., Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. SA 8: 13 (1886), p.p. Dicrastylis
costelloi var. eriantha (F.Muell.) Munir, Brunonia 1: 517 (1978). Type: central Australia [Northern
Territory?], 1883, C. Winnecke s.n. (lecto: MEL 40817, fide Munir 1978: 517).

Illustration. Munir (1978) p. 515, Figure 21.
Description as given in Munir (1978: 514).

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 52 miles [84 km] E of Neale Junction, Great
Victoria Desert, 11 Oct. 1966, 4.S. George 8446 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: at junction of

304 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

roads, Alice Springs via Granite Downs, Hamilton Homestead and Mt Sarah, 10 Sep. 1986, J.Z. Weber
9448 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Occurs in Northern Territory and South Australia in deep red sand on sand
dunes with spinifex, one record with Plectrachne and Grevillea. Also recorded from east of Neale
Junction (Western Australian part of Great Victoria Desert near the South Australian border), but this
specimen is atypical: GVD.

Phenology. Flowering probably occurs opportunistically.
Affinities. See notes under its close relative Dicrastylis beveridgei.

Notes. The large disjunction in the range of this species between the single known collection from
Western Australia and the main central Australian distribution in Northern Territory and South Australia
is accompanied by morphological differences. The isolated Western Australian specimen appears to
show greatest similarity in morphology to the Simpson Desert specimens in the south-east.

Central Australian specimens from Northern Territory and South Australia have the inflorescence
white or purplish, spike-like or with basal peduncles bearing clusters of flowers or spikes of flowers.
Like most other widespread taxa of Dicrastylis in the arid zone, D. costelloi is extremely variable.
In the northern part of its range, in about 20-22 degrees latitude in Northern Territory, including the
type locality from near the border with Queensland, Dicrastylis costelloi has narrow leaves and small
flowers with the indumentum close to the surface rather than spreading, or perhaps the flowers just
appear to be small because of their close indumentum. In the south-east in the Simpson Desert area,
the leaves and flowers tend to be larger with a longer or more spreading indumentum on the flowers so
that they appear more fluffy; this variant has been named var. eriantha. There is no clear geographic
or morphological separation of variants with the different indumentum lengths.

Specimens with an obvious purple indumentum on the flowers and stems (often also with purple
stems), which have been named var. violacea, occur widely and appear to completely intergrade via
specimens having just a few purple hairs to specimens without any purple indumentum. Var. globulifera
(n.v.) is known from only one collection and described as being intermediate between var. costelloi
and var. violacea.

The single Western Australian specimen is unusual in having the basal peduncles up to 11 mm
long, flowers larger than on any from Northern Territory and South Australia (although those on
R. Millinton 19 Oct. 1968 (DNA 70238) from the Andado area of the Simpson Desert are almost as
large), and an off-white indumentum that is more yellowish or pale ferruginous than normal but not
bright yellow as in D. beveridgei. The Western Australian specimen matches var. eriantha in having
large flowers and densely hairy axes to the inflorescence, but differs from all the named varieties
in having only solitary flowers on the long basal peduncles of the inflorescence, and in having the
indumentum more like that of D. doranii than usual. Var. eriantha shows the greatest similarity to
D. doranii and needs further study.

Dicrastylis cundeeleensis Rye, sp. nov.

Dicrastyli doranii F.Muell. affinis, sed inflorescentia pyramidalis plus compacta et indumento plus
peltato differt.

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 305

Typus: south-east from Queen Victoria Springs, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for
conservation purposes], 29 October 2001, N. Streiber 67, P.C. Jobson & S. Anders (holo: PERTH
06755607; iso: CANB n.v., NSW n.v., SYD n.v.).

Dicrastylis sp. Cundeelee (D.J. Pearson 101), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI.:
Descr. Cat. p. 212 (2000).

Shrub 0.2-0.5 m high, with peltate-dendritic hairs less than 0.5 mm long forming a dense white to
yellow or rarely reddish indumentum on the young stems and axes and peduncles of the inflorescence.
Leaves opposite and decussate, sessile or subsessile, usually narrowly elliptic or narrowly obovate,
rarely obovate, 10-22 x 2.55 mm, light green or sometimes bluish or yellowish, densely and closely
covered by peltate-dendritic hairs; hairs up to 0.3 mm long. Inflorescence 12-50(65) mm long,
nearly always broader than long, white to medium yellow or rarely partially reddish, each branchlet
terminated by a short broad cymose arrangement of flowers, which is depressed-ovoid in outline to
shortly pyramidal, the lowest branches or terminal part of inflorescence often with 7-flowered cymes
(consisting of two lateral branches each with a dense group of 3 more or less sessile flowers and the
short terminal branch 1-flowered) but often with variations in the numbers of flowers from 3 to 7 on
each lateral branch within the cyme. Flowers 5-merous. Calyx 2-3 mm long, divided for more than
half its length into 5 lobes but the divisions hidden by a very dense indumentum outside, glabrous
inside, the indumentum of pale to mid yellow dendritic hairs, the lower hairs up to 1.7 mm long, the
uppermost hairs much shorter; lobes almost ovate but shape hidden from outside by the very dense
indumentum, 1.3—2 mm long. Corolla white, glabrous outside on basal half and appressed-dendritic-
hairy and with yellowish sessile glands in upper half, densely bearded inside the throat, sometimes
with a few scattered hairs extending a short distance above the throat, glabrous below throat; tube
1.7-2.5 mm long; lobes 1-1.5 mm long, the broadly rounded distal margin thickened and crenate
and the veins at apex thickened, the crenate part often depressed ovate, the basal unthickened part
often narrowed somewhat. Stamens distinctly exserted; filament 1.3-1.5 mm long, white; anther
0.4-0.5 mm long, much darker-coloured than the filament. Sty/e prominently exserted; entire part

c. 1.7 mm long at maturity, base densely covered by dendritic hairs up to 0.5 mm long, with the
dendritic hairs becoming fewer and then absent just below the branches; branches recurved, shorter
than entire part of style, glabrous. Fruit obovoid when young, not seen at maturity. (Figures 1B, 2)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 23 Jan. 1969, E.M. Bennett
2902 (PERTH); 20 Oct. 1995, D.J. Edinger 1054 (PERTH); Apr. 2005, J. Law 3 (MEL, PERTH);
1975, N.G. Marchant 75/318 (AD, PERTH); 26 Nov. 1986, D.J. Pearson 101 (PERTH); 15 Mar. 1993,
S.G. Pearson | (PERTH); 29 Oct. 2001, N. Streiber 68, P.C. Jobson & S. Anders (PERTH); 14 Sep. 1979,
J. Taylor 484, M.D. Crisp & R. Jackson (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Endemic to Western Australia, extending from near Ponton Creek east to
the Plumridge Lakes area, with several collections from within a nature reserve: COO, GAS, GVD
(Figure 3). Two records are from yellow sandplain, and two others from red or reddish yellow sand
in open mallee vegetation with Triodia.

Phenology. Flowers mainly recorded from October to December, also one record from April.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Three under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. Atleast eight localities are known for this taxon, most of them on two large conservation
reserves, the known distribution extending over 300 km.

306 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Western Austral ian Herbariua

WALTMAN

PERTH 06755607

ett
3 S

HOLOTYPE

Pierastylis cundeeleensis Rye

DETERMINAVIT BL. Rye
Western Australian Herba

21 —&- 2007

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM
PERTH, W.A.

EX
NATIONAL HERBARIUM OF NEW SOUTH WALES (NSW)
Royal Botanic Gardens, Syducy
Dicrastylis sp.
Det.: N. Streiber 29 Oct 2001
LAMIACEAE

Coll.: N. Streiber 67, P.C. Jobson & S, Anders
Date: 29 Oct 2001
Notes: Originating Mallee with Triodia, Dampiera, Mirbelia,
Tricoryne (Lily). On reddish-yellow sand.
ene Occasional shrub up to 0.3 meter high, Yellow inflorescence
Nez °. with white corollas.
: %
> Dups. to: PERTH, CANB, SYD
~y, Department of Environment and Conservation (This specimen is a duplicate of NSW 494649)
ve ‘© Wester Australian Herbarium (PERTH

Figure 2. Holotype of Dicrastylis cundeeleensis (PERTH 06755607). Scale bar = 20 mm.

307

kilometres

Figure 3. Distribution in Western Australia of Dicrastylis cundeeleensis (A),
D. doranii (a), D. mitchellii (e) and D. subterminalis (*).

Etymology. Named after the Cundeelee area where this species occurs.

Affinities. Dicrastylis cundeeleensis is very closely related to D. doranii, but occurs south-west of
the range of D. doranii (Figure 3A) and can be distinguished by leaf characters and by its shorter
and more spreading inflorescence, which is usually broader than long and tends to be more yellowish
or rarely reddish. Its corolla is white but the calyx indumentum is usually pale to medium yellow,
the inflorescence usually appearing cream to medium yellow. The inflorescence of D. doranii is
nearly always much longer than broad. In the typical variant of D. doranii the inflorescence is often
100-170 mm long and has some long, erect dendritic hairs on its axes, unlike the uniformly peltate-
dendritic indumentum of D. cundeeleensis.

In Dicrastylis cundeeleensis the leaves generally appear to be very flat, whereas leaves of
D. doranii are often distinctly bowed, with the adaxial surface convex and the abaxial surface concave.
Actually, the leaf margins of D. cundeeleensis are recurved but the flat surface in between is filled
with peltate-dendritic hairs such that the whole surface appears to be flat. In D. doranii, the margins
are more obviously recurved and, as already noted, the whole leaf surface tends to be bowed. The
northern variant of D. doranii, which has been named D. carnegiei, is readily distinguished from
D. cundeeleensis by the short close indumentum on its leaves which fills the rather shallow depressions
on the lower surface and is usually accompanied by numerous small yellowish glands protruding
above the hairs. In D. cundeeleensis, the leaf hairs are larger and their flat branched summit overlaps
to form a more level layer on the lower surface of the leaves, hiding the deep glabrous depressions.
These depressions correspond with the bullae on the upper surface and contain glands. They tend to

308 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

become visible as the indumentum becomes less dense on aging leaves. Typical D. doranii also tends
to have the hairs longer than in D. carnegiei, although still filling the depressions rather than having
glabrous depressions as in D. cundeeleensis.

Notes. There is no obvious petiole on any of the leaves of Dicrastylis cundeeleensis because of the
continuation of the indumentum to the base of the leaf, but ifa petiole is present below the indumentum
"it is very short and poorly defined.

One specimen collected from Queen Victoria Spring Nature Reserve (D./. Edinger 1054A) appears
to be a hybrid between Dicrastylis brunnea and D. cundeeleensis, although only the latter parent was
simultaneously collected (D.J. Edinger 1054). Dicrastylis brunnea has commonly been collected in
the Cundeelee area in similar habitats to those occupied by D. cundeeleensis and so is very likely to
come into occasional contact with D. cundeeleensis.

In view of the very close affinity of the new taxon to Dicrastylis doranii, there is some doubt
as to whether it should be treated as a separate species or just as a subspecies of D. doranii. Being
geographically separated as well as having significant morphological differences, it clearly does
need to be recognised formally as a distinct taxon, and the simplest option of treating it as a separate
species is taken here.

Dicrastylis doranii F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 230 (1874). Type: Rawlinson Range, Western Australia,
E. Giles s.n. (holo: MEL 40815 n.v.).

Dicrastylis carnegiei Hemsl., Hook. Ic. Pl. ser. 4, 6: t. 2582 (1899). Type: c. 22°30'S, 126°E, Western
Australia, H.D. Carnegie s.n. (holo: K n.v.).

Illustration. Munir (1978) p. 528, Figure 22.

Description as given in Munir (1978: 526-527) except that the leaves are occasionally in whorls
of three and the inflorescence is often almost elongated, i.e. much longer than broad, and closer to
cylindrical than to pyramidal, or with a spike-like upper part and widely spaced branches below
forming a pyramidal base.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 86 km NE of Warburton Community on
road to Giles, 23 Oct. 1989, B.J. Conn 3457 & J.A. Scott (PERTH); 0.5 km E of Shallow Bore, Lorna
Glen Station, 3 Nov. 2002, D.J. Edinger 3192 & G. Marsh (PERTH); 50 km W of Kiwirrkurra, Gibson
Desert, 3 Nov. 1998, P.K. Latz 15761 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: c. 70 miles [113 km]
WNW Mount Singleton, 13 June 1957, G. Chippendale 3350 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Probably occurs in the far south of the Northern Botanical Province of
Western Australia although it was omitted from the “Flora of the Kimberley Region” treatment of
the family (Rye 1992), extending from Wallal Downs Station (Kimberley Region) and the far north
of the Eremaean Botanical Province south to the northern border of the Nullarbor Plain: CR, DL,
GD, GSD, GVD, LSD, NUL, TAN (Figure 3). Also occurs in Northern Territory. Occurs mainly on
or between red sand dunes, also recorded in red sand over sandstone or other types of rock, often
associated with spinifex.

Phenology. Flowering probably occurs opportunistically throughout all or most of the year.

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 309

Affinities. Closely related to several other species with thickenings on the corolla lobes, differing from
its close relative D. cundeeleensis as noted under that species. It is distinguished from D. beveridgei
and D. costelloi primarily by its inflorescence being less spike-like and by its corolla lobes having
thickening extending down along the veins from the margin rather than just forming a marginal rim.
It also tends to have broader flatter leaves (i.e. less revolute) and broader bracts, and it lacks the deep
yellow and deep reddish or violet hairs commonly found in the other two species.

Notes. This is a very widespead and variable species in need of further study. Its inflorescence is
variable in structure, but typically is quite long and with widely spaced lower branches (as illustrated
in Munir 1978: Figure 22A) and has either white or cream indumentum.

Dicrastylis carnegiei is a small-flowered, short-haired, glandular variant that occurs in the north-
western part of the species’ range, mainly in the Great Sandy Desert. It possibly should be recognised
formally, at least at the subspecific level, but seems to show too much intergradation with typical
D. doraniito be readily identified at the margins ofits distribution in the Gibson Desert. The typical variant
of D. doranii extends from the Gibson Desert south to the northern margin of the Nullarbor Plain.

Dicrastylis exsuccosa (F.Muell.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isles 4: 619 (1917). Pityrodia exsuccosa
F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 60 (1858). Dicrastylis ochrotricha F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 161 (1864), nom. illeg. Type
citation: in locis petraeis deserti Australiae centralis, e.g. ad rivum Sturt’s Creek. Zype: Sturt Creek, ?Western
Australia, 11 March 1856, F. Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL 40891 n.v., illustration seen; iso: K n.v.).

Dicrastylis exsuccosa f. albo-lutea Munir, Brunonia 1: 539-540 (1978). Type: 75 miles [121 km]
south-west of The Granites, Northern Territory, 1 August 1970, P.K. Latz 710 (holo: AD n.v.;
iso: DNA (previously numbered NT 27718)).

Dicrastylis exsuccosa f. lachnophylla Munir, Brunonia 1: 537-538 (1978). Type: near Barrow Range,
Western Australia, 25 June 1958, J.B. Clement s.n. (holo: AD n.yv.).

Dicrastylis exsuccosa subsp. cinerea Munir, Brunonia 1: 540-542 (1978). Type: Carnegie Station,
Western Australia, July 1941, F.M. Bennett 157 (holo: PERTH 01603078).

Dicrastylis exsuccosa subsp. elliptica Munir, Brunonia 1: 542-545 (1978). Type: Yelma, 99 miles
[159 km] east of Wiluna, Western Australia, 17 August 1958, N.H. Speck 1222 (holo: CANB n.v.,
illustration seen; iso: NSW n.v., PERTH 01603086).

Dicrastylis exsuccosa subsp. wilsonii Munir, Brunonia 1: 545-546 (1978). Type: 10 miles [16 km]
south of No. 8 Well on Canning Stock Route, Western Australia, 21 September 1942, H.M. Wilson
21 (holo: PERTH 01603094).

Dicrastylis exsuccosa var. lanceolata Munir, Brunonia 1: 535-536 (1978). Type: 34 miles [55 km]
north-north-east of Barrow Creek township, Northern Territory, 24 August 1956, M. Lazarides 5826
(holo: CANB n.v.; iso: DNA (ex CANB, previously numbered NT 18081), PERTH 01603051). Also
unseen isotypes at AD, BRI, MEL, and US.

Dicrastylis exsuccosa var. tomentosa Munir, Brunonia 1: 536-537 (1978). Type: 40 miles [64 km]
north-west of Giles, Rawlinson Range, Western Australia, 4 August 1962, R.H. Kuchel 286
(holo: AD n.v.; iso: L, UP, both n.v.).

310 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Illustrations. Munir (1978) p. 532, Figure 23; p. 541, Figure 24; p. 544, Figure 25.
Description as given in Munir (1978: 530-531).

Distribution. Extends from Sturt Creek south-west to the Wiluna area and south to Newbery anq
near Warburton in Western Australia: CR, GAS, GD, GSD, GVD, LSD, MUR, TAN. Also occurs jp
Northern Territory and South Australia. (Figure 4)

Phenology. Flowering probably occurs opportunistically.
Affinities. See notes under the newly described close relative Dicrastylis kumarinensis.

Notes. The Dicrastylis exsuccosa complex is extremely variable. Munir (1978) recognised many
infraspecific entities for D. exsuccosa but these are difficult to identify because of their overlapping
ranges and the presence of morphological intermediates. In any case, the use of subspecies, varieties
and forms within a single species is confusing. Two main variants are listed below, differing in the
length of their calyx indumentum and are largely geographically separated, although they show some
morphological intergradation where their ranges overlap.

a. Short-haired variant
Illustration. Munir (1978) p. 532, Figure 23.

Leaf blades narrowly or very narrowly ovate, 40-90 x 11-23 mm, pale to deep yellow-green on
under surface at first, becoming less yellowish with age, medium to dark green on upper surface. Calyx
with scattered to fairly frequent coarse yellow hairs 0.5—1.3 mm long and a distinct, more continuous
layer of finer shorter hairs, the calyx lobes clearly visible.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Bishops Dell, 8 June 1980, 4.4. Burbidge
174 (PERTH); Gregory Salt Lake, Billiluna Station, 1992, 7. Handasyde 30 (PERTH). NORTHERN
TERRITORY: | mile [1.6 km] E of Camel W.H., Tanami Range, 12 Sep. 1971, C. Dunlop 2314
(DNA); 128 km W of Stuart Highway on track to Lajamanu, G. Leach 1720 (DNA); c. 320 km N of
Alice Springs along Stuart Highway, 15 June 1988, J.Z. Weber 10180 (DNA).

Distribution and habitat. In Western Australia this variant extends from Sturt Creek south to near
Babool Rockholes (south-west of Warburton): GSD, TAN. It also occurs in Northern Territory and
possibly in northern South Australia. Most records are from red sand between dunes with spinifex
but one record is from an alluvial flat and one atypical specimen (with leaves hairier than normal) is
from amongst massive sandstone on a plateau above a spring.

Notes. This is the typical variant of the species and also includes the type of the variant that Munir
named Dicrastylis exsuccosa vat. lanceolata. The leaves are generally longer and narrower than in the
long-haired variant of D. exsuccosa. There are two main short-haired subvariants but these overlap in
range and intergrade. One subvariant extends from Southesk Tablelands east into Northern Territory,
but also reportedly occurs much further south near Babool Rockholes (AD z.v.). Its leaves are often
grey-green on the upper surface, with shallow broad bullae and little separation between the bullae
(but sometimes more mature leaves resembling the other subvariant are present) and it has relatively
short hairs on the peduncles and calyx. A second subvariant extends from Balgo Hills Station south

|

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 311

oO
Wiluna

Bo
ona?
a

“Kalgoorlie

Figure 4. Distribution in Western Australia of Dicrastylis exsuccosa (a) and
D. kumarinensis (A).

towards Sir Frederick Range and into Northern Territory. Its leaves are dark green above, with deeper
and more widely spaced bullae, and longer hairs on the peduncles and calyx. Some specimens are
intermediate in both states, for example one from Wilson Cliffs, Western Australia.

An odd specimen (K.F. Kenneally 11971) from the Tanami Desert has pale grey-green leaves
like those of D. gilesii and occurs on a somewhat similar rocky habitat. However, it has the calyx
indumentum and shape of D. exsuccosa and is well outside the known range of D. gilesii.

b. long-haired variant
Illustrations. Munir (1978) p. 541, Figure 24; p. 544, Figure 25.

Leaf blades narrowly ovate to almost circular, usually ovate, (15)20—-60 x (7)10-25 mm, often
silvery-grey, with deep narrow bullae on upper surface but the bullae sometimes hidden. Calyx with
a very fine woolly indumentum of yellow or a mixture of yellow and deep pinkish hairs 1.3-3 mm
long, tending to obscure the lobes.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: S of Windy Corner, Aug. 1976, A.M. Ashby
5420 (DNA); 46 km SSW of Well 42, Canning Stock Route, 3 May 1979, 4.S. George 15580 (DNA); near
Mt Charles, H.A. Johnson s.n. (DNA 5096); Little Sandy Desert, 2 May 1979, A.S. Mitchell s.n. (DNA,
PERTH); Gunbarrel Highway, 25 km SE of Mt Beadell, 4 June 1985, R. Southgate s.n. (DNA).

312 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Distribution and habitat. In Western Australia it extends from the northern Gibson Desert south to near
Cosmo Newbery (NE of Laverton): CR, GAS, GD, GSD, GVD, LSD, MUR. Also occurs in Northery
Territory and South Australia. Commonly recorded from red sand dunes or sandy plains, also recordgq
from sandstone outcrops or other kinds of rocky rises, often associated with spinifex.

Notes. This taxon has been known at PERTH as Dicrastylis tomentosa ms but its status is far from
clear. It might warrant at least subspecific status as it occurs in a distinct geographic region with little
overlap in range with typical D. exsuccosa but it is extremely variable and needs further study to
determine whether it should be subdivided and additional taxa recognised.

Three subspecies, one variety and two forms have been named by Munir (1978) from among the
long-haired specimens. One of these, subsp. wilsonii, has been a Priority One taxon (Atkins 2006),
as it was known from only two specimens from Mt Moore and near No. 8 Well on the Canning Stock
Route. Munir distinguished it from the other variants of Dicrastylis exsuccosa because its calyx Wags
hairy inside and it had broader leaves. However, the broadest leaves known among the long-haired
specimens are those of a specimen (A.S. George 9099) of subsp. cinerea and the calyx lobes of other
variants are also sometimes hairy inside.

Dicrastylis flexuosa (W.R.Price) C.A.Gardner, J. Roy. Soc. W. Austral. 27: 191 (1942). Pityrodig
flexuosa W.R.Price, Kew Bull. 1910: 384 (1910). Type: Western Australia, 23 June 1908, W.H. Ince
s.n. (holo: K n.v.; iso: PERTH 03666204).

Dicrastylis microphylla Munir, Brunonia 1: 451-454 (1978). Type: Cundeelee Mission, north
of Zanthus, Western Australia, 21 September 1963, 4.S. George 5804 (holo: PERTH 01603140;
iso: PERTH 01603167 & 01603159).

Illustrations. Munir (1978) p. 453, Figure 2; p. 455, Figure 3.

Description as given in Munir (1978: 454) except for the following characters. Shrub 0.3-1(1.5) m
high. Leaves usually ovate, sometimes narrower, 9-27 x 3—11 mm. Cymes usually all subsessile with
the peduncle up to 2 mm long, rarely the lower cymes with a peduncle up to 8 mm long.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: | km S of Canegrass Swamp, 25 Oct. 1992,
G. Barrett s.n. (PERTH); Barwidgee Station, 1999, L. Boladeras 1 (PERTH); 80.2 km W of Agnew towards
Sandstone, 26 Oct. 1996, R. Schuh & G. Cassis 96-21 (PERTH); 5 km W of Zanthus, 17 Sep. 1979, J. Taylor
566, M.D. Crisp & R. Jackson (PERTH); Bandya Station, 23 Nov. 1989, S. Van Vreesen 2706 (PERTH),

Distribution and habitat. Endemic to Western Australia, extending from near Wiluna south-east
to Zanthus: COO, MUR. Occurs in red sandy soil on plains with spinifex, one record from a low
shrubland with mallees.

Phenology. Flowers from August to November.
Affinities. Very closely related to Dicrastylis nicholasii but differing as described under that species.

Notes. The typical variant of Dicrastylis flexuosa, with ovate leaves, extends from Wiluna south-east
to the Coolgardie area. A southern variant, occurring from the Coolgardie area south to Zanthus, tends
to have somewhat narrower leaves with the margins more recurved, the most extreme example being

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 313

the type specimen of D. microphylla. While the northern specimens have broader leaves on average,
there is no clear separation of the two variants in leaf width. When D. microphylla was first named, it
appeared more distinctive than it does now because no other southern collections had been available
to show the complete variation in leaf width over the full distribution of D. flexuosa. Dicrastylis
microphylla is here reduced to a synonym of D. flexuosa.

Specimens from the far south of the species range in the Zanthus region show another unusual
character not previously recorded for Dicrastylis flexuosa. Some of them have the lower peduncles
lengthened to c. 4 mm, or on one specimen (N.G. Marchant 75/300) reaching a maximum length
of 8 mm. Other specimens from the same region have all of their cymes subsessile as in typical
D. flexuosa.

Dicrastylis gilesii F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 229-230 (1874). Type: between Alberta River and Mt Olga,
Northern Territory, E. Giles s.n. (holo: MEL 40878 n.v.; iso: B, NSW both n.v.).

Dicrastylis gilesii f. brevipila Munir, Brunonia 1: 565-566 (1978). Type: Blackstone Mining Camp,
c. 360 km south-west of Alice Springs, c. 50 km north-east of Cavanagh Range, Western Australia,
11 July 1958, R. Hill & T.R.N. Lothian 921 (holo: AD n.v.; iso: Kn.v., DNA (ex NT 18079)).

Dicrastylis gilesii f. densa Munir, Brunonia 1: 560-561 (1978). Type: 50 miles [80 km] east of Docker
River Settlement, Northern Territory, 26 October 1970, P.K. Latz 835 (holo: AD n.v.; iso: DNA (ex
NT 28776), PERTH (ex NT 28776) 01603124).

Dicrastylis gilesii f. irregularis Munir, Brunonia 1: 564-565 (1978). Type: Warrabu Gorge on south-
west side of Rawlinson Range, c. 15 km north-west of Giles, Western Australia, 3 August 1962,
P.G. Wilson 2405 (holo: AD n.v., illustration seen; iso: B, E, both n.v.).

Dicrastylis gilesii var. bagotensis Munir, Brunonia 1: 561-566 (1978). Type: Bagots Creek, George
Gill Range, Northern Territory, 13 August 1957, G. Chippendale (holo: DNA (ex NT 3616);
iso: PERTH 03716023).

Dicrastylis gilesii var. laxa Munir, Brunonia 1: 566-567 (1978). Type: 25 miles [40 km] south-west
of Napperby Station, Northern Territory, 16 September 1956, M. Lazarides 5999 (holo: AD n.v.;
iso: DNA (ex NT 47674), PERTH 03716023).

Dicrastylis petermannensis Munir, Brunonia 1: 551-553 (1978). Type: | mile [1.6 km] west of Docker
Creek Settlement, Petermann Ranges, Northern Territory, 20 September, /.R. Maconochie 800 (holo:
AD n.v., illustration seen; iso: PERTH (ex NT 25089) 01603590).

Illustrations. Munir (1978) p. 553, Figure 28; p. 558, Figure 30; p. 562, Figure 31.

Description as given in Munir (1978: 556) except for the following. /nflorescence very variable
in length and in the arrangement of the cymose clusters but more or less pyramidal overall, very
compact to quite loose, (40)60-220 mm long, the arrangement of the cymes on each branch ranging
from corymbose or racemose to spike-like, with dendritic hairs 0.4-1.5 mm long forming a very dense
creamy to yellow-brown indumentum on the axes and peduncles; cymes commonly 7- to | 5-flowered,
the flowers densely grouped into a globular head-like cluster 15—22 mm diam.

a I A i A

314 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Rawlinson Range, E side of the Pass of the
Abencerrages, 24 July 1978, 4.S George 12144 (PERTH); Purnawara Rockhole, 4 km N of Boundary
Peak, Bell Rock Range, 25 June 1989, D.J. Pearson 633 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY:
Mt Haste, 30 Sep. 2001, D.E. Albrecht 10052 (NT, PERTH); Waterhouse Ranges, near Orange Creek,
23 Aug. 1988, MJ. Barritt 461 (DNA); Mt Olga, Mar. 1967, W.H. Butler s.n. (PERTH); Curtin Springs,
27 Apr. 1974, T.S. Henshall 109 (DNA); Palm Valley, P.K. Latz 4471 (DNA); 1.5 miles [2.4 km] W of
Ormiston Gorge, 18 June 1974, J. Wauchope s.n. (DNA); Krichauff Range, 5 Aug. 1981, 4.5. Weston
12579 (DNA, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. In Western Australia this species occurs in the Rawlinson Range area: CR,
GSD, GVD. Also occurs in southern Northern Territory and the far north-west of South Australia.
Recorded mainly from the rocky higher slopes of the mountain ranges of central Australia, in sand or
sandstone. Three specimens record the vegetation as: spinifex; hammock grassland; shrubland with
Ptilotus and Dodonaea.

Phenology. Flowering probably occurs opportunistically through all or most of the year.

Affinities. Closely related to Dicrastylis exsuccosa, which differs in having a bright yellow indumentum
on the flowers. Most specimens of D. gilesii are also distinguished by their large grey leaves. See also
the affinities section under D. cordifolia.

Notes. Some depauperate specimens, perhaps collected after a long dry spell, have lost most of their
leaves, with only the smaller more terminal leaves present, the largest of which are c. 20 mm long.
The leaves are relatively uniform in flowering specimens in shape, size and colour, all being soft to
the touch and pale grey-green because of the dense indumentum, but fruiting or vegetative specimens
sometimes have darker greenish leaves with the indumentum largely worn off.

Corolla colour in Dicrastylis gilesiiis mostly recorded as white or cream but occasionally as purplish,
a colour that could refer to the presence of purplish hairs rather than the corolla surface colour. Many
specimens have a pink-purple indumentum on the young inflorescences, especially those still in early
bud. According to the original description of var. /axa, this taxon lacks pink-purple indumentum, but
the label on one of the cited specimens (4.0. Nicholls 892) records some stems with a reddish-green
indumentum and others with an almost white indumentum. Unfortunately, few specimens give any
information on indumentum colour.

Although Dicrastylis gilesii is very variable in its inflorescence, all of the inflorescence types
used to distinguish the named varieties listed as synonyms above, and the synonymous species
D. petermannensis, seem to completely intergrade. Inflorescences vary from short and compact
through to much larger and rather loose, with great variation in inflorescence length occurring within
each of the named varieties. Separation of the taxa is based mainly on the density and arrangement of
the branches and cymes, with the densest inflorescences tending to occur in f. densa and the loosest
ones in var. /axa, but these seem to represent the extremes of a continuum.

Arrangement of the cymes on each branch varies from being relatively corymbose or racemose
to almost spike-like, although the overall inflorescence shape is nearly always pyramidal. The spike-
like arrangement, with the cymes subsessile or with peduncles less than 5 mm long, is seen in the
type specimen of D. petermannensis and to varying degrees in some specimens included in D. gilesii.
Dicrastylis petermannensis was named based on a single collection from Petermann Range, Northern

|
]
|

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 315

Territory, but has since been recorded from the far north-west of South Australia. A specimen from
Rawlinson Range in Western Australia (A.S. George 8816) was placed under D. gilesii var. laxa in
Munir (1978) but apparently bridges the gap between the new species and the original one. It has an
inflorescence of a similar size and density to that of D. petermannensis but with a somewhat more
racemose arrangement of the cymes on each branch.

In its indumentum, leaf and floral characters, D. petermannensis appears to be identical to D. gilesii
and therefore is reduced here to a synonym. It should be noted that many of the floral measurements
given for D. gilesii in Munir (1978) are about twice the size of those recorded for the species here,
whereas the measurements given for D. petermannensis are much more in agreement.

Dicrastylis kumarinensis Rye, sp. nov.

Dicrastyli exsuccosae (F.Muell.) Druce affinis sed folius plus elongatis, floris minoribus et lobis
corollae latioribus margine crispatis differt.

Typus: 20 km north of Kumarina, Western Australia, 3 October 1978, 4.4. Mitchell 632 (holo: PERTH
01869175; iso: CANB).

Dicrastylis sp. Kumarina (A.A. Mitchell 632), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral.
Fl.: Deser. Cat. p. 212 (2000).

Shrub 0.4—0.8 m high, up to c. 1 m diam., with a very dense close indumentum of yellow dendritic
hairs on the young stems and main inflorescence axes and with a very dense indumentum of spreading
yellow dendritic hairs on the pedicels or minor axes. Leaves opposite and decussate or rarely in whorls
of three, mostly widely antrorse to patent; petiole 3-6 mm long; blade very narrowly ovate to almost
linear-elliptic, 60-110 x 7-15 mm; lower surface pale green or yellowish, densely covered by erect
dendritic hairs up to 1 mm long; upper surface much darker green, deeply bullate, less densely covered
by erect dendritic hairs. Inflorescence a narrowly pyramidal to almost cylindrical panicle of cymes,
80-250 mm long; peduncles of lower branches 10-55 mm long; cymes 5- to many-flowered. Flowers
5-merous. Ca/yx 4-5 mm long, with minute simple glandular hairs inside except for extreme base,
which is glabrous, and with a few long dendritic hairs towards apex, densely covered outside by yellow
erect dendritic hairs c. 1 mm long; tube 1-2 mm long: lobes broadly ovate, 3-3.5 mm long, gland-
dotted inside. Corolla white, glabrous outside except for a patch of short dendritic hairs concentrated
at the base of each of the lobes, appressed-hairy inside tube and sometimes fairly densely bearded in
the throat, all hairs white or a few of them yellow, with yellow sessile glands outside especially on
distal part of tube and on the lobes; tube 1.7—2.5 mm long; lobes broadly triangular to very broadly
ovate, 1.3-1.7 mm long, with a glabrous crinkled margin. Stamens slightly exserted from the throat;
filament c. 0.7 mm long; anther 0.6-0.7 mm long, dark-coloured. Style deeply 2-branched; undivided
part 0.5—1.3 mm long, with white dendritic hairs 0.6—1.2 mm long; branches recurved, shorter or longer
than the entire part, glabrous. Fruit hard-walled, globular, 2.5-3.5 mm long and wide but not seen
at full maturity, extreme base with base of calyx adnate, densely covered above by yellow dendritic
hairs. (Figures 1C, 5) :

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Collier Range, 157 km N of Meekatharra,
13 Aug. 1963, J.S. Beard 2757 (MEL, PERTH); 150 km S of Mt Newman turnoff, Great Northern
Highway, 11 Sep. 1978, 4.C. Beauglehole 59370 & E.G. Errey 3070 (PERTH); 640 mile post, 7.5
mi. [11 km] N of Kumarina, 26 Oct. 1970, H. Demarz 2792 (PERTH); SE of Newman on edge of

316

Dierastyls sp. Kumarina (A.A, A

EPRESENTED IN petenminavit 8.L, Rye lo -8- 1994
aera ete Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

" f Department of Environment and Conservation
a © Wester Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

Figure 5. Holotype of Dicrastylis kumarinensis (PERTH 01869175). Scale bar = 20 mm,

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Western Austral ian Herbariua

TAIUCNAIET

PERTH 01869175

HOLOTYPE
Dicrastyh’s kumaciaensis Rye
peterminavit 6, L, Rye 21-4- 2007
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Diera righ 2x SUccose

ssf alliplron

OssrvS?

Lat. Long.
Coll. GL. hth No 632 3/1978

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 317

Great Sandy Desert, 26 Aug. 1988, D.J/. Edinger 632 (PERTH); 5 km E of Tabimaya Well, Carnarvon
Range proposed conservation park, Little Sandy Desert, 23 Aug. 1999, D.J. Edinger Nats 10 (PERTH);
2 km SW of Serpents Glen, 5 km W of M6 Hill, Carnarvon Range, Little Sandy Desert, 26 Aug.
1999, D.J. Edinger Nats 46 (PERTH); abandoned Rabbit Proof Fence, 20 Oct. 1991, H.N. Foote
107 (PERTH); 640 mile peg N of Meekatharra, 15 Oct. 1963, F. Lullfitz 2629 (PERTH); c. 15 km N
of Kumarina on Great Northern Highway, 27 Aug. 1995, 4.4. Mitchell 434 (PERTH); 143 km S of
Newman, 6 Oct. 1989, B. Nordenstam & A.Anderberg 361 (PERTH); between Lake Disappointment
and Robertson Range, Aug. 1973, G.N. Royce s.n. (PERTH); 26.5 km N of Kumarina Roadhouse, —
12 July 1980, C.l. Stacey 649 (AD, NSW, NT, PERTH); Little Sandy Desert, 11.4 km SW of Cooma
Well, 9.2 km NNE of Moffetah Well, 15 Aug. 1997, S. van Leeuwen 3212 (BRI, PERTH); Little
Sandy Desert, 5.4 km N of Cooma Well along the old No. 1 Vermin Proof Fence, 30.6 km SE of Old
Cundlebar, 14 Aug. 2001, S. van Leeuwen 4888 (BRI, PERTH); Great Northern Highway, 15 km N
of Kumarina, | Aug. 2004, J.Z. Wajon 1181 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Endemic to Western Australia, extending from near Newman south to Collier
Range and east to between Robinson Range and Lake Disappointment: GAS, LSD, PIL (Figure 4).
Occurs in red sand, on or between sandhills, in shrublands. Associated shrubland species are listed
for one collection as Calytrix, Grevillea juncifolia, Bonamia and Keraudrenia.

Phenology. Flowers August to October.
Etymology. Named after the locality of Kumarina where this species has commonly been collected.

Affinities. This species has previously been confused with Dicrastylis exsuccosabutis easily distinguished
by its smaller flowers with broader corolla lobes (broadly ovate rather than ovate) with a distinctly
crinkled margin. It also tends to have longer narrower leaves. The two species slightly overlap in
range but no intermediates are known.

Notes. Although several specimens of this species had been collected by 1975, Munir (1978) did not
annotate or cite any of these and so was unaware of the existence of this taxon. One specimen (H.N.
Foote 107) has the leaves and inflorescence branches of one stem in alternating whorls of three. No
other whorled leaves have been observed.

Dicrastylis mitchellii Rye, sp. nov.

Dicrastyli sessifoliae Munir affinis sed inflorescentia indumento minus denso et lobis calycis
minus dense pubescentibus differt.

Typus: Killara Station, Western Australia, October 1981, 4.A. Mitchell 905 (holo: PERTH 03668525;
iso: PERTH 03668312).

Dicrastylis sp. Turee Creek (S. Black s.n. PERTH 06344577), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed May 2007]. .

Shrub c. 0.3 m high, with short and long dendritic hairs forming a very dense white indumentum
0.5—1 mm long on the young stems and with sparse or very scattered dendritic hairs 1.3-1.5 mm long
on the green to deep reddish axes and peduncles of the inflorescence. Leaves mostly in alternating
whorls of three, sessile, very narrowly ovate to narrowly elliptic or narrowly ovate, 20-35 x 5—9 mm,

318 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

upper surface rugose (shallowly bullate or divided into slightly raised areas), with margins recurved
and widely separated, moderately densely dendritic-hairy at first, with many sessile golden glands
on undersurface especially; hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long, with a patent stalk and horizontal branched
portion, i.e. peltate-dendritic, fine, white. Inflorescence a terminal raceme-like or narrowly pyramidal
arrangement of cymes, most cymes with a peduncle 10-30 mm long, the basal cymes on a peduncle up
to 55 mm long; main axis and branches slender, sometimes deep reddish-purple; cymes 7-flowered and
10-15 mm diam. but sometimes massed with other cymes into a many-flowered cluster up to 20 mm
wide. Flowers 5-merous. Calyx 3.54.5 mm long, glabrous inside, sparsely to moderately densely
covered outside by long-stalked dendritic hairs up to 2 mm long, also with some sessile glands; lobes
narrowly triangular, 2.53.5 mm long. Corolla apparently white; tube 3-4 mm long, glabrous outside
on basal part and appressed dendritic at summit especially below each of the lobes, densely bearded
in the throat; lobes 11.5 mm long, with appressed white dendritic hairs at base and centre, with an
unthickened base usually narrowed below a broadly rounded thickened distal margin; thickened distal
part depressed ovate to circular, with thickened veins, crenate. Stamens distinctly exserted; anther
0.5-0.6 mm long, dark-coloured. Style prominently exserted, deeply 2-branched; undivided part
covered by dendritic hairs c. 0.5 mm long; branches glabrous. Fruit hard-walled, obovoid, c. 2.5 x
2 mm, glabrous at base, the summit and sides covered with a white dendritic-hairy indumentum and
some sessile glands, 1-3-seeded. Seeds c. 2.2 x 1 mm, soft, white. (Figures 1D, 6)

Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [locality withheld] 27 Oct. 2000, S. Black s.n.
(PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known from two widely separated collections, one from Turee Creek and the
other collection from Killara Station, Western Australia: GAS, PIL. The former collection was from
sandplain below a dune and the latter was recorded and on clay soils with Eremophila. (Figure 3)

Phenology. Flowers and fruits recorded in October.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. No precise localities are known for this taxon but additional populations are likely
to be located as the two known records were probably made c. 300 km apart.

Etymology. Named after the first collector of the species, Andrew Mitchell, who has collected plants
extensively in north-western Australia. His specimens are used for the types of both this species and
D. kumarinensis.

Affinities. The species keys out with Dicrastylis sessilifolia Munir, which differs in having more hairy
inflorescences with the bases of individual flowers, including the densely hairy calyx lobes, hidden
by a dense white indumentum.

Notes. More collections are needed of this poorly known species. A fruit from S. Blacks.n. (27 Oct. 2000)
was used for the fruit measurements given in the description; it contained a single functional seed and
also a small aborted seed. Fruits on the holotype were ofa similar length but narrower, being c. 1.7mm
diam., and contained seeds c. 1.5 mm long that may have been immature. The larger measurements
given above for the calyx and corolla were taken from the fruits.

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species B19.

estern Austral ian Herbariua

Mt

PERTH 03668525

HoloTYPe
Dicrasty Ws sctebellit Rye
peterminavit B.L. Rye I= &—2007
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Dicrastylis sp.

0.3 m tall growing on clay (semi perennial herb!
soils with Eremophila sp.

Lat.
Colla.a. Mitchell 905.

Department of Environment and Conservation
© Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

Figure 6. Holotype of Dicrastylis mitchellii (PERTH 03668525). Scale bar = 20 mm.

320 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Dicrastylis nicholasii F.Muell., Fragm. 10: 15 (1876). Type citation: ad fontes eremi Victoria Springs.
Type: Queen Victoria Springs, Western Australia, J. Young s.n. (holo: MEL 40890 n.v., illustration
seen).

Illustration. Munir (1978) p. 491, Figure 14.

Shrub c. 0.6 m high, with dendritic hairs up to 2 mm long forming a very dense white indumentum on
the young stems and less densely arranged on the deep reddish axes and peduncles of the inflorescence.
Leaves mostly opposite and decussate but some in whorls of three, sessile, narrowly ovate or narrowly
elliptic-oblong, 10-18 x 3-6 mm, fairly densely dendritic-hairy at first; hairs with a patent stalk and
horizontal branched portion. Inflorescence a raceme-like arrangement of long-pedunculate cymes,
70-130 mm long; lower peduncles 15-35 mm long; cymes 7-flowered, the flowers densely grouped
into a globular head-like cluster 12-16 mm diam. Flowers 5-merous. Calyx 5-6 mm long, glabrous
inside, densely covered outside by dendritic hairs up to 1.5 mm long; lobes narrowly triangular or very
narrowly ovate, 4-5 mm long. Corolla probably blue; tube c. 5 mm long, glabrous outside on basal part
and dendritic-hairy above especially below each of the lobes, glabrous inside on basal part and densely
appressed-hairy above; lobes with a few long simple hairs inside, densely dendritic-hairy outside, the
abaxial lobe c. 2.5 mm long and the others c. 1.5 mm long. Stamens distinctly exserted; filament 2.5—3 mm
long, apparently dark blue; anther 1-1.3 mm long, apparently yellow inside and dark blue outside. Style
prominently exserted, c. 8 mm long, the entire portion densely covered by dendritic hairs c. 0.5 mm
long, with the dendritic hairs becoming fewer and shorter on basal part of each of the branches; branches
c. 3mm long in young flowers. Fruit not seen at maturity.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 13 May 2003, S. Adriano s.n.
(PERTH); 17 Oct. 1986, G./. Keighery & J.J. Alford 771 (PERTH); 12 July 2006, C. Slee 689-001
(PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Extends from near Officer Basin south to near Queen Victoria Springs and
Kanandah Station, Western Australia: GVD, NUL. Recorded on a slightly undulating plain, in red
sandy loam over calcrete, in a low open mallee woodland.

Phenology. Flowers recorded in May, September and October, probably flowering sporadically in
response to rain.

Conservation status. DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority Two (Atkins 2006).
Known from three very old collections, two of which were made by Helms on the Elder Expedition
of 1891, and three recent collections, with one location assumed to be in a conservation reserve.

Affinities. Very closely related to Dicrastylis flexuosa, both species having sessile leaves, a violet-blue
corolla and long calyx lobes with a sufficiently sparse indumentum for their shape and green colour
to be apparent. Other members of sect. Pyramidatae have shortly to long-petiolate leaves, a paler
corolla and densely hairy calyx lobes. Dicrastylis flexuosa can be distinguished from D. nicholasii
by the regular opposite and decussate arrangement of its cymes, often with very long internodes, up
to 65 mm long, between the pairs of cymes. In D. nicholasii the long peduncles of the cymes of the
lower axils give the inflorescence a more pyramidal structure and internodes are often shorter than
the peduncles. While Dicrastylis nicholasii often has some of its leaves in whorls of three, D. flexuosa
has its leaves regularly opposite. The two taxa also differ in distribution, with D. nicholasii occurring
east of the known range of D. flexuosa, although there is so little distance between their known ranges
that perhaps when they are better known they might prove to overlap slightly.

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 321

The southern variant of Dicrastylis flexuosa, which occurs close to the known range of
D. nicholasii, is similar to D. nicholasii in its leaf size and shape, and in sometimes having the lowest
flower heads distinctly pedunculate. However, the different arrangements of the cymes and the much
longer peduncles in D. nicholasii suggest that it should be maintained as a distinct species. Certainly,
present indications are that this taxon is distinct at least at the subspecific level.

Notes. Previously, Dicrastylis nicholasii was known only from three very old collections. A specimen
collected in 1986 has increased the range of morphological variation now known for this priority taxon.
Contrary to the description given by Munir, this specimen has one corolla lobe distinctly larger than
the rest, stamens distinctly exserted and style branches largely glabrous, but these are characters that
often differ between or within populations in other species of Dicrastylis. Corolla colour was recorded
as “possibly white”, suggesting that it was not noted until after the specimen had been dried and the
corolla colour had faded. The stamens and style have retained some deep blue colouring. Two other
new collections do not have the flower colour recorded.

Dicrastylis sessilifolia Munir, Brunonia 1: 552-556 (1978). Zype: sandplain near Youanmi, Western
Australia, 9 October 1939, G.E. Brockway 32 (holo: PERTH 01603604).

Illustration. Munir (1978) p. 555, Figure 29.

Description as given in Munir (1978: 554).

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: De La Poer Range Nature Reserve,
18 Oct. 1996, A. Chapman et al. DLP 11 (PERTH); 25 km SW of Tandagee Homestead, 22 Aug. 1984,
T. Houston 590-1 (PERTH); 31.7 km W of Agnew towards Sandstone, 26 Oct. 1996, R. Schuh &
G. Cassis 96-19 (PERTH); 94 km N of Leonora towards Leinster, 8 Oct. 1985, C.I. Stacey 792 (PERTH);
103.7 km N of Rason Lakes road near Helms Lake, 5 Nov. 1993, L. Sweedman 2949 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Endemic to Western Australia, extending from near Montague Range and
Sandstone east to Lake Carnegie: GAS, GD, GVD, MUR. Occurs mainly in red sand on dunes or
plains, commonly with spinifex.

Phenology. Flowers from August to November.

Affinities. See the affinities section under the related species Dicrastylis mitchellii. Dicrastylis sessilifolia
is also closely related to D. doranii but differs in its longer calyx lobes.

Notes. Unlike all of the other Western Australian taxa listed above, no significant changes are needed
for this species in its description or synonymy. However, new specimens, including those cited above,
have significantly increased its known geographic range.

Dicrastylis subterminalis Rye, sp. nov.

Folia sessilia, plerumque linearia ad marginem revoluta, pagina subta omni vel fere occulta supra
sparse pilosa. Inflorescentia ex constans cymis paucis longe pedunculatis capituliformibus infra apicem
foliosum positis. Flores 5-meri. Calyx pilis longis dendriticis aureis et glandibis numerosis dispersis
ornatus. Corolla alba, lobis plus minusve glabris.

322 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Typus: south of Schwerin Mural Crescent, Western Australia, 17 May 2000, D.J. Edinger 2128,
B. Backhouse & G. Marsh (holo: PERTH 05696771; iso: AD, DNA, MEL, GRH).

Dicrastylis sp. Central Ranges (D.J. Edinger 2128, B. Backhouse & G. Marsh), Western Australian
Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed May 2007].

Shrub small, height not recorded; young stems with a very dense appressed indumentum of dendritic
hairs forming a continuous covering (but becoming less dense close to the flowering axils) and with scattered
patent hairs c. 0.6 mm long protruding from the main cover, the patent hairs often with simple capitate lateral
branches. Leaves irregularly arranged but most of them opposite or subopposite and decussate and a few
in whorls of three, sessile, 9-15 x 1-2.5 mm, with revolute margins, mostly linear and with the margins
more or less meeting below at midrib but a few leaves very narrowly ovate or very narrowly elliptic, their
broader shape caused by the margins being partially separated and revealing a little of the sparsely hairy
undersurface; undersurface with short dendritic hairs on the midrib and scattered longer patent simple
or branched hairs and with numerous sessile glands in the regions on each side of the midvein; upper
surface rugose (shallowly bullate or divided into slightly raised areas), green, with scattered long patent
simple hairs and minute shortly stalked glandular hairs; longest hairs on upper surface, 0.6-0.8 mm long,
multicellular, yellowish, with the apex often slightly swollen into ahead or gland. Inflorescence of a few long-
pedunculate cymes below a leafy apex; peduncles mostly 20-30 mm long; cymes dense, head-like, globular,
10-15 mm diam., commonly 7-flowered, possibly sometimes 5-flowered; basal bracts ovate, c. 4. mm
long, with recurved ciliate margins. Flowers 5-merous. Calyx c. 4.5 mm long, very deeply divided into
5 lobes, with minute sessile or shortly stalked glands inside mostly near the base, otherwise glabrous
inside, covered outside by numerous subsessile minute glands and scattered golden dendritic hairs up
to 1.3 mm long; lobes narrowly triangular, c. 4 mm long. Corolla white, with long simple hairs in the
throat; tube c. 5 mm long, more or less glabrous outside; lobes broadly ovate-triangular to more oblong-
elliptic, c. 1.5 mm long. Stamens distinctly exserted; anther c. 1 mm long, apparently yellow inside and
dark blue outside. Style exserted, deeply 2-branched, the unbranched part densely covered by dendritic
hairs which become fewer and shorter on the branches; branches prominently exserted, with scattered
dendritic hairs c. 0.4 mm long. Fruit not seen. (Figures 1E, 7)

Selected specimens. Only known from the type.

Distribution and habitat. Recorded from Schwerin Mural Crescent in the far inland of Western
Australia: CR (Figure 3). The only known locality is in red sand by a creekline, with Corymbia
eremaea and spinifex.

Phenology. Flowers recorded in May but the flowering time may be very variable if it is dependant
on infrequent occurrences of rain.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. Known from a single population, where the species was described as being common.
The species is known from a very remote area and no attempt has been made to survey it. Areas that
should be searched for it include the adjacent Petermann Ranges of Northern Territory

Etymology. The epithet subterminalis refers to the subterminal position of the cymes on the branchlets.

Affinities. This is a very distinctive species with no obvious close relatives. In its inflorescence,
D. subterminalis seems unique, and it also has more glabrous flowers than any other species. Overall,

B.L. Rye, A review of the sectional classification of Dicrastylis and four new arid zone species 323

Vester lustralianHerariun |

FLT

PERTH 05696771

ESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Dicrastylis sp.Central Ranges(DJ.Edinger,B Backhouse &
G.Marsh DJE 2128)

Chloanthaceae

Small green shrub; flowers in umbels, white, small.
Damp, dark red sand by ereckline, On disused track. With
Corymbia cremaca subsp. eremaca.

Frequency; common on spinifex plain,

Coll. DJ. Edinger, B. Backhouse & G. Marsh DJE 2128
HOLOTYPE Date: 17/05/2000

Dicrasty lis subtecminalis Rye

petenminavit 8b. Rye 2l- &- 2007 Dups. to GRH.
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) PERTH 05696771
2" Department of Environment and Conservation
© Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

Figure 7. Holotype of Dicrastylis subterminalis (PERTH 05696771). Scale bar = 20 mm.

324 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

it appears to have greatest affinities to the species group comprised of Dicrastylis capitellarg,
D. flexuosa, D. lewellinii and D. nicholasii. Its leaves are similar to those of D. capitellata in their
shape and in the lack of a dense indumentum on their upper surface, but are more obviously sesgije
and are less densely hairy on the undersurface.

Acknowledgements

This research has been facilitated by the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving Our Specieg’
biodiversity conservation initiative. I am much indebted to Kelly Shepherd for editing and arranging
the photographs used in Figure 1, for preparing the distribution maps, and for scanning the holotypes
for the other figures. I am also grateful to the director and staff of DNA for the loan of type materja]
and other specimens, to Paul Wilson for assistance in writing the Latin diagnoses, to Nicola Streiber foy
making available her unpublished molecular data, and to the referee and editors for their constructive
comments.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Environment Australia (2000). Revision of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) and development
of version 5.1 — summary report. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/version5-1/summary-report/index.htm|
[accessed July 2007]

Paczkowska, G. & Chapman, A.R. (2000). “The Western Australian flora: a descriptive catalogue.” (Wildflower Society of
Western Australia, Western Australian Herbarium, Botanic Gardens & Parks Authority: Perth.)

Munir, A.A. (1978). Taxonomic revision of Chloanthaceae trib. Physopsideae. Brunonia 1(4): 407-692.

Munir, A.A. (1991). Two new species of Dicrastylis J. Drumm. ex Harv. (Chloanthaceae) from Western Australia. Journa] of
the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 14(1): 85-92.

Olmstead, R.G., Reeves, P.A. & Lepschi, B.J. (1999). Confirmation of a monophyletic Chloanthoideae (Lamiaceae) comprising
tribes Chloantheae and Prostanthereae. Lamiales Newsletter 6: 7-10.

Rye, B.L. (1992). Chloanthaceae. Jn: J.R. Wheeler (Ed.), B.L. Rye, B.L. Koch & A.J.G. Wilson. “Flora of the Kimberley
Region.” pp. 795-800. (Western Australia Herbarium: Perth.)

Rye, B.L. (2005). A taxonomic review of Dicrastylis sect. Corymbosae (Lamiaceae: Chloantheae), incorporating Mallophora
as a new synonym. Nuytsia 15(3): 445-455.

Rye, B.L. & Trudgen, M.E. (1998). A taxonomic revision of Dicrastylis sect. Dicrastylis (Lamiaceae subfamily Chloanthoideae),
Nuytsia 12(2): 207-228.

Streiber, N. (2004). Systematics of the endemic Cloantheae (Lamiaceae) based on chloroplast ndhF, nuclear ITS and morphological
data. Australian Systematic Botany Society Newsletter 120: 15-18.

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1995). “An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for establishing
the national system of reserves.” Version 4.0. (Australian Nature Conservation Agency: Canberra.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://www.dec.wa.gov.au/science/florabase.htm [accessed July 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 325-330 (2007) 325

Micromyrtus trudgenii (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), a new species from
the Blue Hill Range area of south-western Australia

Barbara L. Rye

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Rye, B.L. Micromyrtus trudgenii (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), a new species from the Blue Hill
Range area of south-western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 325-330 (2007). The new species Micromyrtus
trudgenii Rye has conservation priority, being restricted to banded ironstone or dolerite hills in a
small area south-east of Yalgoo in Western Australia. It is closely related to M. racemosa Benth.,
differing in its more elongate leaves with a distinct mucro, its yellow flowers and the almost parallel
longitudinal slits on its anthers.

Introduction

Recently published revisions for the south-western Australian species of Micromyrtus Benth.
(Myrtaceae) omitted those taxa that are considered to be variants or very close relatives of M. racemosa
Benth. (Rye 2002, 2006). The M. racemosa complex is fairly widespread, extending from Kalbarri
National Park south-east to Kondinin and inland to Diemals Station (Figure 1). One member of this
complex is described here to facilitate its conservation, as it has a restricted range and occurs in a
habitat that is under threat from mining.

The remaining members of the Micromyrtus racemosa complex will be described in a later
paper. This species complex needs further study to determine how many additional taxa need to be
recognised formally. Two of its variants are currently too poorly known to describe fully as they are
each known from a single collection.

Methods

All measurements were taken from dried material as outlined in Rye (2006). The distribution
map was compiled using DIVA-GIS freeware Version 5.2.0.2 (http://www.diva-gis.org/), is based on
PERTH specimen data and shows Version 6.1 Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia
(IBRA) regional boundaries (Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007). Due to
conservation concerns precise locality data is withheld.

326 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (200?)

5 Jackson

&p °
Saeot Bo ° Yelomane
oe

B 3 bvden

Figure 1. Distribution of Micromyrtus trudgenii (¢) and the remainder of the M. racemosa
complex (©) in south-western Australia.

Description
Micromyrtus trudgenii Rye, sp. nov.

Micromyrto racemoso Benth. valde affinis sed petalis luteis, cellulis antherarum multo parallelis
differt.

Typus: west of Paynes Find, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
17 October 1975, J.Z. Weber 5166 (holo: PERTH 02503166; iso: AD n.v., CANB, MEL).

Micromyrtus sp. Warriedar (S. Patrick 1879A), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral.
Fl: Descr. Cat. p. 400 (2000).

Shrubs erect, open, 1-2 m high, up to at least 1 m diam. Leaves mostly spreading, very densely
arranged on the smaller branchlets. Petioles 0.5—0.7 mm long. Leaf blades very narrowly obovate
to linear in outline, 4-9 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, 0.3-0.5 mm thick, terminating in a mucro
0.05—0.15 mm long, margins entire; lower surface steep-sided, with a narrow indentation along midvein
or rarely with no groove, with 7-17 main glands up to 0.1 mm diam. on each side of midvein; upper
surface slightly concave to slightly convex. Racemes mostly extending for 6-15 nodes, with widely
spreading flowers; peduncles 0.8—2 mm long. Bracteoles caducous, rather scarious, narrowly obovate
with margins strongly incurved, 0.7—1.3 mm long, often pale, acute, entire. Buds with apex hemispheric
or high-hemispheric. Flowers usually 3-3.5 mm diam.; hypanthium terete, c. 2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm
wide at midpoint, 1-1.4 mm wide at summit, free in distal 0.4-0.5 mm, 10-ribbed. Sepals fairly erect
in flower and fruit, scarious, very depressed, c. 0.2 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, broadly obtuse, entire.
Petals widely spreading in flower, closing erect in fruit, more or less broadly elliptic, 1.3-1.6 mm

B.L. Rye, Micromyrtus trudgenii (Myrtaceae), a new species from the Blue Hills Range 327

long, pale to medium yellow, broadly obtuse, entire. Stamens 10, the antipetalous ones inserted on
summit of disc, the antisepalous ones inserted near the middle of the free tube. Antipetalous filaments
0.3-0.35 mm long. Anthers 0.25—0.35 mm long; slits subparallel (much closer to longitudinal than
transverse); gland with 2 small lateral lobes at base. Ovary with 2 ovules in a terminal cavity. Style
c. 0.25 mm long. Fruit terete, tapering very slightly from top to base, 2.2-2.4 mm long, 0.91.2 mm
wide, 1-seeded; hypanthium 10-ribbed. Seed approximately the same shape as the fruit, c. 2 x 0.9 mm;
enveloping membrane 10-ribbed, golden-brown to deep orange-brown. (Figures 2, 3)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA [localities withheld]: 22 June 2000, A. Chant
6 (NSW, PERTH); 22 June 2000, A. Chant 8 (PERTH); 22 Apr. 2006, D. Coultas s.n. (K, PERTH);
30 Sep. 2004, C. Godden & G. Woodman Msw Loc 60 (PERTH); 5 Aug. 2005, A. Markey & S. Dilon
3350 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); 16 Sep. 2005, A. Markey & S. Dillon 3355 (PERTH); 18 Oct. 2005,
A. Markey & S. Dillon 3352 (PERTH); 18 July 1994, S.J. Patrick 1879A & A. Brown (BRI, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known from the Blue Hill Range and nearby hills, extending from near Minjar
Hill south to Warriedar Station, south-east of Yalgoo, Western Australia (Figure 1). Occurs on the tops
and slopes of hills and ridges of banded ironstone or dolerite, in association with a variety of species
of Acacia. Another species restricted to the same habitat, Polianthion collinum of the Rhamnaceae,
has an almost identical distribution to that of M. trudgenii.

Phenology. Flowers and fruits from June to October.

Conservation status. Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes for
Western Australian Flora: Priority Three. Previously listed as having a Priority One status (Atkins
2006), this species has now had its conservation coding revised as additional populations have been
discovered. At one of the mine sites where this taxon has been surveyed, there are estimated to be
over 500 plants occurring on a number of ridges. All known localities are on potential mine sites and
all in a restricted area c. 45 km long.

Etymology. Named after Malcolm Eric Trudgen. In the course of his studies of Baeckea and
other small-flowered Myrtaceae, Malcolm allocated informal names to the new species of
Micromyrtus described here and to the species now known as M. uniovula. He was apparently the first
collector of the latter species.

Affinities. Micromyrtus trudgenii is one of several members of the M. racemosa complex that have
mucronulate leaves. It differs from other members of the complex in its usually more densely
clustered longer leaves, its yellow flowers, and in the almost parallel vertical orientation of the
two long slits of dehiscence of its anthers. All other members of the complex have white to cream
(sometimes pink-tinged) petals and they mostly have much more oblique slits, which converge towards
the base of the anther.

Micromyrtus racemosa s. str. is the only previously named member of the complex and the only
one to occur immediately adjacent to, or overlap slightly in range with, M. trudgenii. It is readily
distinguished by its unclustered shorter leaves that lack a mucro or are scarcely mucronulate, as well
as by its different flower colour and very oblique anther slits.

The white-flowered Micromyrtus racemosa var. mucronata J.W. Green ms appears to be the closest
relative of M. trudgenii, being similar in having clustered mucronulate leaves and in tending to have

5 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Western Australian Herbarium

PERTH 02503166

HoLoTvre
M (eromyrtas trudgen iv Rye

peterminavir &.L. Rye 24-4 - 2007
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

Micromag ter nlp. Warsiekad- (5: toAstele |79n\
DETERMINAVIT y Wat Tondge f August 194 yp

Wester Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM
PERTH, W.A.
Duplicete from

STATE HERBARIUM OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
ADELAIDE

feotvern Austrelin, South est Sviscion.

Leg. J.u.acber Collector's No.51.66
Date 17.5.1975

Communication of new determinations will be greatly epprecicted
the Adelaide Herbarium.

Figure 2. Holotype of Micromyrtus trudgenii (J.Z. Weber 5166). Scale bar = 5 cm.

aa se

B.L. Rye, Micromyrtus trudgenii (Myrtaceae), a new species from the Blue Hills Range 329

Figure 3. Micromyrtus trudgenii. A— flowering branchlet from J.Z. Weber 5166, showing leaves from lower
and side views, buds and an open flower; B — fruit from D. Coultas s.n., 22 Apr. 2006; C — compressed
ovule from C. Slee 693-01; D — mature seeds from C. Slee 693-01 , tight hand seed with a portion removed
to show the white interior. Scale bars = 1 mm, B-D to scale.

the anther slits subparallel. Micromyrtus racemosa var. mucronata also occupies a similar habitat but
is apparently restricted to a range of hills over 50 km south of the range of M. trudgenii. Its leaves
tend to be shorter and are more flattened than those of M. trudgenii; if a groove is present on the lower
surface it is broad, not narrow as in M. trudgenii, and the oil glands are in a single, more prominent,
row on each side of the midvein.

Another mucronulate variant of the complex, currently known as M. racemosa var. Jingemarra
(R.J. Cranfield 5253a), has leaves with the apical point up to 0.3 mm long, compared with a mucro
up to 0.15 mm long in M. trudgenii and M. racemosa var. mucronulata. Micromyrtus racemosa vat.
Jingemarra also differs from M. trudgenii in its broader and shorter leaves with more numerous small
oil glands. This taxon appears to be a distinct species but is too poorly known to describe fully. Its
only known locality is over 100 km north of the range of M. trudgenii.

Notes. All of the diagnostic characters mentioned above for this species are shown in Figure 3A,
which also illustrates the shape of the flower buds with their uniform longitudinal ribbing. As in other
members of the Micromyrtus racemosa complex, the new species has two ovules, only one of which
forms a seed (Figure 3D), while the other remains small and becomes pressed flat in the mature fruit
(Figure 3C).

Micromyrtus trudgenii overlaps in range with another yellow-flowered species, M. sulphurea
W.V.Fitzg., but that species is readily distinguished by its shorter leaves, by its longer stamens and
style and by the persistent spreading petals on its fruit.

eh Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2097)

Acknowledgements

This research has been supported by funding from the Australian Biological Resources Study and
facilitated by the Department of Environment and Conservation’s ‘Saving Our Species’ Initiative |
am grateful to Kelly Shepherd and Juliet Wege for assistance with the scanning, photography and
computing needed to produce the figures, and to Paul Wilson for the Latin translation,

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” ( Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia).

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/pp6/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed May 2007]

Rye, B.L. (2002). A revision of south-western Australian species of Micromyrtus (Myrtaceae) with five antisepalous ribs on
the hypanthium. Nuytsia 15(1): 101-122.

Rye, B.L. (2006). A partial revision of the south-western Australian species of Micromyrtus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieag),
Nuytsia 16(1): 117-147.

Nuytsia 17: 331-346 (2007) 33]

Five new conservation-listed species of Goodenia (Goodeniaceae) from
southern Western Australia

Leigh W. Sage! and Kelly A. Shepherd?

'Department of Environment and Conservation, Regional Services Division, Fire Management Services, Swan Coastal
District, 5 Dundebar Road, Wanneroo, Western Australia 6065
2 Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Sage, L.W. & Shepherd, K.A. Five new conservation-listed species of Goodenia (Goodeniaceae)
from southern Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 331-346 (2007). The following new species
of Goodenia are described: G. corralina L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph, G. granitica L.W.Sage &
K.A.Sheph., G. jaurdiensis L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph., G. salina L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph. and
G. turleyae L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph. All of these species are apparently geographically restricted and
have conservation priority. Distribution maps and images of the holotypes are included and amendments
to the “Flora of Australia” Goodenia key are given to accommodate these new species.

Introduction

The recognition of five new species here brings the total number of Goodenia R.Br. listed on
the Western Australian Census to 143 (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). This includes 16
putative new taxa that are currently known by informal phrase names and part of ongoing taxonomic
investigation by one of us (LWS). Forty-six Western Australian taxa within Goodenia (32%) have a
Priority status under Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes for
Western Australian Flora (Sage & Pigott 2003; Atkins 2006). Goodenia integerrima Carolin is the
only species listed as Declared Rare Flora (DRF) (Atkins 2006), although G. arthrotricha Benth.
has recently been recommended to be upgraded from Priority Two to DRF after a recent survey and
detailed conservation study (Sage & Hoskins, unpublished data). Many of these Priority taxa are
likely to require listing as DRF, however, this process has been hampered by a lack of survey data
(Sage & Pigott 2003). In contrast, some current Priority taxa may be more common than is currently
known because of a similar lack of field survey or as a result of plants being incorrectly attributed to
more common species by field collectors (Sage & Pigott 2003). While many Goodenia in Western
Australia face threats common to other conservation-listed taxa, they are also highly susceptible to
hydrological changes and over-grazing as many species favour habitats associated with water sources
(Sage & Pigott 2003).

The five species described here all have conservation priority as they are poorly known and
apparently geographically restricted (Figure 1). They occur in a diverse range of habitats including
creeklines and herb beds associated with granite outcrops (Goodenia graniticaL.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph.,
G. corralina L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph.), salt lake edges (G. salina L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph., G. turlayae
L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph.) and low lying plains below the slopes of banded ironstone gravel and

332 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

15° 116" 17" 118° 19° 120° 121° 122" 123°

Goodenia corralina
Goodenia granitica

A
Goodenia jaurdiensis
Goodenia salina @

@

Goodenia turleyae

Figure 1. Distribution of Goodenia corralina, G. granitica, G. jaurdiensis, G. salina
and G, turleyae in southern Western Australia.

quartz (G. jaurdiensis L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph.). These species have been recently discovered during
botanical surveys and identified by LWS through ongoing curation of the collection at the Western

Australian Herbarium (PERTH).

Methods

This paper is based on the examination of collections at PERTH and field observations. Characters
were scored from pressed specimens and rehydrated flowers sampled from herbarium material. The
taxonomic affinities and placement within infrageneric groups for these new species are made following
Carolin (1992), though recent molecular phylogenetic work by the authors will further clarify the
infrageneric groupings recognised within Goodenia (Shepherd, Sage & Krauss, unpublished data).

Precise localities are withheld due to conservation concerns. Distribution categories are based
on Version 5.1 of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) as modified on
FloraBase (Thackway & Cresswell 1995; Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Distribution maps
are based on IBRA Version 6.1 (Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007) and were
created using ArcGIS 9.0 (ESRI) with coordinates taken from collections lodged at PERTH.

L.W. Sage & K.A.Shepherd, Five new conservation-listed species of Goodenia 333

Taxonomy

Goodenia corralina L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph., sp. nov.

Goodeniae lamprospermae F.Muell. affinis sed sepaliis longioribus, inflorescentia plus composita
et habitu humili patenti differt.

Typus: north-west of Norseman, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
20 May 2004, M. Hislop & F. Hort MH3203 (holo: PERTH 07002394).

Goodenia sp. Norseman (M. Hislop & F. Hort MH3203), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 30 March 2007].

Low spreading perennial herb 10-70 cm high, glabrous with occasional hairs on leaves. Leaves basal
in a rosette-like arrangement, leaves entire or dentate to lyrate, linear to narrowly oblanceolate gradually
narrowing basally, lobes oblong to linear; lamina (including petiole) 34-120 mm long, 1.2—11 mm wide,
lobes 0.4—5.1 mm long, 0.3—1.8 mm wide, glabrous or with very few scattered simple hairs 0.1—0.13 mm
long onthe midrib and margin; apex rounded to acute. Jnflorescencea 12—-80-flowered raceme, 40-700 mm
long, glabrous; peduncles 40-114 mm long; pedicels 9-11 mm long, with an abscission line c. 1.8 mm
below the ovary; bracts leaf-like, at the base of the pedicel, linear, entire, 5-22 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm
wide, apex rounded; bracteoles leaf-like, linear, entire, glabrous, 2.8-3.6 mm long, 0.18—0.2 mm wide,
the apex rounded. Sepals linear, adnate to c. % of the ovary, 5.0-6.5 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide,
glabrous, apex rounded. Corolla yellow, to 14 mm long, not articulate; tube 6.0-7.5 mm long, pouch
absent; lamina with scattered glandular hairs and sometimes short simple hairs 0.05—0.08 mm long
towards the base outside, fine white hairs 0.1—0.2 mm long at the top of the throat below the abaxial lobes
inside, auricle margin glabrous. Abaxial corolla lobes 5.6-6.3 mm long, 1.1—1.4 mm wide, fused for a
further 3.2-3.5 mm beyond the junction with the adaxial lobes, distinct from wings, apex acute; wings
4.2-4.8 mm long, 0.6-1.4 mm wide, rounded, with entire margins. Adaxial corolla lobes 9.6—11 mm
long, 1.1—1.2 mm wide; auricle indistinct; wings unequal, 2.7—3.3 mm long, 0.9—1 mm wide opposite
the auricle, 2.6—-3.8 mm long, 1.2—1.5 mm wide above the auricle, with entire margins. Stamen filaments
linear to narrowly oblong, 1.8—2.5 mm long; anthers elliptic, 0.9-1.1 mm long. Ovary 2.8-3.7 mm long,
with scattered hairs 0.05 mm long outside, septum incomplete and c. % length of locules, glabrous
inside, ovules 20 to numerous. Style 5—5.2 mm long, with scattered purple or white hairs 0.6-0.8 mm
long along the length; indusium 0.9-1.2 mm long, 1.1—1.2 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered hairs
0.2-0.6 mm long at the base, white or purple bristles 0.2-0.25 mm long on upper and lower lips. Fruit
narrowly ellipsoid, 6.2-6.8 mm long. Seeds ovate, flat, red-brown, sometimes shiny 0.6—-0.7 mm long,
0.4-0.75 mm wide, surface smooth; wing translucent to cream, narrow c. 0.05—0.1 mm wide, overlapping
the seed body. (Figures 2, 3D)

Selected specimens examined. Known only from the holotype.

Distribution and habitat. This species is currently known from a single collection in the Coolgardie
(COO) region of the Eremaean Botanical Province (Figure 1). It was collected near the edge of a large
granite outcrop on brown loam, associated with low open woodland over sparse shrubs of Acacia
lasiocalyx, A. dempsteri, Grevillea havilandii and herbs.

Phenology. Flowering in May, however, this is likely to be highly dependant upon rainfall.
Conservation status. DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority Two. This

species is currently known from only one locality within a reserve and is potentially under threat from
recreational activities and mining.

334 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

jan Herbariun

| Western hustral:
IITA A

PERTH 07002394

ling L.wGs
HoLoT PE

TOAIN\Y, Goodexia. sp Norseman (m4. uislop & Flore

Liw.seqeR m.nisle MH 3203)
DETERMINAVIT L.W. wi
bce teil ho ina atte t June 2005

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Goodenia sp.

Goodeniaceac

Low spreading herb. Flowers yellow.

Edge of granite exposure. Dry, bare brown loam with granite,
Low open woodland over sparse shrubs and dense Acacia
lasiocalyx, A. dempsteri, herbs.

Aaa Jocally common, Growing with Grevillea havilandii
2).

(MH 3;

Coll. M. Hislop & F, Hort MH 3203 Date: 20/05/2004

Dups. to
PERTH 07002394

Department of Environment and Conservation
© Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

Figure 2. Holotype of Goodenia corralina (PERTH 07002394), scale = 3cm.

L.W. Sage & K.A.Shepherd, Five new conservation-listed species of Goodenia 335

Etymology. The epithet corralina is derived from an anagram of R. Carolin, in honour of Dr Roger
Carolin (1929—) eminent botanist and Goodeniaceae expert.

Notes. Goodenia corralina appears closely related to Goodenia lamprosperma F.Muell. on the basis
of the presence of bracteoles, a yellow corolla, glabrous leaves (with occasional non-glandular hairs)
and similar bracts and bracteoles. Goodenia corralina can be distinguished from G. /amprosperma
by its longer (5—6.5 mm rather than 0.5—2 mm long), linear, rather than lanceolate to narrowly oblong
sepals, a more divided compound inflorescence, longer fruit (6.2-6.8 mm rather than 3-4 mm long)
and a distribution over 800 km south of G. /amprosperma.

Mostly basal leaves, the presence of bracteoles, and a yellow corolla tentatively place this species
within Goodenia subg. Goodenia sect. Porphyranthus G.Don.

Goodenia granitica L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph., sp. nov.
Goodeniae pinnatifidae Schldl. affinis sed pilis glandulosis viscidis et ovulis paucioribus differt.

Typus: Chiddarcooping Hill, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
9 October 2001, L.W. Sage 2417 (holo: PERTH 07464320; iso: AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, HO, K, MEL,
NY, PERTH 07464320).

Goodenia sp. Chiddarcooping (S.D. Hopper 7055), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 30 March 2007].

Annual herb 5-35 cm high, with glandular hairs and scattered simple white hairs. Leaves basal in
a rosette-like arrangement, spathulate gradually narrowing basally, almost entire to lyrate with linear
to oblong lobes; lamina (including petiole) 6-115 mm long, 1.8—16 mm wide, lobes 6-13 mm long,
0.5-3 mm wide, with glandular hairs and scattered simple white hairs 0.8 mm long; apex rounded to
acute. Inflorescence a 3—-24-flowered raceme, 42-432 mm long with glandular hairs and very scattered
simple hairs 0.4-0.8 mm long; peduncles 30-130 mm long; pedicels 9-45 mm long; bracts leaf-like, at
base of the pedicel, linear to narrowly ovate, 14-51 mm long, 1-6 mm wide, with scattered glabrous hairs
and simple white hairs, apex rounded to acute; bracteoles absent. Sepals green, narrowly ovate, almost
free or adnate to c. % of the ovary, 34.2 mm long, 0.7—0.9 mm wide, medium dense glandular hairs
and scattered white simple hairs 0.5-0.7 mm long outside, scattered glandular and simple white hairs
0.1-0.3 mm long inside, apex acute. Corolla yellow, 13-16 mm long, not articulate; tube 2.5-5.5 mm
long, pouch 0.9-1 mm long; lamina with dense glandular hairs and scattered simple hairs outside, dense
or scattered simple hairs at the top of the throat to below the abaxial lobes inside, and a dense fringe of
hairs 0.15—0.2 mm long on the outer margin of the auricle. Abaxial corolla lobes 2-3 mm long, 1—1.9 mm
wide, fused for a further 3.6-5.4 mm beyond the junction with the adaxial lobes, distinct from wings,
apex acute; wings 2.54 mm long, I—1.4 mm wide, rounded, with entire margins. Adaxial corolla lobes
1.7-6 mm long, 0.7—2.3 mm wide, fused for a further 3.5—5 mm; auricle rounded, 2.5—3.2 mm long,
0.8-1.4 mm wide; wings unequal, 2.5—2.8 mm long, 1.3—1.5 mm wide opposite the auricle, 1.5-2.5 mm
long, 1.1-1.2 mm wide above the auricle, with entire margins. Stamen filaments linear, 2.5—-4.1 mm
long; anthers elliptic, 1.2—2.1 mm long. Ovary 1.2—1.6 mm long, glabrous outside, base rounded, septum
reduced or inconspicuous, scattered hairs 0.15—0.2 mm long inside near the base or on septum, ovules
7-10. Style 2.5-5.2 mm long, with medium dense white hairs 0.3-0.4 mm long; indusium 1.5—2.5 mm
long, 2.4-3 mm wide, with dense glandular hairs and scattered simple hairs at the base, conspicuous
white bristles 0.3-0.6 mm long on upper and lower lips. Fruit globose, to 3 mm long, with medium
dense glandular hairs and scattered simple hairs outside and fine white hairs on the inner margin. Seeds
flat, shiny black, 1.6—-2.1 mm long, 1.3—1.6 mm wide excluding wing, surface smooth; wing translucent
to cream, 0.2 mm wide, overlapping the seed body. (Figures 3C, 4)

336 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 3. A — fruits and seeds of Goodenia salina (PERTH 07462697), scale = 5mm;
B — seeds of G. salina (PERTH 07462697), scale = 2 mm; C — seeds of G. granitica (PERTH
02886871), scale = 2mm; D — seeds of G. corralina (PERTH 07002394), scale = 1 mm.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 2 Nov. 1988,
S.D. Hopper 7055 (PERTH 04571053); 24 Feb. 1993, K.F. Kenneally 11355 (PERTH 02886871);
3 Nov. 2006, A. Crawford & N. Sheehy ADC 1224 (PERTH 07460406); 3 Nov. 2006, 4. Crawford &
N. Sheehy ADC 1225 (PERTH 07460414); 29 Noy. 2006, A. Crawford & N. Sheehy ADC 1257
(PERTH 07460422).

Distribution and habitat. Currently known from only three populations near granite outcrops in the
north-eastern Avon Wheatbelt (AW) region of the South-West Botanical Province of Western Australia
(Figure 1). This species grows at the base of granite outcrops in herb beds or in damp creeklines
running off or through the rocks.

Phenology. Flowers from November to February but this is most likely dependant on adequate rainfall.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora, as this species is known from only two localities. These populations are potentially
under threat from agricultural activities, salinity and weed invasion. A survey of nearby granite outcrops
is likely to locate further populations.

Etymology. From the Latin graniticus as this species is found on or near granite outcrops.

Notes. Goodenia granitica appears related to G. glandulosa K.Krause. Both species lack bracteoles
and have unequal adaxial corolla lobe wings, a comparable glandular hair morphology and a viscid
exudate. Goodenia graniticacan be distinguished from G. glandulosaby having longer sepals (3-4.2 mm

L.W. Sage & K.A.Shepherd, Five new conservation-listed species of Goodenia

= Departmont of Environment and Conservation
© Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

Hestern Australian Herbariua

THNINERA

PERTH 07464320

Goadenia aranitce L.w
4 K.AShegh. HOLOTY
DETERMINAVIT) W Sane << 24/5] 2007

Western Australian

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Goodenia sp. Chiddarcooping (S.D. Hopper 7055)
Goodeniaceae

More or less prostrate annual herb. To ca 15 cm high x to ca 40
cm wide. Flowers golden yellow with darker stripes on lobes
and brown or orange auricles. Leaves viscid.

Dark brown sandy clay over granite. Water course. Flat narrow
valley floor in between granite outcrops (and creckline). Moist.
Acacia Dense Heath A. With Allocasuarina sp., Melaleuca sp.,
Acacia spp., Muchlenbeckia adpressa, Hibbertia rupicola,
Anagallis arvensis, Podolepis ? lessonii. Dead plants (area):
Present. Fire history: <1 year. Fire type: wild.

Frequency; abundant in patches in flat surrounding creek with
herb beds on granite nearby. Evidence of rabbits.

Coll. L.W. Sage 2417 Date: 09/10/2001

Dups. to
PERT 11 07464320

Figure 4. Holotype of Goodenia granitica (PERTH 07464320), scale = 3cm.

338 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

rather than 2-3 mm long) that are a different shape (narrowly ovate rather than ovate elliptic) and a
longer corolla (13—16 mm rather than 8—11 mm long).

Due to the absence of bracteoles, a yellow corolla and a prominent seed wing Goodenia granitica
is best placed within Goodenia sect. Goodenia subsect. Ebracteolatae K.Krause.

Goodenia jaurdiensis L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph., sp. nov.

Goodeniae mimuloidi S.Moore affinis sed corollis minioribus, pilis plerumque adpressis et ovario
base contracta differt.

Typus: Jaurdi Station, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
5 October 1999, L.W. Sage 1628 (holo: PERTH 05806100; iso: CANB, K).

Goodenia sp. Jaurdi (L.W.Sage 1628), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.
dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 30 March 2007].

Annual, acaulescent, open herb to 7-15 cm high, with simple adpressed and antrorse hairs. Leaves
basal in a rosette-like arrangement, first leaves entire, obovate to oblanceolate gradually narrowing
basally, remaining leaves pinnatisect to pinnatifid with linear to ovate lobes in the upper two thirds;
lamina (including petiole) 9-40 mm long, 2-10 mm wide, lobes 0.3—3.2 mm long, 0.4—0.8 mm wide,
glabrous or with scattered simple, adpressed and antrorse hairs; apex mostly acute; base with tufts
of fine hairs. Inflorescence a 2-4-flowered raceme, 25-78 mm long with scattered simple adpressed
hairs and antrorse hairs 0.2-0.7 mm long; peduncles 25-42 mm long; pedicels 12-45 mm long;
bracts leaf-like, at base of the pedicel, entire, linear to narrowly ovate or pinnatisect, 6-13 mm long,
1.5—6.0 mm wide, lobes linear, 1.1-1.7 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, with simple hairs 0.2-0.3 mm
long, adpressed and antrorse on both surfaces, apex rounded to acute; bracteoles absent. Sepals very
narrowly lanceolate to linear, 3-4 mm long, adnate to c. % of the ovary, simple adpressed or antrorse
hairs 0.1—0.2 mm long outside, glabrous or with very few scattered hairs inside, apex acute. Corolla
yellow to orange, 10-14 mm long, not articulate; tube 1.5-2.2 mm long, pouch obscure not exceeding
ovary; lamina with simple adpressed hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long outside, retrorse simple hairs deep
inside throat, scattered long simple hairs on margins of corolla wings, and with a line of simple hairs
0.2—0.4 mm long on the outer margin of the auricle. Abaxial corolla lobes 3-4 mm long, 1.2-1.6 mm
wide, fused for 5.3-5.4 mm beyond the junction with the adaxial lobes, distinct from the wings, apex
acute; wings 2.8-5.4 mm long, 1.2-2 mm wide, with entire margins. Adaxial corolla lobes 5.67.2 mm
long, 1.0-1.4 mm wide, fused for a further 2~2.2 mm; auricle cup-like, 2.5-3.1 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm
wide; wings unequal, 3-4.4 mm long, 0.7—1.8 mm wide opposite auricle, 2.4—3.4 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm
wide above auricle, with entire margins. Stamen filaments linear, 2.3-2.9 mm long; anthers narrowly
oblong to linear, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Ovary 2.2-2.5 mm long, glabrous or with scattered minute glandular
hairs outside, tapering basally, septum incomplete and %—*4 length of locules, glabrous inside, ovules
10-14. Style 2.7-3.3 mm long, with scattered short, simple hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long; indusium 2-2.5 mm
long, 2.5—2.7 mm wide, obovoid and sometimes notched, with simple hairs 0.5—0.7 mm long below,
scattered simple hairs 0.10.2 mm long above and prominent, more or less equal bristles 0.3-0.4 mm
long on lips. Fruit and seeds not seen. (Figure 5)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERNAUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 24 Sep. 1995, NV. Gibson &
M. Lyons 2861 (PERTH 05384990); 18Sep. 1981,K.R Newbey 8945 (PERTH 05362970); 19 Sep. 1981,
K.R. Newbey 8945 (PERTH 02647974).

L.W. Sage & K.A.Shepherd, Five new conservation-listed species of Goodenia

p ‘
aan
*y auy

Western Australian Herbariua

PERTH 05806100

Goodenia. jaurdiensis Ly

«KA . — HOLOTYPE
serene Ll Gio at. sony

Gocclenla faurchings - Se

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Goodenia spJaurdi(L.W.Sage 1628)

Goodeniaceae

Annual herb, orange-yellow flowers.

Low lying plain. Red, loamy colluvium, Crabhole with quartz
pebbles on the surface. Disturbance medium. Eucalyptus ravida

Open Low Woodland. Santalum acuminatum, abi vita
(LWS 1616), Atriplex (LWS 1625), Frankenia spp. enia
mimuloides, Plantago drummondii, Schoenia cassiniana.
Frequency; common,

Coll, LW. Sage 1628 Date:$ pgusaa

Voucher: Jaurdi Biological Survey 1999
Dups. to
PERTH 05806100

Figure 5. Holotype of Goodenia jaurdiensis PERTH 05806100), scale = 3cm.

339

340 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Distribution and habitat. This species is currently only known from three populations c. 50 km apart
on the Jaurdi Station in the Coolgardie (COO) region of the Eremaean Botanical Province (Figure 1).
It is found on low-lying plains and lower slopes in red clayey loam with laterite and banded ironstone
gravel or quartz pebbles in Eucalyptus low forests or open low woodlands of Eucalyptus sheathiana,
E. longicornis, E.ravida, E. celastroides, Santalum acuminatum, Eremophilaspp., Plantago drummondii,
Atriplex spp. and Schoenia cassiniana.

Phenology. Flowers from September to October, though flowering would be dependant upon rainfall,
Fruits not seen.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora, as this species is known only from three localities less than 50 km apart.

Etymology. Named for the restricted distribution of the species on or in the vicinity of Jaurdi Station,
in the eastern goldfields of Western Australia.

Notes. Goodeniajaurdiensis is likely to be related to G. mimuloides S.Moore. Both species lack bracteoles
and have aa decumbent habit and annual life history strategy, unequal adaxial corolla lobe wings, simple
hairs rather than glandular and a broad indusium. Goodenia jaurdiensis can be distinguished from
G. mimuloides by having a tapering rather than rounded ovary base, simple hairs that are adpressed
rather than erect, less ovules (10—14 rather than 16-25), a generally smaller corolla (10-14 mm rather
than 16-25 mm long) and narrower abaxial corolla lobe wings (1.2—2 mm rather than 2—3.5 mm wide).
Goodenia jaurdiensis keys out to Couplet 12 of Group 8 in the Goodenia key in “Flora of Australia”
(Carolin 1992) and is therefore comparable to G. elongata Labill. though distinguished by having
less ovules (10-14 rather than 25-35), shorter pedicels (= 12 mm rather than < 11 mm long) and a
Western Australian rather than south-east Australian distribution.

The absence of bracteoles and a yellow corolla suggest that Goodenia jaurdiensis is best placed
within Goodenia section Goodenia subsect. Ebracteolatae.

Goodenia salina L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph., sp. nov.

Goodeniae pinnatifidae Schldl. affinis sed corollis minioribus, pedicellis brevioribus, ovulis
paucioribus et seminibus minioribus differt.

Typus: Lake King, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
15 September 1993, M. Gustafsson & K. Bremer 132 (holo: PERTH 04048083; iso: UPS).

Goodenia sp. Lake King (M. Gustafsson & K. Bremer 132), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman,
West. Austral. Fl.: Descr. Cat. p. 260 (2000).

Annual herb 2-20 cm high, glabrous or with scattered simple white hairs. Leaves basal in a rosette-
like arrangement, first few leaves entire, oblong to oblanceolate, remaining leaves pinnatifid with
oblong to linear lobes in the upper two thirds; lamina (including petiole) 8-65 mm long, 2-12 mm
wide, lobes 3-8 mm long, 0.2-1.5 mm wide, glabrous or with very infrequent simple white hairs
0.1-0.2 mm long on margins; apex rounded to acute; base with long fine hairs. nflorescence a
1—5-flowered cyme, 17-160 mm long with scattered white hairs throughout in young stages becoming
glabrous with age; peduncles 13-140 mm long; pedicels 3-15 mm long; bracts leaf-like, at base of the

L.W. Sage & K.A.Shepherd, Five new conservation-listed species of Goodenia 341

pedicel, linear to narrowly oblong, 1.35—6.5 mm long, 0.2-0.8 mm wide, glabrous or with infrequent
simple white hairs 0.1—0.2 mm long, apex rounded; bracteoles absent. Sepals green, elliptic to broadly
ovate, adnate to %2—% of the ovary, 1.35-1.5 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered
simple white hairs 0.1—0.2 mm long outside and on margin, glabrous inside, apex rounded to acute.
Corolla yellow, 4.78.5 mm long, not articulate; tube 1.2—2 mm long, pouch absent; lamina glabrous
outside, with fine white hairs from the top of the throat to below the abaxial lobes inside and simple
erect hairs 0.05—0.1 mm long on the outer margin of the auricle. Abaxial corolla lobes 1.12 mm long,
0.71.1 mm wide, fused for 2.14 mm beyond the junction with the adaxial lobes, distinct from the
wings, apex acute; wings 1.0—-1.9 mm long, 0.6-0.95 mm wide, rounded, with entire margins. Adaxial
corolla lobes 2.85.3 mm long, 0.35—1.2 mm wide, fused for a further 0.7—1.4 mm; auricle rounded,
1.0-1.3 mm long, 0.3—1.2 mm wide; wings unequal, 0.81.8 mm long, 0.2—-1.7 mm wide opposite the
auricle, 0.7—2.0 mm long, 0.2-0.6 mm wide above the auricle, with entire margins. Stamen filaments
linear, 0.9-1.2 mm long; anthers elliptic, 0.4-0.6 mm long, mucronulate. Ovary 1.6-2.3 mm long,
glabrous outside, base rounded and with a clear abscission line below the ovary, septum incomplete and
c. % length of the locules, glabrous inside, ovules c. 8-10. Style 1.8-1.9 mm long, mostly glabrous with
scattered fine white hairs to 0.3 mm long towards the apex; indusium 0.7—1.3 mm long, 1.1—1.4 mm
wide, the mouth gaping, with scattered simple hairs and conspicuous white bristles 0.1—-0.3 mm long
on upper and lower lips. Fruit ellipsoid, 3.74.3 mm long, glabrous. Seeds flat, dark purple-black,
2-2.7 mm long, 0.75—1.4 mm wide excluding wing, surface smooth with a distinct ridge; wing cream,
0.2-0.6 mm wide. (Figures 6, 3A, 3B)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 23 Nov. 2006,
D.A. Mickle DAM 45 (PERTH 07462808); 24 Nov. 2006, D.A. Mickle DAM 46 (PERTH 07462670);
5 Oct. 1976, K.R. Newbey 4839 (PERTH 04208404); 28 Noy. 2003, D. Papenfus 2037 (PERTH
07462697); 20 Sep. 1999, C. Walter 87 (PERTH 05593735).

Distribution and habitat. This species is currently known from two populations approximately 100 km
apart, north-east of Albany in the Mallee (MAL) region of the South-West Botanical Province (Figure 1).
It is found in low gypseous dunes near salt pans in well-drained, saline, grey or brown loamy clay with
scattered Callitris preissii subsp. verrucosa, Tecticornia spp. and Austrostipa juncifolia.

Phenology. Flowers from September to October. Fruits forming in December.

Conservation status. DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority Two (Atkins
2006), as this species is currently known from only two populations.

Etymology. From the Latin salinus (saline), for the saline habitat in which this species grows.

Notes. Goodeniasalina appears most closely related to G. pinnatifida Schidl. Both species havea similar
habit and annual life history strategy, unequal corolla wings on the adaxial lobes and lack bracteoles.
Goodenia salina can be distinguished from G. pinnatifida by its prostrate rather than decumbent to
ascending habit, shorter corolla length (4.7-8.5 mm rather than 8-19 mm long), shorter pedicel length
(3-15 mm rather than 20-120 mm long), shorter sepals (1.35—1.5 mm rather than 2.5-5 mm long)
and lower ovule number (c. 8-10 rather than 20-35).

The absence of bracteoles, a yellow corolla and a prominent seed wing place this new species
within Goodenia sect. Goodenia subsect. Ebracteolatae.

342 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Western Austral ian Herbariua

TALON

PERTH 04048083

PERTH, WA.

i WESTERN A

DUPLA EX HERB. UPS (V-64945)

Goadenia SH ascar * ae FLORA OF AUSTRALIA

KA . aff. pinnatifida
(Goodeniaceae)

15.1X 1993 Mats Gustafsson et Kare Bremer

RO Gocclenia, , lale King CM. Gustafsson. no 132

oe 2,

*

&D et k. Bremer 132) Very salt tolerant. CALM collecting licences
me DETERMINAVIT LW Soge as f4{1999 5W002735, SWO02736. Dupl. in PERTH.

Department of Environment and Conservati
© Wottorn Australian Herbarium (bextra. Western Australian Herbarium (Pj

Figure 6. Holotype of Goodenia salina (PERTH 04048083), scale = 3cm.

L.W. Sage & K.A.Shepherd, Five new conservation-listed species of Goodenia 343

Goodenia turleyae L.W.Sage & K.A.Sheph., sp. nov.

Goodeniae claytoniaceae F.Muell. ex Benth. affinis sed indusii pilis strigosis et ovarii base
rotundata differt.

Typus: Scadden, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes], 19 November
1999, C.D. Turley 3/1199 (holo: PERTH 05501407).

Goodenia sp. Scadden (C.D. Turley 41/VM/1099), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral.
Fl.: Descr. Cat. p. 260 (2000).

Annual herb 3-4 cm high, glabrous or with scattered simple hairs. Leaves basal in a rosette-like
arrangement, entire, spathulate gradually narrowing basally; lamina (including petiole) 4-32 mm
long, 0.9-3.5 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered adpressed and antrorse hairs 0.2—-0.3 mm long;
apex rounded to acute; base with long fine hairs. Inflorescence | or 2-flowered, 14-43 mm long,
glabrous; peduncles 5-20 mm long; pedicels 4.5—21 mm long; bracts leaf-like, at base of the pedicel,
entire, narrowly oblong to spathulate, 2-5.1 mm long, 0.4—1 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered
adpressed and antrorse hairs, base with dense white hairs, apex rounded; bracteoles absent. Sepals
green, narrowly ovate, adnate to 4—'/ of the ovary, 2.4-3.9 mm long, 0.45—0.9 mm wide, glabrous
or with scattered antrorse hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long outside, glabrous inside, apex rounded to acute.
Corolla yellow, 8-12 mm long, not articulate; tube 1-2 mm long, pouch absent; lamina glabrous or
with minute glandular hairs outside, dense white hairs at the top of the throat to below the abaxial
lobes inside, simple erect hairs 0.3-0.4 mm long on the outer margin of the auricle. Abaxial corolla
lobes 2.9-5 mm long, 1.2—1.75 mm wide, fused for 2.5—4.1 mm beyond the junction with the adaxial
lobes, distinct from wings, apex acute; wings 2.74.4 mm long, |.7—2.6 mm wide, rounded, with entire
margins. Adaxial corolla lobes 3.5—5.5 mm long, 0.6—1.1 mm wide, fused for a further 1—1.9 mm;
auricle rounded, 1.6—2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide; wings unequal, 1.0—2.8 mm long, 1—1.5 mm
wide opposite auricle, 1.3-3.4 mm long, 0.2-0.6 mm wide above auricle, with entire margins. Stamen
filaments linear, |.4—2.1 mm long; anthers elliptic, 0.7—0.9 mm long, mucronulate. Ovary 1.4-1.9 mm
long, glabrous outside, base rounded, septum incomplete and c. % length of locules or almost as
long as locules, glabrous inside, ovules 18-20. Style 2.2-3.4 mm long, mostly glabrous; indusium
0.75—1.25 mm long, 1.25—1.9 mm wide, the mouth gaping, with scattered simple hairs above, dense
white hairs to 0.6 mm long below and conspicuous white bristles 0.2 mm long on upper and lower
lips. Fruit and seeds not seen. (Figure 7)

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 29 Sep. 1983,
M.A. Burgman & S. McNee 2412 (PERTH 02639327); 4 Oct. 1995, R.J. Cranfield 10442 (PERTH
04409167); 11 Oct. 1999, C.D. Turley 41 VM/1099 (PERTH 05472652, ESP.); 23 Oct. 2005,
C.D. Turley 136/1005 (PERTH 07484593).

Distribution and habitat. Currently known from only three populations associated with salt lakes north
of Esperance, Western Australia in the Mallee (MAL) region of the South-West Botanical Province
(Figure 1). This species occurs in moist sheltered areas in white or grey-brown sand over clay near
salt lakes or yellow-brown, gravelly clay and granite in taller mallee or Melaleuca shrubland with
small shrubs and samphire species.

Phenology. Flowers from September to November.

- Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

PERTH 05501407

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Goodenia sp.Scaddan(C.D.Turley 41VM/1099)
Goodeniaceae

Disack beriit Ce4 gH ae eee

Small salt lake on S side of gravel road. Moist (sheltered)
mossy. sand over ?clay. Samphire, Melaleuca shrubs,
mallce at a distance, Speargrass. Wilsonia humilis.

Ver ed population, under bush: »

pied ion of fresh material of 41 1099 (PERTH
05472652).

Coll. C.D. Turley 3/1199 Date: 19/11/1999

Dups. to ESP.
PERTH 05501407

Figure 7. Holotype of Goodenia turleyae (PERTH 05501407), scale = 3cm.

L.W. Sage & K.A.Shepherd, Five new conservation-listed species of Goodenia 345

Conservation status. DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority One (Atkins
2006), as this species is currently known from three restricted populations less than 200 km apart.

Etymology. Named after Coral Turley, amateur botanist of the Esperance region, who first brought
this species to the attention of LWS.

Notes. Goodenia turleyae appears most closely related to G. claytoniacea F.Muell. ex Benth. on the
basis of both having bracteoles, a yellow corolla, predominantly basal rather than cauline leaves, a
similar form and life history strategy (often clonal) and similar inflorescences. Goodenia turleyae
can be distinguished from G. claytoniacea by having an ovary with a rounded rather than tapered
base, a larger corolla (8-12 mm rather than 5—8 mm long) and an indusium that is hairy rather than
glabrous.

The presences of mostly basal leaves, bracteoles and a yellow corolla tentatively place this species
within Goodenia subg. Goodenia sect. Porphyranthus G.Don.

This species is clonal and forms dense mats of thousands of plantlets close to lake edges (C. Turley
pers. comm.).

Amendments to the Goodenia key in “Flora of Australia” (Carolin 1992: 149-166)

For Goodenia corralina, Group 4 should be ammended at Couplet 23 (p. 156) as follows:

23 Leaves without grey T-shaped hairs, glabrous or with
some scattered simple hairs
23aysepals.05—2immulong:smostly erectihabith erwsrsycstersttrecssticssseatecy reset cssersrsepeseees7) 15. G. lamprosperma
23a: Sepals 5— 6.5 mm long; low spreading habit

G. corralina

For Goodenia granitica, Group 8 should be amended at Couplet 8 (p. 164) as follows:

8 Stems and leaves with simple hairs not at 90°
8a Sepals ovate-elliptic (2-3 mm long); corolla 8-11 mm long 133. G. glandulosa
8a: Sepals narrowly ovate (3—4.2 mm long); corolla 13-16 mm long... eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeseees G. granitica

For Goodenia jaurdiensis, Group 8 should be amended at Couplet 12 (p. 164) as follows:
12 Ovary tapering at base
12a Ovules 25-35; pedicels < 11 mm long; SE Australian distribution ........cceeeeeseesseees 117. G. elongata
12a: Ovules 10-14; pedicels > 12 mm long; SW Australian distribution... eeeeeeeteeeeee G. jaurdiensis

For Goodenia salina, Group 8 should be amended at Couplet 10 (p. 164) as follows:
10 Leaves oblong to oblanceolate, lobed to pinnatifid

10a Corolla 8-19 mm long; sepals lanceolate, 2.5—5 mm long... eee 110. G. pinnatifida

10a: Corolla 4.7-8.5 mm long; sepals elliptic to broadly ovate,
13 5—lESimmOn geet erent ne terete ntti t area t G. salina

se Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

For Goodenia turleyae, Group 5 should be amended at Couplet 29 (p. 158) as follows:

29 Flowers in a few cymes in axils of basal leaves or a
simple 1—2 flowered simple raceme
29a Inflorescence a few cymes in axils of basal leaves;
OVarys bases tapered sindusium) plabrouSisasvisieiattiesessertistetactertedretieeh dtctrsteterrerereeeters

29a: Inflorescence a simple 1—2 flowered raceme;
OVvalvabaSe rounded sin dusilinm Nally swe eeerm mere nt trek rerntenenieyens meet aereer ens mele rcetrerrscs7teir sth

25. G. claytoniacea

G. turleyae

Acknowledgements

KS was funded through the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving our Species’ biodiversity
conservation initiative project. We gratefully acknowledge Alex George for confirming the Latin
diagnoses, the staff at the Western Australian Herbarium for providing assistance, Andrew Crawford
for collecting material of G. granitica, Coral Turley for bringing G. turleyae to the attention of LWS
as well as collecting duplicate material, Mike Hislop for bringing G. corralina to the attention of LWS
and for providing valuable information on the new species, and to Kevin Thiele and Juliet Wege for

providing helpful comments on the manuscript.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environmentand Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Carolin, R.C. (1992). Goodeniaceae. Jn: A.S. George (Ed.) “Flora of Australia.” Vol. 35, pp. 149-166. (Australian Government
Publishing Service: Canberra.)

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6th February 2007. [accessed 30 March 2007]

Environment Australia (2000). Revision of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) and Development
of Version 5.1 - Summary Report. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/version5-1/summary-report/index.html
[accessed 30 March 2007]

Paczkowska, G. & Chapman, A.R. (2000). “The Western Australian Flora: a descriptive catalogue.” (Wildflower Society of
Western Australia: Nedlands.)

Sage, L.W. & Pigott, J.P. (2003). Conservation status of Goodenia (Goodeniaceae) in Western Australia, including a review of
threatened, rare and poorly known species. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 86: 123-132.

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1995). “An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for setting priorities
in the National Reserves System Cooperative Program.” Version 4. (Australian Nature Conservation Agency: Canberra.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase — The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 30 March 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 347-352 (2007) a

Pityrodia iphthima (Lamiaceae), a new species endemic to banded
ironstone in Western Australia, with notes on two informally recognised
Pityrodia

Kelly A. Shepherd

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Shepherd, K.A. Pityrodia iphthima (Lamiaceae), a new species endemic to banded ironstone in
Western Australia, with notes on two informally recognised Pityrodia. Nuytsia 17: 347-352 (2007).
Pityrodia iphthima K.A.Sheph. is a new species recently discovered on a single banded ironstone
outcrop north of Meekatharra. This species is allied to the declared rare P. augustensis Munir, but is
morphologically distinct in having discolorous leaves, larger, ovate bracts, longer calyx tube, shorter
branched hairs on the outer surface of the calyx and shorter filaments. Distribution and habit images
of P. iphthima are provided. In addition, the informal taxon Pityrodia sp. Dalwallinu (M. Hislop 1860)
is synonymised with P. bartlingii (Lehm.) Benth.

Introduction

Recent flora surveys of Banded Iron Formations (BIF) of the Yilgarn Craton in Western Australia
by the Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) have resulted in the discovery of 20
potentially new species (Gibson ef al. 2007, and references cited therein). Specimens collected from
the upper slopes of a banded ironstone outcrop during a DEC survey of the Robinson Ranges were
initially thought to be the declared rare species Pityrodia augustensis Munir, which is currently only
known from a single population over 200 km away. On closer examination, the Robinson Ranges
plants were found to be morphologically distinct and the informal phrase name Pityrodia sp. Robinson
Range (R. Meissner & B. Bayliss 725) was applied in January 2007. As this new species is currently
known from only a single population it has been given a Priority One status in accordance with DEC
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-).

Two other phrase-named Pityrodiaare currently recognised in Western Australia (Western Australian
Herbarium 1998). Pityrodia sp. Dalwallinu (M. Hislop 1860) was proposed as a putative new taxon
in 2000, but closer examination of herbarium material during this study has found that this taxon
can not be distinguished from the morphologically variable Pityrodia bartlingii (Lehm.) Benth. and
should be regarded as a synonym of that name. Pityrodia sp. Yilgarn (A.P. Brown 2679) is a Priority
Three taxon (Atkins 2006) closely allied to the rare species P. scabra A.S.George, however further
field collections of flowering material are required to fully resolve its status.

This paper formally describes Pityrodia sp. Robinson Range (R. Meisner & B. Bayliss 725) as
P. iphthima K.A.Sheph. ahead of the taxonomic resolution of Pityrodia sp. Yilgarn (A.P. Brown 2679),

348

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (200?)

as P. iphthima is currently only known from a single banded ironstone outcrop that maybe under threa;
from future mining activities. The recognition of this new species brings the total number of nameq
species of Pityrodia in Western Australia to 26, nearly half of which have a priority conservation

status.

Methods

This study was based on the examination of herbarium specimens at PERTH. Vegetative and flora]
characters were recorded from pressed and rehydrated material. Fruit characters were not recorded
due to a lack of available material. The Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA)
categories of Thackway and Cresswell (1995) and Environment Australia (2000) as modified on
FloraBase (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-) are used here. The distribution map was produced
using DIVA-GIS freeware Version 5.2.0.2 and includes IBRA Version 6.1 bioregions (Department of
Environment and Water Resources 2007). Due to conservation concerns the precise locality of this
species has been withheld.

Taxonomy

Pityrodia iphthima K.A.Sheph. sp. nov.

Pityrodia augustensi Munir affini sed foliis conduplicatis discoloribus; bracteis anguste ovatis
7-20 mm longis; calycis tubo 0.8-3 mm longo; calycis pilis 0.7—1.3 mm longis; filamentis abaxialibus
7.1-9 mm longis et adaxialibus 6.8—7.5 longis differt.

Typus: Robinson Ranges, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
17 August 2006, R. Meissner & B. Bayliss 725 (holo: PERTH 07487266).

Pityrodia sp. Robinson Range (R. Meissner & B. Bayliss 725), in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.
wa.gov.au [accessed 4 May 2007].

Tomentose shrubs 0.8—1.2 mhigh. Stems and branches terete, with a dense greenish-white indumentum
of peltate stellate hairs 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Leaves opposite, sessile, conduplicate, narrowly ovate to
narrowly elliptic (when flattened), entire, 23-41 mm long, 4-10 mm wide, discolorous; apex acute to
obtuse; abaxial surface tomentose with sessile, peltate stellate hairs 0.2—0.3 mm diam.; adaxial surface
almost glabrous with occasional simple or branched hairs c. 0.5 mm long and scattered sessile glands.
Inflorescences terminal, raceme-like with 10-40 flowers, 55-170 mm long, with a woolly-tomentose
indumentum of simple or branched hairs and scattered sessile glands. Flowers pedicellate, solitary or in
3-flowered contracted cymes; pedicels 2-3 mm long with dense, branched hairs; bracts leaf-like, sessile,
narrowly obovate, 7-20 mm long, 2—3.5 mm wide, with entire, flat margins and acute apex, the abaxial
surface densely hairy with simple or branched hairs 0.3—0.9 mm long, the adaxial surface with scattered
simple (rarely branched) hairs 0.2—0.7 mm long, both surfaces with scattered sessile glands; bracteoles
elliptic to narrowly ovate or trullate, 2-6.5 mm long, 1-3.6 mm wide, with entire, flat margins and acute
to obtuse apex, the abaxial surface moderately hairy to tomentose with branched hairs 0.2—0.7 mm long,
the adaxial surface with a few scattered simple or branched hairs 0.1—0.2 mm long, both surfaces with
scattered sessile glands. Calyx green with dark purple-brown lobes, persistent, 7.5-10 mm long; tube
0.8-3 mm long; lobes narrowly ovate, 6.8-8.0 mm long, 1.9-2.4 mm wide, with entire, flat margins and

K.A. Shepherd, Pityrodia iphthima a new species endemic to banded ironstone 349

acute apex, the outer surface with branched hairs 0.7—-1.3 mm long and scattered sessile glandular hairs,
the inner surface with a few scattered simple or branched hairs 0.4—-1 mm long and with sessile glands.
Corolla deep lilac grading to white, with brown spots inside the tube, 8-15 mm long, 7-10 mm wide,
2-lipped; tube broad, the inner surface glabrous except for a dense ring of hairs 1.9-2.1 mm long above
ovary and at base of staminal filaments; abaxial lip 3-lobed with lateral lobes elliptic, 3.7-6.5 mm long,
3.2-5.3 mm wide, the central lobe oblate, 5.3-7 mm long, 6.6—10.6 mm wide; adaxial lip 2-lobed, the
lobes elliptic, 3.5-5.3 mm long, 2.9-4.6 mm wide; outer surface of the tube and lobes with scattered,
simple or rarely branched, hairs 0.6-0.9 mm long and with scattered sessile and stalked glandular hairs;
inner surface of the central lobe with scattered hairs towards the base. Stamens didynamous; abaxial pair
usually included, sometimes shortly exserted, with filiform filaments 7.3-9 mm long, glabrous, anthers
elliptic to ovate, 2.12.8 mm long, and basal half of locules divergent, appendages 0.1-0.2 mm long;
adaxial pair included, with filiform filaments 6.8-7.5 mm long, anthers 2.4-3.6 mm long, appendages
0.2 mm long. Gynoecium 4-locular, with one axile ovule in each locule. Ovary round to obloid, 1.2-2.8 mm
long, 1.4-2.1 mm diam., glabrous basally, densely hairy in the distal half with straight hairs c. 0.2 mm
long; style 12-17 mm long, glabrous; stigma 2-lobed. (Figures 1, 2)

Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALA: [locality withheld] 18 Aug. 2006, R. Meissner &
B. Bayliss 726 (PERTH 07487231).

Distribution and habitat. Currently known only from a north-facing upper hillslope of rocky banded
ironstone, in the Gascoyne region of the Eremaean Botanical Province (Figure 3). This species occurs
in skeletal red-brown sandy loam in sparse Acacia aneura shrubland with Eremophila pendulina,

Philotheca brucei subsp. cinerea and Prostanthera ferricola over hummock grassland of Triodia
melvillei (Figure 1).

Figure 1. Pityrodia iphthima growing on the upper slope of a banded ironstone outcrop in
the Robinson Ranges. Photograph by R.A. Meissner.

7 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Phenology. Due to the limited collections, flowering specimens are only known from August.

Conservation status. Pityrodia iphthima is currently known from a single population of a few isolateq
plants confined to a banded ironstone outcrop, and is therefore under threat from possible future
mining activities. As it is currently poorly known it has been accorded a Priority One conservation
status, as defined by the DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian

Herbarium 1998-).

Etymology. From the Greek iphthimos (strong, stalwart, valiant) as this species grows in an extreme
habitat on a rocky, ironstone hillside.

Affinity. Pityrodia iphthima appears to be closely related to P. augustensis, both species having greenish~
white, tomentose indumentum of peltate, stellate hairs on stems and leaves, comparable inflorescence
structure and similar flowers. Unlike many species of Pityrodia, the adaxial anthers in both P iphthima
and P. augustensis are longer than the abaxial anthers. Diagnostic differences between P. iphthima

and P. augustensis are given in Table 1 and shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2. A— Pityrodia iphthima showing the tall raceme-like inflorescence and conduplicate, discolorous leaves; B — holotype
of P. iphthima (PERTH 07487266) (scale = 4 cm); C — flowers of P. iphthima; D — rehydrated flowers with arrows showing the
shorter abaxial filament pair in P. iphthima (above) (PERTH 07487266) compared to P. augustensis (below) (PERTH 01102354)
(scale = 1 mm). Photographs A & C by R.A. Meissner.

K.A. Shepherd, Pityrodia iphthima a new species endemic to banded ironstone

351
|
f
kilometres
Figure 3. Distribution of Pityrodia iphthima in south-west Western Australia.
Table 1. Diagnostic differences between Pityrodia iphthima and P. augustensis.
Character P. iphthima P. augustensis
eres conduplicate, discolorous, almost flat, concolorous, tomentose
glabrous adaxially indumentum on both surfaces
Bracts narrowly ovate, 7-20 mm long elliptic, 3-8 mm long
Calyx tube 0.8-3 mm long 0.2-0.35 mm long
narrowly ovate; branched hairs narrowly elliptic; branched hairs
Calyx lobes
0.71.3 mm long on outer surface 1.2-3 mm long on outer surface
Staminal abaxial pair 7.3-9 mm long; adaxial pair abaxial pair 8—13.5 mm long; adaxial pair
filaments 6.8-7.5 mm long 9.4-11 mm long

| Notes on Pityrodia sp. Dalwallinu (M. Hislop 1860)

Pityrodia sp. Dalwallinu (M. Hislop 1860) was proposed as a putative new taxon by Mike Hislop
(DEC) in 2000 and was included on the Census of Western Australian Plants database. This taxon is
relatively short-lived with large, ovate, opposite-decussate leaves. It has become apparent during this
study, that this taxon can not be distinguished from Pityrodia bartlingii (Lehm.) Benth. In P. bartlingii
the leaves may be scattered, in whorls of three or infrequently opposite-decussate and juvenile leaves
are much larger and more ovate than adult leaves. Accordingly, Pityrodia sp. Dalwallinu (M. Hislop
1860) should be regarded as a synonym of P. bartlingii.

a Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Acknowledgements

The author would like to thank Rachel Meissner and Ben Bayliss (DEC) for the initial collection
of this taxon and for providing excellent field photographs, Paul Wilson for confirmation of the Latin
diagnosis, Ryonen Butcher and Barry Conn for providing invaluable comments on the manuscript,
Mike Hislop for discussion on his concept of Pityrodia sp. Dalwallinu (M. Hislop 1860) and all sta gp
at the Western Australian Herbarium for their continued support. This research was funded through
the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environmentand Conservtion:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Department of Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/version6-] /
index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed 4 May 2007]

Environment Australia (2000). Revision of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) and development
of version 5.1 - summary report. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/version5-1/summary-report/index.htm|
[accessed 4 May 2007]

Gibson, N., Coates D.J. & Thiele, K.T. (2007). Taxonomic research and the conservation status of flora in the Yilgarn Banded
Iron Formation ranges. Nuytsia 17: 1-12.

Munir, A.A. (1979). A taxonomic revision of the genus Pityrodia (Chloanthaceae). Journal of the A delaide Botanic Gardens
2(1): 1-138.

Rye, B.L. & Trudgen, M. (1998). Two new synonyms in the genus Pityrodia (Lamiaceae subfamily Chloanthoideae). Nuytsiq
12(2): 297-300.

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1995). “An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for setting priorities
in the National Reserves System Cooperative Program, version 4.” (Australian Nature Conservation Agency: Canberra.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation,
http://florabase.calm.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 4 May 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 353-366 (2007) 353

Three new species of Tecticornia (formerly Halosarcia) (Chenopodiaceae:
Salicornioideae) from the Eremaean Botanical Province, Western Australia

Kelly A. Shepherd

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983
School of Plant Biology, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawley, Western Australia 6009

Abstract

Shepherd, K.A. Three new species of Tecticornia (formerly Halosarcia) (Chenopodiaceae:
Salicornioideae) from the Eremaean Botanical Province, Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 353-366
(2007). Three new samphires that occur on saline floodways and around salt lakes in the semi-arid and
arid zones of the Eremaean Botanical Province are described. Tecticornia cymbiformis K.A.Sheph. &
Paul G. Wilson, a conservation Priority listed species currently known from three disjunct populations,
has been recognised as distinct for a number of years but has never been formally described. A second
Priority species, 7. mellaria K.A.Sheph., is only found on gypseous dunes in the vicinity of a large
gold mine in the eastern Goldfields. Tecticornia laevigata K.A.Sheph., is closely allied to T. mellaria
but has a widespread distribution and is not considered to be under threat. Images are included along
with distribution maps and an amended “Flora of Australia” key to the former genus Halosarcia
Paul G. Wilson.

Introduction

The recent inclusion of Halosarcia Paul G. Wilson and other allied Australian genera into Tecticornia
Hook.f. (Shepherd and Wilson 2007), is the first major taxonomic work on the Australian samphires
(subfamily Salicornioideae, Chenopodiaceae) since Wilson’s (1984) ‘Flora of Australia” treatment.
In the 23 years following this revision, a number of potentially new samphires from the former genus
Halosarcia have been discovered (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-) but until recently, none have
been formally named.

Tecticornia cymbiformis K.A.Sheph. & Paul G.Wilson is one such species. First recognised
by Wilson (in sched.) in 1991 as potentially new, this species is characterised by distinctive “boat
shaped’ bracts and the name Halosarcia cymbiformis Paul G.Wilson ms was proposed. This was later
changed to H. sp. Lake Anneen (A.L. Payne 320), to conform to the naming schema for undescribed
taxa developed as part of the Australian Plant Census project (Barker 2005). Only three populations
of T. cymbiformis are known and it has a Priority Three conservation listing under the Department of
Environment (DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Atkins 2006).

Another samphire of conservation concern was discovered in 1994 growing on the margin ofa salt
lake east of Leonora. Tecticornia mellaria K.A.Sheph., is readily distinguished by its large, glaucous,

ae Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

bluish-green articles and distinctive ellipsoid inflorescences. Originally allocated the phrase name
Halosarcia sp. Angel Fish Island (B. Davey 4), this species is only found on pastoral and mining
leases over a range of c. 18 km. A subsequent population was reported from a nearby salt lake to the
south but no other plants have been discovered during surveys in the vicinity. In 1995 a gold mine
commenced operations on the eastern shore of the main salt lake on which this species grows. As
this species is poorly known and occurs on unprotected land it has a Priority One conservation status

(Atkins 2006).

Tecticornia laevigataK.A.Sheph. is amore widespread species allied to 7. mel/aria but distinguished
from it in part by its smaller, dull, green articles and smaller seeds. This species was also supported
as genetically distinct from 7. mellaria in a molecular sequence study (as Halosarcia sp. Angel Fish
Island (B. Davey 4) aff: KS 864) (Shepherd 2004; Shepherd et a/. 2004). In May 2004 this species
was given the phrase name H. sp. Lake Sunshine (S. van Leeuwen 4973).

Tecticorniamellariaand T. laevigata are part ofa group of taxa allied to the morphologically variable
T. undulata (Paul G.Wilson) K.A.Sheph. & Paul G.Wilson. In her field guide to Western Australian
samphires Datson (2002) referred to T. laevigata as Halosarcia aff. undulata ‘Mt Morgan’ and noted
two other potential informal taxa (H. aff: undulata ‘Barlee’ and H. aff: undulata ‘Nigracauda’). Further
field work is required to clarify the status of these taxa.

Although taxonomic revisions are on-going in Tecticornia, these three species are described here
separately as they can be clearly circumscribed and because two of them have Priority conservation
status and have been recognised as distinct for well over a decade

Methods

The general morphology for the subfamily Salicornioideae is outlined in detail elsewhere (Wilson
1980; Shepherd 2004; Shepherd et. al. 2005b; Shepherd & Wilson 2007), however, terminology used
to describe the bracts is clarified here. Each inflorescence is comprised of decussate pairs of succulent
bracts which may be free or fused. The shape and curvature of each bract is described firstly from
the face or front-on view, at the widest point. The side view is then described where the bract is at
its narrowest and may be fused to the opposite bract. The bract outer face may be flat or strongly
protruding in the front-on view. The apex of the bract can be truncate or acuminate and the margin
may be entire or dissected. Each bract pair may be fully exposed or almost completely covered by
the subtending bracts below.

This study is based on the examination of herbarium specimens lodged at PERTH, fresh material
and 70% ethanol preserved material. Tecticornia mellaria grown from seed collected by J. English and
maintained at the School of Plant Biology glasshouses at The University of Western Australia (UWA)
for a PhD Research project (J. English 2004) were also examined. Images of seeds were produced
using an Environmental Scanning Electron Microscope (Danilastos 1993). Species distributions are
those employed on FloraBase, which are modified from the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for
Australia (IBRA) Version 5.1 categories (Thackway & Cresswell 1995; Western Australian Herbarium
1998—; Environment Australia 2000). The distribution map was created using DIVA-GIS freeware
Version 5.2.0.2 (http://www.diva-gis.org/) and is based on IBRA_ Version 6.1 (Department of the
Environment and Water Resources 2007) with coordinates from collections lodged at PERTH. Due
to conservation concerns the precise localities for Priority species are withheld.

K.A. Shepherd, Three new Tecticornia from the Eremaean Botanical Province 355

Taxonomy

Tecticornia cymbiformis K.A.Sheph. & Paul G.Wilson, sp. nov.

Tecticorniae undulatae (Paul G.Wilson) K.A.Sheph. & Paul G.Wilson affinis sed bracteis
cymbiformibus, marginibus fimbriatis, semine porphyreo, opaco et laevi, differt.

Typus: Lake Anneen, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
21 August 2001, K.A. Shepherd & J. Tucker KS 870 (holo: PERTH 07464622; iso: CANB).

Halosarcia cymbiformis Paul G.Wilson ms, G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI.:
Descr. Cat. p. 204 (2000), nom. inval.

Halosarcia sp. Lake Anneen (A.L. Payne 320) Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Perennial erect shrub to 0.3-0.5 m high. Vegetative articles cylindrical to obovoid, oval or circular in
cross section, dull green or deep red to burgundy, senescing to grey-brown, 3.5—7.2 mm long, 2-5 mm
wide, apex truncate, margin fimbriate. /nflorescence 5-10 mm long, 3.2-6 mm wide, of 3-flowered
cymes forming a spike of 3-7 nodes, with a very strongly undulating, ellipsoidal outline; terminal to
main or lateral branches. Bracts fused, cymbiform, convex in face view with the upper edge strongly
curved, concave in side view with the upper edge very strongly curved, outer face of bract strongly
protruding, apex truncate, margin fimbriate; with overlapping subtending bracts. F/owers hermaphrodite
and obscured by the subtending bract, fused to the bract above, contiguous or fused with adjacent florets
and contiguous with opposite florets. Perianth fused and dorsiventrally compressed with both the adaxial
and abaxial surfaces vertically orientated, apex acute, with the aperture at or just below the apex; lobes
2 with the abaxial lobe absent, medial walls thin and lateral walls thick, margins entire. Stamen 1, the
anther elliptic, 1.2-1.4 mm long, abaxial to the ovary. Ovary free from the stem cortex; style bifid,
membranous. Fruiting spikes scarcely expanded, pithy or crustaceous, with the adaxial surface of the
bract brown or grey and dull; retained on branches for a year or more, sometimes with apical vegetative
growth, seed released only after the eventual decay of the bracts and perianth. Fruitlets obscured by the
subtending bract, sunken into the stem, free from bracts above, free from adjacent fruitlets and conjunct
with opposite fruitlets; fruiting perianth chartaceous or crustaceous, enclosing the seed, dehiscing + in
the medial plane; style at fruiting stage membranous or absent. Pericarp chartaceous, free from the
perianth, sometimes enclosing and partially fused with the seed surface. Seed vertical relative to the stem

axis, ovate with a beak, 0.7—0.8 mm long, opaque, red-brown without ornamentation. Embryo + straight,
perisperm present. (Figures 1, 2)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 26 May 1996, C. Day ANL 91
(PERTH 04910605); 21 Feb. 1990, E.M. Goble-Garratt EGG 28 (PERTH 02483599), EGG 31 (PERTH
02483556); 28 Mar. 1976, R.J. Hnatiuk s.n. (PERTH 02483564); 11 Apr. 1987, A.L. Payne 320 (PERTH
02483572); 2 Nov. 1987, 4.L. Payne 437 (PERTH 02483580); 21 Aug. 2001, K.A. Shepherd & J. Tucker
KS 869 (PERTH 07464630); 21 Aug. 2001, K.A. Shepherd & J. Tucker KS 871 (PERTH 07464649).

Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the Murchison and Yalgoo IBRA regions of the Eremaean Botanical
Province (Figure3). This species grows on saline floodways andalong the edge of creeklines between stands of
spinifex and mulga or with Eragrostis falcata, Frankenia laxiflora and Muellerolimon salicorniaceum.

356 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

estera Australian Rerbarioa

PERTH 07464622

yrOoLoTY PE
Fectitaaia by horas FA Shek
cat a G. Wi [sort
pecs yond Ret hae te hese eke oi

Resins

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN pened <i PERTH
Flora of Western A

Halosarcia sp. Lake Anneen (A.L. Payne 320)

c "i

Rounded shrub to 0.35 m high. Flowering. Branches also retain
fruits from the year before.

ecb! gare feted tod rebeaieaiewtd ae

dune before lake wherein bye pretscleee dora Psi
including Melaleuca. Ariplex and Maireana spp. over samphire
flats including Halosarcia halocnemmides, H_ indica and H.
pergranulata.

Frequency: frequent.

Coll, K.A. Shepherd & J. Tucker KS 870 Date: 21/08/2001

Voucher: PhD thesis, K-A. Shepherd, UWA (2004).

Department of Environment and Conservation” = Dups. to
© Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) PERTH 07464622

Figure 1. Holotype of Tecticornia cymbiformis (K.A. Shepherd & J. Tucker KS 870). Scale = 3cm.

K.A. Shepherd, Three new Tecticornia from the Eremaean Botanical Province 357

Figure 2. Tecticornia cymbiformis. A— fruiting spike showing the distinctive ‘boat-like’ cymbiform bracts with the strongly

protruding outer face (arrow) (K.A. Shepherd & J. Tucker KS 870); B — seed (K.A. Shepherd & J. Tucker KS 869). Scale
bars = 0.5 cm (A) and 100 tum (B).

Phenology. This species flowers from March to May. Fruits are retained on the plant for a year or more.

Conservation status. Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes for

Western Australian Flora: Priority Three (Atkins 2006). This species is currently known from only
three isolated populations.

Etymology. From the Latin cymbiformis (boat-shaped), referring to the distinct shape of the fertile
bracts of the inflorescence.

Affinity. In a combined nuclear and chloroplast molecular phylogeny of 43 taxa from the subfamily
Salicornioideae (Chenopodiaceae), Tecticornia cymbiformis (as Halosarcia cymbiformis ms) placed
as sister to 7. laevigata (as H. sp. Angel Fish Island (B. Davey 4) aff: KS 864) (Shepherd 2004). In a
subsequent morphological phylogenetic analysis which included 64 binary and multistate characters
scored from 62 taxa, T. cymbiformis placed as sister to T. undulata (as H. undulata) (Shepherd et. al.
2005b). Tecticornia cymbiformis is readily distinguished from these species by its unique cymbiform
bracts, where the outer face of each bract is so strongly protruding they appear ‘boat-like’. The bracts
of T. cymbiformis have fimbriate margins and become pithy or chartaceous and dull when in the fruit.
Further, the pericarp in 7. cymbiformis is partially fused to the seed, which is opaque, red-brown and
smooth (Figure 2; Shepherd ef al. 2005a). In contrast, the outer face of each bract in 7. laevigata is not
protruding and hence the inflorescence has a relatively smooth ovoid or ellipsoidal outline. The margins
of the bracts of 7. /aevigata are entire and in the fruiting spikes the bracts are pithy or crustaccous,
black and shiny. Further, the seed is opaque and brown, with ornamentation on the outer margin.
While the outer face of the bracts in 7. undulata does protrude, giving the inflorescence an undulating
outline, this protuberance is not as extreme as in 7. cymbiformis. The bracts of T. undulata are also
entire or slightly dentate and in fruit the bracts are spongy to crustaceous and dull. In 7. undulata the
pericarp is free from the seed, which is light gold-brown and somewhat translucent, so the outline
of the perisperm is evident. The outermost margin of the seed is also sometimes faintly ornamented.

358 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

kilometres

Figure 3. Distribution of Tecticornia cymbiformis (A), T. mellaria (O) and T. laevigata (@) in
the Eremaean Botanical Province, Western Australia.

Tecticornia mellaria K.A.Sheph., sp. nov.

Tecticorniae chartaceae (Paul G.Wilson) K.A.Sheph. & Paul G. Wilson affinis sed articulis vegetativis
amplis, cupiformibus, caesioviridibus, glaucis; semine brunneo opaco et papilloso differt.

Typus: Lake Carey, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
23 January 1996, C. Beavis 4 (holo: PERTH 05588022; iso: CANB).

Halosarcia sp. Angel Fish Island (B. Davey 4), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral,
FI.: Descr. Cat. p. 205 (2000).

Perennial erect shrub to 0.2-0.4 m high. Vegetative articles moniliform, barrel-shaped to spherical,
circular in cross section, glaucous bluish-green, senescing to pale brown, 5.5-20 mm long, 3.5-10.5 mm
wide, apex truncate or acute, margin entire. /nflorescence 8-26 mm long, 6-11 mm wide, of 3-flowered
cymes forming a spike of 5-17 nodes, with a sinuate or almost smooth, ovoid or ellipsoidal outline;
terminal to main or lateral branches. Bracts fused, shallowly convex in face view with the upper edge
gently curved, very shallowly concave in side view with the upper edge shallowly curved to straight,
outer face of bract flat, apex truncate, margin entire; with slightly overlapping subtending bracts. F/owers
hermaphrodite and fully covered or partially exposed by subtending bracts, free from bracts above, fused
with adjacent florets and free from opposite florets. Perianth fused and dorsiventrally compressed with
both the adaxial and abaxial surfaces horizontally orientated, apex acute, with the aperture at or just
below the apex; lobes 2 with the abaxial lobe absent, medial walls thin and lateral walls thick, margins

K.A. Shepherd, Three new Tecticornia from the Eremaean Botanical Province 359

entire. Stamen 1, the anther elliptic, 1.4—-1.6 mm long, abaxial to the ovary. Ovary free from the stem
cortex; style bifid, membranous. Fruiting spikes scarcely expanded, pithy or crustaceous with the adaxial
surface of the bract grey or black, dull or rarely shiny; retained on branches for a year or more, without
apical vegetative growth, seed generally released as the bracts separate with age and after the eventual
decay of the perianth. Fruitlets obscured by the subtending bract or partially exposed, sunken in the stem,
free from bracts above, free from adjacent fruitlets and opposite fruitlets; fruiting perianth membranous-
papery, enclosing the seed, dehiscing in the medial plane; style at fruiting stage membranous. Pericarp
membranous-papery, free from the perianth, enclosing and sometimes partially fused with the seed
surface. Seed horizontal relative to the stem axis in the central fruitlet and horizontal and rotated flat to
one side in the lateral fruitlets within each 3-flowered cyme, ovate with a slight beak, 1.1-1.5 mm long,
opaque, brown with ornamentation of small spaced bumps in rows on the extreme outer margin. Embryo
+ straight, perisperm present. (Figure 4, 5)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] July 1998, B. Davey 4 (PERTH
05100348); 9 July 1998, J. English s.n. (PERTH 05089220); 1994, Mattiske Consulting Pty Ltd 72-94
(PERTH 05117763); 20 Oct. 1994, D. True DET 11022 (PERTH 04316797).

Distribution and habitat. Currently known from two populations in the Murchison IBRA region of
the Eremaean Botanical Province (Figure 3). This species grows on well drained red gypseous dunes
down to the edge of the lake playa or on gypseous clay pans in association with other samphire species
such as Tecticornia undulata, T. pergranulata and Frankenia species.

Phenology. Flowers from September to October. Fruits are retained on the plant for a year or more.

Conservation status. DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority One (Atkins
2006). This species is currently known from one salt lake over a range of c. 18 km and occurs on
pastoral and mining leases. It has also been reported from a second lake nearby (Datson 2002) but
no other plants have been discovered during surveys in the vicinity. While it has been reported that
this species colonised areas disturbed by mining activity (Datson 2002), little is known of the overall
impact of the surrounding land use on these populations in the long term.

Etymology. From the Latin mellarium (beehive), in reference to the mature inflorescence which is
shaped like a stylised beehive.

Affinity. Based on a morphological phylogenetic analysis, T. mellaria is closely allied to T. laevigata
and T. chartacea (Paul G.Wilson) K.A.Sheph. & Paul G. Wilson (Shepherd 2004; Shepherd et al. 2004;
Shepherd et a/. 2005b). It is distinguished from both species by its large, barrel-shaped to spherical
articles that are glaucous and bluish-green, and distinctive ellipsoid inflorescences. The fruitlets of
T. mellaria remain covered or are only partially exposed by the overlapping subtending bracts (Figure
5B) and the seeds are generally retained on the plant. In contrast, the papery bracts of 7. chartacea
separate completely into plate-like rings, as the fruitlets containing the seeds fall free. The fruitlets
of T. mellaria and T. laevigata split down the medial plane to eventually release a brown and opaque
seed with faint ornamentation on the outer margin and apex (Type | in Shepherd ef al. 2005a). In
T. chartacea the perianth does not split down the medial plane and continues to enclose the smooth
and somewhat translucent gold-brown seed. Tecticornia chartacea also grows on clay pans, often
forming dense, pure stands in areas that may become waterlogged after winter rains, while 7. mellaria
grows away from the salt pan on well drained dunes.

360

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

jestern Austral tan

cc

PERTH 05588022

HOLO7 ¥PE-

Jechiarare thang b.A thoph.
perenminavit My d+ Shepherd _ jZ Moor

Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Halosarcia sp Angel Fish Island(B.Davey 4)
Chenopediaceae

Rounded 30) cm high shrub, Fleshy, pea-shaped segments.
Gypsiferous dunes, Growing ¢lose to salt lake.

Coll C. Beavis + Date: 2301/1996

4 Dups, to
Department of Environment and Conservation PERTH OSS588022
© Waster Australian Harnarium (PERTH)

Figure 4. Holotype of Tecticornia mellaria (C. Beavis 4). Scale = 3cm.

361

Figure 5. Tecticornia mellaria. A — vegetative article; B — ellipsoidal inflorescence
with exserted styles. Shallowly convex outer face of the bract (arrow) with a gently
curved upper edge, overlaping the bract above; C — 3-flowered cyme, showing each
dorsiventrally compressed flower, each fused perianth has 2 lobes (arrows); D—fruiting
spike showing the pithy to crustaceous bracts beginning to separate from the bract
pair above (C. Beavis 4); E—a seed with small bumps on the outer margin. Scale
bars = 0.5 cm (A—B, D); 0.5 mm (C); 100 um (E).

Tecticornia laevigata is readily distinguished from T. mellaria by its smaller articles with smaller,
dull green inflorescences, shining black abaxial and adaxial surfaces of the bracts in fruit and the
pericarp which is free from the small, orbicular seed.

Notes. The orientation of the seeds in 7 mellaria and T. laevigata are unusual. Within each 3-flowered
cyme the central seed is horizontal but the lateral seeds are described as ‘Type 2’ (Shepherd eral. 2005a),
where they are orientated horizontally but are rotated 90 degrees to the left or right. The only other
Australian samphire species with this type of seed orientation are T. chartacea and T. flabelliformis
(Paul G.Wilson) K.A.Sheph. & Paul G.Wilson (Shepherd et al. 2005a).

362 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Tecticornia laevigata K.A.Sheph., sp. nov.

Tecticorniae mellariae K.A.Sheph. affinis sed articulis vegetativis minoribus, viridibus hebitebus;
inflorescentia parva; bracteis atris laevigatis; semine minus quam Imm longo, differt.

Typus: north end of Mongers Lake, Western Australia, 6 August 1969, Paul G. Wilson 8602 (holo:
PERTH 05932726; iso: CANB, MEL, NSW).

Halosarcia sp. Lake Sunshine (S. van Leeuwen 4973), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.goy.au [accessed June 2007].

Illustration. Nikulinsky P. (1983), Plate 6 (as Haloscarcia undulata).

Perennial erect subshrub to 0.15-0.5 m high. Vegetative articles barrel-shaped to spherical, circular in
cross section, dull green, senescing to grey or dark brown, 1.5-6 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide, apex rounded
or truncate, margin entire. Inflorescence 7-14 mm long, 4.5-6.5 mm wide, of 3-flowered cymes forming
a spike of 9-18 nodes, with a sinuate to almost smooth, ovoid or ellipsoidal outline; terminal to main
or lateral branches. Bracts fused, shallowly convex in face view with the upper edge gently curved to
straight, very shallowly concave in side view with the upper edge shallowly curved to straight, outer
face of bract flat, apex truncate, margin entire; with slightly overlapping subtending bracts. F/owers
hermaphrodite and fully covered or partially exposed by the subtending bract, free from bract above, fused
with adjacent florets and free from opposite florets. Perianth fused and dorsiventrally compressed with
both the adaxial and abaxial surfaces horizontally orientated, apex truncate or acute, with the aperture
at or just below the apex; lobes 2 with the abaxial lobe absent, medial walls thin and lateral walls thick,
margins entire. Stamen 1, the anther elliptic, 1.1-1.4 mm long, abaxial to the ovary. Ovary free from the
stem cortex; style bifid, membranous. Fruiting spikes scarcely expanded, chartaceous or crustaceous
with the adaxial surface of the bract black and shiny; retained on branches for a year or more, without
apical vegetative growth, seed generally released as the bracts separate with age and after the eventual
decay of the perianth. Fruitlets obscured by the subtending bract, sunken in the stem, free from bracts
above, free from adjacent fruitlets and separated or conjunct with opposite fruitlets; fruiting perianth
membranous-papery or chartaceous, enclosing the seed, dehiscing in the medial plane; style at fruiting
stage membranous or absent. Pericarp membranous-papery or chartaceous, free from the perianth,
enclosing the seed and free from the seed surface. Seed horizontal relative to the stem axis in the central
fruitlet and horizontal and rotated flat to one side in the lateral fruitlets within each 3-flowered cyme,
orbicular with a beak, 0.7-0.8 mm long, opaque, light gold-brown to brown with ornamentation of small
bumps scattered randomly on the extreme outer margin or on the outer edge and part of central area.
Embryo + straight, perisperm present. (Figure 6, 7)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Lake Carey, 23 Jan. 1996, C. Beavis 2 (PERTH); Lake
Deborah West, reserve No 13730, 11 Dec. 1994, N. Casson & A. Harris G 20.2 (PERTH); White Lake,
Canning Stock Route, 3 Apr. 1971, S.J.J. Davies s.n. (PERTH); LGS 11, Lorna Glen Station, 150 km
ENE of Wiluna, 13 Mar. 2003, D.J. Edinger & G. Marsh DJE 3273 (PERTH); 110 km SE of Yalgoo on
Yalgoo — Paynes Find road, 5 km SE of Fields Find, 22 Oct. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1743 (PERTH); Little
Sandy Desert, 7.9 km WSW of Yanneri Lake, 29.2 km NE of Kulonoski East Well, 26.8 km NW of
Lake Sunshine, 31 km SE of Moffetah Well, 24 Oct. 1996, S. van Leeuwen 3022 (PERTH); Little Sandy
Desert, north-western end of northern arm of Lake Sunshine, 22.5 km SE of Yanneri Lake, 16 km S of
Terminal Lake, 41.5 km ENE of Kulonoski East Well on Beyondie Station, 30.9 km N of Bullen Hill,
18 Aug. 2001, S. van Leeuwen 4973 (PERTH); Lake Darlot, Nov. 1982, P. Nikulinsky s.n. (PERTH);

K.A. Shepherd, Three new Tecticornia from the Eremaean Botanical Province 363

Woolgorong Station, No 7 Creek, 10 km NW of homestead, 27 July 1995, M. Officer 71 (PERTH); N
end of Lake Moore, 7 Aug. 1969, Paul G. Wilson 8637 (PERTH); Lake Miranda, c. 140 km S of Wiluna,
27 Aug. 1970, P.G. Wilson 8924a (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Grows throughout the Little Sandy Desert, Gascoyne, Murchison and Yalgoo
IBRA regions of the Eremaean Botanical Province (Figure 3), near the edge of salt lakes and on saline
flats in light brown sandy clay. Sometimes associated with open Melaleuca shrublands on nearby
sandy rises and Frankenia spp. and Tecticornia spp. on the saline flats.

Phenology. Flowering from July to September. Fruits retained for a year or more.
Conservation status. This species is widespread and is not considered threatened.

Etymology. From the Latin /aevigatum (smooth, polished), in reference to the smooth, shiny, adaxial
surface of the bract when in fruit.

Affinity. See notes under T. cymbiformis and T. mellaria.

Notes. When describing Halosarcia undulata (now T. undulata), Wilson (1980) noted a number of
collections that may represent either a new, closely allied species or a hybrid between an unknown
species and H. undulata. Wilson indicated that these specimens had “ovoid to ellipsoid pedunculate
spikes, pithy perianths, and black carbonaceous pericarps” and few produced seed. In specimens that
did have seed, it was noted that the seed coat was papillose on the outer margin rather than smooth.

Figure 6. Fruits of Tecticornia laevigata (P.G. Wilson 8602), scale = 0.5 cm.

ae Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Western Australian Herbariun

THUAN

PERTH 05932726

HOLo7 yer
Vethibrate /tewgahy LAA-Sheh.
beterminavit (“lly 4 .Shigbyud 1 /foo7
re itifamd —H,

Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

IDENTIFICATION LABEL, WA. Herbarium PERTH

falosdtiin yp. hele Sunthme
CS. van Leeanen 4773)
Signed; K.A. Shepherd e=@_ aed. 0067

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM
PERTH. WA

:
286s, 117? 22°E.

Coll. P. G. Wilson. B6OA 6 hung. 19697

2873/9 80>M

Figure 7. Holotype of Tecticornia laevigata (P.G. Wilson 8602). Scale = 3cm.

Og

K.A. Shepherd, Three new Tecticornia from the Eremaean Botanical Province 365

In general, this description matches that of 7. /aevigata. Three specimens listed in Wilson (1980)
as putative hybrids (P.G. Wilson 8602, P.G. Wilson 8637 and P.G. Wilson 8924a) can be referred
to this species. Two further specimens (P.G. Wilson 8569 and P.G. Wilson 8856) from Lake Austin
and Lake Barlee, respectively, are not 7. Jaevigata. These specimens, along with another collection
(R.J. Cranfield 7335), may represent the taxon referred to by Datson (2002: 94-95) as H. aff: undulata
‘Barlee.’ Further field work is required however, to ascertain the exact status of this taxon with respect
to T. mellaria, T. laevigata and the morphologically variable T. undulata. A further putative hybrid
specimen listed by Wilson (J.H. Maiden NSW 136567) has not been examined. As the location is
given as Cue, this specimen may well be 7. /aevigata.

See comments under 7. me/laria about seed orientation in 7. laevigata.

Amended ‘Flora of Australia Key’ to the species of Tecticornia (formally Halosarcia) (Wilson
1984: 282) from couplet 14

14. Margins of articles and of bracts denticulate or ciliate
15. Perianth pithy in fruit; pericarp horny all over (not torn at base)... eeeeeeeesetesereneees 23. T. indica

15: Perianth membranous, cartilaginous or crustaceous in fruit; pericarp
membranous at least towards the base

16. Articles with truncate lobes; fruitlets falling entire

16a. Bracts obovoid to barrel-shaped; pericarp free from the seed; seed gold-
browntranslucenterimeteimeteert etter tiie reireettetite 19. T. entrichoma

16a: Bracts cymbiform; pericarp partially fused to the seed; seed red-brown,
ODAqlenertheee rite eeeecient re erertmertresssettt essere itsrsn errr tr itrttr st trates T. cymbiformis

16: Articles with acuminate to caudate lobes; fruitlets tearing at base
to expose seed

sinter 3. T. nitida
17: Articles dull or glossy, fimbriate on margin; perianth fimbriate on margin...............0.. 2. T. fimbriata

17. Articles glossy, entire to crenulate on margin; perianth entire on margin

14: Margins of articles and of bracts entire
18. Perianth pithy in fruit; pericarp horny at least towards aPeX......ccceceseeeeeeseetseeeetsesesseeseseeeees 23. T. indica
18: Perianth various in fruit but not pithy; pericarp membranous or chartaceous
19. Perianth membranous or chartaceous; fruitlets free from each other
20. Articles shortly acuminate; inflorescence 80 mM ln... eeeeetees 21. T. cupuliformis
20: Articles truncate; inflorescence 7-40 mm long

20a. Mature inflorescence separates into plate-like rings to release fruitlets;
seedigold-brownutranslucentusmoothprmrettessrarie tirtisrstartectreecser ttre: tries 20. T. chartacea
20a: Mature inflorescence ellipsoid and generally retains fruitlets; seed brown,
opaque, ornamented on the outer margin
20b. Articles glaucous, bluish-green 5.5—20 mm long, 3.5—10.5 mm wide;
inflorescence 8-26 mm long; pericarp partially fused to the seed;
SECCalel I MOMMIILON GS pemte mentee eesastarstteresreaterse nreemrrnrcne tremitest ts teretirs fieett ttc ceteted T. mellaria
20b: Articles not glaucous, dull green 1.5—6 mm long, 2.5—-4 mm
wide; inflorescence 7-14 mm long; pericarp free from the seed;
Seedilessihanslermmplonomertmrintrerttrtriretteetsmenterrtirratr tetera T. laevigata

19: Perianth crustaceous; fruitlets free or united

366 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Acknowledgements

This research was funded through the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving our Species’
biodiversity conservation initiative and an Australian Research Council linkage grant with The University
of Western Australia supported by Minerals and Energy Research Institute of Western Australia,
Normandy Mining Limited, Placer (Granny Smith), Acacia Resources, Kalgoorlie Consolidated Gold
Mines and the WA Herbarium. Sincere thanks to Carol Wilkins and Jeremy English and many others
for field support, Paul G. Wilson for confirming the Latin diagnoses, John Murphy and the Centre for
Microscopy and Microanalysis at UWA for access to the ESEM, Kevin Thiele and Ryonen Butcher for
providing helpful comments on the manuscript. The author would also like to gratefully acknowledge
the never ending support of Paul G. Wilson, Tim Colmer and all of the curation staff at the Western

Australian Herbarium who never say ‘No’.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Barker, B. (2005). Standardising informal names in Australian publications. Australian Systematic Botany Society Newsletter
122: 11-12.

Danilastos, G.D. (1993). Microscopy research and technique. Jn: J.E. Johnson Jnr (Ed.) “Introduction to the environmental
scanning electron microscope instrument.” pp. 354-361. (Wiley-Liss Inc.: New York.)

Datson, B. (2002). “Samphires in Western Australia — a field guide to Chenopodiaceae tribe Salicornieae.” (Department of
Environment and Conservation: Kensington, Western Australia.)

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6 February 2007. [accessed June 2007]

English, J.P. (2004). “Ecophysiology of salt- and waterlogging tolerance in selected species of Halosarcia.” (PhD dissertation,
The University of Western Australia: Western Australia.)

Environment Australia (2000). Revision of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) and Development
of Version 5.1 - summary report. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/version6-1/index.html [accessed June

2007]

Nikulinsky, P. (1983). “Flowering Plants of the Eastern Goldfields of Western Australia.” (Carr Boyd Minerals Limited:
Perth.)

Paczkowska, G. & Chapman, A.R. (2000). “The Western Australian flora: a descriptive catalogue.” (Wildflower Society of
Western Australia Inc., Western Australian Herbarium, Botanic Gardens & Parks Authority: Perth.)

Shepherd, K.A. (2004). “A systematic analysis of the Australian Salicornioideae (Chenopodiaceae).” (PhD dissertation, The
University of Western Australia: Western Australia.)

Shepherd, K.A., Colmer, T.D. & Macfarlane, T.D. (2005a). Morphology, anatomy and histochemistry of fruits and seeds of the
Salicornioideae (Chenopodiaceae). Annals of Botany 95: 917-933.

Shepherd, K.A., Macfarlane, T.D. & Waycott, M. (2005b). Phylogenetic analysis of the Australian Salicornioideae
(Chenopodiaceae) based on morphology and nuclear DNA. Australian Systematic Botany 18(1): 89-115.

Shepherd, K.A., Waycott, M. & Calladine, A. (2004). Radiation of the Australian Salicornioideae (Chenopodiaceae) — based
on evidence from Nuclear and Chloroplast DNA sequences. American Journal of Botany 91(9): 1387-1397.

Shepherd, K.A. & Wilson, P.G. (2007). Incorporation of the Australian genera Halosarcia, Pachycornia, Sclerostegia and
Tegicornia into Tecticornia (Salicornioideae, Chenopodiaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 20(4): 319-339.

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1995). “An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia : a framework for setting
priorities in the National Reserves System Cooperative Program, version 4.” (Australian Nature Conservation Agency:
Canberra.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environmentand Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007]

Wilson, P.G. (1980). A revision of the Australian species of Salicornieae (Chenopodiaceae). Nuytsia 3(1): 1-154.

Wilson, P.G. (1984). Chenopodiaceae. In: A.S. George (Ed.) “Flora of Australia.” Vol. 4, pp. 277-309. (Australian Government
Publishing Service: Canberra.)

Nuytsia 17: 367-374 (2007) 367

Tecticornia indefessa (Chenopodiaceae: Salicornioideae), a new mat
samphire (formerly Tegicornia) from north of Esperance, Western
Australia

Kelly A. Shepherd

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983
School of Plant Biology, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawley, Western Australia 6009

Abstract

Shepherd, K.A., Tecticornia indefessa (Chenopodiaceae: Salicornioideae), a new mat samphire
(formerly Tegicornia) from north of Esperance, Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 367-374 (2007). A
taxon previously thought to be an intergeneric hybrid between an unknown species of the former
genus Halosarcia Paul G.Wilson (now Tecticornia Hook.f.) and Tegicornia uniflora Paul G.Wilson
(now Tecticornia uniflora (Paul G.Wilson) K.A.Sheph. & Paul G.Wilson) is recognised as a distinct
species: Tecticornia indefessa K.A.Sheph. While sharing a similar mat-like habit and perianth structure
to the dioecious 7. uniflora, this taxon has bisexual or female flowers with distinctive seeds. Previous
analysis of nuclear DNA sequences supports this taxon as distinct. Illustrations and maps and a revised
description of 7. uniflora are included.

Introduction

Recent phylogenetic analysis of nuclear DNA sequences has shown that Jegicornia Paul G. Wilson
along with all other Australian samphires except Sarcocornia A.J.Scott, form a monophyletic group
(Shepherd et al. 2004; Shepherd et al. 2005b). Consequently, the genera Tegicornia, Halosarcia Paul
G.Wilson, Pachycornia Hook.f. and Sclerostegia Paul G.Wilson have been subsumed into a much
expanded Tecticornia Hook.f. (Shepherd & Wilson 2007).

Inhis initial revision of the Australian Salicornioideae (Chenopodiaceae), Wilson (1980) recognised
Tegicornia as a monotypic genus. The only representative of the genus, Tegicornia uniflora Paul
G.Wilson (now Tecticornia uniflora (Paul G.Wilson) K.A.Sheph. & Paul G.Wilson), was considered
unique as it is the only samphire which is dioecious. This taxon was further characterised by a distinct
prostrate habit, having pairs of single flowers dispersed amongst vegetative articles and an obovate,
dorsiventrally flattened perianth. Recent glasshouse studies have shown however, that under cultivation
T. uniflora may produce spicate inflorescences comprised of 1-3-flowered cymes typical of other
samphires (Shepherd 2004).

A mat samphire from near Truslove, north of Esperance, was also described by Wilson (1980) as a
putative intergeneric hybrid between an unknown species of the former genus Halosarcia and the then
Tegicornia uniflora. Plants from the Truslove population have the mat-like habit and unusual perianth
shape typical of Tecticornia uniflora. However, they also produced small spicate inflorescences with

Si 7)
368 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

_3-flowered cymes which had not been observed in T. uniflora. These plants have

h towards the apex of some inflorescences the lateral flowers
d that, due to the sterility of flowers and the presence of
t of both 7. uniflora and ‘a

opposite pairs of |
mostly hermaphroditic flowers, althoug
are female or sterile. Wilson (1980) suggeste
immature seeds in combination with the presence of characters reminiscen
generalised species of Halosarcia’, that this taxon was of hybrid origin.

While hybridisation apparently readily occurs within the Salicornioideae (Dalby 1975; Wilson
1980; Castroviejo & Lago 1992; O’Callaghan 1992; Shepherd & Yan 2003), the Truslove taxon has
a uniform population which has been sampled over a 28 year period. This taxon occupies a stable,
undisturbed habitat, is apparently fertile and produces seed. Furthermore, as the closest population of
one proposed parent 7. uniflora is over 350 kilometres away, it was determined that this taxon was
unlikely to be of hybrid origin. It was subsequently given the phrase name Tegicornia sp. Truslove
(P.G. Wilson 11824C) in April 2003 (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). While allied to 7. uniflora
in having a mat-like habit and distinctive obovate perianth, molecular sequence evidence shows that it
is genetically distinct (Shepherd er al. 2004). The presence of hermaphrodite flowers and characteristic
sculpturing of the seed coat also supports this taxon as unique, and it is therefore described as a new

species herein.

Methods

This study is based on the examination of herbarium specimens lodged at the Western Australian
Herbarium (PERTH). Floral characters were scored from fresh material, or material preserved in
70% ethanol. Inflorescence photographs were taken using a Nikon Digital Camera Head (DS-5M)
mounted on a dissecting microscope using a DS Camera Control Unit (DS-L1). Seed images were
obtained using an Environmental Scanning Electron Microscope (ESEM) (Danilastos 1993). Species
distribution bioregions are based on Version 5.1 of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for
Australia (IBRA) categories (Thackway & Cresswell 1995; Environment Australia 2000) as modified
on FloraBase (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Distribution maps were created using DIVA-
GIS freeware Version 5.2.0.2 and show IBRA Version 6.1 regions (Department of the Environment
and Water Resources 2007) with coordinates from collections lodged at PERTH. Precise localities
are withheld due to conservation concerns. Terminology used to describe the inflorescence structure
is outlined in Shepherd (2007).

Taxonomy

Tecticornia uniflora (Paul G. Wilson) K.A.Sheph. & Paul G. Wilson, Aust. Syst. Bot. 20:328. Tegicornia
uniflora Paul G.Wilson, Nuytsia 3: 25 (1980). Type: Between Stirling Range and Porongurup Range,
Western Australia, 30 October 1975, P.G. Wilson 11626, female plant (holo: PERTH 1149970!;
iso: AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL, NSW, NT).

Dioecious, perennial prostrate herb, 5-10 cm high to 0.5—1 m across. Vegetative articles obovoid
or barrel-shaped to spherical, circular in cross section, glossy deep green and red, 1.5—5 mm long,
2-6 mm wide, apex rounded or truncate, margin entire. Inflorescence 3—7.5 mm long, 2—3.6 mm wide,
of 1-3-flowered cymes forming a spike 2-3 nodes long, with a slightly undulating ellipsoidal outline,
terminal to main or lateral branches, or flowers solitary and interspersed among vegetative articles.
Bracts fused, barrel-shaped, convex in face view with the upper edge shallowly curved, concave in
side view with the upper edge shallowly curved, outer face of bract not protruding, apex truncate to

K.A. Shepherd, Tecticornia indefessa (Chenopodiaceae), a new mat samphire 369

acute, margins entire; not overlapping subtending bracts. F/owers dioecious, with the central floret
larger than or more or less equal to lateral florets, exposed above subtending bracts, free from bracts,
adjacent florets and opposite florets. Perianth fused, broadly obovate in the female, narrowly obovate in
the male and dorsiventrally compressed, with both the adaxial and abaxial surfaces slightly ascending,
apex truncate with the aperture at or just below the apex; lobes 3 with one small abaxial lobe inside
two lateral lobes, margins entire. Stamen 1; the anther elliptic, 1-2 mm long, abaxial to the ovary.
Ovary free from the stem cortex, style bifid, membranous. Fruiting spikes scarcely expanded, soft,
membranous-papery, apical vegetative growth absent. Fruitlets partially exposed above subtending
bracts, sunken in the stem, free from bracts, adjacent fruits and opposite fruits; fruiting perianth
membranous-papery, not enclosing the seed, dehiscence not in the medial plane. Pericarp fused with
the perianth, not enclosing the seed; style at fruiting stage absent, or present with the base thickened.
Seed vertical and rotated to the left or right relative to the stem axis, ovate with a beak, 1.6-2 mm long,
opaque, dark red-brown or black, with concentric fan-like porcate rows. Embryo curved, perisperm
present. (Figure 1)

Figure 1. Tecticornia uniflora. A — distinct mat-like habit (K.A. Shepherd KAS 745 & J. English); B — solitary
male florets in each bract; C — solitary female florets in each bract, showing the typical broad obovate perianth
exposed above the subtending truncate bract; D —upright inflorescences may form when grown in cultivation, with
arrows indicating a cluster of 3 female flowers (showing the exserted stigmas) (grown from seed collected from
K.A. Shepherd KAS 748 & J. English); E—-ESEM micrograph of a seed (K.A. Shepherd KAS 748 & J. English).
Scale bars = 3 mm (B & C); 200 um (E). B & C adapted from Wilson (1980).

370 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld]; 7 Apr. 2006, S. Barrett 1455
4 Mar. 1989, M.S. Graham 069 (PERTH 1679600); 22 Jan. 2001, E. Hickman
14 Nov. 2002, E.M. Sandiford EMS 679 (PERTH 06787940); 4 May 2000,
(PERTH 07573200); 4 May 2000, K.A. Shepherd KAS 747 &

K.A. Shepherd KAS 748 & J. English (PERTH 07573235);
2000, K.A. Shepherd

Specimens examined.

(PERTH 07434227); 1
EJH 441 (PERTH 05846188);
K.A. Shepherd KAS 745 & J. English

J. English (PERTH 07573219); 4 May 2000,
4 May 2000, K.A. Shepherd KAS 750 & J. English (PERTH 07573243); 4 May
KAS 751 & J. English (PERTH 07573227); 10 Nov. 1986, P.G. Wilson 12372 (PERTH 1153196).

Distribution. Found south of Newdegate to north of Mount Barker in the Esperance Plains, Jarrah
Forest and Mallee regions of the South-West Botanical Province (Figure 2).

Habitat. This mat-like species grows in the low-lying flood zone around the margins of salt lakes in

yellow or grey sandy clay (Figure 1A).
Phenology. Flowering from October to November.

Conservation status. Tecticornia uniflora is categorised as Priority Four under the Department of
Environment and Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian F lora (Atkins
2006), as it is restricted to a few isolated populations around the margins of salt lakes in the south-

west of Western Australia.

Chromosome number. Diploid counts of 2n=18 were previously published for this species under
Tegicornia uniflora (Shepherd & Yan 2003).

Affinity. While T. uniflora remains the only dioecious Australian samphire, it is not as distinct as
Wilson (1980) first thought. Nuclear DNA sequence analysis has shown that 7. uniflora is related
to Tecticornia lylei (Ewart & Jean White) K.A.Sheph. & Paul G.Wilson (as Halosarcia lylei (Ewart

Kalgoorlie
e

kilometres

Figure 2. Distribution of Tecticornia uniflora (@) and T. indefessa (A) in south-west Western

Australia.

K.A. Shepherd, Tecticornia indefessa (Chenopodiaceae), a new mat samphire 371

& Jean White) Paul G.Wilson, in Shepherd et al. 2004; Shepherd ef al. 2005b). While this species
is genetically similar to 7. /y/ei, it is morphologically distinct from it. In appearance it is similar to
T. indefessa but may be distinguished by a number of characters outlined under that species.

Notes. When grown in cultivation 7. uniflora forms spicate inflorescences 2-3 nodes long, comprised
of small 1—3-flowered cymes of male or female flowers (Figure 1D). The orientation of the seeds in
this species is unusual and was described as “Type 5’ (Shepherd ef a/. 2005a) in which the seeds are
orientated vertically but are rotated 90 degrees to the left or right.

Tecticornia indefessa K.A.Sheph., sp. nov.

Tecticorniae uniflorae (Paul G.Wilson) K.A.Sheph. & Paul G.Wilson affinis sed floribus
hermaphroditis, articulis vegetativis acutis vel apiculatis, et sculptura in margine exteriore seminis

differt.

Typus: south-east of Truslove, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
15 January 1981, P.G. Wilson 11824 A (holo: PERTH 02493500; iso: CANB).

Halosarcia sp. x Tegicornia uniflora Paul G.Wilson, Nuytsia 3: 25 (1980).

Tegicornia sp. Truslove (Paul G. Wilson 11824 C), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed 10 April 2007].

Bisexual or gynomonoecious, perennial prostrate herb, 5—15 cm high to 0.5—2 m across. Vegetative
articles obovoid or barrel-shaped to spherical, circular in cross section, glossy deep green and red,
3-6(-8) mm long and 2-6 mm wide, apex acute to shortly acuminate, margins entire. Inflorescence up
to 9 mm long, 24.5 mm wide, of 1-3-flowered cymes forming a spike of 2-4 nodes, with a slightly
undulating outline, terminal to main or lateral branches. Bracts fused, sometimes becoming free towards
the apex of the inflorescence, barrel-shaped, convex in face view with the upper edge shallowly curved,
concave in side view with the upper edge shallowly curved, outer face of bract not protruding, apex acute
to shortly acuminate, margins entire; partially overlapping subtending bracts. F/owers bisexual or the
lateral florets in the 3-flowered cyme female or sterile, with the central floret larger than or more or less
equal to lateral florets, covered by the subtending bracts with only the apex exposed, free from bracts,
adjacent florets and opposite florets. Perianth fused, broadly obovate and dorsiventrally compressed,
with both the adaxial and abaxial surfaces slightly ascending, apex truncate with the aperture at or just
below the apex; lobes 3 with one small abaxial lobe inside two lateral lobes, margins entire. Stamen
1; the anther elliptic, 1-2 mm long, abaxial to the ovary. Ovary free from the stem cortex, style bifid,
membranous. Fruiting spikes scarcely expanded, soft, membranous-papery, apical vegetative growth
absent. Fruitlets obscured or partially exposed above subtending bracts, sunken in the stem, free from
bracts, adjacent fruits and opposite fruits; fruiting perianth membranous-papery, not enclosing the seed,
dehiscence not in the medial plane. Pericarp fused with the perianth, not enclosing the seed; style at
fruiting stage present with the base thickened. Seed vertical relative to the stem axis, ovate with a beak,
1.2-2 mm long, opaque, dark red-brown, with faint ribs on the outer margin, the sides smooth. Embryo

curved, perisperm present. (Figure 3)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 6 Nov. 1978, R.J. Cranfield 1047
(PERTH 2493527); 18 Jan. 1978, G.J. Keighery 1829 (PERTH 02493462); 16 Jan. 1979, C.J. Robinson &
JM. Kochs.n. (PERTH 02493535); 15 Jan. 1981, P.G. Wilson 11824 B (PERTH 02493470); 15 Jan. 1981,

372 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 3. Tecticornia indefessa. A — upright inflorescences with arrows indicating a cluster of 3 hermaphrodite
flowers above anacute, subtending bract (adapted from Wilson 1980); B—ESEM micrograph ofa seed (G. Keighery
s.n., 14 Oct. 2000). Scale bars = 5 mm (A); 200 um (B).

P.G. Wilson 11824 C (PERTH 02493489); 15 Jan. 1981, P.G. Wilson 11824 D (PERTH 02493497); 15
Jan. 1981, P.G. Wilson 11824 E (PERTH 02493519).

Distribution. Common around the margin of a salt lake in a conservation reserve north of Esperance,
in the Mallee region of the South-West Botanical Province (Figure 2).

Habitat. In white to brown-grey sand near the edge of a salt lake.
Phenology. Flowering from September to October with fruits forming in December to January.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora, as although it is poorly known, a population occurs within a nature reserve.

Chromosome number. Unknown.

Etymology. The specific epithet is derived from the Latin indefessus (unwearied, indefatigable),
in recognition of the tireless work of Paul G. Wilson (1928-) who has contributed so much to the
taxonomy of the Australia flora and who has freely shared his knowledge (and love) of the Australian
samphires.

Affinity. This species is allied to Tecticornia uniflora in having a similar mat-like habit and flattened
obovate perianth (in the female flowers of T. uniflora). It occurs approximately 350 km from the nearest
known population of T. uniflora and is distinguished by having hermaphrodite (and sometimes female)
flowers that are covered by subtending bracts which tend to have more acute rather than truncate
apices (Figure 3A). The seeds of 7. indefessa have sculpturing only on the outer margin of the seed
coat rather than over the whole surface of the seed as in T. uniflora (Figure 3B).

K.A. Shepherd, Tecticornia indefessa (Chenopodiaceae), a new mat samphire 373

Notes. Three collections (G.J. Keighery & J.J. Alford 1471 (PERTH 02493551), K. Newbey 7906
(PERTH 02493543) and R. Hnatiuk 761 144 (PERTH 01153129)) from near the coast at Israelite
Bay, have a distinctive prostrate habit similar to 7. indefessa but with generally smaller vegetative
articles which appear to have a dull rather than glossy surface. As two specimens are infertile and the
third has immature flowers, this taxon cannot be identified with certainty and further collections are
required to confirm its status.

The orientation of the seeds in 7. indefessa is currently recorded as being vertical relative to the
stem axis. This is based on a limited number of observations as there is a lack of material with mature
seed available at PERTH. Further collections are required to confirm if the seeds are always vertical
rather than having a ‘Type 5’ orientation (Shepherd eg a/. 2005a) as observed in T. uniflora.

Acknowledgments

The preparation of this paper was funded through the Western Australian Government's ‘Saving Our
Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative. Earlier components of this research were funded through
an ARC linkage grant with the University of Western Australia (UWA) with support from Minerals and
Energy Research Institute of Western Australia, Normandy Mining Limited, Placer (Granny Smith),
Acacia Resources, Kalgoorlie Consolidated Gold Mines and the Western Australian Herbarium. I wish
to thank Greg Keighery for collecting fresh material of T. indefessa, Paul Wilson for his invaluable
discussions on the Australian Salicornioideae and for providing the Latin diagnosis, Terry Macfarlane
for providing comments on the manuscript, The Microanalysis and Microscopy Centre at UWA for
use of their facilities and the curatorial staff at PERTH for their support and assistance.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environmentand Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Castroviejo, S. & Lago, E. (1992). Datos acerca de la hibridacion en el género Sarcocornia (Chenopodiaceae). Anales Jardin
Botdnico de Madrid 50(2): 163-170.

Dalby, D. (1975). Salicornia L. In: C.A. Stace (Ed.) “Hybridization and the flora of the British Isles.” pp. 186-188. (Academic
Press: London.)

Danilastos, G.D. (1993). Microscopy research and technique. Jn: J.E. Johnson Jnr (Ed.) “Introduction to the environmental
scanning electron microscope instrument.” pp. 354-361. (Wiley-Liss Inc.: New York.)

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed 30 March 2007]

Environment Australia (2000). Revision of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) and Development

of Version 5.1 - Summary Report. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/ibra/version5-1/summary-report/index.html
[accessed May 2007].

O'Callaghan, M. (1992). The ecology and identification of the southern African Salicornieae (Chenopodiaceae). South African
Journal of Botany 58: 430-439.

Shepherd, K.A. (2004). A systematic analysis of the Australian Salicornioideae (Chenopodiaceae). PhD Thesis. The University
of Western Australia.

Shepherd, K.A. (2007). Three new species of Tecticornia (formerly Halosarcia) (Chenopodiaceae: Salicornioideae) from the
Eremaean Botanical Province, Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 353-366.

Shepherd, K.A., Colmer, T.D. & Macfarlane, T.D. (2005a). Morphology, anatomy and histochemistry of fruits and seeds of the
Salicornioideae (Chenopodiaceae). Annals of Botany 95: 917-933.

Shepherd, K.A., Macfarlane, T.D. & Waycott, M. (2005b). Phylogenetic analysis of the Australian Salicornioideae
(Chenopodiaceae) based on morphology and nuclear DNA. Australian Systematic Botany 18(1): 89-115.

374 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Shepherd, K.A., Waycott, M. & Calladine, A. (2004). Radiation of the Australian Salicornioideae (Chenopodiaceae) — based
on evidence from Nuclear and Chloroplast DNA sequences. American Journal of Botany 91(9): 1387-1397.

Shepherd, K.A. & Wilson, P.G. (2007). Incorporation of the Australian genera Halosarcia, Pachycornia, Sclerostegia and
Tegicornia into Tecticornia (Salicornioideae, Chenopodiaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 20(1): 319-339.

Shepherd, K.A. & Yan, G. (2003). Chromosome numbers and size variations in the Australian Salicornioideae (Chenopodiace®)
— evidence of polyploidisation. Australian Journal of Botany 51(4): 441-452.

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1995). An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for setting priorities
in the National Reserves System Cooperative Program, Version 4. Australian Nature Conservation Agency, Canberra.

Wilson, P. G. (1980). A revision of the Australian species of Salicornieae (Chenopodiaceae). Nuytsia 3(1): 1-154.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and ConservatiO”-
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed April 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 375-384 (2007) 375

Two new Western Australian species of Dodonaea (Sapindaceae) from
northern Yilgarn ironstones

Kelly A. Shepherd', Barbara L. Rye', Rachel A. Meissner’ and Judy G. West?

‘Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983
2Science Division, Department of Environment and Conservation, PO Box 51, Waneroo, Western Australia 6946
Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, CSIRO Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra,
Australian Capital Territory 2601

Abstract

Shepherd, K.A., Rye, B.L., Meissner, R.A. & West, J.G. Two new Western Australian species
of Dodonaea (Sapindaceae) from northern Yilgarn ironstones. Nuytsia 17: 375-384 (2007).
Dodonaea amplisemina K.A.Sheph. & Rye and D. scurra K.A.Sheph. & R.A.Meissn. are two new
species that occur on banded ironstone, greenstone or basalt hills in the Yilgarn region of Western
Australia and are here described. Both species have conservation priority. A distribution map and
photographs of the new species are presented along with amendments to the relevant part of the “Flora
of Australia” key to species of Dodonaea.

Introduction

Dodonaea Miller (Sapindaceae) is a genus of at least 70 species, distributed in the tropics and
extending into some temperate regions of the Southern Hemisphere. The last revision of Australian
taxa by West (1984) recognised 61 Australian species, about half of which occur in Western Australia.
West (1984: 127) noted the existence of unusual collections from near Cue and Paynes Find with
small, flat leaves and large fruits with long appendages, which she regarded as a woody form of
D. pinifolia Mig. Recent collections from several northern banded ironstone and greenstone ranges on
the Yilgarn Craton have confirmed this variant as a distinct species. Consequently, in 2002 it was given
the informal name Dodonaea sp. Ninghan (H. Demarz 5121) (Western Australian 1998—). A second
new taxon occurring on banded ironstone was collected for the first time in 2000 in the Koolanooka
Hills, east of Morawa. Distinguished by having multiple leaves clustered at each node and 3-locular,
hairy fruits with long, horn-like appendages, this species was given the informal name Dodonaea sp.
Koolanooka Hills (R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 17).

These two new species are among the many plant taxa unique to Western Australian banded
ironstone and greenstone ranges. They are listed as having conservation priority and are named here
to facilitate their conservation. They bring the number of species of Dodonaea recognised for Western
Australia to 33. An amendment to a section of the key published previously for all Australian species
of Dodonaea (West 1985) is given to accommodate both species.

376 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Methods

This study is based on examination of herbarium specimens lodged at PERTH. Characters were
scored from pressed specimens and from rehydrated material. Androeciumand gynoecium measurements
are based on a limited number of specimens, if recorded at all, due to a paucity of material. West
(1984) noted that Dodonaea flowers are often inadequately represented on herbarium specimens.
Furthermore, the taxonomic value of these characters is limited due to a lack of variation in size and
structure within the genus. Multiple seed images were taken using a dissecting microscope mounted
with a Nikon Digital Camera Head (DS-5SM) controlled by a DS Camera Control Unit (DS-L1).
A montage of the images was collated using Helicon Focus v 4.01 software. Precise localities are
withheld for Declared Rare and Priority species due to conservation concerns. The distribution maps
were created using ArcGIS 9.0 (ESRI) with coordinates from collections lodged at PERTH and include
Version 6.1 Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) categories (Department of

the Environment and Water Resources 2007).

Taxonomy

Dodonaea amplisemina K.A.Sheph. & Rye, sp. nov.

Dodonaea pinnifoliae Mig. affinis sed ramis divaricates, seminis grandibus nitentibus differt.

Typus: Ninghan Station, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
6 October 1993, S.J. Patrick 1601 (holo: PERTH 05900271).

Dodonaea sp. Ninghan (H. Demarz 5121), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed May 2007].

Illustration. West (1984), Figure 78, p. 180 [upper illustration, as D. pinifolia J.G. West 3326].

Dioecious multi-stemmed shrubs 0.3—1 m high and 1—2 m wide, with scattered simple white hairs and
flat glandular hairs on young stems and leaves, soon becoming glabrous. Branchlets woody, divaricate,
sometimes spinescent, commonly with two distinct kinds of leaves within a cluster, some narrow and
others broader, rarely with all leaves narrow. Leaves simple, sessile, apex obtuse to acute sometimes with
asmall apiculum to 0.2 mm long, margins flat or recurved to revolute, concolorous; narrow leaves linear
or very narrowly obovate, 3.3-30(—50) mm long, 0.6—1.4 mm wide, margins entire, with scattered sessile
tubercle-like glands and minute hairs on upper surface, eventually becoming glabrous but remaining
tuberculate; broader leaves narrowly obovate or narrowly elliptic, 5.5-22 mm long, 1.9-3.1 mm wide,
with minute simple or bifid hairs on upper surface and scattered sessile glands. F/owers solitary, pedicels
0.6-1.7 mm long. Sepals (in male flowers) 4-6, narrowly ovate to ovate, 1.8—2.7 mm long, 1.5—2 mm
wide, apex acute, with scattered sessile glands on outer surface, densely ciliate on the margins with
simple, crisped hairs up to 0.5 mm long and inner surface glabrous. Stamens 8, equal to or longer than
the sepals; filaments 0.1—0.2 mm long; anthers 2.4-2.7 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, with a terminal
appendage often curved inwards and 0.1—0.3 mm long. Capsule 3- or rarely 4-locular, globose or obovoid,
(4.5)7-9.5 mm long, (5)7—12 mm wide excluding appendages (appendages triangular, 2-6 mm long,
1-3 mm wide), base and apex truncate, crustaceous, pinkish brown becoming dark brown at maturity,
with sessile glands, dehiscence septifragal; style base absent. Seeds 3-6 per fruit, globose, 3.1-3.8 mm
long, 2.7-3.3 mm wide, shiny, black; aril infundibular, 1.7—1.9 mm long, 1.2-3.0 mm wide from the
side view, with a large dark pitted base, cream above. (Figure 1)

K.A. Shepherd, B.L. Rye, R.A. Meissner & J.G. West, Two new species of Dodonaea 377

Western Australian Herbariun

TUTTE

PERTH 05900271

Dodonaea arplisernina kA Shyh. lye
kelly A. rd 2/sfo07
ee aon em
Dodonaea sp. Ninghan (H. Demarz 5121)

Determinavit: S. Patrick 6 Mar. 2002
Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

Dodonaea sp.

i. : otia, but larger

Low intricate shrub 0.3 m high. Keys to D. pinifolia, .

fruits different habit and 2 feos Heal Tisad and error
hill, Brown foam and banded ironstone. Open shrubland of

sweets Low ‘
y o mulosa var, linophylla, Characteristic species: Acacia
Scanned at PERTH a Ly ‘a Kccnaseophsties epider ‘Phlcbopetalum, Puilotus schwartzi,
A Date: 12/3/2007 bs \ Department of Eavicanmant and Conservation .
<RE © Woston Australian Herbarium (PERTH) Dodonaea damaged by grazing.

Figure 1. Dodonaea amplisemina. A — holotype (PERTH 5900271); B — fruit; C — dehisced fruit and seeds; D — seed of
D. amplisemina (PERTH 05900271) (left) and D. pinifolia (PERTH 3116441) (right). Scale bars = 3 cm (A), 3 mm (B, C)
and 2 mm (D). ;

VESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
| we Flora of Western Australia

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 8 Sep. 1938, WE. Blackall 3855
(PERTH 03103331); 22 Aug. 1974, H. Demarz5121 (PERTH 03116093); 24 Aug. 2005, D.J. Edinger 5361
(PERTH 07247834); 13 July 1931, C.A. Gardner 2266 (PERTH 03116107); 13 July 1931, C.A. Gardner
& WE. Blackall 118 (PERTH 03116174); 27 Aug. 2005, 4. Markey & S. Dillon 2933 (CANB, PERTH
07371136); 31 Aug. 2005, A. Markey & S. Dillon 2932 (PERTH 07371128); 1 Sep.2005, A. Markey
& S. Dillon 2934 (PERTH 07371144); 2 Sep. 2005, A. Markey & S. Dillon 2935 (PERTH 07371152);
1 Oct. 2006, 4. Markey & S. Dillon 4121-4123 (PERTH 07506198; PERTH 07506201; PERTH
07506163); 3 Oct. 2006, A. Markey & S. Dillon 4118-4120 (MEL, NSW, PERTH 07506244; PERTH
07506236, PERTH 07506228); 4 Oct. 2006, A. Markey & S. Dillon4124 (PERTH 07506171); 7Aug. 2005,
R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 43 (PERTH 07356463); 11 Aug. 2002, S.J. Patrick 4230 (BRI, MEL, NSW,
PERTH 06370713); 30 Aug. 2003, S.J. Patrick 4714 & A. Crawford (PERTH 06690602); 13 Oct. 1993,
A.L. Payne 30013 (PERTH 04429737); 9 Dec. 1978, J.G. West 3324-3327 (AD, CANB, PERTH

378 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

03116468); 15 Oct. 1981, J.G. West 4494 (CANB 390323, PERTH 03358577); 16 Oct. 1981, J.G: West
4516-4517 (CANB 390342, CANB 390343); 30 July 1974, E. Wittwer 1250 (PERTH 03103463).

Distribution and habitat. Small, isolated populations of Dodonaea amplisemina occur on rocky hills
from 140 km north-east of Meekatharra to 80 km south of Paynes Find. These populations occur in the
Gascoyne (GAS), Murchison (MUR) and Yalgoo (YAL) regions of the Eremaean Botanical Province
and in the Avon Wheatbelt (AW) of the South-West Botanical Province (Figure 2). The species most
commonly grows in red-brown sandy clay soils on rocky basalt and gabbro or banded ironstone. A
single population occurs on dolerite and quartzite hills (Figure 3).

Phenology. Flowers recorded in August. Fruits begin to mature from late August to October.

Conservation status. Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes for
Western Australian Flora: Priority Three. Although occurring over a distance of about 450 km, this
species is known from few populations and appears to have a large disjunction in its range between
the northern populations from Cue northwards and the southern populations clustered near Paynes
Find. The intermediate area needs to be surveyed for further populations. Plants are frequently
under heavy grazing pressure from livestock and feral goats. Although listed as Priority One under
D. sp. Ninghan (H. Demarz 5121) by Atkins (2006), this status has been reassessed based on the
current number of localities at which it is known.

112°0'0"E. 114°0'0"E 116°0'0"E 118°0'0"E 120°0'0"E,

26°0'0"S anid
pea heeass

28°0'0"S:

SPU er er or

to) 200 300

Kilometres

112°0'0"E 114°0'0"E 116°0'0"E 118°0'0"E 120°0'0"E

Figure 2. Distribution of Dodonaea amplisemina (A) and D. scurra (*) in southern
Western Australia, showing Version 6.1 IBRA regions.

K.A. Shepherd, B.L. Rye, R.A. Meissner & J.G. West, Two new species of Dodonaea 379

Figure 3. Dodonaea amplisemina (J.G. West 3324-3327 CANB, PERTH) growing on quartzite hills near Cue. A— dome-shaped
habit; B — fruits with three horn-like appendages. Note collections from this area have linear leaves only, rather than linear and
narrowly obovate leaves but the seeds are typical of ironstone populations of D. amplisemina. Photographs: J.G. West.

Etymology. From the Latin amplus (large) and semen (seed), as this species can be distinguished from
its closest relatives by its large, shiny seeds.

Affinities. Dodonaea amplisemina appears to be very closely related to the morphologically variable
D. pinifolia in having similarly shaped fruits with horn-like appendages and small leaves. It is
distinguished from that species by the presence of divaricate woody branches, (male) flowers with 4-6
acute sepals with villose hairs 0.5 mm long on the margin, almost sessile anthers and large, shiny, black
seeds 3.1—3.8 mm long with the aril thickened at the base (Figure 1). In contrast, D. pinifolia (male)
flowers have 4 acuminate sepals with hairs 0.1—0.2 mm long on the margin, filaments 0.7-1 mm long
and dull black seeds 1.8—2.2 mm long. Dodonaea amplisemina also tends to have larger fruits and
two distinct types of leaves. These leaves are not always clearly evident, however, as plants are often
subject to heavy grazing. Specimens with immature fruits may be mistaken for D. pinifolia.

Dodonaea aptera Miq. has large, shiny, arillate seeds similar to D. amplisemina but this species is
readily distinguished by its large ovate leaves. It is also confined to coastal limestone habitats along
the west coast of Western Australia from Shark Bay to Augusta. Moreover, D. aptera does not appear
to be placed close to D. pinifolia in phylogenetic analyses (M. Harrington, pers. comm.) and therefore
is unlikely to be closely related to D. amplisemina.

Notes. Dodonaea amplisemina generally has both broad and narrow leaves clustered at a single node;
however, collections from the population confined to the quartzite hills near an old mine site south
of Cue have only small linear or very narrowly obovate leaves (West 1984: 180, Figure 78 — upper
illustration as D. pinifolia J.G. West 3326; Figure 3). This is a disturbed site and notes from collections
made in 1978 and 2002 indicate that the plants were severely drought-stressed with many plants dead
and others with curled, yellow leaves. This population could represent a distinct variant confined to
quartzite rather than banded ironstone, although the seeds are typical of D. amplisemina. Further
collections are required to ascertain the status of this variant.

xa Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Dodonaea scurra K.A.Sheph. & R.A.Meissn., sp. nov.

Dodonaea caespitosae Diels affinis sed foliis 4-8(13) ad nodos confertis, capsula pilis albis
simplicibus obtecta et 3 projecturis 3-6 mm longis praeditis differt.

Typus: Koolanooka Hills, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
12 October 2000, S. Hamilton-Brown s.n. (holo: PERTH 06476201; iso: CANB).

Dodonaea sp. Koolanooka Hills (R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 17), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed May 2007].

Dioecious, multi-stemmed shrubs 0.4—1 m high, with scattered simple white hairs on young stems
and leaves, becoming glabrous with age. Branchlets erect and woody, with 4-8(13) leaves clustered at
the nodes. Leaves simple, sessile, apex acute, with margins recurved to revolute, concolorous; linear
to terete, rarely with 1-3 lobes, 2.0-12 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide, with scattered erect white hairs
0.1 mm long. Flowers solitary in the axils, subsessile. Sepals (in male flowers) 4, narrowly obovate,
1.7-2.2 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, apex obtuse, glabrous or with scattered simple white hairs
0.1-0.2 mm long on outer surface, inner surface glabrous. Stamens 6, as long as or slightly longer
than sepals; filaments 0.4—0.8 mm long; anthers 1.4-1.9 long, 0.6-0.7 mm wide. Capsule 3-locular,
globose to transverse-elliptic in lateral view, (1.7)2.5—4 mm long, (1.3)3.0-6.6 mm wide excluding
appendages (appendages elongated and narrowly triangular, 2.1-6.3 mm long, 0.8—1.7 mm wide),
base and apex truncate, crustaceous, pinkish green becoming dark purple brown with age, hirsute, with
simple white hairs 0.3-0.4 mm long, dehiscence septifragal; style base sometimes persistent. Seeds
3-6 per fruit, globose, 1.41.7 mm long, 1.2—1.7 mm wide, dull, black; aril infundibular, 0.8—1.7 mm
long, 0.7-1.3 mm wide from the side view, white to cream. (Figures 4, 5)

Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 2 Aug. 2005, R. Meissner &
Y. Caruso 16 (PERTH 07246145); 8 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 11 (PERTH 07246102);
8 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 12 (PERTH 07246137); 8 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso
15 (PERTH 07246064); 9 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 8 (PERTH 07246129 ); 9 Oct. 2005,
R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 9 (PERTH 07246072); 10 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & ¥. Caruso 10 (PERTH
07246110); 10 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & Y. Caruso 13 (PERTH 07246099); 11 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner &
Y. Caruso 17 (PERTH 07246056); 12 Oct. 2005, R. Meissner & ¥. Caruso 14 (PERTH 07246080).

Distribution and habitat. This species is known only from the Koolanooka Hills, east of Morawa in
the Avon Wheatbelt (AW) region of the South-West Botanical Province (Figure 2). It is confined to
the upper slopes and crests of banded ironstone outcrops and occurs in fine to coarse gravel and brown
sandy loam. It occurs in shrublands of Eucalyptus ebbanoensis, Melaleuca spp. and Allocasuarina
acutivalvis.

Phenology. Flowers from August to October, with young fruits recorded in October.

Conservation status. DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority One, as this
species is apparently geographically restricted to the Koolanooka Hills.

Etymology. Named from the Latin scurra (jester), as the fruit capsule has three curved appendages at
the apex, reminiscent of a court jester’s cap.

K.A. Shepherd, B.L. Rye, R.A. Meissner & J.G. West, Two new species of Dodonaea 381

Vestern Austral ian Herbariua

TIAGO

PERTH 06476201

Mi
Dedionaec, ¥: Keolancoke 1! So

peerminavir A Modyax~ 22 Mar 200,

Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Dodonaea caespitosa Diels
Sapindaceac
i Soil surface; loamy sand over granite,
il type: loamy sand. Underlying geology)
morphic rock with banded ironstone.
Characteristic sp.z Allocasuarina campestris, Eucalyptus
ebbanescens, mixed Acacia sp,

Coll, S. Hamilton-Brown sn. Date: 12/10/2000

Holo7VPE

Dodonaea Scuvwa tAShp». 9 RA. Mess. Voucher: 59. Koolanooka system. Plant assemblages of the
if en anos system,
DETERMINAVITAAM 4. (hyphen! 2 f w/sfo07 ups. to
Western Australian febaues (PERTH) 4 PERTH 06476201 Scanned at PERTH
Department of Environment and Conservation Date: /3/3/2007
© Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)

Figure 4. Holotype of Dodonaea scurra (PERTH 06476201). Scale = 3 cm.

382 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 5. Dodonaea scurra (PERTH 06476201) fruit capsule showing
the characteristic three, long, curved appendages for which this species is
named. Scale = 3 mm.

Affinities. This species has a distinctive habit with long, spreading columnar branches. It 1s
morphologically similar to Dodonaea caespitosa Diels, both species having linear to very narrowly
obovate leaves that cluster at nodes, 6 stamens and up-curved horn-like appendages on the capsule.
Dodonaea scurra is distinguished by having 4-8(13) leaves clustered at each node, distinctly rounded
capsules with scattered simple white hairs (0.3-0.4 mm long) and appendages 2. 1-6 mm long. Dodonaea
caespitosa has only 3 or 4 leaves clustered at each node and a 3(4)-angled and glabrous capsule with
appendages 1-3 mm long.

Notes. The description above is incomplete because female flowers are still unknown for this species;
further collections are required.

Amendments to the Flora of Australia Key

The Dodonaea key in “Flora of Australia” (West 1985: 118) should be amended from couplet 34:
as follows:

34: Capsule appendage up-curved and horn-like, rarely rounded and lobe-like
in D. pinifolia, 1-8 mm wide
34a Stamens 8; leaves 3-35(56) mm long, 1-13 mm wide

34b Branches divaricate; sepals 4-6, margins with villose hairs 0.5 mm long;
filaments 0.1—0.2 mm long; capsule (4.5)7—9.5 mm long excluding
appendages, appendages 2-6 mm long; seeds shiny, 3.1—3.8 mm long... D. amplisemina

34b: Branches not divaricate; sepals 4, margins glabrous or with short hairs
0.1-0.2 mm long; filaments 0.5—1.0 mm long; capsule 3—7.5 mm long
excluding appendages, appendages 0.5—3.5 mm long; seeds dull, 1.4-2.2 mm long

K.A. Shepherd, B.L. Rye, R.A. Meissner & J.G. West, Two new species of Dodonaea 383

44 Leaves flat, usually oblanceolate to obovate, rarely narrowly elliptic,
S—1Simmiwidemesmerecnn eit terest neteeer etre aeie iter eeereetert ee tir ereeti tt D. ceratocarpa

44: Leaves convex above, usually linear or filiform, rarely narrowly elliptic
OnobOvatew|=2(8)immiwide wesceertrensitiscssrsrcterterersicerrersreerrererresr crs ters D. pinifolia

34a: Stamens 6; leaves 2-12 mm long, 0.3-3 mm wide

45 Leaves appearing clustered at nodes, obtuse and recurved, 2-grooved below,
the margins revolute

46 Leaves 3 or 4 per cluster; capsule glabrous; capsule 2.5—3.5 mm long

excluding appendages, appendages 0.5—3 mm lONG......eseseesseseseeteseseesetesesesteteneseseeteees D. caespitosa
46: Leaves 4-8(13) per cluster; capsule hairy; capsule (1.7)2.5—4 mm long
excluding appendages, appendages 2.1-6 MM lONG.......ceeeseseseseeseeseseeteseseseseeneneseseseeeeees D. scurra
45: Leaves solitary at nodes, acute, not recurved, the margins revolute but not
D = STOOVECIDE]O WME tet mete osttatir: meetirurerrertecsraecatirtt aires: tettsercin frersenersrst D. divaricata
Acknowledgements

KS and RM were funded through the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving our Species’
biodiversity conservation initiative. Thanks to Sue Patrick who initially brought atypical specimens
of D. pinifolia to the attention of BR, Adrienne Markey and Steve Dillon for collecting specimens and
providing photographs of D. amplisemina, Paul Wilson for checking the Latin diagnoses, Alex Williams
for training in the use of the camera system, Terry Macfarlane and Kevin Thiele for providing helpful
comments on an earlier draft of this manuscript and all the curatorial staff at PERTH for their help.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed 30 March 2007]

Environment Australia (2000). Revision of the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) and Development
of Version 5.1 - summary report. http://www.environment.goy.au/parks/nrs/ibra/versionS-1/summary-report/index.html
[accessed June 2007]

Thackway, R. & Cresswell, I.D. (1995). “An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for setting priorities
in the National Reserves System Cooperative Program, version 4.” (Australian Nature Conservation Agency: Canberra.)
West, J.G. (1984). A revision of Dodonaea Miller (Sapindaceae) in Australia. Brunonia 7: 1-94.

West, J.G. (1985). Dodonaea. In: A.S. George (Ed.) “Flora of Australia.” Vol. 25, pp.144-163. (Australian Government
Publishing Service: Canberra.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed May 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 385-396 (2007) 385

Kunzea acicularis, K. strigosa and K. similis subsp. mediterranea
(Myrtaceae) — new taxa from near Ravensthorpe, Western Australia

Hellmut R. Toelken' and Gillian F. Craig’

1State Herbarium of South Australia, Department for Environment and Heritage, P.O. Box 2732, Kent Town,
South Australia 5071
2P.0. Box 130, Ravensthorpe, Western Australia 6346

Abstract

Toelken, H.R. & Craig, G.F. Kunzea acicularis, K. strigosa and K. similis subsp. mediterranea
(Myrtaceae) — new taxa from near Ravensthorpe, Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 385-396 (2007).
A re-assessment of additional material in the Kunzea preissiana Schauer and K. similis Toelken
complexes resulted in two new species and a subspecies being described: K. acicularis Toelken &
G.F.Craig, K. strigosa Toelken & G.F.Craig and K. similis subsp. mediterranea Toelken & G.F.Craig.
A tevised key to Kunzea Rchb. subsect. Floridae Toelken, a table of characters for critical species in
the K. preissiana complex, and detailed discussions are provided.

Introduction

The following changes and additions have been made as a result of examination of additional
specimens and comments received on the earlier revision of the majority of the Western Australian
species (Toelken 1996). Inthe case of Kunzea similis Toelken subsp. mediterranea Toelken & G.F.Craig
molecular fingerprinting (Krauss 2002) was also considered, but the taxonomic considerations here
are predominantly morphological.

As previously described (Toelken 1996), K. preissiana Schauer is a complex species showing much
variation throughout its wide distribution range. Herbarium specimens of the K. preissiana complex,
and especially those of the putative hybrid, K. affinis S.Moore x K. preissiana, were morphologically
re-examined and re-assessed in view of additional field information. Re-assessment of K. affinis x
K. preissiana was required as it appeared twice in widely differing parts of the key given in Toelken
(1996: 85-86, in couplets 6 & 10). In the original manuscript of that paper the two elements were
named form A and B, but in the final publication they were combined because it was argued that it
is only due to “limited backcrossing that they are sufficiently discrete to be individually recognised”
(Toelken 1996: 31). The field observations of Dr Gillian F. Craig and Mr Geoff Cockerton have since
revealed that the above plants often occurred in areas where neither of the putative parents could be
found, so that after re-examination this putative hybrid is again split into two components.

Firstly, specimens similar to K. affinis, which are without hairs on the adaxial leaf surfaces, have
almost linear leaves, bracts usually shorter than half the hypanthium, and more or less appressed stiffhairs
on the inflorescence, are segregated and described as the new species, K. strigosa Toelken & G.F.Craig.

386 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

The second aggregate of specimens resemble K. preissiana, but were previously distinguished from th!§
species because of their usually shorter and often fewer hairs on the adaxial leaf surface, rounded (but
ridged) leaf apex, and bracts commonly shorter than the hypanthium. As all the characters indiyjduallY
and combined are at times also encountered in other material of K. preissiana, those specimens 2°
now considered insufficiently distinguished and consequently included in a broader circumseriptiO"
of that species. Additional variation within K. preissiana is discussed under that name.

During re-examination, all specimens previously included in K. affinis x K. preissiana could 6®
identified as one or other taxon without indication of intermediates. For example Joelken 6482 wa5
divided into 64824 (K. strigosa) and 6482B (K. preissiana) and Canning CBG 38576 and CBG 38578:
both collected “1.4 miles SSW Jerramungup”, could be identified as K. strigosa and K. preissian@
respectively. Plants of the two taxa therefore sometimes grow together without recorded putative
hybrids between them, and since each of them is sufficiently homogeneous it is unlikely that the
specimens examined here are part of a hybrid swarm.

The new species K. acicularis Toelken & G.F.Craig is described following the receipt of tw
collections from Dr Craig (G.F. Craig 5551 & 5552) in 2002 of a form of K. preissiana from neat
Ravensthorpe with leaves “larger than typical K. preissiana” (G.F. Craig 5551). The plants had long
spreading hairs similar to those on the form of K. preissiana originally described as K. villiceps Schauet
(cf. Toelken 1996: 94), i.e. the hairs on young leaves are I1—-1.4 mm long and often spreading up
about right angles to the surface. While similar long hairs and leaves are also observed on young and,
especially, on coppicing shoots of plants of a wide range of forms of K. preissiana, this large-leaved
taxon can be distinguished from the whole of the K. preissiana complex by the combination of three
characters. Firstly, the broad leaves on the long shoots; secondly, the presence of striking long-pointed
perules (distinguished from bracts higher up on the inflorescence which always have a flower in theif
axil) below the flower heads combined with narrowly lanceolate-triangular bracts, and thirdly, the
longer, triangular calyx lobes. More detailed discussions of the morphological similarities betwee
these species are provided under K. acicularis.

Table 1 provides an overview of the most important characters of various taxa accepted within
the K. preissiana complex to facilitate quick identification, as many of the taxa are recognised by
recombinations of these key characters.

In the case of K. similis, two widely separated populations from different environments were
compared and are here recognised as subspecies. When K. similis was recognised (Toelken 1996) it
was believed to be confined to a single locality near East Mt Barren in the Fitzgerald River National
Park. It was subsequently found at Bandalup Hill at which stage a detailed impact study was compiled
(Cockerton et al. 2002) for BHP Billiton Ltd who had pursued nickel exploration in this area. DNA
fingerprinting using amplified fragment length polymorphism (AFLP) undertaken by Krauss (2002)
showed five populations from the Bandalup area to be very polymorphic, but these differences showed
extensive overlap. Markers of plants from East Mt Barren demonstrated significant differences from
the Bandalup populations. Morphological examination of herbarium specimens confirmed a large
range of variation in the Bandalup area, but also showed some differences to records from East Mt
Barren. Two subspecies of this rare species are therefore described, with the name K. similis subsp.
meditteranea being applied to collections from the Bandalup area.

387

ea (Myrtaceae) taxa from near Ravensthorpe

ee EE eel

oynsaly jusosoiqe[s snoiqe[s snoiqe|s snoige|s yuaosoige|s oynsiy oynsiy saqoy xA[eD
popunol popunol popunol popunol popunol popunol aynoe popuno1 xade xAjeQ
iS (quoosaiqey]s) quaosaqnd wnyjuedéy
aynsi1y asosLys snoiqe]s snoaqe|s snoiges sus aynsiy aynsiry wo iinjuawoy,
£ t b Tt £ t € g t £ £ f, eal
(Il Mh hh Wh rh Hh I-k hI-1 C12) uunryjyuBdAy
poeig
juaosoqgnd— 2 é

oynss1y asOsLs ainsuiy-1104s gqeryio Jusosauqe|s aqer]io ‘snoqeys =~ juadsoqnd—oso3iys aynsiry as WINJUIWO} JOVI

“ ayeulunoe (ayeuorONU) (ayeuosoNUt) oyeuosONUl oyeuruunoe :
Rervio digs SietrTie, S14 —oyepidsno pepunol popunol —popunol Remed —oyepidsno soe
siEbe Ivpnsuely-9}Vao a}eA0 3}BA0QO-prolqg a]BAOqGO-sud]qo ayeAogo-suofgo §=— ej NSuvLy-IeaUul] 2]RAOGO—9}BAO adeys yov1g

-B3uo]qo —9]8A0

asOBis A[ISOO] SNODOLIOS [RIXEqe ; i 7 BITIO [BUISIVUL jerxege uey} ‘ By. Steel
<oynsty = IES ‘snoage[s [eixepe SnoigR|s “IB[IWUIs ——-- sNoIqRyS “Ie]IUIIS snosge|s “rey ILLS YIM Snorge[s —[erxepe UO JO0YS oynssTy ‘1e{TUUIS jerxequyerxepe
: yer : Jeo] UO SaTe Ay
w

S60-L0x EL-8T TI-S0x9S-81 [I-10 x 8-S'€ TI-LOx9SVT SI-6OxSETI CF T-60x EVI YETI XTS HT = FI-BOx9L-CT azis ae
popunol popuno1 popunol popunor popunol popuno1 popunol popunos—oynoe xodv jeaT

podeys podeys a}ejosouR]go ayejoaoue|go ayejoaoue|qo ayejooour|go aqejoaoue]go
-qn]o—Je9Uul| -qnyo—JeaUuly] ae —ondiy]o-3u0[qo —ondiyya —ondiye -ondiy]o —ondiyja pdEMs Jeet

su . ssiaid *
DIDUUIIUID “Y DSOS11S *Y siuiffo -y : fatal = ppunonty Marion f i SLIDINIIID “Ye puvissiasd "y

H.R. Toelken & G.F. Craig, New Kun.

De ee Ee Eee ee oDoDoE—Seeoeeo

‘anplto].J “YOSQns ynuvaz “jas vazUNy UI SpLIgAy OA\ pur satoads xIs Jo siojowreyo SurysMsUNsiC *T AqeL

Ae Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Methods

ntofthe species accepted by Toelken (1996) is here retained and the additional
lated. The numbering of the species is increased by two in anticipation of
K. baxteri (Klotzsch) Schauer and K. pulchella (Lindl.) A.S.George being included next to Kunzea
Rehb. sect. Zeanuk Toelken, as shown by molecular analyses to be published shortly, and inserted
at numbers one and two. Only those taxa described here as new Or having been re-examined and
taxonomically re-assessed are discussed below. Reference 1s made to AFLP analyses performed by
Krauss (2002), with methods contained therein. Herbarium acronyms follow Holmgren and Holmgren
(1998--) except for RAV. which refers to the Western Australian regional herbarium at Ravensthorpe.
Specific locality information has been obscured from cited specimens of conservation listed taxa.

The general arrangeme
species have been interca

Key to species, subspecies and putative hybrids of Kunzea subsect. Floridae

Notes. The size and shape, as well as tomentum, of the first three leaves produced on each new branch
are often abnormal and should not be used. The tomentum of the leaves is here based on young leaves
on developing long shoots, and at least two or three leaves should be examined.

1. Ovary with 2 locules, each with | or 2 ovules; leaves club-shaped
and with straight appressed hairs.........scscsecsecsseecsseseesseenieesnsssnecessseatesensseentneesaeetsseetscetts
1: Ovary with 5, rarely 3 locules, each with 6 or more ovules; leaf
lamina linear, elliptic or if oblanceolate then + flat and with
tomentum varying, but if somewhat club-shaped then with
+ coiled hairs
2. Young leaves on long shoots hairy on both surfaces; calyx lobes
densely hairy, at least when young

25. K. eriocalyx

3. Hairs on leaves and branches coiled

4, Leaves club-shaped, (2.8—)3.5—6.4(—7.3) mm lONG.......-eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeteeteeeeetes 24. K. cincinnata
4: Leaves linear-elliptic, dorsiventrally compressed,
2.13.2 mM LONG... .eeeeeeceeeeeeeseseseseeeseeeceseceseeeeneesesessesseenereeeneeeeeereenes 20(i). K. cincinnata x K. jucunda

3: Hairs on leaves and branches straight or irregularly twisted

5. Ovary 3-locular; calyx lobes pointed; leaves glabrescent or
less densely hairy adaxially than abaxially
5A. Bracteoles 3.2—3.5(—3.7) mm long, hidden.........seseseseseseseeeteeereteeseeens 16a. K. similis subsp. similis
5A: Bracteoles 3.8—4.2(—4.4) mm long, apex exposed... 16b. K. similis subsp. mediterranea
5: Ovary 5-locular; calyx lobes bluntly acute to rounded and
leaves with varying tomentum, but if the former pointed,
then leaves + densely hairy on both surfaces
6. Hairs on adaxial surface of leaves shorter and fewer than
on abaxial surface
6A. Bracts shorter than half the hypanthium; leaf lamina
linear-oblanceolate to club-shaped (0.5—)0.6—0.8(—1.1) mm
broad; tomentum on branches and leaves appressed
(Strigose) mumriverirerietetrre rarer rirrrin seeps rircrsrietsesissrettsiestsrttrseereset ts remit eet 23. K. strigosa
6A: Bracts usually longer than half, and usually as long as, the
hypanthium; leaf lamina oblong-elliptic to oblanceolate
(0.8—)1.0—-1.3(-1.6) mm broad; tomentum on branches
and leaves loosely appressed (pubescent)........ccscsesesescesesesessesesssessessscsetsessseessessees 19. K. preissiana

H.R. Toelken & G.F. Craig, New Kunzea (Myrtaceae) taxa from near Ravensthorpe 389

6: Hairs on both leaf surfaces equally long and dense

7. Bracts acute to acuminate, densely covered with
spreading hairs; hairs on leaves and inflorescence
0.4—1.2 mm long
7A. Leaf lamina (broader) (1.2—)1.5—2.2(-2.6) mm
broadscalyx lobestacuteito) pomted rel rsescsreaseezeasessissaseotespeszeaeeduessesseareecterascaee 20. K. acicularis
7A: Leaf lamina (narrower) (0.8—)1.0-1.3(-1.6) mm
broad; calyx lobes obtuse to rounded unless
foldedilenpthwisepnemttttrtmetete itt eset ee ttreemeter ner riTr: 19. K. preissiana
7: Bracts rounded rarely with bluntly acute or mucronate
apex, with hairs dense to becoming patchy and
+ appressed; hairs on leaves and inflorescence
0.15-0.25 mm long... eeececseseteeteeeensteteereeeeseeeseenenreneeees 15(iii). K. micromera x K. preissiana

2: Young leaves on long shoots glabrous on adaxial surface;
calyx lobes glabrescent to glabrous

8. Calyx lobes acute, rarely folded
9. Hypanthium, calyx lobes and bracts glabrous........ssseseseesecseseesseesseessseessseeseseeseseeseaens 18. K. pauciflora
9: Hypanthium, calyx lobes and bracts hairy .......ceesecseeeeeeeestes ees eestesteseeneeeeeetestentenes 17. K. acuminata
8: Calyx lobes bluntly acute to rounded unless folded
10. Hypanthium and calyx glabrous
11. Young branches with long appressed hairs
12. Leaf lamina linear; bracts usually beaked OF ACUtC ....... eects tee tetetetetetetetetetetetenetenes 22. K. affinis
12: Leaf lamina elliptic; bracts rounded rarely mucronate ............ 22(i). K. affinis x K. jucunda
21. K. jucunda

11: Young branches glabrous or with a few spreading hairs

10: Hypanthium and/or calyx glabrescent (tomentum of calyx
often varying from lobe to lobe)

13. Bracts rounded, rarely mucronate; leaf lamina
(1.5—)2-2.5(-3) times longer than broad...........c sete 21(iii). K. jucunda x K. preissiana

13: Bracts acute to acuminate to cuspidate; leaf lamina
(3-)4-6(8) times longer than broad..........ccceseeseeeteteteeeteneeeteseseseseseseseseesnensnesenenes 23. K. strigosa

16. Kunzea similis Toelken, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 17: 86 (1996). Type: East Mt Barren, 8 October
1979, H.R. Toelken 6500 (holo: AD; iso: G, K, MO, NSW, PERTH, S).

Illustration. Toelken (1996) p. 87, Figure 15.
16a. Kunzea similis subsp. similis

Shrubs up to 1.5 m tall. Bracteoles 3.2-3.5(-3.7) mm long, hidden between flowers and usually
shorter than the hypanthium.

Specimens examined. See Toelken (1996: 88).

Distribution and ecology. Growing in fine clayey sand on slope with sparse low heath in Fitzgerald
River National Park near Hopetoun, Western Australia.

Flowering period. September and October.

300 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Conservation status. Kunzea similis is listed as a Declared Rare Flora (DRF) under the Western Australian
Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (Atkins 2006). Kunzea similis subsp. similis is conserved in a National

Park.

16b. Kunzea similis subsp. mediterranea Toelken & G.F.Craig, subsp. nov.
A subspecie typica fruticibus usque ad 3 m altis, bracteolis 3.8-4.2(-4.4) mm longis differt.

Typus: east of Ravensthorpe, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
14 November 2004, Landcare Services LCS 10221(holo: PERTH 07344236; iso: AD, MEL, NSW).

Shrubs up to 3 m tall. Bracteoles 3.8-4.2(-4.4) mm long, with apex usually exposed and often
longer than hypanthium.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localites withheld] 13 Sep. 2004, M. Bennett 965
(PERTH); Oct. 2000, G. Cockerton & A. Kalotas LCS 7382 (PERTH); 17 Feb. 1998, G.F. Craig 3573
(AD, PERTH, RAV.); s. dat., S. Kern & K. Mappin LCS 11521 (PERTH); s. dat., S. Kern & K. Mappin
LCS 11577 (PERTH); s. dat., S. Kern & K. Mappin LCS 12020 (PERTH).

Distribution and ecology. Restricted to the Bandalup Hill area where it is growing on the ridge top
in grey loamy sand over laterite in open shrub mallee and dense heath. Associated with Eucalyptus x
tetragona, Banksia lemanniana, Isopogon trilobus and Jacksonia elongata.

Flowering period. September to November.

Conservation status. As the circumscription of the DRF K. similis has not changed, this subspecies
also has DRF status. Not conserved in a reserve and threatened by mining activity in the present
location. The mining company active in this area is committed to preserve c. 13 ha at Bandalup Hill,
where many thousands of plants of this genetically very variable population of K. similis occur (G.
Cockerton, pers. comm. 7/4/2003).

Etymology. While the typical subspecies was found close to the sea this subspecies derives its epithet
mediterranea (Latin, “inland”) from its locality well away from the coast.

Variation. Specimens of this subspecies generally had narrower leaves but broader ones, particularly
on long shoots, were also observed, thus showing a definite overlap with those of plants from East
Mt Barren. Leaves on plants from the Bandalup Hill area usually have an obtuse to rounded apex,
but acute apices can also be found. Likewise, the tomentum shows much more variation in the latter
area than on plants from East Mt Barren.

19. Kunzea preissiana Schauer, Lehm. P/. Preiss. 1:125 (1844). Type: Western Australia, without
precise locality, s. dat., Preiss 276 (lecto: LD, fide Toelken 1996: 92).

Illustration. Toelken (1996) p. 93, Figure 18.
Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: E Stirling Range, Oct. 1903, C. Andrews s.n.

(PERTH); Borden, 30 Sep. 1963, A.M. Ashby 527 (AD); W Buniche, Biddy Camm Road, 25 Sep. 1994,
E. Bishop 38 (PERTH); Porongurup, 5 Oct. 2000, A. Burchell 374 (PERTH); sources of Blackwood

|

H.R. Toelken & G.F. Craig, New Kunzea (Myrtaceae) taxa from near Ravensthorpe 391

River [sic], 1893, Miss Cronin s.n. (MEL 92665); Bendering, 18 Oct. 1949, C.4A. Gardner 9460
(PERTH); 5 km S Kukerin, S of Siberia Rd, 14 Oct. 2003, J. Gray 115 (PERTH); Mt Chudalup,
29 Oct. 1972, G.J. Keighery 1399 (KPBG); Nyabing, Oct. 1956, VF McDougall 50 (PERTH); 8 km
NNE Kukerin, 4 Nov. 1992, S.4. McNee DY 666 (PERTH); Needilup Hill, 30 Sep. 1962, K. Newbey
507 (PERTH); c. 15 km NE Arthur River, 28 Oct. 1998, L.W. Sage 1201 & F. Obbens (PERTH);
39 km NW Corrigin, 14 Oct. 1976, CL. Stacey CIS 573 (PERTH); 23 km W Gairdner Station,
7 Oct. 1979, H.R. Toelken 6482B (AD, PERTH); 4 km S Qualup H.S., 29 Oct. 1981, H.R. Toelken
7134 (AD, PERTH); Cascade —Lake King road, 3 Oct. 1994, C.D. Turley 11/1095 (PERTH); Wickepin
— Harrismith, 22 Oct. 1972, E. Wittwer 885 (CANB, PERTH); Harrismith, 8 Oct. 1977, E. Wittwer
2057 (PERTH); N Chillinup, 15 Oct. 1977, E. Wittwer 2087 (PERTH); 45.6 mls W Ravensthorpe,
12 Oct. 1967, D. Young 328 ( PERTH).

Variation. Toelken (1996: 94) recorded much variation for K. preissiana and discussed three forms
in more detail. The first form, which is distinguished by longer spreading hairs on its flowers and
leaves, occurs mainly south of the Stirling Range and is very similar to the new species, K. acicularis
(distinguished as described below). However, as the tomentum of K. preissiana varies not only on
different forms but also on different organs, and it depends on how it wears off on different forms over
time, this character was limited for critical analyses to the hairs on young leaves on long shoots.

The circumscription of K. preissiana is broadened with respect to forms 2 and 3, which mainly
occur north of the Stirling Range and have shorter, more or less appressed hairs on leaves. While the
tomentum of leaves of form | is about equally dense on both leaf surfaces, the hairs on the adaxial
surface of leaves of form 2 and, particularly, 3 are fewer and shorter than those on the abaxial
surface. Thus “its [K. preissiana] distinction from its hybrids with K. affinis and K. jucunda become
blurred” (Toelken 1996: 94). However, K. affinis x K. preissiana is here split into K. strigosa (fully
distinguished under that species), mainly on account of its glabrous adaxial leaf surface, and a more
broadly circumscribed K. preissiana, in which leaves vary from being as densely hairy on the adaxial
as the abaxial surface, to having sparser and shorter hairs on the adaxial surface.

The distinguishing characters between the forms occurring to the south and north merge in the
Stirling Range, but none of the specimens of various populations examined show the extreme variation
normally observed in hybrid swarms of taxa in Kunzea. Individual populations seem to be stable with
one or more characters of the northern or southern form predominating. The phenomenon cannot at
present be explained by hybridization or the more gradual change, and often directional distribution,
of characters indicative of introgression or clinal variation.

Kunzea preissiana can be distinguished from the very similar K. acicularis by the combination
of the three characters outlined previously. However, leaves on the fast-growing long shoots of
some plants of K. preissiana, particularly from the area between Gnowangerup to Jerramungup
(e.g. Gnowangerup, C.A. Gardner 994, PERTH), sometimes approach the breadth of those seen in
K. acicularis. Similarly, where K. acicularis has long-pointed perules whichare, like the bracts, narrowly
lanceolate-triangular, those of typical K. preissiana plants are ovate to obovate. However, there are
exceptions of the latter (e.g. Dryandra State Forest, E.C. Nelson s.n., ANU16917, PERTH), which
have similar narrower perules/bracts with a characteristic acicular terminal acumen, but their leaves
are narrower and they have short, obtuse calyx lobes. The calyx lobes of K. acicularis are triangular
and longer [(1.0—)1.2—2.1(—2.3) mm long] than those of K. preissiana, which are ovate, obtuse and
(0.8-)1.0-1.2(-1.4) mm long. The latter, however, sometimes may appear acute, because they become
more or less folded lengthwise when dried. Here too exceptions among specimens of the latter have
been recorded (e.g. Red Gum Pass, A.M. Ashby 1969, PERTH), but they are also distinguished by

392 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

broader leaves and ovate bracts.
20. Kunzea acicularis Toelken & G.F.Craig, sp. nov.

Kunzea preissianae Schauer similis sed foliorum lamina (1.2—)1.5—2.2(-2.6) mm lata, calicis lobis

acutis triangularibus et perulis vel bracteis anguste lanceolato-triangularibus acumenibus acicularibUS
differt.

Typus: north-east Ravensthorpe, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservatio?

purposes], 6 November 2001, G.F. Craig 5551 & K. Menandue (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, K,
MEL, NSW).

Shrubs up to 2 m tall, with few erect stems each little- and irregularly- branched often with short
branches; young branches with flanges indistinct and usually only along part of the internodes, densely
covered with fine (long and short) spreading hairs; early bark longitudinally irregularly fissured,
fibrous-peeling, grey. Leaves: petiole 0.3—-0.7 mm long, more or less appressed; /amina oblanceolate
to elliptic-oblanceolate, (2.4—)3.5—6(—8.2) x (1.2-)1.5-2.2(-2.6) mm, obtuse to rounded, rarely acute
when young, gradually constricted into petiole, concave with lateral margins more or less incurve
or rarely flat above, slightly convex to ridged below, somewhat appressed on long shoots, spreading
on short ones, densely covered with long fine hairs on both surfaces and spreading about right angles
(60—90°) when mature. /nflorescence a botryum with (1—)3—5(—6) flowers, terminal on short or rarely
on long shoots, with mainly terminal growth after flowering but sometimes especially on short shoots
immediately branching above botryum; perules usually few and sometimes caducous, triangular often
narrowly so, 1.8—2.5 mm, pointed, with one central vein, densely covered outside with more or les$
spreading hairs; bracts narrowly triangular, 2.8-3.3(-3.5) x 0.9-1.3 mm, pointed, usually with one
vein from the base, more or less densely covered outside with spreading hairs but often wearing off
towards the apex; bracteoles in pairs, linear-triangular to linear, 3.1—3.6 x 0.25—0.50 mm, pointed, w ith
one central vein, densely covered outside with long spreading hairs. Hypanthium 3.3-3.8 mm long
when flowering (free tube 1.42.2 mm long), densely covered with spreading antrorse hairs. Calyx
/obes triangular to triangular-lanceolate, 1.5—1.8 mm long, acute to pointed, margins slightly incurved,
densely covered outside with long antrorse hairs, rarely becoming glabrous towards the apex. Corolla
lobes orbicular, 3.3-4 mm long, with claw almost absent, pink to mauve. Stamens c. 26 in more than
one whorl, usually longer than corolla lobes; filaments 4.9-6.8 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long,
with large subterminal gland. Ovary with 5 locules, surmounted by a style base partly sunk into the
upper surface; placenta a natrowly elliptic disc, little fleshy, with ascending attachment connected
to middle, with lobes only connate on the outside margins, each lobe with one row of ovules; ovules
9-12 per locule, spreading or lower ones pendulous and often slightly longer; style 5.8—-6.6 mm long,
scarcely broadened towards the base; stigma capitate and little depressed at apex, often at a slight
angle. Fruit an urceolate capsule, usually with 5 vertical ridges partly hidden in the tomentum, with
calyx lobes spreading. Seed unknown.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 15 Sep. 2004, M. Bennett 970
(PERTH); 26 Nov. 2004, J.4. Cochrane 5115 & S. Gilfillan (PERTH); 4. Nov. 2001, G. Cockerton
LCS 8195 (PERTH); 20 Sep. 2003, G. Cockerton 8227 (PERTH); 4 Nov. 2001, G. Cockerton &
G.F. Craig LCS 8194 (PERTH); 8 Sep. 1993, G.E. Craig 2866 (PERTH); 4 Feb. 2004, G.F. Craig
6042A (AD, PERTH, RAV.); 4 Feb. 2004, G.F Craig 6042B (AD, PERTH); 6 Nov. 2001, G.E. Craig
5552 & K. Menandue (AD, PERTH); 20 Nov. 2003, N. Evelegh LCS 8227 (PERTH).

H.R. Toelken & G.F. Craig, New Kunzea (Myrtaceae) taxa from near Ravensthorpe 393

Specimens examined of typical K. preissiana from areas close to K. acicularis (cf: Toelken 1996: 95).
WESTERN AUSTRALIA: W Ravensthorpe, 16 Oct. 1964, J. Galbraith 1064 (MEL); Ravensthorpe,
Nov. 1932, H. Steedman s.n. (PERTH).

Distribution and ecology. Growing on pale orange clay-loam, with laterite or quartzite small stones and
chips on the surface, in open mallee and heath on upper slope or low rise in undulating plain, north-
east of Ravensthorpe. It is often associated with Eucalyptus pleurocarpa, E. tetraptera, Andersonia
parvifolia, Melaleuca societatis and M. uncinata.

Flowering period. October and November.

Conservation status. Listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian
Flora (Atkins 2006). Known only from a very restricted distribution and not in a conserved area.

Etymology. The epithet acicularis (Latin, “needle-like”) refers to the long needle-like acumen of the
perules and bracts.

Diagnostic features. Similar to the southern form of K. preissiana, which produces similar straggly
shrubs covered with long spreading hairs, which are usually longer than 1 mm. Both have bracts longer
than half the hypanthium. Kunzea acicularis differs from K. preissiana by the combination of the
following characters: being usually taller, having broader leaves and lanceolate-triangular long-pointed
perules and bracts on the inflorescence, as well as longer, acute, triangular calyx lobes.

Variation. The margins of the perules and bracts are often incurved accentuating the needle-like
shape.

21. Kunzea jucunda Diels, in F.L.E. Diels & E. Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35: 424 (1905). Type:
Western Australia, Mongerup near Salt River, EL.E. Diels 4719 (holo: Bt; iso: PERTH, fide Toelken
1996: 95).
Illustration. Toelken (1996) p. 96, Figure 19.
Putative hybrid
21 (iii). K. jucunda x K. preissiana (fide Toelken 1996: 97).

Although Toelken (1996: 94) commented that the “distinction” between K. preissianaand K. jucunda
x K. preissiana becomes occasionally “blurred”, this hybrid is retained as no additional information
has become available. It is distinguished by its very broad rounded bracts and usually irregularly
hairy (some glabrescent) calyx lobes. Intermediates may be due to backcrossing between the putative

hybrid and the two parental species.

22. Kunzea affinis S.Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 2002 (1920). Type: Western Australia, arid plains,
Gardner and Fitzgerald Rivers, G. Maxwell 211 (holo: BM, fide Toelken 1996: 98).

Illustration. Toelken (1996) p. 99, Figure 20.

The concept of K. affinis remains the same as used in Toelken (1996). In the key to species published
there, K. strigosa now replaces much of K. affinis x K. preissiana.

394 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Putative hybrid
K. affinis x K. preissiana (fide Toelken 1996: 100).

No convincing evidence could be found to identify any of the existing specimens as this putative
hybrid, however unlikely this would seem judging by the records of their presence between most
species in Kunzea subsect. Floridae Toelken. Most of the specimens previously cited are now referr ed
to K. strigosa, but also a few are transferred to K. preissiana (cf. discussion there).

23. Kunzea strigosa Toelken & G.F.Craig, sp. nov.

A Kunzea affine S.Moore hypanthio lobisque calicis strigosis, pagina abaxiale foliorum sericea,
floribus sessilibus; a K. cincinnata Toelken pilibus rectis in ramis foliisque, tomento plus minusv¢
adpresse in hypanthio lobisque calicis, bracteis bracteolisque brevioribus et acutioribus differt.

Typus: 13 km from Ravensthorpe to Hopetoun, Western Australia, 11 September 1983, J. Taylor 1707
& P. Ollerenshaw (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB n.v., MEL n.v.).

K. preissiana auct. non Schauer, W.E. Blackall & B.J. Grieve, West. Austr. Wildflow. Edn 2, Vol. 3A:
100 (1980), p.p.

K. affinis x K. preissiana Toelken, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 17: 100 (1996), p.p.

Shrubs \—1,3(-2) m tall, with a few erect cane-like stems each with mainly vegetative growth
towards the base and upper branches with more or less short lateral branches; young branches with
indistinct flanges, sparsely covered with fine (long and short) appressed hairs; early bark repeatedly
longitudinally splitting, with fibrous margins scarcely peeling, pale brown. Leaves: petiole 0.4-1.0 mm
long, more or less appressed; /amina linear, rarely linear-elliptic to oblanceolate, (1.8—)2.5—5.0(—5.6)
(0.5-)0.6—0.8(—1.1) mm, obtuse to rounded, gradually constricted into petiole, flat to concave or grooved
and glabrous above, strongly convex and sericeous to glabrescent with fine straight appressed hairs
below. Inflorescence a botryum with 3—5(—7) flowers, terminal on and mainly a single inflorescence on
each lateral short shoot, with mainly terminal growth after flowering but sometimes especially on short
shoots branching immediately below the inflorescence; perules 2, 3, rarely more, triangular to ovate-
triangular, 1.1-1.8 mm, more or less pointed, with one central vein, densely covered outside with long
antrorse hairs, rarely only along the margins; bracts ovate-triangular, 1.4-2.2 x 0.9-1.3 mm, shortly
pointed to cuspidate or acuminate on upper flowers, usually with 1 vein from the base, densely covered
with long antrorse hairs on outside; bracteoles paired, linear-oblanceolate, often somewhat falcate,
1.2-1.6 x 0.2-0.4 mm, pointed, with one central vein, densely covered outside with long antrorse hairs.
Hypanthium 1.9-2.6 mm long when flowering (free tube 1.3—1.5 mm long), densely covered with long
antrorse hairs. Calyx lobes broadly ovate, 1.0—1.25 mm long, bluntly acute to rounded, margins scarcely
incurved, more or less densely covered usually with short antrorse hairs, glabrescent rarely glabrous.
Corolla lobes orbicular-obovate to depressed-obovate, 2.5—3.3 mm long, more or less clawed, usually deep
mauve. Stamens 17—23 in more than one whorl, usually longer than corolla lobes; filaments 2.5-3.1 mm
long; anthers 0.5—0.6 mm long, with small subterminal gland. Ovary with 3-5 locules, surmounted by a
style base partly sunk into the upper surface; placenta a narrow-elliptic disc, little fleshy, with ascending
attachment connected to the middle, with lobes mainly connate to the outside margins, each lobe with
one row of ovules; ovules (8—)10-12 per locule, more or less pendulous, elongate; style 3.44.0 mm
long, scarcely broadened towards the base; stigma capitate with small depression in its centre. Fruit an
urceolate capsule, scarcely ridged with erect calyx lobes. Seed unknown.

H.R. Toelken & G.F. Craig, New Kunzea (Myrtaceae) taxa from near Ravensthorpe 395

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Oldfield Location 811, SW Ravensthorpe,
22 Sep. 2004, S. Barrett 1289 (PERTH); 12 km E Gairdner River, 18 Oct. 1964, J.S. Beard 3649
(PERTH); 1.4mls SSW Jerramungup, | Nov. 1968, E.M. Canning s.n. (CBG 38576) (CANB, PERTH);
Bandalup Hill, 15 Aug. 2000, G. Cockerton & A. Kalotas 7305 (PERTH); Bandalup Hill, 20 Feb. 1998,
G.F. Craig 3673 (AD, PERTH); 2.5 km W Bandalup Hill trig., 9 Nov. 2000, G.F. Craig 5220 (AD);
road between Munglinup and Young River, 17 Oct. 1965, N.N. Donner 1559 (AD); Jerramungup,
9 Oct. 1967, A.R. Fairall 2328 (KPBG, PERTH); E Stirling Ranges, Oct. 1903, W. Fitzgerald s.n.
(NSW 124067); 13 mls E Jerramungup, 23 Sep. 1962, K. Newbey 481 (PERTH); 32 km NNE of
coast of Stokes Inlet, 18 Oct. 1968, 4.E. Orchard 1628 (AD, CANB, PERTH); northern boundary
of Fitzgerald River National Park, 21 Oct. 1970, R.D. Royce 9174 (PERTH); 26.8 km W Oldfield
River, 3 Oct. 1981, R. Spjut et al. 7328 (PERTH); 34 km S Ravensthorpe, 6 Sep. 1976, C.l. Stacey
CIS 549 (PERTH); 16 km S Jerramungup, 24 Oct. 1982, A. Strid 20991 (G, K); 23 km W Gairdner
Station, 7 Oct. 1979, H.R. Toelken 6482A (AD, PERTH); 19.5 km N Telegraph Rd on Hamersley Rd,
31 Oct. 1981, H.R. Toelken 7158 (AD, PERTH); c. 22 km N Shoal Cape, 25 Sep. 1968, PG. Wilson
7804 (PERTH); 72 mls Albany to Jerramungup, 26 Oct. 1968, /.W. Wrigley s.n. (CBG 36378) (CANB,
NSW); 8.6 mls S Ravensthorpe, 10 Oct. 1967, D. Young 277 (PERTH).

Distribution and ecology. From east of Stirling Range, mainly between Jerramungup and east of
Ravensthorpe, but also eastwards to near Esperance. Recorded from sandy to clay loams; often a
dominant species in heath on eastern mid- and lower slopes of low ridges and shallow, probably
winter-moist, hollows between ridges.

Flowering period. August to November.

Conservation status. Not considered threatened as it is relatively widespread and common throughout
the region. G.F. Craig 5220 recorded it as “locally abundant in heath pockets, occasional and scattered
on ridge-top”.

Etymology. The specific epithet, strigosa (Latin, “with sharp appressed hairs”), refers to the strigose
tomentum on the branches, bracts, bracteoles and hypanthium of this species. The more or less
appressed hairs on the inflorescence may be soft to touch but are much more rigid than the fine hairs
on the leaves, for instance.

Diagnostic features. Kunzea strigosa is superficially similar to K. affinis but distinguished from it by
a hairy hypanthium and calyx lobes, young leaves which are hairy to glabrescent on the abaxial leaf
surface, flowering main branches which rarely have more than one inflorescence on lateral branches, and
flowers which are usually quite sessile. The hairy flowers resemble those of K. cincinnata Toelken, but
in the latter the hairs are spreading up to 90° to the surface and are more or less crisped or coiled, there
are crisped hairs on the adaxial leaf surface, and the bracts and bracteoles are longer and pointed. Other
specimens previously included in the hybrid, K. affinis x K. preissiana (see detailed discussion under
K. preissiana) can also be distinguished from K. strigosa by their broader, usually linear-oblanceolate
leaves with an abaxial ridge at least towards the apex. They also often have appressed hairs on their
adaxial surface, but then fewer than abaxially and for a short time only, while there are spreading
hairs (hirsute tomentum) on the inflorescence. In an extreme case of K. preissiana (Mt Chudalup,
G.J. Keighery 1399) the leaves are more or less linear and with rounded apices, but they are ridged,
although generally flat, with sharp margins quite unlike the club-shaped leaves of K. strigosa, which
occurs to the east of the Stirling Range.

396 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Variation. While the hypanthium, with its long antrorse hairs, is rarely glabrescent, the much shorter
hairs on the calyx often wear off or are sometimes very sparse initially (e.g. Stokes Inlet, A.E. Orchard
1628). This glabrescent calyx was mainly observed on records from the eastern parts ofits distribution,
but was also observed to a lesser degree in K. cincinnata and rarely in K. preissiana (e.g. some flowers
of C.A. Gardner 13776, PERTH).

Acknowledgements

The invaluable knowledge of the local flora provided by Dr Gillian F. Craig was essential for this
paper, but we would also like to thank Geoff Cockerton for additional information and photographs.
Thanks are due to Ryonen Butcher for her assistance, but also to the Curator and staff of PERTH for
approving, organising and dispatching loan material on short notice.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Perth.)

Cockerton, G.T.B., Evelegh, N.E. & Craig, G.F. (2002). “Flora and vegetation studies, Raventhorpe Region.” Consultants
report produced for BHP Billiton Ltd, Raventhorpe Nickel Operation Pty Ltd.

Holmgren, P.K. & Holmgren, N.H. (1998-). Index Herbariorum: A global directory of public herbaria and associated staff. New
York Botanical Garden’s Virtual Herbarium. http://sweetgum.nybg.org/ih/ [accessed 9 August 2007]

Krauss, S. (2002). “Population genetic analysis of Kunzea similis Toelken (Myrtaceae).” Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority
Genetic Laboratory Report No. 12, Perth, Western Australia. Report commissioned by Landcare Services Pty Ltd for BHP
Billiton Ltd, Raventhorpe Nickel Operation Pty Ltd.

Toelken, H.R. (1996). A revision of the genus Kunzea (Myrtaceae). 1. The Western Australian section Zeanuk. Journal of the
Adelaide Botanic Garden 17: 29-106.

Nuytsia 17; 397-402 (2007) 397

Lobelia cleistogamoides (Campanulaceae, subfamily Lobelioideae,
Lobelia sect. Holopogon), a new species related to L. heterophylla from
Western Australia and South Australia

Neville G. Walsh! and David E. Albrecht?

‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue South Yarra, Victoria 3141
2 Alice Springs Herbarium, Department of Natural Resources, Environment and the Arts, PO Box 1120, Alice Springs,
Northern Territory 0871

Abstract

Walsh, N.G. & Albrecht, D.E. Lobelia cleistogamoides (Campanulaceae, subfamily Lobelioideae,
Lobelia sect. Holopogon), a new species related to L. heterophylla from Western Australia and South
Australia. Nuytsia 17: 397-402 (2007). Lobelia cleistogamoides N.G.Walsh & Albr., a member of the
L. heterophylla Labill. complex, is described. The new species is known to occur from near Mullewa to
just east of Esperance in Western Australia, with a disjunct occurrence on the Eyre Peninsula in South
Australia. It differs from L. heterophylla s. str. principally in its much smaller flowers and has been
known previously as Lobelia sp. small flowers (K.F. Kenneally 7705). Current collection information
precludes an accurate assessment of its conservation status.

Introduction

Lobelia L. sect. Holopogon Benth. (Bentham 1868), currently regarded as endemic in Australia,
includes those species of more or less erect habit with inflorescences of cymes or racemes (rarely
reduced to a single flower) and flowers that have the anther tube surrounded at the orifice by short,
even-sized hairs. A synopsis of the section is in preparation by the present authors which will involve
the recognition of several new taxa. The opportunity is taken here to provide an epithet for an unnamed
species from this group, Lobelia sp. small flowers (K.F. Kenneally 7705). This species has been
recognised as distinct for some time and is named here as Lobelia cleistogamoides N.G.Walsh &
Albr. Although the conservation status of this species is currently not well understood, it is known to
occur on Banded Iron Formations (BIF) near Yalgoo and Koolyanobbing. This landform is potentially
subject to significant modification through iron ore extraction, and this new species may be regarded as
at least locally threatened. It is hoped that provision of a formal name and elucidation of the species’
characteristics will lead to a better understanding of its conservation status.

Taxonomy
Lobelia cleistogamoides N.G.Walsh & Albr., sp. nov.

Affinis Lobelia heterophylla Labill. sensu stricto et aliis taxis innominatis arte cognatis corollis
(sub 9.5 mm) et tubis antherarum (sub 1.5 mm) minoribus differt.

ia Vol. 17
398 Nuytsia Vo (2007)

Typus: c. 1 km south of Mount Ridley, c. 70 km north-north-east of Esperance, Western Australia,
4 December 2005, W-R. Archer 412053 (holo: PERTH 07526970; iso: MEL 2296017).

Lobelia sp. small flowers (K.F. Kenneally 7705), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed | June 2007].

Erect annual, c. 10-45 cm high, arising from a short taproot. Stems simple or 1—several-branched
near base, glabrous to sparsely indumented with short papillae or scabrosities to c. 0.1 mm long.
Plants often continuing to grow when uprooted. Leaves all cauline, often crowded near the base,
leaves sessile or the lower ones with with slender petioles to 20 mm long, lamina linear to narrow-
elliptic or oblanceolate, or the lowermost obovate or spathulate, 3-25(—35) mm long, 0.5-3(-8) mm
wide, entire, crenate, toothed or shallowly lobed with up to 4 teeth or lobes on each side, indumented
like the stems, tapered at the base, obtuse, acute to subacute at the apex, concolorous or slightly
discolorous, venation indistinct on upper linear leaves, or midrib and secondary veins visible (lower
leaves). Inflorescences 3—-18-flowered one-sided racemes, rarely branching within the inflorescence;
pedicels arising more or less opposite a leaf-like bract on rachis, usually gently sinuate, 2-flexed and
upturned in distal part, 4-9 mm long (elongating to c. 25 mm in fruit), a bracteole 1.5—3 mm long
present near halfway along pedicel, rarely a second bracteole present proximal to this. Hypanthium
glabrous, truncate-obovoid, 2.5—3.5 mm long, 2—3.5 mm wide. Calyx-lobes erect, narrowly triangular,
1.53.0 mm long. Corolla 6-9.5 mm long, mostly mid-blue, lilac or blue-mauve, yellow in throat and
often the 2 dorsal petals yellowish; tubular part of corolla 4-5 mm long, slit dorsally to the hypanthium,
externally glabrous, internally sparsely hairy; upper 2 lobes + elliptic, entire, 1-2 mm long, c. 1 mm
wide, directed forwards, not or only slightly recurved; lower 3 lobes spreading, central lobe broadly
elliptic or obovate, 2.5—4 mm long, 2.5—-3.3 mm wide, obtuse, lateral lobes broadly falcate, 2-2.5 mm
long, 1.5-2 mm wide, subacute; staminal filaments 3—3.5 mm long, minutely hairy towards base, distally
connate for c. 0.5—1 mm, all but the dorsal filament basally adnate to corolla for up to c. 0.5 mm, anther
tube 0.8-1.5 mm long, glabrous except for minute, even hairs at orifice c. 0.1-0.3 mm long. Capsule
ovoid, ellipsoid or globose, 5.5-9 mm long, 3-6 mm diam. Seeds + ellipsoid, trigonous, 1—-1.2 mm
long, 0.7-1 mm wide (including a 0. 1—-0.2 mm wing arising from each of the 3 angles); testa smooth,
shining. (Figures 1, 2A)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: upper Irwins River, Nov. 1877, Anon. s.n. (MEL);
10.5 km NE of Mt Heywood, 14 Dec. 1991, W.R. Archer 1412915 (MEL); 26.5 km NE of Mt Heywood,
14 Dec. 1991, W.R. Archer 14129112 (MEL); 2 km ESE Mt Andrew, 23 Nov. 1991, WR. Archer
2311919 (MEL); Oldfield River, 26 Jan. 2001, W.R. Archer 2601021 (MEL); Oldfield River tributary,
27 Jan. 2001, W.R. Archer 2701021 (MEL); E side of track, c. 3.5 km NNW of Bungalbin Hill,
Helena Range, 26 Sep. 1995, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 2760 (PERTH); N side of track, c, 2.5 km N of
Lake Deborah West, c. 12 km ENE of Barcooting Hill, Ennuin Station, 16 Oct. 1996, N. Gibson &
M. Lyons 2680 (PERTH); Dalwallinu town reserve, 6 Nov. 1999, M. Hislop 1823 (PERTH); W of Red
Kangaroo Hill, Nov. 1891, R. Helms s.n. (MEL); near Warangering, Nov. 1891, R. Helms s.n. (AD);
Fowlers Gully, 2 km S of the Wongan Hills — Piawaning Road, 194 km NE of Perth, 5 Oct. 1981,
K.F. Kenneally 7705 (MEL, PERTH); 4.4 miles W of Warralakin, 12 Nov. 1989, B.H. Smith 1239
(MEL, NSW); Peak Charles, 28 Nov. 1973, 4.S. Weston 9002 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA:
Scrubby Peak sandhills, Oct. 1989, R. Bates 21267 (AD); western ridge of Carapee Hill, 200-300 m
alt., 27 Oct. 1983, J.Z. Weber 8341 (AD, CHG); Middlecamp Hills Conservation Park, 31 Oct. 1983,
J.Z. Weber 8512 (AD).

Distribution. Widespread in the south-west of Western Australia, from near Mullewa in the north,
south to the Stirling Range, and east to the Esperance area. Also known from the central part of the
Eyre Peninsula, South Australia (Figure 2B).

__ Uestern Australian Herbariun

Mn

“PERTH 07526970

NATIONAL HERBARIUM OF VICTORIA (MEL)

Lelarllo intone
Determinavit NGQRIis, : a.Mes,

HOLOTYPE

EX-NATIONAL HERBARIUM OF VICTORIA (MEL)
MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA

307 CAMPANULACEAE

Lobelia sp.

Colle Archer, W.R. 412053 Dates 04 Dee 200%

AUSTRALIA ; WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Region/District; Eyre

eae Peis 1 km S of Mt Ridley, ¢. 70 kim NNE of
at 33°17 '57"S Long.:122°07'15"E

‘Notes; Mild zone. Deep brown Lee) sanay loam
below 2-3 metre hy Mees \neinata,

Flowers blue with a yel

Small scattered groups of wane Cy (inany finished Mowering)
Dupls: PERTH

‘This is a duplicate of MEL 2296017,

Figure 1. Holotype of Lobelia cleistogamoides (W.R. Archer 412053), Scale = 5 cm.

400 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 2. Lobelia cleistogamoides: A— flower (W.R. Archer 412053), scale = 1 mm; B — distribution.

Habitat. Often occurring on shallow soils associated with rocky (granite, sandstone, limestone, ironstone)
substrates. Collectors’ notes include the following site descriptions: ‘Growing with Casuarina, Petrophile
and Dryandra on lateritic plateau’; ‘Red clay soils with banded ironstone gravel. Acacia acuminata
thicket over mixed dense herbs’; ‘Dry bare brown shallow loam over granite. Low woodland with
Acacia acuminata, Grevillea levis, Pimelea avonensis’; ‘Sandy flat among rocks’; “Sandstone and
limestone formation with Melaleuca uncinata’; ‘yellow sand, Acacia, Myrtaceae, Waitzia’; ‘Slightly
elevated alluvial sandy loam alongside dry drainage channel ..., Melaleuca holosericea, M. brevifolia,
M. lateriflora’; ‘Open ground with scattered sedges and shrubs (Acacia, Callistemon, Lepidosperma,
Allocasuarina huegelii)’.

Phenology. Flowers and fruits October, November and December.

Conservation status. On the basis of this scant information it is not possible to assign an IUCN risk
code (IUCN 2001) with confidence other than ‘DD’ (data deficient). More detailed information on
population structure and distribution is required to determine if the species requires conservation
action. Not listed under Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes
for Western Australian Flora.

Etymology. The epithet refers to the small flowers (particularly in relation to L. heterophylla) and the
fact that virtually every flower produces mature capsules, implying a cleistogamous mode of pollination.
It is not certain that the flowers of L. cleistogamoides are actually cleistogamous, or that any of the
other species in sect. Holopogon may not be. All the species in this group are highly fecund and it is
rare that flowers do not mature to produce seed-filled capsules.

N.G. Walsh & D.E. Albrecht, Lobelia cleistogamoides (Campanulaceae), a new species 401

Affinities. Lobelia cleistogamoides is clearly closely related to L. heterophylla on the basis of the general
morphology of the foliage, inflorescence and corolla, and in particular, by the winged, trigonous seeds.
Itis readily distinguished however by its smaller floral parts, most obviously the corolla and anther tube
not more than 9.5 mm and 1.5 mm long respectively. Lobelia heterophylla, as currently recognised, is
very variable. Nonetheless, with the exception of L. cleistogamoides, all the entities currently referred
to L. heterophylla have corollas at least 15 mm long and anther tubes 3-4.5 mm long. We believe that
the recognition of several infraspecific entities within L. heterophylla is warranted (Walsh & Albrecht
in prep.). Lobelia cleistogamoides is sympatric with typical L. heterophylla in some locations (e.g.
near Warralakin, Mt Heywood near Esperance). Collectors’ notes indicate it may be quite common
locally, but the number of herbarium specimens seen is much fewer (in the order of only about 5% in
number) than those of typical L. heterophylla.

Notes. Information on some specimens indicate that germination is stimulated by fire.

Acknowledgements

We are extremely grateful to William Archer, Esperance, whose keen eye has alerted us to a number
of new and interesting Lobelia taxa in his local area, and who collected the type of L. cleistogamoides,
to Juliet Wege for editorial assistance, and to Ellen Hickman for her floral illustration. We acknowledge
the support of the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation
initiative.

References

Bentham, G. (1868). “Flora Australiensis.” Vol. 4. (L. Reeve & Co: Covent Garden.)

IUCN (2001). “2001 IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, version 3.1.” (International Union for the Conservation of Nature:
Gland, Switzerland.)

Western Australian Herbarium (1998—). FloraBase — The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.goy.au [accessed | June 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 403-414 (2007) 403

Allocasuarina hystricosa (Casuarinaceae): a new species from south-west
Western Australia, with notes on related species

Juliet A. Wege

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Wege, J.A. Allocasuarina hystricosa (Casuarinaceae): a new species from south-west Western
Australia, with notes on related species. Nuytsia 17: 403-414 (2007). Allocasuarina hystricosa Wege is
described as new. Known largely from the Ravensthorpe region, this dioecious species is characterised
by erect branchlets with 10-12 leaf teeth per whorl, long articles (mostly 15—35 mm long), and three
(morerarely two or up to five) spines per cone bracteole protuberance. Revised descriptions are provided
for the phylogenetically related species A. scleroclada (L.A.S.Johnson) L.A.S.Johnson, A. corniculata
(F.Muell.) L.A.S.Johnson, A. spinosissima (C.A.Gardner) L.A.S.Johnson, A. globosa L.A.S.Johnson
and A. tortiramula E.M.Benn., and a lectotype chosen for A. tortiramula. A putative new taxon,
A. spinosissima subsp. short spine (D.L. Serventy & A.R. Main s.n. 25/8/1960), is highlighted for
further research. The recent acquisition by the Western Australian Herbarium of a significant number
of Allocasuarina specimens of Western Australian origin is noted.

Introduction

A new species of Allocasuarina L.A.S.Johnson (Casuarinaceae) endemic to south-west Western
Australia has come to light following recent botanical surveys of mineral leases near Ravensthorpe.
Allocasuarina scleroclada (L.A.S.Johnson) L.A.S.Johnson subsp. Bandalup (G. Cockerton 7773) was
flagged as a putative new taxon by Geoff Cockerton of Landcare Holdings Pty Ltd, and listed as being
of conservation priority in view of its apparently restricted distribution. It is a tall shrub distinctive for
its cones, in which the bracteole protuberance is usually divided into three spines.

Allocasuarina scleroclada subsp. Bandalup (G. Cockerton 7773) is formally described in this
paper as a distinct species, A. hystricosa Wege, rather than as a subspecies of A. scleroclada. Whilst
both taxa are dioecious and possess relatively long articles, 10-12 leaf teeth per whorl, and cones
and samaras of a similar size and shape, they are readily distinguished on the basis of habit and cone
bracteole morphology. Unlike A. hystricosa, A. scleroclada possesses distinctive drooping branchlets
and cones in which the protuberances are prominently thickened and fused to the bracteoles (i.e. they
are not spiny).

The spiny cones of A. spinosissima (C.A.Gardner) L.A.S.Johnson and, to a lesser extent,
A. corniculata (F. Muell) L.A.S.Johnson resemble those of A. hystricosa, although they have only
one spine per bracteole protuberance. These two species were placed into their own section (A. sect.

- Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Echinopitys L.A.S.Johnson) in the “Flora of Australia” account of the genus (Wilson & Johnson 1989);
however, a recent phylogenetic study based on matK sequence data, has indicated that this section is
not monophyletic (Steane e¢ al. 2003). This analysis placed A. corniculata and A. spinosissima in a
well-supported albeit unresolved clade, together with the Western Australian species A. scleroclada,
A. globosaL.A.S.Johnsonand A. tortiramulaE.M.Benn., and the eastern Australian species A. luehmannii
(R. Baker) L.A.S.Johnson. Inaddition to describing A. hystricosa, this study provides revised descriptions
and notes on the Western Australian members of this clade along with a commentary on the Western
Australian collections of the genus housed at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH).

Methods

Specimens at PERTH were examined for key diagnostic characters and their identification confirmed
or amended. The descriptive format and terminology largely follows that of Wilson & Johnson (1989).
The distribution map of A. hystricosa was compiled using DIVA-GIS freeware version 5.2.0.2 and
is based on PERTH specimen data. Distributions are summarised according to the boundaries of the
Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia, as modified on FloraBase (Western Australian
Herbarium 1998-). Localities are withheld for taxa with a conservation listing.

Taxonomy
Allocasuarina hystricosa Wege, sp. nov.

Species haec ab Allocasuarina scleroclada (L.A.S.Johnson) L.A.S.Johnson ramulis erectis et
bracteolarum protuberationibus spinosis differt.

Typus: east of Ravensthorpe, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
14 February 2007, N. Gibson, G. Cockerton & G. Craig NG 4585, with cones (holo: PERTH 07526784;
iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW); N. Gibson, G. Cockerton & G. Craig NG 4586, with male flowers
(topo: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH 07526873).

Allocasuarina scleroclada subsp. Bandalup (G. Cockerton 7773), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed March 2007].

Dioecious shrub to 3 m high. Branchlets ascending, to 30 cm long; articles (10—)15-35(-45) mm
long, 0.9-1.3 mm wide, glabrous, smooth to slightly furfuraceous, grey-green to yellow-green;
phyllichnia flattened to slightly rounded; teeth 10-12 per whorl, erect, not overlapping, 0.8-1.5 mm
long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, margins ciliate, marcescent. Male spikes sessile on the permanent branches,
0.4-1.5 cm long, 12-15 whorls per cm; anthers 0.6—0.8 mm long. Cones sessile, oblong to elliptic,
more rarely subglobose, truncate at apex, pubescent, becoming + glabrous with age; cone body
(10-)13-30 mm long, (10—)13—18 mm wide; bracts inconspicuous; bracteoles broadly ovate, apex with
or without tiny mucro, dorsal protuberance divided into (2—)3(—S) spines, spines deciduous, reddish-
brown; central awn pyramidal, separating near the base of bracteole body, 1.5—6 mm long, curved to
straight, sometimes hooked at apex; minor lateral awns, subulate, occasionally pyramidal, 0.5-3 mm
long. Samara 4.5—9 mm long, glabrous, red-brown to brown-black. (Figures 1; 2L, i)

J.A. Wege, Allocasuarina hystricosa: a new species from south-west Western Australia 405

Figure 1. Allocasuarina hystricosa (N. Gibson, G. Cockerton & G.F. Craig NG 4585, 4586). A— Geoff Cockerton and Gillian
Craig stand near individuals of A. hystricosa;, B— male plant; C — male spikes; D — cones; E — spinose bracteole protuberances,
white arrows indicate minor lateral spines, black arrow indicates a bracteole; F — samaras; G — distribution in southern western
Australia, ¢ = A. hystricosa, & = outlier population (R.D. Royce 10163) requiring field validation. Scale bars at 1 mm. Field
photographs supplied by Stephen Kern and Geoff Cockerton (Landcare Holdings Pty Ltd).

406 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Selected specimens (16 examined). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 12 Nov. 2004,
J.A. Cochrane, S. Comer & S. Gilfillan JAC 5041 (PERTH); 19 July 2002, G. Cockerton7773 (PERTH);
30 Apr. 2004, G.F. Craig 6078 (PERTH); 2 Nov. 1965, A.S. George 7249 (PERTH); 7 Mar. 2005,
Landcare Services LCS 10539 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH).

Distribution. Known from a small cluster of populations in the Esperance Plains region of southern
Western Australia; from Bandalup Hill, east to the Eyre Range to north-east of Ravensthorpe (Figure
1G). An outlier from Cape Arid National Park (R.D. Royce 10163) in the Eastern Mallee region may
be referable to this species (see notes below).

Habitat. Occuring on plains, lower slopes and hilltops in orange, red or brown loam with limestone or
granite outcropping. Recorded from mallee shrubland or heathland, shrubland with Acacia ophiolithica
and Hakea verrucosa, and heathland with Allocasuarina campestris. Also noted to form small dense
stands, sometimes in association with Melaleuca pauperiflora and Gahnia lanigera.

Phenology. Male flowers have been collected in February; female flowers in February, April, June
and December.

Conservation status. Listed as Priority Three under Department of Environment and Conservation
(DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora by Atkins (2006), under the phrase name
A. scleroclada subsp. Bandalup (G. Cockerton 7773). Further survey required.

Etymology. Derived from the Latin (hystricosus, prickly or thorny) in reference to the spine-bearing
protuberances on the cones.

Affinities. Allocasuarina hystricosa shows close morphological affinity to A. scleroclada with both
species possessing relatively long articles, non-overlapping teeth arranged in whorls of 10-12, cones
and samaras of similar size and shape, and comparable male flowers. In contrast to A. hystricosa,
A. scleroclada has drooping branchlets, and the cone bracteole and protuberance are prominently
thickened and completely fused (Figure 2A). A//ocasuarinascleroclada also tends to have longer articles
and longer teeth, although there is some gradation in these features between the two species.

Allocasuarina hystricosa also resembles A. spinosissima. Both species have an erect habit, large
cones and samaras, and spinose cone bracteole protuberances. Allocasuarina spinosissima differs
from A. hystricosa in having male spikes with fewer whorls per cm (Figure 2E), cone bracteoles with
only a single spine per protuberance (Figure 2F), shorter and wider articles, shorter teeth that overlap
slightly at the base, and in being monoecious.

Notes. The spines on the bracteole protuberances are deciduous and therefore care must be taken
when interpreting specimens bearing old cones. The central awn breaks off above its base leaving a
small but distinctive swollen mound; however, when the lateral spines are lost, a scar is usually not
evident. Specimens with older cones may therefore be confused with A. spinosissima, which is also
recorded for the Ravensthorpe region.

A specimen from Cape Arid National Park (R.D. Royce 10163) possesses bracteole protuberances
in which the central awn (c. 57mm long) and two lateral awns (c. 3-4 mm long) are very prominently
swollen at the base. Two additional subulate spines (to 1.5 mm long) are also sometimes present at
the base of the central awn. Whilst these cones somewhat resemble those found in A. hystricosa, the

J.A. Wege, Allocasuarina hystricosa: a new species from south-west Western Australia 407

specimen has fewer teeth (9-10) per whorl. Further collections are required in order to assess whether
this geographically disjunct collection is referable to A. hystricosa.

Allocasuarina scleroclada (L.A.S.Johnson) L.A.S.Johnson. Casuarina scleroclada L.A.S.Johnson,
Nuytsia 1: 261 (1972). Type: c. 40 km SSE of Caiguna, c. 3.2 km in from sea, Western Australia,
1 September 1967, L.A.S. Johnson 2155 (holo: NSW, with cones, n.v.; iso: PERTH 01545698!).

Dioecious shrub to 3 m high. Branchlets spreading or drooping, to 30 cm long; articles 18-60 mm
long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, smooth, glabrous, occasionally puburulent in furrows, often waxy, dull
green to grey-green; phyllichnia flattened to slightly rounded; teeth 10-12 per whorl, erect, not
overlapping, 1.3-3 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, margins ciliate, marcescent. Male spikes sessile on
the permanent branches, 0.7—1.2 cm long, c. 12-13 whorls per cm; anthers 0.7—0.8 mm long. Cones
sessile, subcylindrical to elliptic, rarely ovate or globose, truncate at apex, pubescent, becoming
+ glabrous with age; cone body 18-36 mm long, 13-20 mm wide; bracts inconspicuous; bracteole and
protuberance fused, greatly thickened, broadly acute when young, becoming thickly obtuse, with or
without a tiny mucro. Samara 5-8 mm long, glabrous, dark brown-black. (Figures 2A; 2L, ii)

Selected specimens (40 examined). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: | km NE of Deralinya, 15 Jan. 1989,
B. Archer s.n. (PERTH); 312 miles Lake King — Ravensthorpe Road, 16 Jan. 1970, E.M. Bennett 3120
(PERTH); Halls Track, 29 miles W of Phillips River, 4 Nov. 1965, A.S. George 7311 (PERTH); 20 km
NE of Ongerup, 16 June 1974, K.R. Newbey 4213 (PERTH); Cape Arid National Park, 10 km from
Mount Ragged towards Esperance, 9 Sep. 1983, J. Taylor & P. Ollerenshaw JT 1577 (CANB, MEL,
PERTH); 23 km S of Caiguna, 19 July 1967, P.G. Wilson 5930 (AD, PERTH).

Distribution. Scattered across the Mallee, Esperance Plains and southern Coolgardie regions of southern
Western Australia, from east of Borden to south of Balladonia.

Habitat. Growing in clay or sandy loam on rocky hillsides, spongolite cliffs, limestone plains or
adjacent to granite outcropping. Often associated with mallee shrubland, but also recorded from dense
scrub, heath, 7riodia grassland, and shrubland with Melaleuca.

Phenology. Female flowers are recorded for January, May, September and December; male flowers
for January.

Conservation status. A scattered distribution spanning almost 800 kms. No conservation listing
required.

Notes. A collection from Frank Hann National Park (K.R. Newbey 5436) has cones in which the
dorsal protuberance is incompletely fused to the bracteole and so a very short spine is present near
the apex of the bracteole. This specimen otherwise appears referable to A. scleroclada. A further
two collections by Ken Newbey from the Eyre Range (K.R. Newbey 3171; Figure 2B) and south of
Toompup (K.R. Newbey 1249D) have similarly anomalous cones, but also differ from A. scleroclada
in having seemingly erect branchlets. I have placed both of these specimens under A. ?scleroclada
in view of their prominently thickened cone bracteoles. Field observations are required to confirm
whether these are anomalous specimens of A. scleroclada or referable to A. hystricosa.

408 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 2. A — Allocasuarina scleroclada, prominently thickened cone bracteoles (E.M. Bennett s.n., PERTH 02222833);
B—A. ?scleroclada, cone bracteole and protuberance incompletely fused (K.R. Newbey 3171); C—A. corniculata, spinose cone
bracteole protuberances (N. Gibson & M. Lyons 3449); D — A. corniculata, male spike (B. Archer 1912); E—A. spinosissima,
male spike (E.M. Bennett 2145); F — A. spinosissima, spinose cone bracteole protuberances (C.A. Gardner 1773);
G-—A. spinosissima subsp. short spine (D.L. Serventy & A.R. Main s.n. 25/8/1960), cones with short protuberances (M. Graham
070); H—A. globosa, divided, hairy and obtuse cone bracteole protuberances (N. Gibson & M. Lyons 1960); I—A. globosa, male
spikes (L. Sandiford B15); J—A. tortiramula, cone amongst the twisted branchlets (C. Walter 92); K — A. tortiramula, bracteole
with single, obtuse protuberance (C. Walter 92); L, samaras from i) A. hystricosa (N. Gibson, G. Cockerton & G.F. Craig
NG 4585), ii) A. scleroclada (voucher as for A), iii) A. corniculata (as for C), iv) A. spinosissima (as for E), v) A. globosa (as for
H), vi) A. tortiramula (as for J). Scale bars at 1mm. White arrows indicate a protuberance, black arrows indicate a bracteole.

J.A. Wege, Allocasuarina hystricosa: a new species from south-west Western Australia 409

Allocasuarina corniculata (F.Muell.) L.A.S.Johnson, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 6: 74 (1982). Casuarina
corniculata F. Muell, Fragm. 10: 2 (1876). Type: near Mt Churchman, Western Australia, 1875,
D. Young s.n. (holo: MEL, with cones, n.v.; iso: B, n.v.).

Casuarina horrida D.A.Herb., J. Proc. Roy. Soc. W.A. 7:87 (1921). Type: Burracoppin [published as
Merredin], Western Australia, Nov. 1920, E. Wilson & D.A. Herbert EW 99 (holo: PERTH 01554107,
with cones!; iso: A, UC, 7.v.).

Dioecious, rarely monoecious shrub to 4 m high. Branchlets ascending, to c. 30 cm long; articles
(3-)5—12(—16) mm long, 1—-1.4mm wide, smooth, glabrous, occasionally puberulentin furrows, yellow-
green; phyllichnia flattened to slightly rounded; teeth 8-10 per whorl, erect to slightly spreading, not
overlapping, 0.5—0.9 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, margins ciliate especially at apex but sometimes also
at base, more rarely appearing glabrous, marcescent. Male spikes sessile on the permanent branches,
0.5-2 cm long, 12-16 whorls per cm; anthers 0.5—0.8 mm long. Cones sessile or on a peduncle to
6 mm long, spherical to elliptic, truncate at apex, pubescent, becoming + glabrous with age; cone
body 7-16 mm long, 7-12 mm wide; bracts inconspicuous; bracteoles broadly ovate, apex subacute
to acuminate, pyramidal protuberance separating near base of bracteole body and with a slender awn,
1-7 mm long, pungent, deciduous, curved to straight, apex sometimes hooked, yellowish. Samara
2.8-4.5(-5.5) mm long, glabrous, red-brown. (Figures 2C, D; 2L, iii)

Selected specimens (106 examined). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 11 km W of Lake Grace on Roelands
— Lake King Road, 4 Oct. 1989, B.J. Conn & J.A. Scott BJC 3326 (MEL, MO, PERTH); Queen
Victoria Rocks, SW of Coolgardie, 16 Sep. 1966, A.S. George 8038 (PERTH); c. 9.8 km NNE of
Mt Dimer, Hunt Range, Jaurdi Station, 23 Sep. 1995, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 3449 (PERTH); 17 km
E of Norseman — Esperance road on old Hyden — Norseman track, c. 35 km NW of Norseman, 29 Oct.
2000, B.J. Lepschi, L.A. Craven & B. Archer 4410 (CANB, PERTH); c. 10 km along road from Lake
Grace towards Dumbleyung at Lake Grace Lookout, 4 Nov. 1992, A.M. Lyne, L. Craven & F. Zich
AML 1002 (AD, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Mt Marshall, 13 May 2000, J. Wege MMV 92 (PERTH).

Distribution. Widespread in the Avon Wheatbelt, Mallee and Coolgardie Regions of southern Western
Australia.

Habitat. Grows in sand, sandy loam or clay loam, often with ironstone gravel or granite outcropping,
on sandplains, uplands or flats. Commonly recorded growing in mallee woodland, although occurs in
arange of other habitats including shrubland with Allocasuarina acutivalvis and Acacia beauverdiana,
Melaleuca uncinata or Acacia spp. and Callitris; heath with Allocasuarina campestris; and thickets
with A. acutivalvis and/or Acacia stereophylla, Callitris preissii subsp. verrucosa or Acacia sibina,
Grevillea obliquistigma and Micromyrtus hymenonema.

Phenology. Male flowers have been recorded between April and November; female flowers for
February, April, May and from August to November.

Conservation status. A widespread and common species. No conservation listing required.

Notes. Whilst A. corniculata mostly produces male and female flowers on separate plants, monoecious
plants have recently been recorded (B. Archer 1911; C. Keating et al. BBOD 3/5; J.M. Flint 160).

A Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Allocasuarina spinosissima (C.A.Gardner) L.A.S.Johnson, Fl. Australia 3: 199 (1989). Casuarina
spinosissima C.A.Gardner, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. W.A. 9(1): 38 (1923). Type: Carrabin, October 1922,
C.A. Gardner 1773 (holo: PERTH 01546155!, with cones; iso: MEL n.v., PERTH 01545639!),

Monoecious shrub to 3 m high. Branchlets ascending, to 28 cm long; articles 4—13(—16) mm long,
(1—)1.2-1.8 mm wide, often furfuraceous and/or verruculous, glabrous, occasionally puberulent in
furrows, grey-green; phyllichnia flattened to slightly rounded; teeth 9-1 1 per whorl, erect to slightly
spreading, slightly overlapping at base, 0.6—1.2 mm long, 0.40.6 mm wide, margins ciliate (sometimes
sparingly so), marcescent. Male spikes sessile on the permanent branches, 0.7—3.5 cm long, (6—)8—11
whorls per cm; anthers 0.8—1.2 mm long. Cones sessile or ona peduncle to 4(13) mm long, spherical to
elliptic, truncate at apex, pubescent, becoming + glabrous with age; cone body (10-)15—25 mm long,
(10-)13-20 mm wide; bracts inconspicuous; bracteoles obtuse with an acuminate apex, pyramidal
protuberance separating near base of bracteole body and with a deciduous slender awn, 4-12 mm long,
pungent, deciduous, curved to straight, yellowish. Samara (4.5-)5.5-9.5 mm long, wing hyaline with
prominent median nerve, glabrous, red-brown to brown-black. (Figures 2E, F; 2L, iv)

Selected specimens (83 examined). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 87 km W of Coolgardie Post Office
on Great Eastern Highway, 6 Oct. 1998, B. Archer 1163 (NSW, PERTH); | km W of Doney Lagoon,
Adalong Station, 22 Sep. 1988, R.J. Cranfield 7597 (CANB, PERTH); Bodallin South Road,
2.63 km S of Kent Road, Kent Road Nature Reserve, 24 Aug. 1999, G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 6779
(PERTH); Flint’s Farm, 50 km NE of Hyden, 27 Feb. 2000, /.M. Flint 161 (PERTH); | km S of Mallee
Ridge, Solomko Road, Burngup Water Reserve, 18 Sept. 1996, M. & J. Stewart 16 (CANB, PERTH);
130 km WSW of Kalgoorlie, 30 Oct. 1974, D.J.E. Whibley 4705 (AD, PERTH).

Distribution. Widespread in the Avon Wheatbelt, Mallee and Coolgardie regions of southern Western
Australia, extending into the Esperance Plains near Ravensthorpe, the Murchison region around
Menzies, and the southern Great Victoria Desert near Queen Victoria Spring.

Habitat. Growing on sand, sandy clay, or clay loam most commonly in mallee woodland and mallee
shrubland/heath. Also recorded for a range of other habitats including open Acacia and Leptospermum
shrubland, Acacia and Melaleuca tall shrubland and shrubland/heath with A//ocasuarina acutivalvis,
Callitris or Banksia elderiana.

Phenology. Male flowers have been observed on specimens collected from January to May and August
to October; female flowers for January, February, May and August to October.

Conservation status. A widespread species represented in numerous conservation reserves. No
conservation listing required.

Affinities. Allocasuarina spinosissima appears most similar to A. corniculata. It was regarded as a
synonym of A. corniculata by Bennett (1982), who observed continuous gradation with regard to cone
size and article width. In contrast, Wilson & Johnson (1989) considered the larger cones and stouter
articles of A. spinosissima to be taxonomically significant. They also noted A. spinosissima to have
larger samaras, verruculose (rather than smooth) articles, broader teeth that overlap at the base, and
male and female flowers on the same, rather than separate, plants.

There is a clear tendency for A. spinosissima to have larger cones, larger samaras and wider articles
than A. corniculata, although I have observed some gradation in these features. Despite this, I am in

J.A. Wege, Allocasuarina hystricosa: a new species from south-west Western Australia 411

agreement with Wilson & Johnson (1989) that 4. corniculata and A. spinosissima are distinct species.
The morphology of the male flowers (fewer whorls per cm in A. spinosissima) is highly diagnostic
(compare Figure 2D with 2E). In the absence of male flowers, and where the cones and samaras are of
intermediate length, the morphology of the teeth and articles can be used in identification. A/locasuarina
corniculata has comparatively smooth articles and the teeth do not overlap, whilst the slightly broader
teeth of A. spinosissima overlap at the base. Furthermore, A. spinosissima is consistently monoecious
whereas A. corniculata is usually dioecious (although monoecious populations have been recorded;
see notes under A. corniculata).

Notes. In a small number of specimens, the spiny protuberances on a subset of bracteoles split along
their length. This has been noted to occur in specimens from the vicinity of Lake King and Newdegate
(K.M. Allan 239, J.R. Knox 65x020; M. & J. Stewart 16; P.G. Wilson 7054), Ravensthorpe (M. Bennett
98); Pingrup (K.R. Newbey 1272), Hyden (A.M. Coates 2540; J.M. Flint 120; K.R. Newbey 1079;
R.D. Royce 10212) and Esperance (R. Bruhn 6/31197). These collections are otherwise referable to
A. spinosissima.

Wilson & Johnson (1989: 133) note a collection from the north margin of the Nullarbor Plain
(D.L. Serventy & A.R. Main s.n.) with unusually short spines on the cone bracteole protuberance. This
collection also possesses conspicuously pubescent article furrows. The morphology of the articles,
teeth and male flowers otherwise suggest a close affinity to A. spinosissima. This specimen is a close
match to more recent collections from Gindalbi Station (MM. Graham 070; Figure 2G) and north-north-
east of Queen Victoria Spring (S. Pearson 9). The phrase name A. spinosissima subsp. short spine
(D.L. Serventy & A.R. Main s.n. 25/8/1960) has been created to accommodate these specimens until
their taxonomic status can be fully assessed. Field observations and/or additional collections (including
male flowers and cones of various ages) are required.

Allocasuarina globosa L.A.S.Johnson, Fl. Australia 3: 196 (1989). Type: Bremer Range, Western
Australia, 25 October 1964, J.S.Beard 3838 (holo: PERTH 1059181!, with cones).

Dioecious shrub 1.5—3 m high. Branchlets ascending, to 20 cm long; articles (7—)10—28 mm long,
0.9-1.2 mm wide, smooth to furfuraceous, glabrous to shortly pubescent in furrows, grey-green;
phyllichnia slightly rounded; teeth 9-12 per whorl, erect to slightly spreading, not overlapping,
0.6—-1 mm long, 0.3 mm wide, margins ciliate, marcescent. Male spikes sessile on the permanent
branches, 0.6—1.2 cm long, c. 11-12 whorls per cm; anthers 1—1.2 mm long. Cones sessile, subglobose
to elliptic, apex truncate, densely pubescent, less so with age; cone body 11-21 mm long, 13-16 mm
wide; bracts inconspicuous; bracteoles subacute, dorsal protuberance divided into 3 obtuse bodies
surmounted by a tiny mucro. Samara 5—7.5 mm long, glabrous, pale to mid-brown. (Figures 2H, I;
2L, v)

Selected specimens (10 examined). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 14 Dec. 2004,
J.A. Cochrane & R. Butler JAC 5262 (K, PERTH); 20 Sep. 1994, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 1960 (CANB,
PERTH); 11 Jan. 1989, L. Sandiford B15 (PERTH).

Distribution. Known from a handful of scattered populations in the Coolgardie region of southern
Western Australia, from near Norseman west to the Bremer Range.

Habitat. Greenstone ridges, lateritic hilltops and slopes. Heavy clay loam. Recorded from mallee
shrubland and scrub with A/locasuarina campestris.

8 ee

412 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Phenology. Female flowers have been recorded in May; male flowers in January and October.

Conservation status. Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flor@
(Atkins 2006).

Notes. The male flowers of this species (present on B. Haberley s.n. and L. Sandiford B15) have not
previously been described. (Figure 21)

Allocasuarina tortiramula E.M.Benn., Fl. Australia 3: 190 (1989). Type: west of Lake King, Weste™
Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes], 22 July 1987, M. Graham 1127 (lect
here designated, with cones: PERTH 1071726!; isolecto: CANB, K, NSW, n.v.); M. Graham 1127
(paralecto, with male flowers: CANB, K, MEL, NSW, n.v., PERTH 01018043!).

Dioecious shrub 1—2 m high. Branchlets to 12 cm long, spreading and twisted; articles 5—11 m™
long, 0.7-1 mm wide, smooth, glabrous, occasionally shortly puberulent in furrows, grey-gree”:
phyllichnia rounded with median groove; teeth 6—7 per whorl, spreading to erect, not overlapping:
0.5—0.8 mm long, 0.3 mm wide, margins ciliate, marcescent. Male spikes terminal, 0.5—1.3 cm long»
c. 9-12 whorls per cm; anthers 1—1.2 mm long. Cones sessile, subglobose to elliptic, truncate at ape*»
sparsely pubescent, becoming + glabrous with age; cone body 8-15 mm long, 10-13 mm wide; bractS
inconspicuous; bracteoles obtuse, protuberance obtuse, often surmounted by a short mucro, shorter
than bracteole body. Samara (4-)5—6 mm long, glabrous, pale to mid-brown. (Figures 2J, K; 2L, vi)

Selected specimens (8 examined). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld]15 Nov. 1991,
A.M. Coates 3491 (PERTH); 20 Sep. 1999, C. Walter 92 (PERTH).

Distribution. Known from two populations occurring west and north-west of Lake King in the Mallee
region of southern Western Australia.

Habitat. Gentle hill slopes, rocky rises. Red sandy loam over granite. Mallee shrubland with A. campestris.
Phenology. Female flowers recorded for September and December; male flowers for September and November.

Conservation status. Listed as Declared Rare Flora under the Western Australian Wildlife Conservation
Act 1950, with a ranking of Vulnerable (Atkins 2006).

Typification. The type gathering of A. tortiramula, M. Graham 1127, comprises a female specimen
(PERTH 1071726) and a male specimen mounted on a separate sheet (PERTH 01018043). These
specimens are not linked in any way other than by collecting number (i.e. they are not designated as
sheet one and sheet two). In accordance with Article 8.3 of the 2005 International Code of Botanical
Nomenclature they must be considered duplicates. It is clear that both specimens were used to compile
the description of A. fortiramula, although the author did not annotate either sheet.

Bennett, in verbal communication with T.D. Macfarlane prior to her publication of this species,
selected the female specimen as the holotype. Unfortunately, this decision is not indicated in the
protologue of A. tortiramula, although it is reflected in the label of the male specimen, which was
subsequently altered by curatorial staff at PERTH to read M. Graham 1127B. I reject this modification

to the original collecting number and, in accordance with Bennett’s original wishes, choose the female
specimen as the lectotype.

J.A. Wege, Allocasuarina hystricosa: a new species from south-west Western Australia 413

A note on the Western Australian collections of Allocasuarina at PERTH

The account of A//ocasuarina for the “Flora of Australia” recognised 69 taxa, of which 29 were
recorded for Western Australia (Wilson & Johnson 1989). Since this treatment, some 1200 specimens
of Western Australian origin have been added to the collection at PERTH, representing approximately
40% of the Western Australian holdings of the genus. A breakdown of the specimens according to the
decade of their collection (Figure 3) reveals a distinct spike in collection activity during the 1990s.
A substantial number of specimens from the present decade have also been incorporated into the
collection. These figures reflect the extensive collection effort that has occurred in Western Australia
over the past 15 years, often in association with broad scale vegetation surveys and environmental
assessment (e.g. the Regional Forest Assessment, Woodland Watch Project, Goldfields Ranges Survey,
and Salinity Action Plan), but also as a result of smaller regional projects, targeted collections by DEC
personnel, and the opportunistic collections of interstate and overseas botanists.

With such a significant increase in the number of specimens available for study, it follows that
the descriptions presented in the Flora treatment will need a degree of modification. Furthermore, as
this study has suggested, unnamed taxa may be embedded in the collection. An interactive key for the
genus in Western Australia is in development (K. Thiele pers. comm.) which, in conjunction with a

comprehensive review of the State’s collections, will lead to an improved understanding of the genus
in Western Australia.

800 +— — —~

No. Specimens

pre 1900 1900-1909 1910-1919 1920-1929 1930-1939 1940-1949 1950-1959 1960-1969 1970-1979 1980-1989 1990-1999 2000-

Year

Figure 3. The number of A/locasuarina holdings of Western Australian origin housed at PERTH according to the
decade of collection. The arrow indicates the Flora of Australia revision of Wilson & Johnson (1989). Note that

the low number of acquisitions from the 1800s and early 1900s reflects, in part, the relative dearth of historical
herbarium collections at PERTH.

414 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Acknowledgements

This paper was funded through the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving Our Species.
biodiversity conservation initiative. Special thanks to Geoff Cockerton for his contagious botanic!
enthusiasm and field observations. I also gratefully acknowledge Gillian Craig, Neil Gibson av!
Stephen Kern for their field contribution; and Karen Wilson, Mike Hislop, Terry Macfarlane, Kelly
Shepherd, Neale Bougher and Paul Wilson for commentary and/or discussion.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservatio™
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Bennett, E.M. (1982). A guide to the Western Australian she-oaks (Allocasuarina and Casuarina species). Western Australia”
Naturalist 15(4): 77-105.

Steane, D.A., Wilson, K.L., & Hill, R.S. (2003). Using matK sequence data to unravel the phylogeny of Casuarinaceae. Molecula”
Phylogenetics and Evolution 28: 47-59.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservatio™
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed March 2007]

Wilson, K.L. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1989). Casuarinaceae. In: A.S. George (Ed.) “Flora of Australia.” Vol. 3, pp. 100-174:
(Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.)

Nuytsia 17: 415-432 (2007) 415

New species and new circumscriptions in Stylidium (Stylidiaceae)

Juliet A. Wege

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Wege, J.A. New species and new circumscriptions in Stylidium (Stylidiaceae). Nuytsia 17: 418-426
(2007). The following four triggerplants from south-west Western Australia are newly described:
Stylidium applanatum Wege, S. bellum Wege, S. diademum Wege and S. rosulatum Wege. Stylidium
luteum R.Br. subsp. clavatum Carlquist is raised to species level, S. sguamellosum DC. and S. striatum
Lindl. are redefined, S. rigidifolium Mildbr. is placed into synonymy under S. striatum, and S. zeicolor
E.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis is reinstated. With the exception of S. zeicolor and S. diademum, all of these
species have a conservation listing.

Introduction

The census of Western Australian plants currently recognises 240 taxa from the triggerplant genus
Stylidium Sw. (Stylidiaceae), of which 75 (31%) are flagged as being of conservation concern (Western
Australian Herbarium 1998-; Atkins 2006). These conservation-listed taxa are either poorly known
and require further survey to understand the full extent of their distribution, or are confirmed to be rare
and/or geographically restricted. It is of note that over half (60%) have been recognised in the past
20 years and either formally described or provided with manuscript or phrase names. These figures
are largely a reflection of the taxonomic research effort that has been directed toward the genus in
recent history, but are also indicative of the intense floristic survey and inventory that has occurred
throughout the State during this period: over 6000 Stylidium specimens of Western Australian origin
have been collected and incorporated into the collection at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)
in the past 20 years alone.

Sixteen conservation-listed triggerplants appear to have been collected for the first time in the past
20 years, either during regional surveys, environmental assessment, or as a result of opportunistic
collecting by taxonomic or regional specialists. These include S. keigheryi Lowrie & Carlquist (Lowrie
& Carlquist 1991), endemic to the Stirling Ranges; S. perizostera Lowrie & Kenneally (Lowrie &
Kenneally 1997a), restricted to the northern Kimberley; S. trudgenii Lowrie & Kenneally (Lowrie
& Kenneally 2004), from the Scott River Plain and eastern Swan Coastal Plain; S. korijekup Wege,
B.J. Keighery & Keighery (Wege et al. 2007, this issue), known from a single population near Harvey;
and S. applanatum Wege (described herein), which occurs in the Avon Wheatbelt. Additional new
species, some of conservation concern, will undoubtedly be uncovered via the continued assessment
of the collection at PERTH; a process that is occurring in conjunction with a revision of the genus
for the “Flora of Australia”.

416 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

In contrast to the examples cited above, there are a number of triggerplants of conservation
significance that were first collected in the 19" century but have only recently been recognised as
distinct. In many cases, these species have been unrepresented in the PERTH collection until recently:
Examples include S. glabrifolium Lowrie & Kenneally, collected by colonial botanist James Drummond
(e.g. K 000060959, MEL 2259409A), recollected in 1991, described by Lowrie & Kenneally (1997b);
S. daphne Lowrie & Kenneally, collected by George Maxwell (MEL 293435), recollected in 1980,
described by Lowrie & Kenneally (1998); S. validum Wege, collected by Miss Cronin in 1894 (MEL
560875), flowering material recollected in 1999, described by Wege (2005); and S. coroniformeé
F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis subsp. amblyphyllum Wege, collected by Miss Alice Eaton in 1889 (MEL
2156103), recollected in 2002, described by Wege (in Wege & Coates 2007, this issue). Two new
species described in this paper, S. bellum Wege and S. rosulatum Wege, were first collected by James
Drummond in the 1840s (e.g. K 000355310, MEL 2296915; and K 000060637, MEL 2259119A,
respectively) but not recollected until the early 1990s. Another new species, S. diademum Wege, was
first collected by George Maxwell (MEL 293437A) and although recollected a number of times during
the 20" century, it has remained unrecognised until now.

These examples serve to highlight the continued importance of interstate and overseas herbarium
collections to taxonomic studies of the Western Australian flora and, in some cases, to associated
conservation efforts. Whilst the locality details surrounding these historical collections are often poor,
in some cases they can provide relevant and useful information to aid in conservation efforts (e.g.
see the notes below under both S. bellum and S. squamellosum DC.). The relative dearth of historical
collections at PERTH is unfortunate in this respect. The lack of historical type material in particular,
combined with the under-collection of uncommon or geographically restricted taxa, has resulted in
the misapplication of several names in Stylidium. Stylidium striatum Lindl. and S. squamellosum are
two such instances that are dealt with in this paper. Type specimens for a selection of more recently
named Western Australian triggerplants are unfortunately also lacking at PERTH. In the case of
S. luteum R.Br. subsp. clavatum Carlquist (Carlquist 1969), this factor—combined with an inadequate
type description—has lead to many specimens being erroneously identified as this taxon, and its
geographic range and abundance have therefore been grossly overestimated. This paper elevates this
distinctive, geographically restricted taxon to species level and provides a revised description.

All of the species treated herein are endemic to south-west Western Australia and belong to
sect. Saxifragoidea Mildbr., a large and somewhat heterogeneous assemblage of south-west species
characterised by: a perennial habit; non-fibrous leaves; glandular trichomes with flattened, globular
or turbinate heads; ellipsoid, oblong or clavoid hypanthia; appendages in the throat of the flower; and
anthers that are aligned parallel to the column and lack subtending hairs.

Methods

This study is largely based on the examination of herbarium specimens housed at the Western
Australian Herbarium (PERTH), associated spirit collections and field observations. Supplementary data
were obtained from specimens housed at a range of institutions, most notably the National Herbarium
of Victoria (MEL), the Royal Botanic Gardens Kew (K) and Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden
(RSA). Spirit collections from the following J/.A. Wege collection numbers were used to measure floral
features: S. applanatum — 392; S. diademum — 303, 1271, 1273, 1275; S. clavatum (Carlquist) Wege
— 1034, 1036; S. squamellosum — 1249, 1386; S. striatum — 672, 679, 1101; S. zeicolor F.L.Erickson
& J.H.Willis — 390, 393, 962, 1024. I have not examined living or spirit material of either S. bellum
or S. rosulatum, although low resolution photographs of both taxa have been viewed. In both cases,

J.A. Wege, New species and new circumscriptions in Stylidium 417

flowers were sampled from herbarium material at PERTH, rehydrated in hot water with a small amount
of detergent and subsequently examined for critical features. The descriptions of these two species
will need revision pending field observations and/or the availability of spirit material.

The species descriptions, generated using DELTA (Dallwitz et al. 1993), are not exhaustive,
however, they encompass the key morphological characters that define species in the genus. The
distribution maps were compiled using DIVA-GIS version 5.2.0.2. Locality information for species
with a conservation listing has been withheld for conservation purposes.

Taxonomy
Stylidium applanatum Wege, sp. nov.

AStylidio glabrifolio Lowrie & Kenneally hypanthio et calycis lobis lon gioribus, faucis appendiculatis
truncatis 8, et columna longiore differt.

Typus: near Corrigin, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
1 October 1997, J.A. Wege, R. Butcher & C. Wilkins JAW 392 (holo: PERTH 06962610; iso: CANB,
MEL).

Perennial herb, 12-35 cm high. Trichomes glandular, 0.2-0.4 mm long, stalks translucent to
yellowish, heads dark yellow to black, turbinate or subglobular; eglandular trichomes absent. Stems
compact, part-buried, stiltroots absent. Leaves rosulate, adpressed to soil, oblanceolate, flat in T.S., apex
subacute, margin entire, 1.5—4 cm long, 2.5-6 mm wide, glabrous. Scapes 10-35 cm high, 0.5-1.7 mm
wide, bearing scattered sterile bracts, glabrous; sterile bracts 3.5-6.5 mm long, glabrous. Inflorescence
paniculate or racemose, 5—30-flowered, 1-3 flowers per unit, branches glabrous or glandular; bracts
narrowly ovate, apex subacute, margin entire, 2.5-6 mm long, glabrous or sparingly glandular along
margin; bracteoles similar but smaller; pedicels 6-17 mm long, distally glandular. Hypanthium clavoid
to obloid, slightly compressed in T.S., 2.8-5 mm long, I-1.5 mm wide, glabrous or subglabrous. Calyx
lobes free, apex obtuse to subacute, margin entire, 3-4.5 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, glabrous. Corolla
pale yellow, without markings, glabrous, tube 1 mm long; lobes laterally-paired, narrowly ovate, the
anterior side of the anterior lobes slightly arcuate, 5—6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.3 mm wide. Labellwm twisted
across the calyx lobes; boss ovate, margin entire, c. 0.7 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, glabrous; terminal
appendage 1.2—1.5 mm long; lateral appendages 0.2-0.5 mm long. Throat appendages 8, quadrate to
oblong, truncate, + emarginate, 0.4-0.8 mm high, yellow with maroon tips, subtended by 3 yellow
mounds. Column 9.5—12 mm long; anther locules parallel to column axis, subtending hairs absent;
stigma sessile, entire. Mature capsules not viewed. (Figures 1A, B)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] M. Osborne 195,
26 Sep. 1995 (PERTH); 15 Oct. 1995, J.4. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW 42 (PERTH).

Distribution. Found near Corrigin in the Avon Wheatbelt of south-west Western Australia (Figure 2).

Habitat. Red-brown loam or yellow-brown clay on lateritic ridges and hillslopes. Eucalyptus macrocarpa
and £. pluricaulis shrubland with Dryandra cirsioides, Allocasuarina campestris, Gastrolobium
spinosum, Petrophile glauca, Stylidium caricifolium and S. eriopodum.

418 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 1. A—habit of Stylidium applanatum; B —flower of S. applanatum; C —habit of S. bellum; D —habit of S. clavatum; E—habit
of S. diademum; F — flower of S. diademum. Scale = 5cm. Images from /.A. Wege, R. Butcher & C. Wilkins JAW 392 (A, B), E.M.
Sandiford EMS 1050 (C), J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1036 (D) and J.A. Wege 1275 (E, F). Flower photographs: J. Wege.

J.A. Wege, New species and new circumscriptions in Stylidium 419

Phenology. Flowers have been recorded from late September and October.

Conservation status. Stylidium applanatum is known from only two populations found in a region
characterised by massive land clearance. It is not known to occur within protected lands and is
consequently listed as Priority One under the Department of Environment and Conservation’s
(DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Atkins 2006). Immediate further survey is
recommended to determine the extent of its range and whether its conservation listing should upgraded
to Declared Rare Flora.

Chromosome number. Unknown.
Etymology. This species is named for its leaf rosette which is adpressed to the soil surface.

Spotting features. A flat rosette of oblanceolate, glabrous leaves; yellow flowers arranged in panicles;
8 truncate and maroon-tipped throat appendages.

Affinities. Stylidium applanatum has morphological affinity to S. glabrifolium which possesses
similarly flattened and glabrous leaves and yellow flowers with maroon-tipped throat appendages;
however, S. glabrifolium has a shorter hypanthium, shorter calyx lobes, a discretely shorter column
(6-7.5 mm) and flowers with 6 oblong throat appendages that are either entire, bi- or tri-furcate.
Stylidium applanatum is also morphologically similar to S. korijekup, a new species from the Harvey
region that differs most obviously from S. applanatum in having distinctly petiolate leaves and six
oblong throat appendages (see Wege et al. 2007, this issue).

\WVongan Hills

Ravensthorpe

Cranbrook 4
AN Aa

KSA
rh

0 tN 100

==

kilometers

Figure 2. Distribution of Stylidium applanatum (A), S. bellum (®), S. clavatum (OQ) and
S. diademum (A\) in south-west Western Australia. Version 6.1 IBRAregions (Department
of the Environment and Water Resources 2007) are indicated in grey.

ori Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Stylidium bellum Wege, sp. nov.

Species haec ab Stylidio articulato R.Br. foliis pallidis viridibus, scapis et calycis lobis glabris,
et faucis appendicibus 8 differt.

Typus: Stirling Range National Park, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 7 February 2005, E.M. Sandiford EMS 1050 (holo: PERTH 07335792; iso: MEL).

Stylidium sp. Stirling Range (S. Barrett 1275), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Perennial herb, 15-30 cm high. Trichomes glandular, 0.1-0.4 mm long, stalks translucent, heads
pale red to black, disciform or subglobular; eglandular trichomes absent. Stems compact or shortly
elongated beneath leaf rosette. Leaves rosulate, oblanceolate to spathulate, flat in T.S., apex subacute
or acute or acuminate, margin entire, + narrowly-hyaline, 2.5—6 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, + glandular
along margin, faintly striate, pale green, glaucous, slightly discolorous. Scapes 15-30 cmhigh, 1.5—3 mm
wide, with a whorl of sterile bracts positioned 2—6.5 cm below the inflorescence and scattered bracts
+ above, glabrous; sterile bracts 5-12 mm long, + glandular along margin. Inflorescence racemose,
10-21-flowered, somewhat glaucous; bracts solitary at base of each inflorescence unit, sometimes
whorled at the base of the inflorescence, erect to reflexed, lanceolate to narrowly ovate, apex subacute
to acute, margin entire, 3.5—9 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles similar but smaller; pedicels 8-17 mm
long, glandular. Hypanthium clavoid to obloid, slightly compressed in T.S., 4-5 mm long, 1—1.5 mm
wide, sparingly glandular. Calyx lobes part-fused (2 fused and 3 free), apex subacute to acute, margin
entire, 2.2-3.3 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, glabrous. Corolla candy pink, glabrous, tube 2-3 mm long;
lobes laterally-paired, elliptic to obovate, c. 6.5-7 mm long, c. 4.5-5 mm wide. Labellum twisted
across the calyx lobes; boss ovate, margin entire, 0.9-1.1 mm long, 0.6-0.9 mm wide, glabrous;
terminal appendage I—1.4 mm long; lateral appendages 0.2-0.4 mm long. Throat appendages 8,
oblong, 1.8-2.5 mm high, with dark pink tips. Column c. 12-14 mm long; anther locules parallel to
column axis, subtending hairs absent; stigma sessile, entire. Capsules clavoid to obloid, 5.5—8 mm
long. (Figure 1C)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 9 Mar. 1995, S. Barrett 331.5
(PERTH); 12 Jan. 2005, S. Barrett 1275 (PERTH); s. dat., J. Drummond 348 (BM, CGE, K 000355310,
MEL 2296915, P, TCD, W).

Distribution. Endemic to the Stirling Range National Park in southern Western Australia (Figure 2).

Habitat. Mountain peaks and saddles. Rocky overhangs near waterfalls. Brown loam or clayey-sand
on quartzite. Recorded growing with sedges, dwarf scrub and moss, and in moss beds adjacent to
Xyris exilis.

Phenology. A summer-blooming triggerplant, with flowers recorded for January and February.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. Currently known from a single population. Further survey is required.

Chromosome number. Unknown.

J.A. Wege, New species and new circumscriptions in Stylidium 42]

Etymology. The specific epithet is derived from the Latin for pretty (bellus).

Spotting features. Pale green and glaucous, oblanceolate or spathulate leaves arranged in a spreading
rosette; glabrous scapes bearing a single whorl of sterile bracts; pink flowers arranged in racemes;
8 oblong throat appendages.

Affinities. Stylidium bellum is morphologically allied to S. articulatum R.Br., a species confined to
the coastal granites from Two Peoples Bay to Cheyne Beach, east of Albany. Both species have a
comparable habit, similar bracts, and racemes of pink, laterally-paired flowers bearing oblong throat
appendages. Unlike S. bellum, S. articulatum has a densely glandular inflorescence (including the
rachis, pedicels, hypanthium and calyx lobes), glabrous and strongly discolorous leaves (the adaxial
surface is dark green), and flowers with six throat appendages.

Stylidium bellum may also be confounded with S. rosulatum, a species that is also confined to
montane habitats in the Stirling Ranges. Unlike S. bellum, the stems of S. rosulatum are stoloniferous
and the inflorescences usually branched. Stylidium rosulatum also has a shorter hypanthium, shorter
and narrower calyx lobes, smaller corolla lobes and throat appendages, and a much shorter column.

Notes. James Drummond made the first gatherings ofboth S. bellum (J. Drummond348) and S. rosulatum
(J. Drummond 349; see description below). No locality information is provided with the specimens;
however, in an account of his collecting activities on Mt Toolbrunup, published in The Inquirer on
April 14" 1847, Drummond commented on “a rose-coloured Stylidium, with glaucous leaves” which
was new to him (see Barker 1996). Although there are no other collections of either S. bellum or
S. rosulatum from this peak, I am confident that Drummond was referring to one of these species.

Drummond’s gatherings of both species were viewed by George Bentham and used by him, in
part, to describe S. striatum var. glaucum Benth. (Bentham 1868). Several other syntypes were cited,
which collectively represent four distinct species. The synonymy of S. striatum var. glaucum will be
dealt with in a forthcoming paper on the S. brunonianum Benth. complex (Wege in prep.).

German botanist Johannes Mildbraed viewed a duplicate of Drummond’s collection of
S. bellum and, in a revision of Stylidium for Engler’s “Pflanzenreich”, he tentatively placed it under
S. articulatum on account of its large leaves and robust scape; however, he commented that it differs
from this species in having a glabrous inflorescence and sparingly glandular leaf margin (Mildbraed
1908: 65). Mildbraed was unable to make a formal taxonomic assessment since the specimen was
only in bud. A collection by Sarah Barrett (PERTH 04208498), which is similarly in bud, is akin to
specimens of S. bellum but the leaves are narrower, the lower inflorescence units are 2-flowered and
the flowers, although not fully developed, appear slightly smaller. This collection has been annotated
as S. ?bellum until further research can clarify its status.

Stylidium clavatum (Carlquist) Wege, stat. nov.

Stylidium luteum subsp. clavatum Carlquist, Aliso 7(1): 36 (1969). Type: East Mt Barren, Western
Australia, 4 November 1967, S. Carlquist 4007a (holo: RSA 198458!).

Tufted perennial herb, 20-70 cm high. Trichomes glandular, 0.10.2 mm long, stalks translucent
to yellow, heads yellow to brown-black, disciform; eglandular trichomes absent. Stems somewhat
condensed to shortly elongated, usually unbranched, stilt roots present. Leaves rosulate, erect, linear

422 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

to narrowly oblanceolate, broadly obtriangular in T.S., apex subacute to acute, margin entire, 2-8 cm
long, (0.6—)1—2 mm wide, glabrous, + glaucous. Scapes 18-68 cm high, 0.6-2.5 mm wide, bearing
scattered sterile bracts, glabrous; sterile bracts 3-18 mm long, glabrous. /nflorescence racemose,
8—53-flowered, + glaucous; bracts linear to subulate, apex subacute, margin entire, 2-8.5 mm long,
glabrous; bracteoles similar but smaller; pedicels 3.5-13 mm long, sparingly glandular. Hypanthium
clavoid to ellipsoid, slightly compressed in T.S., 1.5—3.5 mm long, 0.7—1.4 mm wide, glabrous or
subglabrous. Calyx lobes free, apex obtuse to subacute, margin entire, 2.2-4 mm long, 0.7—1.2 mm
wide, glabrous. Corolla pale yellow, without markings, glabrous, tube 0.8—1.2 mm long; lobes laterally-
paired, elliptic to oblong, 4.8-7 mm long, 2.5—4 mm wide. Labellum twisted across the calyx lobes;
boss yellow, ovate, margin entire, 0.6—-0.8 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, glabrous; terminal appendage
yellow, 0.4—0.8 mm long; lateral appendages absent or rudimentary. Throat appendages 6, oblong,
slightly capitate and laterally-flattened, each pair of posterior appendages fused at base, 0.3-0.7 mm
high, subtended by 3 yellow mounds. Column 10-12 mm long; anther locules parallel to column
axis, subtending hairs absent; stigma sessile, entire. Capsules clavoid to ellipsoid, c. 4-5 mm long.
(Figure 1D)

Selected specimens (8 examined). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 27 Nov. 2002,
M. Hislop, S. Barrett & J.A. Cochrane MH 2862 (PERTH); 9 Sep. 1974, K.R. Newbey 4344 (PERTH);
26 Oct. 2003, A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1034 (MEL, PERTH); 26 Oct. 2003, J.4. Wege &
C. Wilkins JAW 1036 (CANB, PERTH).

Distribution. Largely confined to the Fitzgerald River National Park on the south coast of Western
Australia (Figure 2).

Habitat. Plains and lower hillslopes. Sand or sandy loam over quartzite. Shrubland with emergent
mallee or heath with Dryandra quercifolia and Hakea hookeriana.

Phenology. Flowers have been recorded from September to November.

Conservation status. Stylidium clavatum has a very localized distribution and is known from only a
handful of localities, the majority of which occur within Fitzgerald River National Park. Listed as
Priority Three under DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Atkins 2006).

Chromosome number. Unknown.

Spotting features. A stilt habit; tufted, linear and glabrous leaves; scapes bearing scattered bracts; a
glabrous, clavoid to ellipsoid hypanthium; flowers in racemes; pale yellow flowers without markings.

Affinities. Carlquist (1969) recognised S. clavatum as a subspecies of S. luteum, probably on the
basis of habit and flower colour; however, these two species differ in a number of features. Unlike
S. clavatum, S. luteum has smaller flowers arranged in panicles, a globose to ellipsoid hypanthium
covered in glandular hairs, and a shorter column (7—8.5 mm long). The corolla lobes of S. /uteum are
a much deeper and brighter shade of yellow and, unlike S. clavatum, possess small maroon-red throat
markings as well as prominent maroon-red markings on the reverse. Although S. /uteum similarly
occurs along the south coast of the State, it is not known to overlap in distribution with S. clavatum;
the majority of populations occur west of Wellstead, although there is one outlier record from east
of Jerramungup (R.J. Cranfield 1091; a surprising and perhaps questionable mixed collection with
S. zeicolor).

J.A. Wege, New species and new circumscriptions in Stylidium 423

Stylidium clavatum may be confused with S. zeicolor, which extends into the northern portion of
Fitzgerald River National Park. The two species are most readily distinguished using features of leaf
morphology: obtriangular in T.S. and glabrous in S. clavatum, flat in T.S. and with glandular margins
in S. zeicolor. Stylidium zeicolor also has a discretely longer column (14-17.5 mm long).

Stylidium diademum Wege, sp. nov.

Ab speciebus Stylidii Australiae austro-occidentalis aliis omnibus turma sequenti characterum
distinguitur: foliorum rosula linearis glandulosa, flores flavi et faucis appendiculati glandulosi.

Typus: 1 km west on Simpson Road from Chester Pass Road, north of Albany, Western Australia,
4 November 2004, J.A. Wege 1275 (holo: PERTH 07011652; iso: CANB, MEL).

Stylidium diadematum Wege ms, Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.
wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Tufted perennial herb, 8-45 cm high. Trichomes glandular, 0.15—0.4 mm long, stalks yellow,
heads yellow to dark brown, disciform or subglobular to turbinate; eglandular trichomes absent.
Stems somewhat condensed, to 1 cm long, stilt roots present. Leaves rosulate, erect, linear to narrowly
oblanceolate, flat to very broadly v-shaped in T.S., apex acute to subacute and occasionally hooked,
marginentire, 14cm long, 0.5-2 mm wide, margins and adaxial surface conspicuously glandular, hairs
confined to midrib on abaxial surface. Scapes 6-45 cm high, 0.5—2.2 mm wide, bearing scattered sterile
bracts, glabrous or sparingly glandular; sterile bracts 3-7 mm long, sparingly glandular. Inflorescence
racemose, 5—40-flowered; bracts subulate, apex subacute, margin entire, 24.5 mm long, glabrous or
sparingly glandular; bracteoles similar but smaller; pedicels 2.5-16 mm long, glandular. Hypanthium
ellipsoid, very slightly compressed in T.S., 1.5—3 mm long, 1—-1.6 mm wide, glabrous or with a few
hairs at the base. Calyx lobes free, apex subacute, margin entire, 2.5—4 mm long, 0.7—1.2 mm wide,
+ glandular along margins. Corolla pale yellow, without throat markings, stained reddish on reverse,
glabrous, tube 0.7—1.2 mm long; lobes laterally-paired, elliptic to oblong or narrowly ovate, the
anterior side of the anterior lobes slightly arcuate, 46.5 mm long, 2.5—4 mm wide. Labellum partially
to fully twisted across the calyx lobes; boss yellow, ovate to elliptic, margin entire, 0.7—1 mm long,
0.5-0.6 mm wide, fringed with glandular hairs; terminal appendage yellow, 0.7—1 mm long; lateral
appendages absent or rudimentary. Throat appendages (6)8, gland-tipped, dimorphic, yellow; the
two anterior appendages subulate or tooth-like, 0.10.3 mm high, occasionally absent; the remaining
appendages irregular, laterally-flattened and with truncate apices, 0.4-0.8 mm high, subtended by 3
yellow mounds. Column 11-13 mm long; anther locules parallel to column axis, subtending hairs
absent; stigma sessile, entire. Capsules not viewed. (Figures 1E, F)

Selected specimens (16 examined), WESTERN AUSTRALIA: off Scenic Drive, Porongurup National
Park, 19 Nov. 2000, 4. Burchell 471 (PERTH); c. 3 miles W Karri Bank, Porongurup, Oct. 1966,
S. James 66.10/31 (PERTH); Millbrook Nature Reserve, 35 km NNE Albany, 2 Nov. 1986,
G.J. Keighery 8970 (PERTH); 1.2 km W of Ireland Road on Muir Highway, E of Manjimup, 3 Nov.
2004, J.A. Wege 1271 (AD, CANB, PERTH); reserve at corner of Albany Highway and Hannan Way,
E of Narrikup, 4 Nov. 2004, J.4. Wege 1273 (AD, MEL, PERTH).

Distribution. A cluster of populations are known from around Albany and the Porongurup Ranges,
with outlying records from near Lake Muir, over 100 km to the west (Figure 2).

424

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Habitat. Growing in sand or sandy-loam over laterite or granite, on lower hillslopes or granite hills-
Known to occur in Eucalyptus marginata woodland, Eucalyptus and Allocasuarina woodland a0
Eucalyptus and Acacia woodland.

Phenology. Flowering during October and November.

Conservation status. Stylidium diademum appears to have a fairly narrow geographic range and
information on population numbers is limited; however, it is known to occur within conservatio?
reserves at a number of localities and is not thought to be under any immediate threat. It seems
reasonable to expect that targeted searches between Lake Muir and Mt Barker will yield additional
populations. No conservation code is thought warranted.

Chromosome number. James (1979) recorded a count of n= 13 (PERTH 02948362), under the name
S. spathulatum R.Br. subsp. glandulosum (Mildbr.) Carlquist.

Etymology. The specific epithet is derived from the Greek (diadema, a royal headdress) and refers tO
the crown-like arrangement of the gland-tipped (hence seemingly jewelled) throat appendages.

Spotting features. Stilt habit; tufted and glandular leaves; glabrous to subglabrous scapes bearing
scattered sterile bracts; yellow flowers; irregular, gland-tipped throat appendages.

Affinities. Habit, leaf shape and flower morphology suggest an affinity to S. glandulosissimum Wege;
a species that occurs from the Stirling Ranges south-east to Wellstead. Stylidium glandulosissimum is
easily differentiated from S. diademum by its dense and sticky leaf, scape and inflorescence indumentum;
conversely, it lacks glands on the throat appendages and labellum margin.

Notes. Early collections of S. diademum were made by both George Maxwell (MEL 293437) and
Thomas Muir (MEL 2259101A). It was subsequently collected a number of times during the second
half of the 20" century and these specimens variously identified as S. rupestre Sond., S. “non-rupestre”,
S. luteum var. glandulosum Mildbr., S. spathulatum subsp. glandulosum, S. spathulatum vat.
lehmannianum (Sond.) Mildbr., S. luteum, S. squamellosum, S. aff. squamellosum and S. zeicolor. It
is feasible that a specimen of S. diademum was amongst the syntypes of S. /uteum var. glandulosum
(see Wege 2006, under S. glandulosissimum).

Stylidium rosulatum Wege, sp. nov.
Stylidio bello Wege affinis sed stolonibus rubris, inflorescentiis paniculatis et floribus minoribus differt.

Typus: Stirling Range National Park, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 13 November 2002, E.M. Sandiford EMS 678 (holo: PERTH 06787959; iso: MEL).

Stylidium sp. Mt Success (E.M. Sandiford EMS 678), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase,
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Perennial herb, c. 10-25 cm high. Trichomes glandular, 0.1-0.3 mm long, stalks translucent, heads
red to black, disciform to subglobular; eglandular trichomes absent. Stems stoloniferous, giving rise
to leaf rosettes at nodes, 2-12 cm long. Leaves rosulate, + scattered along internodes, oblanceolate

J.A. Wege, New species and new circumscriptions in Stylidium 425

to spathulate, flat in T.S., apex subacute to acuminate, margin entire, + narrowly hyaline, (1-)2—5 cm
long, 3-11 mm wide, glabrous or sparingly glandular along margin, faintly striate, pale green, glaucous,
discolorous. Scapes 10-15 cm high, 1-1.5 mm wide, lacking sterile bracts, glabrous. Inflorescence
paniculate, occasionally racemose, 7-45-flowered, | or 2 flowers per unit, branches glabrous; bracts
solitary at base of each inflorescence unit but whorled at the base of the inflorescence, erect to reflexed,
lanceolate to narrowly ovate, apex subacute to acute, margin entire, 3-7 mm long, + sparingly glandular
at margin; bracteoles similar but smaller, glabrous; pedicels 4—7 mm long, glandular. Hypanthium clavoid
to ellipsoid, slightly compressed in T.S., 1.5—2.5 mm long, 0.8—1.1 mm wide, glabrous to subglabrous.
Calyx lobes part-fused (with 2 fused in lower half), apex subacute, 1.5—2 mm long, 0.3—0.5 mm wide,
margin entire, glabrous. Corolla pale to medium pink, glabrous, tube c. |—1.3 mm long; lobes laterally-
paired, elliptic to obovate, c. 4-5 mm long, c. 1.5-1.7 mm wide. Labellum twisted across the calyx
lobes; boss ovate, margin entire, 0.40.5 mm long, 0.3—0.4 mm wide, glabrous; terminal appendage
(.5—0.6 mm long; lateral appendages c. 0.1 mm long. Throat appendages 8, oblong, c. 0.3-0.5 mm
high. Column c. 5—6 mm long; anther locules parallel to column axis, subtending hairs absent; stigma
sessile, entire. Capsules not viewed. (Figure 3A)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] s. dat., J. Drummond 349
(BM, CGE, FI, K 000060637, K 000355311, MEL 2259119A, OXF, P, W); 3 Feb. 1993, C.J. Robinson
1088 (PERTH).

Distribution. Endemic to the Stirling Range National Park in south-west Western Australia (Figure 4).
Habitat. Rocky overhangs and ledges on steep, upper mountain slopes. Low herbland.
Phenology. Flowering from late November to February.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. Currently known from only two populations. Further survey is required.

Chromosome number. Unknown.
Etymology. From the Latin (rosu/atus) in reference to the rosetted habit of this species.

Spotting features. A stoloniferous habit; spreading rosettes of grey-green leaves that are faintly
striate; a whorl of fertile bracts at the base of the inflorescence; paniculate (occasionally racemose)
inflorescences; pink flowers with a short column.

Affinities. Stylidium rosulatum is morphologically similar to S. bellum, which is also endemic in the
Stirling Ranges (see affinities and notes under S. bellum).

Stylidium squamellosum DC., Prod. 7(2): 782 (1839). Candollea squamellosa (DC.) F.Muell. Syst.
Cens. Aust. Pl.: 86 (1882). Type: Swan River [Western Australia], s. dat., J. Drummond s.n. (holo:
G-DC!; iso: BM!, CGE!, K 000060859!, M!).

Stylidium caespitosum R.Br. var. subbulbosum Benth., Fl. Austral. 4: 12 (1868). Zype: Swan River
[Western Australia], s. dat., J. Drummond 172 (lecto, here designated: K 000060860!; isolecto:
BM000797479!, CGE!, FI!, K 000060856!, MEL2259102A!, NSW!, TCD!, W!). Swan River [Western
Australia], s. dat., J. Drummond s.n. (paralecto: BM!, CGE!, G-DC!, K 000060859!, M!).

426 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 3. A—habit of Stylidium rosulatum; B — habit of S. squamellosum; C —flower of S. squamellosum; D —habit of S. striatum;
E — flower of S. striatum; F — habit of S. zeicolor; G — flowers of S. zeicolor. Scale = 5 cm. Images from E.M. Sandiford EMS
678 (A), F & B. Hort 2925 (B), J.A. Wege & F. Hort JAW 1386 (C), J.A. Wege 1375 (D), J.A. Wege 1101 (E), J.A. Wege,
C. Wilkins & R. Butcher JAW 390 (F), J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1024 (G). Flower photographs: J. Wege.

J.A. Wege, New species and new circumscriptions in Stlidium 427

Caespitose perennial herb, 10-35 cm high. Trichomes glandular, 0.2-0.6 mm long, stalks
translucent to yellowish, heads yellow to brown-black, turbinate; eglandular trichomes absent. Stems
compact, part-buried or at ground level, stilt roots absent. Leaves rosulate, erect, linear to narrowly
oblanceolate, flat in T.S., apex subacute, margin entire, 1-6 cm long, 0.7—2.5 mm wide, glandular on
margins and abaxial surface. Scapes 10-35 cm high, 0.8—1.5 mm wide, bearing scattered sterile bracts,
glandular; sterile bracts 2-10 mm long, glandular. Inflorescence racemose, (2—)5—20-flowered; bracts
subulate, apex subacute, margin entire, 2-3 mm long, glandular; bracteoles 1-2 mm long, + sparingly
glandular; pedicels 3-25 mm long, glandular. Hypanthium ellipsoid to obloid, slightly compressed in
T.S., 2.5-5 mm long, 0.8—-1.6 mm wide, glandular. Calyx lobes free, apex obtuse to subacute, margin
entire, 2.5-4.5 mm long, 0.5—1 mm wide, glandular. Corolla pale yellow, without throat markings,
stained maroon-brown on reverse, glabrous, tube 0.8—1.2 mm long; lobes laterally-paired, elliptic to
narrowly ovate, 4.5—7 mm long, 2.5-3.8 mm wide. Labellum twisted across the calyx lobes; boss
yellow, ovate, margin entire, 0.7—1 mm long, 0.5—0.7 mm wide, glabrous or glandular along margin;
appendages yellow to maroon, terminal appendage 0.5—0.9 mm long; lateral appendages 0.1—0.2 mm
long. Throat appendages 6, tooth-like, 0.1-0.3 mm high, yellow with maroon tips, subtended by 3
yellow mounds. Column 10-11.5 mm long; anther locules parallel to column axis, subtending hairs
absent; stigma sessile, entire. Capsules clavoid, c. 5—6.5 mm long. (Figures 3B, C)

Selected specimens (6 examined). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 27 Oct. 1967,
S. Carlquist 3910 (MEL, PERTH, RSA); 2 Nov. 2004, F: Hort & L. Boyle FH 2379 (PERTH); 25 Oct.
2006, F & B. Hort2925 (AD, MEL, PERTH); 16 Oct. 2001, G./. Keighery & N. Gibson 2955 (PERTH);
1 Nov. 2004, J.A. Wege 1249 (CANB, MEL, PERTH).

Distribution. Currently known from three disjunct regions in south-west Western Australia: near
Muchea, south of Busselton and south of Bowelling (Figure 4).

Habitat. Winter-wet habitats and depressions. Red to brown clay loam. Shrubland or heathland with
scattered wandoo, or tall shrubland with Dryandra squarrosa and Calothamnus quadrifidus.

Phenology. Flowering in October and November.

Conservation status. Known from only a handful of recent collections and population numbers appear
relatively low. Currently listed as Priority Two under DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian
Flora (Atkins 2006). Further survey is required.

Chromosome number. Unknown. The chromosome counts provided by James (1979) are referable
to S. zeicolor (see below).

Taxonomic history. De Candolle (1839) based the name S. squamellosum on a specimen collected by
James Drummond prior to his first numbered series. Judging by the information on his collections
given in Erickson (1969) and our present-day understanding of this species, it seems likely that the
holotype was collected in the vicinity of the Swan Valley. Bentham (1868: 12) did not recognise
S. squamellosum; however, innaming S. caespitosum var. ?subbulbosum he states that S. sqguamellosum
“is probably this variety”. He cited two comparable syntypes, one of which (“Drummond 1* collection”)
I interpret as an isotype of S. squamellosum. Mildbraed (1908) reinstated S. squamellosum, correctly
treating S. caepsitosum var. ?subbulbosum as a synonym.

Neen ee S.SSSaaQNaa aE

428 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

De Candolle (1839), and later both Mildbraed (1908) and Erickson (1958), incorrectly described
the flowers of S. squamellosum as purple, rather than their true pale yellow colour. The abaxial surface
of the corolla is stained maroon-brown and therefore pressed material is readily misinterpreted. None
of these botanists saw living material and Erickson may not have viewed herbarium material: no
collections were available to her in Western Australia and her description appears to be based on that
provided by Mildbraed.

Stylidium squamellosum has remained a poorly collected taxon throughout the 20" century. Cecil
Andrews made a collection from near Perth in 1902 (1% Coll. No. 501, BM) but the species was not
recollected until 1967 when Sherwin Carlquist made a gathering from near Bullsbrook (S. Car/quist
3910). Not realising the significance of his find, he erroneously placed the morphologically distinct and
widespread taxon S. zeicolor into synonomy under S. squamellosum, commenting that his collection,
whilst hairier than S. zeicolor, was not taxonomically discrete (Carlquist 1969: 37). The name
S. squamellosum has since been widely misapplied in Western Australia.

Spotting features. A non-stilt habit; tufted leaves with glandular margins; glandular scapes bearing
scattered bracts; yellow flowers with tiny maroon-tipped throat appendages; clavoid capsules.

Affinities. Stylidium squamellosum closely resembles S. zeicolor, a species with similar leaves,
inflorescences, corolla lobes and capsules; however, the two species differ in a number of respects.
Stylidium squamellosum has a caespitose habit in which the stem stock remains at ground level
whereas the stems of S. zeicolor are elevated above the soil surface and supported by stilt roots. Unlike
S. zeicolor, glandular hairs are present throughout the length of the scape in S. squamellosum, as well
as on the bracts, hypanthium and calyx lobes. Stylidium squamellosum also has morphologically
distinct throat appendages and a discretely shorter column. These two species have different habitat
preferences and are not known to overlap in distribution.

Figure 4. Distribution of Stylidium rosulatum(@),S. squamellosum(O),S. striatum (A) and
S. zeicolor (A), in south-west Western Australia. Version 6.1 IBRA regions (Department
of the Environment and Water Resources 2007) are indicated in grey.

—

A ea SF SS A EE

J.A. Wege, New species and new circumscriptions in Stylidium 429

Notes. A collection by George Maxwell from “the flats on the Gordon River” (MEL 2259104) appears
referable to S. squamellosum. It would be of interest to survey suitable habitats in this region in order
to confirm this tentative identification and putative range extension.

Stylidium striatum Lindl., Sketch Veg. Swan R. xxviii (1839). Candollea striata (Lindl.) F.Muell.
Syst. Cens. Aust. Pl.: 86 (1882). Type: not cited [Swan River, Western Australia, s. dat., J. Drummond
s.n.] (holo: CGE!; iso: BM, 2 sheets!, G!, G-DC!, K 000060906!, K 000060907!).

Stylidium rigidifolium Mildbr., in A. Engler, Pflanzenreich, 35, IV, 278: 60 (1908). Type: Ohne
Standort [no locality], Western Australia, 1839, J. Drummond 312 (lecto, here designated: W!).

Illustrations. Mildbraed (1908) p. 63, Figure 20 A—D, as S. rigidifolium; Grieve & Blackall (1982)
p. 731, No. 4, as S. rigidifolium.

Perennial herb, 15-55 cm high. Trichomes glandular, 0.15-0.2 mm long, stalks yellowish,
heads red-black to black, disciform; eglandular trichomes absent. Stems compact, sitting at or just
above ground level, adventitious roots present but inconspicuous. Leaves rosulate, erect to spreading,
oblanceolate to spathulate, flat in T.S., apex acute to acuminate, margin entire, 1.5—4 cm long, 1.5-6 mm
wide, glabrous, striate, + glaucous. Scapes (8—)15—55 cm high, 0.7—-3 mm wide, with a whorl of sterile
bracts positioned 5—15 cm below the inflorescence, glabrous at base, sparingly glandular along the
inflorescence axis; sterile bracts 3-14 mm long, glabrous. Inflorescence racemose, (3—)7—33-flowered,
glaucous; bracts subulate, apex subacute, margin entire, 3-6.5 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles similar but
smaller; pedicels 2-8 mm long, sparingly glandular. Hypanthium clavoid to oblong, slightly compressed
in T.S., (1.5—-)2.5—4 mm long, 0.8—1.2 mm wide, glabrous. Calyx lobes free, apex obtuse to subacute,
margin entire, 3-5 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, glabrous. Corolla pale yellow with maroon throat
markings, stained maroon on reverse, glabrous, tube 1-2 mm long; lobes laterally-paired, narrowly
ovate to ovate, 4.5-5.6 mm long, 2.7-3.7 mm wide. Labellum twisted across the calyx lobes; boss
yellow, ovate, margin entire, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 0.5—0.6 mm wide, glabrous; terminal appendage
maroon, 0.4—0.7 mm long; lateral appendages yellow, 0.1—0.2 mm long or absent. Throat appendages
8, oblong, 0.4—0.8 mm high, yellow, subtended by 3 yellow mounds. Column 12-15 mm long; anther

locules parallel to column axis, subtending hairs absent; stigma sessile, entire. Capsules clavoid,
c. 4-5.5 mm long. (Figures 3D, E)

Selected specimens (17 examined). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 23 Oct. 1967,
S. Carlquist 3875 (MEL, PERTH, RSA); 11 Oct. 2003, F & J. Hort 2058 (PERTH); 16 Oct. 2002,
J.A. Wege & F: Hort JAW 672 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); 24 Oct. 2006, J.A. Wege 1375 (AD, PERTH).

Distribution. A narrow range endemic of the Darling Range, east of Perth (Figure 4).

Habitat. Growing in gravelly, brown, clayey sand or sandy loam over laterite on hillslopes and flats on
the Darling Range. Recorded from Eucalyptus marginata and Corymbia calophylla forest, E. marginata
and Banksia menziesii open woodland, open woodland with E. accedens and either E. drummondii or
C. calophylla, and Dryandra armata heath with fringing E. marginata forest.

Phenology. Flowering during October and November.

Conservation status. Stylidium striatum is geographically restricted but not currently threatened. Listed
as Priority Four under DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Atkins 2006).

430 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Chromosome number. James (1979) recorded a count of n = 10 from a population in the Darling Range
(PERTH 07528353), under the name S. rigidifolium.

Typification. The name S. striatum has long been misapplied in Western Australia to a member of the
S. brunonianum complex presently referred to as S. neurophyllum Wege ms in FloraBase (Western
Australian Herbarium 1998-). The holotype of S. striatum unmistakably conforms to the concept
presented herein and clearly matches the type of S. rigidifolium. The lectotype of S. rigidifolium,
chosen in view of the destruction of the Stylidium holdings at the Botanical Museum in Berlin during
World War II, bears the annotation of Mildbraed.

Spotting features. A compact rosette of erect to spreading leaves that are oblanceolate or spathulate,
glabrous and distinctly striate; yellow flowers arranged in racemes.

Affinities. Stylidium striatum is such a distinctive triggerplant that I am uncertain as to its precise
affinities. It is perhaps best compared to S. lineatum Sond., a species that is also recorded for the
Darling Range and similarly possesses a robust, rosulate habit, striate leaves, yellow flowers arranged
in racemes, eight throat appendages and clavoid capsules. Unlike S. striatum, the leaves of S. lineatum
are glandular and adpressed to the soil surface, the scape is glandular at the base but glabrous in the
upper half and bears scattered sterile bracts, the flowers tend to lack markings (if present they are
relatively inconspicuous), and the throat appendages closest to the labellum are conspicuously longer
(1.5—2 mm long) than the remaining six appendages.

Stylidium zeicolor F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis, Muelleria 1(1): 15 (1956). Type: Bolgart, Western
Australia, 29 September 1953, R. Erickson s.n. (holo: MEL 2295048!; iso: K 000355321!, MEL
2295049!, PERTH 01642529!, PERTH 02948974!, PERTH 01642510!).

Illustrations. Erickson & Willis (1956) p. 20, t. 3, Figures 1-11, as S. squamellosum; Erickson
(1958) p. 136, t. 39, Figures 1-11, as S. squamellosum; Grieve & Blackall (1982) p. 749, No. 60, as
S. squamellosum.

Tufted perennial herb, 12-40(—50) cmhigh. Trichomes glandular, 0.1—0.6 mm long, stalks translucent
to yellowish, heads yellowish-red to brown-black, disciform or subglobular to turbinate; eglandular
trichomes absent. Stems somewhat condensed to shortly elongated, stilt roots present. Leaves rosulate,
erect, linear to broadly linear or narrowly oblanceolate, flat in T.S., apex subacute, margin entire,
2-6 cm long, 0.8—2(-3) mm wide, glandular along margin and abaxial midrib, often sparingly so.
Scapes 12-38 cm high, 0.6—2.2 mm wide, bearing scattered sterile bracts, glabrous at base, sparingly
glandular along inflorescence axis; sterile bracts 2.5-8 mm long, glabrous. /nflorescence racemose,
4—35-flowered; bracts narrowly ovate to subulate, apex obtuse to subacute, margin entire, 2-6 mm
long, glabrous; bracteoles 1-3 mm long, glabrous; pedicels 4-17 mm long, glandular. Hypanthium
clavoid to obloid, slightly compressed in T.S., 2.5-6 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, glabrous. Calyx lobes
free, apex obtuse to subacute, margin entire, 2.8-5 mm long, 0.7—1.2 mm wide, glabrous. Corolla
pale yellow, without markings, glabrous, tube 1-2 mm long; lobes laterally-paired, elliptic to oblong,
4.5-7 mm long, 2.8-3.5 mm wide. Labellum twisted across the calyx lobes; boss yellow, orbicular
to ovate, margin entire, 0.6-1 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, glabrous; terminal appendage yellow,
0.20.9 mm long; lateral appendages yellow, 0.1-0.5 mm long. Throat appendages 8, tooth-like or
subulate, entire, bi- or tri-dentate, 0.2-1.2 mm high, yellow, subtended by 3 yellow mounds. Column
14-17.5 mm long; anther locules parallel to column axis, subtending hairs absent; stigma sessile,
entire. Capsules clavoid to obloid, 5—7 mm long. (Figures 3F, G)

J.A. Wege, New species and new circumscriptions in Stylidium 431

Selected specimens (100 examined). WESTERN AUSTRALIA: One Mile Rocks, Sep. 1970, A.A.
Burbidge s.n. (PERTH); N side of Tutanning Reserve, E of Pingelly, 9 Oct. 1974, S. Carlquist 5959
(PERTH, RSA); c. 10 km E from South Kumminin along South Kumminin East road, 4 Nov. 1992,
A.M. Lyne, L. Craven & F: Zich AML 1023 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); c. 3 km from Quairading, along
road to Tammin, 26 Oct. 1983, P.S. Short 2228 (MEL, PERTH); c. 1 km W from wheat bin along track
S of railway, Tarin Rock Nature Reserve, 14 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 962 (PERTH);
15 km NW of track to Whalebone Beach on Hamersley Drive, Fitzgerald River National Park,
25 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1024 (MEL, PERTH).

Distribution. A common plant in wheatbelt reserves, from near Calingiri south to the Woodanilling
area, and east to Frank Hann National Park and Fitzgerald River National Park (Figure 4).

Habitat. Growing on hillslopes and plains in sand, sandy loam or sandy clay over laterite or granite.
Noted to occur in a variety of vegetation types including open mallee shrubland, Eucalyptus wandoo
woodland, E. Joxophleba woodland with Acacia acuminata, dense Allocasuarina campestris shrubland
or thicket, and low heath.

Phenology. Flowering from late September to November.

Conservation status. A widespread and common species represented in many conservation reserves.
No conservation code is required.

Chromosome number. James (1979) recorded a chromosome number ofn= 11 from three populations
spanning the geographical range of this taxon (PERTH 02948796, PERTH 02948788, PERTH 02949008,
PERTH 02948818), under the name S. squamellosum.

Spotting features. A stilted habit; tufted leaves with glandular margins; glabrous scapes bearing

scattered bracts; yellow flowers; 8 irregular throat appendages; a long column (14—17.5 mm); clavoid
capsules.

Affinities. A comparison to the morphologically similar S. squamellosum is given under the affinities
for that species. Stylidium zeicolor may be confused with S. clavatum in the south of its range.
Distinguishing features are provided under S. clavatum.

Notes. A specimen from near Toodyay (ZR. Lally & B.J. Lepschi TRL 794) is unusual in having
sparingly glandular scapes. It otherwise appears referable to S. zeicolor.

Acknowledgements

This research was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study and the Western Australian
Government’s ‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative. I gratefully acknowledge
supplementary funding received from the Menzies Centre for Australian Studies and the Department
of Conservation and Land Management (now DEC) which enabled me to visit a number of herbaria
during my 2005-2006 term as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer. I thank Carol Wilkins, Fred Hort,
Kelly Shepherd and Ryonen Butcher for field assistance; Libby Sandiford and Sarah Barrett for their
continued regional collection effort, in particular their valued specimens from the Stirling Range peaks;
Coralie Hortin for her assistance with material from the Albany regional herbarium; Grant Thornett

432 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

and Anne Cochrane for supplying photographs of the new taxa from the Stirling Ranges; Alex George
for improving my Latin diagnoses; Tony Bean and Ryonen Butcher for comments on the manuscript;
and the Directors and staff of BM, CGE, FI, G, K, M, MEL, OXF, P, RSA, TCD and W for access to
their collections and/or assistance during my visits.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Barker, R.M. (1996). James Drummond’s newspaper accounts of his collecting activities, in particular his 4" Collection and
Hakea victoria (Proteaceae). Nuytsia 11(1): 1-9.

Bentham, G. (1868). “Flora Australiensis.” Vol. 4. (Reeve and Co.: London.)
Carlquist, S.J. (1969). Studies in Stylidiaceae: new taxa, field observations, evolutionary tendencies. Aliso 7(1): 13-64.

Dallwitz, M.J., Paine, T.A. & Zurcher, E.J. (1993). “DELTA User’s Guide. A general system for processing taxonomic
descriptions.” 4th ed. (CSIRO: East Melbourne.)

De Candolle, A.P. (1839). “Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis.” Vol. 7 (Treuttel & Wiirtz: Paris.)

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed June 2007]

Erickson, R. (1958). “Triggerplants.” (Paterson Brokensha: Perth.)
Erickson, R. (1969). “The Drummonds of Hawthornden.” (Lamb Paterson: Perth.)

Grieve B.J. & Blackall W.E. (1982). “How to know Western Australian wildflowers. Part IV.” 2nd Ed. (University of Western
Australia Press: Nedlands.)

James, S.H. (1979). Chromosome numbers and genetic systems in the triggerplants of Western Australia (Stylidium; Stylidiaceae).
Australian Journal of Botany 27(1): 17-25.

Lowrie, A. & Carlquist, S. (1991). Studies in Stylidium from Western Australia: new taxa, rediscoveries and range extensions.
Phytologia 71(1): 5-28.

Lowrie, A. & Kenneally, K.F. (1997a). Eight new species of triggerplant (Stylidium: Stylidiaceae) from northern Australia.
Nuytsia 11(2): 199-218.

Lowrie, A. & Kenneally, K.F. (1997b). Six new species of triggerplant (Stylidium: Stylidiaceae) from south-west Western
Australia. Nuytsia 11(2): 185-198.

Lowrie, A. & Kenneally, K.F. (1998). Three new species of triggerplant (Stylidium: Stylidiaceae) from south-west Western
Australia. Nuytsia 12(1): 75-82.

Lowrie, A. & Kenneally, K.F. (2004). Two new species of Stylidium (Stylidiaceae) from the south-west of Western Australia.
The Western Australian Naturalist 24(3): 153-163.

Mildbraed, J. (1908). Stylidiaceae. In: A. Engler (Ed.) “Das Pflanzenreich.” Heft 35. IV: 278. (Wilhelm Engelmann:
Weinheim.)

Wege, J.A. (2005). Stylidium validum (Stylidiaceae): a new triggerplant from south-west Western Australia. Journal of the
Royal Society of Western Australia. 88(1): 13-16.

Wege, J.A. (2006). Taxonomic observations on Stylidium spathulatum (Stylidiaceae), with the description of three allied species
from section Saxifragoidea. Nuytsia 16(1): 233-246.

Wege, J.A. & Coates, D.J. (2007). Observations on the rare triggerplant Stylidium coroniforme (Stylidiaceae) and the description
of two allied taxa of conservation concern. Nuytsia 17: 433-444.

Wege, J.A., Keighery G.J. & Keighery, B.J. (2007). Two new triggerplants (Stylidium; Stylidiaceae) from the eastern margin
of the Swan Coastal Plain, Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 445-452.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998—). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 433-444 (2007) 433

Observations on the rare triggerplant Stylidium coroniforme
(Stylidiaceae) and the description of two allied taxa of
conservation concern

Juliet A. Wege! and David J. Coates?

'Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983
Science Division, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983

Abstract

Wege, J.A. & Coates, D.J. Observations on the rare triggerplant Stylidium coroniforme (Stylidiaceae)
and the description of two allied taxa of conservation concern. Nuytsia 17: 433-444 (2007). Stylidium
amabile Wege & Coates, a new, rare triggerplant from near Maya in south-west Western Australia,
is described and illustrated. This new species has morphological affinity to the rare Wongan Hills
triggerplant S. coroniforme F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis, but has a distinct stigma, a different pattern
of corolla markings and is genetically distinct. A revised description of S. coroniforme is provided
and S. coroniforme subsp. amblyphyllum Wege, a new infraspecific taxon with distinctive leaves and
a distribution near Quairading, is recognised. These three taxa are among the most geographically
restricted within the triggerplant genus and all are vulnerable to local extinction.

Introduction

Stylidium coroniforme F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis is one of five triggerplants currently listed as
Declared Rare Flora under the Western Australian Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (Atkins 2006).
This perennial species is characterised by a compact, rosetted habit, marginate leaves bearing a
prominent apical mucro, and a cylindric hypanthium that is sterile in one loculus (Erickson & Willis
1966). Described from a population near Wongan Hills, S. coroniforme was at one point known from a
single plant at the type locality (Stace & Coates 1995). Subsequent surveys have since located several
additional populations in the Wongan Hills vicinity (Stace & Coates 1995; Stack et al. 2003).

Two populations with close morphological affinity to S. coroniforme were found in 1989 near
Maya (Stace & Coates 1995), approximately 120 km north of Wongan Hills. Coates (1992, 2000)
demonstrated that the level of genetic divergence between the Maya and Wongan Hills populations
was high while phylogenetic analyses clearly showed two distinct population clusters, with the Maya
populations considered to represent a distinct conservation unit and potentially a separate species.
More recently, three additional populations with morphologically unique leaves were discovered
during WWF-Australia’s Woodland Watch surveys of private property near Quairading, some 130 km
south-south-east of Wongan Hills. No intervening populations are known to occur between these three
disjunct population centres (Figure 1).

434 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

In order to clarify the taxonomic and conservation status of the Maya and Quairading populations,
vegetative and floral morphology of plants from all three regions was examined along with features
of leaf anatomy.

Materials and methods

This study was based on the examination of herbarium specimens from the Western Australian
Herbarium (PERTH), the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD) and the National Herbarium
of Victoria (MEL), along with observations of wild plants and horticultural material grown at the
Botanic Garden and Parks Authority. Corolla and column measurements are based upon examination
of the following spirit collections: /.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 902 and J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd
JAW 1196 and 1197 (Maya); J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 881, J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW 1188
and JAW 1235 (Wongan Hills); M. Griffiths s.n., JA. Wege & M. Griffiths JAW 1227 and JAW 1229
(Quairading).

Anatomical investigations were conducted on leafmaterial sampled from one plant from the following
populations: J.4. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 881, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 902 and J.A. Wege &
M. Griffiths JAW 1227. Leaf portions were embedded in glycol methacrylate and sectioned, according
to methods outlined in Wege (2006a). The distribution map was created using DIVA-GIS Version
5.2.0.2. Precise locality statements have been withheld in view of the rarity of these taxa.

fy,

Quairading

0 ty 100

SSE
kilometers

Figure 1. Distribution of Stylidium amabile (@), S. coroniforme subsp. coroniforme
(O) and S. coroniforme subsp. amblyphyllum (A) in south-west Western Australia.
Version 6.1 IBRA regions (Department of the Environment and Water Resources
2007) are indicated in grey.

J.A. Wege & D.J. Coates, Observations on the rare triggerplant Stylidium coroniforme 435

Results and discussion

Plants from all three regions possess a similar habit characterised by a short, thick stem stock
clothed in persistent leaf bases, and simple, marginate leaves arranged in a rosette at the apex of the
stem (Figures 3B, 4B, 5B). Adventitious roots are present but inconspicuous. The stems elongate

and branch as the plant matures, however, each season’s increment is relatively short and individuals
therefore remain quite compact.

Young plants usually produce just a single scape whereas older plants give rise to numerous
inflorescences that radiate out from the leafy stem stock (e.g. Figures 3B, 4C, 5C). The morphology
and distribution of glandular hairs on the scape and floral parts is consistent between populations,
as is the morphology of the hypanthium and calyx lobes. The hypanthium comprises one fertile
and one sterile loculus; a trait recorded for some members of the morphologically distinct section
Rhynchangium Benth., but otherwise uncommon within the genus. The four main corolla lobes are
laterally-paired and of comparable size and shape, and the morphology of the labellum and the throat
appendages is consistent. There is no significant difference in column length in plants from the three
regions. Observed variation between the three populations is discussed below.

Leaves. Variation in both leaf morphology and anatomy exists between population centres (Figure 2).
Leaves from the plants at Quairading (Figure 2A, iii & iv) are discretely narrower than those from
Maya (Figure 2A, v & vi) and tend to be narrower than those at Wongan Hills (Figure 2A, i & ii).
They are especially distinctive for their blunt to very shortly mucronate apices which contrast with
the prominent hair-like mucro present on plants at both Wongan Hills and Maya. They also tend to
have less conspicuous midribs, although some variation in this feature was observed both within and
between populations from all three regions. There is a tendency for the plants at Maya to have longer
and broader leaves than those from Wongan Hills, although these differences are not discrete.

The leaves from all populations are obtriangular to widely ‘v’-shaped in transverse section
(Figure 2B-D). The epidermal cells of the midrib and margins are enlarged and somewhat fibrous;
the stomata occurring in association with smaller, unmodified epidermal cells in two zones on both
surfaces. Palisade cells are present in the outer mesophyll on both sides of the leaf. More rounded
spongy mesophyll cells are located to the inside of the palisade tissue, along with large intercellular air

spaces and two rows of scattered vascular bundles. No sclerenchyma is associated with the vascular
bundles.

The epidermal cells along the leaf margin are transversely-elongated and, as a result of unequal
growth in length, the ends appear as uneven prominences in surface view (Figure 2A). In contrast,
the epidermal cells along the midrib are axially-elongated and arranged obliquely relative to the
surface of the leaf. This unusual cell arrangement, which has been observed in a range of perennial
triggerplants (Burns 1900; Mildbraed 1908; Wege 2006a), results in a multi-layered appearance in
transverse section. The number of layers simply reflects the degree to which the epidermal cells
overlap. This effect is strongest in the plant from Wongan Hills (Figure 2B) in which the adaxial
midrib appears up to five layers deep and the abaxial midrib up to three layers deep. In contrast, only
two layers are evident in the plant from Maya and only one or two layers were observed in the plant

from Quairading. Further sampling is required to ascertain whether these anatomical differences are
taxonomically informative.

436 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 2. Leaf anatomy and morphology. A — Stylidium coroniforme subsp. coroniforme (Wongan, P. Roberts s.n.) =i (adaxial
surface) and ii (abaxial surface), S. coroniforme subsp. amblyphyllum (Quairading, M. Hislop 3321) =iii (adaxial surface) and iv
(abaxial surface), S. amabile (Maya, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 902) =v (adaxial surface) and vi (abaxial surface); B—T.S.
of S. coroniforme subsp. coroniforme (J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 881); C — T.S. of S. coroniforme subsp. amblyphyllum
(U.A. Wege & M. Griffiths JAW 1227); D-T.S. of S. amabile (J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 902). Scale = 1 mm (A) and 0.5 mm
(B-D). e = epidermis, p = palisade, v = vascular bundle, arrows indicate the position of bands of stomata.

Inflorescence and flowers. Plants from Maya have paniculate inflorescences, with the lower inflorescence
units possessing up to five flowers. The Wongan Hills and Quairading populations tend to have
flowers in racemes, although the lower inflorescence units occasionally bear two flowers. Like the
leaf apices, the floral bracts in the plants from Quairading are subacute to shortly mucronate rather
than obviously mucronate. The plants from Maya tend to possess longer hypanthia, however, there is
continuous variation in this character between the three population centres. Ovule number is variable,
with numbers ranging between 9-26 (Wongan Hills), 8-38 (Quairading) and 28-56 (Maya). These
figures are based on limited number of samples so it is unclear whether the higher numbers from the
plants at Maya is significant.

Plants at Maya differ from those at Wongan Hills and Quairading in having white to pale pink
flowers with pink throat markings (Figure 5F) rather than yellow to cream flowers with red throat
markings (Figures 3C, 4E). Flower colour can be an unreliable taxonomic character in Stylidium. It
is of note that the flowers are recorded as creamy-pink in the type description of S. coroniforme and
that some flowers in the Quairading populations were observed by one of us [JAW] to have a pinkish
hue. Of greater taxonomic significance is the pattern of markings in the throat of the flower: a pair of
markings is present on each of the four main corolla lobes in plants from Maya (Figure 5F), as opposed
to a single marking in plants from Wongan Hills (Figure 3C) and Quairading (Figure 4E). The plants
at Maya differ further from those at Wongan Hills and Quairading in having larger stigmas that are
only shortly rather than prominently elongated (compare Figure 5G, iii with Figure 4F, iv).

J.A. Wege & D.J. Coates, Observations on the rare triggerplant Stylidium coroniforme 437

Taxonomic conclusions. There is an inherent problem when assessing the circumscription of rare taxa
since there is a limited amount of material available for study and, in this instance, no geographic
intermediates to assess character variation. This was further compounded by a lack of material seen

in the field at Wongan Hills, although this shortfall was somewhat overcome by the ready availability
of cultivated material.

On the basis of available data, three distinct taxa are recognized in this study. We consider the
differences in stigma morphology and the pattern of throat markings in the plants at Maya to be
taxonomically significant at the species level. Stigma morphology is consistent within other species of
Stylidium, and the pattern of throat markings has previously been used, in part, to distinguish between
other species pairs in Stylidium (e.g. S. leptocalyx Sond. and S. stenosepalum E.Pritz., Wege 2006b).
The plants at Maya also tend to have wider leaves, more floriferous inflorescence units and longer
hypanthia. This decision is also supported by the high level of genetic divergence comparable to
species level differentiation, and two independent phylogenies based on maximum likelihood analysis
of gene frequency data and Unweighted Pair Group Method with Arithmetic Mean (UPGMA) analysis
of genetic distance data (Coates 2000).

The leaves of the plants from Quairading, which are narrowly-oblanceolate, fibrous, marginate,
blunt to shortly mucronate and glabrous, are unique within Stylidium. The blunt to shortly mucronate
floral bract apices further distinguish them from the plants at Maya and Wongan Hills. Whilst the
leaves and bracts of these plants are highly diagnostic, the flowers are comparable to plants found at
Wongan Hills, suggesting that subspecies status is most appropriate.

Taxonomy

Stylidium coroniforme F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis, Vic. Naturalist 83(5): 108 (1966). Type: Wongan
Hills, Western Australia, 17 September 1963, R. Erickson & J.H. Willis s.n. (holo: MEL 2295763};
iso: PERTH 1008099!).

Caespitose perennial herb, 7-20 cmhigh. Trichomes glandular, 0.15—0.3 mm long, stalks translucent,
heads red to red-black, ellipsoid; eglandular trichomes absent. Stems partly buried or slightly elevated
above the soil, thickened, branched or unbranched, bearing persistent leaf bases. Leaves rosulate,
oblanceolate, apex blunt to prominently mucronate, margin white with minute prominences, midribs
often conspicuous, (1—)2—4 cm long, 0.8—2.8 mm wide, glabrous. Scapes 4-25 cm high, 0.6-2.5 mm
wide, glabrous at base, glandular along inflorescence axis. /nflorescence c. 6-40-flowered, racemose
or paniculate; units 1.22.8 cm long, 1—2-flowered; bracts ovate, apex subacute to mucronate, margin
+ hyaline, 3-11 mm long, glabrous to sparingly glandular; bracteoles situated at base of hypanthium,
2-6 mm long, glandular; pedicels to 4 mm long, glandular. Hypanthium cylindric, straight to slightly
arcuate, compressed in T.S. and with one cell of ovary infertile, 6-16 mm long, 0.7—-2 mm wide,
glandular. Calyx lobes free, apex subacute, margin + hyaline, 2-4 mm long, 0.6—-1.5 mm wide,
glandular. Corolla yellow (rarely pinkish) with one set of red throat markings and a yellow throat,
flushed red on reverse, tube 2-4 mm long, lobes laterally-paired; anterior lobes elliptic, anterior
margin strongly arcuate, 3.55.5 mm long, 2-3.3 mm wide; posterior lobes elliptic, often slightly
falcate, 3.8-6.2 mm long, 2-3 mm wide; abaxial surface glandular. Labellum boss yellow, orbicular
to ovate, 0.7—1.2 mm long, 0.5—1.2 mm wide, glabrous; margin red, papillose; lateral appendages red
to yellowish, 0.7—1.8 mm long, papillose. Throat appendages 2, filiform to subulate, yellow with red
tips, 0.7-1.8 mm long, sometimes absent or reduced in size in cultivated material. Co/umn yellow at

438 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

base, red above, 9.5-15 mm long; anther locules transversely fixed relative to column, red, subtending
hairs present; stigma entire, circular to elliptic, 0.40.6 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide. Mature capsules
and seed not viewed.

Phenology. Flowering in September and October.

Notes. Two subspecies are recognised. They differ in features of leaf and bract morphology and are
geographically isolated.

a. Stylidium coroniforme F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis subsp. coroniforme

Mlustrations. Erickson & Willis (1966) p. 109, Plate 1; Grieve & Blackall (1982) p. 55 of supplement,
No. 48b; Brown et al. (1998) p. 106.

Leaves oblanceolate, 1.5—4 cm long, 1.2-2.5 mm wide, apex conspicuously mucronate, mucro
0.5—2.5 mm long. Floral bracts conspicuously mucronate. (Figures 2A, i & ii; 3)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 11 Sep. 1926, E.H. Isings.n.
(AD); 1964, Rogers s.n. (PERTH); 27 Sep. 1999, P. Roberts s.n. (PERTH); 30 Sep. 1984,
J.H. Ross 2847 (MEL); 11 Sep. 2003, J.4. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 881 (PERTH); 11 Oct. 2004,
J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW 1235 (PERTH); 23 Sept. 2004, /.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW
1188 (PERTH).

Distribution. Known from several discrete populations near Wongan Hills, in the Avon Wheatbelt of
south-west Western Australia (Figure 1).

Habitat. Shallow sand over laterite in upland habitats. A/locasuarina and Dryandra scrub, or mallee
woodland.

Figure 3. Stylidium coroniforme subsp. coroniforme. A— habitat; B — habit, showing the scapes radiating out from the central
leaf rosettes; C — flower. Photographs by J.A. Wege. A, C=J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW 1188, B = cultivated material at
BGPA (October 2004).

J.A. Wege & D.J. Coates, Observations on the rare triggerplant Stylidium coroniforme 439

Conservation status. Listed as Declared Rare Flora under the Western Australian Wildlife Conservation
Act 1950, with a ranking of Endangered (Atkins 2006). As noted by Stack ef al. (2003), this ranking
will need to be reviewed in view of the taxonomic research presented here.

Spotting features. Distinguished from all other taxa within the genus by the following combination of
characters: a rosetted habit, oblanceolate, fibrous and marginate leaves with prominently mucronate
apices, a cylindric and glandular hypanthium that is sterile in one loculus, laterally-paired corolla

lobes, one set of throat markings, two filiform throat appendages per flower and a prominently stalked
stigma.

Notes. The type description of S. coroniforme subsp. coroniforme and the associated illustration indicate
that the labellum lacks lateral appendages; however, long lateral appendages are present on both the
holotype and isotype, and have been observed in all plants examined in the field and in cultivation.
In cultivated plants the throat appendages were filiform, subulate, or absent altogether; however, it is
not known whether similar variation is present in naturally-occurring populations of S. coroniforme
subsp. coroniforme. Throat appendages are known to vary within some species of Stylidium (Raulings
& Ladiges 2001; Wege 2006a, 2006b).

Like many other perennial triggerplants, S. coroniforme subsp. coroniforme is a disturbance
opportunist, with populations typically going through bottleneck-flush cycles in association with
temporary habitat perturbations such as fire (Coates 1992).

b. Stylidium coroniforme subsp. amblyphyllum Wege, subsp. nov.

Stylidio coroniformi F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis subsp. coroniformi affinis sed foliis angustioribus
et apicum subacutis ad mucronatis brevioribus differt.

Typus: north-west of Quairading, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
10 October 2002, M. Griffiths s.n. (holo: PERTH 06941850).

Leaves linear to narrowly-oblanceolate, 1-2.5 cm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, apex subacute to

very shortly mucronate, mucro <0.2 mm long. Floral bracts subacute to very shortly mucronate.
(Figures 2A, iii & iv; 4)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 3 Sep. 2002, R. Davis
WW 65-19 (PERTH); 1889, 4. Eaton s.n. (MEL 2156103); 28 Sep. 2004, M. Hislop & M. Griffiths
WW 141-31 (PERTH); 28 Sep. 2004, M. Hislop 3321 (PERTH); 5 Oct. 2004, /.4. Wege & M. Griffiths
JAW 1227 (PERTH); 5 Oct. 2004, J.4. Wege & M. Griffiths JAW 1229 (PERTH).

Distribution. Presently known from a small cluster of populations north-west of Quairading, in the
Avon Wheatbelt of south-west Western Australia (Figure 1).

Habitat. Favours lateritic soils on breakaways. Recorded growing with Eucalyptus argyphea, E. wandoo,
Dryandra armata and Hakea subsulcata; Dryandra armata, D. nobilis and Beaufortia incana; and in
open E. salmonophloia woodland with Grevillea insignis.

Conservation status. Listed as Priority One under Department of Environment and Conservation
(DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Atkins 2006). Stylidium coroniforme

440 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 4, Stylidium coroniforme subsp. amblyphyllum (J.A. Wege & M. Griffiths JAW 1227). A — Mike Griffiths (WWF-
Australia) photographs an individual on a breakaway at the type locality; B & C — habit; D — leaves with subacute to shortly
mucronate apices; E —a pair of flowers, showing the trigger poised (LHS) and released (RHS); F — i) hypanthium, ii) T.S. of
hypanthium showing one sterile and one fertile loculus, iii) labellum with long laterial appendages, iv) stigma, scale = Imm.
Photographs by J.A. Wege.

J.A. Wege & D.J. Coates, Observations on the rare triggerplant Stylidium coroniforme 44]

subsp. amblyphyllum is known from three small populations occurring on private property. Further

survey is urgently required to determine whether this subspecies should also be listed as Declared
Rare Flora.

Etymology. The subspecies epithet is taken from the Greek (ambly-, blunt and -phyllum, leaf) in
reference to the distinctive leaf apices of this taxon.

Spotting features. Distinguished from all other taxa within the genus by the following combination
of characters: a rosetted habit, narrowly oblanceolate, fibrous and marginate leaves with subacute to
very shortly mucronate apices, a cylindric and glandular hypanthium that is sterile in one loculus,

laterally-paired corolla lobes, one set of throat markings, two filiform throat appendages per flower
and a prominently stalked stigma.

Notes. Stylidium coroniforme subsp. amblyphyllum was first collected in 1889 by Miss Alice Eaton
from the “East sources of the Swan River” (MEL 2156103). It is one of a number of triggerplants

of conservation significance first collected in the 19" century but not recognised and described until
recently (see Wege 2007, this issue).

Stylidium amabile Wege & Coates, sp. nov.

Species haec ab Stylidio coroniformi F.L.Erickson & J.H. Willis differt corollae lobis bimacculatis,
foliis usque ad 4 mm latis, et stigmatibus subsessilibus et grandioribus.

Typus: near Maya, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
4 October 1989, D. Coates 3389 (holo: PERTH 06941710).

Caespitose perennial herb, 6-23 cmhigh. Trichomes glandular 0.15—0.3 mm long, stalks translucent,
heads red to red-black, ellipsoid; eglandular trichomes absent. Stems partly buried or slightly elevated
above the soil, thickened, branched or unbranched, bearing persistent leaf bases. Leaves rosulate,
oblanceolate, apex conspicuously mucronate, margin white with minute prominences, midribs usually
conspicuous, |.2-6 cm long, 1.8—4 mm wide, glabrous. Scapes 4-28 cm high, 0.8—2 mm wide, glabrous
at base, glandular along inflorescence axis. Inflorescence c. 9-55-flowered, paniculate; units 2-3.5 cm
long, 1-5-flowered; bracts ovate, apex mucronate, margin + hyaline, 2.5-7 mm long, 1-3 mm wide,
glandular; bracteoles situated at base of hypanthium, 3-5.5 mm long, glandular; pedicels to 1mm
long, glandular. Hypanthium cylindric, straight to slightly arcuate, compressed in T.S. and with one
cell of ovary infertile, 8-23 mm long, 0.9-2.2 mm wide, glandular. Calyx lobes free, apex subacute,
margin + hyaline, 2.5-3.7 mm long, 0.5—1.2 mm wide, glandular. Corolla pale pink to whitish with
2 sets of pink throat markings and a white throat, tube 2-3.5 mm long, lobes laterally-paired; anterior
lobes elliptic, anterior margin strongly arcuate, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide; posterior lobes
elliptic, often slightly falcate, 3.5-5.8 mm long, 2—3.2 mm wide; abaxial surface glandular. Labellum
boss cream to yellow, orbicular to ovate, 0.8-1.2 mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide, glabrous; margin red,
papillose; lateral appendages red, 1.3-2.5 mm long, papillose. Throat appendages 2, filiform, white
with pink tips, 0.9-2.2 mm long. Column white at base, pink-red above, 11-14 mm long; anther locules
transversely fixed relative to column, red, subtending hairs present; stigma entire, shortly stalked,
elliptic, 0.6—1 mm long, 0.5—0.6 mm wide. Capsule cylindric, tapering to apex, c. 10-25 mm long.
Seeds brown, 0.8-1.1 mm long, 0.4—0.6 mm wide, papillose. (Figures 2A vy, vi; 5)

442 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 30 Nov. 2004, A. Crawford
ADC 787 (PERTH); 13 Nov. 1996, S. Patrick 2881 (PERTH); 16 Sep. 2003, J.4. Wege & C. Wilkins
JAW 902 (PERTH); 28 Sep. 2004, J.4. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW 1196 (PERTH); 28 Sep. 2004,
J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW 1197 (PERTH).

Distribution. Geographically restricted to the Maya area in the Avon Wheatbelt of south-west Western
Australia (Figure 1).

Figure 5. Stylidium amabile (J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW 1196). A—habitat; B, C— habit; D—leaf rosette; E — inflorescence;
F —flower with trigger released; G—i) hypanthium, ii) T.S. ofhypanthium showing one sterile and one fertile loculus, iti) stigma,
iv) connective, showing subtending anther hairs, scale = 1 mm. Photographs by J.A. Wege.

J.A. Wege & D.J. Coates, Observations on the rare triggerplant Stylidium coroniforme 443

Habitat. Grows high in the landscape, on sandy lateritic gravel in Eucalyptus and Allocasuarina
scrub-heath or Al/ocasuarina and Acacia scrub.

Phenology. Flowering during September and October. Fruiting in November and December.

Conservation status. Listed as Declared Rare Flora under the Western Australian Wildlife Conservation
Act 1950, with a ranking of Critically Endangered (Atkins 2006).

Etymology. The species epithet is taken from the Latin (amabilis) meaning lovable, or worthy of
love.

Spotting features. Distinguished from all other taxa within the genus by the following combination of
characters: a rosetted habit, oblanceolate, fibrous and marginate leaves with prominently mucronate
apices, a cylindric and glandular hypanthium that is sterile in one loculus, laterally-paired corolla lobes,
two sets of throat markings, two filiform throat appendages per flower and a shortly stalked stigma.

Acknowledgements

This research was commenced under an Australian Biological Resources Study grant and completed
through the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation
initiative. Anatomical sections were obtained at the Centre for Microscopy and Microanalysis at The
University of Western Australia (UWA). Thanks to Mike Griffiths and the WWF-Australia Woodland
Watch initiative for a highly valued contribution to this research; Elaine Ng and the Williams family
for granting access to their properties; the Botanic Gardens & Parks Authority for the provision of
cultivated material; DEC staff for their assistance, especially Mike Hislop, Rob Davis, Alanna Chant,
Gemma Phelan and Cathy Page; John Murphy for Laboratory support at UWA; Carol Wilkins for field

assistance; Kelly Shepherd for comments on the manuscript and field assistance; and the Directors of
AD and MEL for access to their collections.

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Brown, A., Thomson-Dans, C. & Marchant, N. (1998). “Western Australia’s Threatened Flora.” (Department of Conservation
and Land Management: Perth.)

Burns, G.P. (1900). Beitrage zur kenntniss der Stylidiaceen. Flora 87: 313-354.

Coates, D.J. (1992). Genetic consequences ofa bottleneck and spatial genetic structure in the triggerplant Stylidium coroniforme
(Stylidiaceae), Heredity 69: 512-520.

Coates, D.J. (2000). Defining conservation units in a rich and fragmented flora: implications for the management of genetic
resources and evolutionary processes in south-west Western Australia. Australian Journal of Botany 48(3): 329-339.

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed June 2007]

Erickson, R. & Willis, J.H. (1966). Some Additions to Australian Stylidiaceae. The Victorian Naturalist 83(5):107—112.

Grieve B.J. & Blackall W.E. (1982). “How to know Western Australian wildflowers. Part IV.” 2nd Ed. (University of Western
Australia Press: Nedlands.)

Mildbraed, J. (1908). Stylidiaceae. Jn: A. Engler (Ed) “Das Pflanzenreich.” IV, 278. (Wilhelm Engelmann: Weinheim.)

Raulings, E.J. & Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Morphological variation and speciation in Stylidium graminifolium (Stylidiaceae),
description of S. montanum, and reinstatement of S. ameria. Australian Systematic Botany 14(6): 901-935.

444 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Stace, H.M. & Coates, D.J. (1995). “Wongan Hills Triggerplant (Stylidium coroniforme) Recovery Plan.” (Department of
Conservation and Land Management: Perth.)

Stack, G., Willers, N. & Brown, A. (2003). “Wongan Hills Triggerplant (Stylidium coroniforme) Recovery Plan 2003-2008.”
(Department of Conservation and Land Management: Perth.)

Wege, J.A. (2006a). Stylidium diplotrichum (Stylidiaceae): a new scale-leaved triggerplant from south-west Western Australia,
with taxonomic and anatomical notes on morphologically allied species. Nuytsia 16(1): 183-197.

Wege, J.A. (2006b). Taxonomic observations on the Stylidium leptocalyx complex (Stylidiaceae). Nuytsia 16(1): 221-231.
Wege, J.A. (2007). New species and new circumscriptions in Stylidium (Stylidiaceae). Nuytsia 17: 415-432.

Nuytsia 17: 445-452 (2007) 445

Two new triggerplants (Stylidium; Stylidiaceae) from the eastern margin
of the Swan Coastal Plain, Western Australia

Juliet A. Wege', Greg J. Keighery* and Bronwen J. Keighery*

' Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983
> Wildlife Research Centre, Department of Environment and Conservation, PO Box 51, Wanneroo, Western Australia 6065
* Terrestrial Ecosystem Branch, Strategic Policy Division, Department of Environment and Conservation, PO Box K822,
Perth, Western Australia 6842

Abstract

Wege, J.A., Keighery, G.J. & Keighery, B.J. Two new triggerplants (Stylidium; Stylidiaceae) from
the eastern margin of the Swan Coastal Plain, Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 445-452 (2007). Stylidium
Jerricola Wege & Keighery and S. korijekup Wege, B.J.Keighery & Keighery are newly described.
Stylidium ferricola is endemic to the southern ironstones near Busselton and is distinctive in the genus
on account of its compact, rosetted habit, narrowly-oblanceolate leaves with entire margins and a hair-
like mucro, paniculate inflorescences, oblong to cylindrical hypanthia bearing glandular trichomes,
and vertically-paired corolla lobes. Stylidium korijekup is known from a single population occurring
on laterite soils near Harvey and is characterised by a cormaceous habit, petiolate leaves, glabrous
scapes bearing scattered sterile bracts, paniculate inflorescences, glabrous hypanthia and calyces,
creamy-yellow and laterally-paired corolla lobes, and six, oblong, red-tipped throat appendages. Both
species are flagged as being of conservation concern.

Introduction

This paper serves to describe two new, geographically restricted triggerplants of conservation
concern. Stylidium ferricola Wege & Keighery is known from two herbarium collections acquired in
1993 during floristic surveys of the winter-wet shrublands of the southern Swan Coastal Plain and
Whicher Scarp ironstones, near Busselton (Figure 1). These species-rich shrublands are characterised
by significant numbers of restricted, endemic taxa and, as a result of extensive agricultural clearing,
are considered to be amongst the most threatened plant communities in Western Australia (Gibson
etal. 1994; English 1999; Gibson ef a/. 2000). The second species, S. korijekup Wege, B.J.Keighery &
Keighery, was discovered by one of us (BJK) in 2005 during a preliminary survey of remnant bushland
near Harvey (Figure 1), jointly conducted by the Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)
and the Wildflower Society of Western Australia (Inc.). This species is confined to the crest and
eastern face of a steep ridge located on the eastern margin of the Swan Coastal Plain and composed
of unusual stony soil. No additional populations are known. Both species are very distinct within the
triggerplant genus and are described in advance of the “Flora of Australia” revision in view of their
apparent rarity.

446 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Methods

The species descriptions are based upon examination of herbarium specimens and field photographs.
No spirit material was available for study. A single flower from the type of S. korijekup was rehydrated
in hot water and a small amount of detergent and subsequently examined for critical features. This
approach was unsuccessful in the case of S. ferricola due to the delicate nature of the flowers and the
age of the specimen. The descriptions for both species will require revision, pending availability of
fresh flowers and/or flowers preserved in spirit. The distribution maps were compiled using DIVA-
GIS freeware Version 5.2.0.2. Precise locality information for both species has been withheld in view
of their rarity.

Taxonomy
Stylidium ferricola Wege & Keighery, sp. nov.

Herbae perennes 9-15 cmaltae; foliarosulares, anguste oblanceolatae, mucronatae, marginibus integeris,
glaberae; inflorescentiae paniculae; hypanthia oblonga, glandulosa; calycis segmenta glabera.

Typus: Whicher Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
4 November 1993, G.J. Keighery 12932 (holo: PERTH 05472148; iso: MEL).

Stylidium sp. ironstone (G.J. Keighery 12932), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Caespitose perennial herb 9-15 cm high. Trichomes glandular, 0.3-0.5 mm long; stalks translucent
to yellowish, straight or bent; heads red-black, ellipsoid; eglandular trichomes absent. Stems partly
buried, thickened, branched or unbranched, bearing persistent straw-coloured leaf bases. Leaves
rosulate, narrowly-oblanceolate, apex a hair-like mucro to 4 mm long, margin entire, 1-2 cm long,
1-1.7 mm wide, glabrous. Scapes with or without a single sterile bract below the inflorescence,
7.5-13 cm high, 0.5—1 mm wide, glabrous at base, becoming glandular towards apex. Inflorescence
c. 4-40-flowered, paniculate; units 1.2-4.5 cm long, 2—9-flowered; bracts ovate, 2-4 mm long, apex
acute to mucronate, margin narrowly hyaline, glabrous; bracteoles similar but shorter and narrower;
pedicels to 3 mm long, glandular. Hypanthium oblong to cylindrical, compressed in T.S., 3-8 mm
long, 0.5-1.2 mm wide, moderately to sparingly glandular. Calyx lobes part-fused (3 free, 2 fused
for more than half of length), apex subacute to obtuse, margin narrowly hyaline, c. 1.2-2 mm long,
glabrous. Corolla tube as long or slightly longer than calyx lobes; lobes cream with pinkish-red edges
and throat markings, vertically-paired, anterior (upper) lobes narrowly ovate to elliptic and larger than
the posterior lobes, posterior lobes elliptic, abaxial surface glandular. Labellum boss ovate, margin
and lateral appendages papillose. Throat appendages absent. Column c. 9.5—12.5 mm long, glabrous;
anther locules positioned obliquely relative to column, red-black, subtending hairs present; stigma
not viewed. Mature capsules and seed not viewed. (Figure 2)

Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [locality withheld] 11 Nov. 1993, B.J. Keighery &
N. Gibson 623 (PERTH).

Distribution. Restricted to the massive ironstones of the Whicher Scarp, adjacent to the Swan Coastal
Plain, south of Busselton (Figure 1).

J.A. Wege, G.J. Keighery & B.J. Keighery, Two new triggerplants (Stylidium: Stylidiaceae) 447

if 100

kilometers

Figure 1. Distribution of Stylidium ferricola (A) and S. korijekup (®) in south-west Western

Australia. Version 6.1 IBRA regions (Department of the Environment and Water Resources
2007) are indicated in grey.

Figure 2. Stylidium ferricola (G.J. Keighery 12932
B — habit, photograph by Greg Keighery.

). A—an individual from the holotype (PERTH 05472 148), scale bar at 5 cm;

448 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Habitat. Seasonally wet, poorly-drained slopes. Shallow red-brown clay loam over ironstone. Recorded
from burnt low heath (G./. Keighery 12932) and scrub with Hakea oldfieldii, Dryandra squarrosa
subsp. argillacea and Pericalymma ellipticum (B.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 623).

Phenology. Flowering in late October and November.

Conservation status. Stylidium ferricola was recently listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation
Codes for Western Australian Flora. It is known from two occurrences of a Threatened Ecological
Community (TEC), both of which are associated with the Whicher Scarp and located within State
Forest. This TEC and the adjacent Whicher Scarp and Swan Coastal Plain areas have been the subject
of considerable survey effort over the past 15 years (Gibson et al. 1994; English 1999; Keighery 1999;
Gibson et al. 2000; Government of Western Australia 2000). Despite this intensive survey effort, no
additional populations of S. ferricola have been recorded and we therefore consider it endemic to this
ecological community.

Etymology. Named for its ironstone habitat preference.

Spotting features. Stylidium ferricola can be distinguished from other species of Stylidium by the
following combination of characters: a compact rosette of glabrous leaves with entire margins and
a hair-like apical mucro; a paniculate inflorescence; an oblong to cylindrical hypanthium bearing
glandular hairs (eglandular hairs absent); glabrous calyx lobes; and vertically-paired corolla lobes.

Affinities. A compact rosette of fibrous leaves and an oblong to cylindrical hypanthium is a distinctive
character combination shared by several perennial species of Stylidium Sw. endemic in south-west
Western Australia. Of these, S. tenuicarpum Carlquist, S. drummondianum Lowrie & Carlquist and
S. pubigerum Sond. can be readily distinguished from S. ferrico/aby their eglandular scape indumentum.
Stylidium coroniforme F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis and S. amabile Wege & Coates differ in having
laterally-paired corolla lobes bearing throat appendages, a hypanthium which is sterile in one locule,
and a labellum with long lateral appendages.

On the basis of habit and floral morphology, S. ferricola appears most closely allied to two
undescribed taxa: S. sp. Banovich Road (F. & J. Hort 1884) and S. sp. Dewars Pool (K.F. Kenneally
11400). Unlike S. ferricola, these two taxa possess leaves with finely serrate margins, inflorescences
with an indumentum of both glandular and eglandular trichomes, and hairy calyx lobes. Formal
recognition of these taxa is in progress (K.F. Kenneally, pers. comm.).

Notes. The type collection of S. ferricola was made the year subsequent to a hot fire, at which time
it was observed by one of us (GJK) to occur in large numbers. It had not been noted during previous
surveys of the area, and has not been seen during recent searches. Many perennial triggerplants appear
to be disturbance opportunists, occurring in high numbers following temporary habitat perturbations
such as fire. For example, S. coroniforme, a similarly rare and relatively short-lived species, is also
disturbance-adapted and has population systems which undergo frequent bottleneck-flush cycles
(Coates 1992).

Stylidium korijekup Wege, B.J.Keighery & Keighery, sp. nov.

Stylidio applanato Wege affinis, a qua imprimis differt petiolis gracilibus, hypanthio elliptico et
faucis appendiculatis paucioribus.

eee a

J.A. Wege, G.J. Keighery & B.J. Keighery, Two new triggerplants (Stylidium: Stylidiaceae) 449

Typus: near Harvey, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
7 October 2006, G.J. Keighery & B.J. Keighery 801 (holo: PERTH 07537239).

Stylidium sp. Korijekup (G.J. Keighery & B.J. Keighery 801), Western Australian Herbarium, in
FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2007].

Perennial herb c. 18-34 cmhigh. Trichomes glandular, 0.1—0.3 mm long; stalks translucent, straight;
heads red, disciform to subglobular; eglandular trichomes absent. Stems cormaceous, sheathed by
persistent leaf bases; stilt roots absent. Leaves in a spreading rosette, somewhat adpressed to the soil
surface, spathulate (lamina ovate-elliptic), apex obtuse-subacute, margin entire, 4-6 cm long (petioles
34 mm long, lamina 1.4—2 cm long), 9-16 mm wide, glabrous. Scape bearing scattered sterile bracts
below the inflorescence, c. 18-34 cm high, 0.7—1.2 mm wide, glabrous throughout length. /nflorescence
c. 14-17+ flowered, paniculate; units 1.5—3.5 cm long, 1—2-flowered; bracts subulate, 2.5—7 mm long,
apex subacute, margin entire, glabrous; bracteoles positioned near base of petioles, similar to bracts
but shorter; pedicels c. 3-7 mm long, sparingly glandular. Hypanthium ellipsoid, slightly compressed
in T.S., c. 3-4 mm long, 1.5—2 mm wide, glabrous. Calyx lobes free, apex subacute, margin entire,
2.5-3.5 mm long, glabrous. Corolla tube shorter than calyx lobes; lobes cream, yellow in bud, stained
maroon on reverse, laterally-paired, narrowly ovate, c. 4-6 mm long, c. 2.5—3 mm wide, glabrous.
Labellum reflexed and twisted across calyx lobes; boss ovate, c. 1 mm long, c. 0.7—-0.8 mm wide,
margin entire, lateral appendages c. 0.2 mm long, terminal appendage c. 1 mm long. Throat bearing
6 oblong-tooth-like appendages interspersed with 3 swollen mounds, the former 0.2-0.6 mm high,
yellowish with maroon tips. Co/umn c. 10-11 mm long, base and hinge yellow, distal end maroon,
glabrous; anthers positioned parallel relative to column, red-black, subtending hairs absent; stigma
sessile, entire. Capsules clavoid, c. 4-5 mm long. Seed not viewed. (Figure 3)

Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [locality withheld] 21 Oct. 2005, G./. Keighery
& B.J. Keighery s.n. (MEL, PERTH).

Distribution. Known only from the type locality, near Harvey (Figure 1).

Habitat. Upland ridge. Well drained grey-brown sandy loam with laterite. Eucalyptus marginata and
E. haematoxylon woodland with Xanthorrhoea acanthostachya and X. gracilis.

Phenology. Flowers recorded for early October.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. Stylidium korijekup is known from only two collections from a single population
of about 30 plants. This population occurs on a stony ridge in a vegetation community that contains
floristic elements of both the Ridge Hill Shelf (i.e. the foothills of the Darling Range) and the adjacent
Darling Scarp. The vegetation on the ridge, including S. korijekup, is subject to heavy grazing by
kangaroos. Both the Darling Scarp and Swan Coastal Plain have been extensively surveyed over the
past 15 years (Gibson et al. 1994; Markey 1997; Keighery 1999; Government of Western Australia
2000) and no other similar habitat has been located. Work is currently underway to characterise the
community and to determine if it should be recognised as a TEC.

Etymology. Korijekup was the name originally given to the town of Harvey (Staples 1979). It originates
from the Nyoongar word korridg-e-cup—the name given by Aborigines from the Harvey region to the
red-tailed black cockatoo (Bindon & Chadwick 1992) or the place of the red-tailed black cockatoo

450 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

(Staples 1979). Red-tailed black cockatoos have been observed on each investigation of the population.
The epithet is formed as a noun in apposition.

Spotting features. Distinctive for its cormaceous habit, petiolate leaves, glabrous scape bearing scattered
sterile bracts, paniculate inflorescences, glabrous hypanthia, and creamy-yellow flowers with short,
red-tipped throat appendages.

Affinity. Stylidium korijekup appears to be morphologically allied to S. applanatum Wege, a species
known only from the Corrigin area some 200 km to the north-east (Wege 2007, this issue). Salidium
applanatum and S. korijekup each possess a flattened leaf rosette, scapes with scattered bracts,
paniculate inflorescences, glabrous hypanthia and calyx lobes, yellow, laterally-paired corolla lobes
bearing maroon-tipped throat appendages and clavoid capsules. They are most readily differentiated
by their leaves: broader in S. korijekup and with slender petioles, the bases of which form a distinct
sheath around the stem tissue. The lower inflorescence units of S. applanatum are longer than those
of S. korijekup and often bear three flowers rather than two. The six oblong to mounded throat
appendages of S. korijekup are morphologically distinct from the eight truncate appendages possessed
by S. applanatum.

Figure 3. Stylidium korijekup (G.J. Keighery & B.J. Keighery 801). A— holotype (PERTH 07420137); B — flower, photograph
by Bronwen Keighery; C — hypanthium and calyx lobes; D — corolla lobes and throat appendages; E — labellum. Scale = 5 cm
(A) and 1 mm (C-E).

J.A. Wege, G.J. Keighery & B.J. Keighery, Two new triggerplants (Stvlidium: Stylidiaceae) 451

Notes. Over the winter and spring period of 2005 and 2006, the type locality was inspected for
flowering material on at least six occasions. Post-flowering plants were observed and collected in 2005,
however, only a single flowering plant was observed in 2006. Whilst this very poor flowering may be
a result of below average rainfall, this phenomenon has been observed to occur in non-drought years
in populations of the cormaceous species S. diversifolium R.Br. and S. carnosum Benth. Both of these

species respond well to fire, regenerating from the corm which is usually buried several centimetres
below the soil surface.

A new population of the Priority Four species S. plantagineum Sond. was observed at the type
locality of S. korijekup, on the crest and southern face of the same ridge. This population (G.J. Keighery
& B.J. Keighery 961) represents the most northern record for this species.

Acknowledgements

This paper was funded through the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity
conservation initiative. Survey work on the Darling and Whicher Scarps and Swan Coastal Plain from
1994 to 2007 was part of the Department of Environmental Protection’s System 6 and Part System |
Update (1994-2005) and the Department of Environment and Conservation’s Swan Bioplan Project
(2005-2007). Aspects of the survey work between 1992 and 2006 were done in cooperation with the
Wildflower Society of Western Australia’s (Inc.) Bushland Plant Survey Program.

References

Bindon, P. & Chadwick, R. (1992). “A Nyoongar wordlist from the South West of Western Australia.” (Western Australian
Museum: Perth.)

Coates, D.J. (1992). Genetic consequences ofa bottleneck and spatial genetic structure in the triggerplant Stylidium coroniforme
(Stylidiaceae). Heredity 69: 512-520.

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed June 2007]

English, V. (1999). “Shrubland association on southern coastal plain ironstone (Busselton area) (southern ironstone

association); Interim recovery plan 1999-2002.” (Department of Conservation and Land Management: Wanneroo, Western
Australia.)

Gibson, N., Keighery, B., Keighery, G., Burbidge, A & Lyons, M. (1994). “A floristic survey of the southern Swan Coastal
Plain.” Unpublished report for the Australian Heritage Commission prepared by the Department of Conservation and Land
Management and the Conservation Council of Western Australia (Inc.).

Gibson, N., Keighery, G. & Keighery, B. (2000). Threatened plant communities of Western Australia. 1. The ironstone communities
of the Swan and Scott Coastal Plains. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 83(1): 1-11.

Government of Western Australia (2000). “Bush Forever Volume 2: Directory of Bush Forever Sites.” (Department of
Environmental Protection: Perth, Western Australia.)

Keighery, G.J. (1999). “Conservation Status of Vascular Flora of the southern Swan Coastal Plain.” Unpublished report for the
Australian Nature Conservation Agency National Reserves System Cooperative Program Project: N710 and Department
of Conservation and Land Management, Como, Western Australia.

Markey, A. (1997). “A Floristic Survey of the Northern Darling Scarp.” Unpublished report to the Western Australian Department
of Conservationand Land Management, the Western Australian Department of Environmental Protection and the Conservation
Council of Western Australia (Inc.) for the Australian Heritage Commission, Canberra, Australian Capital Territory.

Staples, A.C. (1979). “They made their destiny: history of settlement of the Shire of Harvey 1829-1929.” (Shire of Harvey: Harvey.)
Wege, J.A. (2007). New species and new circumscriptions in Stylidium (Stylidiaceae). Nuytsia 17: 433-444.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998—). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007]

Fat

~~
an
|

Nuytsia 17: 453-458 (2007) 453

A new species of Arabidella (Brassicaceae) from Western Australia

Juliet A. Wege' and Brendan J. Lepschi?

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983
*Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, GPO Box 1600, Canberra,
Australian Capital Territory 2601

Abstract

Wege, J.A. & Lepschi, B.J. A new species of Arabidella (Brassicaceae) from Western Australia.
Nuytsia 17: 453-458 (2007). Arabidella chrysodema Lepschi & Wege is described as new. Named
for its widespread distribution in the Goldfields region of southern Western Australia, this species
differs from others in the genus in being an herbaceous annual with pinnatifid leaves and a narrowly

elliptic to narrowly oblong siliqua. Photographs and a distribution map are provided along with a key
to the species of Arabidella.

Introduction

Arabidella (F.Muell.) O.Schulz. is a small genus endemic to arid and semi-arid regions of Australia
and characterised by yellow to white petals, dehiscent siliquas, finely papillose and mucous seeds, an
embryo with incumbent cotyledons, and hairs that are simple, papillose or altogether lacking (Shaw
1965; Hewson 1982). There are six described species (three shrubs and three herbaceous annuals),
two of which are recorded for Western Australia: the shrubby 4. trisecta (F.Muell.) O.Schulz and
the herb A. nasturtium (F.Muell.) E.A.Shaw. The former is widespread in the south-east of Western
Australia, as well as occurring in other mainland states of Australia. Arabidella nasturtium has a
similarly wide distribution but is poorly known in Western Australia, to the extent that there are no
collections housed at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH). Shaw (1965: 194) does, however,
cite two collections from Western Australia under this species, one of which is housed at the State
Herbarium of South Australia (AD), the other at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL). The AD
specimen (Giles, Rawlinson Range, Cleland s.n.) is confirmed by us as A. nasturtium; however, the
MEL specimen (7 miles SW of Kalgoorlie, Kems/ey s.n.) differs from A. nasturtium in its leaf and
siliqua morphology. Whilst Shaw (1965: 195) noted this collection was unusual, she was uncertain if
it represented a distinct taxon, stating that further collections were needed. A number of comparable
collections from the Goldfields of southern Western Australia have since come to hand and it is clear
that they represent a new and distinct species, formally described herein.

Methods

This study is based on herbarium specimens housed at PERTH, CANB and MEL. No living material

454 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

was examined. Flowers from the following collections were reconstituted in a hot detergent solution
and examined for critical features: R.J. Cranfield 10028, G.J. Keighery 2985, N. Gibson & M. Lyons
3373 and P.G. Wilson 7183. The distribution map was compiled using DIVA-GIS freeware Version

5.2.0.2 and is based on PERTH specimen data.

Taxonomy

Arabidella chrysodema Lepschi & Wege, sp. nov.

Species haec ab Arabidella procumbenti (Tate) E.A.Shaw plantis erectis vel decumbentibus, petalis
longioribus, stylo longiore, et siliqua breviore et latiore differt.

Dypus: 30 km south-west of Kalgoorlie on road to Coolgardie, Western Australia, 26 August 1968,
P.G. Wilson 7183 (holo: PERTH 03242250 (sheet 1), PERTH 05935881 (sheet 2); iso: AD, CANB).

Arabidella sp. Goldfields (P.G. Wilson 7183), in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. Fl.:
Descr. Cat. p. 185 (2000).

Annual herbs, (2.5—)8-40 cm high, becoming multi-stemmed. Stems erect to decumbent,
6-30(+40) cm long, terete, glabrous. Basal leaves rosulate, pinnatifid, more rarely lobate or subentire,
2.0-4.5 cm long, glabrous; lateral lobes of pinnatifid leaves 2 or 3 (more rarely 4) per side, evenly spaced,
mostly oblong or triangular, opposite or subopposite; terminal lobe oblong to narrowly obovate. Cauline
leaves alternate, similar to basal leaves but gradually becoming smaller up the stem, 0.5-3.3 cm long,
absent on primary stem. /nflorescence initially corymbose, becoming racemose as siliquas develop;
flowering pedicels sub-erect to erecto-patent, 3-10 mm long. Sepals slightly dimorphic, 2.2-2.6 mm
long. Petals yellow, 3.0-3.6 mm long. Stamens 6. Ovary narrowly elliptic, glabrous or transiently
papillose; stigma depressed capitate, broader than style. Fruiting pedicels erecto-patent to spreading,
(4-)7-15 mm long. Siliqua mostly less divergent than pedicel, narrowly elliptic to narrowly oblong in
profile, usually slightly more tapered at base, somewhat compressed parallel to septum, 4—7(-8) mm
long, 1—2.5 mm wide; valve convex, with midvein distinct; style 0.3-0.7 mm long. Seeds biseriate,
ovate to elliptic in profile, slightly compressed, 0.6—0.8 mm long, finely papillose. (Figures 1, 2)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 3 Mile Hill, Coolgardie, Aug. 1965, J. Bale 92
(PERTH); 62 km E of Norseman on Eyre Highway, 16 Aug. 1995, R.J. Cranfield 10028 (PERTH);
98.9 km NE of Balladonia Motel, 13 June 2000, R. Davis 9382 (PERTH); on broad flats N of Aurora
Range, c. 9.5 km NE of Bungalbin Hill, 23 Sep. 1995, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 3369 (PERTH); flat north
of range, c. 9 km NE of Bungalbin Hill, 28 Sep. 1995, NV. Gibson & M. Lyons 3373 (CANB, PERTH);
Woodline, 16 km N of camp, 7 Aug. 1980, G./. Keighery 2985 (PERTH); Coolgardie Road, c. 7 miles
SW of Kalgoorlie, 12 Aug. 1951, D. Kemsley s.n. (MEL); 25 km ESE of Sinclair Soak, c. 80 km
NE of Norseman, 11 Aug. 1980, K.R. Newbey 8291 (PERTH); 6 km W of Kambalda West, 9 Aug. 1981,
K. Newbey 8474 (PERTH); 10 km NE of Bungalbin Hill, c. 57 km NNE of Koolyanobbing, 8 Sep. 1984,
K.R. Newbey 10819 (PERTH); Bull Oak Dam, 79 miles S of Zanthus, 16 May 1971, K. Thiess s.n.
(PERTH); Eyre Highway, 23 miles E of Fraser Range, 6 Sep. 1963, /.H. Willis s.n. (MEL).

Distribution. Largely confined to the Coolgardie region of southern Western Australia, extending to
the eastern margin of the Nullarbor Plain, north-east of Balladonia (Figure 3).

J.A. Wege & B.J. Lepschi, A new species of Arabidella from Western Australia

Hobtype of
peuta Chnrysodeana Lepsoa & wleae.

DETERMINAVIT Sh. '
Western Australian Her ‘lum TH) 8 (el aot

yan herbaria

TDMA

PERTH 05935881

IDENTIFICATION LABEL W.A, Herbarium (PERTH)

Arabsidella sp. Goldhelds(P.G.tdlco% 1163)”

Sind . T- Lepselvi AFeb, 2 (996
WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM, PERTH
Flora of Western Australia

Arabidella aff. nasturtium
Brassicaceae

Flowers yellow,

Loc.: 30 km SW of Kalgoolic on road to Coolgardie WA
Lat, 30°55'50,000°S Long. 121°14'26.000"E Alt: M

Coll, P.G, Wilson 7183 Date: 26/08/1965.

Dups. to
PERTH OS93S881

Figure 1. Sheet 2 of the holotype of Arabidella chrysodema (P.G. Wilson 7183), scale bar at 5 cm.

455

456 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 2. Arabidella chrysodema (holotype: P.G. Wilson 7183). A — leaves, a progression from base
to upper cauline (L to R), scale bar at lcm; B ~a siliqua i) prior to dehiscence, ii) at an early stage of
deshiscence, iii) with one valve and seeds removed to reveal the replum, iv) with both valves fallen
but with the replum and some seeds remaining, seeds biserially arranged, scale bar at Imm.

®
e ° Kalgoorlie
“Southern Cross -

Pe

Norseman

‘Esperance
se raeee

kilometers

Figure 3. Distribution of Arabidella chrysodema in southern Western Australia. Version 6.1 IBRA
regions (Department of the Environment and Water Resources 2007) are indicated in grey.

J.A. Wege & B.J. Lepschi, A new species of Arabidella from Western Australia 457

Habitat. Growing in red to brown clay or clay loam on flats (R.J. Cranfield 10028, R. Davis 93 82) that
may be adjacent to banded ironstone formations (N. Gibson & M. Lyons 3369, N. Gibson & M. Lyons
3373, K. Newbey 1081 9). Mostly recorded from mallee woodland over shrubland or dense herbs, with
a single record for Eragrostis setifolia grassland (R. Davis 93 82).

Phenology. Flowering and fruiting from June to September.

Conservation. The known populations of A. chrysodema spana distance of nearly 500 km and collectors’ notes
indicate that this species is present in healthy numbers at several sites. No conservation code is warranted.

Etymology. The specific epithet is derived from the Greek (chrysos — gold; demos — district) and refers
to this species’ widespread distribution in the Goldfields region of southern Western Australia.

Affinity. On the basis of leaf morphology, A. chrysodema appears most similar to A. procumbens (Tate)
E.A.Shaw. The latter species differs in its prostrate habit, sessile primary inflorescence, smaller flowers
with shorter petals (1.4-2.2 mm long), shorter mature style, and longer (9-14(-17) mm), narrower
(0.7—1.2 mm) siliquas. Arabidella procumbens is not known to occur in Western Australia; it has been

recorded from the southern Northern Territory, South Australia and north-western New South Wales
(Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria 2007).

Key to the species of Arabidella’

1. Herbs, with basal leaves persisting into anthesis
2. Stems pubescent

A RITHEe HEA ecient part errrerd en ge stertyren prey eye arr peers A. eremigena
2: Stems glabrous

3. Leaves mostly pinnatisect or bipinnatisect; leaf segments mostly linear

and with length:width ratio predominantly >10 w...cccccscscssssseccessscstesesccsescesesecsesceresveressavenes A. nasturtium

3: Leaves mostly pinnatifid; leaf segments triangular, oblong or elliptic
and with length:width ratio <10

4. Primary inflorescence on a peduncle several centimetres long; petals
3-3.6 mm long; fruit narrowly elliptic to oblong, 4-6(—8) mm long,

{—2iSimmiidesstylel0 S—On/eminilongeeneceertirrrints ttre reenter nee A. chrysodema

4: Primary inflorescence sessile (i.e. with peduncle undeveloped); petals
1.4-2.2 mm long; fruit linear, 9-14(-17) mm long,
0.7—-1.2 mm wide; style <0.1 mm long or obsolete
1: Shrubs, with basal leaves lost before anthesis

5s Mosttonallileavestentiremntin niet tt enh een re ee eee A. filifolia

5: Most leaves pinnatisect

pr reEe Tony rap ets pa teeters cert petteievteigi eyscte A. procumbens

6. Inflorescences elongating before the flowers open (i.e. open flowers occur
well below the apex); fruit with length:width ratio >10, 0.8—-1.3 mm wide
6: Inflorescences elongating after the flowers open (i.e. open flowers occur at
the apex); fruit with length:width ratio <10, 1.5-2.5 mm wide

*TwoadditionalinformaltaxaofArabidellaarerecognisedineasternAustralia,A.sp. Eurella(S.L. Everist3734) QldHerbariumand
A, sp. Tibooburra(R.G. Coveny 13552) NSW Herbarium (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria2007). These taxa appear to be
related to the shrubby members of the genus, but their taxonomic status is uncertain and they are not considered further in this study.

458 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Acknowledgements

This paper was funded through the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving Our Species’
biodiversity conservation initiative. Thanks are extended to staff of the National Herbarium of Victoria,
Northern Territory Herbarium, Queensland Herbarium, State Herbarium of South Australia and the
Western Australian Herbarium for their assistance, and to Ian Thompson for his helpful comments
on the manuscript.

References

Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (2007). Australian Plant Census. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research: Canberra.
http://www.anbg. gov.au/chah/ape/index.html [accessed 19 February 2007]

Department of the Environment and Water Resources (2007). IBRA Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/
ibra/version6-1/index.html. Updated 6" February 2007. [accessed June 2007]

Hewson, H.J. (1982). Arabidella. In: A.S. George (Ed.) “Flora of Australia.” Vol. 8, pp. 334-338 (Australian Government
Publishing Service: Canberra.)

Shaw, E.A. (1965) Taxonomic revision of some Australian endemic genera of Cruciferae. Transactions of the Royal Society
of South Australia 89: 145-253.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.goy.au [accessed 19 February 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 459-468 (2007) 459

Three new species of Aotus (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) from
south-western Australia

Carolyn F, Wilkins'? and Jennifer A. Chappill?:7

' Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983
The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawley, Western Australia 6009
7Deceased August 8th 2006

* School of Plant Biology,

Abstract

Wilkins, C.F. & Chappill, J.A. Three new species of Aotus (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) from south-
western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 459-468 (2007). The following three species of Aotus Sm. of the legume
tribe Mirbelieae are here described as new: A. Jranklandii Chappill & C.F.Wilkins, 4. lanea Chappill
& C.F.Wilkins and A. prosacris Chappill & C.F.Wilkins. They are found in the south-west of Western
Australia and are listed as Priority species for conservation by the Western Australian Department of
Environment and Conservation. They are described prior to generic revision, to provide characters
for species identification to facilitate their conservation.

Introduction

Aotus Sm. is a genus of small, pea-flowered shrubs distinguished by Smith (1805) by the
absence of bracteoles on the flowering stems. There are 12 described species in Western Australia
and approximately four in south-eastern Australia. A further eight species are informally recognised
in Western Australia, either as phrase names or manuscript names (Western Australian Herbarium

1998—). This paper serves to formally describe three of these species, all of which are poorly known
and of conservation concern.

As discussed by Wilkins and Chappill (2007, this issue), recent molecular phylogenetic research has
highlighted significant problems with the current generic boundaries in the legume tribe Mirbelieae.
This research placed Aotus within Pultenaea s. lat. and recommended all genera therein be treated as
a single genus (Orthia e¢ al. 2005). Research into this problem is incomplete (M. Crisp. pers. comm)
and therefore it seems sensible to maintain the current generic delimitation for the present paper.

Methods

Specimens from PERTH and MEL were examined and measured and morphological information
recorded. The distribution maps were produced using Online Map Creation (http://www.aquarius.
geomar.de/omc_intro.html) and are based on PERTH specimen data. Localities for species with a
conservation listing are withheld.

460 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Species descriptions

Aotus franklandii Chappill & C.F.Wilkins, sp. nov.

A. carinatae Meisn. affinis sed foliis ad caulem appressis et oculo-citrino grandiore ad basim
vexilli ornato differt.

Typus: west-north-west of Denmark, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 24 October 1991, A.R. Annels 1836 (holo: PERTH 04425901; iso: CANB).

Aotus sp. Mt Frankland (A.R. Annels 1836), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007].

Shrub erect, 1-1.3 x 0.3 m. Stems cream, not ribbed, with green tubercles, and with dense, white,
appressed, straight hairs, to 1.1 mm long, glabrescent. Stipules absent. Leaves appressed, opposite
and decussate, petioles 0.2-0.4 mm long, blade base tapering, discolorous, mid green over dark
green, incurved, ovate or elliptic, 2.0-7.1 x 0.8-3.4 mm, adaxial surface with dense hairs, appressed,
0.2-1.0 mm long, abaxial surface glabrous or with medium density, white, appressed hairs, to 0.8 mm
long, glabrescent, margin flat, apex acute, mucro persistent, cream, 0.15—0.2 mm long. F/owers one per
leaf axil. Bracts persistent (trapped in erect leaf), obovate, 0.8—2.1 x 0.6-1.0 mm. Bracteoles absent.
Pedicels 0.3-0.8 mm long. Buds calyx portion pale brown, chartaceous, ecostate, ellipsoid, 5.5—6.0 x
1.7 mm (including emergent petals), 1.3-2.3 x 1.6—-1.8 mm (calyx without emergent petals), glabrous
or few hairs at base of tube 0.2 mm long, apiculum absent. Hypanthium 0.50.55 mm long. Calyx lobes
valvate, all symmetrical, acute, adaxial lobes 0.3 x 0.5—0.8 mm, fused for c. 1.3 mm, abaxial lobes
0.5—-0.6 x 0.5—0.6 mm, fused for c. 0.8 mm. Standard claw red, 2.1—2.4 x 0.35—0.5 mm, lamina base
with large, pale yellow eye with red margin, front yellow-orange with red markings towards apex of
standard present or absent, same on back, scarcely ovate, to circular, 6.2-8.3 x 6.6-8.6 mm, auricles
present, emarginate indentation 0.2 mm long. Wings claw 1.3-1.7 mm long, lamina yellow with red
marking towards the base, scarcely obovate, 5.8—-7.0 x 1.7—2.1 mm, basal adaxial lobe absent, apex
straight. Keel claw 1.4-2.0 mm long, lamina deep red, 4.7—6.3 x 1.6—2.4 mm, apex slightly upturned
or straight, sub-obtuse. Stamens with filaments attached to hypanthium, 5.0-8.0 x 0.1-0.2 mm,
uniform width; anthers white, dorsifixed, c. 0.4 x 0.2 mm. Ovary with dense, spreading, straight
hairs to 0.5 mm long, constricted at join with style, stipe 0.1 mm long, ovary 0.81.0 x 0.4 mm, style
4.6-6.9 x 0.05-0.1 mm, glabrous, with minute terminal stigma; ovules 2, funicles c. 0.1 mm long.

Fruit and seed not seen. (Figure 1)

Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 30 Nov. 2000, J.A.Chappill &
C.E Wilkins JAC 6569 (PERTH 07460376); 6 Oct. 1994, 7D. Macfarlane 2268 (PERTH 04617231).

Distribution and habitat. Aotus franklandii is known only from the vicinity of Mt Frankland in southern
Western Australia (Figure 2A). This species grows on grey peaty sand in dense, swampy shrubland
surrounded by woodland.

Flowering period. October to November.

Conservation status. Listed as Priority Two under Department of Environment and Conservation
(DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora by Atkins (2006), under the name
A. sp. Mt Frankland (A.R. Annels 1836).

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Three new species of Aotus (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) 461

Figure 1. Aotus franklandii. A— erect habit; B— branch detail showing appressed, opposite and decussate leaves; C — bud
showing emergent petals and small calyx; D — calyx showing anthers, filaments and style, petals removed; E — standard
with large eye; F — wing; G — keel. Drawn from the holotype (4.R. Annels 1836). Scale bars = 10 mm (A); 2 mm (B);
1 mm (C-G).

462 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Etymology. The species epithet refers to its restricted distribution in the Mt Frankland area.

Notes. Aotus franklandii differs from A. carinata Meisn. in having appressed leaves, and the base of
the standard has a larger, lemon-coloured eye.

Aotus lanea Chappill & C.F. Wilkins, sp. nov.

Fruticulus nanus, prostratus; stipulae absentes; folia elliptica; bracteae absentes; bracteolae absentes;
flores unus in quoque axe folii ordinati; petala aurantiaco-rubra, parva; pili lanati in superficiebus
ambabus folii et calycis ornati.

Typus: east-north-east of Hyden, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
29 October 2002, R. Davis 10506 (holo: PERTH 06197655; iso: AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL, NSW).

Aotus sp. furry diffusa (R.J. Cranfield 11258), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007].

Shrub prostrate, 4-20 x 10-130 cm. Stems brown, ribbed, smooth with dense, white, spreading,
straight hairs to 1.3 mm long, glabrescent. Stipules absent. Leaves spreading, alternate, petioles
0.3-0.7 mm long, blade base tapering, concolourous, grey, flat, elliptic, 2.3-6.0 x 1.3-2.4 mm, both
surfaces with very dense, white, spreading hairs to 0.8 mm long, remaining hairy with age, hairs
slightly denser on the abaxial surface, margin flat, apex acute, mucro absent, or caducous, rarely brown,
c. 0.1 mm long. Flowers one per leaf axil. Bracts absent, leaf only at base of pedicel. Bracteoles absent.
Pedicels 2.2-5.4 mm long. Buds calyx portion green with red markings at base of lobes, ecostate,
4.0-4.3 x 2.42.5 mm, with very dense hairs, 0.1-0.9 mm long, apiculum 0.1—0.15 mm long, petals
emergent. Hypanthium 0.4—0.8 mm long. Calyx lobes all symmetrical, acute, adaxial lobes valvate
1.8-2.1 x 1.3-1.5 mm, fused for 1.8—2.0 mm, abaxial lobes imbricate, 2.3-2.5 x 1.2—1.3 mm, fused
for 1.3-1.8 mm. Standard claw cream, 2.32.6 x 0.6-0.65 mm, base with pale yellow eye with red
margin, lamina front reddish-orange, back orange-red with yellow markings, auricles absent, elliptic,
5.5-5.9 x 7.0-8.6 mm, emarginate indentation 0.1-0.2 mm. Wings claw 2.2-2.3 mm long, lamina
red-orange, narrowly obovate, rounded base, with or without small adaxial lobe, lamina 5.2—-5.8 x
1.1-2.2 mm, apex straight. Keel claw 2.0-2.4 mm long, lamina deep red-orange, 5.5—5.6 x 2.4-3.6 mm,
apex straight, sub obtuse. Stamens with filaments attached to hypanthium, 5.5—7.8 x 0.15—0.2 mm;
anthers yellow, dorsifixed, c. 0.6 x 0.3 mm. Ovary with dense, spreading, straight hairs to 1.5 mm
long, stipe 0.4-0.7 mm long, ovary 1.3-1.5 x 0.6-0.8 mm, constricted at join with style, style 5.8-6.3 x
0.08-0.15 mm, glabrous, with minute terminal stigma; ovules 2, funicles, 0.15—0.18 mm long. Fruit
ellipsoid, inflated, c. 3.4 x 2.3 mm, externally with dense, long, spreading hairs, internally with short,
appressed hairs. Seed reniform with prominent radicular lobe, black, surface smooth or rough, ¢. 1.7 *
1.3 mm, exarillate. (Figure 3)

Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 18 Dec. 1952, WT. Brown s.n.
(PERTH 01041622); 18 Nov. 1953, WT. Brown s.n. (PERTH 01751743); 9 Apr. 1997, R.J. Cranfield
11258 (PERTH 04673190); 2 Nov. 1983, K. Newbey 9832 (PERTH 03556565).

Distribution and habitat. Aotus lanea occurs in the area including Lake King, Salmon Gums and
Hyden in southern Western Australia (Figure 2B). This species grows in scrubland in yellow or grey
clayey-sand, or well drained deep aeolian sand.

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Three new species of Aotus (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) 463

Flowering period. October to December and one collection flowering in April.

Conservation status. Listed by Atkins (2006) as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for
Western Australian Flora, under the name A. sp. furry diffusa (R.J. Cranfield 11258).

Etymology. The specific epithet (L. /aneus = woolly) refers to the very dense woolly hairs on the stem
leaves and calyx of this species when compared to its closest relative A. diffusa.

Notes. Apart from being of more woolly appearance, this species differs from A. diffusa in the bracts
being absent and in having smaller flowers.

114 116 18 120 122 124 114 116 118 120
—— ———————— —<<—<—<—— ———__——5

122 124

ll

Albany

Figure 2. Distribution in south-west Western Australia of A— A otus franklandii; B — A. lanea; C — A. prosacris.

464 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 3. Aotus lanea. A — prostrate habit; B — branch detail showing alternate leaves, with hairs on both surfaces;
C — bud showing dense hairs on outer surface of calyx and petals emergent; D — calyx showing gynoecium and
androecium, petals removed; E — standard, inner surface; F — standard, outer surface shown from side; G — wing;
H — keel. Drawn from the holotype (R. Davis 10506). Scale bars = 10 mm (A); 2 mm (B); | mm (C- H).

eS

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Three new species of Aotus (Leguminosae: Mirbelicae) 465

Aotus prosacris Chappill & C.F.Wilkins, sp. nov.

Fruticulus nanus, prostratus; stipulae absentes; folia oblongo-elliptica; bracteae absentes; bracteolae

praesentes; flores unus in quoque axe folii ordinati; petala aurantiaco-flava, carina viridi; pagina
exterior calycis viridis.

Typus: near Peak Charles, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],

17 September 1999, S. Donaldson, G.T. Chandler & A. Monro SD 2232 (holo: PERTH 05916038; iso:
CANB).

Aotus sp. Peak Charles (S. Donaldson 2232), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.
dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007].

Shrub prostrate to 1 macross. Stem pale red-brown, not ribbed, with green tubercles and dense, white,
spreading, straight hairs 0.3-0.7 mm long. Stipules absent. Leaves spreading, alternate, rarely opposite
and decussate; petioles 0.4-0.9 mm long; blade base tapering, concolorous, grey-green, flat or slightly
incurved at apex, oblong-elliptic, adaxial surface with scattered, wavy, spreading, hairs 0.3-0.7 mm
long, glabrescent, abaxial surface with scattered hairs to 0.7 mm long, 3.2—7.8 x 0.8-2.0 mm, margin
flat, apex rounded, mucro absent. Flowers one per leaf axil. Bracts absent, leaf only at base of pedicel.
Bracteoles caducous or persistent, chartaceous brown, ovate, 0.5—2.0 x 0.2-0.4 mm. Pedicels 1.6-2.5 mm
long. Bud calyx portion green with faint red markings at base of lobes (and yellow-red petals emergent),
with scattered, white hairs, 0.7 and 0.15 mm long, c. 6.3 2.5 mm (including emergent petals), c. 4.5 x
2.0 mm (just calyx without petals), ellipsoid, ecostate (free lobes) without prominent veins, apiculum
absent. Hypanthium 0.7—-1.0 mm long. Calyx lobes symmetrical, acute, adaxial lobes valvate, 1.2-1.5 x
1.21.3 mm, fused for 2.42.5 mm, abaxial lobes imbricate, 2.0-2.4 x 1.1-1.2 mm, fused for 1.5—2.0 mm.
Standard claw cream, 2.3-2.5 x 0.5—1.3 mm, lamina base with pale yellow eye, centre with broad, dark
red marking, towards lateral margins orange-yellow, same on back, elliptic, 6.6-7.8 x 7.5-8.0 mm,
auricles absent, emarginate indentation c. 0.3 mm long. Wings claw 2.22.3 mm long, curved, lamina
orange-yellow, scarcely obovate, base with adaxial lobe present, 5.65.8 x 2.2—2.4 mm, apex straight.
Keel claw c. 2.0 mm long, lamina deep red, 5.9-6.1 x 2.3-2.5 mm, apex straight, sub-obtuse. Stamens
with lemon filaments, 6.0-8.3 x 0.15—0.2 mm, uniform width; anthers yellow, dorsifixed, c. 0.4 * 0.3 mm.
Ovary with dense, spreading, straight hairs to 1.3 mm long, stipe 1.1—-1.5 mm long, ovary 1.2-1.7 x
0.5-0.6 mm, constricted at join with style, styles 4.6-5.8 x 0.2 mm, glabrous, with minute terminal
stigma; ovules 2, funicles c. 0.05 mm long. Fruit and seed not seen. (Figure 4)

Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [locality withheld] 15 Sep. 2000, J.A. Chappill,
MD. Crisp & L. Cook JAC 6438 (PERTH 07460368).

Distribution and habitat. Aotus prosacris is only known from a single location between Peak Charles
and Daniell in Western Australia (Figure 2C). This species grows in Allocasuarina heath, in white
sand and has been recorded as frequent in vegetation regenerating after fire.

Flowering period. August to October.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western
Australian Flora. This species is only present in the Peak Charles area.

466

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

RD y
Oy a).
Ku i

GN WR

Ne iY LAS Lye

iene
2

Figure 4. Aotus prosacris. A — prostrate habit; B — branch detail showing alternate, oblong leaves; C — bud with
hairs on lower surface, calyx hairy and petals emergent; D — calyx with androecium and gynoecium visible, petals
removed; E — standard; F — wing; G — keel. Drawn from the holotype (S. Donaldson, G. Chandler, A. Monro 2232).

Scale bars = 10 mm (A); 3 mm (B); 1 mm (C-G).

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Three new species of Aotus (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae)

467

Etymology. The specific epithet prosacris refers to the Peak Charles locality of this species (Gr. towards
= pros and peak = acris).

Notes. Aotus prosacris differs from A. diffusa C.A.Gardner ms in having bracteoles present and bracts
absent, and a green rather than red-brown outer surface of the calyx.

Whilst the presence of bracteoles contradicts the generic diagnosis of Aotus, Chappill considered
this taxon best placed within this genus and her concept is therefore maintained. Research is ongoing
(M. Crisp pers. comm.) to fully resolve the generic boundaries of Aotus and related genera.

Acknowledgements

Funding for this research project was provided by the Western Australian Government’s ‘Saving
Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative and the Australian Biological Resources Study. Sincere
thanks to Wilma and Geoff Chappill for their contribution from Jenny's estate that enabled illustration
of these new species. Thanks also to the PERTH herbarium and to the School of Plant Biology at The
University of Western Australia for provision of facilities, to staff at PERTH for assistance and access

to FloraBase, to Ellen Hickman for her illustrations, to Paul Wilson for his Latin translations, and to
the reviewer and Juliet Wege for helpful comments.

Until her death in August 2006, Jennifer Chappill was the principal investigator, collaborating
with Michael Crisp, for an ongoing Aotus revision for “Flora of Australia.”

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006) “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Orthia L.A., Crisp, M.D., Cook, L.G. & de Kok, R.P.J. (2005). Bush peas: a rapid radiation with no support for monophyly of
Pultenaea (Fabaceae: Mirbelicae). Australian Systematic Botany 18(2): 133-147.

Smith, J.E. (1805). Remarks on the generic characters of the decandrous Papilionaceous plants of New Holland. Jn: C. Konig
& J. Sims (Eds) Annals of Botany 1(3): 501-512.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007]

Wilkins, C.F. & Chappill, J.A. (2007). Five new species of Eutaxia (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) from south-western Australia.
Nuytsia 17: 469-482.

468 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Nuytsia 17: 469-482 (2007) 469

Five new species of Eutaxia (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) from
south-western Australia

Carolyn F. Wilkins!” and Jennifer A. Chappill’7

' Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983
2 School of Plant Biology, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawley, Western Australia 6009
7Deceased August 8th 2006

Abstract

Wilkins, C.F. & Chappill, J.A. Five new species of Eutaxia (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) from
south-western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 469-482 (2007). Five species of Eutaxia R.Br. of the legume
tribe Mirbelieae are here described as new: Eutaxia actinophylla Chappill & C.F. Wilkins, E. andocada
Chappill & C.F. Wilkins, E. lasiocalyx Chappill & C.E.Wilkins, E. nanophyllaChappill & C.F. Wilkins and
E. rubricarina Chappill & C.F.Wilkins. They occur in the south-west of Western Australia and are here
described prior to completion of the generic revision since all species, except for £. rubricarina, are
listed as Priority Flora by the Western Australian Department of Environment and Conservation.

Introduction

Eutaxia R.Br. was first described by Brown (1811) and is a small genus of eight currently
recognised species, belonging to the endemic Australian legume tribe, Mirbelieae. Seven of these
species are restricted to the south-west of Western Australia (WA) with only Eutaxia microphylla
(R.Br.) C.H.Wright & Dewar occurring also in South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales,
Victoria and Tasmania.

The name Eutaxia comes from the Greek ew (well) and taxis (arrangement), referring to the regular
arrangement of the leaves, and the most recent comprehensive key to the Western Australian legumes
(Grieve 1998) defines the genus by its opposite, + decussate leaves. The revision of Eutaxia for “Flora
of Australia”, originally undertaken by Gemma Henderson as an honours project at The University
of Western Australia, was continued by Chappill and Wilkins and is being concluded by Wilkins and
Crisp following Chappill’s death. None of the species described here were delimited by Henderson.
While the majority of species from this genus have opposite and decussate leaves, this phyllotaxis is
no longer a definitive character for Eutaxia, with three of the new species described here having either
alternate or whorled leaves, and the remaining two having alternate or opposite-decussate leaves.
Although Eutaxia is currently poorly defined, the generic concept held by Chappill is maintained for
this publication. As these new taxa, apart from E. rubricarina Chappill & C.F.Wilkins, have special
conservation needs, they are described here prior to completion of the generic revision.

It should be noted that recent molecular phylogenetic analyses of Mirbelieae genera (Chandler ef

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

470

al. 2001; Crisp & Cook 2003a, 2003b; Orthia et a/. 2005a) have found that generic boundaries within
the monophyletic NA (no antipodal cells) group (Cameron & Prakash 1994; Crisp & Cook 2003a),
to which Eutaxia belongs, are contentious. It has therefore been proposed that all genera within the
Pultenaeas. lat. group (including Eutaxia) be synonymised (Crisp & Cook 2003a) under Pultenaea Sm.
(Orthia et al. 2005a, 2005b). If such a combination goes ahead, it will not be in the near future and
therefore the name Eutaxia is maintained here for these new species.

Methods

Specimens from MEL and PERTH were examined and morphological information was recorded
from PERTH specimens. Duplicates to other herbaria were not seen by the senior author but may
have been annotated by Chappill. The acronyms BELY. and NEW. refer to Western Australian
regional herbaria at Beverley and Newdegate, respectively. Rehydrated flowers were used for floral
measurements and dried specimens for the remaining measurements. Filament width was measured
at the broadest section i.e. at the base, for filaments that gently taper from base to apex, and a third
of the way along the filament from the base, for filaments with a conspicuously broad base which
then tapered to the apex. Style width was measured at the base. Distribution maps were produced
using Online Map Creation (http://www.aquarius.geomar.de/omc_intro.html). Precise localities for

threatened species are withheld.

Species descriptions

Eutaxia actinophylla Chappill & C.F.Wilkins, sp. nov.
Folia in verticillis trium regulares ordinata, propietas singularis in genere.

Typus: new Norseman Hyden Track, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 29 September 1999, B. Archer 1387 (holo: PERTH 07463472; iso: CANB, NSW).

Eutaxia (sp. Norseman, B. Archer 1387), in sched.

Eutaxia verticillata Chappill ms, Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.
wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007].

Shrub erect, compact, 0.15—0.5 x 0.3—-0.6 m, with ascending branches. Stems green with yellow
ribs, or red-brown with red ribs, not spinescent, without tubercles, glabrous. Stipules cream,
0.05—0.1 x 0.04-0.1 mm. Leaves spreading, in whorls of 3, internode length shorter than leaf length;
petiole 0.2-0.25 mm long; pulvinus c. 0.3 mm long; blade concolorous, mid-green to grey-green, or
discolorous with additional purple markings on abaxial surface, concave, elliptic to obcordate, 2.3—-5.5 x
0.7—-1.3 mm, both surfaces glabrous, not verrucose, veins not visible or single, apex obtuse and straight.
Flowers axillary, solitary. Bracts absent, replaced by a smaller leafat base of pedicel. Bracteoles persistent
on upper pedicel at base of calyx, green, ovate, 1.2—-1.7 x 0.5-1.2 mm, glabrous, veins not visible.
Pedicels straight, 0.4—1.3 mm long. Buds 2.44.5 x 1.5—2.8 mm, glabrous, apex straight with apiculum
to 0.15 mm long. Hypanthium 0.5—-0.6 mm long. Calyx ribs absent or with 5 faint ribs, green with red
spots at junction of lobes and red tinged or striped towards apex, lobes symmetrical; adaxial lobes 2,
straight, valvate, 1.5—1.9 x 1.41.5 mm, apex acute, calyx tube below lobes 1.8—2.6 mm long; abaxial

<5."

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Five new species of Eutaxia (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) 47)

lobes 3, imbricate, 2.0-2.6 x 1.1-1.3 mm, apex acute, calyx tube below lobes 1.4—-1.6 mm long. Standard
golden-yellow with basal, ovate, irregularly margined, pale yellow eye with no marginal markings, claw
1.1-1.6 x 0.6-0.75 mm, lamina broadly elliptic, 3.8-5 x 6-7.4 mm, auricles absent, apex emarginate
to 0.4-0.5 mm depth. Wings golden-yellow, straight, claw 0.9-1.3 mm long, lamina oblong, 3.7-4.7 x
1.4-2 mm, apex obtuse, adaxial spur absent. Kee/ lemon-yellow, straight, claw 1.1—1.3 mm long, lamina
oblong, 3.3-4.7 x 1.6-2.8 mm, apex obtuse. Stamens free; filaments broad at base and tapering towards
the apex, 2.5-3.5 x 0.3—-0.4 mm; anthers cream to yellow with red connective, 0.6-0.7 x 0.4-0.5 mm.
Gynoecium sessile or with stipe to 0.2 mm long; ovary 1.7-2.1 x 0.6-0.9 mm, with dense, spreading,
straight hairs (0.6-1.0 mm long); style hooked just below the apex, otherwise straight, 1.6—2.2 x
0.15—0.2 mm, with dense, spreading, straight hairs (0.2-0.7 mm long) on lower third, glabrous above;
stigma simple to slightly capitate; ovules 2. Fruit inflated, ellipsoid, straight, 3.6-4.8 x 2.5-2.6 mm,
with dense, spreading, wavy hairs (c. 0.7 mm long); petals persistent. Seeds black, ellipsoid, 1.82.0 x
1.2-1.4 mm, with translucent, white, U-shaped aril surrounding hilum. (Figure 1)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 29 Sep. 1999, B. Archer 1386
(CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH 07463464); 9 Dec. 2001, B. Archer 2071 (MEL, PERTH 06251242);
9 Dec. 2001, B. Archer 2073 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH 06251234); 3 Nov. 1990, WR. Archer
3119015 (MEL, PERTH); 10 Oct. 1931, WE. Blackall 995 (PERTH 00703915).

Distribution and habitat. Eutaxia actinophylla occurs in southern WA near Norseman, Salmon Gums
and Mt Newmont (Figure 2A). This species grows in shrubland on red clay-loam with a shallow
covering of gravel or red sandy loam over granite.

Flowering period. September to December.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under the Department of Environment and
Conservation’s (DEC) Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, as it is only known from a
few collections on the Hyden to Norseman track and an old collection at Salmon Gums.

Etymology. Eutaxia actinophylla is named for the arrangement of its leaves in regular whorls of three,
a unique feature in the genus.

Notes. Eutaxia actinophylla shares the features of a yellow corolla and glabrous outer surface of the
calyx with E. acanthoclada G.R.Henderson & Chappill, however, in addition to the whorled leaves,
it differs in having non-spinescent apices of branchlets and an erect rather than prostrate habit.

Although previously listed on FloraBase (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-) as E. verticillata
Chappill ms, this name is not adopted here as Pultenaea verticillata Turcz. is already described and
these genera may be combined in the future.

Eutaxia andocada Chappill & C.F.Wilkins, sp. nov.

Eutaxiae rubricarinae Chappill & C.F.Wilkins affinis sed foliis alternatis non oppositis, et carina
aurantiaco-lutea apice atro-rubra non omnino rubra differt.

Typus: north-east of Peak Charles, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 16 September 2000, J.A. Chappill, M.D. Crisp & L. Cook JAC 6439 (holo: PERTH
07460392; iso: CANB, NSW).

472 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Figure 1. Eutaxia actinophylla. A — habit; B — branch detail showing leaves in whorls of three (some fallen); C — bud
showing imbricate abaxial calyx lobes, glabrous calyx, and exposed petals; D — view of ovary, anthers and filaments
within calyx, petals removed; E — standard; F — wing; G — keel; H — ellipsoid and inflated fruit; I — seed, with lateral
view of aril (not visible, aril is horseshoe shape around hilum). Drawn from B. Archer 1387 (A-G); B. Archer 2071 (H, 1).
Scale bars = 8 mm (A); 2 mm (B); 1 mm (C- 1).

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Five new species of Eutaxia (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) 473

114 116 118 120 122 124

14 116 18 120 122 124
-28 A 28

30

-30

32 “32

34 34

-—————F 36
14 116 118 120 122 124

Figure 2. Distribution in south-west Western Australia of A— Eutaxia actinophylla; B—E. andocada; C — E. lasiocalyx;
D—E. nanophylla; E — E. rubricarina.

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

474

Eutaxia sp. Peak Eleanora (M.A. Burgman 3862), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007].

Eutaxia alternifolia Chappill ms, in sched.

Eutaxia alternifolia Chappill & C.F.Wilkins ms, Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007].

Shrub erect, 0.2—0.4 x 0.3 m, with sparse, ascending branches. Stems red-brown, smooth, not spinescent,
without tubercles, with moderately dense, spreading, straight hairs (c. 0.2 mm long). Stipules usually
absent, if present then cream, c. 0.15 x 0.1 mm. Leaves appressed, alternate, internode length shorter
than leaf length; petiole 0.1-0.25 mm long; pulvinus 0.2-0.3 mm long; blade scarcely discolorous,
adaxial surface pale grey-green, abaxial surface pale grey-green with a tinge of red, concave, elliptic,
rarely obovate, 1.3-4.3 x 0.7—1.8 mm, adaxial surface smooth, glabrous, abaxial surface tuberculate
with scattered, spreading, straight hairs (c. 0.15 mm long) on lamina and margin, distinctly 3-ribbed,
apex obtuse and straight. Flowers axillary, solitary. Bracts absent, replaced by smaller leaf at base of
pedicel. Bracteoles persistent on upper pedicel just below the calyx, grey-green, becoming red-brown,
lanceolate or obovate, 0.8—2.1 x 0.3-0.8 mm, glabrous, 3 indistinct veins on abaxial surface. Pedicels
straight, 0.7-1.7 mm long. Buds 3.0-4.2 x 1.3-1.7 mm, with scattered, spreading, straight hairs (c.
0.15 mm long) mainly on the margin of calyx lobes, apex straight or curved downwards, with an apiculum
0.1-0.3 mm long. Hypanthium 0.5—0.6 mm long. Calyx not prominently ribbed, green with a red tinge,
with dark red spots at junction of lobes, lobes symmetrical; adaxial lobes 2, valvate, straight, 0.9-1.7 x
0.9-1 mm, apex acute, calyx tube below lobes 1.8—2.8 mm long; abaxial lobes 3, imbricate, 1.4—2.5 x
1.1—1.2 mm, apex acute, calyx tube below lobes 1.1—1.5 mm long. Standard yellow-orange with a basal
pale lemon, ovate to triangular eye, usually containing minute orange markings, frequently with red stripes
following main veins, claw 1.4-1.9 x 0.4 mm, lamina broadly elliptic, 3.5—-5.0 x 4.9-7.0 mm, auricles
absent, apex emarginate to 0.2-0.5 mm depth. Wings yellow-orange with central red marking, straight,
claw 1.1-1.9 mm long, lamina oblong, 4-5 x 1.3—-1.7 mm, apex rounded, adaxial spur present. Keel
orange-yellow with dark red tip, straight, claw 1.1—2.0 mm long, lamina obovate, 3.9-4.7 x 1.5—2.7 mm,
apex rounded. Stamens free; filaments scarcely wider towards base than at apex, 3.3-5.5 x 0.1—0.2 mm;
anthers cream to brown with red connective, 0.4—0.5 x 0.3-0.35 mm. Gynoecium with stipe 0.5—1.1 mm
long; ovary 1.1—2 x 0.6-0.9 mm, with dense, spreading, straight hairs (0.5—0.8 mm long); style curved,
2.8-3.9 x 0.15-0.2 mm, with scattered, appressed, straight hairs (0.3-0.5 mm long) at base, glabrous
above; stigma simple; ovules 2. Fruit and seed not seen. (Figure 3)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 28 Sep. 1984, A. Burgman
3862 (PERTH 00714941); 22 Aug. 1995, R. Davis 29 (PERTH 04404114).

Distribution and habitat. Eutaxia andocada is only known from the vicinity of Peak Charles and
Peak Eleanora (Figure 2B). This species grows in shrubland on white sand or brown sandy clay over

granite.

Flowering period. August to September.

Conservation status. Priority One under DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Atkins 2006).

Etymology. The specific epithet andocada (Gr. andokadon = alternately) refers to the alternate leaves
present in this species.

Notes. This species differs from £. rubricarina in having alternate, rather than opposite, leaves, and
the keel is orange-yellow with a dark red tip rather than all red.

te a a SE eS LE TL RS aS ha ae a a ee eR eee eee |

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Five new species of Eutaxia (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) 475

This species has been placed on FloraBase as E. alternifolia Chappill and C.F. Wilkins ms, however,

an alternative epithet is here used, as Daviesia alternifolia Endl. is already described and these genera
may be combined in the future.

Figure 3. Eutaxia andocada. A — habit; B— branch detail showing alternate leaf arrangement; C—bud showing pee
abaxial lobes of calyx and exposed petals; D — androecium and gynoecium 1n calyx, petals re aie ae
F — wing; G — keel. Drawn from the holotype (JA. Chappill, M.D. Crisp & L. Cook JAC 6439). Scale bars = 6 m K

2 mm (B); 1 mm (C-G).

Pops Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Eutaxia lasiocalyx Chappill & C.F. Wilkins, sp. nov.

Eutaxiae rubricarinae Chappill & C.F.Wilkins affinis sed carina flava differt, et E. andocadae
Chappill & C.F.Wilkins affinis sed calyce piloso differt.

Typus: Marvel Loch, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes], 7 November
1984, B.H. Smith 543 (holo: PERTH 00710237; iso: CANB, MEL).

Eutaxia lasiocalyx Chappill ms, in sched.

Shrub low, spreading, c. 0.15 x 0.6 m, with dense, ascending branches. Stems grey-brown with
pale tan ribs, sometimes spinescent, without tubercles, glabrous or with sparse to dense, spreading,
straight hairs (c. 0.1 mm long). Stipules absent. Leaves spreading, alternate, internode length shorter
than leaf length; petiole 0.05—0.15 mm long; pulvinus 0.2—-0.4 mm long; blade slightly discolorous,
adaxial surface mid green, abaxial surface paler green without additional purple markings, concave,
oblong to ovate, 0.5—2 x 0.35-0.9 mm, adaxial surface smooth, abaxial surface verrucose with
1 prominent rib, both surfaces glabrous or with sparse to moderately dense, spreading, straight hairs
(c. 0.1 mm long) on lamina and margin or only on margin, apex obtuse and straight. F/owers axillary,
solitary. Bracts absent, replaced by a smaller leaf at base of pedicel. Bracteoles persistent on upper
pedicel just below the calyx, red-green or green, lanceolate, 0.8-1.5 x 0.4-0.6 mm, with sparse,
spreading, straight hairs (c. 0.15 mm long) on abaxial surface and margin, | prominent central vein.
Pedicels straight, 0.6-1.7 mm long. Buds 3-3.8 x 1.3-1.8 mm, with moderately dense, spreading,
straight hairs (0.2—-0.4 mm long) on surface and margin of lobes, apex straight or curved downward,
apiculum absent. Hypanthium c. 0.6 mm long. Calyx faintly 10-ribbed, reddish to brownish-red with
upper part of lobes sometimes green, without markings, lobes symmetrical; adaxial lobes 2, valvate,
straight, 1.4-1.6 x 0.70.75 mm, apex acute, calyx tube below lobes 1.5—1.7 mm long; abaxial lobes
3, imbricate, 1.8— 2.5 x 0.7—0.9 mm, apex acute, calyx tube below lobes 1—-1.2 mm long. Standard
yellow without markings, claw 11.3 x 0.4 mm, lamina broadly ovate or broadly elliptic, 3.5—4.1 x
4.7-6.1 mm, auricles absent, apex emarginate to c. 0.3 mm depth. Wings yellow, straight, claw c. 1.2mm
long, lamina oblong, 3.6 x 1.1—-1.5 mm, apex rounded, adaxial spur present. Kee/ yellow, straight, claw
c. 0.7 mm long, lamina oblong, c. 3.4 x 1.4-1.8 mm, apex rounded. Stamens free; filaments scarcely
wider towards base than at apex, 2.2—3.3 x 0.15-0.2 mm; anthers cream with pale red connective,
0.5-0.6 x 0.3-0.35 mm. Gynoecium with stipe 0.15—0.3 mm long; ovary 1.3-1.5 x 0.5—0.7 mm long,
with dense, spreading, straight hairs (c. 0.8 mm long); style curved, 2.7-3.0 x 0.1-0.15 mm, with
sparse, spreading, straight hairs (c. 0.2 mm long) at base, glabrous above; stigma simple; ovules 2.

Fruit and seed not seen. (Figure 4)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] Nov. 1971, WH. Butler s.n.,
(PERTH 00634042); 16 Sep. 1994, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 1997 (PERTH 05359023); 14 Oct. 2003,

V. Yeomans 17 (PERTH 06601081).

Distribution and habitat. Eutaxia lasiocalyx is known from Parker Range, Mt Holland, Forrestania and
Lake Barker (Figure 2C). This species occurs in red sandy loam, in woodland or mallee, on lateritic

or quartzitic substrates.

Flowering period. September to November.

Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under DEC Conservation Codes for Western

7 _| (aa ss eee eee ee nm ne

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Five new species of Eutaxia (Leguminosae: Mirbelicae) 477

Australian Flora as it is known from only a few locations, but occurs within a conservation reserve.

Etymology. The specific epithet /asiocalyx refers to the hairy calyx present in this species.

Notes. This species differs from Eutaxia lasiophylla G.R.Henderson & Chappill ms in the hairy calyx,
from E. andocada and E. acanthoclada in the hairy leaves and calyx, and from E. rubricarina in
having a yellow keel and the standard lamina without markings.

Figure 4. Eutaxia lasiocalyx. A— habit; B — branch detail showing alternate leaf arrangement; C — bud showing hairy outer
surface of calyx and exposed petals; D — androecium and gynoecium in calyx, petals removed; E — standard; F — wing; G—keel.
Drawn from the holotype (B.H. Smith 543). Scale bars = 8 mm (A); 2mm (B); | mm (C-G).

478 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Eutaxia nanophylla Chappill & C.F.Wilkins, sp. nov.

Ob foliis parvulis nominates, a Eutaxia microphyllae (R.Br.) C.H.Wright & Dewar, caulis apice
non spinoso et a E. lasiocalyxe Chappill & C.F.Wilkins calyce glabro et carina rubra differt.

Typus: north-west of Lake Cronin, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 13 September 1981, K.R. Newbey 8800 (holo: PERTH 00627445; iso: CANB).

Eutaxia nanophylla Chappill ms, in sched.

Shrub spreading or rounded, 0.15-0.35 x 0.3-0.55 m, with sparse ascending branches. Stems
red-brown, with faint red-brown ribs and scattered to moderately dense, spreading, straight hairs
(0.15—0.2 mm long), without tubercles, not spinescent. Stipules absent. Leaves spreading, opposite
decussate and alternate, internode length mainly shorter, rarely greater than leaf length; petiole
0.05—0.1 mm long; pulvinus 0.2-0.3 mm long; blade concolorous, mid-green without markings,
concave, ovate, 0.5—2.7 x 0.5—0.8 mm, adaxial surface smooth with scattered white, spreading hairs (to
0.15 mm long), abaxial surface slightly verrucose, glabrous, with marginal hairs (to 0.15 mm long), ribs
indistinct or 1 visible on the abaxial surface, apex obtuse and straight. Flowers axillary, solitary. Bracts
absent, replaced by smaller leafat base of pedicel. Bracteoles persistent on upper pedicel just below the
calyx, red-green, lanceolate, 1.3—1.7 x 0.5—1.0 mm, glabrous or with scattered, spreading, straight hairs
(c. 0.1 mm long) on margin, 1 central rib. Pedicels straight, 0.8-1.3 mm long. Buds 2.7-3.7 x
1.5-1.8mm, glabrous, apex straight or curved downwards, apiculum absent. Hypanthium 0.35—0.6 mm
long. Calyx faintly 6-ribbed (a central rib in each of the five lobes plus a rib at the join of the two
adaxial lobes), red-brown or green with dark red markings towards apex, lobes symmetrical; adaxial
lobes 2, valvate, straight, 0.95—1.3 x 0.6-0.9 mm, apex acute, calyx tube below lobes 1.4—-1.8 mm long;
abaxial lobes, 3, imbricate, 1.4~2.4 x 0.65—1.0 mm, apex acute, calyx tube below lobes 0.9-1.4 mm
long. Standard yellow-orange with a basal, pale yellow, triangular eye, bordered with bright red veins,
claw 1.2-1.6 x 0.3-0.5 mm, lamina broadly ovate, 3.34 x 4.4-6.1 mm, auricles absent or very small,
apex emarginate to c. 0.3 mm depth. Wings yellow, straight, claw 1.2-1.5 mm long, lamina oblong,
3.1-3.5 x 1.2-1.5 mm, apex rounded, adaxial spur present. Kee/ red, straight, claw 1.1—1.5 mm long,
lamina oblong, 3—3.7 x 1.5—2.4 mm, apex rounded. Stamens free; filaments scarcely wider towards
base than apex or conspicuously wider towards base, 1.8-4.7 x 0.25-0.3 mm; anthers yellow with
red connective, 0.3—-0.5 x 0.25-0.35 mm. Gynoecium with stipe 0.5—0.7 mm long; ovary 1.5-1.9 x
0.5—0.8 mm, with dense, spreading, straight hairs (0.4-0.6 mm long); style curved, 2—2.7 x 0.1-0.15 mm,
with scattered, spreading, straight hairs (c. 0.15 mm long) at base, glabrous above; stigma simple;
ovules 2. Fruit and seed not seen. (Figure 5)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 11 Sep. 1947, N.T. Burbidge
2422 (CANB); 2 Nov. 1998, A.M. Coates 4458 (NEW., NSW, PERTH 05246199); 26 Oct. 1993,
V. Crowley DKN 321 (PERTH 04700619); 1 Oct. 1928, C.A. Gardner 2088 (K, PERTH 00703893);
3 Oct. 1979, K.R. Newbey 6202 (PERTH 00710733); 7 Oct. 1981, K.R. Newbey 9240 (PERTH 00630861);
10 Sep. 1982, PS. Short 1676 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW 665580, PERTH 07313098).

Distribution and habitat. Eutaxia nanophylla is known from Lake Cronin to the northern Stirling
Ranges with the westernmost collection from Duranillin (Figure 2D). This species occurs in woodland
or shrubland on sand over clay or stony clay-loam, or red clay.

Flowering period. September to November.

479

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Five new species of Eutaxia (Leguminosae: Mirbelicae)

detail showing opposite, decussate arrangement of very small leaves; C—bud
d exposed petals; D— exposed androecium and gynoecium, petals removed;
8800). Scale bars = 8 mm (A); 1 mm (B- G).

Figure 5. Eutaxia nanophylla. A—habit; B— branch
showing glabrous calyx, imbricate abaxial lobes ani
E— standard; F — wing; G — keel. Drawn from the holotype (K.R. Newbey

480 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

Conservation status. This species is known from six localities; however, its presence at early Burbidge
and Blackall collection sites has not been recently confirmed. Recently listed as Priority Three under
DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora.

Etymology. Eutaxia nanophylla is named for the very small leaves present in this species.

Notes. This species differs from E. microphylla in the stem apices being non-spinescent and from
E. lasiocalyx in having a glabrous calyx and red keel.

Eutaxia rubricarina Chappill & C.F.Wilkins, sp. nov.

Species calyce et foliis pilosis, foliis ovatis concavis supra pilosis, a Eutaxia lasiocalyxe Chappill
& C.F.Wilkins carina atro-rubra non flava differt.

Typus: Kokeby School Reserve, Western Australia, 16 August 2002, 7: Watson 225 (holo: PERTH
06358616; iso: CANB, MEL).

Eutaxia rubricarina Chappill ms, in sched.

Shrub erect, spreading or prostrate, 0.2-0.5 x 0.5 m, with straggling, ascending, sparse branches.
Stems brown or green with cream ribs, not spinescent, without tubercles, with dense, spreading, curled
hairs (c. 0.2 mm long). Stipules absent. Leaves spreading, alternate or opposite, internode length shorter
than leaf length; petiole 0.05—0.1 mm long; pulvinus c. 0.2 mm long; blade usually concolorous, green
or red-green, sometimes with additional purple markings on abaxial surface, concave, linear to ovate,
0.8—3.3 x 0.4-1.3 mm, adaxial surface smooth, abaxial surface verrucose and distinctly 1- or 3-ribbed,
both surfaces and margin with scattered, spreading, straight hairs (c. 0.15 mm long), apex obtuse
and straight. Flowers axillary, solitary. Bracts absent, replaced by a smaller leaf at base of pedicel.
Bracteoles persistent on upper pedicel just below the calyx, grey-green or red-green, ovate-lanceolate,
1.3-2 x 0.7-1 mm, with scattered, spreading, straight hairs (c. 0.15 mm long) on both surfaces and
margin, | or 3 veins on abaxial surface. Pedicels straight, 0.4—1.1 mm long. Buds 2.8—3.7 x 1.7—2 mm,
with scattered to moderately dense, spreading, straight or wavy hairs (0.15—0.3 mm long) on outer
surface and margin of calyx lobes, apex curved down but becoming straight when mature, apiculum
absent. Hypanthium c. 0.5 mm long. Calyx not ribbed, green with or without purple blotches and
stripes, without red spots at junction of lobes, lobes symmetrical; adaxial lobes 2, valvate, straight,
1.2-1.3 x 1—-1.1 mm, apex acute, calyx tube below lobes 1.9-2.3 mm long; abaxial lobes 3, imbricate,
2.1—2.4 x 1.11.4 mm, apex acute, calyx tube below lobes c. 1.3 mm long. Standard yellow, with a
basal small, yellow, ovate to triangular eye, bordered with deep red markings following the veins, claw
1.5—2.1 x 0.35—0.7 mm, lamina reniform, 4.5—5.6 x 7-7.8 mm, auricles present, apex emarginate to
0.5—0.7 mm depth. Wings yellow, straight, claw 1.7-2 mm long, lamina oblong, 4.9-5.9 x 1.8-2.1 mm,
apex rounded, adaxial spur present. Keel dark red, straight, claw 1.3-1.8 mm long, lamina obovate,
4.8-5.1 x 2.8-3 mm, apex rounded. Stamens free; filaments conspicuously broader towards the base,
3.0-5.2 x 0.2-0.3 mm; anthers and connective cream to grey-brown, 0.5 x 0.35—0.4 mm. Gynoecium
with stipe 0.70.8 mm long; ovary 1.2-1.7 x 0.7 mm, with dense, spreading, straight hairs (0.7—1 mm
long); style curved, 3.3-4.3 x 0.15—0.2 mm, with scattered, spreading, straight hairs (0.2 mm long) at
base, glabrous above; stigma simple; ovules 2. Fruit and seed not seen. (Figure 6)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Quairading, SW of Merredin, 5 Oct. 1933, WE. Blackall
3276 (PERTH 00704369); Yellowdine Rock, 7 Oct. 1986, 7. Macfarlane 1691 (PERTH 04947754);

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Five new species of Eutaxia (Leguminosae: Mirbelicae) 481

9 km SW of Lake Cronin, 23 Aug. 1979, K. Newbey 5802 (PERTH 00683299); Beverley Airfield
Reserve, c. | km S of Beverley townsite, 18 Sep. 2000, M. Ochtman & D. Lynch 6 (BELY., PERTH
05913799); Manmanning, 31 July 1988, B.H. Smith 1056 (BRI, CANB, MEL); Quadrat 17, Kokeby
Water Reserve, 3 Oct. 2002, 7. Watson & P. Clynk 370 (BELY., PERTH 06358578).

Distribution and habitat. Eutaxia rubricarina is known from the south-west of Western Australia,
from Manmanning to Quairading and east from Yellowdine to Lake Cronin (Figure 2E). This species

Figure 6, Eutaxia rubricarina, A— habit; B—- branch detail showing opposite or alternate leaves; C — bud showing hairy
outer calyx and exposed petals; D — exposed androecium and gynoecium, petals removed; E — standard; F — wing;
G —keel. Drawn from the holotype (7. Watson 225). Scale bars = 8 mm (A); 2 mm (B); 1 mm (C-G).

482 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

grows in open woodland on grey, gravelly sand, red loam or pinkish-white sandy clay with gravel.
Flowering period. July to October.

Conservation status. No known special conservation needs, however, it is unknown if this species
remains at earlier locations such as Quairading, Yellowdine, Lake Cronin, or Manmanning.

Etymology. The specific epithet rubricarina refers to the red keel present in this species.

Notes. Eutaxia rubricarina is characterised by the hairy calyx and leaves that are ovate, concave and
hairy on the adaxial surface. It is distinguished from E. /asiocalyx by the red rather than yellow keel and
the standard lamina has a basal eye with red markings following the veins, rather than no markings.

Acknowledgements

Funding for this research project is acknowledged from the Western Australian Government’s
“Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative and the Australian Biological Resources
Study. Sincere thanks to Wilma and Geoff Chappill for their contribution from Jenny's estate that
enabled illustration of these new species. Thanks also to the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH)
and to the School of Plant Biology at The University of Western Australia for provision of facilities
and to PERTH for staff assistance and access to FloraBase. Thanks also to Ellen Hickman for the
excellent illustrations, to Paul Wilson for the Latin diagnoses and to the reviewer and Ryonen Butcher
for helpful comments.

Until her death in August 2006, Jennifer Chappill was the principal investigator, collaborating
with Michael Crisp, for an ongoing Eutaxia revision for “Flora of Australia.”

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environmentand Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Brown, R. (1811). Genera et species plantarum e variis familiis qua in Horto Kewensi coluntur. /n: W. Aiton, “Hortus Kewensis.”
2™ Edn, Vol. 3: 16.

Cameron, B.G. & Prakash, N. (1994). Variations of the megagametophyte in the Papilionoideae. Jn: IK. Ferguson & S. Tucker
(Eds) “Advances in legume systematics, part 6. Structural botany.” pp. 97-115. (Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: London.)

Chandler, G.T., Bayer, R.J. & Crisp, M.D. (2001). Amolecular phylogeny ofthe endemic Australian genus Gastrolobium (Fabaceae:
Mirbelieae) and allied genera using chloroplast and nuclear markers. American Journal of Botany 88(9): 1675-1687.

Crisp, M.D. & Cook, L.G. (2003a). Phylogeny and embryo sac evolution in the endemic Australasian papilionoid tribes
Mirbelieae and Bossiaeeae. /n: B.B. Klitgaard & A. Bruneau (Eds) “Advances in legume systematics, part 10. Higher
level systematics.” pp. 253-268. (Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: London.)

Crisp, M.D. & Cook, L.G. (2003b). Molecular evidence for definition of genera in the Oxylobium group (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae).
Systematic Botany 28(4): 705-713.

Grieve, B.J. (1998) “How to Know Western Australian Wildflowers.” Part 2. (University of Western Australia Press: Perth.)

Orthia, L.A., Cook, L.G. & Crisp, M.D. (2005). Generic delimitation and phylogenetic uncertainty: an example from a group
that has undergone an explosive radiation. Australian Systematic Botany 18(1): 41-47.

Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—The Western Australian Flora. Department of Environment and Conservation.
http://florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed June 2007]

Nuytsia 17: 483-492 (2007) 483

Three new species of Latrobea (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) from
south-western Australia

Carolyn F. Wilkins!” and Jennifer A. Chappill?

1 Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Environment and Conservation, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre,
Western Australia 6983
2 School of Plant Biology, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawley, Western Australia 6009
#Deceased August 8th 2006

Abstract

Wilkins, C.F. & Chappill, J.A. Three new species of Latrobea (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) from south-
western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 483-492 (2007). Three species of Latrobea Meisn. from south-western
Australia which are part of the Mirbelieae tribe are here described as new, L. colophona Chappill &
C.F.Wilkins, L. pinnacula Chappill & C.F.Wilkins, and L. recurva Chappill & C.F.Wilkins. They are
described prior to generic revision, as they are either declared as rare or are listed as priority species
under the Western Australian Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Conservation Codes
for Western Australian Flora.

Introduction

Latrobea Meisn. is a genus of small, pea-flowered shrubs endemic to areas of higher rainfall in south-
western Australia. It was named by Meisner in 1848, after Charles Joseph La Trobe who was Lieutenant
Governor of Victoria from 1839-1854. Latrobea has six currently described taxa and is distinctive in
having a standard with a mainly hooded and peaked, or obtuse apex, rather than an emarginate apex.
This character is not unique to Latrobea, however, as Daviesia abnormis F.Muell, previously included
in Latrobea as L. abnormis (F.Muell.) Druce, also shares this feature. This species was later transferred
back to Daviesia Sm. due to its having triangulate fruit and strongly pungent leaves, characters which
are more typical of this genus (Crisp 1995).

Latrobea was supported as monophyletic in recent molecular phylogenetic analyses (Orthia et al.
2005). However, the genus was nested within the Pultenaea Sm. s. lat. group of Mirbelieae genera. If
Latrobea is to be made synonymous with Pultenaea, it is unlikely that this will happen in the short term
and the current generic delimitation is maintained for the present paper.

Methods

Specimens of Latrobea from PERTH and MEL were examined. Duplications or specimens in other
Herbaria may have been annotated previously by Chappill but not seen by Wilkins. Morphological
information was measured and recorded from dried and rehydrated material. Distribution maps were
produced using Online Map Creation (http://www.aquarius. geomar.de/ome_intro.html). Precise localities
are withheld due to conservation concerns.

484 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

The manuscript names Latrobea elliptica Chappill & C.F.Wilkins ms and L. obovata Chappill &
C.F.Wilkins ms have been changed to L. pinnacula Chappill & C.F.Wilkins and L. colophona Chappill
& C.F.Wilkins respectively, because if the generic revision proposed by Orthia er al. (2005) were ever
formalised, then the species epithets elliptica and obovata are already taken under Pultenaea.

Species descriptions
Latrobea colophona Chappill & C.F.Wilkins, sp. nov.

Latrobea recurvae Chappill & C.F. Wilkins affinis sed foliis obovatis, densioribus, rectis, ad apicem
convexis, et lobis caycis longioribus differt.

Typus: Stirling Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
25 November 1982, A. Strid 21563 (holo: PERTH 00714968; iso: MEL).

Latrobea obovata Chappill ms, in. sched.

Latrobea obovata Chappill & C.F.Wilkins ms, Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed May 2007].

Shrub erect, 0.25—1 x 0.5 m. Stems grey-green or red, with green, flat spots or tubercles, present or
absent, ribbed, with dense, appressed or spreading, straight or wavy hairs c. 0.25—0.6 mm long. Stipules
caducous, dark red, oblong-linear, erect, 0.15—0.2 x 0.1 mm. Leaves dense, overlapping, ascending;
petiole pale yellow, wrinkled, 0.25-0.8 mm long; blade with tapering base, concolorous, grey-green,
minute red spots present or absent, not glaucous, flat at base to concave towards apex, narrowly-obovate,
3.5—9.0 x 1.13.2 mm, one prominent vein on abaxial surface, apical leaves not or slightly tuberculate,
with moderately dense hairs, 0.2-0.8 mm long on margin, adaxial and abaxial surfaces, mature leaves
glabrescent; margin entire or minutely denticulate, flat, apex straight, with apiculum dark red, deciduous
or persistent, c. 0.1 mm long. Flowers 1-3 axillary, without enclosing floral leaves. Bracts ovate, 0.8-2.5 x
0.6-1.4 mm, margins with sparse, spreading, straight hairs c. 0.2 mm long. Bracteoles caducous from
mid pedicel, narrowly-ovate to filiform, 1.3-2.8 x 0.3-0.8 mm, margins with sparse, spreading, straight
white hairs c. 0.1 mm long. Pedicels 1.5-3.6 mm long. Buds yellow-green with scattered to medium
density, spreading, white hairs c. 0.5 mm long, with 5 faint ribs, petals emerging from calyx before buds
are fully developed, mature buds c. 6 x 2.5 mm, apiculum on lobe apex straight, dark red, 0.15 mm
long. Hypanthium 0.5-0.7 mm long. Calyx tube 0.5—1.5 mm long, lobes valvate, symmetrical, all split
to same level, 4.0-4.8 x 0.6—-1.1 mm, marginal and inner surface hairs present. Standard claw 1.1—1.6 x
0.45—0.6 mm, lamina bright yellow with cream spotat base, sagittate, 6.5—7.8 x 6.5—7 mm, auricles absent,
apex hooded, acute and incurved. Wing claw curved, 1.6 mm long, lamina yellow with red markings at
base, 6.1-6.7 x 1.8—-2 mm, slightly broader toward apex, auricles at base of abaxial and adaxial margins,
apex obtuse. Keel claw straight, c. 1.4 x 0.3 mm, lamina yellow, 5.7-6.8 x 2.3-2.6 mm, upper margin
minutely papillate, apex obtuse and straight. Stamen filaments uniform length and width, or scarcely
alternating shorter and longer, 4.6-6.3 x 0.15—0.2 mm; anthers white, with red connective, dorsifixed,
uniform size, 0.3-0.6 x 0.3 mm. Gynoecium stipe 0.5—0.55 mm long, ovary 1.3—2 x 0.5-0.7 mm, outer
surface densely hairy; style filiform, attachment to ovary well defined, c. 4.0 x 0.1 mm with minute
terminal stigma; ovules 2, funicles c. 0.2 mm long. Fruit and seed not seen. (Figure 1)

Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 1 Dec. 2004, S. Barrett 1303
(PERTH 06874150); 25 Apr. 2003, S. Barrett 1308 (PERTH 06990452); 21 Dec. 2005, S. Barrett 1513

(PERTH 07434103); 6 Jan. 1978, E. Mullins 381 (CANB); 25 Oct. 1985, E. & S. Pignatti 1543 (CANB,
MEL, NSW, PERTH 00783757).

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Three new species of Latrobea (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) 485

A—erect habit; B — branch detail showing leaves obovate, dense and apex

ud showing hairy calyx, emergent petals and bracteoles on pedicel; D—calyx
~ standard; F — wing; G — keel. Drawn

Figure 1. Latrobea colophona.
concave on lower surface; C—b
with free filaments, anthers and style showing as petals removed; E
from the holotype (A. Strid 21563). Scale bars = 8 mm (A); 2 mm (B); | mm (C-G).

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)
486
124
114 16 118 120 122 5;
-28 '
— -30
-30
rth %
32 Perth ;
—{) -34
34 a \ 7
ce :
| A
A Albany |
km
| la amspeneel
36 050 1008 5,
114 116 118 120 122 124

Figure 2. Distribution in south-west Western Australia of A— Latrobea colophona; B — L. pinnacula ; C — L. recurva.

Distribution and habitat. Latrobea colophona is only known from the Stirling Range in Western

Australia (Figure 2A).This species occurs in heathland, or dense scrub on quartzite or sandstone shale
in sandy-clay.

Flowering period. October to December.

Etymology. The specific epithet colophona (Gr. kolophon = peak) refers to the area in which this species
occurs.

Chromosome number. Unknown.

Conservation status. This species only occurs in three, small populations in the Stirling Ranges and is
currently accorded Declared Rare Flora status under the Western Australian Wildlife Conservation Act

1950 (Atkins 2006), under the name L. obovata ms. It is threatened by Phytophthora cinnamomi and
grazing (Barrett 1503 in sched.).

Notes. Latrobea colophona is distinguished from L. recurva Chappill & C.F. Wilkins by having

denser, straight leaves with a concave apex, and longer calyx lobes that are 4.0-4.8 mm long rather
than 2.5—3.5 mm long.

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Three new species of Latrobea (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) 487

Latrobea pinnacula Chappill & C.F.Wilkins, sp. nov.

Latrobea hirtellae (Turcz.) Benth. affinis sed stipulis praesentibus, foliis ellipticis, glabris vel non
nisi ad basim sparse pilosis, lobis calycis brevioribus et floribus parvioribus differt.

Typus: Stirling Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes],
18 January 1979, M.D. Crisp 5272 (holo: PERTH 05483395; iso: CANB 7901584, NSW).

Latrobea elliptica Chappill ms, in. sched.

Latrobea elliptica Chappill & C.F.Wilkins ms, Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://
florabase.dec.wa.gov.au/ [accessed May 2007].

Shrub erect and spreading, or prostrate, 0.2-0.7 x 0.5 m. Stems red or green with green tubercles,
ribbed, with moderately dense, mainly appressed hairs c. 0.3 mm long, sometimes intermixed with
scattered, spreading, straight hairs to 1.0 mm long. Stipules caducous, red-brown, linear-oblong, erect,
0.1-0.3 x 0.1 mm. Leaves mainly sparse, sometimes overlapping, spreading; petiole pale yellow,
wrinkled, 0.3—0.8 mm long; blade with tapering base, concolorous, dull grey-green, with dense, dark
red dots present or absent, not glaucous, concave at midvein, or flat, mainly elliptical or rarely ovate,
1.0-8.5 x 0.84.1 mm, abaxial surface with one prominent vein, mature leaves glabrous, or with scattered
hairs, c. 0.2 mm long at base of leaf, tuberculate; margin entire or minutely denticulate, recurved,
apex recurved with apiculum dark red, deciduous or persistent, c. 0.1 mm long. Flowers 1—5 in loose
apical clusters, without enclosing floral leaves. Bracts ovate, or narrowly-ovate, 0.8—1.7 x 0.4—1 mm,
glabrous. Bracteoles persistent or caducous, on mid or lower pedicel, ovate or narrowly-ovate, | .3-1.8 x
0.4-0.6 mm, glabrous or with marginal hairs to 0.2 mm long. Pedicels 3.3-5.8 mm long. Buds green
or green with fine, red markings, with scattered, white, spreading hairs c. 0.2 mm long, on tubular
portion of calyx only, with 5 faint ribs, petals emerging from calyx before buds are fully developed,
mature buds 2.8-4.5 x 1.8-1.9 mm, lobe apex with apiculum, dark red, straight, 0.1-0.15 mm long.
Hypanthium 0.35—0.5 mm long. Calyx tube 0.8-1 mm long, lobes valvate, symmetrical, all split to same
level, 1.9-2.2 x 0.65—1.2 mm, marginal hairs absent or present. Standard claw 0.7—1.3 x 0.3-0.5 mm,
lamina yellow with cream eye fringed with red, sagittate, 4.5-6.3 x 5.7—-6.7 mm, auricles absent, apex
hooded, acute and incurved. Wings claw curved, 0.7-1.1 mm long, lamina yellow with red markings
at base, broader towards apex, 4.2—5.2 x 1.6—-2 mm, auricles at base of adaxial margin, apex obtuse.
Keel claw straight, c. 0.7-1.7 mm long, lamina orange-red or yellow-green, 4.3—5.7 x 2.5 mm, upper
margin minutely papillate, apex obtuse and straight. Stamen filaments alternating long and short,
3.14.4 x 0.15—0.4 mm; anthers yellow, with red connective, dorsifixed, of two sizes, alternating large
(0.40.5 x 0.4-0.5 mm, with small 0.3 x 0.3-0.35 mm, or uniform in size c. 0.5 x 0.25 mm. Gynoecium
stipe 1.4-2.1 mm long, ovary 1.7-2.3 x 0.40.7 mm, outer surface with dense, spreading, straight,
white hairs c. 0.2 mm long; sty/e filiform, attachment to ovary, well defined, 1.4-2.1 x 0.1-0.15 mm,
with minute, terminal stigma; ovules 2, funicles c. 0.3 mm long. Fruit asymmetrical, flattened,
c. 6 x 2.5 mm, with scattered hairs c. 0.2 mm long. Seed ellipsoid, c. 2.5 x 1.2 mm, brown with black
spots, surface smooth, aril cream, U-shaped around hilum. (Figure 3)

Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 25 Feb. 2004, S. Barrett 1309
(PERTH 06990460); 23 Feb. 2006, S. Barrett 1512 (PERTH 07434111); 18 Jan. 1979, M.D. Crisp
9351 (CANB, MEL, PERTH 06216102); 28 Oct. 1962, K.R. Newbey 614 (PERTH 03149021,
00715026).

QL

OL?
vy

Qy

[Pp

Figure 3. Latrobea pinnacula, A— erect habit
and emergent petals; D
hooded apex; F — standard, inner surface; G— wing; H—keel. Drawn from J
(C-F). Scale bars = 8 mm (A); 2 mm (B); 1 mm (C-F),

— calyx showing anthers and style, petals removed

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

; B—branch detail showing elliptic leaves; C — bud showing hairy calyx

; E — outer surface of standard showing
1.D. Crisp 5272 (A, B); K.R. Newbey 614

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Three new species of Latrobea (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) 489

Distribution and habitat. Latrobea pinnacula is confined to three populations in the Stirling Range
in south-western Australia (Figure 2B). This species occurs in mallee heathland, in stony, peaty, or
clayey-sand, or in white or grey sand with sandstone pebbles.

Flowering period. October to January.

Conservation status. This species occurs in only three, small populations in the Stirling Range and
is currently listed as Priority Two under the DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora
(Atkins 2006), as L. elliptica ms.

Etymology. The specific epithet pinnacula (Latin pinnaculum = peak) refers to the locality of this
species on peaks in the Stirling Range.

Chromosome number. Unknown.

Notes. Latrobea pinnacula differs from L. hirtella (Turcz.) Benth. in having elliptic leaves, stipules
present, petiole narrower than leaf base, leaves glabrous or with sparse hairs only at base of leaf,
smaller bracteoles, shorter calyx lobes and smaller flowers. It differs from L. recurva in having mainly
elliptical rather than obovate leaves, that are mainly sparsely rather than densely arranged, longer
pedicels (3.35.8 mm compared with 2.3—3.5 mm long) and smaller flowers (standard length 4.5—6.3
mm compared with 8—9.1 mm long).

Latrobea recurva Chappill & C.F.Wilkins, sp. nov.

Latrobea colophonae Chappill & C.F.Wilkins affinis sed lobis calycis brevioribus 2.5-3.5 mm
longis, non 4.0-4.8 mm longis, foliis edensioribus et apice magis recurvo differt.

Typus: Chillinup Nature Reserve, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation
purposes], 19 September 2000, M.D. Crisp & L.G. Cook MDC 9225 (holo: PERTH 06177042; iso:
CANB 620657, MEL).

Latrobea recurva Chappill ms, Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dec.
wa.gov.au/ [accessed May 2007].

Shrub erect or procumbent, spreading, 0.3—1 x 0.5 m. Stems red-brown to yellow with green flat
spots or tubercles, fine ribbed, with dense, appressed to spreading, straight hairs, 0.15—0.4 mm long.
Stipules absent or caducous, dark red-brown, linear-oblong, erect, 0.1—0.15 x 0.1 mm. Leaves dense,
or sparse, spreading; petiole pale yellow, wrinkled, 0.3-1.3 mm long; blade with tapering base,
concolorous, grey-green or discolorous adaxial surface grey-green with dark red dots, over paler grey-
green, tuberculate, not glaucous, concave at midvein, elliptical or obovate, 1.3—5.5 x 0.7-2.3 mm,
abaxial surface with one prominent vein, mature leaves glabrous or apical leaves with scattered hairs,
c. 0.2 mm long at base of leaf, and to 0.7 mm long on margin; margin entire or denticulate, flat, glabrous,
apex recurved with apiculum dark red, deciduous or persistent, c. 0.1 mm long, or apex obtuse. Flowers
1-6 tightly clustered at the apex, without enclosing floral leaves. Bracts ovate, 0.6—2.7 x 0.5—1.2 mm,
with marginal hairs. Bracteoles caducous from the middle or lower portion of the pedicel, narrowly-
ovate or linear, 1.8—-2.3 x 0.4-0.6 mm, abaxial surface and margin with scattered hairs. Pedicels
(0.8—)2-3.5 mm long. Buds green with red spots, with moderately dense, white or gold, spreading hairs
0.35—0.6 mm long, on tubular portion and lobes, with 5 or 15 faint ribs, petals emerging from calyx

Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)
490

Figure 4. Latrobea recurva. A—erect habit, wi
recurved leaves with stipules at base of petio
pedicel; D — calyx showing free filaments, a

th 1-6 flowers tightly clustered ata
le; C — bud showing eme

nthers and style, petals re
from M.D. Crisp 6225 (A, B); M.D. Crisp 9225 (C-G). Scale bar =

pex; B—branch detail showing obovate,
tgent petals, hairy calyx, bract and bracteoles on
moved; E — standard; F — wing; G—keel. Drawn
8 mm (A); 2 mm (B); 1 mm (C-G).

C.F. Wilkins & J.A. Chappill, Three new species of Latrobea (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) 49]

before buds are fully developed, mature buds 3.5—6.5 x 1.8—2 mm, lobe apex with apiculum, straight,
dark red, 0.15 mm long. Hypanthium 0.5—0.6 mm long. Calyx tube 0.9-1.3 mm long, lobes valvate,
symmetrical, all split to same level, 2.4—3.5 x 0.8-1.1 mm, marginal and inner surface of lobe hairs
present. Standard claw 1.3—1.8 x 0.5—0.7 mm, lamina yellow-orange on front, with dark red markings
around cream eye at base, red-brown on back, sagittate, 6.5—7.5 x 6.0-7.5 mm, auricles absent, apex
hooded, acute and incurved. Wings claw curved, 1.3—-1.5 mm long, lamina yellow-orange, broader
towards apex, 5.5—6.5 x 1.3—1.9mm, auricles at base of adaxial margin, apex obtuse. Kee/ claw, straight,
1.2-1.6 mm long, lamina cream at base, pinkish-orange at tip, 6.5—7.3 x 2.7-3.1 mm, upper margin
minutely papillate to 0.05 mm long, apex obtuse and straight. Stamen filaments alternating long and
short, 5.5—7.3 x 0.15—0.2 mm; anthers cream-yellow, with red connective, dorsifixed, uniform size,
0.40.6 x 0.25—0.3 mm. Gynoecium stipe 0.2-0.3 mm long, ovary 2.5—3 x 0.3-0.6 mm, outer surface
with dense, spreading, straight, white hairs 0.5—1.0 mm long; sty/e filiform, attachment to ovary well
defined, 3-5.9 x 0.15 mm with minute terminal stigma; ovules 2, funicles 0.15—0.2 mm long. Fruit
and seed not seen. (Figure 4)

Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld] 18 Oct. 1962, T.E.H. Aplin 213
(PERTH 00712922); Sep. 1946, A. Ashby 147 (PERTH 00713333); 17 Nov. 1968, 4.M. Baird s.n.
(ALB., PERTH 04464001); 19 Sep. 2000, J.A. Chappill, M.D. Crisp & L. Cook JAC 6495A (PERTH
07463456); 18 Oct. 1902, A. Morrison 12605 (A, CANB, K, PERTH 00713384); Oct. 1965,
R.D. Royce s.n. (K, PERTH 00713457); 21 Aug. 1963, VE. Sands 638.14.18 (AD, PERTH 00712906,
SYD); 25 Sep. 1982, A. Strid 20535 (K, PERTH 00712876).

Distribution and habitat. Latrobea recurva is known from the Lake Grace area to the Stirling Range
in Western Australia (Figure 2C). This species is found in dense heathland, or seasonally wet eucalypt
woodland, on grey or white sand over laterite.

Flowering period. July to November.

Conservation status. This species occurs in scattered populations south-east of the Stirling Range
and is currently listed as Priority Three under DEC Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora
(Atkins 2006).

Etymology. The specific epithet recurva refers to the mainly recurved apex of the leaves.
Chromosome number. 2n = 14 (Sands 1975; Voucher: Sands 638.14.18, as Latrobea hirtella).

Notes. Latrobearecurva differs from L. pinnacula in having leaves usually obovate rather than elliptical,
longer style, and the outer calyx with lobe margins and towards the apex hairy rather than glabrous.
It differs from L. colophona in having shorter calyx lobes 2.5—3.5 mm long, rather than 4.0-4.8 mm
long, and less dense leaves with a more recurved apex.

Acknowledgements

Funding for this research project is acknowledged from the Western Australian Government’s
‘Saving Our Species’ biodiversity conservation initiative and the Australian Biological Resources Study.
Sincere thanks to Wilma and Geoff Chappill for their contribution from Jenny's estate that enabled
illustration of these new species. Thanks also to the PERTH herbarium for provision of facilities, staff

492 Nuytsia Vol. 17 (2007)

assistance and access to FloraBase, and to the School of Plant Biology at The University of Western
Australia for provision of facilities. Sincere thanks to Paul Wilson for providing the Latin translation
of the descriptions, Ellen Hickman for her lovely illustrations, and to the reviewer and Kelly Shepherd
for their helpful comments.

Until her death in August 2006, Jennifer Chappill was the principal investigator, collaborating
with Michael Crisp, for an ongoing Latrobea revision for “Flora of Australia.”

References

Atkins, K.J. (2006). “Declared Rare and Priority Flora list for Western Australia.” (Department of Environment and Conservation:
Kensington, Western Australia.)

Crisp, M.D. (1995). Contributions towards a revision of Daviesia (Fabaceae : Mirbelieae). 3. A synopsis of the genus. Australian
Systematic Botany 8(6): 1155-1249.

Orthia, L.A., Cook, L.G. & Crisp, M.D. (2005). Generic delimitation and phylogenetic uncertainty: an example from a group
that has undergone an explosive radiation. Australian Systematic Botany 18(1): 41-47.

Sands, V.E. (1975). The cytoevolution of the Australian Papilionaceae. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales |
100: 118-155.

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIAN FLORA

: Declared Rare Flora — Extant Taxa (= Threatened Flora = Endangered + Vulnerable)

Taxa which have been adequately searched for, and are deemed to be in the wild either rare,
in danger of extinction, or otherwise in need of special protection, and have been gazetted as
such, following approval by the Minister for the Environment, after recommendation by the
State’s Threatened Species Scientific Committee.

: Declared Rare Flora — Presumed Extinct Taxa

Taxa which have not been collected, or otherwise verified, over the past 50 years despite
thorough searhcing, or of which all known wild populations have been destroyed more recently,
and have been gazetted as such, following approval by the Minister for Environment, after
recommendation by the State’s threatened Species Scientific Committee.

: Priority One — Poorly Known Taxa

Taxa which are known from one or a few (generally <5) populations which are under threat,
either due to small population size, or being on lands under immediate threat, e.g. road
verges, urban areas, farmland, active mineral leases, etc., or the plants are under threat, e.g.
from disease, grazing by feral aniamls, etc. May include taxa with threatened populations on
protected lands. Such taxa are under consideration for declaration as ‘rare flora’, but are in
urgent need of further survey.

: Priority Two — Poorly Known Taxa

Taxa which are known from one or a few (generally <5) populations, at least some of which
are not believed to be under immediate threat (i.e. not currently endangered). Such taxa are
under consideration for declaration as ‘rare flora’, but are in urgent need of further survey.

: Priority Three — Poorly Known Taxa

Taxa which are known from several populations, at least some of which are not believed tobe
under immediate threat (i.e. not currently endangered). Such taxa are under consideration for
declaration as ‘rare flora’, but are in need of further survey.

: Priority Four — Rare Taxa

Taxa which are considered to have been adequately surveyed and which, whilst being rare
(in Australia), are not currently threatened by any identifiable factors. These taxa require
monitoring every 5—10 years.